I ■•hivi] REMOTE STORAGE THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY '' Vl A DICTIONARY MODERN GARDENING. BY GEORGE WILLIAM JOHNSON, ESQ., FELLOW OF THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF INDIA; CORRESPONDING MEMIiEK OF THE ROYAL CALEDONIAN AND MARYLAND HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES; AUTHOR OF THE PRINCIPLES OF PRACTICAL GARDENING ; THE gardener's ALMANACK, ETC ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY V/OOD CUTS. EDITED, WITH NU.^IEROUS ADDITIONS, BY DAVID LANDRETH, OF PHILADELPHIA. PHILADELPHIA: LEA AND BLANCH A RD. 1847. TO JOHN LINDLEY, Ph.D., P.R.S., VICE SECRETARY OF THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, AND PROFESSOR OF BOTANY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, AS OXE OF THE MOST EFFICIENT PROMOTERS OF MODERN HORTICULTURE, THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED BY THE AUTHOR. Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1S47, by LEA AND BLANCHARD, in the OfFice of the Clerk of the District Court for tire Eastern District of Pennsylvania. PHILADELPHIA: T. K. AXD P. G. COLLIXS, PKINTEKS. 1\ ^o REMOTE STORAGE AUTHOR'S PREFACE. Utility, more than either originality of contents or elegance of phraseology, has been the author's principal object in the following pages. He has endea- voured to gather together in one volume, attainable at a moderate price, an arranged, easily consulted, record of Gardening, as it is. To effect this object, he has obtained aid from the best living authorities, as well as from their published works; but he has not neglected those of other periods, where he has found in them directions upon which the moderns have suggested no im- provements. Of all the authorities consulted, none has afforded such abundant information as the Gardeners^ Chronicle, of which it is not too much to say that, as it is the best of modern journals devoted to promoting the cultivation of the soil, so, whoever is fortunate enough to possess a complete copy of its five published volumes, has a work of reference from which he will rarely turn away unsatisfied if seeking for information relative to its peculiar subjects. In every instance, the author has endeavoured to give tribute where due, and if he has erred in this, or in any other particular, he will be highly obliged by correction. Besides the work already quoted, he has been much indebted to Paxton-s Botanical Dictionary ; Whatei.zy's Landscape Gardening ; Glenny's Practical Gardener and Florist; Maund's Botanic Garden; Lindley's Theory of Horticulture ; and The United Gardener and Land Steward's Journal. The author does not wish to mislead his readers into the belief that this is a Botanical Dictionary. On the contrary, he has confined his notices to such genera of plants as deserve a place in some department of the garden ; and, for the most part, even in enumerating the number of species in each genus, only those have been reckoned that are worthy of cultivation. It only remains to be explained that, in the monthly calendars, b. intends the beginning, or first half ef the month, and e. the end, or its closing half. The following works have also been freely consulted and quoted : — CuTHBERT Johnson, On Fertilisers. Farmers' Encylopadia. Loudon and Westwood's Kollar on Predatory Insects. , Loudon's Gardeners' Encyclopedia. Gardeners' Magazine. Johnson's Principles of Gardening. Abercrombie's Gardeners' Dictionary. Johnson's Gardeners' Almanack. Transactions of the London Horticultural Society. Caledonian Horticultural Transactions. Horticultural Magazine. Decandolle's Philosophy of Plants. 3(34:84 PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION. The ordinary form in cases of reprint, with additions and explanatory notes, has been departed from in the present instance with a desire to preserve the book from the awkward aspect which it would necessarily present, if every addition by the American editor had been included within brackets, or printed in varied type. This edition has been greatly altered from the original. Many articles of little interest to Americans have been curtailed, or wholly omitted, and much new matter, with numerous illustrations, added; yet the present editor freely admits, and has desired the publishers to state, that he has only followed in the path 80 admirably marked out by Mr. Johnson, to whom the chief merit of the work belongs. It has been an object with the publishers, and editor, to inc. ease its popular character, thereby adapting it to the larger class of horticultural readers in this country, and they trust it may prove what they have desired it to be, an Encyclopaedia of Gardening, if not of Rural Affairs, so condensed as to be within reach of most persons whom those subjects interest. THE PUBLISHERS. Philadelphia, April, 1S47. NOTE. It is evident that with a territory extending over so large a space, a monthly calendar, ordireclion for cropping, &,c., cannot uniformly apply : Those who reside north or south of Pennsylvania, can readily make the necessary calculations as to time. \8 ^ THE GARDENERS' DICTIONARY. ABE ABELE TREE. (Populus alba.) ABLACTATION, the same as In- arching, and so called because it is a gradual withdrawing of the scion from its parent, the same as weaning, which in Latin is ahlactatio. ABLAQUEATIONjbaring the bodies of a tree's main roots. This was an old mode of checking the tree's over luxu- riance, for the purpose of making it fer- tile. A much less injurious plan is to drain the soil, and mix it with sand, chalk, or other less rich addition. An- other method successfully pursued is to open a trench around the body, at a suitable distance, thus shortening the roots, and arresting the tree's rapid growth. ABNODATION, cutting off excres- cences and the slumps of branches close to the stem. The intention of this is to have the wound heal over, but it is very doubtful, in the case of branches, whether the extremity of a stump properly treated will not heal quicker than a wound close to the trunk. The unsightly aspect of pro- truding stumps will, however, induce close pruning. ABRICOCK, an old mode of spelling Apricot, Armeniaca vulgaris. ABRAXAS grossularia. Magpie Moth. The caterpillar of this moth often infests the leaves of the gooseber- ry bush, as well as the currant, sloe, and even the peach, in eariv summer. " The caterpillar," says Mr. Curtis, " is white, slightly tinged with blue, and having numerous black spots on the back ; it is called a looper, from its pe- culiar mode of walking ; it fixes itself first firmly with its hind feet, and then extends its body fully ; after which it puts down its f:im and peat. ACA'I'IIOPHYLLUM aromaticum. Madagascar nutmeg. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Peat or rich loam. AGATHOSMA. Twenty-two spe- cies. Green-houf-e evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. A(;ATHYIISUS. Seven species. Cuttings. I arts and sciences." It is " tlie basis of j all other arts, and in all countries co- eval with the first dawn of civilization. Without agriculture, mankind would be savages, lliinly scattered through inler- minal)le forests, with no other habita- tions than caverns, hollow trees or huts, more rude and inconvenient than the most ordinary hovel or cattle-shed of the modern cultivator. It is the most universal as well as the most ancient of the arts, and requires the greatest num- visions. Common soil. AGATI. Two species. Stove ever- Hardy herbaceous. Cuttings and di- j her of operators. It employs seven eighths of the population of almost every civilized community. — Agricul- green trees. Cuttings. Peat and loam, ture is not only indispensable tonation- AOAVK. Aloe. Nineteen species, al prosperity, but is eminently condu- Chiefly stove plants. Suckers. Rich cive to the welfare of those who are loam. " The name is altered from engaged in it. It gives health to the ctyrtw.t., admirable, which this genus may body, energy to the mind, is fiivourable well be said to be, considering its ap- to virtuous and temperate habits, and to pearance, its size, and the beauty of its knowledge and purity of moral charac- flowers. In mythology, Agave is the ter, which are the pillars of good gov- name of one of the Nereids. A. america- ernmentand the true support ofnation- «a is a popularsucculent throughout Eu- ' al independence. — Witii regard to the rope. It grows wild or is acclimated in i history of agriculture, we must confine Sicily, the south of Spain, and Italy, and I ourselves to slight sketches. The first is much used in the latter country, plant- j mention of agriculture is found in the ed in vases as an ornament to piers, pa- : writings of Moses. From them we learn rapets, and about houses. About Milan j that Cain was a ' tiller of the ground,' and other towns in Lombardy, where it that Abel sacrificed the 'firstlings of will not endure the winter, they use i his flock,' and that Noah 'began to be imitations of copper so well formed and! a husbandman, and planted a vineyard.' painted, as to be readily mistaken for the original. In France and Germany it is still \ery common ; and. in this country formerly used to be the regular companion of the orange, myrtle, and pomegranate, then our principal green- house plants. An idea used to prevail that the American Aloe only flowered once in a hundred years; but, inde- pendently of this unnatural application of time to the inflorescence, it has long been known to flower sooner or later according to the culture bestowed on it.= ' — Encyc. Plants. The Chinese, Japanese, Chaldeans, Egyptians and Phoenicians appear to have held husbandry in high estimation. The Egyptians were so sensible of its blessings, that they ascribed its inven- tion to superhuman agency, and even carried their gratitude to such an ab- surd excess as to worship the ox, for his services as a labourer. The C;irthagin- ians carried the art of agriculture to a higher degree than other nations, their cotemporaries. Mago, one of their most famous generals, wrote no less than twenty-eight books on agricultural AGERATUM. Six species. Chiefly : topics, which, according to Columella, hardy annuals. Seed. Light rich soil. ' were translated into Latin by an express AGNOSTUS sinuata. Green-house : decree of the Roman senate. — Hesiod, evergreen tree. Cuttings. Sandy peat. ' a Greek writer, supposed to be cotem- AGRJCULTURE, as compared to i porary with Homer, wrote a poem on Horticulture, is the culture and man- agriculture, entitled JVccks and Days, Rgement of certain plants and animals j which was so denominated because hus- for the food and service of man : it is, as i bandry requires an exact observance of Marshall observes, "a subject which, I times and seasons. Other Greek writ- viewed in all its branches, and to their ers wrote on rural economy, and Xeno- fullest extent, is not only the most im- phnn among the number, but their portant and the most diificult in rural | works have been lost in the lapse of economies, but in the circle of human ; ages. — The implements of Grecian agri- AGR 23 AGR culture were very few and simple. He- | curious antiquarian, tlian of tlie practi- siod mentions a plough, consisting ; cal cultivator. Tlie plough is repre- of three parts — the share-beam, the , scnted by Cato as of two kinds — one for draught-pole and the plough-tail; but , strong, the other for light so:is. Varro antiquarians are not agreed as to its ! mentions one with two mould-boards*, exact form ; also a cart with low wheels, ] with which, he says, 'when they and ten spans (seven feet six inches) in ■ plough, after sowing the seed, they are width; likewise the rake, sickle and said to ridge.' Pliny mentions a plough ox-goad; but no description is given of with one mould-board, and others with the mode in which they were con- , a coulter, of wliich he says there were structed. The operations of Grecian many kinds. — Fallowing was a practice culture, according to Hesiod, were rarely deviated from by the Romans, neither numerous nor complicated. The In most cases, a fallow and a year's ground received three ploughings — one crop succeeded each other. M. inure in autumn, another in spring, and a third , was collected from nearly or quite as immediately before sowing the seed, i many sources as hav6 been resorted to Manures were applied, and Pliny as- '■ by the moderns. Pigeon's dung was cribes their invention to the Grecian esteemed of the greatest value, and, king Augeas. Theophrastus mentions next to that, a mixture of night soil, six different species of manures, and scrapings of the streets and urine, adds, that a mixture of soils produces * which were applied to the roots of the the same effect as manures. Clay, he , vine and olive. — The Romans did not observes, should be mixed with sand, i bind their corn into sheaves. When and sand with clay. Seed was sown cut, it was sent directly to the area to by hand, and covered with a rake. ■ be threshed, and was separated from Grain was reaped with a sickle, bound the chaff by throwing it from one part of in sheaves, threshed, then winnowed by ; the floor to the other. Feeding down wind, laid in chests, bins or granaries, | grain, when too luxuriant, was practised, and taken out as wanted by the fainily, Virgil says, ' What commendation shall to be pounded in mortars or (juern mills I give to him, who, lest his corn should into meal. — The ancient Romans vene- lodge, pastures it, while young, as soon rated the plough, and, in the earliest as the blade equals the furrow !' (Gear., and purest times of the republic, the : lib. i., 1. 111.) Watering ,on a large greatest praise which could be given to 1 scale was applied both to arable and an illustrious character was to say that ' grass lands. Virgil advises to 'bring he was an industrious and judicious hus- down the waters of a river upon the bandman. M. Cato, the censor, who sown corn, and, when the field is was celebrated as a statesman, orator parched and the plants drying, convey and general, having conquered nations it from the Ynow of a hill in channels.' and governed provinces, derived his (Geor., lib. i., I. 106.) — The farm man- highest and most durable honours from agemcnt most approved of by the sci- having written a voluminous work on entific husbandmen of Rome was, in agriculture. In the Georgics of Vir- general, such as would nieet the appro- gil, the majesty of verse and the har- bation of modern cultivators. The im- mony of numbers add dignity and grace portance of thorough tillage isillustrated to the most useful of all topics. The by the following apologue : A vine- celebrated Columella flourished in the dresser had two daughters and a vine- reign of the Kn)peror Claudius, and yard; when his oldest daughter was he wrote twelve books on husbandry, which constituted a complete treatise on rural affairs. Varro, Pliny and Pal- Jadius were likewise among the distin- guished Romans who wrote on agricul- married, he gave her a third of his vine- yard for a portion, notwithstanding which he had the same quantity of fruit as formerly. When his youngest daugh- ter was married, he gave her half of tural subjects. — With regard to the Ro- , wiiat remained ; still the produce of his man implements of agriculture, we , vineyard was undiminished. This re- Jearn that they used a great many, but : suit was tlio consequence of his bestow- their particular forms and uses are very ; ingas much labour on the third part left imperfectly described. From what we after his daughters had received their can ascertain respecting them, they ap- \ portions, as he had been accustomed to pear more worthy of the notice of the Igive to the whole vineyard. — The Ro- AG R 24 AGR mans, unlike many conqnerors, instead ] times. The various operations of hns- of desolating, improved the countries bandry, such as manuring, ploughing, which they subdued. They seldom or i sowing, harrowing, reaping, threshing, never burned or laid waste conquered ! winnowing, &c., are incidentally men- countries, but laboured to civilize the inhabitants, and introduce the arts ne- cessary for promoting their comfort and happiness. To facilitate communica- tions from one district or town to an- other, seems to have been a primary tioned by the writers of those days, but it is impossible to collect from thein a definite account of the manner in which those operations were performed. — The first English treatise on husbandry was published in the reign of Henry object with them, and their works of j VIII., by Sir A. Fitzherbert, Judge of this kind are still discernible in nume- the Common Pleas. It is entitled the rous places. By employing their troops ! Book of Husbandry, and contains direc- in this way, when not engaged in active service, their commanders seem to have had greatly the' advantage over our modern generals. The Roman soldiers, instead of loitering in camps, or rioting in towns, enervating their strength, and corrupting their morals, were kept re- gularly at work, on objects highly bene- ficial to the interests of those whom the_v subjugated. — In the ages of anarchy and barbarism which succeeded the fall of the Roman empire, agriculture was almost wholly abandoned. Pasturage was preferred to tillage, because of the facility with which sheep, o.xen, &c., fan be driven away or concealed on the approach of an enemy. — The con- quest of England by the Normans con- tributed to the improvement of agri- culture in Great Britain. Owing to that event, many thousands of husbandmen, from the fertile and well-cultivated plains of Flanders and Normandy, set- tled in Great Britain, obtained farms, and employed the same methods in cul- tivating them, wliich the^had been ac- customed to use in their native coun- tions for draining, clearing and enclos- ing a farm, for enriching the soil, and rendering it fit for tillage. Lime, marl and fallowing are strongly recommend- ed. ' The author of the Book of Hus- bandry,' says Mr. Loudon, ' writes from his own experience of more than forty years, and, if we except his biblical allusions, and some vestiges of the su- perstition of the Roman writers about the influence of the moon, there is very little of his work which should be omit- ted, and not a great deal that need be added, in so far as respects the culture of corn, in a manual of husbandrv adapt- ed to the present time.' — Agriculture attained some eminence during the reign of Elizabeth. The principal writ- ers of that period were Tusser, Googe and Sir Hugh Piatt. Tusser's Five Hundred Points of Husbandry was pub- lished in 1562, and conveys much use- ful instruction in metre. The treatise of Barnaby Googe, entitled Whole Art of Husbandry, was printed in 1558. Sir Hugh Piatt's work was entitled Jewel Houses of Art and Nature, and was tries. Some of the Norman barons printed in 1594. In the former work, were great improvers of their lands, and says Loudon, are many valuable hints were celebrated in history for their skill i on the progress of husbandry in the early in agriculture. The Norman clergy, : part of the reign of Elizabeth. Among .ind especially the monks, did still more i other curious things, he asserts that the in this way than the nobility. The ' Spanish or Merino sheep was originally monks of every monastery retained such derived from England. — Several writers of their lands as they could most con- | on agriculture appeared in England dur- veniently take charge of, and these they ing the commonwealth, whose names, cultivated with great care under their i with notices of their works, may be seen own inspection, and frequently with | in Loudon's Encyclopidia of Agricul- their own hands. The famous Thomas ture. From the Restoration down to a Becket, after he was Archbishop of [ the middle of the eighteenth century, Canterbury, used to go out into the field | agriculture remained almost stationary. ^ith the monks of the monastery where he happened to reside, and join with them in reaping their corn and making Immediately after that period , consider- able improvement in the process of cul- ture was introduced by Jethro Tull, a their hay. The implements of agricul- ! gentleman of Berkshire, who began to ^ire, at this period, were similar to 1 drill wheat and other crops about the ihose in most cornmon use in modern I year 1701, and whose Horse-hoeing AGR 25 AI T Husbandry was published in 1731. Though this writer's theories were in some respects erroneous, yet even his errors were of service, by exciting in- quiry, and calling the attention of hus- bandmen to ini[)ort3nt objects. His hostility to manures, and attempting, in all cases, to substitute additional tillage in their place, were prominent defects in his system. — After the time of Tull's publication, no great alteration in Bri- tish agriculture took place, till Robert Bakevvell and others effected some im- portant improvements in the breed of cattle, sheep and swine. By skilful selection at first, and constant care afterwards to breed from the best ani- mals, Bakewell at last obtained a va- riety of sheep, which, for early maturity and the property of returning a great quantity of mutton for the food which they consume, as well as for the small proportion which the weight of the offal bears to the four quarters, were with- out precedent. Culiey, Cline, Lord Somcrville, Sir J. S. Sebright, Darwin, Hunt, Hunter, Young, &c. &c., have all contributed to the improvement of do- mestic animals, and have left little to be desired in that branch of rural econo- my.— Among other works on agricul- ture, of distinguished merit, may be mentioned the Farmer's Letters, Tour in France, Annals of Agriculture, &c. &c., by the celebrated Arthur Young ; Marshall's numerous and excellent works, commencing with Minutes of Agriculture, published in 1787, and ending with his Review of the Agricul- tural Reports in 1816; Practical Agri- culture, by Dr. R. W. Dickson, &c. &c. The writings of Kaimes, Anderson and Sinclair exhibit a union of philosopliical sagacity and patient experiment, which have produced results of great import- ance to the British nation and to the world. To these we shall only add the name of John Loudon, F. L. S. H. S., whose elaborate Encyclopaedia of Gar- dening and Encyclopedia of Agricul- ture have probably never been sur- passed by any similar works in any Janguage. — The establishment of a national Board of Agriculture was of very great service to 13ritish iiusbandry. Hartlib, a century before, and Lord Kaimes, in his Gentleman Farmer, had pointed outthe utility of such an institu- tion, but it was left to Sir John Sinclair to carry their ideas into execution. To the indefatigable exertions of that wor- thy and eminent man the British public are indebted for an institution, whose services cannot be too highly appre- ciated. ' It made farmers, residing in different parts of the kingdom, acquaint- ed with one another, and caused a rapid dissemination of knowledge amongst the whole profession. The art of agri- culture was brought into fashion, old practices were amended, new ones in- troduced, and a degree of exertion call- ed forth heretofore unexampled among agriculturists im this island.' " — Encyc. Am. AGRIMONIA. Agrimony. Nine species. Hardy. Division. Commoa soil. AGROMYZA viola. Pansy Fly. It attacks the flower by puncturing the petal, and extracting the juice; the puncture causes the colouring matter to fade. This very minute fly is shining black, bristly, eyes green, head orange. It appears in May and lives throughout the summer. Where it deposits its eggs is unknown. — Card. Chron. AGROSTEMMA. Four species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. AILANTUS. Two species. Hardy deciduous trees. The glandulosa is of rapid growth, and thrives admirably on light thin soils, where many forest trees do not succeed — it is objectionable by reason of suckering, and to many from the unpleasant odour of the flowers. Cuttings. Loamy peat. AIR. Atmospheric air is uniformly and universally composed of Oxygen'. ... 21 Nitrogen ... 79 Every 100 parts, even in the driest weather, containing, in solution, one part of Water; and every 1000 parts having admixed about one part of Car- bonic Acid. The average proportions are Air 98.9 Watery Vapour . 1.0 Carbonic Acid Gas 0.1 All these are absolutely necessary to every plant to enable it to vegetate with all the vigour of which it is capable; and on its due state of moistness depends, in a great measure, the health of any plant requiring the protection of glass. See Leaves, Roots, Stove. AITONIA capensis. Green-house. Cuttings. Rich mould. A J U 26 ALS AJUGA. Bugle. Elevpn species. | fixed kinds, one was called potash or Hardy. Division or seed. Sandy ped.t \vegelable, because procured from the Bli/^hia snpida. Two species. Stove Cuttings. Sandy or ]o;im AKEK-TREE. ALANGIUM. evergreen trees loam. ALBUCA. Nineteen species. Green- house bulbs. Oftsets. Sandy loam and peat. ALBURNUM. The soft white sub- j stance which in trees is found between the liber or inner bark and the wood, and in progress of time acquiring solid- ity, becomes itself the wood. A new layer of wood, or rather of alburnum is added annually to the tree in every part, just under the bark. ALCHEMILLA. Ladies' Mantle. Eleven species. Chiefly hardy. Seeds or division. Common soil. ALCOVE, is a seat in a recess, formed of stone, brick, or other dead material, and so constructed as to shel- ter the party seated from the north and other colder quarters, whilst it is open in front to the south. ALDER. Alnus. ALETRIS. Two species. Hardy herbaceous plants. Oiisets. Peat or leafsoil. ALEURITES. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loamy soil. ALEXANDRIAN LAUREL. Rus- CVS Racemosus. ALHAGL Manna. Two species. Green-house plants. Young cuttings or seed. Sandy loam and peat. "ALKALI, in cliemistry ; from the Arabian kali, the name of a plant from the ashes of which one species of alkali can be extracted. The true alkalies have been arranged by a modern che- mist in three classes: — 1, those which consist of a metallic basis, combined with oxygen ; these are three in num- ber— potash, soda and lithia; 2, that which contains no oxygen, viz., ammo- nia ; 3, those containing oxygen, hydro- gen and carbon ; in this class are placed aconita, atropia, hrucia, cicutn, datura, delphia, hyoscyamia, morphia, strych- nia. And it is supposed that the vege- table alkalies may be found to be as nu- merous as the vegetable acids. The original distribution of alkaline sub- Btnnccs was into volatile and fixed, the volatile alkali being known under the ashes of'vegetables gener:illy; the other, \soda or mineral, on account of its hav- ing been principally obtained from the incineration ofmarine plants.'' — Encyc. Am. The sulphate of ammonia has been used with success as a stimulant to vegetable growth — and is now prepared and sold by chemists for that purpose. ALLAMANDA cathartica. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich loamy soil. ALLANTODIA. Five species. Green-house herbaceous plants. Di- vision. Loamy peat. ALLEYS are of two kinds. 1. The narrow walks which divide the com- partments of the kitchen garden ; and 2. Narrow walks in shrubberies and pleasure-grounds, closely bounded and overshadowed by the shrubs and trees. ALLIONIA. Three species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Sandy peat or loam. ALLIUM. Garlic or onion tribe. 126 species. Hardy bulbous plants. Offsets or seed. Common soil. ALLSEED. Poly car pon. ALLSPICE. Caiycanthus. ALLSPICE-TREE. Pimenta. ALMOND. Amygdalm. ALNUS. Alder. Nineteen species. Hardy deciduous trees. Layers or seeds. Moist soil. ALOE. Forty-seven species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Suckers. Sandy loam and peat. ALOMIA Ageratoides. Half-hardy dwarf evergreen plant. Cuttings. Sandy loam. ALONSO.-^. Five species. Green- house evergreen shrubs, except A. cau- lialata, which is half-hardy. Cuttings or seeds. Rich mould. ALOYSIA citriodora. Green-house deciduous shrub. Cuttings or seeds. Rich mould. ALPINIA. Twenty-five species. Stove herbaceous perennials. Division. Rich sandy soil. ALSINE. Chickweed. Six speciee. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. ALSODEIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ALSTONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich light soil. ALSTRCEMERIA. Twenty-five spe- name of ammonia ; while, of the twolcies. The seeds should be sown ira- ALS 27 ALT mediately, in sandy loam and rotten j dung, and kept in a green-house, as 1 tliey will not require lieat. When the j plants are about an inch high, they may ' be potted singly into very small pots, and kopt in a growing state till they have formed their tubers; if suffered to i die down before that period, they will i never shoot again, which is the cause of many persons losing them after they have got tliem up from seeds. A. acu- lifoUa is hardy. Tho seeds are sown in heat in February or March, and the young plants make their appearance in about six weeks afterwards. When strong enough, they are potted singly in sixty-pots and shifted progressively into larger sizes, as they require more room ; and by autumn many of them are full four feet in lieight. These should be j kept cool, and rather dry during winter, i and then planted out against a wall, where thev are finally to remain. The | soil for potting them in is light sandy peat and loam: and when planted out they should be also placed in a light sandy soil, two feet deep, on a perfectly | drv bottom. i ALTKRNANTHERA. Twelve spe- [ cies. Stove herbaceous; except A. frutescens, which is a green-house ever- green. Cuttings. Light rich soil. ALTFLEA. Marsh mallow. Seven- teen species. Hardy plants. Division or seed. Common soil. ALTIXGIA. Two species. Green- house evergreen trees. Cuttings and seeds. Deep loamy soil. ALTITUDE, or elevation above the sea, has a great influence over a plant's vegetation. The greater that altitude the greater the reduction of tempera- ture, so much so that every GOO feet of altitu seasons will soon be killed, if prompt deposits its eggs in the turnip when of! and vigorous remedies are not adopted, larger growth than that at which it is ] The affected roots may be bared and attacked by the weevil, and the vegeta- I left exposed for a few days to the cold, ble consequently suffers less from the ' and the earth, before being returned, injury ; but from some slight observa- I be saturated with amnioniacal liquor tions, I am inclined to conclude, that from the gas works. In early March the turnips thus infested suffer most I the branches should be scraped, and from the frosts of winter, and are the scrubbed with the same ammoniacal earliest in decay. — Johnson''s Principles j liquid, or a strong brine of common salt; of Gardening. The Ambury occasionally exhibits it- but whatever liquid is employed, the scraping and hard bristles of the brush self around Philadelphia, principally in ; should penetrate every crack in the AME 31 AM II bark. This treatment, repeated and I vent them being injured by its pressure, persevered in so long as the least ap- pearance of the insect is observed, never Hiiis of a cure. Linseed or rape oil or spirit of tar applied to the infected part, and repeated a second or third time with a brush, are also effective remedies. They suifocate the insects. Strong pyroligneous acid applied in tiie same mode is also said to destroy this as well as the scale insect. The codlin and June eating, a re particularly liable to be infected ; but I never observed it upon any of the russet apples: and theCroI'lon pippin is also said to be exempted. AMHRICAN CRANBKRRY, (Oxy- cornts macrocarpa.) Suil. — A light soil, well incorporated with peat, and occasionally manured with rotten leaves. Situation. — It requires a constant supply of water, and on a south bank where this supply can be obtained, it may be planted in rows four feet apart each way, and the water made to circ\i- late in a small ditch between the rows. But the edge of a pond will suit it al- most as well. After-culture. — The shrubs require no iitlier attention than to be kept hee from weeds. Produce. — This is so abundant that a bed six yards long is sufficient for the largest tiimilv. AMERICAN CRESS, (Barharea pre- cox.) Soil and Situation. — For the win- ter standing crops, a light, dry soil, in an open but warm situation, should be allotted to it; and for the summer, a rather moister and shady border is to be preferred. In neither instance is it required to be rich some twigs may be bent over the bed, or some light bushy branches laid among them, which will support it. The only cultivation they require is to be kept clear of weeds. In gathering, the outside leaves only should be stripped off, whicli enables successive crops to become rapidly fit for use. Wlien the plants begin to run, their centres must be cut away, which causes them to shoot afresh. To obtain Seed. — For the production of seed, a few of the strongest plants, raised from the first spring sowing, are left ungathered from. They flower in June or July, and perfect their seed be- tbre the commencement of autumn. AMERICAN PLANTS. In England and the European continental gardens, apartments are allotted to collections ofour native plants, and usually denomi- nated the American department. It is somewhat amusing to read the direc- tions laid down as to its soil, situation, &c., as if our country, whicli presents the greatest diversity of soil, climate and altitude, with corresponditig vege- table productions, some delighting in the swani[), others in the mountain, some sustaining the frosts of iiigli north- ern latitudes, others luxuriating in the sunny south, eaCh choosing tor itself its own peculiar soil — were as hounded and contracted as the British Isle. We annex a specimen. " American Plants. These comprise many very d liferent species, which, resemlding each other in requiring a peaty soil and abundance of water, are usually cultivated in a separate department, where the garden establishment is extensive; anil, wher- Time and mode of sowing. — It is pro- i ever grown, should have a compart- pagated by seed, which must be sown every six weeks from March to August for summer and autumn, but only one sowing is necessary either at the end of August or beginning of September, for a su[)ply during winter and spring. It may be sown broadcast, but the most })refcrable mode is in drills nine inches apart. Water may be given occasion- ally during dry weather, both before and alter the appearance of the plants. If raised from broadcast sowings, the plants arc thinned to six inches apart: if in drills, only to three. In winter they require the shelter of a little lit- ter, or other light covering ; and to pre- rnent to themselves, u very acutely sloping bank, facing the north or east; and someofihein,as the Riiododendron, Andromeda, and Azalea, do not oliject to being overshadowed by trees. The soil, as already stated, must be peat; and the best annual dressings that can be applied are such matters as decayed leaves, and the bottom of old wood stacks; or any other mixture of de- cayed woody fibre." AMERIMNLM. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam. AMETHYSTIA cccrulea. Hardy an- nual. Seed. Peat. AMHERSTIA nobilis. Stove ever- AMH 32 A NE green. A most lovely tree. Cuttings. Rich clayey io;itn. AMICIA zigomeris. Stove ever- green climber. Cuttings. Loam. AMIROLA nitida. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. AMMOBIUM. Two species. Half- hardy herbaceous. Cuttings. Peat and sand. AMMOCHARIS. Brunsvigia. AMMYRSINE. Two species. Hardy evergreen shrubs. Layers. Sand and peat. AMOMUM. Thirteen species. Stove herbaceous perennials. Division. Light rich soil. AMORPHA. Eleven species. Chiefly hardy deciduous shrubs. Layers and cuttings. Common light soil. AMPELOPSIS. Four species. Hardy deciduous climbers, except A. bipin- nata, which is a shrub. Layers or cut- tings. Common soil. AMPELYGONUM chinense. Green- house herbaceous. Seed. Sand,loani; and peat. AMPHEREPHIS. Three species. Hardy annuals. Seed. Common soil. AMPHICARPA. Two species. Hardy deciduous twiners. Seed or cut- lin£8. Loam, peat and sand. AMPHICOME arguta. Half-hardy evergreen. Seeds or cuttings. Loam, eand, and peat. Suited for rock-work. AMPHILOBIUM paniculatum. Stove evergreen climber. Cuttings. Loam and peat. AMSONIA. Three species. Hardy herbaceous. Cuttings or division. Common soil. AMYGDALUS. Almond. Six spe- cies, and many varieties. Seed and grafts. Rich loam. For culture, see Peach. AMYRIS. Ten species. Stove ever- green trees. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ANACAMPSEROS. Ten species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Suck- ers. Comm'in light soil. ANACARDIUM. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Light loam. ANACYCLUS. Three species. Hardy annuals. Seed. Common soil. ANADENl A pulrhella. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ANAGALLIS. Pimpernel. Ten Bpecies. Some are hardy annuals — seed ; others green-house biennials ; these and the perennial species are propagated by cuttings. Common light soil suits all. ANAGYRIS. Three species. Half- hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings or seed. Rich light soil. ANANASSA. Pine Apple. Four species and many varieties. See Pine- Apple. ANANTHERIX viridu. Hardy pe- rennial. Seed or division. Light rich soil. ANARRHINUM. Three species. Hardy biennials. Seed. Common soil. AN ASTATIC A hierochuntina. Rose of Jericho. Half-hardy annual. Seed. Common soil. ANCHIETEApj/r?7o/ia. Stove ever- green climber. Peat and loam. ANCHOVY-PEAR. Grias cauliflora. ANCHUSA. Twenty-seven species. All hardy but A. capensis. This re- quires to be raised in a frame ; the others may be sown in open borders. ANDERSONIA sprengeloides. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat. ANDIRA. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ANDROCYMBIUM. Three species. Green-house bulbs. Offsets. Peat and sandy loam. ANDROMEDA. Twenty-nine spe- cies and many varieties Mostly hardy evergreens. A. buxifoUa, fasriculata, jamaicensis, and ruhiginosa are stove evergreens. A. Iiypnoides, japonica, ovalifoUa, sinensis, and tetragona are half-hardy. The United States has contributed the larger portion of this interesting genus. Seed. Peat. ANDROSACE. Eighteen species. Mostly hardy. Seed or division. Peat and turfy loam. ANDRYALA. Nine species. Some hardy, others green-house plants. Seed and division. Common soil. ANKILEMA. Eleven species. Stove and green-house. Division or seed. Peal and sandy loam. ANEMIA. Eleven species. Stove ferns. Division and seed. Light loam. ANEMONE. Wind-flower. Forty- seven species ; numerous varieties. Some hardy herbaceous, others hardy tuberous; A.vitifoliais half-hardy, and A. cnpens)s green-house. A. thalic- tr aides florc plena xs a very beautiful and chaste flower, an artificial product from ANE 33 ANE a well known American species. Divi-j annually at tlie decay of the leaf, and sion, offsets, or seeds. Light loam. I the root may be divided or broken into The anemone, the florist's flower of as many pieces or knobs as are furnished our gardens, is the oftspring of the A. with an eye or hud, observing, how- f oro«gyptiaca. Rudbeckia amplexifolia. Schizanthus pinnatus. Senecio elegans. Spilanthes acmella. Stevia pedata. serrata. Tagetes erecta. lucida. — nana. — patula. — tenuifolia. Trichosanthes anguina. cucumeri. Tropoeolum atrosanguineum (climb- er). peregrinum (climber). Verbena Aubletia. Viscaria oculata. Xeranthnmum lucidum. Ximensia encelioides. Zinnia coccinea. multiflora. — lutea. pauciflora. revoluta. verticillata. violacea. TENDER ANNUALS. The following arc rather more tender than those classed as half-hardy, but may be managed in the same manner. Achillea aegyptiaca. Agapanthus umb. maj. media. Amaranthus bicolor. cruentus. rubicaulis. tricolor. Amethystea cajrulea. Antirrhinum molle. Brachycome iberifolia. Browallia demissa. ^^— — elata ccerulea. flo. albo. Buchnera capensis. Calceolaria pinnata. Campannula capensis. debilis. mollis. Cardiospermum halicacabum. Cassia chamKchrista. tora. Celosia argentea. cernua. cristata rub. dwarf, red. tall, buff. dwarf. imperial red. purple. buff. varieg. Cleome pentaphylla. spinosa. viscosa. Clitoria brasiliana. ternata. flo. albo. Convolvulus pes capra;. nil tridendatum. Crotalaria juncea. verrucosa. Datura fastuosa. flo. albo. Gnaphalium orientale Gomphrena globosa flo. albo. stri. Hedysarum gangeticum. vespcrtilio. Heliophila integrifolia. Heliotropium indicum. Impatiens balsamina. • flesh col. dble. ANN 39 ANT Impatiens bizar, tall, dble. dwarf, dble. piir. stri., dble. scarl. slri., dble. Ipomoea Phcenicea. quamoelit. flo. albo. Linum flavuni. sutfruticosum. Lotus creticus. Lobelia gracilis. ratnosa. Maitynia fragrans. proboscidea. Mesembryanthemum crystallinum. glabrum. pinnatifidum. (tricolor) pyropoeum. Mimosa pudica. sensitiva. Ononis natrix. crispa. Pcntapetes Phoenicea. Physalis prostrata. Portulaca splendcns. Tbellussoni. Rhodanthe Manglesii. Salpiglossis atropurpurea. Sedum citruleum. Sida cordifolia. — — dilleniana. hastata. Snianum melongana. fruct. purp. Sowerbia juncea. Statice mucronata. Thunbergia (alata) aurantiaca. albifiora. Trachymene (Didiscus) coerulea. Watsonia corymbosa. ANODONTIA. Four species. Hardy and hnlf-hardy plants. Seeds, cuttings, or division. Common soil. ANOXTOCHILUS setaceus. Stove terrestrial orchidaceous plant. ANOMATHECA. Two species. Half-hardy bulbs. Seeds. Common light soil. ANONA. Custard apple. Seventeen species. Cuttings or seeds. Rich loam. ANT, {Formica.) To drive this in- sect away, sprinkle flowers of sulphur over its nests and haunts. To kill it, pour over the nest at night a strong de- coction of elder leaves. To trap it, smear the inside of a garden pot with honey, invert it over the nest, and when crowded with them, hold it over the lier trees, by tying a piece of wool round the stems and the supporters. ANT EN N ARIA. Eight species. Chiefly hardy lierbaceous. A. Iiyperborea is an evergreen creeper. Cuttings or divisions. Light rich soil. ANTHEMIS. Forty-six species. All hardy except A. apifolia and punctata, which are green-house plants. Seed. Common soil. See Chamomile. ANTHERICUM. Twenty-six species. Green-house herbaceous, except ,4. scro- tinum and sulphureuin, which are hardy. Cuttings or seed. Loam and sandy peat. ANTllOCERCIS. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. ANTHOCLEISTA macrophylla. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ANTHODON. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. ANTHOLOMA monfana. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. ANTHOLYZA. Three species. Hardy bulbs. Offsets. Sandy south border. ANTHOMYIA, a genus of fly, very injurious to the gardener. A. brassicce, cabbage fly, says Mr. Curtis, " is found on the wing through the summer, and is the parent of a mag- got which has been known to lay waste whole fieldsof cabbages by diseasing the roots, in which they feed, as well as at the base of tlie stalk. Successive gene- rations are feeding until Noveml)er; the latter families lying in the pupa state through the winter, and most probably some of the flies survive that season, secreted in holes and crevices. "When the Cabbage-leaves assume a lead or yellow colour, and droop in mid- day from the effect of the sun, such plants being diseased should be taken up, carried away, and burnt, and brine or lime put into the holes. Gardeners, in some instances, have collected large quantities of the pupa; from the roots, by drawing away the earth; and as these insects are exceedingly rapid in their transtbrmations, it is very likely that it may have a very material effect in check- ing their increase, and giving the suc- ceeding crop a better chance of escap- ing the fate of the preceding one. " The male of A. brassiccE is dark steam of boiling water. They may be . kept from ascending standard and espa- 1 bright grey, with black bristles ; there is ANT 40 ANT a black stripe halfway down the middle ing towards the head, which is pointed, of the thorax, and a curved one on each and armed with two short, black claws side ; the body has a more decided black at the nose. stripe down the centre, and the seg- " These maggots live in the involucra niCMts are marked by a lineofthe same of different varieties of Lettuce, feeding colour; legs and antenna; blackish; wings upon the grains and receptacle; and a little smoky. The female is pale ashy when these are consumed they wriggle grey; the eyes remote, with a dark themselves out backward, either to en- chestnut-coloured stripe on the crown; ter another seed-vessel or fall to the the wings are similar in tint to those of' ground and become pupse. the foregoing species, but the insects are considerably smaller." — Gard. Chron. " When the seed-stems are gathered and dying, the larvae change to pupae. A. ceparum, Onion fly. For the fol- ! called shucks in Surrey, being bright lowing particulars I am indebted to the chestnut-coloured, oval cases, which work of M. Kollar. ] are rough when viewed under a lens, " The fly lays her eggs on the leaves with two minute tubercles at the head. of the onion, close to the earth. and two hooks and a few other tubercles "The newly-hatched maggot bores , at the tail, through the first leaf and then descends I " In the second week of May a few between the leaves into the onion to its of the pupte hatch ; they have, however, base, when it entirely destroys the bulb, ' been observed as early as April, and as which soon becomes rotten. It leaves late as July. The male is intense black, the onion to undergo its transformation clothed with short hair and bristles; the in the earth, and becomes an elliptical, eyes reddish-brown and meeting above ; reddish-brown, wrinkled pupa, out of face inclining to chestnut colour, with a which the perfect fly is developed in summer in from ten to twenty days. The later brood pass the winter in the pupa state. " The perfect insect or fly is entirely bright spot of the same on the crown the fore part of the trunk bears four varying whitish stripes ; the body is ashy grey, the segments blackish, at the base a deep black ; wings two, stained with of an ash grey colour in the female, or [ black, and beautifully iridescent; the with black stripes on the back of the I base and poisers ochreous, the nervures male; the wings clear like glass, with ; of the wings pitchy. broad iridescent reflections, and yellow- The female is entirely ashy grey. ish-brown veins. It is found through- I and less bristly; the eyes not meeting out the summer in several generations. ' on the crown, with a bright chestnut- " The larva lives during that season coloured stripe between them; body singly, and also gregariously, on the dif- i oval, the apex cone-shaped; horns and ferent sorts of leeks and onions, and doei great damage among the white onions." The maggot is conical, white, and smooth. It will never make its appear- ance, if, at the time of sowing, a little of the lime from the dry purifiers of the egs blackish; wings and nervures lighter than in the male, which it equals in size." — Gard. Chron. ANTHONOMUS. .4.pomorM//!, Apple weevil. Mr. Curtis truly observes, that "this insect corn- gas-works be dug in and a less quantity ' mits great devastation in apple orchards, raked in with the seed. This may now by destroying the stamens, pistil, and be obtained almost in every district of receptacle of the flower. As soon as GreatBritain; but should itbe neglected, the blossom buds begin to swell, the fe- or not obtainable, soot applied in the male beetle begins to deposit her eggs. same mode, with the addition of one or In calm weather she selects a good bud, two plentiful waterings, during April and makes a hole in it with her pro- and the present month, with strong | boscis ; she fixes herself at the hole, soapsuds, will generally prevent the , lays one egg, and goes on till she has evil. — Johnson's Gard. Almanack A. lactuctE, Lettuce fly. Mr. Curtis in separate buds. deposited a considerable number of eggs says, " The larva; first make their ap •The bud continues to swell and the pearance in August, but they are abund- petals nearly expand, when suddenly ant in September; they closely resemble ' the growth ceases and the petals wither those from the Cabbage and Turnip, and assume a shrivelled appearance. If being of a yellowish-white colour, taper- one of these flower buds be examined ANT 41 A PH when nearly expanded, a small white grain with a black head will be found in the centre, which beijins to assume a yellowish colour; a few days later the grub will be found either wholly or partially chanj^ed to a beetle, and should there be a small hole on the side of the receptacle the beetle will have escaped; the transformation from the etrg to the APHELANDRA cristata. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. APHELEXIS. Four species. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and sandy loam. APHI.S, the Plant Louse, Puceron, or Vine fretter. This insect, so destructive from its multitude, attacks fruit trees, perfect state not having occupied more juicy kitchen vegetables, and other than a month. When this beetle, which plants, weakening and rendering them is dark brown with grey stripes, leaves incapable of development by sucking the receptacle, it feeds during the sum- from them their juices. The exhaustion mer on the leaves of the trees, and is thus occasioned is sometimes so corn- seldom to be seen. In the autumn, the plete as to destroy the plant. Each weevils leave the trees and search for vegetable subject to its ravages has its convenient hiding-places under stones peculiar species about the trees, or under the rough bark, in which they pass the winter. •Consequently, as they commence Aphis pyri mall is of a grass green colour, attacking the apple and pear. A. persica is dark green, and is pe- their operations early in the spring, care culiar to the peach and nectarine should be taken to remove all stones, ^. pr«ni ravages the plum tribes, and dead leaves, and other litter from under is a very light green, the trees, as well as to scrape off the A. rosa. Light green, found upon rough dead bark from them in the winter the rose genus. A.fabcc, known popularly as the Black Dolphin and Elephant, is black, and at- tacks the common bean. The tops of beans attacked by the Black Dolphin should be forthwith re- season. " The apple weevil is also very in- jurious to pear trees." — Card. Chron. A N T H O P H Y U M lanceolatum. A stove fern. Seed. Liiilit rich soil. ANTHOSPER M U M athiopicum. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ANTH YLLIS. Twenty-two species. Hardy herbaceous and green-house ever- greens. Seeds or cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. ANTIDESMA. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich loam moved; and smaller plants may be sy- ringed with tobacco-water, or water in which elder leaves have been boiled ; which applications are all fatal to the aphis. A. pisi is green, and affects the pea. A. lonicera. Woodbine louse. Dingy green. A. cerasi, Morello cherry louse. Ap- ANTIRRHINUM. Snap-dragon, pears black. Infests the under sides of Twelve species. Hardy herbaceous, the leaves, especially on wet soils except A. asarina and molle, which are half-hardy evergreens. Cuttings or seeds. Common soil. ANTLER MOTH. Charicas. ANTWERP HOLLYHOCK. Althaa ficifolia. ANYCHIA dichotoma. Hardy bien- nial. Division and seed. Sand and loam. A O T U S . Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and sandy peat. APEIB.\. Four species. Stove ever- green trees. Cuttings. Loam and peat. APHANANTHE celosioides. Green- A. coryli, Nut louse. Pale green. A. Dahlia, Dahlia louse. Amber coloured. A . rihis, Red currant louse. Blackish. A.ligust7-i, Privet louse. Dark brown. A. ribis-nigri. Black currant louse. Transparent green. A. lathyri. Sweet pea louse. Dark purple. A. [Cinara) raphani. Radish louse. Females, green ; males, lightish red. The aphides on the peach appear the earliest, being, as are all the others, the produce of eggs deposited during the previous autumn. During the spring and house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat summer they are viviparous, and breed and loam. with extraordinary rapidity. The gar- APHANOCHILUS incisus. Hardy dener does well, therefore, to scrub the herbaceous. Cuttings. Light soil. , branches of his wall trees, and to boil APH 42 APP or change the shreds every winter, for he thus destroys the pest in embryo. So soon as they appear in s])ring, over eacli wall tree a mat should be fastened, and tobacco burnt beneath it. Peas, wliilst the dew is upon them, may be dusted with Scotch snuff. Over the apple, plum, and other standards, the only available remedy is a repeated application of quicklime, at the same early period of the day, by the means of Curtis' Lime Duster. Most of these insects are readily destroyed by an a{)plication of diluted whale oil soap; it is probable a solution of common soft soap would be equally effective. The inexperienced operator should be careful lest he apply it in too powerful a state. The larva; of the Coccinella or Lady- bird, especially C. punctata, \.\\e Syrphus or bee-like fly, the ifemc»"o6/ws or golden- eyed fly, the ant, some caterpillars, and many of the Ichneumonida, are great destroyers of the Aphis, and should be encouraged rather than removed. See American Blight. APHYLLANTHES monspelien- sis. Half-hardy herbaceous. Division and seed. Sandy peat. APICRA. Twelve species. Green- house succulents. Suckers. Sandy loam and peat. APIOS tuherosa. Hardy tuber. Root. Sand and peat. APIUM. Six species. See Celery, Celeriac, and Parsley. APONOGETON. Four species. Stove or green-house aquatics. Offsets or seeds. Loam and peat in water. APPLE. {Pyrus malus.) Varieties. — There are 1,496 named varieties in the last edition of the London Horticultural Society's List of P'ruits, of which they have 897 cultivat- ed in their gardens. It may readily be presumed that in such a multitude there are many of inferior quality: indeed it is not improbable there are some utterly unworthy of culture. The object in thus congregating them was praiseworthy — to determine their comparative value. The true policy is evidently to select from the mass those which, from some special quality, are most deserving of perpetuity. The following named va- rieties are believed to be eminently wortliy of culture. We copy from the catalogue of D. Landreth and Fulton. Explanation of Abbreviations. — Colour — r red ; str striped; y yellow ; : green. Size — l large; m medium; s small. Those marked * are of American origin. Those marked t are celebrated for the table. SUMMER APPLES. CO- H NAME. LOUR. FORM. N & SEASON. Red Astrachan .... r roundish M July to Aug. *tBevan str r flat L July Aug. English Codlin y •conical L Aug. Sept. tEarly Queen r str roundish M July Aug. *tEarly Harvest y roundish M July Aug. Summer Queen str roundish M July Aug. *Lippincott r oblong M July Aug. Siberian Crab y conical S Aug. Oct. Woolman's Harvest str roundish 'm Aug. Sept. *tSummer Pearmain r oblong L Aug. Sept. Juneating Red y str ovate^ M July Aug, Alexander tBaldwin *tBellflower, Yellow *Carthouse Codlin Irish FALL AND WINTER APPLES. y str conical L I roundish L 1 conical L 1 flat M 1 conical L 2 Oct. to Dec. Nov. Mar. Oct. Feb. Dec. Apl. Oct. Dec. APP 43 APP Codlin White . *Cumberlaiid Spice Doctor or Deicitt *tGreenine;, Rhode Island Ladies' Sweeting Gates' Apple . *Grindstone Gravenstien Hawthoriiden . Harrison Lady Apple, pomme d' Ap Tolman's Sweeting . Lady Finger *tMaiden's Blush *Morgan *tNortliern Spy Pearmain, Blue winter *Pcnnock's Red Pippin, Bullock " Golden " *American " *Michael Henry " Fall, or Holland " Blenheim " Ribston " *Hollo\v Core " *tGreen Newton *' *tyellow Newton Priestley Pound Apple ♦tPorter *tRoxbury Russet . Roman Stem Rambo ^Seck-no-further, Red Newton Spitzenburg *tSpitzenburg, Esopus *tSpitzenburg, Kaighn^s Sweeting, Moore-s *Swaar *tTewksbury Blush *tVandervere *Wine, or Hay's *Winesap *\Vinter Queen Yorkshire Greening The following outlines and descrip- I tions of a few prominent varieties of apples, may be interesting to those who do not possess a more elaborate work, or one wholly devoted to Fruits, and are inserted with a desire to increase the popular character of the Dictionary, and render it of increased interest to the mass of readers. y conical l 2 Oct. to Dec. y flat M 1 1 Nov. Feb. str roundish l 2 Oct. Jan. g roundish | l Oct. Feb. y r roundish | l Oct. Apl. y roundish ji Nov. Feb. str roundish j i. Oct. June str roundish 1 i. 1 Oct. Nov. y roundish L 1 Oct. Dec. y conical M Nov. Apl. y flat s Nov. Mar. y roundish m Nov. Mar. r oblong M Nov. Feb. y ■■ flat M Sept. Nov. r roundish L Oct. Dec. r conical L Dec. April r conical L Nov. Jan. g roundish L Nov. Mar. y roundish j s Dec. Mar. y roundish s Nov. Mar. y roundish l Dec. Mar. y oblong M Nov. Mar. y flat L Oct. Jan. y roundish l 2 Nov. Jan. y roundish m 1 Nov. Jan. y roundish l 1 Nov. Mar. g roundish m 1 Dec. April y roundish M 1 j Dec. April str oblong L 1 Dec. April g roundish L 2 Oct. Jan. y oblong L 1 j Sept. Nov. roundish L 1 1 Dec. May y round L 1 i Oct. Jan. y flat M 1 Oct. Dec. r round L 1 Nov. Apl. y •■ roundish M 2 ! Nov. Feb. str conical L 1 i Nov. Apl. r round i. 1 Nov. April y round L 1 1 Dec. Mar. y roundish J. 1 ' Nov. Mar. r round S 1 Jan. May y flat M 1 Oct. Feb. r round l ■ 1 Nov. Mar. r round M 1 Nov. Apl. r conical L 2 Nov. Mar. g round L 1 1 Dec. Feb. SuMMKR Queen. Coxe. (Fig. 1.) This is quite a distinct variety from one long known around Philadelphia as the Early Queen. It is of full medium size, the outline in some specimens rather longer than broad, the blossom end occasionally quite pointed. Skin yellow, clouded and striped with red, so much so in some instances as to APP 44 APP obscure the ground colour. Flesh yel- j of uncommonly beautiful appearance, low, rich and aromatic. Stem long, It is certainly a superior dessert fruit ; deeply planted, llipe in August, but j its sprightly aroma is agreeable to most fit for cooking in July. Coxe describes i palates, and makes it a popular apple in it as an apple of the finest quality, and 1 the Philadelphia market. Fig. 1.— (P. 43.) Summer Pearmain. Coxe. (Fig. 2.) This is unquestionably the finest apple of its season, possessing more of the character of the pear than an ordinary apple ; its appearance is by no means prepossessing, and those who look to exteriors only would pass it by unno- ticed. The colour is usually dull red, slightly streaked and spotted, occasion- ally in the sun of a brighter hue. Coxe says it has proved well adapted to light lands, and correctly describes it as singularly tender, bursting from its own weight, when falling. The outline is oblong, uniformly regular; stem and calyx deeply seated ; ripe in August and September. WooLMAN's Harvest. {Striped Harvest.) (Fig. 3.) This apple is known in New Jersey as above ; its ori- gin is obscure, nor have we found it described by any American authority. The size is much below medium, weigh- ing scarcely two ounces. Ground colour a delicate whitish yellow, beautifully streaked and pencilled with bright red of different depths, giving it rather an artificial aspect, as though an artist had coloured it to suit his fancy; flesh white, crisp and tender, juicy, but not rich: — its early maturity commends it to notice; ripe in July. Maiden's Blush. Coxe. (Fig. 4.) There is not, perhaps, a more popular summer apple in the Philadelphia mar- ket than this; it ripens in August, and is in fruitful seasons abundant until the first of October. The size is above me- dium ; skin smooth, yellow, with a lively carmine cheek ; the general outline is flattened. Flesh white, tender, admi- rably adapted to drying. Stem short, and both it and the eye seated in a deep cavity. The habit of the tree is APP 45 APP Fig. 2— (P. 44.) Fig. 3.— (P. 44.) vigorous, forming an open and rather spreading head. Early Bough. Ken. {Bough Apple. Coxe.) (Fig. 5.) The Early Bougli is frequently above medium size ; outline rather longer than broad. Stem seldom rising to the crown of the fruit. Skin smooth, of a pale yellow hue. Flesh white, with more than ordinary juice ; sweet and well-flavoured, though by no means rich. It is of fair quality, and because of its early maturity generally esteemed, llipe in July and August. IIagloe. {Hagloe Crab of Coxe: Downing.) (Fig. 6.) There is evidently sonic blunder as regards this apple, which was imported by Coxe, and de- scribed by him. It is unquestionably not the Hagloe Crab of the English, a cider apple of high repute, to which, AP P 46 APP Fig. 4.— (P. 44.) APP 47 APP it is believed, this has no pretension, medium, and great beauty, rccom- It is said that Coxe himself discovered mend it for the table. The prevail- the error, and designed correcting it in ing colour is yellow, streaked with a future edition of his work. It occurred red of darker or lighter shades, and from the label having been lost in the with a delicate bloom on well-ripened original package, and a loose Hagloe Crab label being found, was supposed to attach to the tree in question. It is now well known in Pennsylvania specimens. The outline round, some- times a little irregular. Stem short; the eye deeply seated. The flesh is soft and woolly, as it is termed, which and New Jersev, as the Hagloe, the of course detracts from its quality as a Crab having been dropped, and is much table fruit. Ripe, August and Septem- esteemed in the Philadelphia market i ber. as a cooking apple; its fair size, above I Fig. 6.— (P. 45.) Early Queen. (Fig. 7.) The ap- ple here represented, has been known for many years around Philadelphia by the above name ; it is one of the earli- est seen in our market, making its ap- pearance early in July and continuing throughout August. When ripened in the sun it is nearly of a uniform aspect — striped and clouded with red of darker or lighter shades on a greenish-yellow ground, the red frequently the prevail- ing colour : others ripened in the shade have but little red, the stripes more dis- tinctly marked on a greenish ground, thus presenting fruit from the same tree of very different appearance. The size is in good specimens, above medium ; outline rather flattened, and narrowing towards the blossom end. Calyx quite small, nearly closed and set in a shal- low basin. Stem short, seldom rising to the crown of the fruit. Flesh white, with occasional pink streaks and clouds; crisp, and when over ripe, mealy. Baldwin. Ken : Down. (Fig. 8.) The Baldwin, partially known as the Woodpecker, is nearly confined to New England ; but ought to be an apple of the world. It has few superiors, and is 1 above average quality in all respects. APP 48 Fig. 7.— (P. 47.) APP Fig. 8.— (P. 47.) AP P 49 APP Its flavour is rich and sprightly. Flesh yellowish and crisp ; few taste it with- out admiration. The outline is round, flattened atthe stem end and narrowing towards the eye; ground colour yellow obscured by red and crimson shading and slightly marked by russet near the stem, which is rather deeply planted. In season from November to March. Lady Apple. Coie. {Pomme d' Api. Rouge. Petit and Gros Api. Rouge, of the French.) (Fig. 9.) The small size of this beautiful fruit may be an objection with many, but it is un- doubtedly worthy a place in every orchard irom its exquisite beauty and line quality. The Lady Apple is highly prized wherever quality, rather than bulk is considered as the test of value. At Philadelphia it is a great favourite, and commands ready sale. The out- line is flat, colour when well ripened a lively yellow, with a bright carmine cheek. Flesh white and crisp; juice sprightly and agreeable ; bears abund- antly. Ripe in December, and keeps well during winter. Fiff. 9. Gloria Mundi. Thomp. Mon- strous Pippen. Coxe. Golden Ball. Ken. (Fig. 10.) Coxe says this imposing ap- ple originated on Long Island, N. Y. Downing supposes it to be originally from Maine; the fact is unimportant. Its large size renders it an object of popular regard; it is an admirable cooking ap- ple though not profitable, from liability lo be blown off prematurely. Skin yellow, marked by bright spots or dots. Flesh juicy and sprightly. The outline is round; stem short; eye bushy. In season, November to March. A speci- men at the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society's exhibition, September, 1846. weighed 27 ounces. Bell Flower. (Fig. 11.) "A re- markably large, beautiful and excel- lent apple, both for the dessert and for cooking — it is of a pale, but bright and fair yellow colour; the cheek next the sun has sometimes a blush, but more frequently is without any red : the form is oblong, somewhat pointed at the blossom end — both ends are deeply in- dented— the flesh is rich, juicy, tender and sprightly ; it has uncommonly large full seeds, which are lodged in a peri- 4 carpium of unusual size, and if shaken can be distinctly heard ; it ripens late in October, when its great weight causes it to fall in windy weather — if carefully picked before they are too ripe, tlicy will keep in high perfection through the winter, till late in the spring, especially when they are shrivel- led or wilted — from their beauty and excellence, they arc the most popular apple in the Philadelphia market: the tree grows very large and spreading; it should be trained high, or the liinbs will touch the ground when in full bearing; it succeeds best on light rich soils." — Coxe. Rhode Island Greening. — Coxe. (Fig. 12.) A well known variety, ex- tensively disseminated throughout the Atlantic States. The size is large; outline round ; skin of a yellowish green ; sometimes, though very sel- dom of a faint blush-like hue towards the stem. The flesh is crisp, abounding in juice, finely flavoured; stem short. Calyx rather small for so large an ap- ple, and placed in a shallow basin. In season from October to January, some- times later. APP 50 Fig. 10.— (P. 49.) APP New England Russet. Boston or Roxbury Russet or Russeting. (Fig. 13.) This is claimed as a native of Massachusetts, and is held throughout New England in high repute. It is usually considered the best of its class popularly termed "leather-coats." The size is full medium ; form irregularly round, flattened at both stem and blos- som end. When fully ripe of a russet hue, occasionally with indications of blush. It is in season at mid-winter, but may be kept till May or June; in- deed they may be seen sometimes in July. This property of long keeping in connection with its productive habit, has secured it great popularity. Yellow Newtown Pippin. (Fig. 14.) " This is in most of its varieties the finest apple of our country, and probably of the world. It varies much in quality, with soil, aspect, cultivation, climate and age. The form is rather flat, the size large, the skin a greenish yellow, with black clouds, and fre- quently with red spots or blotches. It ripens in November, and is often kept t till May and June. It will produce fine APP 51 APP Fig. 11.— (P. 49.) %^ apples on even a light sandy soil, aided by the application of river or meadow mud as a manure, two or three cart loads to a tree." — Coxe. WiNF. Apple. (Fig. 1.5.) This is a well known variety in Philadelphia. It is unusually large, and attractive from its beautifully fair and handsome ap- pearance. The outline is round, rather flattened at the poles; prevailing colour rod, shaded and spotted with yellow. .Stalk quite short, never rising to the crown of the fruit, which is occasion- ally of a russet hue, Calyx large and deeply seated, ripe in October, and in eating through the antumn and winter. It is equally adapted to the table, kitchen and press. The habit of the tree is open, growth large and hand- some. .-Esopus Spitzenburg. Thomp. Lind. Ken. (Fig. 16.) There are but few, very few apples to which higher rank is awarded than to this variety, which has the rare advantage of beauty and good- ness combined. It is said to have origi- nated at j^Lsopus on the Hudson river. The size full medium, with an oblong out- line. Skin fair and smooth, of a fine clear red, in some specimens of a brilliant hue on the sunny side, the opposite of a yel- lowish cast. Flesh yellow, and in thelan- guage ofCoxe, "singularly rich, juicy and sprightly." Stem of medium length, well planted. Calyx in a shallow depression. In season November to February. IvAicirN's SpiTzrNBURG. Coxe. (Fig. 17.) This variety takes its name from the original cultivator, the late Joseph Kaighn, of Kaighn's Point, New Jersey. APP 52 • ricr 12— V -10 ' APP APP 53 APP 14.— (P. 50.) It somewhat resembles the .^sopus Spitzenburg. Colour bright red, deli- cately streaked and marked by white dots, which strongly characterize it. Skin smooth ; flesh juicy and well flavoured ; stem rather long, deeply seated ; blossom end frequently more pointed than in the drawing. Propagation by seed. — When it is in- tended to raise stocks to be engrafted, the only matter to be observed in se- lecting the seed is, that it be from vigo- rous healthy trees. Keep the seed in sand, or earth moderately damp, during autumn and winter, and sow quite early in the spring, and in drills, so as to ad- mit of more easy culture. The second season the young stocks may be trans- planted, and again the third season, 'each transplantation tending to secure success on the final transfer to the or- chard ground.) When three years old, they will be, if well managed, stout stocks, ready for grafting. Where the object is to produce new varieties, select the^seed from favourite fruits and sow as above directed. If it be the purpose to allow the seed- lings to bear, 'they may be suffered to remain where they have first grown, or they may he transplanted to any other position. But a more speedy method to reach results is to graft a shoot of the seedling in a branch of a vigorous tree. The second season fruit may be obtained, especially if the shoot is bent downwards, or inclined, so as to arrest the free flow of sap, which would rather tend to preserve wood than fruit. By this means curiosity can be early satis- fied, and those which prove worthless, by far the larger portion, cast out as cumberers of the ground. Mr. Knight states that " the width and thickness of the leaf generally in- dicates the size of the future apple, but will by no means convey any correct idea of the merits of the future fruit. " When these have the character of high cultivation, the qualities of the fruit w-ill be far removed from those of the native species; but the apple may be insipid or highly flavoured, green or deeply coloured, and of course well or ill-calculated to answer the purposes of the planter. An early blossom in the spring, and an early change of colour in the autumnal leaf, would naturally be supposed to indicate a fruit of early maturity, but I have never been able to discover any criterion of this kind on which the smallest dependence may be placed. The leaves of some varieties will become yellow and fall otf, leaving APP 64 APP Fig. 15.— (P. 51.) i the fruit green and immature; and the leaves in other kinds will retain their verdure long after the fruit has perished. The plants whose buds in the annual wood are full and prominent are usually more productive than thoKe wliose buds are small and shrunk in the bark ; but their future produce will depend much on the power the blossoms possess of bearing the cold, and this power varies in the varieties, and can only be known from experience. Those which pro- duce their leaves and blossoms rather early in the spring are generally to be preferred, for, though they are more exposed to injury from frost, they less fre- quently suffer from the attacks of insects — the more common cause of allure. The disposition to vegetate early or late in the spring, is, like almost every other quality in the apple tree, trans- ferred in different degrees to its off- spring ; and the planter must therefore seek those qualities in the parent tree which he wishes to find in the future seedling plants. The^^best method I have been able to discover of obtaining such fruits as vegetate very early in the spring, has been by introducing the farina of the Siberian Crab into the blos- som of a rich and early apple, and by transferring, in the same manner, the farina of the apple to the blossom of the Siberian Crab. The leaf and the habit APP 53 APP Fig. 16.— (P. 51.) Ik of many of the plants that I have thus obtained, possess much of the character of the apple, whilst they vegetate as early in the spring as the crab of Sibe- ria, and possess at least an equal power of bearing cold ; and I possess two plants of the family which are quite as hardy as the most austere crab of our woods." By cuttings. — All the varieties may be raised in this mode, though some, as the Burr-knot, Codling, and June- eating, more readily than others. Trees 80 raised are said to be not so liable as their parents to canker. In February take cuttings of young shoots from some of the horizontal branches, about eight inches long, cutting off a portion of the old wood of the branch attached to the shoot ; remove all the buds except the upper three. Plant these firmly in sandy loam, giving water and covering with a hand-glass until the cuttings have well vegetated. Shade from the mid- day sun; remove the hand-glass in Au- gust; and remove the plants into the nursery early in November. Soil. — The most favourable soil is a strong loam, two feet deep, on a dry subsoil, thoroughly drained, for stag- nant root moisture induces canker and moss. Planting. — The soil should be trench- ed, and some cultivators place imme- diately beneath each tree, according to the extent of its roots, chalk, stones, or brick-bats rammed so as to form a kind of pavement to direct the roots horizontally. Plant so that the roots nearest the surface are twelve inches below it. Espaliers. — In America the apple is seldom trained as an Espalier, though they might thus be cultivated in gar- dens of limited extent, and in some cases serve a double purpose, affording shade and fruit. When first planted the young plant is cut down to within about a foot of the ground, and only three shoots permitted to spring from it, APP 56 APP Fig. 17.— (P .51.) one of which will be the leader, and the others will form the first or lower tier of bearing branches, which are to be secured to small stakes, so as to keep them in their proper places. The following season the upright leader must be shortened to nine inches or a foot above the two horizontal branches, and deprived of all its shoots excepting the three uppermost, which are to be treated the same as before. In this way the leading shoot is to be stopped at the requisite distance above the horizontal ones, until it has reached the height of five feet. It is then cut off, and no more allowed to grow up- right, the whole strength of the tree being directed to the fruiting branches. — Gard. Chron. Espalier apple trees should be at not less than twenty feet distance ; butfive- and-thirty feet is better, especially for trees grarted on crab or apple stocks, which are free shooters ; for trees graft- ed on codlin and paradise stocks eigh- teen or twenty feet may be a sufficient distance. They should be planted with their heads entire, only removing any very irregular growths that do not range consistent with the intended form, and pruning any broken roots. Let all the branches be trained horizontally to the right and left, an equal number on each side, all at full length, five or six inches asunder, and, according as they shoot in summer, still continue them along entire. At the same time train in a further supply of new shoots, to increase the number of horizontals or bearers, and thus continue increasing their num- bers every year, till the espalier is regularly filled from the bottom to top, preserving all the branches at full length, as far as the allotted space will admit. They must have a summer and a winter pruning annually; in the sum- mer cut out all the superfluous and ill- placed shoots of the year, and train regular ones towards the lower parts in vacant spaces, at least to remain till winter, some of which may be then wanted to fill some unforeseen vacancy, clearing out all others at this time as APP 57 APR close as poi5sibIe. And in winter, if middle of the head, and all dead wood any worn out or decayed parts appear, ' and suckers from the stem and root. then is the time to retrench them, re- taining young brandies in their places, \ and if any vacancy occurs, retain some j contiguous young shoot to fill it. Cut ; clean out close to the branches, still i continuing all the branches, and any occasional supply of shoots, at full ! length, as far as their limited bounds will allow; then train the whole regu- | larly, tying them in as straight and Some persons, however, prefer more pruning, and Mr. Clarke, gardener to the Earl of Lonsdale, says, " My sea- son for pruning commences as soon as the fruit is taken ofl' the trees, and con- tinues to the middle of March ; during that time cut out all the ill-placed shoots, such as incline to grow towards the centre, or into each other, and leave untouched all those that stand in close to the railing as possible, about such a way that the tree will form a cup, six inches asunder. or something like a well blown tulip, Standards, or Orchard Trees. — The all the branches standing perfectly clear standards having been trained in the i of each other, so that they will bear nursery with tolerably good heads, they | fruit on the inside, the sun and air get- should be planted with those heads en- t ting to all parts of the tree alike. Keep tire ; if any are intended for the kitchen j fruit trees as low as possible ; this may garden, plant them at least forty feet be done by removing a limb when it is distance; and, for a full plantation, to " form an orchard, allow thirty feet dis- j tance every way. Trim any broken roots, but leave all the others entire. As soon as planted, let every one be well staked, to support them firmly up- likely to get over tall, leaving a younj: shoot at a proper place to succeed it. The apple is in America a hardy robust tree, and succeeds admirably through- out the middle and western states, though it were desirable it should re- ceive more attention than is frequently right, and prevent their being disturbed I bestowed on it. Its principal enemy is in rooting by winds. Smaller growing standards, such as codlins and dwarfs upon paradise stocks, may, if required, be planted only at twenty feet distance, though, if there is room to allow a greater distance, it will be the greater advantage. Let them also, in future, advance with all their branches at full length, taking their own natural growth, and they will soon form numerous natural spurs in every part for bearing. With respect to pruning these stand- ards very little is required, probably not more than once in several years, and then only the retrenching any very irregular cross-placed bough, or reduc- ing to order any very long rambler; or when the head is become greatly crowd- ed and confused, to thin out some of the most irregular growth, likewise all strong shoots growing upright in the the " Borer," {Saperda bivittata), which deposits Its eggs in the body of the tree near the ground. The insects perforate the wood, causing disease, and if un- disturbed ultimately death. The reme- dy is the frequent use of pliant wire thrust into the wound, so as to pierce the grub ; a mound of ashes around the trunk is beneficial — alkali being ex- tremely offensive to insects. For full directions as to the manage- ment of apple trees see the " Fruit Cul- ttirist,'''' by Thomas. " Fruits of Ame- rica," by Downing. *' Kenrick's Or- chardist." Al'PLE-BARK BEETLE. Bostri- chiis. APRICOT, (Armeniaca vulgaris.) Varieties. — The following list is from the catalogue of D. Landreth and Ful- ton, Philadelphia: — APR 58 APR Color. >. y. yellow. Size. Season of Name. o. orange. Form. M. medium. "3 3 ripening Remarks. r. red. L. large. at Philad. 1. Roman. y- oblong M. 2 Aug. Very produc- Abricot Commun. tive and ex- Large French. cellent. 2. Breda. 0. round M. 1 Aug. Highly flavor- Holland. ed, produc- Brussels. tive. 3. Large Early, o. oblong L. 1 July. Excellent. 4. Moor Park. 0. r. round L. 1 Aug. Considered Abricot Peche. the finest. De Nancy. 5. Masculine Red. o. r. M. 2 July. Earliest. Early Red Masculine. Brown Masculine. 6. Orange. 0. round M. 2 Aug. Abundant Royal Persian. bearer, good Early Orange. flavor. 7. Peach. 0. r. round L. 1 Aug. Good and De Nancy. productive. Lalbner's Peach. 8. Turkey. y- round L. 1 Aug. Large Turkey. Propagation is best done by budding on a plum or peach stock in August or September, as the state of the wood may make expedient. European gardeners usually, for dwarfs, bud at eight inches from the ground ; for half-standards at three feet ; and for standards at five feet. But that is un- important, the subsequent treatment of the tree may adapt it to the required purpose. With us it is the general practice to bud near the ground, and the usage would imply the practice has proved correct. Planting. — The best plants are with one stem, free from gum, clean barked ; and the more vigorous the better. They may be safely transplanted at any time in autumn after vegetation has ceased, until the buds are about to expand in spring. Aspect. — An eastern or western wall is best ; for on a south aspect the fruit becomes mealy even before it is ripe. A northern exposure sometimes proves most successful, as the bloom is late, and escapes frost, which is fatal to those in more sheltered situations. As a standard, the apricot is some years be- fore it bears, but it is then very prolific and high flavored. i Soil. — The usual mellow loam of gardens is well suited to the apricot ; j but its roots should be kept at less than eighteen inches from the surface, and the border be well drained. Training. — The branches should be on an average six inches apart, and kept as horizontal as possible. The nearer the form can be kept to the fol- lowing (Fig. IS) the better, unless the tree be weak, in which case the Fig. 18. branches may be trained a little more vertical. Pruning must be regulated by the knowledge that, with the exception of the Moor Park, each variety bears chiefly on the shoots of the previous APR 69 APR years. The Moor Park mostly on spurs upon two and three years' old branches. Siim7ner Pruning. — Take off all fore- right shoots and others that are irregular and misplaced ; reserving those that are vigorous and that will train in well for next year's bearing. If done early in May the finger and thumb will super- sede the knife for this pruning. Con- tinue to nail the shoots to the wall as necessary during all the summer. Over- vigorous shoots may be topped in June, and be thus induced to put forth more fertile laterals. Winter Pruning had best be done as soon as the leaves have fallen, though it may be carried on until the buds be- gin to swell in March. Cut out the most naked of the two previous years' shoots, and old branches not well sup- plied with young wood, to have their places re-occupied by younger and bet- ter branches. Keep a leading shoot at the end of each branch. Vigorous shoots of the last year shorten about one-eighth — weaker shoots about one- half This promotes the production of laterals for next year's fruiting, and gives a fuller supply of sap to the blos- som buds ; but if the shortening is too great, the latter will be converted to leaf-buds. Cut off all fore-right spurs ; but lateral spurs may be retained, as they sometimes produce blossom buds, as they always do in the Moor Park. Espaliers are to be formed as those on wails, and standards only require dead, crowded, or chaffing branches to be removed. When an apricot gets old and dis- eased, it is much more j)rofitable to re- place it by a younger, than to attempt its renovation. Gathering should take place before the fruit is quite ripe, or it will be mealy. Thinning, as soon as the fruit is large enough for tarts, in May or early in June, should be boldly done, no fruit being left nearer than six inches to another. Insects. — Wasps and flies are best kept off by a net, not nearer than a foot to the wall. Mildew is often the most formidable assailant of the apricot, as it usually arises from excess of moisture to the root ; draining the border, and mixing lime with the soil, will be in such case found efficacious as a preventive, and at the time a syringing with water containing one-eighth of gas ammonia- cal liquor. APRIL. In this fickle month the sheltering of wall fruit requires particu- lar attention. F2asterly blighting winds always prevail towards its close, and early in May. The work required to be attended to in the various departments in the lati- tude of Philadelphia, is as follows. It should be performed early or later as we reside south or north of that lati- tude : — KITCHEN GARDEN. Alexanders, sow. — Angelica, sow. — Artichokes, plant, b. or dress. — Aspara- gus, sow, plant, force, and dress beds. — Balm, plant. — Basil, sow. — Beans, sow, hoe. — Beets, sow, b. — Borecole, sow, prick out, leave for seed. — Bro- coli, sow. — Borage, sow. — Burnets, sow, and plant. — Cabbages, sow, plant. — Capsicum, sow. — Cardoons, sow. — Carraway, sow. — Carrots, sow, weed. — Cauliflou'crs, late, sow in open ground, b. — Celery, sow, leave for seed. — Chamomile, plant. — Chives, plant. — Chervil, sow, leave for seed. — Cole- worts, plant. — Clary, sow. — Cress, sow. — Cucumbers, sow. — Dill, sow. — Earth- ing-up, attend to. — Fennel, sow or plant. — Finochio, sow. — Garlic, plant, b. — Horse-radish, plant, b. — Hotbeds, make and attend. — Hyssop, sow, plant. — Jerusalem Artichokes, plant, b. — Kale (Sea), sow and plant, b. ; dress beds. — Kidney beans (dwarfs), sow ; (runners), sow, e. — Lavender, plant. — Leeks, sow, b. e. ; leave for seed. — Lettuces, sow weekly; plant from frames. — Marigolds, sow. — Marjorams, sow and plant. — Melons, sow. — Mustard, and Cress, sow; leave for seed. — Mushroom beds, make ; attend to. — Mint, plant. — Nas- turtiums, sow. — Onions, sow, b. e. ; weed ; plant and for seed ; (Potatoe and Tree), plant, b. — Parsley, sow ; leave for seed ; (Hamburgh), sow. — Parsnips, sow, b. ; hand weed. — Peas, sow ; hoe; stick. — Pen7iy-royal, pla.nt. — Pompions, sow, b. — Potatoes, plant; attend forc- ing.— Purslane, sow. — Radishes, sow ; thin. — Rape, sow. — Rocambole, plant. — Rue, plant. — Salsafy and Savory, sow, e. — Scorzonera and Skirrcts, sow, e. — Shallots anii Sag-c, plant, b.—Sorr gin working on pivots, and furnished shoots, to make shrubby growths. — on their edges with teeth like a spur Succulent plants shift; plant cuttings wheel. Then let there be a correspond- and suckers. — Water often, guided al ways by the plant's habits row of teeth flxcd to the inside of the wall, or side of the cistern, into AQU .\RIUM is the place devoted to Which they are to work, like awheel the cultivation of aquatic or water and pinion. plants. The majority of those cuiti vated arc exotic, and reipiire the pro- tection of glass. If there are only a few of these they may be successfully grown in cisterns placed in a stove ; but if the collection be extensive, it re- quires a separate edifice. The tank system of lieating by hot water offers a very superior mode of keeping the wa- ter at a fittmg temperature. The leaden cistern in which the plants are sub- merged may rest readily upon the slates forming the cover of the tank. Mr. Loudon recommends an aqua- rium to be thus constructed: "The cistern to be close under the front liy this means pots of plants set on the small wheels will have a compound motion, one round the centre of the small wheels, and another round that of the large bottom, something of the na- ture of the planetary motion, but more like that of the waltz dance. It is al- most needless to add, that exotic aqua- tic fowls and fishes might be kept in such an aquarium, and either of the sea or fresh water rivers, according as salt water or fresh was used. It may be thought by some that the machinery would be intricate and troublesome ; but the power requisite is so very small, that it uiight easily be obtained by ma- glass, and have that glass rather flat, say chineiy on the principle of the wind-up AQU 62 ARB jack, such as is used by Deacon in his i bined with the culture of Orchideous ventilating Eolians. Plants sec the latter title. "This kind of mechanism very sel- ! Hardy Aquatics xcqnue an aquarium dom goes out of order or requires re- [ proportioned to the size of the rest of pairs, and would require no other atten- the pleasure grounds ; and that its bot- tion than being wound up twice in torn be rendered retentive of water by twenty-four hours, and oiled occasion- puddling with clay. Its sides should be ally. The same vault that contained it sloping, and cut into terraces, so as to might serve for the furnace or boiler ; be suited to the various heights of the for heating the house." — Gard.Enc. plants, and its margins should be form- The following are aquatic stove plants : — Aponogeton angustifolium, distachyon. monostachyon. Arum venosum. Cyperus alternifolius. papyrus. Damasonium indicum. Euryale ferox. Menyanthes indica. ovata. Nelumbium speciosum. Nympha;a cffirulea. lotus. pubescens. pygmaia. rubra. stellata. versicolor. Philydrum lanuginosuni, Pontederia cordata. dilatata. Sagittaria lancifolia. obtusifolia. Thalia dealbata. Propagation and culture. — Being all herbaceous plants, they are to be pro- pagated as these generally are ; some are raised from seeds, which, in gene- ral, should be sown as soon as ripe, and the pots plunged in shallow water ; when the plants come up they may be , j,,.„. ..^^.j. .^, ...^.. „ „^.,. transplanted into other pots, and shifted glass, and place in a cold frame or pit as they advance in growth, till in a pot j Exclude frost and damp. In spring ed of rough stones and fragments of rock, among which marsh plants will grow luxuriantly. AQUEDUCT, a conveyance of any kind for conducting water. The Ro- mans made prodigious structures of this kind ; some are still in use, others, in a state of decay, are among the greatest ornaments of Italy. In landscape gar- dening, the aqueduct enables the ope- rator to produce a fine effect, where the absence of water would render the scene tame and uninteresting. AQUILARIA malaccensis. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. AQUILEGIA, Columbine. Seven- teen species, and many varieties. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Common soil. ARABIS. Thirty-one species, anS some varieties. Hardy herbaceous and evergreen. Seeds or cuttings. Light soil. ARACHIS hypogaa. Stove annual. Seed. Sandy loam. ARALIA. Eighteen species. Chiefly stove evergreens, but a few hardy or green-house plants. Cuttings. Common soil. ARAUCARIA. Three species. Co- niferous green-house trees. Rich light soil. Cuttings planted in sand in Au- gust take freely. Cover with a bell- of sufficient size to admit their flower ing, which will generally take place the same season. Instead of being kept in pots, the plants may be inserted in a bed of earth on the bottom of the aqua- give a little bottom heat. Plants thus raised never form good leading shoots. — Card. Chron. ARBORETUM is a collection of trees and shrubs capable of enduring expo- num. Keep the water warm, say from ' sure to our climate. These are usually 70° to 75=' in summer, and leave them ' arranged in genera according to their nearly dry in winter. Nelumbium spe- i precedence in the alphabet; or in ciosum requires a water heat of 84^. 1 groups conformably to the Jussieuean Cyperus, Papyrus, Nelumbium, Nym- [ system ; and whichever is adopted it is phfoa, LimnochariSjIIydrocharis, Sagit- I quite compatiole with an attention to taria, and Pentederia, will furnish va- ! facility of access by means of walks, as riety enougli. j well as to picturesque eff'ect. Stove for aquatics. — For one com- 1 It is an evil growing out of the fre- ARB 63 ARM quent change in the ownership of es- tates, that most proprietors are indis- posed to plant for posterity; conse- quently we sec but few grounds laid out with a view to permanent improve- ment. Those who plant are anxious ARCTOSTAPHYLOS. Four species. Hardy trees, raised like the Arbutus. ARCTOTHKCA. Two species. Green-house herbaceous. Division. Loam and peat. ARCTOTIS. Thirty-one species. themselves to reap the fruits of their Chiefly green-house evergreens. A.vir exertions, not knowing, and conse- quently careless, who shall succeed them — where landed property is, by entail, transmitted from generation to generation, family pride, and the love of distinction, ensure every improve- ment being made in a permanent form — thus have been created the magnifi- cent parks of Europeans, and their stately mansions. Our American sys- tem deprives us of such monuments of taste — but we can bear the deprivation, seeing the greater good produced there- by. ARBOUR is a seat shaded by trees. Sometimes these are trained over a wooden or iron trellis-work, mingled with the everlasting sweet pea, clema- tis, and other climbing odorous plants. When the trellis-work is complicated and the structure more elaborate, with a preponderance of the climbers al- ready named, together with the honey- suckle, &c., they are described as French or Italian arbours. ARBOR VIT^, Thuja. ARBUTUS, Strawberry tree. Four- teen species, and a few varieties. Ever- ata is a hardy annual. " ARCUxVTlON. The same as Layer- ing. ARDISIA. Twenty-five species. Stove or green-house evergreen shrubs. An ornamental genus of plants much valued by collectors for the beauty of their foliage and berries. They are of easy culture. Cuttings of branches or roots. Loam and peat. ARDUINA hispinosa. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ARECA. Ten species. Stove palms. Seeds. Sandy loam. AREMONIA agrimonoides. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. ARETHUSA. Two species. Ten- der orchids. Division. Moist peat and loam. ARETIA. Five species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Sandy loam and peat. ARGANIA syderoiylon Stove ever- green tree. Layers or cuttings. Com- mon soil. ARGEMONE. Five species. Hardy plants. Suckers. Common soil. ARGYREIA. Eight species. Stove green shrubs, chiefly hardy in Great ! evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Light Britain, but require shelter in the Mid die States. Layers, budding, inarch- ing, and seed. Loam and peat. ARCHANGEL, Lamium. ARCHITECTURE. Rural architect- ure has been greatly improved within the last quarter of a century. Much greater rich soil ARISTEA. Five species. Green- house herbaceous. Seed or division. Loam and peat. ARISTOLOCniA. Thirty-six species. Hardy, green-house and stove. Seve- ral species are Americans. A. labiosa. attention is now paid to the structure of from Brazil, is a very curious plant, garden and farm buildings, and the do- A. serpentaria (the root of) is said to mestic comfort of those employed in be the substance which the Egyptian rural labour. There is of consequence Snake-jugglers chew for the purpose of an elevation of taste, and conduct, and stiipifying the snakes, by the introduc- beneficial results to all concerned. In tion of their salrva into the reptiles' England, Loudon has laboured to this mouths. Cuttings. Rich sandy loam end with great success, and his Ency- and peat. clopadia of Villa and Cottage Architec- j ARISTOTELIA macqui. Hardy ara^us offici-\ not only to increase the vigour of the nalis. Of this there are only two va- i plants in the following year, but to pre- rieties, the purple topped and the green- I serve them during the winter from in- topped ; the first is principally culti- i jury by the frost. About March in the vated. There are a few sub-varieties I next year, every other plant must be which derive their names from the ; taken up and transplanted into a bed, places of their growth, and are only to ; twelve inches apart, if it is intended be distinguished for superior size or ! that they should attain another, or two flavour, which they usually lose on re- , years' further growth, before bein moval from their native place. finally planted out, or they may be Soil. — The soil best suited to this i planted immediately into the beds for vegetable is a fresh sandy loam, made ] production. It may be here remarked rich by the abundant addition of manure. , that the plants may remain one or two Situation. — The site of the beds years in the seed bed ; they will even should be such as to enjoy the influ- ' succeed after remaining three, but if ence of the sun during the whole of the th6y continue four they generally fail, day, as free as possible from the influ- It is, however, certain that they are ence of trees and shrubs, and if choice ' best removed when one year old. is allowed, ranging east and west. The subsoil should be dry, or the bed kept so by being founded on rubbish or other material to serve as a drain. The space of ground required to be planted with this vegetable for the supply of a small family is at least eight rods. If less it will be incapable of affording one hun- dred heads at a time. Sixteen rods will in general afford two or three hun- dred every day, in the height of the Beason. Time of sowing. — To raise plants, the seed may be sown from the middle of February to the beginning of April ; the most usual time is about the middle of March. The best mode is to insert them by the dibble five or six inches Some gardeners judiciously sow the seed in the beds where they are to re- main for production. Time of final planting. — The best time for the final removal is the end of March, if the soil is dry, and the season warm and forward ; otherwise it is bet- ter to wait until the commencement of April. A very determinate signal of the appropriate time for planting, is when the plants are beginning to grow. If moved earlier, and they have to lie torpid for two or three months, many of them die, or in general shoot up very weak. Construction of the beds. — In forming the beds for regular production, have them three feet wide. The site of the apart, and an inch below the surface, ! bed being marked out, the usual prac- two seeds to be put in each hole, or they may be sown in drills made the same distance asunder. tice is to trench the ground two spades deep, and then to cover it with weil- rotted manure, from six to ten inches Culture in seed bed. — If dry weather, I deep ; the large stones being sorted out. the bed should be refreshed with mode rate but frequent waterings, and if sown as late as April, shade is required and care taken that the dung lies at least six inches below the surface. Mode of planting. — The plants being by means of a little haulm during the I taken from the seed-bed carefully with meridian of hot days, until the seeds ' a narrow-pronged dung-fork, with as germinate. Care must be taken to keep ! little injury to the roots as possible, they them free from weeds, though this ope- i must be laid separately and evenly to- ration should never commence until the I gether, for the sake of convenience plants are well above ground, which I whilst planting, the roots being apt to will be in the course of three or four j entangle and cause much trouble and weeks from the time of sowing. Iftwolfnjury in parting them. They should ASP 67 ♦ ASP be exposed as short a time as possible to the air, and to this end it is advisable to keep them until planted in a basket covered with a little sand. The mode of planting is to form drills or narrow trenches tive or six inches deep and a foot apart, cut out with the spade, the line side of each drill being made per- pendicular, and against this the [)ianls are to be placed, with their crowns one and a half or two inches below the sur- face, and twelve inches asunder. The roots must be spread out wide in the form of a fan, a little earth being drawn over each to retain it in its position whilst the row is proceeded with. For the sake of convenience, one drill should be made at a time, and the plants inserted and covered completely before another is commerced. When the planting is completed, the bed is to be lightly raked over, and its outline dis- tinctly marked out. Care must be had never to tread on the beds — they are formed narrow to render it unnecessary — for everything tending to consoli- date them is injurious, as, from the length of time they have to continue, without a possibility of stirring them to any considerable depth, they have a natural tendency to have a closer tex- ture than is beneficial to vegetation. Water must be given in dry weather daily until the plants are established. The paths between the beds are to be two and a half feet wide. Mr. Beaton says, that "By far the best way of growing asparagus is in single rows three ftct apart, and nine inches plant from plant; but if the ground is not deeper than two feet or thirty inches, or if room is scarce, the rows need not be more than thirty inches asunder. I have grown asparagus this way gathering the crop. The hollow be- tween the little ridges is then filled up with a powerful compost, consisting of equal portions of sandy soil, leaf tnould, and pigeon's dung; the whole is then drenched with liquid manure from the stables, cowhouses, or laundry, and the foreman of the kitchen garden gels carte blanche to water the asparagus any day through the growing season, when he can best spare his men, or at all events every fortnight, and always with liquid manure if possible. As to the (juantity of water, the only instruc- tion he gets is that he cannot drown them. This is cultivating the asparagus in summer." — Gurd. Chron. Subseque?it cultivation. — Throughout the year care must be taken to keep the beds clear of weeds, and in the spring and summer apply liquid manure twice a week plentifully. In the latter end of October or commencement of November, the beds are to have the winter dressing. The stalks must be cut down and cleared away, and the weeds hoed olf into the paths, care being taken not to commence whilst the stems are at all green, for if they are cut down whilst in a vegetating state the roots are very prone to shoot again, and consequently are propor- tionably weakened. On the richness of the ground and warmth of the season the sweetness of asparagus depends. The dung needs merely to be laid regularly over the bed, and the weeds, as well as some manure, to be slightly pointed into the paths, some of the mould from which must be spread to the depth of two inches over the dung just laid upon the beds. In the end of March, or early in April, before the plants begin to sprout, the rows are to be stirred be- for the last fitteen years, and give them tweeu to a moderate depth with the no dung in winter, merely clearing off | asparagus fork, running it slantingly the stalks and weeds in October, and two or three inches beneath the sur- pointing over the surface about two inches deep with a fork, and leaving it as rough as possible. Early in March, when the surface face, as the object is merely to stir the surface and slightly mix it with the dung. Great care must be taken not in the is quite dry, it is raked down, and least to disturb the plants. Some gar- about two inches of soil drawn over the deners recommend the beds should only- crowns from each side of the rows, I be hoed again, so fearful are they of the which gives the ground something of injury which may be done to the stools ; the appearance of a plot of peas earthed but if it be done carefully, as above di- iip for the first time. When the gather- rected, the fork is the best implement jng is nearly over, the ground is stirred . to be employed. This course of culti- again, to loosen the trumping made in | vation is to be continued annually, but ASP 68 ASP with this judicious modification, that to cut. Doubtless all its energies are earth be never, taken from the paths developed by the digging in of the ma- after the first year, but these merely be | nure in the autumn of the second year, covered with dung, and which is only to be slightly dug in; for every gar- i dener must have observed that the roots of the outer row extend into the alleys, ' and are consequently destroyed if they are dug over. And, rather than that and when it does begin to sprout, it finds its roots in contact with a soil of inexhaustible fertility. " Previously, hovvever, to the cutting, each bed is covered in the course of March very lightly with dead leaves, should take place, the beds should have to the depth of about eight inches ; and no winter covering unless earth can be obtained from some other source, as asparagus does not generally suffer from frost, as is commonly supposed. Manuring. — No garden plant is more benefitted than is asparagus by the ap- plication of common salt, if it be given at such times as the plants are growing. Two pounds to every thirty square the cutting does not commence till the plants peep through this covering, when it is carefully removed from the stems, in order that the finest only may be cut, which are rendered white by their leafy covering, and succulent by the exces- sive richness of the soil. " In the autumn of the third year, after the first cutting, the leaves are re- yards of surface should be sown broad- ; moved, and the beds are again dressed cast over the beds early in April. After ! with fresh night soil, as before; and that, water the plants once a week with i these operations are repeated year after liquid manure, formed of half an ounce I year. In addition to this, the beds are of guano and four ounces of salt to half under salt water annually at spring every gallon of water. The supply of: tides." food cannot be too rich or too abundant. ""' Spanish culture, — Near Sebastian, in Spain, the finest asparagus in Europe is produced by the following mode : — " In March the seed is sown in two drills, about two inches deep, and eighteen inches trom the alleys, thus leaving a space of two feet between the drills. The rows run invariably east and west, doubtless in order that the plants may shade the ground during the heats of summer. " When the seedlings are about si.x inches high, they are thinned to some- thing more than a foot apart. Water is conducted once a day among the alleys, and over the beds, so as to give these seedlings an abundant and con- stant supply of fluid during the season Time of production. — In May the beds are in full production of young shoots, which, when from two to five inches high, are fit for cutting, and as long as the head continues compact and firm. Care must be taken in cutting not to injure those buds which are generally rising from the same root in various grades of successional growth within the ground. The knife ought to be narrow pointed, the blade about nine inches in length, and saw edged. The earth being carefully opened round the shoot, to observe whether any others are arising, the blade is to be gently slipped along the stalk until it reaches its extremity, where the cut is to be made in a slanting direction. It almost always occurs that the same stool produces a nf their growth. This is the cultiva- greater number of small beads than tion during the first year. large ones, but the latter only should be " The second year, in the month ofl cut : for, the oflener the former are re- March, the beds are covered with three ' moved, the more numerously will they four inches of fresh night soil from the reservoirs of the town. It remains on them during the summer, and is lightly dug in during the succeeding' autumn ; the operation of irrigation being continued as during the first sea- be produced, and the stools will sooner become exhausted. " No one should cut too. many sprouts from his asparagus beds. On the con- trary, the gardener should take care to leave at least two or three strong sprouts, son. This excessive stimulus, and the ' to grow from every root; or what is abundant room the plants have to grow ill, must necessarily make them ex- tremely vigorous, and prepare them lor the production of gigantic sprouts. " In the third spring asparagus is fit better, his beds should be rested one year, and cut another; for he may be certain from the strength of the sum- mer shoots, what sort of sprouts he will have to cut the succeeding year — ASP 69 ASP remembering always ttiat it is useless I plants arc past production, and unfit to manure asparagus beds for sprouts independently of summer shoots. If a bed of asparagus is weak, manure in the autumn will do but little for making it bring strong sprouts the next season. All that the manure can then do is to teed abundantly the summer shoots of the succeeding summer, and so ena- ble them to prepare plenty of materials out of which a second season's strong sprouts may be pushed forth. What is true of asparagus is equally true of sea kale and rhubarb." — Card. Chron. To obtain seed. — Some shoots should be marked and left in early spring, for those which are allowed to run up after the season of cutting is over, are seldom forward enough to ripen their seeds perfectly. In choosing the shoots for this purpose, those only must be marked which are the finest, roundest, and have the closest heads ; those having quick opening heads, or are small or flat, are never to be left. More are to be selected than would be necessary if each stem would assuredly be fruitful ; but as some of them only bear male or unproductive blossoms, that contin- gency must be allowed for. Each chosen shoot must be fastened to a stake, which by keeping it in its natural posi- to remain in the garden, little can be expected from them when forced. Time of planting. — The first planta- tion should be made about the latter end of September; the bed, if it works favourably, will begin to produce in the course of four or five weeks, and will continue to do so for about three ; each light producing in that time 300 or 400 shoots, and affording a gathering every two or three days. Produce. — To have a regular suc- cession, a fresh bed must be formed every three or four weeks, the last crop to be planted in March or the early part of April ; this will continue in production until the arrival of the natu- ral ground crops. The last made beds will be in production a fortnight sooner than those made about Christmas. Bed. — The hot-bed must be substan- tial, and proportioned to the size and number of the lights, and to the time cf year. The common mode of making a hot-bed is usually followed. The bed must be topped with six inches of light rich earth. Quantity necessary. — If a small family is to be supplied, three or four lights will be sufficient at a time ; for a larger six or eight will not be too many. tion, enables the seed to ripen more Several hundred plants may be inserted perfectly The seed is usually ripe in September, when it must be collected and left in a tub for four or six weeks, for the pulp and husk of the berry to decay, when it may be well cleansed in water. The seeds sink to the bottom, and the re- fuse floats, and will pass away with the water as it is gently poured off. By two or three washings the seeds will be completely cleansed ; and when perfectly dried by exposure to the sun and air, may be stored for use. Forcing. — Plants to be employed. — Such plants must be inserted in hot-beds as are five or six years old, and appear of sufficient strength to produce vigo- rous shoots: when, however, any old natural ground plantations are intended to be broken up, at the proper season some of the best plants may be selected to be plunged in a hot-bed or any spare corner of the stove bark beds. When more than ten years old, they are scarcely worth employing. To plant old stools for the main forcing crop, is, however, decidedly erroneous; for, if under each, as they may be crowded as close as [lossible together; from 500 to 900 are capable of being inserted under a three light frame, according to their size. Mode of planting. — in planting, a furrow being drawn the whole length of the frame, against one side of it the first row or course is to be placed, the crown upright, and a little earth drawn on to the lower ends of the roots, then more plants again in the same manner, and so continued throughout, it being carefully observed to keep them all regularly about an inch below the sur- face ; all round on the edge of the bed some moist earth must be banked close to the outside roots. Precautions necessary. — If the bed is extensive, it will probably acquire a violent heat; the frames must there- fore be continued off until it has be- come regular, otherwise the roots are liable to be destroyed by being, as it i8 technically termed, scorched or steam- scalded. Treatment.— When the heat has be- ASP 70 ATH Two species, twiners. Di- ASTEPHANUS. Green-house evergreen vision. Peat and loam. ASTER. One hundred and fifty-two species. Chiefly hardy, but a few green-house plants. Suckers or divi- sion. Common soil. The time for come regular, the frames may be set on ; and more earth be applied by de- grees over the crowns of the plants until it acquires a total depth of five or SIX inches. The glasses must be kept open an inch or two, as long and as often as possible, without too great a redtiction ' thus propagating them is in autumn, or o*" temperature occurring, so as to ad- ! early spring ; but many of the species mit air freely and give vent to the va- are increased by cuttings of the flower pours ; for on this depends the superi- stalks, planted in a shady border during ority in flavour and appearance of the ' May or June. The varieties are numer- ous. ASTEROCEPHALUS. Fifty-three species. Mostly hardy annuals and perennials. Seed or cuttings. Com- mon soil. ASTILBE decandra. Hardy herb- aceous. Division. Peat. ASTRAGALUS. One hundred and eleven species. Nearly all hardy pe- rennials and annuals; the first propa- gated by division, the second by seed. Common soil. ASTRANTI\. Six species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common light soil. ASTRAP^A. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Rich light soil. ASTROCARYUM. Palms. Stove. Seed. ASTROLOBIUM. Hardy annuals. Seed. ASTROLOMA. shoots. The heat must be kept up by a lining of hot dung, and by covering the glasses every night with mats, &c. The temperature at night should never be below 50^, and in the day its maximum at 62^. Gathering. — In gathering, for which the shoots are fit when from two to five inches in height, the finger and thumb must be thrust down into the earth and the-stem broken off at the bottom. Insects. — The foliage of this vege- table is liable to be destroyed by the Idrvac of two beetles, the Lemaasparagi, or Asparagus Beetle, and the Lema duo- d^cim punctata. The only remedy is to pick off and destroy the affected branches. ASPASIA. Two species. Stove epi- phytes. Bulbs. Peat and potsherds. ASPEN, (Populus tremula.) ASPERULA, Woodroof. Twenty- four species. Hardy herbaceous, ex- cept A. hrevifolia, which is a half-hardy evergreen. Division. Moist shaded soil. ASPHODELUS. Asphodel. Twelve species. Hardy bulbs, except A. clava- tus and intermedia. Offsets. Common soil. ASPIDISTRA. Two species. Stove herbaceous. Suckers. Common soil. Flowers produced under ground. ASPIDIUM. Forty-nine species. Ferns. Hardy, green-house or stove. Seed or division. Loam and peat. ASPIDIOTUS. See Coccus. ASPLENIUM. Forty-nine species. Ferns. Hardy, green-house or stove. Seed or division. Loam and peat. ASSONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandy loam. ASTARTEA fascicularis. house evergreen shrub. Sandy loam and peat. ASTELMA. Ten species Five species. Rich loam. Four species. Common soil. Two species. Green- Cuttings. Green- house evergreen shrubs, tings. Sandy peat. Seed or cut- Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. ASTYRIA rosea. Stove shrub. Cut- tings. Sandy loam. ATALANTIA monophylla. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam. ATAMASCO-LILY {Zephyranthes Atamasco). ATHALIA spinarum. Turnip Saw- fly, known popularly as the Black-cater- pillar, Black-canker, Black-palmer, Ne- gro, &c. Mr. Curtis observes, that "As early as May, or sooner, the Saw-flies make their appearance ; the female lays her eggs on the under surface along the margin of the leaf. These hatch in about five days, and produce the Ne- groes, which are not thicker than a fine thread, and white, but after changing their skins, they become black, and eventually are three-quarters of an inch long, when they are more of a lead colour and yellowish-white be- ATH 71 AUG neath their skins, being very much • Aromatic Herbs may still be planted; wrinkled ; they erect their tails whilst gather for drying and distilling. — Arti- feeding, and are stretched out at full chokes, break down, &c. — Aspara^us- lengtli in reposn, or lie sleeping coiled beds, weed. — Balm, plant ; gather for up on the leaf; they are feeding about drying. — Borage,sow. — floreco/e, plant, three weeks, after which they descend , — Brocoli, plant, b. — Cabbages, plant to the ground, and enter the earth, 1 out. — Cardoons, earth up. — Cauli- where they form a cocoon, silvery in- /lowers, late, plant. — CcZ^r/ac, earth up. side, in which the larva eventually be- i — Celery, plant. — Chervil, sow. — Cole- comes a pupa. In summer they remain worts, sow for, b. ; plant. — Corn Salad, only three weeks in this quiescent state, ! sow. — Cress, sow. — Cucumbers, plant but the autumnal ones lie buried through the winter." — Gard. Chron. Hand- picking is the only mode of removing the caterpillars. ATHAN'ASIA. Seventeen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam. ATH EROSPERM A MOScAa/a. Green- house evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ATHRIXIA capensis. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Light loam. ATRAGENE. Five species. Hardy deciduous climbers. Cuttings. Com- mon soil. ATRIPLEX. Three species. See Orach . ATTALEA. Stove. Seed. Palms. Seven species, Rich loam. AUBRIETIA. Three species. Hardy evergreen trailers. Division and cut- tings. Light soil. AUCUBA japonica. Evergreen shrub, hardy in the middle states on light dry soil. The leaves, if exposed to the sun during winter, are liable to injury. Cuttings. Common soil. AUDISERTIA incana. Hardy ever- green shrub. Seed. Common soil. AUDOUINIA capitata. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat. AUGUST. This is a glorious month in the middle states ; towards its close the extreme heat of summer has sub- sided, the mornings and evenings are cool and pleasant; the luscious peach, and pears, and plums are in full sea- son, and one really feels as if he could compromise for August the year round. The various departments now re- quire the following work to be at- tended to : — the directions for the kitchen garden are specially intended for the middle portion of the Union. KITCHEN GARDEN. Alexanders^ sow. — Angelica, sow. — or sow, b. — Dill is fit for gathering. — Earthing-up, attend to. — Endive, plant ; blanch, &c., the advancing crops. — Fennel, sow and plant. — Finochio, earth up. — Garlic, take up. — Hoeing, attend to. — Kidney Beans, sow, b. — Leeks, plant, b. — Lettuces, sow, plant out. — Melons, attend to. — Mint, gather for drying. — Mushroom-beds, make ; at- tend to. — Nasturtium Berries, gather. — Onions, gather. — Parsley, sow, b. — Peas, sow, b. — Radishes, sow ; gather pods for pickling. — Rape (edible rooted), sow. — Rochambole, take up. — Seeds, gather as ripe. — Shallots, take up. — Small Salading, sow. — Spinach, sow. — Stir between plants in rows, &c. — Turnips, sow at intervals, through- out the month, &c. — Turnip- Cabbage, plant. — Weeding and Watering, at- tend to. — Wormwood, plant, b. — To- matos, plant for late crop. ORCHARD. Budding, done in July ; loosen the bandages, if on more than three weeks ; remove shoots from stocks ; budding may be done in most fruit, b. — Fig Trees, train in closely to let the fruit have the full benefit of the sun ; but do not prune. Nectarines, look over ; re- move useless shoots; train in close; water plentifully or the fruit will drop. Nets, spread over fruit to protect it from birds. — Peaches. — Vines, look over again and clear from useless shoots, &c. Wasps, destroy by luring them into bottles. FLOWER GARDEN. Anemones, SOW. — ^nnua/s, stick ; wa- ter ; clear from decayed leaves, &c. Auriculas, shift into fresh earth ; water; keep in the shade; seedlings prick out; sow. — Biennial seedlings, transplant. Bu/6ows-rooted flower-seeds, to obtain varieties, sow. — Bulbotis roots, remove or transplant ; remove and plant offsets; (Autumn flowering), plant. — CarTiation, AUG 72 AUR layers cut from old root and plant; water frequently ; layering may still be done, b. ; card the flowers and shade from sun. — Dahlias, stake; thin the flowers. — Daisies, propagate. — Douhle- blossomed perennials with fibrous roots, propagate by division, e. — Drws borders as required. — Edgings of box, &c., clip in wet weather. — Evergreens may be moved, e., if wet weather; plant cut- tings.— Grass, mow and roll weekly. — Grass seeds may be sown, e. — Gravel, weed and roll weekly. — Hedges, clip in moist weather. — Mignonette, sow. — Pe- largoniums, propagate by cuttings, b. — Perennials, in pots and elsewhere, will require water almost daily; break down flower stalks as they finish bloom- ing; seedlings, transplant. — Pipings of Pinks may be planted out. — Polyan- thuses, sow. — Potted Annuals will re- quire water daily in dry weather. — Ra- nunculuses, sow ; plant in pots to bloom in November. — Seeds, gather as they ripen. — Sotvings, to obtain varieties, had better be done in boxes. — Ten-week Stock, sow, b. — Tulips, and other bulb- ous-rooted flower-seed, sow. — Turf, may be laid, e. — Watering will be re- quired generally in dry weather. — Weeding, generally attend to. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit freely every day. — Bark- 6effs, stir and add fresh. — Bulbous-rooted Plants, force plants in pots; they will be much stronger than if done in the next month. — Check plants growing too free- ly, by removing them to cooler situa- tions.— Cuttings of succulents, and some others, may be planted, b. — Dress the plants, by removing all de- cayed parts, weeds, &c., and stirring the soil as appears necessary. — Grafting of Ipomsas, and some other sorts, may be practised. — Pines, finish shifting, b. ; water frequently ; and shade until well established, then give liquid manure weekly; plant crowns and suckers as required ; day temp. 85^ ; night 60^. — Shifting, wherever necessary, complete b.; especially the orchideous plants. — Sucfcers, offsets, &c., may yet be planted. — Vines; remove damaged grapes from bunches as they appear; give liquid manure to those beginning to ripen. — Water, give freely every second day. GREEN-HOUSE. j Aloes, propagate by slips, suckers, ) &c., b. — Budding, finish, b. — Dress every plant as occasion offers. — Earth, give to Oranges, &c. ; stir the surface frequently. — Oranges, Lemons , inc., h\H\ , b. — Peal-mould plants, especially heaths, keep assiduously supplied with water. — Potted Plants, continue outside tlie house until the end of the month. — Seedlings, transplant singly. — Shifting into larger pots, finish. — Succulent Plants, as Aloes, &c., propagate by slips, &c., b. — Water freely and daily in dry weather. AULAX. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sand and a little loam. AURICULA. (Primula Auricula.) This is a popular Florist's flower, and animated contests take place for the premiums annually offered by the Eng- lish provincial Horticultural Societies. Varieties. — Mr. Slater, Florist, of Cheethain Hill, Manchester, says, " For an amateur's first collection, procure of Green-edged: Rider's Waterloo; Pol- litt's Standard of England and Highland Laddie; Ollier's Lady Anne Wilbraham; Oliver's Lovely Anne; shown also in grey-edged c]nss. Grey-edged: Grimes Privateer; Kenyon's Ringleader ; War- ris Union; Sykes Complete; Thomp- son's Revenge. White-edged : Taylor's Glory ; Leigh's Bright Venus; Taylor's Favourite ; Kenyon's Lord Chancellor ; Leigh's Pillar of Beauty. Selfs: Grimes, Hovas, Flag; Berry's Lord Primate; Whittaker's True Blue. Alpines : Em- merson's Favourite ; Fieldhouse's Fair Rosamond. 2d. " As an addition to his collec- tion, obtain of Green-edged: Booth's Freedom; Leigh's Colonel Taylor; Yates's Morris; Green Hero; Page's Champion ; Ashton's Prince of Wales ; Clough's Dolittle ; Barlow's King ; Lit- ton's Imperator ; Howard's Nelson ; Pearson's Badajos ; Pollit's Ruler of England; Buckley's Jolly Tar; Faulk- ner's Ne Plus Ultra. Grey- edged : Fletcher's, Mary Anne, and Ne Plus Ultra ; Waterhouse's Conqueror of Eu- rope ; Thompson's Bang-up; Taylor's Ploughhoy; Pearson's Liberty; Howard's Sweepstake; shown also in green-edged class. White-edged: Ash worth's Rule All and Regular ; Taylor's Incompara- ble ; Wood's Delight; Popplewell's Conqueror ; Potts' Regulator ; Ashton's Bonny Lass; Cheetham's Countess oi Wilton. A/pines: King of the Alps; AUR 73 AVE Queen Victoria; Conspicuous; Rising Sun ; Fair Helen; Kettleby's True Blue. Selfs: Redmayn's Metropolitan; Ne- therwood's Otliello ; Berry's Lord Lee ; Clegg's Blue Bonnet; Kay's Jupiter; should form a perfect circle of a dense pure white, clean on its edges, even, and free from blemishes. " The band of colour surrounding the eye should be dark, rich, or bright, Kenyon's Freedom; Gorton's Stadt- 'joining the margin with a feathery edge, holder, iyrJlow.) Huflon's Squire IMun- ! equally distributed all round, but never day. Lastly, these are worthy of a encroaching so much upon the edge as place in any collection. Green-edged : j to pass through to the rim. Ilopworth's Robin Hood ; Moore's " The margin or outer edge must be Jubilee; Lightbody's Star of Beth- | of a permanent green or grey colour.^ lehem ; Stretch's Alexander. Grey- The circles which compose the face of edged: Atcherley's Alpine Shepherd- the pip are considered of the finest prO' ess; Metcalfe's Lancashire Hero: Ashworth's Newton Hero; Simpson's Lord of Hallamshire; Kent's Queen Victoria. White-edged : Lily of the Valley ; Wild's Bright Phoebus ; Leigh's Earl Grosvenor. Se/fs .• Oddie's Rest, Goldfinch, (yellow,) Faulkner's Han- nibal ; Bradsliaw's Tidy. I ought to have stated that the amateur's first collection comprises such as are not high priced, and yet good ; but it must not be forgotten that the second addi portion when they are of a nniform width, that of each circle being half the diameter of the tube." — Gard. Citron. Propngatio/i is effected by taking slips from and dividing roots of approved va- rieties, after the seed has ripened in July and August. Diseases. — The auricula is liable to have its roots ulcerated or cankered if the pots are not well drained. This is best done by having the pots one-fourth filled with rubbly charcoal, and the soil tion contains all the first-rate varieties i not too much divested of pebbles. At in cultivation, with very few excep- tions."— Gard. Chron. Characteristics of excellence. — " In its general appearance, the foliage should be well grown and healthy, covering a space about equal to double the blooming time the aphis or greenfly sometimes attacks the plants ; these can only be removed individually by means of a camel's-hair pencil. AVENUE, is a road bordered by trees on each side, and being, as ob- the width of the head of bloom. The served by Whately, confined to one ter- Ktem should be firm, erect, and suffi- ciently strong to support the truss with- out assistance, and to carry it well above the foliage. The foot-stalks of the pip should be strong and of such a length as will allow the flowers to open with- out one overlaying another, the whole forminsj a compact globular head of mination, and excluding every view on the sides, has a tedious sameness throughout ; to be great it must be dull, and the object to which it is appropri- ated is after all seldom shown to advan- tage. Buildings in general do not ap- pear so large, and are not so bcautifuJ when looked at in front, as when they well expanded flowers equal in size and are seen from an angular situation, which similar in properties. ! commands two sides at once, and throws " The addition of one or two guard- them both in perspective ; but a wind- leaves, standing up at the back of the ; ing lateral approach is free from these truss, gives a finish to the whole, and , objections, it may besides be brought adds considerably to its beauty by the ! up to the house without disturbing any contrast thev form with the vivid and ' of the views from it, but an avenue cuts lively appearance of the flowers the scenery directly in two, and reduces The qualities which the individual all the prospect to a narrow vista. A pip should possess consist in its being 1 m«re line of perspective, be the extent perfectly round, flat and smooth on the ' what it may, will seldom compensate edge ; the divisions which form the seg- j for the loss of that space which it divides, nients of the corolla should be but and of the parts which it conceals, slightly indented, thereby rendering the ' These kind of walks were formerly much circles more perfect. more the fashion than they arc at pre- " The tube or centre must be round, ' sent : where they arc to be made, the of a yellow colour, filled with the an- j common elm answers very well for the thers or thrum. purpose in most grounds, except such " The eye or paste round the tube I as are very wet and shallow, and pre- AVE 74 AZ A fferred to most other trees, because it bears cutting, heading, or lopping in any manner. The rough Dutch elm is approved by some because of its quick growth, and it is a tree that will not only bear removing very well, but that is green in the spring almost as soon as any plant whatever, and continues so equally long. It makes an incompara- ble hedge, and is preferable to all other trees for lofty espaliers. The lime is very useful on account of its regular ffrowth and fine shade, and the horse- chestnut is proper for such places as are not too much exposed to rough winds. The common chestnut does very well in a good soil, or on warm gravels, as it rises to a considerable height, when planted somewhat close; but when it stands singly it is rather inclined to spread than grow tall. The beech na- turally grows well with us in its wild state, but it is less to be chosen for ave- nues than others, because it does not bear transplanting well. The abele may also be employed for this use, as it is adapted to almost any soil, and is the quickest grower of any forest tree. It seldom fails in transplanting, and suc- ceeds very well in wet soils, in which the others are apt to suffer. The oak is but seldom used for avenues, because of its slow growth ; it would, however, compensate by its permanence and beauty. The sugar maple, tulip poplar, oriental and native buttonwood are all well adapted to the purpose. AVERRHOA. Two species. Stove CTcrgreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam. AVERUNCATOR, or pole pruning shears. The Averuncator, attached to a pole, operates by means of a lever moved by a cord and pulley ; its use is to prune from the ground trees whose branches are beyond reach. Branches of one inch and a half in diameter may be easily cut off with this instrument. Averuncators of small size, arc also very useful in cutting off from shade and fruit trees small branches to which in- sects have attached themselves: they are also used for gathering fine fruits, which when cut fall into a basket, to be attached to the instrument when used for this purpose. Fig. 20 is a very effective instrument of a similar kind, and has the advantage of a sliding cut, which lessens the labour of pruning, and leaves the branch which has been cut as smooth as though a knife had been used ; this instrument is supe- perior to Fig. 19 in this respect, but will not cut a branch of greater diame- ter than one inch. Fig. 19. AVIARY. This building, devoted to the rearing of birds distinguished for the beauty either of their notes or plum- age, is rarely admitted within a garden, and still more rarely are they sutficient- ly ornamental or sufficiently free from disagreeables to be a source of pleasure. AYENIA. Two species. Stove ever- greens. Cuttings. Rich loam. AZALEA. Sixty species, and many varieties. The North American are hardy and deciduous, and the Chinese or Indian are green-house evergreens. Cuttings. Sandy peat and loam. Mr. James Falconer, of Cheam, gives the following excellent directions for A Z A 75 A Z A cultivating the varieties of Azaka In- dica. " Many varieties will throw up three r four stems ; the strongest should be Soil. — "The soil best adapted for their selected for a leader. When growing, growth is a peaty earth Ibund on com- , they should have plenty of air and light, nions where heath abounds, of a light without being exposed to a cold cur- fibrnus texture, and containing a good ! rent, which is so frequently prejudicial portion of Siind. It should be pared off i to young plants in the spring, when from three inches to fourinchesdeep, the clear sunshine and cold winds prevail, turves should be spread bottom upwards, ; As they will be required to grow as late and exposed to the sun during summer, and after having a few showers of rain upon it to restore it to a proper degree of moisture, it may be Ini'! "ii in narrow ridges in the autumn ; ri cm then be taken to the potting-shed as rei|iiired. When used, it should be broken or se- parated with a trowel, and not sifted, rejecting the undecayed surlhce ; and for the strong-growing varieties, to six- eighths of peat and one-eighth loam, and one-eighth silver sand. " Sowing. — The Indian Azaleas ripen their seed in February, which should be sown about the beginning of March in pots with ample drainage, and a larger portion of silver sand mixed with the peat. The pot should be filled to within half an inch of the top, and pressed evenly and firmly down with the bottom of another. " The seed should then be sown re- gularly over the surface, and after being covered sufficiently deep with peat, again pressed down, so that,aller being watered, the seed may remain buried. The pots should be placed on a shelf in the green-house, and shaded from the direct rays of the sun. " It is better that the seeds should ve- getate by the increasing heat of the spring than by artificial means, since they will come up stronger, and are not so liable to damp off. They may be pricked out into other pots as soon as they have made two or three leaves, and as they advance in growth they may be potted into thumbs, or small sixties, in which they may remain in winter, in the autumn as t!)e weather will per- mit without applying fire-heat, and as it is not desirable that they should form tlower-buds this season, those wh'ch want pot-room should be again shifted about the latter end of July. Great care should be taken that they are not over- potted, and that they have sufficient drainage; elevating the collar of the stem considerably, by rounding the upper side of the ball, but not so as to injure the tender and delicate fibres. The azalea is liable to canker from the water remaining too long about the col- lar; therefore, in watering, the spout of the pot should never be applied to it, as the cold current of water frequently repeated will check the flow of sap, and ultimately cause death. " They should be placed at the back of the green-house during the winter, as near the glass as convenient, to ripen the wood. " In the following spring they should be subjected to the same treatment, and again shifted into larger pots. — About the latter end of July they will have the afternoon sun. Free from the drip of trees and protected from high winds, the plants will now be of suffi- cient size to bloom, and in September will have formed their flower-buds. " When out of doors they should be occasionally syringed overhead in very dry weather, and the ground around them frequently stirred and watered. "About the middle of December, two or three varieties should be put nto a forcing-house, ranging from 50' " Culture. — About the beginning of to G.5''; these will begin to bloom about March those which are intended for I the latter end of January, after which specimens should be put into a house they should be removed to the green- at a temperature of from •15'' to 50''\ house or conservatory, to which they where they will soon be excited to \ will give much brilliancy, and in mild grow. If in sixty or forty sized pots, weather impart a mild perfume. About they should be shifted into sizes larger; a week before the first have expand- but it is better to do this when the ed their blossoms, another succession plants are in a growing state. They , should be put in, selecting those which should then be shaded for a few days,! from the enlargement of their buds give and when the flower is shut up in the evidence of their susceptibility of ex- afternoon, gently syringed , citement ; observing that the more Ta- AZ A 76 B AL nous the colour of the flower, the better : effect will be produced in the green- house. It is a safe rule to keep up for a succession three or four varieties, to be put into heat as above stated, once ' a month, until the season is so far ad-' vanced that the flowers are bursting in chio. the cool house. BABIANA. Eighteen species. " They should then be taken into Green-house bulbs. Offsets or seeds, heat, by which means the flower will Sand, loam and peat. where, it is probable, the finest speci- mens in a cultivated state still exist. AZARA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. — Sandy loam. AZOREAN FENNEL. See Fino- be larger, the colours more brilliant, and their fragrance more delightful. Every B A C A Z I A spinosa. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and means should be adopted to prevent i loam, the attacks of the humble bee, as every BACCHARIS. Ploughman's Spike- blossom in which it inserts its proboscis nard. Twelve species. Chiefly stove will fall off in a few hours afterwards. ] and green-house evergreen shrubs. B. "When the large specimen plants glomcriflora and haliinifolia are hardy have done flowering, all the seed ves- | deciduous. Cuttings. Loam and peat, sels should be picked off, leaving such j BACTRIS. Seven species. Palms, as are intended for seed. They should Stove. Seed. Sandy loam, be then shifted and encouraged to grow; | BADGER'S BANE, Aconitum meloc- afterwards placing them out of doors,' tonum. as before stated. B^ECKIA. Nine species. Green- " Great care should be taken at all ' house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. — times to keep them free from insects,! Loam and peat. as they are liable to be attacked by ai BAKING is a term descriptive of the species of thrips, for which the best ; hard impervious state of clayey soils, remedy is a strong fumigation of to- long exposed to drought. It can be bacco. The varieties Variegata and La- prevented only by altering the staple of teritia, are early excited in the spring; the soil, by the admixture ofsand, chalk, but are nevertheless the latest bloomers; coal-ashes, and other less cohesive mat- they will make stronger and finer spe-| ters than clay. cimens by being inarched on the most robust stocks. " If after they have made their au- ' tumnal growth they should not have formed flower-buds, by placing them in BALANTIUM culcita. Stove fern. Division. Peat and loam. BALM (Melisxa officinalis). Soil and situation. — The soil best suited to its growth, is any poor and a stove in a strong moist heat, until , friable, but rather inclining to clayey they have again burst into leaf, and then than silicious. Manure is never re- removing them to a cold green-house, quired. An eastern aspect is best for it. the excitement produced will frequently Time and mode of planting. — It is cause them to set their flower-buds." — 1 propagated by offsets of the roots, and Card. Chron. Our own native varieties | by slips of the young shoots. The first have been sadly overlooked in the ' mode may be practised any time during search for foreign beauty — those from the spring and autumn, but the latter the far south are equally hardy with only during May or June. If offsets those of the middle states, and are are employed, they may be planted'at readily cultivated ; the varieties are nu- once where they are to remain, at tea merous, and embrace almost every or twelve inches ; but if by slips, thev shade of colour, including pure white, ' must be inserted in a shady border, to from light yellow to brilliant flame; | be thence removed, in September or they thrive better partially screened October, to where they are to remain, from the sun's rays, and demand a pe- At every removal water must be given, culiar soil easily compounded by a if dry weather, and until they are estab- mixture ofsurface earth from woodland, lislied. During the summer they re- and decomposed turf or grass sods, in quire only to be kept clear of weeds, about equal proportions. The two ear- In October the old beds require to be liest collections of this splendid shrub | dressed, their decayed leaves and stalks were made at the Bartram Botanic cleared away, and the soil loosened by Gardens, and the Landreth Nurseries, I the hoe or slight digging. B AL 77 B A N Old beds may be gathered from in July, for drying, but their green leaves from March and September, and those planted in spring, will even atTord a gathering in the autumn of the same year. For drying, the stalks are cut with their full clothing of leaves to the very bottom, and the process completed gradually in the shade. BALM OF GILEAD. Several plants are popularly known under this name. "The Balm ofGilead of commerce is the dried juice of a low tree or shrub {amyris ^ileadensis), which grows in several ])arts of Abyssinia and Syria. This tree has spreading, crooked branches; small, bright-green leaves, growing in threes ; and small, white flowers on separate footstalks. The petals are four in num- ber, and the fruit is a small, egg-shaped berry, containing a smooth nut. By the inhabitants of Syria and Egypt, this bal- sam, as ap[)ears from the Scriptures, was in great esteem from the highest periods of antiquity. We are informed by Josephus, the Jewish historian, that the balsam of Oilead was one of the trees which was given by the queen of Sheba to king Solomon. The Ishmael- itish merchants, who were the pur- chasers of Joseph, are said to have been traveling from Gilead, on the eastern side of Canaan, to Egypt, and to have had their camels laden with ' spicery, balm and myrrh.' It was then, and is still, considered one of the most valua- ble medicines that the inhabitants of those countries possess. The virtues, however, which have been ascribed to it exceed all rational bounds of credi- bility. The mode in which it is obtain- ed is described by Mr. Bruce. The bark of the tree is cut with an axe, at a time when its juices are in their strongest circulation. These, as they ooze through the wound, are received into small earthen bottles ; and everv day's produce is gathered, and poured into a larger bottle, which is closely corked. When the juice first issues from the wound, it is of a light-yellow colour, and a somewhat turbid appear- ance ; but, as it settles, it becomes clear, has the colour of honey, and ap- pears more fixed and heavy than at first. Its smell, when fresh, is exquisitely fra- grant, strongly pungent, not much un- like that of volatile salts; but if the bottle be left uncorked, it soon loses this quality. Its taste is bitter, acrid, aromatic and astringent. The quantity '] of balsam yielded by one tree never exceeds 60 drops in a day. Hence its scarcity is such, that the genuine bal- sam is seldom exported as an article ot' commerce. Even at Constantinople, the centre of trade of those countries, it cannot, without great difficulty, be I procured. In Turkey, it is in high cs- ' teem as a medicine, an odorifor'bus un- guent and a cosmetic. But its stimu- lating properties upon the skin are such, that the face of a person unaccustomed to use it becomes red and swollen after its application, and continues so for some days. The Turks also take it in small qantities, in water, to fortify the stomacli."' — Encyc. Am. \ BALSAM or LADIES' SLIPPERS (Impatiens trifiora). The cultivation of this common yet beautiful half hardy annual is so thoroughly understood, as not to require remark farther than •' we believe it to be true, that old seeds produce finer balsams under equal cir- cumstances than new seeds ; and the reason is thought to be, that the plants raised from old seeds are not so vigor- ous as others." — Card. Citron. BALSAM APPLE. Momordica bal- sam inea. BALSAMINA. Balsam. Eleven species. Green-house annuals. Seeds. Light rich loamy soil. BALSAMODENDRON zeylanicum. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. i BALSAM-TREE. Clusia. \ BANANA-TREE. Musa Sa- pientum. BANE-BERRY. Acta:a. \ BANNISTERIA. Thirteen species. i Chiefly stove evergreen twining plants. Cuttings. Loam and sandy peat. BANK'S {slopi?ig), says Mr. Barnes, " Are of great advantage in bringing forth vegetation of all kinds at an early season in a healthy state, and in the greatest abundance. Another great ad- vantage is their forming a boundary and shelter to the valleys, borders, or slips between them, dividing the quarters into any desired portions, for the suc- cession of all vegetable crops, salads, &c. By cropping both sides, the season of thedifl'erent articles is prolonged, and through their being placed in such a healthy situation,! find I can always secure abundance of salads, lettuce, ; endive, radishes, cauliflower, and cab- BAN 78 BAR bage-plants. The first early cabbage I BARBERRY (Berberis vulgaris). a.nd peas I liave planted in these sloping ; There are five varieties of this elegant banks with great advantage. The win- [ shrub — the red, without and with stones; ter endive being cleared and the slopes the black sweet, which is tender, and forked, a situation is provided for the , requires a sheltered border; the purple, first out-door crops of carrots, turnips, ' and the white. radishes, &c. The slopes that are next j Propagation. Suckers, cuttings, and cleared in succession make prorision layers may be employed either in the for the early dwarf kinds of French ; spring or autumn. The seed is very beans on the south side; and late 1 rarely used. planted Windsor or other kinds of late Soil. — A sandy, or calcareous soil, beans are planted on the north side, , with a dry subsoil, suits it best, ■which is found a good situation for | Culture. — It requires no other prun- them ; besides forming a shelter to the ing than such as is necessary to keep it others by breaking the cold winds, within bounds. Others are cropped with strawberries Fruit. — This is fully ripe in October, on both sides. The slopes that are and is gathered in entire bunches for cleared latest in the spring, are cropped ; preserving, pickling, and candying, ■with late cauliflower, with the first; Diseases. — It is liable to be infected planting of early Cape brocoli on the with a parasitical fungus, once believed north side, and succession of other to be the same as that which is known as vegetables are kept up throughout the the mildew on wheat, but they are now season. By constantly keeping the sur- i known to be different species. That face stirred, the crops are all to be j vvhich preys upon the Barberry is Puc- seen in a healthy state, progressing ad- cinia, and that which attacks Wheat is mirably in favourable weather through- Uredo. Consequently the old popular out the winter months, and indeed, the opinion among farmers, that the mildew ■whole season through. " The advantage of forming sloping banks do not end in that derived from on wheat originated on and was propa- gated by the Barberry, has exploded. BARBIERIA polyphylla. Stove the variation of aspect, the healthiness I evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat, and the prolongation of the crops, and j BARK. — The refuse bark from the in securing shelter ; but there is a still ■ tanner's yard is employed by the gar- greater advantage, by gaining a con- i dener as a source of heat, and when siderable extent of surface ; thus, with | thoroughly broken down by putrefac- one acre of land with a flat surface, it tion, as a manure. is an easy matter to increase it one- , As a source of heat, it is much less half, by the sloping bank system." — 'used than formerly, flues, steam, and Card, journ. I the hot water system having very gene- BANKSIA. Forty-two species. ' rally and most deservedly superseded Green-house evergreen shrubs, except ' it. Bark for heating requires frequent B. verticillata, which is a tree. Ripe i stirring and renew ing, and if too much cuttings or seeds. Sandy peat. | moisture be added, is apt to give out BAOBAB-TREE. Adansonia. | an excessive and irregular heat. In BAPTISIA. Ten species. Hardy herbaceous plants. Divisions. Common loamy soil. BARBACENIA squamatosa. Stove herbaceous. Cuttings. Sandy loam. BARBADOES CEDAR. Juniperus barbadensis. BARBADOES CHERRY. Malpi- \ ghia. ; general or regular. This is to be con- BARBADOES GOOSEBERRY. Pe- tinned for a month or five weeks, in reskia. warm weather the shorter time being BARBADOES LILY. Amaryllis \ requisite, and then, having acquired a addition, it is a troublesome harbour for predatory insects. Bark fresh from the tan-yard being thrown lightly together under a shed, must be gently moistened if dry, and turned over twice a week, to expose all its particles to the air. Unless this be done, the fermentation will not be equestris. BARBAREA, Winter cress. Seven species. Hardy herbaceous plants. Di- vision. Common soil. general and equal heat, it is ready for use in the stove. Usually it will con- tinue to afford heat for a period varying between three and six months, but BAR 79 BAR sometimes ceases to ferment without i ily effects a cure. Scoring tlie bark any apparent cause. Wlienever the 1 lengthwise with a knife is a usual reme- heat declines, the tan must be taken dy, and generally effects the purpose, out, sifted, the dusty parts removed, | BARKING IRONS, or Bark Scalers, and some fresh tan added. Sometimes i are for scraping off the indurated epi- turning the old tan and moistening it dermis, or dry scales, from the stems be sufficient, It is desirable, on the first formation 1 and branches of trees. BARK STOVE, or Moist Stove, is a of a bed, to mix new and old tan to- | hot-house which, either by having a gether, in which case the quantity of i mass of fermenting matter, or an open new bark to be brought into the pit will j reservoir of hot water within side, has depend upon the goodness of the bark, I its atmosphere constantly saturated and the bottom heat required. As much new tan as will fill two third parts of the bark-pit, with a mixture of old rotten, reduced almost to earth, will produce a bottom heat of about 85^ ; when old tan with higher remains of strength is used to modify the new, the same heat may be produced if the quan- tity be not more than half the capacity of the pit. This refers to a new pit; after a bark bed has been in action, partial renewals of bark to keep up the heat are frequently sufficient in the reduced proportion of one-third, one- sixth, one-twelfth, or less. At inter- mediate stages between the partial renewals, the bed requires only to be excited to a brisker fermentation by forking up. About five-sevenths of the pit from the bottom should be occupied with moisture, congenially with the habits of some tropical plants. It re- ceived the name of Bark Stove, because tanner's bark was formerly a chief source of heat emploved. (See Stove.) BARKKRIA. Two species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Peat and pot- sherds, or wood. B A R L E R I A. Fourteen species. Stove evergreen shrubs, except B. longi- folia, which is biennial. Cuttings. Loam and peat. BARNADESIA rosea. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam. BARNADIA scilloides. Half hardy bulbous plants. Offsets. Peat and loam. BAROMETER.— Mr. P. Christensen, of Cowes, in the Isle of Wight, Lecturer upon Astronomy, &c., has arranged a table, which no one having a weather- by the new and old tan as a fermenting glass should be without. This "Com- body; and about two-sevenths from the panion to the Barometer" is the result top, or a little more than the depth of of thirty-two years' observation, and the pot, whatever that may be, should the following is an epitome of the in- consist of old tan incapable of heating, formation it gives. During the tirst six 60 as to burn the roots of the plants ; months of the year, when the mercury as least such should be the ordinary i is rising, if the weather has been bad, distribution of the tan ; but where pecu- [ and the mercury reaches to 29.62 liar circumstances require a speedy inches, there will be a change ; if to augmentation of heat without displacing 30.12, the weather will be fair; if to the pots, and when fruit is to be swelled i 30.29, set fair. If the mercury has been off in the last stage, the earthy tan at high, and begins falling, there will be top may be taken away, and new tan substituted. — (Abercrombie.) As amanure. See vegetable matters. BARK-BOUND. — When a tree is affected with this disease, cracks will a change if it declines to 29.90 ; rain, if it descends to 29.50 ; and wind, with rain, if it reaches 29.12. During the last six months of the year, if the weather has been foul, and appear in it partially, and in the case of the mercury begins rising, there will be the Cherry, Apricot, Peach, and Necta- a change if it reaches to 29.48 ; fair if rine, gummy exudations will follow. It to 30.13; and set fair if to 30.45. If the is a sure indication that either the soil | weather has been fair, and the mercury is loo rich, or not sufficiently drained ; i begins falling, there will be a change the latter is usually the source of the if it sinks to 29.87 ; rain, if to 29.55 ; and evil, causing a repletion of the interior wind with rain, if to 29.28. At any time vessels which the dry cuticle cannot of the year, if the mercury fall to 28.10, expand sufficiently quickly to accommo- or even to 28.20, there will bo stormy date. I'ncler-draining, and scrubbing i weather. These conclusions are from the stem with brine or soft soap, speed- 1 observations made at thirty feet above BAR 80 BAR the sea's level, and therefore one one-! BARRINGTONIA speciosa. Stove hundredth part of an inch must be add- evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam and ed to the height of the mercury for peat. every additional ten feet above the sea's I BARTHOLINA pectinata. Terres- level, where the barometer may happen trial orchid. Offsets. Sandy loam and to be. peat. BARREN PLANTS. The male BARTON, Benjamin S., M. D., Pro- flowers of the cucumber, melon, and i fessor in the University of Pennsvlva- other monoecious plants, are popularly nia. Born at Lancaster, Pa., 1766. known as barren flowers; and the Died Dec, 1S15. In 1789 appointed plants of the asparagus, mercury, and Professor of Natural History and Botany other dioecious plants bearing only male plants, are usually termed barren. These are naturally unfruitful ; but there is also a barrenness arising from dis- ease or other consequences of bad cul- tivation. If a tree, or any other plant, does not yield the desired produce of in the College of Philadelphia. His chief publication is Elements of Zoolo- gy and Botany. 'BARTONIA. Four species. Hardy annuals and biennials. Seed. Sandy loam. BARTRAM, John, one of the most fruitof which it is capable, the gardener , distinguished of Americaa botanists, may be assured thatthe soil, or the want j was born in Chester county, Pennsylva of drainage, or the manuring, or the pruning, is injurious. Even a bli?id or ma, in 1701. His grandfather, of the same name, accompanied William Penn barren cabbage may be made produc- to this country, in 16S2. — B. was a sim live ; for its barrenness arises from the , pie farmer. He cultivated the ground central bud being abortive, and it will ; for subsistence, while he indulged an produce lateral buds, if all but one leaf] insatiable appetite for botany. He was and the place of the abortive bud be cut ' self-taught in that science, and in the ^^^■'ly- I rudiments of the learned languages, Temperature has a great influence [ and medicine and surgery. So great, over the sex of the flowers produced by in the end, was his proficiency in his a given plant. A very high tempera- 1 favourite pursuit, that Linna;us pro- ture caused a water-melon to bear male .... blossoms only ; and a very low temper- ature made cucumber plants yield fe- male flowers alone. Mr. Knight had little doubt that the same fruit stalks nounced him " the greatest natural botanist in the world." He made ex- cursions, in the intervals of agricultural labour, to Florida and Canada, herboriz- ing with intense zeal and delight. At might be made, in the plants just no- the age of 70, he performed a journey ticed, to support flowers of either sex ; to East Florida, to explore its natural in obedience to external causes. '-productions ; at a period, too, when the BARREN SOIL. No soil is abso- toils and dangers of such an expedition lutely incapable of production; and far exceeded those of any similar one when it is spoken of as being barren, no ' which could be undertaken, at the pre- more is meant than that in its present sent time, within the limits of the U. state it will not repay the cultivator. States. He first formed a botanic gar- The unproductiveness arises from a de- i den in America, for the cultivation of ficiency of some of the earths ; from an American plants, as well as exotics, excess or deficiency of animal and ve- This garden, which is situated on the getable matters ; or from an excess of banks of the Schuylkill, a few miles from stagnant water. No soil can be pro- Philadelphia, still bears his name. He ductive where nineteen parts out of contributed much to the gardens of Eu- twenty are of any one earth or other substance. If either chalk, or sand, or clay, be in excess, the remedy is found in adding one or both of the other two. An excess of organic matter only occurs in peat soils, and these are reclaimed by draining, paring, and burning, and the addition of earthy matter ; drain- rope, and corresponded with the most distinguished naturalists of that quarter of the globe. Several foreign societies and academies bestowed their honours upon him, and published communica- tions from him in their transactions. B. died in 1777, in the 76th year of his At the time of his death he held age is also the cure for an excess of; the office of American botanist to water. , George III. of England. He was amia- BAR 81 B A S ble and charitable, and of the strictest probity and temperance. BARTRAM, William, fourth son of John B., was born, 1739, at the botanic garden, Kingsessing, Pennsylvania. At the age of 16 years, he was placed with a respectable merchant of Philadelphia, with whom he continued six years ; BARYOSM.V. Six species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and sand. BASELLA. Eigiit species. Stove biennial climbers chiefly. Seed. Rich light soil. BASIL. (Ofi/mu;n.) There are two kinds, the Sweet-scented (O. basilicum), after which he went to North Carolina, and the Dwarf-bush (0. minimum). with a view of doing business there as a merchant; but, being ardently at- So/7 and situation. — They thrive most a rich light soil, entirely free from t.iched to the study of botany, he re- j any overshaddwing body ; but they re linquished his mercantile pursuits, and accompanied his father in a journey into East Florida, to explore the na quire, especially for the earliest plants, a sheltered border. Time and mode of nowing. — They are tural productions of that country; after ' propagated by seed, which may be sown_ which he settled on the river St. John's, i in a gentle hot-bed, with the shelter of in this region, and finally returned about the year 1771, to his father's resi- dence. In 1773, at the request of Dr. Fothergill, of London, he embarked for Charleston, to examine the natural productions of the Floridas, and the western parts of Carolina and Georgia, chiefly in the vegetable kingdom. In this employment he was engaged nearly five years, and made numerous contri- butions to the natural history of the country through which he travelled. His collections and drawings were for- warded to Doctor Fothergill; and, about the year 1790, he published an a frame at the close of March, or early in April; to be thinned, and those re- moved pricked out at the close of this latter month in a similar situation, to be finally removed in the course of May or commencement of June, when settled weather, in the open ground. This sowing may be repeated at the close of April, or beginning of May, on a warm border, to be pricked and finally planted out, after a lajjse of about five weeks respectively between each operation. When thinned, the seedlings must be left at three inches apart, and those re- moved pricked out at a siniilardistance. account of his travels and discoveries,! The final planting must be made in rows in 1 vol. Svo., with an account of the { a foot apart each way. Some plants oT manners and customs of the Creeks, j all the sowing may be left where raised. Cherokees, and Choctaws. This work soon acquired extensive popularity, and is still frequently consulted — After his to be gathered from whilst young. Water must be given at every removal, as well as during every stage of their return from his travels, he devoted him- I irrowth, when dry weather occurs, self to science, and, in 1782, was elect- j VVeeds must be kept under, as well as ed Professor of Botany in the University | the plants benefited by frequent hoeing. of Pennsylvania, which post he de- j The young leaf tops are the parts dined, in consequence of the state of | made use of in soups and salads, their his health. In 17S6, he was elected a member of the American Philosophical Society, and was a member of several other learned societies in Europe and America. We are indebted to him for the knowledge of many curious and beautiful plants peculiar to North Ame- rica, and for the most complete and correct table of American ornithology, before the work of Wilson, who was assisted by him in the commencement of his American Ornithology. He wrote an article on the natural history of a plant a few minutes before his death, which happened suddenly, by the rup ture of a blood vessel in the lungs, July 22, 1823, in the 8.7th year of his age. 6 flavour resembling that of cloves. The supply is never failing during summer, as they shoot out rapidly for successive supplies. To obtain seed. — Some of the earliest raised plants must be left ungathcred from. These flower from July to Sep- tember, and accordingly ripen their seed in early or late autumn. BASKETS employed by the London gardeners, being made of osier or deal shavings, vary triflingly in size more than measures made of less flexible materials. They are as follows: — S'cd kale punnets — eight inches diame- ter at the top, and seven inches and a half at the bottom, and tuo inches deep. B A S 82 B E A Radish punnets — eight inches diame- ter, and one inch deep, if to hold six hands ; or nine inches by one inch for twelve hands. Mushi-oom punnets — seven inches by one inch. Saladlng. punnets — five inches by two inches. Half sieve — contains three imperial gallons and a half. It averages twelve inches and a half diameter, and six inches in depth. Sieve — contains seven imperial gal- lons. Diameter, fifteen inches; depth, eight inches. Bushel sieve — ten imperial gallons and a lialf. Diameter at top, seventeen inches and three quarters; at bottom, seventeen inches; depth, eleven inches and a quarter. Bushel basket — ought, when heaped, to contain an imperial bushel. Diame- ter at bottom ten inches ; at top, four- teen inches and a half; depth, seven- teen inches. Walnuts, nuts, apples, and potatoes are sold by this measure. A bushel of the last-named, cleaned, weighs fifty-six pounds, but four pounds additional are allowed if they are not washed. There is one description of Basket of which we think the Londoners know but little. We allude to the Peach Bas- ket.' It would excite no ordinary com- motion were one of our noble steam- boats to ascend the Thames, laden with a thousand or more baskets, each con- taining a bushel of ripe lusciouspeaches, which are frequently sold in Philadel- phia at twenty-five cents the basket. Yet such is the sight which may be seen (in fruitful seasons) on the Dela- ware every dav in Aucust. BASS, or BAST MATS. These are chiefly made in Russia, from the inner bark of trees (bast in the Iluss language). Their best use is as a packing envelope, for as a protection to wall trees they are inferior to netting; and to standard shrubs, structures made of straw (see Sheltei's) are to be preferred. They are very serviceable, however, to place over beds of early spring radishes, &c., to prevent the night radiation. This is quite as eflTectual, much cleaner, and less troublesome than a covering of straw. The strands of these mats are used by Nurserymen as binding, when budding or engrafting, and are the best adapted to the purpose of any material known. Where it is not obtainable, coarse loosely spun cotton or woollen yarn, is a good substitute. B A S S I A . Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. BASTARD ACACIA. Robinia pseu- do-acacia. BASTARD ACMELLA. Spilanthes pseudo-acmella. BASTARD CABBAGE TREE. Geof- froya. BASTARD CEDAR, Guazuma. BASTARD CHERRY. Cerasuspsew- do-cerasus. BASTARD CliNNAMON. Cinnamo- mum-cassia. BASTARD CORK TREE. Quercus pseudo-suber. BASTARD DICTAMNUS. Beringe- ria pseudo-diet amnus. BASTARD HARE'S EAR. Phyllis. BASTARD JASMINE. Androsace chamcejasme. BASTARD ALBIA. Lavatera pseu- do-albia. BASTARD QUINCE. Pyrus chama- mespilus. BASTARD WIND-FLOWER. Gen- tiana pseudoipneumonanthe . BATATAS. Twelve species. Chiefly stove deciduous climbers. Young cut- tings. Light rich soil. BATExMANNIA Collegi. Stove epiphyte. Bulbs. Peat and potsherds. BATSCHIA. Four species. Hardy herbaceous. Seeds and division. Com- mon soil. BAUER A. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sand and peat. BAUHINIA. Forty-six species. Stove evergreen shrubs or climbers. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. BAY TREE, Laurus nobilis, will resist the winter nearly as far north as Philadelphia, on light soils. Its aroma- tic leaves render it an agreeable inmate of tiie garden. BEAD TREE. Melia. BEAN. Vicia faha, of Linnctus. Feve de niarais, Fr. Bohn,Ger. Fava,Ital. Hahas, Span. " Of the above kind, com- monly called in this country ' Horse Bean,' there is considerable variety; two of them have been selected by us for cultivation, believing them the best adapted for the climate, and quite suffi- cient of the kind. They are the Early Long Pod and Broad Windsor. Both B E A 83 B E A eucceed with the same treatment, but j six or eight inches in height, draw to- the first named is the more certain ' wards, their base a portion of loose bearer of the two. In England, where earth, which will encourage them to they are extensively cultivated, they do put forth fresh fibres, and protect the much better than in this country, pre- roots already formed, from the sun's ferring its damp, cool atmosphere, to rays.'" — Rural Rci^ister. our frequently dry and hot one ; to B K A N S, Kidney. Haricot, Fr. counteract which it is desirable to plant Schminlcholine, Oer. Jadias, Span. F.j- as early in the spring, as the ground guiolo,lta[. — " Ofthe Snap-Short Bean, will admit of being worked — in the lati- the Haricot ofthe French, the varieties tilde of Philadelphia (393 57' N.) the and sub-varieties are numerous. The latter part of February, or beginning of Early Mohawk or Brown Six Weeks March, if possible ; they then come into arrives soonest at perfection, and-is the flower before the weather becomes hot, hardiest ofthe early ones; the Early otherwise the blossoms drop, and set no Yellow, Red Speckled Valentine, anlong the house. Towards the end ol comparatively small, deep brown, some times of a chestnut colour, and very shining ; they change to pupa; generally towards the end of March ; these are of a pale ochreous colour, the head being brighter. Tlie female lays her eggs in the earth, and in the dung of horses and cows, in May ; they do not hatch until August. — Gard. Chron. BIDENS. Fourteen species. Chiefly hardy plants. Seeds, suckers, division, according to their habit and duration. Common soil. BIENNIAL, is a plant which, being December, cut the plant into six or ten feet, when it remains dormant through the winter. In the beginning of March, young shoots in abundance break from the apparently dead wood; a sufficient number of these to be trained along the house, and these again produce laterals; and at the end of each a cluster of blos- som buds is formed. On the production of these lateral shoots depends the free blooming of the plant, to encourage which a damp atmosphere is to be kept by pouring water over the pathways, and by frequently syringing the plant. All superfluous shoots are stopped ; and produced from seed in one year, per- j it is necessary to pay a good deal of at fects its seed and dies during the year ; tention to this, for an over abundance following. Biennials may often be made : of shoots would soon be produced that to endure longer if prevented ripening their seeds, and many exotics, biennials in their native climes, are perennials in our stoves. Hardy Biennials. — Some of these ripen their seeds as early as August, in which case they may be sown as soon as harvested. Others ripenincr their would form a complete thicket. The plant commences flowering about the beginning of September. — Gard. Chron. BILBERRY. Vaccinium myrtillus. BILLMBI TREE. Aierrhoa bilimbi. BILL (Fig. 21), a sharp-edged tool, emplo\ed in cutting hedges, sharpen- ing stakes, &c. It should never be used seeds later must have these reserved ! in pruning valuable trees ; but where the from sowing until May. The double,j branch is too strong to be cut with the varieties of wall-flowers, stocks, &c., knife, the saw oughtalwaystobeapplied. are propagated by cuttings. Frame Biennials. — These required the shelter of a frame during the early stages of their growth ; to be removed thence in May to the borders, where thev bloom in .lulv and August. B I F R E N A R I A. Three species. Stove epiphytes. Division. B I G N 0 N I A. Sixty-one species. Chiefly stove evergreen climbers. B. Fig. 21. BILLARDIERA. Six species. Green- house evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. BIL 88 — ♦ BILLBERGIA. Ten sppcies. Stove | epiphytes. Suckers. Rich mould. | BILLOTIA acerosa. Green-house everprRen shrub. Cuttirif^s. Sandy peat. B 1 N DW K 1 : D . Con volvulus . BINDWHKD. Smilnx Aspera. , BIOPHYTVM sensitiium. Hardy an- nual. Seeds. Common soil. BIRCH. Betula. BIRCH. Carpinus Betulus. BIRDS are benefactors as well as in- jurera of the gardener. They destroy millions of grubs, caterpillars, and : aphides, which would have ravaged his crops ; but at the same time they com- : mit sad havoc upon his fruit and seeds. The wisest course, consequently, is to scare them from the garden at such times, or from the portions of it in which they can be prejudicial, but to leave them to visit it unmolested when- ever and wherever they cannot be mis- j chievous. Thus in early spring a boy : or two will drive them away during] such time as the buds of the gooseberry, currai't, and plum, are open to their attacks ; and again during the time that the cherries are ripe. To keep them from the fruit of late gooseberries and currants, it is sufficient to interlace thickly the bushes with red worsted. To keep them from attacking peas and other vegetables just emerging from the soil, a similar display of white thread fastened to pegs about six inches from the surface, is also efficiently deterrins;. Nets, where availal)le, are also suffi- cient guardians. By these aids, but especially by the watching during cer- tain seasons, the gardener may protect himself from injury at a very trifling ex- pense, without depriving himself of the services of the most sharp-sighted, most unwearying, and most successful of all insect killers; and, it should also be added, one of the most agreeable ap- pendages to rural life. Without birds, next to flowers, the cotintry would be desolate. What delightful associations and recollections present themselves as we call to mind the chir[)ing of the wren, the homeh' notes of the familiar cat-bird, the gambols of the martin, and the periodical visits of the confiding robin and snow-bird. BIRD CHERRY. Cerasus padus. BIRD PEPPER. Capsicum bacca- tum. BIRD'S BILL. Trigonella ornitho- podioides. BL A BIRD'S EYE. Primula farinosa. BIRD'S FOOT. Orthinopus. . BIRD'S FOOT, Euphorbia orthino- pus. BIRD'S FOOT TREFOIL. Lotuf. BIRD'S NEST. Asplenium Nidus. BIRD'S TONGUE. Ornitho gios- sum. BIRTHWORT. Aristolochia. BISCUTELLA. Twenty-three spe- cies. Hardy annuals and herbaceous perennials. Seeds. Loam and peat. BISERRULA pelecinus. Hatchet vetch. Hardy annual. Seeds. Sandy loam or peat. BITTER SWEET. Solanum Ihd- camara. BIVON.^A LUTEA. Annual. Seeds. Dry sandy soil. BIXA. Three species. Stove ever- green trees. Seeds or cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. BIZARRE. See Carnation. BLACK ARCH MOTH. SeeBomhjx. BLACK CATERPILLAR. See^— Theory of Horticulture. \ BRASSAVOLA. Twelve species. BOURGEON, or Burgeon. See Bud. \ gtove epiphytes. Division. Wood. nrMTT^nt-nTA Two Species. Stove, r,DiccTA v\ ■ • Cf '^ - ' BRASSIA. Eleven species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood. BRASSICA. The cabbage tribe. See BOURRERIA evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandv loam. BOUSSINGAULTIA baselloides.— Half-hardy bulbous perennial. Seeds. Common soil. BOUVARDIA. Five species. Green- house or stove evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings or division. Loam and peat. BOWER. See Arbor. BOX {Buxus sempervirens), is noticed Brocoli, Cauliflower , S,-c. BRAYA. Two species. B. alpina. a hardy herbaceous perennial ; B.pilosa. a hardy evergreen shrub. Seeds. Loamy peat. BREAKING. A Tulip's flower is by the gardener chiefly as a plant suita- j broken when it has attained its perma- ble for edgings. For this purpose it is [ nent colors. A bulbous root is said to neat, and certainly the best article used. 1 ormA; when its foliage begins to be In some gardens it is suffered to attain 1 thrust forth. too great bulk, and then becomes rather a defect than ornament, exhausting the soil, and presenting a safe lurking place BREMONTIERA ammoxylon. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam. BRESIA. Three species. Stove BRI 99 BRI evergreen trees. Cuttings. Turfy loam i and peat. BRICKS. As the gardener often may require to know how many bricks will be required for an intended struc- ture, it will be a guide for him to know that all bricks sold in England are re- quired by statute (17 Oeo. 3, c. 42) to be eight and a half inches long, four inches wide, and two and a half inches thick. Pantiles, by the same authority, must be thirteen and a half inches- long, nine and a half inches wide, and half an inch thick. BRIDGES* are inconsistent with tlie nature of a lake, but characteristic of a river ; they are on that account used in landscape gardening to disguise a ter- mination ; but the deception has been so often practised, that it no longer de- ceives, and a bolder aim at the same effect will now be more successful. If the end can be turned just out of sight, a bridge at some distance raises a belief, while the water beyond it removes every doubt, of the continuation of the river; the supposition immediately oc- curs, that if a disguise had been in- tended, the bridge would have been placed further back, and the disregard tluis shown to one deception gains credit for the otffer. As a bridge is not a mere appendage to a river, but a kind of property which denotes its character, the connexion between them must be attended to ; from the want of it, the single wooden arch once much in fashion, seemed generally misplaced ; elevated without occasion so much above it, it was to- tally detached from the river ; and often seen straddling in the air, without a glimpse of the water to account for it, and the ostentation of it as an orna- mental object diverted all that train of ideas which its use as a communication might suggest. The vastness of Walton Bridge cannot without alfectation be mimicked in a garden where the mag- nificent idea of inducting the Thames under one arch is wanting ; and where the structure itself, reduced to a narrow scale, retains no pretension to great- ness. Unless the situation make such a height necessary, or the point of view be greatly above it, or wood or rising ground instead of sky behind it fdl up the vacancy of the arch, it seems an effort without a cause, forced and pre- posterous. The vulgar footbridge of planks, only guarded on one hand by a common rail, and supported by a few ordinary piles, is often more proper. It is perfect as a communication, because it pretends to nothing further, it is the utmost sim- plicity of cultivated nature; and if the banks from which it starts be of a mode- rate height, its elevation preserves it from meanness. No other species so effectually cha- racterizes a river ; it seems too plain for an ornament, too obscure for a disguise ; it must be for use, it can be a passage only ; it is therefore spoiled if adorned, it is disfigured if only painted of any other than a dusky colour. But being thus incapable of all decoration and im- portance, it is often too humble for a great, and too simple for an elegant scene. A stone bridge is generally more suitable to either, but in that also an extraordinary elevation compepsates for the distance at which it leaves the water below. A gentle rise and easy sweep more closely preserve the relation ; a certain degree of union should also be formed between the banks and the bridge, that it may seem to rise out of the banks, not barely to be imposed upon them ; it ought not generally to swell much above their level, the parapet wall should be brought down near to the ground, or end against some swell, and the size and tlie uniformity of the abut- ments should be broken by hillocks or thickets about them ; every expedient should be used to mark the connexion of the building, both with the ground from which it starts, and the water which it crosses. ' In wild and romantic scenes may be introduced a ruined stone bridge, of which some arches may be still stand- ing, and the loss of those which are fallen may be supplied by a few planks, with a rail thrown over the vacancy. It is a picturesque object, it suits the situ- ation and the antitjuity of the passage; tiie care taken to keep it still open, though the original building is decayed, the apparent necessity which thence re- sults lor a communication, give it an imposing air of reality. — Whateley. BRINING. See Steeping. BROADCAST, is a mode of sowing now rapidly falling into disuse in the garden as well as in the field. It has no one advantage over sowing in drills. B RO 100 B RO except that the work of sowing is done more expeditiously. Subsequently, the saving is all on the side of the drill sys- case choose a spot shaded from the mid-day sun, and cover the bed with straw litter, lightly spread over the siir- tem. See Drilling. I know of no , face, which suifer to remain until the sowing where the broadcast mode is 1 seeds sprout, when it should be imme- preferable, except in the case of grass 1 diately removed. Bass mats or cloths seeds upon lawns. Loudon thus do scribes the operation of broadcast sow- ing:— "The seed is taken up in por- tions in the hand, and dispersed by a horizontal movement of the arm to the extent of a semicircle, opening the hand at the same time, and scattering the are sometimes used for this purpose; they should be removed every evening, and replaced in the morning, etse the seed loses the benefit of the dew. " A few observations only are neces- sary as to the progressive culture of the l)roccoli. Having, in the first place, seeds in the air, so as they may fall as , selected a deeply dug, rich piece of equally as possible over the breadth ; ground, and planted them therein as taken in by the sower at once, and ' you would cabbage plants, allowing which is generally six feet, that being them rather more room, do not neglect the diameter of the circle in which his to hoe and stir the ground, keeping it hand moves through half the circum- i perfectly clean and free from weeds; ference. In sowing broadcast on the \ when they are six or eight inches high, surface of his beds, and in narrow strips land them up, that is, with the hoe or borders, the seeds are dispersed between the thumb and fingers by hori- zontal movements of the hand in seg- ments of smaller circles." BROCCOLI. The same in Eng., Fr., draw around the base of the plants some of the loose soil, forming it like a basin, the stock of the plant being the centre. If dry weather ensue, give an occasional watering, which will greatly and Ital. Italienische Kohl, Ger. Bro- , facilitate their growth. culi. Span. " This exquisite vegetable j " The earlier sowings will commence resembles the cauliflower in growth, ap- 1 heading early in the autumn ; the latter pearance, and flavour, and is supposed sown plants, many of them will show no to have originated from it. Some of the appearance of heading before winter, varieties produce white heads, others On the approach of black fro^ they are purple, sulphur coloured, &c. It is cul- tivated with less trouble than the cauli- flower, and heads with more certainty. The autumn is the season in which it is generally perfected, but with proper management may frequently be had throughout the winter and spring. " The varieties are extensive, and differ in the time of ripening, as well as hardiness. Those we have cultivated with most success are the purple cape to be removed to some sheltered situa- tion, and " laid in," after the manner of winter cabbage ; that is, burying the stalk entirely up to the lower leaves, the crown projecting at an angle of 45 degrees. Thny are more tender than the cabbage, and require to be protected against severe frost, which may readily be done by setting over them frames, such as are placed on hot- beds, and cover with shutters, or by sulphur coloured, and early cauliflower : setting boards on edge around them, the broccoli. There are also several other autumnal kinds, such as the green cape, early purple, early white, cream-co- loured, or Portsmouth, &c. ; but the purple cape is much the most certain to head, indeed the only one to be re- back the highest, on which lay a cover- ing of boards similar to a roof. Thus they are sheltered from frost, and undue quantities of rain. As the winter ad- vances, and the frost becomes more se- vere, give an additional covering, of lied on in this climate. Our plan of, straw scattered loosely immediately cultivation has been, to sow the seed , over the plants inside the board cover- from the middle to latter end of spring; j ing. In this situation they will remain transplanting them when they attain the I secure, some of them heading from time size at which cabbage plants are gene- j to time during the winter, and most of rally put out. them_ producing fine heads in spring. "Should the weather prove very dry | Care should be observed to remove the at tbfi periods in which it is proper to I straw covering on the arrival of spring, BOW, some difliculty may be found in and to raise the shutters or boards in getting the seed to vegetate ; in that ! fine weather, that air may be freely ad- BRO 101 BRU mitted, removing them entirely the lat- ter part of March. BROTERA, corymhosa. Hardy herb- aceous perennial. Division. Loam and It is the practice of some who have peat light dry cellars, to place them therein, BROUGHTONIA. Two species, when removing them in the autumn, Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood, burying the roots and stalks as above BROUSSONETIA. Two species, directed. In that situation they re- Hardy deciduous trees. Cuttings. Light quire no further care or protection, open soil. Broccoli is someiimes sown about the BROWALLIA. Four species. Green- middle of September, the plants pre- house annuals. Seeds. Rather sandy served in frames during winter, and put soil. BROWNEA. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. BROWXLOWIA elata. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Sandy loamy soil. BRUCHUS, a genus of beetles. B. graiiarius and B. pisi are greatly destructive to our pea crops. They are small brownish beetles, usually found at the same time the plants are in flower, out in the spring. They are by no means certain to succeed well at that season ; a few nevertheless might be thus managed, as they will generally head in the autumn, when tailing to do so during the summer months. "All the Brassica or Cabbage tribe is subject to be preyed upon by various insects, the most destructive of which in this country is the ' Black Fly' (Ilaltica nemorum) ; and in such im- mense quantities do they sometimes and they deposit their eggs in the ten- appear, and so voracious their appetite, der seeds of leguminous plants, and that extreme difficulty is found in pro- sometimes in different kinds of corn, tecting the young plants from their In these the larva, a small white lieshy depredations. As soon as they appear. , grub, tinds both a suitable habitation take wood ashes, mixed with one-third j and an abundance of food. It under- air-slaked lime, and sprinkle over the goes all its transformations in the seed, entire plants, first wetting the leaves j and the perfect insect remains in it till that the dust may adhere ; this should i the spring, though in fine autumns the be repeated as often as it flies ofl^, or is perfect insects appear at that season washed olf by rain. An application of] also. The larva; possess the singular lime water is also beneficial ; it is disa- instinct of never attacking the vital part preeable to the fly as well as the slug ; j of the seed till the last, the latter insect preys much upon them | We have often observed the seed in damp weather. But the most certain \ pods of chorozema, and other delicate preventive is a solution of whale-oil ' and scarce leguminous plants in green- soap — a solution of common soft-soap houses, pierced by the Brnchus pisi. or brown-soap, would probably answer i The more effectual remedy is to pull the purpose; the alkali therein is par- i up and burn the haulm and pods alto- ticularly offensive to that troublesome gether, and not attempt to get a crop intruder." — Rural Register BRODL^EA. Two species B. con- at all. Peas infested with B. granarius, are always known by a small hole being g:e.s/rt, green-house ; B. grandiflora, half! on one side, and these should be care- hardy bulbous peren'nials. Offsets, fully picked out, as they not only spoij Sandy peat. the appearance of a sample, but spread BllOMELIA. Fifteen species. Chiefly the injury Btove herbaceous perennials. B. disco- BRUGMANSIA. Four species. lor is an evergreen shrub; B. exudans. Green-house evergreen shrubs. B. Way- an epiphvte. Suckers. Rich loamy soil. 7?innu' is a stove evergreen tree. Cut- BROMHEADIA pa/us^r/s. Stove epi- phyte. Offsets. Peat and potsherds. BRONGNIARTIA, podalyrioides. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. BiioOM. See Besom. BROSIMUM. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loamy soil. tings. Rich soil BRUISE. See Canker. BRUNIA. Eighteen species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy peat. RRUNNICHIAc/rr/iosa. Green-house evergreen climber. Cuttings. Loamy soil. BRUNONIA australis. Hardy herb- B RU J02 BUD aceous perennial. Division. Loamy [ than if the buds were left upon the pa- soil. A frame or cool green-house is : rent. Delicate kinds are strenj^thened suited for its growth B R U N S F E L S I A Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttin^ rich soil. BRUNSVIGIA. Thirteen species. Green-house bulbous perennials. Off- sets. Rich mould. by being worked, as it is technically Four species, termed, upon more robust stocks, as Good I when a tender vine is budded on the Syrian, and the double yellow rose upon the common China. Variegated roses often lose their distinctive marks if grown upon their own roots. Roses The bulbs, while dormant, which is j budded npon the common brier afford during winter, are kept in a cool green- finer flowers than upon their own stems, house, in as dry and airy a place as ' Buds from seedling peaches and pears possible, until they begin to show leaves; are earlier productive — and produce then to be potted in three parts good finer fruit — budded upon a robust turfy loam, one part leaf-mould and j stock ; but buds of the pear inserted a little silver sand, and placed so that i earlier than the close of August, pro- they have the full benefit of the light. ! duce branches and not blossoms. Where When the leaves have grown to about the bud comes in contact with the wood twelve inches in length, plunge in a | of the stock, a confused line is visible, strong bottom heat, and allow to remain [ between which line and the bark of the till the flower-stem pushes clear of the I bud new wood is produced, having leaves, which will be in about four or I solely all the characteristics of the pa- five weeks. They must then be gra- 1 rent of the bud. Buds of almost every dually hardened off and returned to the ! species succeed with most certainty if green-house, there to expand their bios- ; inserted in shoots of the same year's soms, which consist of a number of from twenty to thirty flowers. After flowering, every care must be taken of the foliage, by exposing it to the full influence ofthesuB,and giving plenty of water. When the plants show an inclination to rest, water must be altogether with- held. BRYA. Two species. Stove ever- green shrubs. Cuttings or seed. Very rich soil. BRYOPHYLLUM calicinum. Stove evergreen shrub. ~ Leaves. Rich loamy soil. BUCIDA buceras. Stove evergreen tree. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. BUDS. The buds are organized parts of a plant, of an ovate or conical form, and containing the rudiments of future growth : but the small walnut buds suc- ceed best which are taken from the base of the annual shoots, where these join the year old wood of that from which the bud is taken. Buds are usually two years later than grafts in producing fruit, but then every bud will produce a new plant, but each graft has at least three upon it. Buds succeed more rea- dily than grafts, and if a graft inserted in the spring has failed, a bud may suc- ceed in the summer of the same year. Buds are ready for removal when their shield, or bark attached to them, sepa- rates readily from the wood. This is usually in July or August, and is inti- mated by the buds being well developed in the axillae of the presentyear's leaves. Scallop-budding may be done almost at anv season. Buds should be taken from branches, leaves, and flowers, which ! the middle of the shoot ; those from its remain latent until circumstances favour | point are said to make wood too freely, their development. The same buds ac- and those from the base to be more un- cordingly, as circumstances vary, pro- excitable, and consequently less prompt duce either flowers or leaves. Buds to vegetate. spring from the alburnum, to which Stocks for budding may be much they are always connected by central smaller than for grafting, even on the vessels. BUDDING is the art of making a bud unite to the stem or branch (then called the stock) of another tree or shrub, in- dependently from its parent. The ob- same year's shoot. Several buds may be inserted on older branches, and thus a good head be obtained at once. On stocks of long standing, scallop-bud- ding is to be adopted. Just after rain, ject thus attained is a rapid multiplica- and when there is no violent wind, is a tion of that parent ; and in the case of! time to be preferred for budding. What- seedlings, an earlier production of fruit ever mode of budding is adopted, quick- BUD 103 BUD ness in the operation is indispensable, for if the wound in the stock or that of the bud becomes dry, the buddiiHr will fail. The bark of the stock should be cut and raised first, and if possible on its north side. A piece of moist bass the bnd is preparinjr, and the moment this is done, it sliould be inserted, and the ligature put on furthwith. There are twenty-three modes of budding described by M. Thouin, but only one — shield-budding, (Fig. 22) — is may be twisted over the wound whilst I generally practised in Great Britain and Fig. 22. the United States. The annexed cut will convey a tolerably clear idea of the pro- cess ; a is the stock or tree to bebudded. Shield-budding and Scallop-budding : — " With the budding-knife make a hori- zontal cut across the rind, quite through to the firm wood at b ; from the middle of this transverse cut make a slit down- ward perpendicularly, an inch or more long, going also quite through to the wood. This done, proceed with all expedition to take off a bud, holding the cutting or scion in one hand with the thickest end outward, and with the knife in the other hand enter it about half an inch or more below a bud, cut- ting near halfway into the wood of the shoot, continuing it with one clean slanting cut about half an inch or more above the bud, so deep as to take off part of the wood along with it, the whole about an inch and a half long, represented by c ; then directly with the thumb and finger, or point of the knife, slip off the v/oody part remain- ing to the bud ; which done, observe whether the eye or gem of the bud remains perfect; if not, and a little hole appears, in that part it is imperfect or, as gardeners express it, the bud has lost its root and another must be pre- pared. If, however, it is found imprac- ticable to remove this woody part with- out leaving a hole, let it remain, it ia not absolutely objectionable. When the bud has been thus prepared, slip it down between the wood and bark to the bot- tom of the slit ; the next operation is to cut off the top part of the shield, even with the horizontal first-made cut, in order to let it completely into its place, and to join exactly the upper edge of the shield with the transverse cut, that the descending sap may immediately enter the bark of the shield, and pro- trude granulated matter between it and the wood, so as to effect a living union. The parts are now to be immediately bound round with a ligament of fresh bass, previously soaked in water to rendf-r it pliable and tough, beginning a little below the bottom of the perpen- dicular slit, proceeding upwards closely round every part except just over the eye of the bud, and continuing it a little above the horizontal cut, not too tight, but just sufficient to keep the whole close, and exclude the air, sun, and wet, as represented at d. If the stock and bud are both in fit condition, budding is usually performed with uniform suc- cess : it is a simple mechanical opera- tion, and those accustomed to the work execute it with great rapidity ; an ac- BUD 104 BUD tive nursery-hand will readily insert 1000 buds in a day. In most of the New Jersey nurseries boys are employed for budding peaches, and by much practice become perfect adepts at it. The mode just described is called shield or T budding, from the shield-like form of the portion of bark containing the bud to be inserted, and the resemblance which the horizontal and perpendicular cuts made for its admission into the stock, bear to the two principal bars of the letter T. " In selecting buds, those that are very young should be avoided; for in that case they are closely connected with the greenish substance composing the bud had attached itself, the ligature last applied was taken off, but the other was sufi'ered to remain. The passage of the sap upwards was in consequence much obstructed, and buds inserted in June began to vegetate strongly in July. When these had afforded shoots about four inches long, the remaining ligature was taken off to permit the excess of sap to pass on, and the young shoots were nailed to the wall. Being there properly exposed to light, their wood ripened well and afforded blossoms in the succeeding spring." In the fii-t week of July the thorns should be removed from those places on the stocks intended for budding the pith at the tender age of the shoot I roses. If they be not taken away, producing tiiem ; and on this substance the operation is rendered needlessly they then doubtless too much depend [ troublesome; and it is best done then, for nourishment to be safely deprived of it. " It is a sign that they are duly con- stituted when they begin to emit woody substance; and this will form a crite- rion of their fitness to shift for them- selves. " Buds taken from fruit-bearing trees on walls are apt to fall, owing to the prevalence of blossom-buds which will not produce shoots. " Scallop-budding consists in paring a thin tongue-shaped section of bark as time is thus allowed for the bark's healing. The best time for budding the rose is towards the end of that month ; a dormant eye being employed just after a fall of rain, and when no strong dry wind is moving. An attention to these circumstances ensures that the sap is flowing freely, and avoids a rapid eva- poration so often preventing success. Moist bass is usually employed for clos- ing the wound of the stock, but it is far preferable to use worsted, and over this a coating of the grai'ting wax, made ac- from the side of the stock ; and in tak- j cording to the following recipe: — ing a similar section or shield from the shoot of buds, in neither case removing the wood. The section or shield con- taining the bud, is then laid on the cor- responding scallop in the stock ; its upper edge exactly fitted as in shield- budding, and at least one of its edges as in whip-grafting — after this it is tied in the usual way. The advantages of this mode are, that it can be performed when the wood and bark do not sepa- rate freely ; on trees having very stiff, thick, suberose bark, and at any season of the year. Its disadvantages are, that it requires longer time to perform the operation, and is less certain of suc- cess." " Mr. Knight was accustomed on some occasions to employ two distinct ligatures to hold the bud of his peach 1 Burgundy pitch .... 1 oz. Common pitch .... 4 Yellow wax 4 Tallow 2 Nitre (carbonate of) potash) powdered . J These must be melted slowly in an . earthen pipkin, and applied whilst warm. Common diachylon sold in rolls by chemists answers as well as the above. A laurel leaf fastened at each end by a ligature round the stock, so as to arch over the bud, will com- plete the arrangement, and thus the sun's rays, the air, and wet, will be most effectually excluded, the admit- tance of any one of which are fatal to the union of the bud with the stock. The great point is to apply the liga- ture firmly without cutting the bark, trees in its place. One was first placed and to relax and re-tie it, when, after above the bud inserted, and upon the | some time, the bark shall be found transverse section through the bark ; i swelling a little over it. It is not de- the other, which had no further office sirable to remove the ligature finally, than that of securing the bud, was em- until, from the greenness and plump- ployed in the usual way. As soon as | ness of the bud, and the slight swelling BUD 105 B U L which takes place in it, evidence is sending out fibres from the base, and had that the operation has succeeded. | so converting itself into a new indi- VVithin a fortnight after the bud has I vidual. Every bulbous-rooted plant been inserted, its fresh swelling aspect ] has some peculiar point in its manage- •will intimate if it has united to the I ment, but there are a few rules of stock. At the end of the third week, general applicability. They should if bass or worsted have been used as never be moved except whilst in a ligatures, these must be loosened, and state of rest ; this occurs to the sum- in about ten days more removed. Very mer-flowering bulbs in autumn, and to early in the spring following, the heads the autumn-flowering in early summer, of the stocks must be removed by an ' They require to be taken up annually, oblique cut terminating about one- : or at farthest every second or third eighth of an inch above the shield of- year, to remove the accumulated off- the bud, or six inches of the stock may | sets. No bulb should be kept out of be left for the Tfirst year, to which to the ground for more than a month, and fasten the shoot as a support. BUDDLEA. Twelve species. Stove or green-house evergreen shrubs. B. globosa is hardy. Layers or cuttings. Loam and peat. BUFF-TIP MOTH. See Bombyx. BUGINVILL.T:A spectabUis. Stove even during that time it is desirable to keep it from drying by burying it in sand. " Some bulbs," says Mr. Loudon, " multiply so fast by throwing out off- sets, that they soon cease to send up flower stems. Of these may be men- tioned the Ornithosalum umhellatum evergreen climber. Cuttings. Loamy /u^eum, and some other species ; some soil BUGLE. See Ajuga. BUISSON, is a fruit tree on a very low stem, and with a head closely pruned. BULBINE. Twenty-one species. Chiefly green-house herbaceous peren- nials. B. frutescens, B. rostrata, B. species of Scilla Muscari, Iris, Allium, Oxalis, and others. These should eitlier be annually taken up, their off- sets removed, and the parent bulb re- planted, or the offsets, as soon as they send up leaves, should be destroyed. Indeed, whenever strong blowing bulbs is the principal object, the offsets swar/s are evergreen shrubs; B.bisul- should never be allowed to attain any cata, is a hardy bulb. Cuttings, offsets, ! size, but as soon as they indicate their suckers. Sandy loam or rich mould. | existence by showing leaves above BULBS, are really underground j ground, they should be removed with buds ; their fibrous or real roots die I a blunt stick, or in any way least in- annually, but the bulbs remain stored Ijurious to the parent. By this practice with elaborated sap, and retaining, | a great accession of strength is given to though latent, the vital powers of the the main plant, both for the display of plant, ready for reproduction at the blossom during the current season, and a[)propriate season. Beside root bulbs, for invigorating the leaves to prepare as are the onion, crocus, &c., there are and deposit nutriment in the bulb for stem or culinary bulbs, equally efficient the next year. In pursuance of the for |)ropagation. same objects, every flower should be The culinary bulb consists of a num- pinched off as soon as it begins to de- ber of small scales closely compacted I cay, but the flower-stalk may remain together in an ovate or conical form, till it begins to change colour with the enclosing the rudiments of a future leaves." — Enc, Uard. plant, and originating sometimes in the j " The rule to observe with newly axil of the leaves, as in Dentaria bulbi- , imported bulbs, is to place them where fera and several liliaceous plants, and \ they absorb moisture very slowly. The sometimes at the base of the umbel of driest earth is full of water, which can flowers, as in Allium carinatum and only be driven off" by the application of others, in both which cases it is nou- intense heat. A bulb, therefore, should rislied by the parent plant till it has be planted in what is called dry soil, reached maturity, at which period the and placed in a shady part of a green- bond of connexion is dissolved, and the house until it has become plump and bulb falls to the ground, endowed with begun to shoot. If it has begun to the power of striking root in the soil by | shoot when received, still the same BUL 106 BUR treatment should be observed, and the the surface to the depth of nine inches driest soil used to plant it in. or a foot. "It is only when decisive signs of, "As spring advances, these materials natural growth can be detected that a may be gradually removed, and all the very little water should be given, while care that will be afterwards required, the temperature is at the same time | will consist in tying up the flower-stems slightly increased ; and no considerable as they increase in growth. Unless the quantity of water should be adminis- weather is very dry the beds will not tered until the leaves are an inch or \ need water; if such should be the case two above ground, and evidently dis- it should be liberally supplied, since the posed to grow rapidly. If these pre- i want of moisture in the growing season cautions are taken, no failures are ever , is just as destructive to Ixias, as a super- likely to occur ; if neglected, no sue- abundance of it during their period of cess can be anticipated. rest. If such beds are kept dry in " To this class belong the numerous winter, they will lasf for many years beautiful tribes of Gladiolus, Ixia, Spar- without replanting, axis, Watsonia, &c., all of which are so ' " There are many more interesting closely allied, that the same treatment bulbs upon which it is needless here to is applicable to the whole of them. To , dwell, as they will for the most part these may be added the Hyacinth. The thrive in the borders amongst other two principal points to be attended to plants. in the successful cultivation of the . " These are the ErA'thronium dens Gladiolus and Ixia are, to protect the canis and americanum ; Tigridia pa- beds in which the bulbs are planted vonia ; Pardanthus chinensis ; Zephy- from frost and from heavy rains, both : ranthes Atamasco and Candida ; Fritil- of which are equally destructive. For ; laria imperialis and meleagris ; Leuco- both tribes, the beds should be com- jum aestivum and pulchellum ; Scilla posed of prepared soil, at least one foot amoena, campanulata and prtecox ; As- deep, with perfect drainage at the phodelus ramosus, tauricus and lacteus; bottom. Van Thol, Sans eye and Parrot tulips; "' That for Gladioli should consist of Ornithogalum pyramidale," &c. two parts turfy loam, one of leaf mould, BULBOCODIUM. Two species, and the remainder of well-rotted cow Hardy bulbous perennials. Offsets, dung and sand. For Ixias, the greater Sandy loam and peat, portion of the soil should be formed of: BULLACE TREE. Prunusinsititia. sandy peat without any manure. ! BULL GRAPE, litis rotundifolia. " In both cases the beds may be made '• BULLIARDA vaillanti. Hardy level with the surrounding surface, and ; aquatic annual. Seeds. Loam and peat, towards the latter end of this month the ; BUINIELIA. Fourteen species. Stove bulbs may be planted upon them in i evergreen trees, or hardy deciduous rows, six inches apart each way ; when shrubs or trees. Cuttings. Loamy soil, covered over with soil, the beds will i or loam and peat. thus be raised a few inches above the B U N C H O S FA . Eleven species, bulbs; a small pyramid of sand should I Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings, be formed over each, to assist in pro- \ Loam, sand and peat, tecting them from damp. Gladioli I BUPLEURUM. Forty species, should be covered three inches with ] Chiefly hardy annuals, biennials, peren- soil ; Ixias not more than two inches. [ nials, and a few evergreen shrubs. OfF- "After planting, a layer of dry de- sets or seeds. Common soil, cayed leaf mould, or tan from a spent I BUPTHALMUM. Nine species, bark bed, should be spread three inches Hardy annuals and perennials, or green- thick over the beds. I house evergreen shrubs. For the green- " Either of these will resist the rain ' house species, cuttings, loamy soil. For for some time; but if thcre'should be a ' the herbaceous species, suckers, com- continuance of wet, the beds should mon soil. The annuals merely require also be protected with mats secured sowing in the open ground, upon hoops. The tan or leaves will BURCHARDIA umbellata. Green- likewise assist materially in excluding ' house herbaceous perennial. Offsets frost. When, however, this sets in I or division. Sandy peat, or peat and severely, dry leaves should be laid over i loam. BURSERA evergreen trees. Loam and peat. BUR Two species. 107 Stove i Ripe cuttings. Cuttings or seeds, i peat. CAB Rich soil, or loam and ,„.,....... ,,vc... BYSTROPOGON. Four species. BURTONIA. .Fourspecjes. Green- Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Very sandy loam and peat. BUSHEL. See Basket. B U T E A . Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. BUTOMUS. Flowering Rush. Two species. Hardy aquatic perennials. Division. Rich loam. BUTTER AND EGGS. See Narcis- sus. BURCHELLIA. Two species. Stove tings. Lo.'im and peat. CABBAGE. (Brassica oleracea capi- tata.) " The cabbage tribe is, of all the classes of cultivated vegetables, the most ancient, as well as the most ex- tensive. The Brassica oleracea being extremely liable to sport or run into va- rieties and monstrosities has, in the course of time, become the parent of a numerous race of culinary productions, so various in their habit and appear- ance, that to many it may not appear a evergreen shrubs. B. capensis is easily j little extravagant to refer them to the propagated either bv cuttings of the j same origin. roots or seed, in very sandy loam and! "We have made our selection from the leaf mould. It requires close pruning, many which abound ; it embraces the to restrain over luxuriance. | earliest, the latest and those which ripen BURLINGTONIA. Two species. I intermediately, and have been chosen Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood, on account of their superior worth and with a little moss. BURNET. Poterium. BURN ONION. See Potato Onion. BURSARIA spinosa. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat suitableness for the peculiarities of our climate ; having found from experience, that some varieties highly esteemed in Europe, are not so desirable in this country. Short descriptions of the kinds we are cultivating, may prove interest- BUTTERFLY. The caterpillars of ing to those who lack knowledge of the some of these insects are very injurious subject, and seek information. to the gardener, though those of the moth are still more numerous and destructive. The butterflies which are the chief causes of mischief- in our gardens are Pontia brassica:, P. rapcvcn species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood. C I R S I U M. Eighty-six species. Hardy annuals, biennials, and herbace- ous perennials. Seeds or division. Common soil. CISSAMPELOS. Six species. Stove or green-house climbers. Cuttings. Sandy peat. CISSUS. Seventeen species. Stove or green-house evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Light rich soil. CISTERNS for the accumulation of rain-water should be formed in connec- tion with the gutters of the various buildings in the gardens, for no water is equal to it for the artificial supply of moisture to plants. CISTUS. Thirty-nine species and varieties. Hardy evergreen shrubs. Layers or ripened cuttings. Common soil. C I T H A R E Y L U M. Nine species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat and loam. CITRON. Citrus. CITRUS. Fourteen species. Green- house evergreen fruit trees or shrubs, budding or grafting, and sometimes cuttings. Rich loamy soil mixed with dung. For the structure of a house suitable for their cultivation, see Orangery. The following extracts from an essay by Mr. Jones, gardener at Knowsley, exhibits the successful practice in cul- tivating this genus, pursued by Mr. Burden, gardener at Hurst Plouse, Lan- cashire. Varieties. — Those who wish to culti- vate the orange tree for the sake of the fruit, ought to be very careful in making a selection of sorts, especially of sweet oranges. The best way, perhaps, is to procure grafts or young plants from such varie- ties as have proved themselves to be good in other establishments, or proved plants from a nursery. So/7. — Too much attention cannot be paid to the soil ; its principal features ought to bo lightness, richness, and openness of texture, and unless it pos- sess these qualities it is unfit for the orange tribe. Water. — This must at all times be sparingly administered, especially if the trees are kept in a high moist tem- perature. Occasionally give a little weak liquid manure. Temperature. — Itisdoubtless an erro- neous opinion, that if the atmospheric temperature is S^ to 10^ above the freezing point during winter, and is never allowed to rise above 70^ or 80° during summer, that the orange tribe, other circumstances being flivourable, may be cultivated successfully. Mr. Durden never allows the temperature of his house to fiill below 50^ during the winter season, and during summer retains a moist atmosphere of 80o or 903, After-Culture. — In pruning, if the plants are trained on trellises, the branches should be kept thin to allow the greater part of the leaves to be ex- posed to the sun. The fruit is generally produced at the tips of the small spurs or brackets; therefore it would be a positive injury to the crop to shorterv any of these spurs, except it is desirable C L A 152 CL A to increase their number. The opera- j plants to two feet apart. The sowing tion of pruning is performed at any time I must be annual. Seed may be saved when it appears to be necessary, always, i by allowing some plants to run up the however, taking care to have a sue- ' next spring; they ripen their seed in cession of young wood coming in. In September. thinning the fruit, particular attention] CLAUSEN Apewiap/ii/Z/a. Stove ever- ought to be paid to the state of the tree, green tree. Cuttings. Rich loam, for the quantity of fruit must be entirely j CLAVIJA. Two species. Stove regulated by the vigour of the tree ; no ; evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and better rule can be laid down than that : loam. for governing the operation of thinning. I CLAY is a constituent of all fertile If a tree appears debilitated in the soils, though in these it rarely exceeds extreme, it must not be allowed to carry one-sixteenth part, and generally bears any fruit for an entire season. i a much smaller relative proportion to One cause of debility is, allowing the ; the other constituents. In its pure fruit to remain long after it is ripe. Of j state it is known as alumina. It is the that required for confectionary purposes best of all additions to light, unretentive a larger quantity may be lett on the soils, for it retains moisture much more trees, but it must always be propor- ' powerfully than any other earth. M. tioned to the capabilities of the tree. j Schubler found, that when silicious sand Cleaning the Plants. — The greatest | lost eighty-eight parts of moisture, and attention should be paid to cleanliness ; ; chalky sand seventy-six, stiff clay in the the consequences of allowing insects to overrun a collection of plants are fami- liar to every one acquainted with gar- dening. " The aphis attacks the tender shoots same time lost only thirty-five parts. When clay has to be conveyed in large quantities, and to a distance, it should be dug and laid exposed in rough spits to the air for several days before it is and young leaves; the red spider the J carted, and, indeed, so should all earths; more advanced foliage; and the coccus hesperidum every part of the plant. " Almost every gardener has his pe- culiar nostrum for destroying these ani- mals ; but a good preventive is cleanli- ness in everything about the plants. " The coccus may be brushed off, using a brush that is no harder than is just necessary to remove the insect. " For the thrips red spider, and aphis, a sponge and clean water will remove them all, if used before the insects have become very numerous. " Fumigation should never be re- sorted to except in extreme cases. for, as Mr. Ciithbert Johnson states his valuable Farmer^s Encyclopedia, if one hundred cubic yards of chalk, clay, or marl have to be moved, by drying previously they will lose in weight as follows : — Chalk . , 20 to 24 tons. Clay . , 32 " 42 " Marl . . ]8 •' 26 " For the improvement of clay lands, by rendering their staple less retentive, burning some of their own soil is an efficient application. One hundred tons per acre for this purpose are not too many ; for a dressing as a manure, thirty " The leaves should also be cleaned tons are a good quantity. Tiie follow with a damp sponge as often as they ing is the mode of burning clay, appear clogged by dust adhering to the ! " Let sods be cut of a convenient resinous exudations on their surface." — size to handle, say a foot wide and {Card. Chron. — Gard. Almanack.) CLADANTHUS. Two species. Hardy annual and half hardy evergreen shrub. Seeds. Common soil. CLARKIA. Three species and va- riety. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Com- mon soil. CLARY. (Salvia sclarea.) Its leaves eighteen inches in length ; with these form a parallelogram or long square; let the walls be a couple of feet thick, and trampled or beaten firmly together, and raised at least three feet high ; the first heap should be so situated, that the wind may blow against one of its sides; it may be from four to six yards long, are sometimes used in soups and medi- I by three yards wide, and an aperture cated wines. A very small number of j within one yard of each end, and others plants are sufficient for a family. Sow j at a distance of about five feet from early in April, or a month earlier in these should be left in the side walls, any light-soiled border. Thin the | when building, for the purpose of form- CL A 153 C L I ing drain-like openings across the heap; make one of these drain-like openings from end to end in lengtli; these funnels are to be built also with sods ; some dry turf, such as is used for fuel, is to be put into these funnels and over it, and between the funnels well-dried sods or any other combustible materials are to be laid on to the depth of a couple of feet over these sods, partially dried to the level of the walls ; these materials being set on tire, a powerful heat will be produced, quite capable of burning clay, without previously drying it. Care, however, will be necessary to avoid throwing it on in too great a quantity at once, until the fire is well up, when a large quantity may be thrown on. The sod walls are to be raised as the heap rises; and as soon as it is perceived by the strength of the smoke and glow of heat, that the mass is ignited in all its parts, the apertures may be closed up, and the heap left to become charred ; should appearances indicate a likeli- hood of the fire being smothered, it will only become necessary to open one or more of the funnels to secure its acting. If the land on which the burned ! or charred clay is to be applied be defi- cient in calcareous matter, earth con- taining it, if burncti, would improve it much. If well done, there is no im- 1 provcnient so cheap, and at the same ' time so valuable; if, on the other hand,j the burning is hurried, or the fires neg- lected, the consequence will be, either the clay will be burned into lumps like brick ends that will not fall to pieces when e.xposed to the air, or the clay I will not be charred or burned at all ; therefore, the heat should always be slow and steady, never, if possible, burning the clay red, but black. This is difficult to manage, depending.much upon the wind, stopping up the aper- ture upon the windward side, and open- ing that on the other side. The whole time the heaps are burning will take from two to three months, the time de- pending much on the weather ; from sixty to one hundred yards may be burned in a heap ; and if there be not sufficient sod, coarse turf, bushes, &c., on the spot to keep up a sufficient body of fire at the commencement, wood of any kind, or small coal, must be used." — Gard. Chron. \ Clay soils are the worst that can be j for gardens, for there is scarcely one of' the crops there cultivated that is not in- jured by stagnant water, which can scarcely be prevented in clay soils at some seasons ; and in wet weather clayey soils cannot be worked, whereas the gardener must be inserting or at- tending to his crops every day. CLAYTONIA. Fifteen species. Har- dy annuals or tuberous-rooted peren- nials. Seeds. Peat soil. CLEMATIS. Fifty species, and many varieties, chiefly climbers. The stove and green-house species grow well in a light loam and peat soil, and increase from cuttings. The hardy her- baceous kinds, divisions. The hardy deciduous, layers. Common soil. CLEOME. Twenty species. Stove or hardy annuals, biennials, or ever- green shrubs. Cuttings or seeds. Rich light soil. CLEONIA lusitanica. Hardy annual. Seeds. Common soil. CLERODENDRUM. Forty species. Chiefly stove evergreen shrubs. C. volubile, a climber. Cuttings. A rich soil of loam, rotten dung, and sandy peat. CLETHRA. Nine species. Hardy deciduous or stove green-house ever- green shrubs. Cuttings. Peat earth, or light sandy loam. The hardy kinds in- crease also by layers. CLEYERA japonica. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat. CLIANTHUS j)«nife«s. Half hardy evergreen shruD. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. CLICK-BEETLE. See Wireworm. CLIDEMIA. Twelve species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. CLIFFORTIA. Sixteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings of the young wood. Peat and loam. CLIMATE controls the growth of plants most imperatively, and in the cultivation of his fruits, flowers, and culinary vegetables, it forms the first object of the gardener's inquiry. He must first know the climate in wliich any givien plant is native ; and second- ly, the soil which it affects, Ocfore he can cultivate it successfully. How all- influential is climate appears from the fact, that different countries have often a totally different Flora on soils similar in constitution. Thus, as is observed C L I 154 C LI by Decandolle and Sprengel, in The scarcely eighteen degrees of longitude Philosophy of Plants, "there are a from the west of Africa, and which lies great many perfect plants which ex- , a little further south than Congo, has clusively belong to the tropics, which yet no plants, which are tound in those never pass beyond them, and which arc last-named regions. (Roxburgh's List found equally in Asia and Africa, in of Plants seen in the Island of St. He- America and the South Sea Islands, and lena, appended to Beatson's Island of even in New Holland. Although, as St. Helena.) Japan has a great many we have said, these are rather families, plants common to Southern Europe, as Palma; Scitaminea;, JNIuses, Sapin- which, however, are not found in those deae, and Anoneae ; or genera, as Epi- regions of Asia that lie under the same dendrum, Santalum, Olax, Cymbidium, latitude. and so forth; yet there are particular We must further remark, that the species, which grow in all parts of the eastern countries of the old world, and world only between the tropics, as for the eastern shores of America, as far as instance, Heliotropium Indicum, Age- ratuni conyzoides, Pistiae stratiotes, Scoparia dulcis, Guilandina Bonduc, Sphenoclea; zeylanica, Abrus precato- rius, Boerhavia mutabilis, and so forth. the Alleghany Mountains, have a much lower temperature than the western regions ; and that it is always colder in Siberia and the north-east of Asia, than under the same latitude in Europe But most commonly there are other and, that even Petersburgh is colder species, which, under the same degree , than Upsal, and Upsal than Christiania ; of latitude, supply in the new world the j although they all three lie in the six- place of related species in the old. | tieth degree of north latitude. In Dryas octopetala, indeed, grows equal- North America the ditference is still ly upon the mountains of Canada, and greater, and there are commonly fifteen in Europe; but Dryas tenella of Pursh, degrees of Fahrenheit's thermometer which is very like the former, grows, between the temperature of the east only in Greenland and Labrador. In- j and west coast. It hence happens that stead of the Platanus Orientalis, there ! many plants which in Norway grow grows in North America the Platanus , under the polar circle, scarcely reach Occidentalis; instead of Pinus Cembra in Europe and Asia, there grows in North America Pinus Strobus ; instead of Prunus Laurocerasus,in Asia Minor, there growls under the same latitude in North America the Prunus Caroliniana. the sixtieth degree, on the limits be- tween Asia and Europe. To this class belong the Silver Fir, Mountain Ash, Trembling Poplar, Black Alder, and Juniper. Even in the temperate zone, the vegetation of many trees ceases There are many exceptions to this rule, sooner in the east than in the west. In however, depending on circumstances that have been already noticed. In the first place, countries are wont to share their Floras with neighbouring regions, especially islands lying under the same latitude, as the Azores possess the Floras of Europe and of Northern Af- rica, rather than those of America, be- Lithuania and Prussia, under the fifty- third degree, neither vines nor peaches nor apricots thrive : at least their fruit does not ripen, as also happens in the middle of England. The most remark- able example of this great difference of temperature is furnished by the Mespi- lus Japonica, which grows at Nanga cause they are scarcely ten degrees of 'Sacki, and Jeddo, under the thirty-third longitude from the coast of Portugal. I and thirty-sixth degrees of north lati- Sicily, and, still more,Maita, possesses a i tude ; and which also grows in the open Flora made up of those of the South ofj air in England, under the fifty-second Europe and the North of Africa. The degree of north latitude, when it is Aleutian Islands share their Flora with I planted against a wall. — Botanical Re- the north-west coast of America, and the north-east of Asia. But the most! ^iste)-, Vol. V. The same degree of latitude in the distant countries, lying under the same southern and northern hemisphere, are latitude, may have the same or a simi- j connected with very different tempera- lar vegetation, while countries or isl- tures, and produce a completely differ- ands which lie between them, have not ent vegetation. This, however, must the least share in this particular Flora, i be understood rather of the temperate The island of St. Helena, which is | and frigid zones, than of the tropical CLI 15c C L I climates, which, as we have already no- ticed, are pretty much the same over the whole earth. But the summer is shorter in the southern hemisphere, be- cause the motion of the earth in her perigee is more rapid. The summer is there also colder, because the greater quantity of ice over the vast extent of sea requires more heat for dis- solving it than can be obtained ; as also because the sunbeams are not reflected in such quantity from the clear surface of the sea water, as to afford the proper degree of heat. It thence happens that in the southern hemisphere the Flora of the pole extends nearer the equator, than in the northern. Under the 53d and 54th degrees of latitude, we meet with plants which correspond with the Arctic Flora. In Magellan's Land, and in Terra del Fuego, Betula antarctica corresponds with Betula nana in Lap- land ; Empctrum rubrum with Empe- trum nigrum — Arnica oporina with Ar- nica montana — Geum Magellanica with Geum rivale in England — Saxifraga Magellanica with Saxifraga rivularis in Finmark. Instead of Andromeda tetra- gona and hypnoides of Lapland, Terra ! del Fucgo produces Andromeda myrsi- ■ nites ; in place of Arbutus alpina and { Uva ursi of the Arctic polar circle,' Terra del Fuego produces Arbutus mu- cronata, microphylla, and pumila. Aria antarctica reminds us of the Ilolcus al- pina of Wahlenburgh ; and Pinguicula antarctica recalls to our recollection Pinguicula alpina. We must recollect, however, that in South America the great mountain chains of the Andes stretch from the tropical regions, al- most without interruption, to the Straits of Magellan (from the 52d to the 53d degree of S. lat.), and that, on this ac- count, tropical forms are seen in that frigid southern zone, because the tract of mountains everywhere determines vegetation. It is hence that the straits of Magellan are prolific of Coronaria;, Onagra;, Dorstenia;, and Heliotropia;, ' which in other parts of the world grow only within the tropics, or in their neighbourhood. In general the vege- tation of the southern hemisphere is very different from that of the northern; and there is a certain correspondence between the Floras of Southern Africa, America, and New Holland, ^^st of the trees are woody with stiff llaves, blossoms sometimes magnificent, but fruit of little flavour. In Southern Af^ rica, as well as in New Holland, it is the form of the Protea; which prevails, as if appropriated to these regions. In- stead of the South American Erica;, we find the Epacrida; of New Holland ; Lo- belia;, Diosma;, and a great number of rare forms of compound blossoms and of umbellata;, are common to all these southern regions." Now, the reason for these differences is, that the countries thus contrasted differ in climate — that is, they differ in the intensity and duration of light and heat they enjoy — they differ in the con- trast of their day and night tempera- tures— they differ in the relative length of the day and night — they differ in the length of their summer and winter, or, which is synonymous, in the relative length of their periods of vegetable ac- tivity and rest — they differ also in the amount of rain which falls, not only an- nually, but at particular seasons — they differ in having much atmospheric moist- ure deposited in the form of rain or dew, or snow, at different periods of vegetable activity or rest. Now, what- ever these differences are, whatever the peculiarities of a climate are from which a plant comes, the gardener can- not cultivate it successfully unless he secures to that plant those climatal dif- ferences and peculiarities. CLIMBERS are plants which attach themselves to supporters by their natu- ral appendages, as either by their ten- drils or by their hooks. CLINO PODIUM. Three species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Common soil. CLINTONIA. Two species. An- nuals. C. elegans may be sown where it is to remain in the open borders, but C. pulchella requires its seedlings to be raised in a green-house or under a frame. — " If it is sown as soon as the seed is ripe, in two-thirds leaf mould, and one-third common soil, with a little sand, care being taken to make the soil firm enough to prevent the seed from being dislodged in watering ; where it is intended to have beds of it in the flower garden, it may be planted out in the beginning of March : none of the frosts that happen after that time will injure it. " If the seedlings were planted out in the autumn, early enough to take root in the soil before the winter, there C L I 156 C LU is no doubt they would prove as hardy as any of the Californian annuals, and, like them, succeed better in that way, than if sown or planted out in the spring." — Gard. Chron. CLIPPING hedges should be confined search the fruit trees for the bands of eggs laid on the branches, and to crush them. In May, when the caterpillars are living in society, the nests contain- ing them should be collected and de- stroyed. Care must be taken when col- to those of the commonest and hardiest : lecting the nests, for if the caterpillars varieties of shrubs, as those of hawthorn | are much disturbed, they let themselves and privet. The shears may, however, ! down to the ground by means of a thin be used with great advantage by expert operators, even on the most delicate plants used for ornamental hedges. Clipping of deciduous hedges is most advantageously performed in the spring and early summer. A multitude of shoots are then induced, which secures that chief desideratum in hedges — thick- ness and closeness of texture. CLISIOCAMPA neustria, the Lacky Moth, dies only at night. It appears about .luly, and its eggs are laid round the twigs of trees in the form of a broad band of about three hundred eggs, closely glued together, and resembling a ring of seed lac. The caterpillars striped longitudinally blue, red, and yellow, appear from these in the April or May following. They congregate in large nests at the forks of the small branches, and are then easily crushed silken thread, and escape. In July their cocoons should be looked for on the trees between the leaves, in the roofs of sheds, and even on the tops of walls." — Gard. Chron. C L I T 0 R I A. Thirteen species. Chiefly stove or green-house evergreen climbers. C. mariana is a lialf hardy deciduous. Cuttings, seeds. Loam, peat, and sand. C LI VI A nobilis. Green-house ever- green bulbous plant. Division, seeds. Rich sandy loam. CLOUDBERRY. Rubus chammnorus. CLOVE. Dianthiis caryophyUus. CLOVER TREE. CaryophyUus. CLOWESIA rosea. Stove shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam. CLUB ROOT. See Amhiiry. CLUMPS when close are sometimes called Thickets, Vind when open Groups en masse. They enter the chrysalis j 0/ Trees. They differ only in extent state at the end of June, and then they are to be found in cocoons between two leaves, &c. " In June they are full grown and about an inch in length, gray striped with blue, red, and yellow, and having but few hairs. The caterpillar spins between two leaves a thin web of an oval form, and it becomes a longish brown pupa, in which state it remains for three weeks or a month. In July the moth appears, which in size and colour, is not unlike the silkworm moth. Its colour is light yellow, and some- times dark olive colour. The upper wings are banded, and the lower wings are generally of a uniform brownish colour. The male is readily known from the female, by its strongly pecti- nated antennae and thinner body. The rom a wood, if they are close, or from a grove, if they are open ; they are small woods, and small groves, governed by the same principles as the larger, after allowances made for their dimensions. But besides the properties they may have in common with woods, or with groves, they have others peculiar to themselves. They are either indepen- dent or relative; when independent, their beauty as single objects is solely to be attended to ; when relative, the beauty of the individuals must be sacri- ficed to the effect of the whole, which is the greater consideration. The least clump that can be, is of two trees ; and the best effect they can have, is, that their heads united should appear one large tree ; two, therefore, of different species, or seven or eight of such shapes insect flies only at night, and conse- I as do not easily join, can hardly be a quently is rarely seen. It often appears beautiful group, especially if it have a iu considerable numbers, and does not tendency to a circular form. Such confine its ravages to fruit trees, but j clumps of firs, though very common, attacks many other trees ; such as are seldom pleasing ; they do not com- beeches, elms, poplars, oaks, and even j pose one mass, but are only a contiised pines. The best means of lessoning j number of pinnacles. The confusion the devastationscommitted by the insect is, however, avoided by placing them is, in the winter season, carefully to ; in succession, not in clusters; and a C LU 157 C N E clump of such trees is therefore morel thicket to open plantations, be frequent agreeable when it is extended rather in and sudden, the disorder is more suited length than in breadth. Three trees tocether must form either to rude than to elegant scenes. The occasions on which independent right line or a triangle; to disguise clumps may be applied are many. They the regularity, the distances should be are often desirable as beautiful objects very different. Distinctions in their in themselves ; they are sometimes ne- shapes contribute also to the same end ; cessary to break an extent of lawn, or nnd variety in their growths still more, a continued line, whether of ground or When a straight line consists of two of plantation; but on all occasions, a trees nearly similar, and of a third much jealousy of art constantly attends them, lower than they are, the even direction which irregularity in their figure will in which they stand is hardly dis- cernible. I If humbler growths at the extremity can discompose the strictest regularity, the use of it is thereby recommended not always alone remove. Though ele- vations show them to advantage, yet a hillock evidently thrown up on purpose to be crowned with a clump, is artificial to a degree of disgust; some of the upon other occasions. It is, indeed, the trees should therefore be planted on variety peculiarly proper for clumps : i the sides to take off that appearance, every apparent artifice affecting the ob- i The same expedient may be applied to jects of nature, disgusts; and clumps clumps placed on the brow of a hill. are such distinguished objects, so liable to the suspicion of having been left or placed on purpose to be so distinguish- ed, that, to divert the attention from these symptoms of art, irregularity in the composition is more important to them, than to a wood or to a grove. Being also less extensive, they do not admit so much variety of outline ; but to interrupt its sameness; they will have less ostentation of design if they are in part carried down either de- clivity. A line of clumps, if the intervals be closed by others beyond them, has the appearance of a wood, or of a grove ; and in one respect the semblance has an advantage over the reality in dif- variety of growths is most observable ' ferent points of view ; the relations be in a small compass, and the several gradations may often be cast into beau- tiful figures. tween the clumps are changed, and a variety of forms is produced, which no continued wood or grove, however The extent and the outline of a wood broken, can furnish. These forms can- or a grove, engage the attention more ' not all be equally agreeable, and too than the extremities; but in clumps | anxious a solicitude to make them every- these last are of the most consequence ; where pleasing, may, perhaps, prevent they determine the form of the whole, i their being ever beautiful, and both of them are generally in sight: The effect must often be left to great care should therefore be taken to I chance, but it should be studiously con- make them agreeable and different. . suited from a few principal points of The ease with which they may be com- view ; and it is easy to make any recess, pared, forbids all similarity between any prominence, any iigure in the out- them ; for every appearance of equality line, by clumps thus advancing before, suggests an idea of art, and therefore a or retiring behind one another." — clump as broad as it is long, seems less Whateley. the work of nature than one which stretches into length. Another peculiarity of clumps is the loam CLUSIA. Four species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Light sandy facility with which tliey admit a mixture of trees and of shrubs, of wood and of grove; in short, of every species of plan- tation. None are more beautiful than those which are so composed. Such compositions are, however, more proper in compact than in straggling clumps ; they are most agreeable when they tori'.i CLUYTIA. Twelve species. Green- house or stove evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. CLYPEOLA. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. CNEORUM. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat one mass. If the transitions from very ''''" loam. lofty to very humble growths, from i CNESTIS. Three species. Stove C 0 A 158 COC fests that fruit, the hibiscus, justitia, " C. adonidum. Mealy Bug. This feeds on tropical plants, with which it hasbeen introduced into our hot-houses, especially Coffee, Cestrum, Justicia, Carina, Musa, Renealmia, (^-c. ; but it also is very injurious to the vine and pine-apple. " C. testubo. Turtle Scale. This is found chiefly on stove plants requiring a high temperature. The scale is oval, very convex, and dark brown." — Gard. evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy peat. COAL. See Fuel. COAL ASHES. Sgk Ashes. COBffiA scandens. Half hardy ever- green climber. Seeds or cuttings. Peat and loam. COBURGHIA. Three species. Green- house and half hardy bulbous peren- nials. Division. Peat and loam. COCCINELL.E. Lady Birds. There are about thirty species of this useful and beautiful insect. Let no one de- stroy a coccinella, for it is the greatest Chron. destroyer of the plant louse or aphis. ! C. Vitis. Vine Scale preys upon the This is much better appreciated on the Grape Vine, both in the open air, and continent than in England, for there ' under glass. It seems to be the same the gardeners collect lady birds aiid { species which also attacks occasionally place them upon rose trees, &c., in- the Peach, Nectarine, and Plum. It is, fected with aphides. says Mr. Curtis, " a longish brown in- COCCOLOBA. Nineteen species, sect, which in old age assumes a black- Stove evergreen trees. Leafy ripened ish-brown colour, and becomes hemi- cuttings. Loam and peat. spherical and wrinkled. The females COCCUS. Scale Insect. The species are shield-like ; being convex above, of this family are most usually, but not and flat or concave below; they are exclusively, found upon the tenants of; furnished with six small legs, which, our green-houses and hot-houses. The j when the insect is old, become part of males are active, but the females usu- , the substance of the body. On the un- ally fixed to a part of the plant; the i derside of the insect is a sucker, with former having wings, and are so small i which it pierces the cuticle of the as to require a magnifier to distinguish i plants, and extracts their juices. Soon them distinctly: they then appear some- t after impregnation the female dies, and what like a gnat in form. The females her body becomes a protection for the are much larger, and in shape not tin- | eggs, which are covered with long white like a bed-bug, but with a scaly skin. | wool, and sometimes completely enve- When hatching they envelop them- | lop the shoots of the vines, or of plants, selves in a woolly case. The eggs are growing underneath them. The males oval, but no larger than dots. Brushing are furnished with four wings, and are the stems and branches of trees and | apterous. Their powers ofpropagation shrubs with a hand scrubbing-brush, are immense; and, where they once will destroy many of these vermin, and ; become very numerous, they are ex- if spirit of turpentine, with a painter's , ceedingly difficult to eradicate." brush, is applied, so as to visit every As a genus of insects closely allied cranny of the bark, the application is i to the Coca/s, and usually confounded perfectly eifectuai. Smaller and more with it, is Aspidiotus ; and as all reme- delicate plants in pots, may be placed i dial observations applicable to the one under a sea-kale or other pot, with a ' are equally applicable to the other, the little of the spirit in a saucer, and then ! prevailing kinds are here enumerated, submitted to a gentle heat ; the vapour | "A.nerii. Oleander Scale is found of the turpentine will destroy the insect in our stoves and green-houses, chiefly in an hour or two. If the first applica- tion fails, the second will not fail. The efficacy of a solution of soft soap in thinning the ranks of this pest, arises probably from the turpentine it con- tains. " C. hesperidum is found in green- houses, especially on orange trees. It infests leaves as well as stems. *' C. bromeliiE. Pine Apple Scale in- on the Oleanders, Palma, Aloes and Acacias. "A. ros(2. Rose Scale ; A. echino- cacti. Cactus Scale ; A.laurJ. Sweet Bay Scale; infest chiefly the plants by the names of which they are distin- guished. "j4. ostreceformis. Pear Tree Oyster Scale, is found upon the pear tree. Scale is much more difficult to destroy coc 159 COM than aphis ; as tobacco, soft soap, vine- ' species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ri pened cuttings. Peat and loam. COFFEE TREE. Coffea. COGWOOD TREE. See Laurus. gar, and other materials scarcely affect them, even when applied in quantity and strength sufficiently to kill plants. The most effectual method of ridding Cloroxylon. plants of these pests, besides those first COKE. See Fuel. named, is to brush or sponge the stems COLBERTIA. Two species. Stove and leaves. If plants in pots are in- evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat and fested with this or any other kind of loam. scale, they should never be cleansed in COLBROOKIA. Two species, or near the house in which they are Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- grown ; as, though the old ones have tings. Peat and loam. not always the power of locomotion, yet the young ones have. Shreds and matting which support plants in houses, should always be carefully examined, as they form a kind of nest for the young insects. Old shreds should never be used, without being previously boiled." — Gard. Chron. COCHLEARIA. Eight species and some varieties. Chiefly hardy annuals or biennials. C. armoracia, the com- mon horse-radish. Slips from the root. Deep rich soil. The annuals and bien- nials from seeds. Common soil. See Melolontha. Rhinantkus Christa- COCKCHAFER. COCKSCOMB. gain. COCKSCOMB. gain. COCKSCOMB. Erythrina Christa- COLCHICUM. Ten species and some varieties. Hardy bulbous perennials. Seeds or offsets. Light loamy soil. COLDENIA procumheiis. Stove an- nual trailer. Seeds. Common soil. COLEONEMA alha. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and loam. COLEWORT. See Cabbage. COLLIFLOWER. See Caulifloicer. COLLIGUAJA odorifera. Green- house evergreen shrub. COLLINSIA. Five species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. COLLINSONIA. Five species and some varieties. Chiefly hardy herbace- ous perennials. Division. Common moist garden soil. COLLOGANIA. Two species. Stove Celosia crisfata. — evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Peat Sow the seed in a hot-bed, early in the , and loam. spring, and transplant when danger from frost lias passed : seed may also be sown later in the season, on an open border. To have Cockscombs in per- fection requires highly manured soil, (it cannot be too rich,) and a careful prun- ing of lateral or side shoots — but one head or flower should be borne by each plant. During dry weather water with a so- lution of manure or plain water, having COLOPHONIA mauritiana. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam and peat. COLUMBINE. Aquilegia. COLUNARREA. Six species. Stove evergreen shrubs. C. scandens is a climtier. Cuttings. Loam and peat. COLVRIA. potentilloides. Hardy her- baceous perennial. Division. Peat I and loam. 1 COLUTEA. Five species. Hardy first covered the earth around the plants deciduous shrubs. Seeds or cuttings, with decomposed stable-dung. Common soil. COCO.VNUT TREE. Cocos. COLVILLEA racemosa. Stove ever- COCOA PLUM. Chrysobalanus. I green tree. COCOS. Three species. Palms. COMARASTAPHYLIS arbutoides. Loam and peat, or light sandy loam in Half hardy shrub. Cuttings. Sandy a warm moist atmosphere. CODARIU.M. Wild Tamarind. Two species. Stove evergreen tree and shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. CODONOPHORA. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. C(F.LOGYNE. Seventeen species. Stove orchids. Division. Wood. They require a hot damp heat. COMAROPSIS. Two species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Seeds or di- vision. Rich light loamy soil. COxMARUM palustre. Hardy her- baceous perennial. Division. Moist soil. COMBRETUM. Seven species. Stove evergreen climbers or shrubs. COFFEA. The Coffee Tree. Two I Cuttings. Loam and peat. COM 160 COM COMESPERMA. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. C. gra- cilis is a twining plant. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. COMFREY. Simphytum. COMMELINA. Twenty-five species. Chiefly stove evergreen trailers, which are increased hy divisions and seeds in a dry cellar for the winter, out of the reach of damp or frost; they will then require no more trouble until the follow- ing March, when they should be taken out, potted, and placed either in a warm pit or dung frame, to forward them again for planting out. " The roots will survive the winter in sandy loam and peat. The hardy kinds, ; the open border, if slightly protected, seeds or offsets ; and the annuals, seeds and common garden soil. C. calestris is one of the most beauti- ful of this genus, and the following di- rections for its cultivation are given by Mr. G. Gordon, of the Chiswick Gar- dens. " About the end of February sow the seeds, in pans or pots, filled with a mix- ture of sandy loam and leaf mould, and place them in a warm pit, or dung- frame. When the young plants are large enough to handle, pot them off singly into sixty-sized pots, and return them to the warm frame, or pit, for a week or ten days ; afterwards admit air, and finally remove them to a cold frame, or pit, to harden, ready for and kept dry ; but then they are late in starting, and never so fine as when the roots are taken up, and preserved through the winter, like those of the Dahlia. The old roots may be divided like those of the Garden Ranunculus." — Gard. Chron. C 0 M M E R S 0 N I A . T wo speci es. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripened cut- tings. Peat and loam. COMOCLADIA. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Ripened cut- tings. Peat and loam, or any light rich soil. COMPARETTIA. Three species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood or fibrous peat. COMPOST is a mixture of manures, planting out in the open border, which j or of earths and manures, in such pro- should be done about the end of May, or beginning of June, when the danger from late frosts and cold nights is over. " In planting, they must not be put in a dry or shaded situation, but in a warm, and rather damp one ; and in a portions, and of such qualities as are considered particularly applicable to the plant or crops to which the compo- sition is to be applied. The subject of Composts has been studied but slightiy at present, by men who combine science rich loamy soil. They will then flower I with practice, and what is here offered, freely all the summer and autumn ; but | must consequently be less satisfactory like the Dahlia, their beauty is destroy- I than the author is conscious it might be. ed by the first frost in the autumn, " The plants flower freely the first season from seed, but they display their delicate azure blossoms in the greatest perfection the second season, if the roots are taken up, and preserved like those of the Dahlia, over the winter, which is best done in the following way: — When the plants have done flowering, and there is danger of the roots getting injured by severe frost, they must be taken up, and placed to dry for a few days ; then procure a box, or some large flower-pots, and place a little dry soil at the bottom ; (the best substance for packing all kinds of roots in during winter, is dry sandy peat) — then place a layer of roots, filling in between with A correct preparation of Composts must be founded upon a due knowledge of the food of plants. This is ascer- tainable from their analyses, and these reveal what is sustained by practice, that there are some substances required by all plants as food, and that there are other substances which are beneficial to some plants, and useless, or even injurious to others. Now the substances universally re- quired by cultivated plants, are, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and phos- phate of lime, and, perhaps, common salt. These are supplied to plants by the atmosphere, and by decaying ani- mal and vegetable matters. The substances required only by par- soil ; and so on until you have disposed \ ticular plants, are certain salts, such as of all the roots, when the whole should sulphate of lime, by the turnip; — sul- be covered over with a thick layer of any phate of magnesia, (Epsom salt) by the dry substance. Place the plants either i potato ; — nitrate of potass (saltpetre), under the stage in the green-house, or I by borage, and the lilac. COM 161 CON The food of plants, whether imbibed | the convenience of moving the pots to by their roots or their leaves, must be either in a liqiiid, or a ,, ,!,„ er."vTi-l lonT. for th"v CRO 170 cue flowers ; a few, perhaps, having done so in the midst of their fourth crop of leaves." — Hori. Soc. Trans. They are very hardy, and require no care till the leaves begin to fade, when they should be taken up and kept in a state of rest for two or three months: some do not take them up oftener than once in three years, which answers very well for the border sorts. Even the longer; because, as the young bulbs are formed on the top of the others, they come nearer to the surface every year, till at last, if neglected, they are thrown out and lost. — Enc. Gard. Soil, 4"C. — They like a warm, dry, light soil, in wliich they will thrive for many years without requiring removal. Both are, however, better for being taken up occasionally, because in that way their roots are exposed to fresh soil, and are not obliged to search through Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Loam and peat. CRYPTOSTEMMA. Three species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. CUCKOO-FLOWER. Lychnis flos- cuculi. CUCKOO-FLOWER. Cardaminepra- tensis. CUCKOO-SPIT. See Teftigonia. CVCULLl A verbasci. Mullien Shark, however, should not be left I The caterpillars of this moth are very destructive to Verbascums in June and July. Mr. Curtis describes them as being " about two and a half inches long, bluish white and thickly sprinkled with black and bright yellow spots ; when touched, they emit a considerable quantity of dark green fluid from their mouths. When they have attained their growth, they burrow into the ground at the roots of the plant on which they have been feeding, and in a few days form a cocoon made principally of half exhausted earth for their necessary food. ' rotted leaves and fine mould, and bound They are fond of cow-dung as a manure; it may be applied just after Christmas. — Gard. Chron. CROWEA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. CROWN IMPERIAL. See Fritil- lary. CRUCIANELLA. Fourteen species. Hardy annuals and herbaceous peren- nials. C. americana and C. maritima are green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. CRYPTANDRA. Two species. Green-house shrubs. Cuttings. Rich light loam. CRYPTOCHILUS sanguinea. Stove orchid. Offsets. Peat and potsherds. CRYPTOLEPIS elegans. Stove ever- green climber. Cuttings. Peat and loam. CRYPTOMERIA japonica. Japan Cedar. " Hardy evergreen tree, which will probably prove one of the most ornamental of the Conifera;. Sow the seed in sandy loam in a cool place; pot singly ; the first year it will attain a height of from twelve to eighteen inches. It grows rapidly, and is as easily managed as the Chinese Arbor Vita; {Thuja Orientalis), succeeding in almost any soil or situation, not very poor or wet." — (Hort. Soc. Journ.) — It will be propagated, probably, by cuttings. CRYPTOSTEGIA. Two species. firmly together with silk, so as to re- semble a stone, or a small lump of earth. They remain in this state till the follow- ing May, and sometimes for two years, when they emerge as pretty blackish brown moths. The wings, when ex- tended, measure between one and two inches across; the upper pair are brown- ish, clouded with black, and have on the inner edge a pale white patch, re- sembling the figure 3, or the Greek letter c; the lower wings are pale brownish, and sometimes nearly white, and have a broad dark border. We have seen those caterpillars in such abundance in some gardens, as to com- pletely destroy all the different kinds of Mullein, and the nearly allied plants. The only way to lessen their ravages, is to collect and kill the caterpillars." — Gard. Chron. CUCUMBER. Cucumis sativus. This, like many other esculent vege- tables, has been divided into a number of varieties and subvarieties, the greater portion of which could be easily dis- pensed with ; for all useful purposes, three or four varieties are amply suffi- cient. " Those principally grown are the Early Frame and Long Green Prickly. The Early Frame is of mode- rate length, prickly, and is the variety generally used as the early crop for salad. " The Long Green is mostly grown for pickling ; all the varieties are very cue 171 cue tender, not bearing the least frost. For I threatens to be too powerful. It must an early supply start some plant in pots ' never be neglected to cover the glasses or boxes, early in the spring, and when at night, apportioning the covering to the season is more advanced set them the temperature of the air and bed. out on a well sheltered border, in hills. The heat should not exceed SO*-' in the with some thoroughly rotted manure hottest day, or sink below 65^ during incorporated with the soil. Seed for the coldest night. succeeding crops may then be planted. ! If the heat declines, coatings of hot For pickles, plant the latter end of dung are to be applied in succession June and beginning of July. The Cu- to the back, front, and sides, if that cumber, like the Squash, &c., is liable ' source of heat be employed. As the to be preyed upon by yellow bugs which are very destructive. To coun mould appears dry, moderate waterings must be given, care being taken not to teract them prepare a mixture of slaked wet the leaves. The best time for ap- lime and wood ashes, and sprinkle it plying it is between ten and two of a freely on the leaves and stems whilst! mild day, the glasses being closed for the dew is on, that it may adhere. As an hour or two after performing it. often as it may be washed or blown off, The temperature of the water must be repeat the application, till the enemy be conquered. " For the method of making sieves or boxes to protect cucumber vines, melon vines, &c., against the yellow bug, see the New England Farmer, vol.2, page 305. •' — Rural Register. To force Cucumbers. — Most persons between 6o^ and SO^. The interior of the glass should be frequently wiped, to prevent the condensed steam dropping upon the plants, which is very injurious to them. If the bed attains a sudden violent heat, the necessary precautions to prevent the roots of the plants being injured or scalded, must be adopted ; who have the requisite conveniences ; but if hot water is the source of heat, force this vegetable. The following hints 1 this danger is avoided altogether. may be useful, even to those who have some experience. The hot-bed for seedlings must be moderate, and a single one or two light frames will be quite sufficient if dedi- cated to their cultivation. The mould It is a material advantage if, previous to planting finally, the plants be turned into pots a few sizes larger, without at all disturbing the roots, and plunged into a hot-bed for a month longer, the same attention being paid them as need not be more than five or six inches [ before, deep. The seed is best sown four The second stage of cultivation is together in small pots, and plunged in ; planting them out into hot-beds for final production. The hot-bed for their re- ception must be of the largest size, as being required to afford a higher and longer continued warmth through the coldest periods of the year. When the earth is put on, it is at first to be spread only two or three inches the earth of the bed ; but whether here or in the mould, it must not be buried more than half an inch deep. Two or three days after sowing, or when the seminal leaves are half an inch in breadth, those in the mould of the bed must be pricked three together in smal pots, quite down to their leaves in the { deep, but under the centre of each light earth, which should be brought to the a hillock must be constructed, eight or temperature of the bed before this re- ten inches deep and a foot in diameter, moval, by being set in it for a day or The earthing should be performed at two previously ; those seedlings that have been raised in pots, must likewise be thinned to three in each. They must remain plunged in the hot-bed until their rough leaves have acquired a breadth of two or three inches, when they are fit tor ridging out finally. During this first stage of growth, great care must be taken that air is ad- mitted everyday as freely as contingent least four or five days before planting, at which time the earth must be ex- amined ; if it be of a white colour and caked, or, as it is technically termed, burnt, it must be renewed, for the plants will not thrive in it, and holes bored in the bed to give vent to the steam. The mould of the hillocks being well stirred, the plants must be turned out circumstances will admit, as also at of the pots without disturbing the ball night, if the degree of heat and steam ' of earth, and one containing three plants cue 172 cue inserted in each; a little water, previ- ously heated to the requisite tempera- ture, must be given, and the glasses kept perfectly close until the next morning. Any plants not in pots must be moved by tlie trowel with as much earth per- taining to their roots as possible. The shade of a mat is always requisite dur- ing the meridian of bright days until the plants are well established. They must be pressed gradually away from each other, until at least eight inches apart ; nothing can be more erroneous than to allow them to proceed with the stems nearly touching. When well taken root, earth must be added regularly over the bed, until it is level with the tops of the mounds ; for if there be not a sufficient depth of soil, keep the frames close, and to lessen the opening of the glasses, in propor- tion as the air is cold or the beds de- clining, it never exceeding two inches under the most favourable circum- stances. Water is usually required two or three times a week ; it must be warmed as before mentioned previously to its application. Instead of watering the inside of the frame, it is a good plan to do so plentifully round the sides, which causes a steam to rise, and affords a moisture much more genial to the plants than watering the mould. The last stage of growth includes the blossoming and production of fruit. The training must be regularly attended to, and all superabundance of shoots and leaves especially kept away. If the the leaves will always droop during hot plants which have been once stopped days, unless they are shaded, or more water given them than is proper. An important operation for the ob- taining early fruit, but by no means so necessary for later crops, is the first pruning, or as it is termed, stopping the plant, that is, nipping off the top of the first advancing runner, which is to be done as soon as the plant has attained four rough leaves ; this prevents its at- taining a straggling growth, and compels it at once to emit laterals, which are the fruitful branches. When they be- gin to run, the shoots must be trained have extended their runners to three joints without showing fruit, they must be again stopped. The impregnation of the fruit now requires continued attention ; as soon as a female blossom, which is known by having fruit beneath the flower-cup, opens, or on the second morning at farthest, a fresh full expanded male flower is to be plucked, with its foot- stalk pertaining to it, and the corolla or flower-cup being removed, the remain- ing central part or anther applied to the stigma of the female, which is similarly and pegged down at regular distances, | situated, and the fecundating dust dis- which not only prevents their rubbmg charged by gently twirling it between against the glass, but also becoming the finger and thumb. If possible a entangled with each other. Never i fresh male blossom should be employed more than two or three main branches' for every impregnation, and the opera- should be left to each plant, all others' tion performed in the early part of the to be removed as they appear. If more are left it causes the whole to be weak, and entirely prevents the due exposure of the foliage to the sun. The greatest care is necessary in regulating the tem- perature ; it must never be allowed to decline below 70^ or rise above 95^. As it decreases, coatings of hot dung must be applied to the sides, and the covering increased. The temperature of the bed, as well as of the exterior air, governs also the degree of freedom with which the air may be admitted ; whenever allowable, the glasses should be raised. The best time for doing so, is from ten to three o'clock. It may not be misplaced to remark, that chilly Ibggydays are even less pro- pitious for admitting air than severe frosty ones ; during such it is best to day. An attention to this is only re- quisite to such plants as are in frames; those grown in the open air are always sufficiently impregnated by bees and other insects. If impregnation does not take place the fruit never swells to more than half its natural size, nor perfects any seed, but generally drops imma- turely. When the male flowers appear in clusters they may be thinned mode- rately with benefit; but it is almost needless to deprecate the erroneous practice sometimes recommended of plucking them oft' entirely. As the fruit advances, tiles, sand, or other material, must be placed beneath it to preserve it from specking, or a glass cylinder is still better; if a bulb containing water is attached, the fruit grows faster and finer. The same precautions are necessary as cue 173 -« cue regards the preservation of tempera- state the mode. Put five inches of earth ture, admission of air, &c., as in the se cond stage of the growtii of the phmts into a twelve pot, in which plant three cuttings, taken from as many vigorous Towards the conclusion of the first pro- 1 bearing branches ; water plentifully ; duction, it is a good practice to renew place a sheet of glass over the top of the heat by adding eighteen inches of the pot, the sides of which will siiade fermenting dung ail round the bed, pre- tlie cuttings until they are rooted; vious coatings being entirely removed, plunge in a hot-bed ; and in less than a and to earth over it to the same depth fortnight the plants will be established. as in the interior of the bed. This pre- The vines thus raised are not so succu- vents the roots, when they have ex- ' lent as those raised from seed, and con- tended themselves to the sides of the sequently they are less liable to damp, bed, being dried by exposure to the | or to suifcr in other ways during win- air and sun. As the spring advances ter. — Trans. Loud. Uort. Soc. the glasses may be often taken off dur- [ Hot Water Bed.oscs this manner, XXXXX, train the trees intended, as directed for the cuttings, in the fan method, and tie the shoots to and they will form bearing plants after the stakes with matting. Independent one or two years- growth. : of^being secure from the wind, there The propagating by suckers is by are other advantages to be gained by some objected to, alleging they incline this mode of training; the space taken to run greatly to suckers again : there up is less, the pruning is more easily is, however, but little foundation in performed, and the whole surface is this, for it is peculiar to these shrubs, regularly exposed to the action of the let them be raised either by seeds, sun and air. The wood is also equally cuttings, or any other method. and properly ripened, and better crops By Layers. — The young branches of well-flavoured fruit ensue, being laid in autumn, winter, or spring, " By this means the late kinds are will readily strike root, and next autumn likewise much more easily and more be fit to transplant. securely protected from the depredation In the general propagation of these of birds and wasps, and from injury by shrubs we would observe, that as they frost or wet. naturally throw out many suckers from "A single mat thrown over the bushes the root, so as often to become trouble- is sufficient to preserve the fruit until some, it is proper, previous to planting Christmas, or later. And moreover, by the cuttings and suckers, &c., to rub off this system the trees in matting up are close all the buds or prominent eyes not disfigured or crushed, the wet is from the lower part, as far as they are more effectually kept off, as it does not to be put into the ground, which will in I fall on the mat and soak through to the some measure diminish their tendency fruit ; but from no flat surface being in the production of suckers ; likewise, presented the rain runs off the mat as it when transplanting the young plants, if falls ; the fruit is kept perfectly dry, and they discover any tendency to the pro- there is little or no injury done to the duction of suckers, let all such parts mat. The stakes never want renewing, be also carefully rubbed ofl' close. — as the bushes, when once in a regular Abercrombie. shape, support themselves." — Gard. Grafting. — An anonymous writer in Chron. the Gardener^s Chronicle observes, that After-Culture. — "Never allow the "standard currants have a pretty ap- branches to be loo crowded, or to in- pearance, and this is increased if they terfere with one another. The shoots are grafted with opposite colours, such ■ which spring up in the centre are to be as black and white, and red, or red and cut away very close, as well as the small white. Allow the stock to reach four j shoots on the main branches, leaving feet in height, then let it be stopped so only the external one, which must be as to make a bushy compact head. shortened for about a third of its length. " For standards or espaliers, train | If this is done, the bush will have the cither horizontallyor bythe fan method, | form of a cup, with the branches ranged about six shoots or more, according to regularly round the stem. Red and the space you wish to cover on either white currants require the same treat- side, leaving one for the centre to be ment, as they produce their fruit on grafted. Train the same number of spurs. The black currant must be shoots of the worked variety. Each managed differently, as it bears chiefly leading shoot, if kept and spurred in, I on the shoots of the preceding year, will bear abundantly, and the fruit will Instead, therefore, of spurring and also be of finer quality, and of a sweeter otherwise shortening the branches, all flavour, by being fully exposed to the that is necessary is to thin them, and sun and air, which is better attained by keep the bushes compact." — Gard. this method than if the plants were j Chron. grown in the usual way. I Forcing. — Red and white currants Training as Espaliers. — Mr. Snow, may be in our desserts during nine gardener at Swinton Gardens, for this months of the twelve. Pot some three- CUR 182 CUT year-old plants during the first week of favourable to the developement ot January, and place half of them in the roots peach-house, and the other moiety on the upper shelf of the green-house Those plants which vegetate rapidly, and delight in either a moist or rich The first will come into bearing early soil, are those which are propagated in April, and the remainder at the end most readily by this mode, and such of May. The open ground crop is fit plants are the willow, gooseberry and for gathering before June closes, and pelargonium; a budded section of these some of these, if matted over at the end can hardly be thrust into the ground of July, may be kept good until Decern- without its rooting. ber terminates. CURRANT SPHINX. See Sphinx. Cuttings of those plants which grow tardily, or in other words form new parts C U R T O G Y N E . Three species, slowly, are those which are most liable Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- , to fail. These are strikingly instanced tings, put for a few days in the sun. Sandy loam. CU'SSONIA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. CUSTARD APPLE. Anona. CUTTING is a part of a plant capa- ble of emitting roots, and of becoming an individual similar to its parent. The circumstances requisite to effect this in the heaths, the orange, and cera- tonia. A rooted cutting is not a new plant, it is only an extension of the parent, gifted with precisely the same habits, and delighting most in exactly the same degree of heat, light and moisture, and in the same food. A cutting produces roots, either from a bud or eye, or from a callus resem- of moisture. uitable temperature and degree bling a protuberant lip, which forms from the alburnum between the wood Cuttings in general may be taken and the bark round the face of the cut either from the stem, branch, or root; which divided the slip from the parent and are, in fact, grafts, which by being stem. If the atmospheric temperature placed in the earth, a medium favour- is so high that moisture is emitted from able to the production of roots these the leaves faster than it is supplied, they emit, instead of aiding the stock to droop or flag, and the growth of the effect that development of vessels neces- plant is suspended. If a cutting be sary for their union to it, had they been placed in water, it imbibes at first more grafted. A due degree of moisture in rapidly than a rooted plant of the same the soil is absolutely required from it by size, though this power rapidly de- cuttings, for these" will often produce i creases; but if planted in the earth, it roots "if placed in water only. The I at no time imbibes so fast as the rooted time for taking off cuttings from the plant, provided the soil is similarly moist; parent plant for propagation, is when and thisevidently because ithasnot such the sap is in full activity ; the vital an extensive imbibing surface as is pos- energy in all its parts is then most po- ; sessed by the rooted plant; consequent- tent for the development of the new \ ly, the soil in which a cutting is placed organs their altered circumstances re- I should be much more moist than is quire. Well-matured buds are found to i beneficial to a rooted plant of the same emit roots most successfully, and appa- species, and evaporation from the leaves rently for the same reason that they are should be checked by covering the cut- least'liable to failure, when employed tings with a bell-glass, or a Wardian for budding, viz., that being less easily | case would be still better. The tem- excitable, they do not begin to develop perature to which the leaves are ex- until the cutting has the power to afford | posed should be approaching the lowest a due supply of sap. Therefore, in i the plant will endure. Thewarmerthe taking a cutting, it is advisable to re- ; soil within the range of temperature move" a portion of the wood having on most suitable to the plant, the more it a bud, or joint, as it is popularly call- active are the roots, and the more ener- ed, of the previous year-s production. : getically are carried on all the processes Many plants can be multiplied by cut- of the vessels buried beneath the sur- tings with the greatest difficulty, and j face of the soil ; 50° for the atmosphere, after every care has been taken to se- , and between 65*' and lo'' for the bottom cure to the cutting every circumstance | heat, are the most eflFectual temperatures CUT 183 CUT for the generality of plants. The cutting been considered totally incapable of should be as siiort as possible consist- such extension. Thus M. Neumann ently wiili the object in view. Three has succeeded with the Thcophra^tn or four leaves, or even two, if the cut- latifolia; and going a step further, he ting be very short, are abundant. They has even bisected a leaf, and raised a elaborate the sap quite as fast as re- leaf from each half qnired,and are not liable to exhaust the Mr. Knight has also recorded in the cutting by super-exhalation of moisture. Horticultural Transactions of 1822, Cuttings taken from the upper branch- that leaves of the peppermint {Mentha es of a plant, flower and bear fruit the piperita), without any portion of the earliest, but those taken from near the stem upon which they had grown, lived soil are said to root most freely. Cut- for more than twelve months, increased tings which reluctantly emit roots may in size, nearly assumed the character be aided by ringing. The ring should ' of evergreen trees, and emitted a mass be cut round the branch a few weeks of roots. That leaves may be made before the cutting has to he removed ; almost universally to emit roots there the bark should be completely removed appears little reason to doubt ; for the down to the wood, and the section di- same great physiologist had long before viding the cutting from the parent be proved that the roots of trees are gene- made between the ring and the parent rated from vessels passing from the stem, as soon as a callus appears round leaves through the bark ; and that they the upper edge of the ring. never in any instance spring from the The soil is an important considera- alburnum. But the question arises, tion. The cuttings of orange trees and will they produce buds? and at pre- others which strike with difficulty if in serted in the middle of the earth of a pot, do so readily if placed in contact with its side. The same effect is pro- duced by the end of the cutting touch- ing an under drainage of gravel or broken pots. Why is this? My obser- sent the answer derived from practice is in the negative; orange leaves, rose leaves, leaves of Stat ice arborea, have been made to root abundantly; but like blind cabbage plants, they obsti- nately refused to produce buds. Dr. Lindlev thinks that a more abund- vations justify me in concluding that it ant supply of richer food, and exposure is because in these situations, the side to a greater intensity of light, would and the open drainage of the pot, the have removed this deficiency; and I atmospheric air gains a salutary access, [see every reason for concurring with so A light porous soil, or even sand, which j excellent an authority ; for buds seem admits air the most readily, is the best : to spring from the central vessels of for cuttings; and so is a shallow pan plants, and these vessels are never ab- rather than a (lower pot, and apparently sent from a leaf If an abundant sup- for the same reason. I have no doubt ply of food were given to a well-rooted that numerous perforations in the bot- leaf, and it were cut down close to the torn of the cutting pan would be found callus, from whence the roots are emit- advantageous for" cuttings which root ted, I think buds would be produced, slowly. for the very roots themselves have the Some plants may be successfully same power propagated by means of the leaves, and In general, the young wood strikes among those whose numbers are thus most readily. Those of the Semecarpus most commonly increased, are the Cac- mahogani, Swietenia mahogani, Eu- ti, Gcsnerx, Gloxinia, and other fleshy phorbia litchi, and others, must have leaved plants. Lately the suggestion the wood quite soft, and must be in- has been revived, — a suggestion first serted in the soil under bell-glasses the made by Agricola at the commence- moment they are cut. On the contrary, ment of the last century. He states cuttings of milky, gummy or resinous that M. Mandcrola had raised a lemon- plants, such as Araucaria, Euphorbia, tree in this mode ; and thence con- and Vahea gummifera, require to be eludes, rather too rashly, that all exotic buried in damp sand for twenty-four leaves may at any time be converted hours, with the wound exposed, and into trees. Since that was written, in then to be planted, after having the 1721, it is certain that plants have been exuded matter washed off with a sponge, raised from leaves that previously had , Herbaceous plants having a partial de- C Y A 184 CYC velopmentofwood,as the Pelargonium, Calceolaria, and Cineraria, will strike in any place shaded from the meridian sun. Cuttings of fleshy-leaved plants, as the Cacti, and many others, root better after being allowed to remain for forty-eight hours, after division from the parent plant, before they are plant- ed. Diosmas, fuchsias, heaths, camel- lias, &c., require for their cuttings the gentle heat of a nearly exhausted hot- bed, and a close atmosphere, with but little light admitted night and morning. The bell-glasses employed should be proportioned to the size of the cutting. A small cutting should no): be placed under a large glass. Blue and violet- coloured glass is found most favourable for the purpose, and this is accounted for by the fact, that glass of this colour admits very few luminous or leaf- stimulating rays of light; but nearly all the chemical rays of the spectrum, ■which assist in the decomposition of bodies. M. Neumann has succeeded in striking cuttings of monocotyle- donous plants, such as Draycena,Frey- cenettia, and Vanilla. The cuttings may be from branches of any age be- tween less than one and six years old. They require to have the leaves cut away at the bottom of tlie cutting, the •whole, length of the portion to be buried. It is not necessary to use the extremi- ties of branches, pieces from their mid- dles answer as well. M. Neumann also thinks that all dicotyledonous plants may be multiplied by cuttings of their roots, or even by detached leaves. Dais cotinifolia is increased from cut- tings of the roots, and so is Faulownia imperialis. Pieces two inches long, and half an inch in diameter, and cut in March, root well. Maclaura aurantiaca succeeds similarly even in the open air, the upper wound of the cutting being placed nearly level with the surface. He has also multiplied Araucaria Cun- ninghami, and all the Coniferce, by root cuttings. Soil. — The soil most generally appli- cable, is that which is rich and light. Some cuttings, as those of the Tamarix elegans and T. germanica, require a little saltpetre in the soil. CYAMOPSIS psoraloides. Hardy annual. Seeds. Common soil. CYANELLA. Five species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Offsets. Sandy loam and peat. | CYANOTIS. Three species. Green- house biennials. Seeds. Rich mould. C. barbata is a hardy herbaceous peren- nial. Increased by division. CYATHEA. Two species. Stove evergreen ferns. Division or seeds. Peat and loam. CYATHODES. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Peat and loam. CYCAS. Five species. Stove her- baceous perennials. Suckers. Rich loam. CYCLAMEN. Ten species, and many varieties. Hardy or green-house tuberous-rooted perennials. Seeds. Sandy loam and vegetable mould. Spe- cies most worthy of culture are — C. Coum. Round-leaved, spring- flowering sowbread. Reddish purple. January to March. C. Europceum. Round-leaved, sum- mer-flowering sowbread. Reddish purple. Fragrant. July to September. C. vernum. Round-leaved winter- flowering sowbread. Like preceding. November to January. C. Persicum. Persian sowbread. Various colours. February to May. C. Neapolitanum. Neapolitan sow- bread. Rosy. August to September. C. hederdfolium. Ivy-leaved sow- bread. White and pink. Fragrant. March to May. Mr. G. Gordon, of the Chiswick Gar- dens, gives the following excellent directions for their culture : — " The Cyclamen is increased by cut- ting the largest roots in pieces, which is a bad practice, as they are very liable to rot during the first season after cut- ting, or while in a dormant state, un- less the parts are kept very dry, a thing very injurious to the early flower- ing kinds. "£!/ Seeds, which should be sown when ripe, whether it be autumn or spring, in pans or pots well drained, and filled with a mixture of equal parts of sandy loam and leaf-mould, to which should be added a small portion of well- rotted dung. Then place the pans or pots in a cold frame or pit, kept close, if sown in the spring ; but if sown in the autumn, they should be placed on the back shelf of the green-house, and kept rather dry during the winter, and gradually watered more as the spring advances. " The autumn-sown plants will be fit CYC 185 C YP for transplanting about the end of May, | remain in the pots, and not be shaken or beginning of June following, if pro- out, as is frequently done; for when perly treated ; whilst those sown in the taken out of the soil they are almost spring should not be removed from the sure to get too much dried before they seed-pans before the following spring; are again potted. This is particularly they will by that time have formed roots the case with the early flowering sorts about the size of a hazel-nut. Prepare then some large pots or pans, well drain, and fill them with the same kind of soil as that in which these seeds were sown, and transplant the young roots from the seed pans into these, placing them about three or four inches apart according to tlie size of the roots. Return them to the cold pit or frame, and keep them close until they begin to grow ; afterwards admit air freely by day, but keep the pit close at night, till the beginning of July, when the pots or pans should be plunged, and the plants fully exposed, both day and ' The proper time of the year for resting the flowering roots, entirely de- pends on the sorts. C. Persicum will be at rest when the C. Europaum and C. Neapolitmium will be in full bloom, and vice versa. The roots should be shaken from the soil, and repotted directly the least sign of vegetation is observable. But the early spring- flowering kinds may be forced earlier into bloom by potting a few of the strongest roots sooner, and placing them in a warm dry place. They must not be excited too rapidly, or watered freely; for if they are, the leaves are right; taking care, however, that the almost sure to damp ofTduring the dull soil in the pots does not get sodden with winter months, and particularly those too much rain, or become too dry. of the beautiful C. Persicum and its They will require no more trouble, ; varieties." — Card. Chron. Curious Suckers. CYCLANTHUS plumieri. except keeping free from weeds and slugs, till the middle of September, ^tove herbaceous perennial. when they should be potted singly into Loam and peat small forty-eight sized or sixty pots, (according to the size of the roots,) filled with the same kind of soil as that previously used. " In potting, the bulbs should never be entirely covered with the soil, but about one-third left exposed. When CYCLOBOTHRA. Five species. Hardy, half-hardy, or green-house bul- bous perennials. Bulbs. Peat, loam and sand. CYDONIA. Three species, and four varieties. Hardy deciduous fruit trees or shrubs. Suckers. Any soil suits potted, they should be placed on the them. C. vulgaris, the quince back shelf of the green-house, or in a cold pit, where they can be kept dry and free from frost, until they begin to grow. If they are the early flowering kinds, a few may be placed in the win- dow of the sitting-room, and but spar- ingly watered until they commence growing, when they should have a more liberal supply. " The roots will begin to bloom the second season, and may be placed on the shelves of the green-house ; or if they are of those hardy kinds which flower in summer or autumn, the pots may be plunged in the open border. When done flowering they should be returned to the cold pit or frame, where the lights must be kept on during the night, in cold or wet weather; but where they can have plenty of air at all times, observing as they cease growing, that water should be withheld, and finally, the roots gradually dried. The roots, when dry, should be allowed to CYLINDROSPORIUM concen?rzc«m. A parasitical fungus often attacking the cabbage, forming a blight or mildew. Repeated syringing with water in which three ounces per gallon of salt have been dissolved, will remove it. CYLISTA. Four species. Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. CYMBIDIUM. Seventeen species. Stove orchids. Division. The terres- trial kinds, loam and peat. The epi- phytal, wood. CYMBOPOGON Schcenanthus . A stove species of grass. Seeds. Loam and peat. CYNOCHE pentadactylum. Stove epiphyte. Offsets. Fibrous peat. CYNOGLOSSUM. Twenty-two spe- cies. Hardy annuals, biennials, or herbaceous perennials. Division. Com- mon soil. CYPELLA. Two species. Green- CYP 186 D AH ousG bulbous perennials. Offsets. Sandy peat. CYPHIA. Five species. Green- house annuals. Seeds. Common soil. C. phyteuma is a tuberous-rooted, and C. cardamincs a stove herbaceous pe- rennial. Young shoots. Peat, loam and sand. CYPRESS. Citpressus. CYNARA. (See Cardoon and Arti- choke.) Eight species. Chiefly hardy herbaceous perennials. Seeds. Good rich soil. CYNIPS. Gall-fly. The species of this genus chiefly confine their attacks to the oak and other timber trees. The species chiefly noticeable by the garden- er is the C. roscE, which causes the hairy galls occasionally observed upon rose trees. CYPRIPEDIUM. Lady's slipper. Twelve species, and variety. Chiefly hardy terrestrial orchids. Division. Sandy peat. An anonymous writer gives the fol- lowing correct directions for their culti- vation : — " The sorts in general cultivation are, Cypripedium venustum (purple and green) ; piii'puratum (purple); insigne (green and purple) ; humile (purple and white) ; guttatum (yellow) ; ventricosum (dark purple); and our own pretty na- tive species, Calceolus (yellow). «' or these the three first are from warm latitudes, and consequently re- quire the temperature of a stove ; the remaining sorts come principally from North America, and are either hardy, or require but a moderate protection during the winter and spring. "The stove kinds are found to suc- ceed tolerably well by being potted in Boil composed of rotten wood, moss, and a little silver sand; while the hardier kinds thrive best when planted in a shady situation in sandy peat. " The American varieties require a protection of straw, or some other ma- terial, to preserve them from the effects of severe frosts, and to throw off the rain in wet seasons. " At Messrs. Rollison's, of Tooting, they succeed remarkably well in a peat border adjoining the back wall of a heath house, being covered during the winter and spring months with sphag- num to the depth of two or three inches. Another successful method of treating them, is to pot them in good sized pots, in a mixture of sandy peat and rotten saw-dust, keeping them in a cool green-house or frame. " They are difficult of increase. They may sometimes be propagated by divi- sion of the roots ; this, however, occurs but rarely. Occasionally, in favourable situations, they will perfectseeds ; espe- cially, if care is taken, when the flowers are in a proper state, to apply the pollen to the stigma with a camel hair pencil. " As they are plants which thrive only in shady situations, where the ravs of the sun do not penetrate with sufficient power to cause a spedy eva- poration, but little moisture will be ne- cessary even during the summer, parti- cularly if the soil be protected with a covering of moss; and during their pe- riod of rest in the autumnal and winter months, water may be entirely dispensed with." — Gard. Chron. CYRILLA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. CYRTANTHUS. Nine species. Green-house bulbous perennials. Off- sets. Turfy loam, sand and peat. CYRTOCHILUM. Four species. Stove orchids. Division. Wood, with moss on the roots. CYRTOPERA Woodfordii. Stove orchid. Division. Wood. CYRTOPODIUM. Three species. Stove orchids. Division. Wood. CYTISUS. Forty-one species, and some varieties. Chiefly hardy decidu- ous shrubs and trees, with a few green- house evergreens. Seeds, layers, grafts, or buds Any soil suits them. CZACHIA liliastrum. Hardy herb- aceous perennial. Seeds or division. Good rich loam. DACRYDIUM. Two species. Green- house evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. * * DACTYLICAPUOS thalicitrifolia. Half-hardy evergreen climber. Seeds. Sandy soil. DiEMIA. Four species. Stove ever- green twiners. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. DAFFODIL. Narcissus pseudo-nar- cissus. DAHLIA. Seven species. Tuberous perennials. Cuttings, division, and seed. Rich sandy loam. The two species giving birth to the numerous lovely va- rieties of our gardens are B. superflua and D.frustanea. D AH 187 D AH Varieties. — These are numerous ; so Exemia, Girling, bright rose, very much so as in many instances to baffle showy flower. Exquisite, white rosy edge. Fire Ball, Squibb, vivid crimson, finely quilled. Fire King, Schmitz, bright scarlet, very large. (ilory of Plymouth, Rendle, white tipped with purple. Golden Souvenir, Schmitz, bright yellow, finely cupped. Grandis, Marshal, fine rose. Grand Bazaar, Schmitz, crimson and lilac. Granta, Widnall, claret colour, fine. Great Mogul, Atwell, shaded crim- son, fine. Henry Clay, Schmitz, dark claret. the eye, in the attempt to discriminate between those which bear distinct names. The following, selected from the catalogue of D. Landreth & Fulton, Philadelphia, are admitted to be among the most desirable varieties. Admiral Stoplord, Trentfield, dark maroon, fine form. Albion, Cook, bronzy salmon. Alexander the Grc-.i. Schmitz, dark crimson. Antagonist, Bragg, pure white, finely cupped. Apollo, Schmitz, golden yellow, cupped petals. Arethusa, Brown, violet purple. Argo, Widnall, bright yellow, good ' cupped, fine. form. Argus, Schmitz, primrose yellow, tipped with rose. Asmodeus, dark puce. Beauty of Chelmslbrd, white and la- tender. Beauty of Philadelphia, Schmitz, yel- low tipped with rose, fine form. Bedford Surprise, rosy crimson, very fine. Beeswing, Drummond, crimson. Bermondsey Bee, purple, fine form. Bloomsbury, Lee, bright crimson, su- perb form. Bridal Ring, white and lavender. Burnham Hero, Church, crimson, fine form. Caleb Cope, Schmitz, mottled rose. Cheltenham Queen, blush white. Cleopatra, .-1/we//, light yellow. Colonel Baker, claret, finely cupped. Competitor, Hodge, dark rose. Constantia, white, edge pink. Conqueror, Schmitz, dark maroon, finely cupped. Dazzle, dark scarlet. Defiance, Uorwood, rosy crimson. Desdemona, Schmitz, primrose, beau- tifully cupped. Dowager Lady Cooper, peach blos- som, cupped. Duchess of Richmond, orange and pink, fine. Duke of York, Jireyraes, fine scarlet, Emily, Schmitz, white edged with j form, extra fine Hero of Stonehenge, Whales, dark claret, very fine. Hero of Tip|)ecanoe, Hancock, superb rose, finely cupped. Hero of the West, Schmit z, rosy c&t- mine, very large. Hon. Miss Abbott, delicate lilac. Hope, Neville, light rose, fine flower. Horace Binney, Schmitz, sha.dcd ma- roon, extra fine. Indispensable, white, the best out. Indian Chief, Schmitz, salmon. Juliette, Widnall, rosy purple. Juno, Buist, bronzy lilac. King of Lilacs, very fine lilac. King of Yellows, Hislop, light yel- low, very fine. Lady Antrobus, white, purple edge. Lady Ashburton, Russell, h\ush white, edged with lilac. Lady Bathurst, white laced with rose. Lady St. Maur, white tipped with pur- ple, superb flower. Lady Sale, Smith, yellow edge rose. La Tour de Auvergne, orange scar- let, finely cupped. Le Grand Baudin, shaded crimson, fine form. Lord Morpeth, puce, cupped. Maid of Bath, Davis, white, purple edge. Majestic, Widnall, shaded rose, pro- fuse. Marchioness of Exeter, blush, superb rose. Enterprise, Dodd, clear bufi". Essex Triumph, Turville, dark ma- roon, fine form. Eugenia, yellow, edge violet. Evecque de Bayeaus, Oudtn, maroon. Marchioness ofOrmonde, white tip- ped with purple, superb. Mary Ann, Schmitz, pure white, finely cupped. Marshal Soult, lilac and red. Middlesex rival, dark rose. D AH 188 D AH Miranda, Brown, blush white, tipped with rose. Miss Carpentier, Schmitz, mottled rose. Miss Percival, Schmitz, pure white. Mrs. nibbert, Schmitz, blush rose, cupped petals. Mrs. Jones, Buist, dove colour. Mrs. Rushton, Buist, white tipped with rose, fine. Mrs. Shelly, Mitchell, rose and lilac, beautiful flower. Negro, SchniitZj dark maroon. Ne Plus Ultra, Widnall, rich dark purple, cupped. Nigra et Alba, Girling, white edged with purple. Northern Beauty, Robinson, white tipped with rose, superb. Nymph, Schmitz, yellow tipped with rose. Ophir, Edwards, rich yellow, fine flower. Orange Superb, orange, finely cupped. Orb, fFidnaZZ, scarlet crimson, superb. Pandora, Bowman, crimson, cupped petals. Pickwick, purple, finely cupped. Pocahontas, Schmitz, vermilion, large and fine. Pontiac, Schmitz, orange edged with red, superb. Prince Albert, Adams, light brown, cupped petals. Princess Royale, Hudson, amber tipped with rose, fine. Punch, Dodd, purple. Queen, Widnall, peach blossom.' Queen of Beauty, Garth, rich lilac, neat flower. Queen of Roses, superb rosy lilac. Queen of Trumps, white, lilac edge. Quilled Perfection, very fine rose. Reine des Fees, Girling, crimson and white. Reliance, Widnall. Rienzi, Widnall, crimson and puce. Rising Sun, Widnall, dark crimson. Roderick, Schmitz, rosy crimson. Royal Standard, Whales, rosy purple, finely cupped. Simon Snyder,ScAmi72r, large crimson. Sir E. Antrobus, Keynes, fiery crim- son. Sir F. Johnston, Hillier, rosy crim- son, superb flower. Springfield Major, Gaines, d^rk crim- son, cupped. Standard of Perfection, Keynes, pur- ple. Striata Formosissima, white striped with rose. Sunbury Hero, W ilmer, yeUow tipped with red. Sylph, Widnall, white edged with rose. Thomas Clarkson, Smith, rosy pur- ple. Triumphant, Schmitz, white edged with lilac, fine. Ultimatum, bright red. Unique, Ansell, yellow tipped with red. Victor, W'^/(?/!7/Z, yellow, tipped crim- son. Violet Perfection, Keynes, dark pur- ple, fine flower. Washington Irving, Schmitz, light purple. Westbury Rival, IfaZZ, deep crimson. White Defiance, Schmitz, white, cupped petals. Yellow Victory, Schmitz, fine yellow. FANCY, OR VARIEGATED DAHLIAS. Alba-purpurea Supcrba, Bates, pur- ple tipped with white. Beauty of England, Girling, purple tipped with white. Charles XII., Miller, purple tipped with white. Cinderella, Dubras, cherry tipped with white. Donna Antoni, Beelius, rose tipped with white. Eleamc de Beaucour, Girling, white, purple edge. Evecque de Tournay, purple tipped with white. Fairy Queen, Keynes, fawn tipped with red. Harlequin, Dodd, white tipped with bright scarlet, splendid flower. Illuminator, Keynes, scarlet edged with white, fine fancy variety. Le Lione, creamy white, edged with scarlet, fine. Madam Chauvere, light rose tipped with white. Madame Rignou, crimson, edged with white. Madame de Schaunenfeld, Girling, dark rose tipped with white. Madame Walner, Girling, maroon tipped with white. Miss Funnel, purple tipped with white. Nihil, red tipped with white. Painted Lady, crimson tipped with white. D AH 189 D A H Silvio, Bubras, cherry red tipped with white. Surprise, Oakley, purple, distinctly tipped with white. Village Maid, purple, tipped with white. Viscount Ressigueur, Du6?"as, purple tipped with white, large, full, superb flower. "The dahlia is very variable, sporting roots dying during the winter season." — Gard. Chi'on. Propagation by Division. — " A good criterion for planting this root," says a writer in the Gard. Mag., " is about the time of planting early potatoes for a first crop, but no sooner. They grow well in a rich light soil of almost any kind. In dividing the root, it is ad- visable to leave at least two eyes to from its true colours, but as often re- each plant, cutting through the neck or turning to them. Knowing this, let the following facts, with regard to new kinds of dahlias, be borne in mind be- fore condemning them the second year : — crown. Ihe spring is the most pre- ferable time for dividing them, al- though some do it on taking them up in the autumn. ' Those who possess a hot-house 1. That the seedling plant is much , should put each plant into a pot of six debilitated by propagation ; and there- ' or eight inches in diameter, with some fore the flowers are rarely as good the j good rich mould, so as the crown may second season as they are the first and just appear at the top of the pot ; then subsequent to the second. [ place them in the green-house, where "2. That the best flowers are ob- they will soon make good plants : and tained from those plants struck from when all danger from frost is over, they the first cuttings produced by the mo- may be turned out into holes prepared ther-plant, notwithstanding that they for them. In this manner, after being are seldom as strong as the cuttings so long confined, they will grow most that are afterwards produced. ! luxuriantly. " 3. The exciting the roots by means " A common cucumber-frame may of a strong heat early in the spring, and be successfully used in this way." — striking the young plants in a strong Gard. Mag. dung-bed, tend to weaken the plants By Grafting. — This is performed in so treated to such a degree that they the months of August, September, and frequently require two or three seasons October; and it is an excellent practice to recover and regain their original cha- to avoid the chance of losing a seed- racter. Thus it is found that good flowers are obtained with the least trou- ble from those plants kept in pots the first season after striking, (termed by the trade pot-roots,) planted out the following season, and allowed to start of their own accord. " 4. That in wet seasons manure is frequently very injurious from its caus- ing the plant to grow too luxuriantly, and thus to produce but tew flowers ; while in very dry seasons it is equally injurious. Much more depends on a change of soil than on its composition and quality. " 5. That water is a point which can- not be too much attended to. A great difference exists between hard and soft water, but still more depends on the manner in which it is applied ; for one or two good waterings are much better than a small quantity given three or four times a week. " 6. That taking up the roots imme- diately after a frost has destroyed the top, is the principal cause of so many "ng: or new or scarce varieties. Fig. 33. D AH 190 D AH " It is, moreover, particularly appli- I themselves. Plant in rows three feet; cable to those kinds which are horny- | two feet if in the flower-border. Plant rooted and difficult to break ; or such as ' Taylor's Sultana,' with long stringy tubers, which seldom live through the winter; and to others which break late. To all such this mode is recommended in the back rows. They require to be staked. Seedlings thus treated will blow in July, and continue in perfection till the autumn." — Hart. Transac. By cuttings. — " The shoots are ai- with the greatest confidence of success, j lowed to grovv until they have three The operation is exceedingly simple, pair of leaves, and they are cut off just (see figure 33), and may be performed ! under the second pair and above the at any time from January to December, i lowest pair. Where one cutting is (provided you have a good growing i taken off plenty of others follow, and heat,) not only with young green shoots, ! these are to be served the same way. but with others more advanced, if not! There must be care used that the cut- hollow or pithy. The usual manner is' tings taken off are from three to four to take a scion with six or eight leaves, | inches long, and that you leave a pair cut it smooth below the joint, take off [ of leaves below ; for at every leaf there one of the lower leaves without injuring ' is an embryo bud which will form a the eye, and then cut away a portion j shoot, which shoot will in turn yield a (half or three-quarters of an inch) of the ' cutting, and in two other embryo buds." skin or fleshy part of the wood between each of the lower eyes Glenny: Gard. and Pract. Flor. " The cuttings, when taken off, may " Have ready a good sound piece of j be struck the same as shoots, but they tuber of the last or present season (if | do not take root so rapidly. It must ripe), in which make a slanting longi-! dejiend on the room you have whether tudinat incision of one or two inches, you will plant a dozen cuttings round a according to circumstances, and about forty-eight-sized pot, or put one cutting half an inch wide at top, gradually t each into twelve small ones. In one tapering off to the bottom, and fix the 1 case but little room is taken up while scion firmly into it. The root should then be planted in a pot, with the grafted part just below the mould, and placed under a bell-glass, or in a warm close frame ; but the former is best. " In eight or ten days the union will be complete, and air may be gradually given. After a short time you will be able to head it down, either forcuttings, if in spring, or grafts for summer and autumn. It is advisable to leave at all times four eyes, to ensure a vigorous growth; and also to shift the plant into a larger pot occasionally." — Gard. Chron. By Seed. — Mr. Sabine gives the fol- lowing directions : — " Collect the seed in September from they are striking, and this is often of importance. When they have struck root they must be potted singly into sixty-sized pots, or thumb-pots, kept in heat a few days to establish them, and then be replaced under some kind of protection till planting them." — Ibid. Propagation by eyes. — " In cases," adds Mr. Glenny, " where it is of great importance to increase a plant, they may be propagated by eyes, which will double the increase. In this case there may be half a dozen or more plants made out of one shoot, or seedling, taken off properly. Suppose there be three parts of leaves besides the end joint, the end joint, which will have two „„..„,-■...„- — „... — , .. — J , — J , - -- dwarf plants and from semi-double leaves, and the heart may be cut off flowers, when double varieties are chiefly desired. Perhaps seeds obtain- ed from those particular florets of the disc which have altered their form, may have a greater tendency than others to produce plants with double flowers. Sow in March, heat of 55^ or 65^ ; prick out, if necessary, in pots, and keep in a moderate temperature, say 60° or 55", till the end of April. Plant close to the under leaves, which may be carefully removed ; and thus forms a cutting. The stem left is to be split up, each half having the two or three leaves. These are to be cut close under each leaf Half the portion of split stem, and the whole of the leaf, still remain, and these must be put an inch into the soil, each forty-eiglit-sized pot holding six, planted against the sides. out to remain, covering each plant at , The bud at the base of each leaf will night with an empty pot for some weeks, } make a plantif placed in a hot-bed : and to avoid injury from spring frosts to i when they have become well rooted D A H 191 D AH they may be placed in separate pots, and kept growing in heat until tliey are six or eight inclies higii, when thev may be taken into a cooler frame." — Card, and Prart. Flor. Propagation from summer shoots. — " The most important operation in dahlia-growing,"' concludes Mr. (llen- ny, " is that of securing an increase from the shoots, which can he taken for it is by these that the strength of the jihint gets exhausted. By removing all that are too near one to be bloomed, and al! tliose that show imperfections enough to prevent them being useful, much strength will be gained by the future flowers. So, also, by pulling off the blooms themselves, the moment they are past perfection, instead of let- tins them seed." — Glenny : Card, and off after the plants have begun to grow ' Pract. Flor. in the open ground. These should be i " Winds and sun," adds an anony- Ktruck in the same way as other cut- , mous but correct writer, " are both tings; but they niust be selected care- detrimental ; and the practice of fixing fully, cut as others are cut, close up to ! the blooms in the centre of a flat board, the under side of a pair of leaves, and | and covering them with glass or flower- be strtick in a hot-bed iu full perfection | pots as they may want light or shade, is becoming general. The more easy of heat." — Ibid. " The so(7," says Mr. Glenny and ! way is to use a paper-shade for any other tirst-rate authorities, " cannot be particular fine bloom; for however the too fresh ; and of all soils that which j flowers may be coaxed and nursed un- produces good grass, as the top spade- [ der cover, a stand of blooms grown full of a meadow, is the best. It should finely and merely shaded from the hot- have a retentive yet well-drained sub- | test sun, will beat all others in bril- soil, and be kept well supplied with i liancy, and in standing carriage, and moisture, not only by watering, but i keeping. It is right to go round the frequent hoeing plants, and, wherever there is a pro- " When the ground is poor, and has raising bud or bloom, to take away all to be made more fertile, there is addition equal to the soil formed by rotten turfs cut tolerably thick, which may be estimated at one-half loam and half vegetable mould; but this should be laid on in abundance, and will be farhetterthan dung of any kind, .\niong the results of planting the dahlia in soil that is too rich, the principal one is that of remarkably vigorous growth, with little bloom, and that little bad."" — Ibid. '• Holes in the situations where dah- lias are to be planted,"' says Mr. Fin- the leaves and shoots that threaten to touch it as they grow ; take oft' also the adjoining buds ; and if the vveather be windy make it fast to a stick or one of the stakes, that it may not be bruised or frayed ; shade it from the broiling sun ; and it will so profit by the air and night-dews, as compared with the bloom under pots and glasses, that if the growth be equal, the blooming will be superior. Nevertheless people will cover; and where there is a disposition to a hard eve, it will hardiv come out tellmann, " are made fifteen inches in perfect unless it is covered. As the diameter and fifteen inches in depth, end of September approaches, or as and filled with this soil ; and in these soon as you have done with the bloom, hol(^, so filled, the young plants are earth up the plants, that when the frost turned out, or the old roots inserted. To retain the moisture, and protect the root from excessive heat, the surface is covered with moss. " Liquid manure is applied two or three times in the course of the sum- mer.'"— Gard. Mag. comes it may not reach the crown." — Gard. and Pract. Florist. Preserving the Roots. — «' The plants maybe raised without injury," says Dr. Lindley, "immediately after the blooms are cut off by the frost, provided that thny are hung up in a dry and ordina- After-culture. — This comprises chief- 1 rily protected situation, with the roots ly staking, hoeing, protection, and | uppermost, if care is taken to leave six slight pruning. j or seven inches of the stem attached to "Dahlias should never be pruned each tuber; this maybe done without until the bloom buds show, and then J the slightest fear of their withering but few branches should be cut out, from liaving been lifted in a green state, and only such as are growing across As the winter advances, and the tubers others. The buds should be thinned, become matured and firm, the ordinary D AH 192 DAM modes of protection against frost may; summer and autumn, although the be resorted to." — Card. Chron. I blooms will not be so fine upon plants Protector. — The best devised shelter grown in pots as upon those in the open from the sun for the Dahlia is drawn ; border. After flowering, cut the tops and thus described in the Gard. Chron. oft", and place the pots containing the . - . . roots in a dry cellar, or other place, where they will be secure from frost This protector is made of wicker- work, and consists of an inverted shal- low basket ; to which is attached a tube I during the winter. Young plants struck made of the same material, through , from cuttings flower much better in which the dahlia stick is passed ; and a j pots than the old roots." — Gard. Chron. peg being inserted between the stick ' and the tube, it is firmly secured at any height required. It measures twelve inches in diameter, in the widest part, and is three and a half in depth. From its being made of so light a material, and from its simplicity of construction. Exhibiting Stand. — Dr. Lindley says, " The dimensions of a Dahlia stand for twelve blooms should be twenty-two inches long by sixteen and a half wide, four in depth, and five and a quarter from tube to tube : sixteen and a half bv eleven and a quarter will be the it is not easily displaced or put out of j proportion for a stand of six. The sur- order, and the flower not being confined face of stands is generally painted a within anything, is less liable to be ' light green ; a colour which shows the damaged by coming in contact with any ' flowers off to the greatest advantage." substance that would injure the petals. — Gard. Chron. It requires to be painted to preserve it; DAISY , (Bellis perennis.) There are from decay, and if the outside be made many double varieties of this hardy pe- green, and the inside white, the appear- rennial ; some white, others crimson, ance of them would not be disagree- and many variegated. A more curious able, and the insects lurking inside variety is the proliferous or Hen and would be easily perceived. Chicken Daisy. They all will flourish Forcing. — " The Dahlia may be ad- in any moist soil, and almost in any vantageously forced by potting the roots situation. They bloom from April to in February, and letting them remain June. Propagated by slips, the smallest in frames till June ; when they will be- fragment ol' root, almost, enables them gin to flower, and may be turned out to grow. To keep them double and into the open border." — Gard. Mag. fine, they require moving occasionally. "To grow Dahlias in. pots," says Dr. Planted as an edging round the Ranun- Lindley, " you must select the dwarfer cuius bed, their roots tempt the Wire- and more freely flowering kinds, the ; worm from those of the choicer flower, taller ones being totally unsuited for; DALBEPiGIA. Nineteen species, that purpose. After they are started, Stove evergreen trees and climbers, and when the shoots are about three or Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat, four inches long, pot them singly into ! DALEA. Fifteen species, including small sixties in any light rich soil ; wa- hardy, stove, and green-house annuals ter them freely, and place them in a and perennials. The latter by cuttings, hot-bed, keeping them close for a day and the annuals by seed, in a frame, to or two, and shading them during sun- ; transplant to borders. Loam and peat, shine. They will, ifproperlyattended to, i DALECHAMPIA. Three species, be rooted in about ten days, and should Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings, then be removed to a much cooler place. Loam and peat. and have plenty of air. When establish- ed, shift them into larger pots, and final- herbaceous ly, before placing them out of doors, soi repot them, either into twelvesoreights, according to the size of your plants. " Top the leading shoots to make D ALIBARDA violaoides. Half-hardy Division. Common light See DAMASCENE or DAMSON. Pluvi. DAMASONIUM. Two species. Ten them bushy; and when the danger of ' der aquatics. Division, frost is over, they may be plunged in DAMMARA. Dammar pine tree, the open border, which saves mucii la- Two species. Cuttings. Sandy loam, bour in watering; but even then they DAMPIERA. Two species. Green- must be watered copiously in dry wea- house herbaceous. Cuttings. Peat and ther. They will flower freely all the , loam. DAN 193 DEC DAMPING OFF is a name applied by gardeners to an ulceration of the stems of seedlings, and other ten- der plants. This ulceration arises from the soil and air in which they are vegetating being kept too moist or damp. Flower seedlings are especially liable to be thus affected; and, to pre- vent this, one-third of the depth of the pot should be filled with small pebbles, and the soil employed, instead of being sifted, allowed to retain all moderately sized stones. The seeds should be sown very thinly, pressed down, and a little earth scattered over them. INIr. Ayres has well suggested that a little white sand be sprinkled over the sur- face, because this is not easily disturbed by watering, and is not a medium that retains moisture to the neck of the seedlings, where dampness most affects them. He adds, that a pot of sand should be kept hot upon a flue, and whenever symptoms of the disease ap- pear, a little, whilst hot, sprinkled on the soil. DAN/EA alata. Stove fern. Divi- sion. Peat and loam. D.\NCING-GIRLS. Mantisia sana- toria. DAPHNE. Twenty-four species. Chiefly hardy or green-house evergreen shrubs, except Z). //n?/oZ/(j, which is a stove evergreen. Grafts on the Spurge Laurel. {D. laureola.) Peat. DARLINGTONIA. Two species. Half-hardy herbaceous. Division or cuttings. Peat and sand. DATE-PALM. I'lurnix. DATE-PLUM. Diospyros. DATISCA. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. DATURA. Nine species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. DAUBENTONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam. DAUBE.N'YA. Two species. Green- house bulbs. Offsets. Sandy loam and peat. DAUCUS. See Carrot. DAVALLIA. Seven species. Green- house ferns. Division or seed. Peat and loam. DAY I ESI A. Eighteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam, peat, and sand. DAY LILY. Ilemerorallis. DECEMBER is a month in which the gardener is preparing chietlv for future 13 events — storing his edible roots — pro- tecting his tender plants, and wheeling on stable manure to vacant ground. The following work requires attend- ing to : KITCHEN GARDEN. Artichokes, dress. — Asparagus beds, dress, b. ; plant to force ; attend that in forcing. — Carrots, dig up and store, b. — Cauliflowers, in frame, &c., attend to. — Composts, prepare and turn over. — Dung, prepare for hot-beds. — Earth- ing-up, attend to. — Hot-beds, attend to. — Kidney Beans, force, e. — Leaves, fallen, remove. — Lettuces, plant in hot- beds ; attend to those advancing. — Mint, force. — Mushroom-beds, make ; attend those in production. — Parsnips, dig up and store, b. — Radishes, sow, b. — Small Salading, sow in frames, &c. — Spinach, clear of weeds. — Tansy, force. — Tarragon, force. — Trench, drain, S:c., vacant ground. ORCHARD. Apples, prune ; plant. — Apricots, prune; plant. — Cherries, pranc ; plant. — Composts and fresh earth apply to poor or old borders. — Currants, prune ; plant. — Figs, plant; protect from frost. — Fork over and dress the compart- ments generally. — Gooseberries, prune ; plant. — Mulch round the roots and stems of trees newly planted, to e.\- clu.de frost. — Nectarines, prune; plant. — Pears, prune; plant.' — Peaches, prune; plant. — Plant all kinds of trees in mild weather. — P/«;ns, prune; plant. — Pruning may be continued generally. (See November.) — Raspberries, prune ; plant. — Trench and manure ground for planting. — Stake lirmly trees newly planted. — Standards, prune generally. — Suckets, clear away ; plant for stocks. — Vines, prune ; but last month is to be preferred for this operation, if the foli- age had completely decayed. FLOW'ER GARDEN. Anemones, defend in bad weather; plant if mild. — Auriculas, defend in in- clement weather. — Bulbs omitted may be planted if the weather be mild. (See November.) — Carnations, defend in inclement weathcr.^Co/npos/s, pre- pare.— Dig over borders and dress all quarters generally. — Edgings, plant. — Fibrous-roofed Perennials and Biennials divide and plant. — Flou-crs (choice), defend generally from inclement wea- ther. — Crass, roll occasionally, if DEC 194 DEF ■winter be mild. — Gravel, roll and keep orderly. — Hedges, plant and plash. — Hyacinths, defend in inclement wea- ther.— Leaves, collect for composts. — Mulch round the roots and stems of shrubs newly phinted. — Plant shruhs of all kinds. — Potted Plants, protect in deep frames, &c. ; place in hot-house for forcing. — Prune all shrubs requiring regulation. — Ranunculuses, defend in bad weather; plant if mild. — Seedlings of all kinds require protection. — Stake shrubs newly planted, and any others requiring support. — Suckers may be planted as removed during the winter dressing. — Tulips, defend in bad wea- ther.— Turfs may be laid in open wea- ther.— Water in glasses, change week- ly; add a few grains of salt or five drops of spirits of hartshorn. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit freely as the season will admit. — Bark-beds, keep in operation. — Bulbs, in pots, introduce. — Cucum- bers, sow in pots, and plunge in bark- bed. — Flowering Plants, as Pinks, &c., introduce in pots. — Glasses must now all be put in, for forcing commences in earnest ; cover during severe frost. — Kidney Beans (Dwarf), sown in boxes, &c., introduce. — Peaches, day temp. 553 ; keep air moist. — Pines, water oc- casionally; attend strictly to the bot- tom heat. — Roses in pots, introduce. — Strawberries in pots, introduce. — Tem- perature, may decline 15^ or 20^ at night; day temp, for flowering plants GO*-". — Vines in pots may be introduced ; or planted in Hot-house; stems out- side bind round thickly with hay-bands, &c. — Water is required in small quan- tities; keep it in the house. GREEN-HOUSE. Air, admit as freely as possible ; cause the best draught vou can. — Com- post, prepare. — Earth of pots, stir when crusted. — Foggy air e.xclude, for damp renders cold injurious. — Glass, cover with mats, &c., during severe frost. — Leaves, clean ; remove decayed. — Peat Soil, collect. — Temperature, sustain as required by lightijig fires; day maxi- mum, 45o ; night minimum, 35o. — Wa- ter sparingly. DPXEMBER MOTH. See Pcecil- ocampa. DECIDUOUS CYPRESS. Taxodium distichum. DECIDUOUS PLANTS are those which shed all their leaves at one time annually. In this country the fall of the leaf is during the autumn. In the East Indies it is during the hottest and driest months. DECODONS verticillatus. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. DECUMARIA. Three species. Hardy deciduous twiners. Layers and cuttings. Common soil. DEFORMITY. The leaves of plants frequently assume an unnatural form on account of their being wounded by in- sects. Keith, in his Physiology of Plants, thus enumerates some of the most customary : — " The leaves of the apricot, peach and nectarine are extremely liable to be thus affected in the months of June and July. The leaf that has been punc- tured soon begins to assume a rough and wrinkled ligure, and a reddish and scrofulous appearance, [)articular!y on the upper surface ; the margins roll inwards on the under side, and inclose the eggs, which are scattered irregu- larly on the surface, giving it a blackish and granular appearance, but without materially injuring its health. " In the vine the substance deposited on the leaf is whitish, giving the under surface a sort of frosted appearance, but not occasioning the red and scrofulous aspect of the upper surface of the leaf of the nectarine. " In the poplar the eggs, when first deposited, resemble a numbar of small and hoary vesicles, containing a sort of clear and colourless fluid. The leaf then becomes reflected and condupli- cate, inclosing the eggs, with a few reddish protuberances on the upper sur- face. The embryo is nourished by this fluid, and the hoariness is converted into a fine cottony down, which for some time envelops the young fly. " The leaf of the lime-tree, in par- ticular, is liable to attacks from insects when fully expanded ; and hence the gnawed appearance it so often exhibits. The injury seems to be occasioned by some species of puceron depositing its eggs in the parenchyma, generally about the angles that branch ofl' from the midrib. A sort of down is pro- duced, at first green and afterwards hoary, sometimes in patches, and some- times pervading the whole leaf, as in the case of the vine. Under this cover- DEG 195 D ES ing the egg is hatched; and then the j racy. A species never degenerates ; its young insect gnaws and injures the I leaf, leaving a hole or scar of a burnt or singed appearance. " Sometimes the upper surface of the leaf is covered with clusters of wart- seed may be hybridized ; but the seed- lings are not degenerate — they are varieties. But varieties do degenerate: Brussels sprouts grown at Malines give birth to seeds that yield seedlings quite like substances. They seem to be oc- j degenerated ; but those seedlings, re- casioned by means of a puncture made ! turned to the neighbourhood of Brussels, on the under surface, in which a num ber of openings are discoverable, pene- trating into the warts, which are hollow and villous within." For these the only remedy is to re- move the insects with the least possible delay; and, if the injury is extensive, adding water and liquid manure to the roots rather more freely, to promote a fresh and larger development of the leaves. Deformities of the stems of trees and shrubs arise from another cause — from the extension of the woody fibre being greater and longer continued on one side, it frequently becomes contorted. Gardeners usually endeavour to remedy this by making an incision on the inner side of the curvature, and then employ- ing force to restore it to a rectilinear form, causing a gaping wound, and mostly failing to attain the object. If the incision be made on the outer side of the curve, thus dividing the woody yield, after two or three generations, plants that arc true Brussels sprouts. Many varieties of wheat, excellent when cultivated in one locality, yield seed that produces a different and in- ferior sample in another locality, differ- ing in soil and annual meteorological phenomena. DELIMA. Two species. Stove ever- green climbers. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. DELPHINIUM. Larkspur. Fifly- three species, and many varieties. — Hardy perennials and annuals. Divi- sion or seed. Common soil. DENDROBIUM. Fifty-seven species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Turfy peat. DEXDROMECON rigidum. Half- hardy evergreen shrub. Seed. Com- mon soil. DENTARIA. Thirteen species. Hardy tubers. Division or seed. Sandy moist shaded soil. DESIGN. " Consult the genius of fibres that continue to elongate most the place" before you determine upon rapidly, the branch or stem, with but slight assistance, will recover its due form, and there will be no open wound. " From the fact that there is invari- ably more woody matter deposited on the side of a stem or branch which is most exposed to the air and light, gar- deners have explained to them why your design, is sound advice ; for gardening, as in all the line arts, nothing is pleasing that is inappropriate. Mr. Whateley, our best authority on such subjects, truly says, — " A plain simple field, unadorned but with the common rural appendages, is an agreeable opening ; but if it is those sides of their trained trees which \ extremely small, neithera haystack, nor are nearest the wall ripen, as they term it, most slowly, and are benefitted by being loosened from the wall so soon as they are relieved from their fruit. " If they require any demonstration that this explanation is correct, they a cottage, nor a stile, nor a path, nor much less all of them together, will give it an air of reality. A harbour, on an artificial lake, is but a conceit ; it raises no idea of refuge or security, for the lake docs not suggest an idea of need only examine the trees in clumps danger : it is detached from the large and avenues: their external sides w be found to enlarge much more rapidly than their internal or most shaded sides." — Principles of Gard. DEGENERATE. A plant is said to have degenerated, or to be not of true body of water, and yet is in itself but a poor inconsiderable basin, vainly affect- ing to mimic the majesty of the sea. " When imitative characters in gar- dening are egregiously defective in any material circumstance, the truth of the stock, when it arises from seed without' others exposes and aggravates the fail- the good characteristics of the parent, ure. But the art of gardening aspires III cultivation may render a plant of [ to more than imitation ; it can create altered stature, and its produce of defi- i original characters, and give expres- cient flavour; but this is not degene- sions to the several scenes superior to DES 196 DIB any they can receive from illusions. Certain properties, and certain disposi- tions of the objects of nature, are adapt- ed to excite particular ideas and sen- sations. Many of them have been occa- sionally mentioned, and all are very well known : they require no discern- ment, examination, or discussion, but monument revives the memory of for- mer times, we do not stop at the sim- ple fact which it records, but recol- lect many more coeval circumstances, which we see, not perhaps as they were, but as they have come down to us — venerable with age, and magnified by fame. Even without the assistance are obvious at a glance, and instanta- of buildings, or other adventitious cir- iieously distinguished by our feelings, cumstances, nature alone furnishes Beauty alone is not so engaging as this j materials for scenes which may 'be species of character; the impressions i adapted to almost every kind of ex- it makes are more transient and less in leresting ; for it aims only at delighting the eye, but the other affects our sensi- bility. An assemblage of the most ele- gant forms, in the happiest situations, is to a degree indiscriminate, if they liave not been selected and arranged with a design to produce certain ex- pressions; an air of magnificence or of simplicity, of cheerfulness, tranquillity, or some other general character, ought to pervade the whole ; and objects pleasing in themselves, if they contra- dict that character, should therefore be excluded. Those which are only in- difi^erent must sometimes make room for such as are more significant — may occasionally be recommended by it. Barrenness itself may be an acceptable circumstance in a spot dedicated to soli- tude and melancholy. " The power of such characters is not confined to the ideas which the ob- jects immediately suggest; for these are connected with others which in- sensibly lead to subjects far distant perhaps from the original thought, and related to it only by a similitude in the sensations they excite. In a prospect enriched and enlivened with inhabit- ants and cultivation, the attention is caught at first by the circumstances which are gayest in their season — the bloom of an orchard, the festivity of a liay-field, and the carols of harvest- liome; but the cheerfulness which these infuse into the mind expands afterwards to other objects than those immediately presented to the eye ; and we are there- by disposed to receive, and delighted to pursue, a variety of pleasing ideas, and every benevolent feeling. At the sight of a ruin, reflections on the pression ; their operation is general, and their consequences infinite. The mind is elevated, depressed, or com- posed, as gaiety, gloom, or tranquillity prevail in the scene; and we soon lose sight of the means by which the cha- racter is formed. We forget the par- ticular objects it presents ; and giving way to their eflfects without recurring to the cause, we follow the track they have begun to any extent which the disposition they accord with will al- low."— Whateley. DESMANTHUS. Five species.— Stove aquatics and evergreens. The former by seeds in water ; the latter by cuttings in peat and loam. DESMOCHCETA. Eight species.— Stove and green-house evergreens, and herbaceous. Seeds, division or cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. DESMODIUM. Thirty-two species. Chiefly stove evergreens, but a few hardy and herbaceous. Cuttings. — Sandy loam and peat. DESMONCHUS. Four species. Stove palms. Seed. Sandy peat. DEUTZIA scabra. Hardy decidu- ous shrub. Layers and cuttings. Com- mon soil. D. corymbosa is a hardy evergreen shrub, similarly propagated. DEVONSHIRING. See Paring and Burning. DEWBERRY. Rubus casius. DIANELLA. Nine species. Green- house tubers. Division and seed. — Loam and peat. DIANTHUS. One hundred species, and very many varieties. Chiefly hardy herbaceous. Seed and pipings. Rich light loam. See Carnation and Pink. DIAPENSIA lapponica. Hardy change, the decay, and the ^flesolation i herbaceous. Division and seed. Peat, before us naturally occur ; and they DIBBER, or DIBBLE. This instru- introduce a long succession of others, all tinctured with that melancholy which these have inspired. Or, if the ment for making holes in which to in- sert seeds or plants, is usually very simple in its construction, being at the i Die 197 DI G best the head of an old spade-handle. | Stove fern. Seed and division. Sandy To secure uniformity of depth in plant- i loam and leaf-mould, ing beans, &c., by tliis instrument, it is | DIELYTRA. Nine species, useful to have it perforated with lioles j herbaceous. Division or seed. to receive an iron peg, at two and three light loam inches from the point, as in the follow- ing outline. Fig. 31. It should be Hardy Rich Fig. 34. shod with iron ; for if this be kept bright it will make holes into which the soil will not crumble from the sides. The crumbling is induced by the soil's adhesion to the dibble. For planting potatoes, a dibble with a head three inches diameter at the point, six inches long up to the foot-rest, and with a handle four feet long, is to be prefer- red. For the insertion of seed a dib- ble that delivers the seed has been in- vented by a Mr. Smith. DICERMA. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. DICHILUS lebeckioides. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. — Sandy loam and peat. DiCHORIZANDRA. Five species. Stove herbaceous. Division or seed. Common soil. bifida. Green-house Cuttings. Peat and DICHOSMA evergreen shrub, sand. DICKSONIA. Seven species. Stove DIERVILLA lutea. ous shrub. Suckers. DIETES. Three Hardy decidu- Common soil. Half- species. ferns. Division and seed. Loam and peat. DICLIPTERA. Eleven species.— Chietiy stove evergreen shrubs, but two are annuals. The latter are raised from seed ; the others from cuttings. Light soil, with a little peat. DICRYPTA. Four species. Stove epiphytes. Offsets. Peat and pot- Bherds. DICTAMNUS. Three species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Common soil. hardy herbaceous. Suckers or seed. Light loam. DIGGING is an operation performed with the spade or Ibrk, having for its object a loosening of the soil so as to render it more fit for the reception of seeds or plants. For its correct per- formance Mawc and Abercrombie give these directions: — " Begin at one end of the piece of ground, and with your spade open a trench quite across, one good spade wide and one deep, carrying the earth to the end or place where you finish ; then, keeping your face to the opening, proceed to dig, one spade deep, regular- ly from one side of the piece to the other, turning the spits neatly into the trench, and the next course against these; and so keep digging straight back, spit and spit, still preserving an open trench, a good spade width and depth, between the dug and undug ground, that you may have full room to give every spit a clean turn, taking all the spits perpendicularly, and not taking too much before the spade, especially in stiff land, or where the surface is full of weeds, or is much dunged; so giving every spit a clean turn, the top to the bottom and the bottom to the top, that the weeds or dung on the surface may be buried a due depth, and that the clean fresh earth may be turned up. "As you proceed break all large clods, and preserve an even surface, carrying both sides and middle on equally, unless one side shall be hollow; then carry on the hollow side lirst in a kind of gradual sweep, inclining the spits of earth rather that way, which will gradually raise that side and reduce the high one, observing the same if both sides are high and the middle hollow, or both sides hollow and the middle high, always keeping the lower ground advancing gradually before the higher; by which you will always maintain a uniform level, whether horizontal or declining. " The same should also be observed DIDYMOCHL.ENA pulcherrima. — 1 in beginning to dig any piece of ground, DIG 198 DIG that if one corner is much lower than required to reduce ice or snow from the another, carry on the lower part some- solid to the fluid state. A pound of what first, in a kind of easy sweep or snow newly fallen requires an equal slanting direction, as far as necessary, weight of water, heated to 172°, to melt Likewise, in finishing any pieces of dig- it, and then the dissolved mixture is only ging, gradually round upon the lower of the temperature of 32^. Ice requires side so as to finish at the highest corner; the water to he a few degrees \^ armer, and having digged to the end, or that to produce the same result. When ice part of any piece of ground where you or snow is allowed to remain on the intend to finish, then use tiie earth dig- surface, the quantity of heat necessary ged out of the first trench to make good to reduce it to a fluid state is obtained the last opening equal with the other chiefly from the atmosphere; but when ground. In plain digging dunged buried so that the atmospheric heat can- ground, if the dung is quite rotten, you not act directly upon it, the thawing may dig clean through, giving each spit must be very slowly effected, by the a clean turn to bury the dung in the | abstraction of heat from the soil by bottom of the trench ; but if you cannot which the frozen mass is surrounded, readily dg this, trim the dung a spade's I Instances have occurred of frozen soil width at a time into the furrow or open not being completely thawed at mid- trench, and so dig the ground upon it, summer; when so, the air, which fills which is rather the most effectual tiie interstices of the soil, will be con- method, whether rotten or long fresh ; tinually undergoing condensation as it dung. comes in contact with the cold portions; " In the course of digging all weeds i and, accordingly, the latter will be in a that are perennial should be carefully ! very saturated condition even after they picked out, particularly couch-grass and have become thawed. — Card. Chron. bear-bind ; for the least bit of either will grow. But annual weeds, ground- sel, and the like, should be turned down to the bottom of the trench, where they v/ill rot. " A man will dig by plain digging of light free-working clean ground, eight, ten, or twelve rods a day, from six to six, though in some of the light clean ground about London, I have known a man turn up fifteen or twenty rods a day, from five to seven ; on the other hand, in stiff stubborn soils, a man may work hard for six or eight rods in a day of twelve hours; and that digging by trenches, or trenching, if only one spade deep with- out the crumbs or shovelling at bottom, a man will dig almost as much as by plain digging; or two spades' depth, from four to six rods a day may be good work, though in harsh working ground digging three or four rods per day may be hard work." Most garden soils dig best the day after a fall of rain; and if the soil has in its composition a larger proportion than usual of clay, the opera- tion will be faciliated by dipping occa- sionally the spade into water. Most gardeners object to digging while snow 18 upon the ground, and, as Dr. Lindley justly observes, the objection is not mere prejudice, for experience proves the bad result of the practice. The evil is owing to the great quantity of heat Very few people ever consider in de- tail the expenditure of labour required from the gardener when digging. It is a labour above all others calling into exercise the muscles of the human frame, and how great is the amount of this exercise may be estimated from the following facts: — In digging a square perch of ground in spits of the usual dimensions (seven inches by eight inches) the spade has to be thrust in 700 times; and as each spadeful of earth, if the spade pene- trates nine inches, as it ought to do, will weigh on the average full seventeen pounds, 11,900 pounds of earth have to be lifted, and the customary pay for doing this is two-pence half-penny. As there are 100 perches or rods in an acre, in digging the latter measure of ground the garden labourer has to cut out 1 12,- 000 spadesful of earth, weighing in the aggregate 17,000 cwt., or 8.50 tons, and during the work he moves over a distance of fourteen miles. As the spade weighs between eight and nine pounds, he has to lift, in fact, during the work, half as much more weight than that above specified, or 1,278 tons. An able-bodied labourer can dig ten square perches a day. A four-pronged fork, with the prongs twelve inches long, and the whole together forming a head eight inches wide, is a more efficient tool for DIG 199 DIS digging than the common spade. It | requires the exertion of less power; DIOMEDEA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. breaiis up the soil more efTectually; anil ' Rich light loam. does not clog even when the soil is moist I DIOSCOREA. Yam. Five species. wet. It is less costly than the spade, Stove tubers. Division. Light rich and when worn can be relaid at a less expense. DIGITALIS. Twenty-six species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Common soil. DILATRIS. Three species. Green- house herbaceous. Division or seed. Sandy peat. DILL. {Anethum graveolens.) Use. — Its leaves and umbels are used in pickling, and the former in soups and house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat soil. DIOSMA. Twenty-three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Peat and sand. DIOSPYROS. Twenty-three species. Chiefly stove evergreen trees, but a few are hardy. Cuttings. Light loam. DIPHYLLEIAc]/77!OM. Hardy herb- aceous. Division. Light rich soil. DIPHACA cochinchi7iensis. Green- sauces. Soil and Situation. — It may be culti vated in any open compartment; but if, evergreen shrub, for seed, a sheltered situation, and a j loam and peat, soil rather dry than damp, is to be allot- ted for it. Time of Sowing. — It is best sown im- mediately that it is ripe, for if kept out and Joani. D I P H Y S A carthaginensis. Stove Cuttings. Sandy DIPLACUS. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich sandy loam. DIPLAZIUM. Nine species. Stove of the ground until the spring it often is ferns. Division or seed. Loam and peat, incapable of germinating. If neglected DIPLOCOMA villosa. Hardy herba- until the spring, it may be sown from ; ceous. Seed and division. Common the close of February until the com- mencement of May, in drills a foot apart. DIPLOL^.NA dampieri. Greea- The plants are to remain where sown, house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. as they will not bear removing. When of tiiree or four weeks' growth they must be thinned to about ten inches apart; for if not allowed room they spindle, their leaves decay, no lateral branches are thrown out, and their seed is not so good ; in every stage of growth they require to be kept clear of weeds. The leaves are fit for gathering as wanted, and the umbels about July and August. In Septembertheir seed ripens, when it must be immediately cut, and spread on a cloth to dry, as it is very apt to scatter. DILLENIA speciosa. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam. D I L L VV Y N I A. Fifteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. DINEMA polybulbon. Stove epi- phyte. Offsets. Peat and postsherds. DINETUS paniculata and racemosa. The first a stove perennial ; the second a hardy annual twiner. The first by cuttings; the seconds by seed. Rich sandy soil. DIODIA. Four species. Stove ever- green trailers, except D. virginica, which is hardy and deciduous, tings. Light soil. Loam and peat. DIPLOPAPPUS incanus. Half-hardy evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam. DIPLOPELTIS hugelii. Green-house herbaceous. Young cuttings. Common DIPLOPHYLLUM veronica forme. Hardy annual trailer. Seed. Conimoa soil. DIPLOTIIEMIUM. Two species. Stove palms. Seed. Rich light loam. DIPODWJM punctatum. Stove orchid. Division. Sandy loam and peat. DIPSACUS. Six species. Hardy biennials. Seed. Common soil. DIPTERIX odorata. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Rich loam. DIRCA palustris. Hardy deciduous shrub. Layers or seeds. Sandy loam. DISA. Twelve species. Green-house orchids. Division. Peat, loam, and sand. DISANDRA prostrata. Green-house evergreen trailer. Division or cuttings. Rich light soil. DISBUDDING is the removal, soon after they have burst into leaves, oi Cut- such buds as, if allowed to grow into shoots, would be misplaced. Thus, DIS 200 DOU Three species. Green- Division. Peat, loam, Two species. Half- buds protruded directly in the front of, DISEMMA. Two species. Stove branches trained against wails, or fore- evergreen climbers. Cuttings, Loam right shoots, as they are correctly term- , and peat. ed,and buds that would produce shoots] DISPERIS. in places already sufficiently filled with house orchids, branches, may be removed, or disbud- and sand, ded. The object is to strengthen the DISPORUM. desirably-placed buds by thus confining hardy herbaceous. Division and seed, the expenditure of sap upon them. Peat and loam. There is no better mode of aiding a j DISSOLENX verticillata. Green- weakly plant to a more vigorous and house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich robust growth than judicious disbud- light soil. ding ; but an over-robust and super- ! DITTANY. Origanum dictamnus. luxuriant tree had better be allowed to j DIURIS. Eight species. Green- exhaust itself by a profuse development house orchids. Division. Peat, loam, of leaf buds. and sand. DISCHIDIA. Two species. Stove! DODECATHEON. Two species, and evergreen trailers. Cuttings. Sandy , several varieties. Hardy herbaceous. loam. ! Division. Light loam. See American DISEASES. Dr. Good, the distin-| Cowslip. guished medical writer, has remarked, ! DOG- WOOD. Cornus. that the morbid affections to which the j DOLICHOS. Sixteen species. The vegetable part of the creation is liable, ' two green-house twiners, D. jacquinii are almost as numerous as those which; and Ugnosus, are the only two worth render decrepid and destroy the animal cultivating. Cuttings. Rich sandy loam, tribes. It would be difficult, perhaps, j DOLIOCARPUS caZiwca. Stove ever- whatever system of nosology is follow- green climber. Cuttings. Turfy loam ed, to place a finger upon a class of and peat. animal physical diseases of which a pa- DOMBEYA. Six species. Stove rallel example could not be pointed out [ evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandy loam among plants. The smut which ravages and peat. our corn crops; the mildew which de- DONDIA epipactris. Hardy herba- stroys our peas ; the curl that is annually ceous. Seed or division. Loam and infecting more destructively our pota- j peat. toes ; the ambury, or club-root, to which I DOODIA. Four species. Green- cur turnips and other species of brassica house ferns. Division and seed. Loam are liable; the shanking, or ulceration,! and peat. which attacks the stalks of our grapes, t DOROXICUM. Nine species. Hardy are only a few of the most commonly herbaceous. Division. Common soil, observed diseases to which the plants ' DORTMANNA. Two species. Har- we cultivate are liable. '. dy herbaceous. Division. Peat. Disease is the negation of health ; DORYCNIUM. Eight species. Har- and as the health of a plant is the cor- dy annual, herbaceous and evergreen, rect performance of its functions, dis- Seed. Sandy loam, ease may be defined to be an incorrect I DOUBLE FLOWERS. Hybridizing, performance of the functions. Such i aided by cultivation, gives birth to these incorrectness arises from four causes — [ objects of the gardener's care generally vital energy declining from old age — 'designated double flowers, which are parasites — improper food, either in qua- , such beauteous ornaments of our bor- lity or quantity — and inauspicious tem- ders and parterres. To the uninitiated perature. If these could be all avoided, it seems incredible that the double moss a plant might enjoy a vigorous immor- rose should be a legitimate descendant tality. Such, however, is not the lot of | from the briar; neither do the flowers any organized being, and in proportion of the Fair Maid of France appear less to the debilitating circumstances are , impossible derivatives from those of the the nature, the intensity, and final con- i Ranunculus platanif alius ; nor bache- sequences of the disease induced. The | lors' buttons from the common butter- little known relative to the diseases cup; yet so they are. Double flowers, which infest the gardeners' crops, will j as they are popularly called, are more be found under their respective titles. ' correctly discriminated as the full flow- DOU 201 DOU er, the multiplicate flower, and the pro- i specified elsewhere, those parts re- liferous flower. [quired for the extra elaboration, are The lull flower is a flower with its developed at the expense of those not petals augmented in number by the to- demanded for the purpose, tal transformation into them of its sta- i The chief office of the petals is this mens and its pistils. One-petalled preparation of nourishment for the sta- flowers rarely undergo this metamor- , mens, and for the most part they fade phosis, but it is very common in those together, usually enduring until im- having many petals, as in the carnation, pregnation has been eff'ected, or has ranunculus, rose, and poppy. But this altogether failed. In double flowers, is not the only mode in which a flower too, as was observed by the late Sir J. becomes full, for in the columbine (/IgMj- , E. Smith, the corolla is much more legia) it is effected in three different durable than in single ones of the same ways, viz., by the multiplication of pe- species, as anemones and poppies, be- tals to the exclusion of the nectaries; ! cause as he conceived, in such double by the multiplication of the nectaries flowers the natural function not being to the exclusion of the petals; and by j performed, the vital principle of their the multiplication of the nectaries, whilst the usual petals remain. Radiated flowers, such as the sun- flower, dahlia, anthemis, and others, become full by the multiplication of the florets of their rays to the exclusion of the florets of their disk. On the con- trary, various species of the daisy, ma- tricaria, &c., become full by the mul- plication of the florets of the disk. The multiplicate flower has its petals corolla is not so soon exhausted. Ad- vantage may be taken of this to prolong the duration of flowers by cutting away the pistils or stamens, whichever are least conspicuous, with a sharp pair of pointed scissors. Although an abundant supply of nou- rishment is absolutely necessary for the production of double flowers, it is quite as certain that such supply will not of a certainty cause their appearance ; increased by the conversion of a portion i there must be some tendency in the pa- of its stamens, or of its calyx, in those 1 rent thus to sport, otherwise the super- forms. It occurs most frequently in polypetalous flowers. Linna;us gives the only instances I know of the con- version of the calyx into petals, and these are to be observed in the pink fluity of food will not have the desired influence. That abundance of nourish- ment is necessary, appears from the fact that if the double daisy or the double narcissus be grown in a poor soil, they (Dianthus caryophyllus), and a few of ^ speedily produce none but single flow- the Alpine grasses. ers ; yet if they again be restored to a A proliferous flower has another rich soil, they may with care be made to flower or a shoot produced from it, as [ produce an unnatural profusion of petals. in the variety of the daisy popularly Mr. D. Beaton's estimate of a double known as the hen-and-chickens. It flower is original. He says that cultiva- occurs also more rarely in the ranuncu- ' tion having enlarged all the parts of a lus, pink, marigold, and hawkweed. A plant, the constitutional vigour thus ob- jeafy shoot often appears in the bosom ' tamed is transferred to the next genera- of the double-blossomed cherry, ane- tion, and to some of the seedlings, in a mone, and rose. measureevengreaterthan that possessed A due supply of moisture, but rather by the parent. Extraordinary supplies less than the plant most delights in, ! of nourishment under favourable cir- when the production of seed is the de- cumstanccs, invigorate still further the sired object, a superabundant supply of ' improved race, and so on through many decomposingorganic matter to its roots, generations. During this time cultiva- and an exposure to the greatest possible ! tion produces the very opposite of dou- degree of sun-light, are the means sue- ble flowers, and Mr. Beaton thinks it cessfully employed to promote that ex- would continue to do so, if it were pos- cessive development of the petals which sible to keep up every member of each characterize double flowers. generation to the same degree of health By these means a greater quantity of and vigour ; but accidents and diseases sap is supplied to the flower than the : overtake some of the plants, and double natural extent of the petal can elabo- I flowers are the produce from the decre- rate ; and following the laws of nature pits. Cultivation, according to this idea. DOU 202 DRI is only indirectly the cause of double flowers, and these a retrograde step from a high state of development. Whether my own opinion or Mr. Beaton's be correct, it is quite certain that in practice the plants from which double-flowered varieties are sought, must be kept in the highest state of de- velopment by supplying them abundant- ly with all the assistance to vigorous growth; and when the seed vessels are formed, they should be reduced in num- ber in order to make the seed in those remaining as large and perfect as pos- sible. In the course of a few generations, seedlings appear, having flowers with an excess of petals, and seeds being ob- tained from these, or from other flowers impregnated by their stamens, and the same high cultivation continued, the excess of petals increases and becomes a permanent habit. DOUCIN STOCK. See Stock. DOUGLASIA nivalis. Hardy herba- ceous. Seed. Peat and sand. DRABA. Forty-one species. Hardy herbaceous chiefly, and a few annuals. Seed. Loam and peat. DRACCENA. Twenty-two species. Stove evergreen trees and shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam. DRACOCEPHALUM. Twenty spe- cies. Chiefly hardy herbaceous. Divi- sion or seed. Common soil. DRACOPHYLLUM. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy peat. DRAGON'S-HEAD. Dracocephalum. DRAGON TREE. Draccena draco. DRAINING. There is scarcely a gar- den existing that would not be benefited by under-draining. Every gardener knows the absolute necessity for a good drainage under his wall-trees and vines, but few gardeners ever think for a mo- ment, whether there is any escape and out-fall forthe water he has drained from immediate contact with the roots of the above-named favoured trees. Every garden should' have drains cut, varying in depth from two to three feet, accord- ing to the depth of the soil, with an in- terval of twenty-four feet between the drains ; twelve feet will not be too near in clayey soils. At the bottom of the drains should be placed one-inch pipes; these should be well puddled over, six inches deep with clay, and then the earth returned. They should have an outfall into a ditch, at the least elevated side of the garden. By having the pipes with a bore no larger than an inch, moles cannot creep in, and that bore is large enough to carry off" all the water, after even the heaviest rains. Draining farm-lands has been performed to a great extent in England, and with most advantageous results: at Lord Hatherton's residence, Teddesley Hay, in Staff"ordshire, four hundred and sixty- seven acres, formerly letting for an average rental of ]2s. per acre, were all drained for an outlay of 3/. 4s. Id. per acre, and their rental now averages more than 31s. per acre. To plants in pots, good drainage isnot less essential than to those in our borders. DREPANOCARPUS lunatus. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam. DRILLING. No crop in the garden should be sown broadcast, for drilling saves seed and labour; and although in some cases it takes more time to insert the seed in drills, yet this is more than compensated by the time saved during the after-culture, for the thinning and hoeing are greatly facilitated. The distance apart appropriate for the drills for particular crops, will be found under their respective titles ; they are usually made with a hoe and line ; but for mustard, cress, and other small seeds, the drill-rake is often used. The teeth are set six inches apart, and are broad and coulter formed. When the drills are required to be less than six inches apart, the implement can be worked diagonally. DRILL BARROWS, or SEED SOW- ERS. " Various have been the con- trivances for sowing seeds, many having the mere merit of ingenuity, without practical utility ; because when used with adhesive seeds, or those of rough form, they clog, and, in consequence, sow irregularly. Those now off^ered, obviate all such objections, being suited alike for Turnips, Beets, Onions, Car- rots, Parsnips, &c. By the use of a good Drill, the farmer or gardener can save one-half of his seed, (that is, none are needlessly sown,) and do the work at much less expense, as well as with greater rapidity than by the ordinary mode of sowing ; as the Drill opens the furrow, drops the seed, covers and rolls it down." — Rural Register. A very simple and low-priced Tyrill is formed by a tin tube, or hollow cane, surmounted by a funnel-like mouth- DR I 203 DUN piece, to receive the seeds. The ope- i seeds into the funnel at the required rater holds it in his left hand, directing | rapidity — a little practice enables the the lower extremity to the line where \ sower to pass over the ground with he desires the seed to fail, and with the 1 speed, and perform the work with re- fingers of his right hand dropping the | gularity. Fig. 35. DRIMIA. Thirteen species. Green- house bulbs. Offsets. Sandy loam and peat. DROSER.\. Nine species. Hardy and green-house aquatics. Seeds. Peat and water. DRUMMONDIA mitelloides. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Peat. DRYANDRA. Nineteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Turfy sandy loam and peat. DRYAS. Four species. Hardy ever- green trees. Seed and cuttings. Peat and loam. DRYMONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Rich sandy loam. D R Y P E T E S CTOcea. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. DUYPIS spinosa. Hardy evergreen shrub. Cuttings and seed. Sandy peat and loam. DRY-STOVE is a hot-house devoted to the culture of such plants as require a high degree of heat, but a drier at- mosphere than the tenants of the bark- stove. Consequently, fermenting mate- rials and open tanks of hot-water are inadmissible; but the sources of heat are either steam or hot-water pipes, or flues. Sec Stove. DUM.\SIA. Two species. Green- house evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Peat and sandy loam. DU.MB-CANE Caladium sequinum. DUMERILIA paniculata. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Common soil. DUNG. Under this title our atten- tion must be confined to the fijeces and urines of animals, and that one most common compound, stable dung. Night-soil is the richest of the ma- nures to be arranged under this head. It is composed of human fceces and urine, of which the constituents are aa follows : — F^CES. Water 73.3 Vegetable and animal remains 7 Bile 0.9 Albumen 0.9 Peculiar and extractive matter 1.2 Salts (carbonate of soda,~ common salt, sulphate of I soda, ammonia-phosphate > 2.7 of magnesia, and phos- phate of lime) Insoluble residue ... 7 14.0 URINE. Urate of ammonia . . . 0.298 Sal-ammoniac . • . . 0.459 Sulphate of potash . . . 2.112 Chloride of potassium . . 3.674 sodium (com-) ,:■ ncn mon salt) t Phosphate of soda . . . 4.267 lime . . . 0.209 Acetate of soda .... 2.770 Urea and colouring matter 23.640 Water and lactic acid . . 47.511 After stating the above analyses in his excellent work, ''On Fertilizers," Mr. Cuthbert Johnson proceeds to ob- serve that, " The very chemical compo- DUN 204 DUN sition, therefore, of this compost would indicate the powerful fertilizing effects which it is proved to produce. The mass of easily soluble and decomposa- ble animal matters and salts of ammo- nia with which it abounds, its phosphate of lime, its carbonate of soda, are all, by themselves, excellent fertilizers, and must afford a copious supply of food to plants. " The disagreeable smell may be de- stroyed by mixing it with quicklime; and if exposed to the atmosphere in thin lay- ers in fine weather, and mixed with quicklime, it speedily dries, is easily pulverized, and in this state may be used in the same manner as rape cake, and men salt, phosphate of lime, and sul phate of soda. cow URINE. Water 66 Phosphate of lime . . . Chloride of potassium, and sal-ammoniac . . Sulphate of potash . Carbonate of potash . ammonia Urea :} " One thousand parts of dry wheat straw being burnt, yielded M. Saussure forty-eight parts of ashes ; the same quantity of the dry straw of barley derivered""int7"the fJrrow" with' "the ! yielded forty-two parts of ashes. The gggj ,, j portion dissipated by the fire would be From the experiments of M.Schubler!P'''"'=]P»l'y '=^'•^0". (charcoal,) carbu- and others, the relative value of night- ! !''^"*^.'i hydrogen, gas, and water; one soil is as follows: — " If a given quantity of the land sown without manure yields three times the seed employed, then the same quantity of land will produce five times the quantity sown when manured with old herbage, putrid grass or leaves, garden stuff, &c. ; seven times with cow-dung ; nine times with pigeon's dung; ten times with horse-dung; twelve times with human urine ; twelve times with goat's dung ; twelve times with sheep's dung ; and fourteen times with human manure, or bullock's blood. But if the land be of such quality as to produce without manure five times the sown quantity, then the horse-dung manure will yield fourteen, and human manure nineteen and two-thirds the sown quan- tity."— Johnson^s Fertilizers. Fowl Durag-, if composed partly of that of the duck, which is a gross feeder, is nearly equal to guano. This, and that of the pigeon contain much ammonia, and all abound in phosphate of lime, mixed with decomposing organic mat- ters and uric acid, all highly valuable as fertilizers. Stable or Farm-yard Dung is usually composed of the following matters: — HORSE URINE. Water and mucus .... 9.4 Carbonate of lime .... 1.1 soda .... 0.9 Hippurate of soda .... 2.4 Chloride of potassium . . . 0.9 Urea 0.7 But besides the above, it contains com- 1 — Journ. Roy. Agr. Soc, Vol. I. p princi-) id sul-S- 221 hundred parts of these ashes are com- posed of — Various soluble salts, princi- pally carbonate and phate of potash Phosphate of lime (earthy) salt of bones) .... J "^ Chalk (carbonate of lime) . . 1 Silica (flint) 61i Metallic oxide (principally) - iron) J , Loss .' 7l " The straw of barley contains the same ingredients, only in rather differ- ent proportions. " The solid excrements of a horse fed on hay, oats, and straw, contain, according to the analysis of M. Zierl, in 1000 parts : — Water 698 Picromel and salts .... 20 Bilious and extractive mat-) ,~ ter . . . . Green matter, mucus, &c. . Vegetable fibre, mains of food albumen,) and re-j 63 202 " These, when burnt, yielded to the same chemist sixty parts by weight of ashes, which were composed of — and) c Carbonate, sulphate, muriate of soda . . . ^ Carbonate and phosphate) ^ oflirae J Silica 46" 4S9. DUN 205 DUN Mr. Cutlibert Jolinson, after giving these analyses in his work already quoted, observes further, that, " the fa;ces of cattle fed principally on tur- nips have been analysed by M. Einhof; 100 parts evaporated to dryness yielded 28.^ parts of solid matter; the 7U parts lost in drying would consist principally of water and some ammoniacal salts. In half a pound, or 3,840 grains, he tbund 45 grains of sand ; and by diffu- sing it through water, he obtained about 600 grains of a yellow fibrous matter, resembling that of plants, mixed with a very considerable quan- tity of slimy matter. By evaporating faeces to dryness, and then burning them, he obtained an ash, which con- tained, besides the sand, the following substances : — Lime 12. Phosphate of lime .... 12.5 Magnesia 2. Iron 5. Alumina, with some manga-) . . nese J Silica 52. Muriate and sulphate of) . „ potash 5 " The ingredients of which the urine and fa;ces of cattle are composed, will of course differ slightly in different animals of the same kind, and accord- ing to the different food upon which they are fed ; but this difference will not in any case be found very material. " The excrements of the sheep have been examined by Block ; according to him, every 100 lbs. of rye-straw given as fodder to sheep yield 40 lbs. of excrements (fluid and solid) ; from 100 lbs. of hay, 42 lbs.; from 100 lbs. of potatoes, 13 11)s. ; from 100 lbs. of green clover, 8^ lbs.; and from 100 lbs. of oats, 49 lbs. of dry excrement. The solid excrements of sheep fed on hay, were examined by Zierl ; 1,000 parts by weight being burned, yielded 96 parts of ashes, which were found to consist of — Carbonate, sulphate, and) ,p muriate of soda . . . j Carbonate and phosphate of) -^ lime J '^^ Silica 60 " One hundred parts of the urine of sheep kept at grass, contained — Water 96. Urea, albumen, &c. . . . 2.8 Salt of potash, soda, lime,) and magnesia, &c. . . J — Journ. Roy. Agr. Soc. 1.2" There have been many arguments and much difference of opinion among cultivators with regard to the advan- tage of employing dung in a fresh or in a putrid state, and as is too often the case, both parties have run into ex- tremes, the one side contending for the propriety of employing it quite fresh from the farm-yard, the other contending that it cannot well be too rotten. The mode employed by Lord Leices- ter, is the medium between these equal- ly erroneous extremes. He found that the employment of the fresh dung cer- tainly made the dung go much farther ; but then a multitude of the seeds of various weeds were carried on to the land along with the manure. He has therefore since used liis compost when only in a half putrefied state, (called short dung by farmers,) and hence the seeds are destroyed by the eftects of the putrefaction, and the dung still ex- tends much farther than if suffered to remain until quite putrefied. Putrefac- tion cannot go on without the presence of moisture. Where water is entirely absent, there can be no putrefaction ; and hence many farmers have adopted the practice of pumping the drainage of their farm-yards over their dung heaps ; others invariably place them in a low damp situation. This liquid portion cannot be too highly valued by the cultivator. The soil where a dunghill has lain in a field is always distin- guished by a rank luxuriance in the succeeding crop, even if the earth be- neath, to the depth of six inches, is removed and spread with the dunghill. The controversy, too, which once so keenly existed, as to the slate of fer- mentation in which dung should be used on the land, has now pretty well subsided. There is no doubt but that it cannot be applied more advan- tageously tlian in as fresh a state as possible, consistent with the attain- ment of a tolerably clean husbandry, and the destruction of the seeds of weeds, grubs, &c., which are always more or less present in farm-yard dung. These are the only evils to be appre- DUN 206 DUN hended from the desirable employment of this manure in the freshest state ; for otherwise the loss of its most valu- able constituents commences as soon as fermentation begins. This was long since demonstrated by Davy, whose experiments I have often seen repeated and varied. He says, " I filled a large retort capable of containing three pints of water with some hot fermenting manure, consisting principally of the litter and dung of cattle. I adapted a small receiver to the retort, and con- nected the whole with a mercurial pneumatic apparatus, so as to collect the condensible and elastic fluids which might arise from the dung. The re- ceiver soon became lined with dew, and drops began in a few hours to trickle down the sides of it. Elastic fluid likewise was generated ; in three days thirty-five cubical inches h&d been formed, which when analyzed were found to contain twenty-one cubical inches of carbonic acid ; the remainder was hydro-carburet, mixed with some azote, probably no more than existed in the common air in the receiver. The fluid matter collected in the re- ceiver at the same time amounted to nearly half an ounce. It had a saline taste and a disagreeable smell, and con- tained some acetate and carbonate of ammonia. Finding such products given off from fermenting litter, I introduced the beak of another retort filled with similar dung very hot at the time, in the soil amongst the roots of some grass in the border of a garden. In less than a week a very discernible effect was pro- duced on the grass, upon the spot ex- posed to the influence of the matter disengaged in fermentation ; it grew M'ith much more luxuriance than the grass in any other part of the gar- den."— Lectures. Nothing, indeed, appears at first sight so simple as the manufacture and col- lection of farm yard dung, and yet there are endless sources of error into which the cultivator is sure to fall, if he is not ever vigilant in their management. The late Mr. Francis Blake, in his valuable tract upon the management of farm- yard manure, dwells upon several of these; he particularly condemns the practice of keeping the dung arising from different descriptions of animals in separate heaps or departments, and applying them to the land without inter- mixture. " It is customary," he adds, " to keep the fattening neat cattle in yards by themselves, and the manure thus produced is of good quality, be- cause the excrement of such cattle is richer than that of lean ones. Fattening cattle are fed with oil cake, corn, Swedish turnips, or some other food, and the refuse and waste of such food thrown about the yard increases the value; it also attracts the pigs to the yard. These rout the straw and dung about in search of grains of corn, bits of Swedish turnips, and other food ; by which means the manure in the yard becomes more intimately mixed, and is proportionally increased in value. The feeding troughs and cribs in the yard should for obvious reasons be shifted frequently. " The horse-dung," continues Blake, " is usually thrown out at the stable doors, and there accumulates in large heaps. It is sometimes spread a little about, but more generally not at all, unless where necessary for the conve- nience of ingress and egress, or perhaps to allow the water to drain away from the stable door. Horse-dung lying in heaps very soon ferments and heats to an excess, the centre of the heap is charred or burned to a dry white sub- stance, provincially termed fire-fanged. Dung in this state loses from fifty to seventy-five per cent, of its value. The diligent and attentive farmer will guard against such profligate waste of property by never allowing the dung to accumu- late in any considerable quantity at the stable doors. The dung from the feed- ing hog-sties should also be carted and spread about the store cattle yard in the same manner as the horse-dung. " The heat produced by the ferment- ation of the dung of different animals has been made the subject of repeated experiment. When the temperature of the air was 40^, that of common farm- yard dung was 70^; a mixture of lime, dung, and earth, 55=> ; swine and fowl's dung, 85°." — Farmer's Magazine, Johnson^s Fertilizers. " The quality of farm-yard compost naturally varies with the food of the animals by which it is made : that from the cattle of the straw-yard is decidedly the poorest, that from those fed on oil- cake, corn, or Swedes, the richest. Of stable dung, that from corn-fed horses is most powerful, from those subsisting DUR 207 ECU w on straw anil hay the poorest; the j ous proportions : — Silica, or pure flint ; difference between the fertilizing effects of the richest and the inferior farm-yard dung is much greater tlian is commonly believed ; in* many instances the dis- Alumina, or pure clay; Lime, combined with carbonic acid in the state of chalk ; and Magnesia. See Soil. EARTHING-UP, or drawing the soil parity exceeds one-half; thus that pro- I in a ridge to the stems of plants, 13 duced by cattle fed upon oil-cake is beneficial to fibrous-rooted plants, by fully equal in value to double the ! reducing the distance from the surface quantity fed upon turnips. Hence the j of the extremities of the plant's roots ; superior richness of the manure of j by inducing the production of rootlets fattening swine to that of pigs in a lean ! from the stem ; and sheltering the state, and the far superior strength of j winter standing crops, for the closer night-soil to any manure produced from \ the foliage of these are to the earth the merely vegetable food. Chemical ex- | less is the reduction of heat from the aminations are hardly necessary to j latter, either by radiation or contact prove these facts. Every farmer who with the colder air. has had stall-fed cattle will testify to their truth; every cultivator will readily acknowledge the superiority of ' town- made,' that is, corn-produced stable dung, to that from horses fed only on But to tuberous-rooted plants, as the potato, it is detrimental. In my experi- ments it reduced the produce one- fourth. Many farmers who cultivate the potato extensively, do so with the """B5 ■■■' "■•■•■ >■"•■' ..v,.»^o .V,V. ^...J „ -^ , _, -- -- hay and straw, and that night-soil is far ; horse-hoe alone, no longer using the superior in strength to either. The j plough to earth-up, as was formerly the relative (juantities employed by the ; universal practice, and is now with cultivator betray the same fact, for on those who never profit by experience, the soils where'he applies twenty loads , EARWIG. Forficula auricularis. of good farm-yard compost per acre, he This destroyer of the peach, apricot, ■'""■'■ <- • 1 . piurn, dahlia, pink and carnation, com- mits its ravages only at night, retiring durinjr the day to any convenient spreads not half that quantity of night- soil. The drainage from all manures should be scrupulously preserved, for ^ — _.._, .- .-..j the liquid or soluble portion constitutes ' shelter in the vicinity of its prey. Ad- their richest portion. The escape of, vantage must be taken of this habit, their gaseous products during decom position should also be checked as much as possible, for they contain ammonia, carbonic acid, &c., all abounding in constituents valuable as .fertilizers." — Johnson^s Farmer's En- cyclop and if small garden pots with a little moss within be inverted upon a stick, and pieces of the dry hollow stem of the sunflower, or Jerusalem artichoke, be placed in the neighbourhood of the fruits and flowers enumerated, many of the insects will resort thither, and may DUR.\NTA. Seven species. Stove be shaken out and destroyed. As ear- evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. DUVALIA. Twelve species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and lime rubbish. DUVAUA. Four species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Common soil. DWARF FAN-PALM. Chamarops humilis. DWARF MOLY. Allium chama- moly. DWARF STANDARD is a fruit tree on a very short stem, with its branches unshortened and untrained. DYCKIA ranjlora. Green-house herbaceous. Suckers. Sandy peat and loam. EARTHS. Every cultivated soil is mainly composed of four earths in vari- wigs are winged insects, it is useless to guard the stems of plants in any mode. EBENUS. Two species. Green- house evergreens. Seed. Peat and loam. ECASTAPHYLLUM. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich loam. ECCREMOCARPUS longiflora. Green-house evergreen climber. Cut- tings. Sand, loam, and peat. E C H E V E R I A . Seven species. Green-house and stove succulents. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. ECHINACEA. Six species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Light rich loam. ECHINOCACTUS. Sixty-one species. Stove evergreen. Offsets. Sandy peat, and a little calcareous rub- bish. ECH 208 END ECHINOPS. Sixteen species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. ECHITES. Twenty-one species. Chiefly stove evergreen twiners. Cut- ings. Loam and peat. ECHIUM. Fifty-eight species. Hardy and green-house shrubs and an- nuals. Layers and cuttings, or seeds. Loam and peat. EDGING. This for the kitchen-garden and all other places where neatness, not ELiEODENDRON. Five species. Green-house and stove evergreen slirubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ELAPHRIUM glabrum. ^ Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ELATE sylvestris. A stove palm. Suckers. Rich loam. ELATER. See Wire- worm. ELDER {Sambucus). Common black elder (S. nigra), of which there are several varieties, viz., black-berried, ELEVATION. See Altitude. ELICHRYSUM. Forty-five species. ornament, is the object, may consist of) white-berried, green-berried, parsley- useful herbs, the strawberry &c. As an • leaved, gold-striped, silver-striped, and ornamental edging nothing can compare silver-dusted, with the dwarf Box, especially in light soils. On heavy low lands it suffers during winter and may, perhaps, be i Chiefly green-house evergreen shrubs totally destroyed; in such situations i and deciduous perennials. Cuttings, grass may be used, though it is trouble- Peat and sandy loam. ELLIOTTIA racemnsa. Half-hardy evergreen shrub. Layers. Sandy loam and peat. some to keep in order. Fig. 36. EDGING KNIFE. This tool , fitted to a straight handle, is used for paring the edges of grass bordering walks, &c., and cutting the outlines of sods, which may be then readily raised by the spade. — Rural Reg. EDWARDSIA. Six species. Half- hardy shurbs. Cuttings. Sandy peat. EGG-BEARER. Solanum origenum. EGG-SHELLS. See Animal Matters. EGLANTINE. See Sweet Briar. EGYPTIAN LOTUS. Nymphcea lotus. EGYPTIAN THORN. Acacia vera. EHRETIA. Eleven species. Stove evergreen shrubs and trees. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EKEBERGIA capensis. Green- house evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EL^AGNUS. Seven species. Hardy or green-house trees and shrubs, except E. latifolia, which is a stove shrub. Layers or cuttings. Light soil. ELAIS. Four species. Stove palms. Suckers. Rich sandy loam. EL^.OCARPUS. Five species. Stove or green-house trees or shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ELLRBOCARPUS oleraceus. Stove fern. Division. Loam. ELISENA longipetala. Stove bulb. Offsets. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. ELM (Ulmus). ICLM BEETLE. See Scolytus. EMBLICA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and sand. EMBOTHRIUM stroUlinum. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat. ENCP.LIA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam. ENDIVE {Cichorium endivia). Varieties. — The green-curled, the only one cultivated for the main crops, as it best endures wet and cold ; the white-curled, chiefly grown for summer and autumn ; the broad-leaved, or Bata- vian, is preferred for soups and stews, but is seldom used for salads. Soil and situation. — Endive delights in a light, dry, but rich soil, dug deep, as well for the free admission of its tap- root as to serve as a drain for any super- abundant moisture. This should be especially attended to for the winter standing crops, for which, likewise, if the soil or substratum is retentive, it is best to form an artificial bed by laying a foot in depth of mould on a bed of brickbats, stones, &c., as excessive moisture, in conjunction with excessive cold, is in general fatal to this plant. The situation should be open, and free from the influence of trees. END 209 END Time and mode of sowing. — For a first crop about the middle of April, to be repeated in May, but only in small portions, as those which are raised be- fore June, soon advance to seed. To- wards the middle of this month the first main crop may be inserted ; to be con- tinued in the course of July, and lastly early in August ; and in tiiis month the main plantation is made. The seed is sown then in drills twelve inches frames, mats, or thick coverings of lit- ter, during severe and very wet wea- ther ; but to be carefully uncovered during mild dry days. The plants, in this instance, are not required to be further apart than six or eight inches. This plan may be followed in open days during December and January, by which means a constant supply may be ob- tained. Instead of being planted in the above manner on a terrace, it is some- apart, and about half an inch below the , times practised to take the plants on a surface. The plants speedily make dry day, and, the leaves being tied to- their appearance. When an inch in 1 gether, to lay them horizontally in the height ihey should be thinned to three | earth down to the tip of the leaves; or four inches apart : those taken away are too small to be of any service if pricked out. The bed must be kept clear of weeds from the first appearance of the plants until they are removed. To promote their arrival at a fit size for performing this operation, water should be given occasionally in dry weather. When the larger seedlings have been transplanted, the smaller ones which remain may be cleared of weeds and have a gentle watering ; by which treat- ment, in twelve or fourteen days, they will have attained a sufficient size to afford a second successional crop; and, by a repetition of this management, in general a third. The plants are gene- rally fit for transplanting when of a month's growth in the seed-bed ; but a more certain criterion is, that when of five or six inches' height they are of the most favourable size. Plantinjr. — They must be set in rows twelve or fifteen inches apart each way : the Batavian requires the greatest space. Some gardeners recommend them to be set in trenches or drills three or four inches deep. This mode is not detri- mental in summer and dry weather; but in winter, when every precaution is to be adopted for the prevention of decay, it is always injurious. Water must be given moderately this accelerates the blanching, but otherwise is far more subject to failure. As the number necessary for a family is but small, but few should be planted at a time. Blanching. — About three months elapse between the time of sowing and the fitness of the plants for blanching. This operation, if conducted properly, will be completed in from ten to four- teen days in summer, or in three or four weeks in winter. To blanch the plants it is the most common practice to tie their leaves together, to place tiles or pieces of board upon them, or to cover them with garden-pots; whilst some recommend their leaves to be tied together, and then to be covered up to their tips with mould, making it rise to an apex, so as to throw off excessive rains. All these methods succeed iu dry seasons ; but in wet ones the plants, treated according to any of them, are liable to decay. The one which succeeds best in all seasons is to fold the leaves round the heart as much as possible in their natu- ral position; and being tied together with a shred of bass-mat, covered up entirely with coal-ashes in the form of a cone, the surface being rendered firm and smooth with the trowel. Sand will do, but ashes are equally unretentive .. „„ ^ — ^ ^^.j I"-) "■•- "-••--- — -^1 J ^-^ — •■ every evening uutil the plants are esta- j of moisture, whilst they are much supe blished, after which it is not at all re- quisite, except in excessive and pro- tracted drought. Those which arc left in the seed-bed, if the soil is at all fa- vourable, in general attain a finer growth than those that have been rior in absorbing heat, which is so be- neficial in the hastening of the process. If the simple mode of drawing the leaves together is adopted to effect this etiolation, they must be tied very close, and, in a week after the first tying, a moved. In November some plants that second ligature must be passed round have attained nearly their full size may the middle of the plant to prevent the be removed to the south side of a slop- heart-leaves bursting out. A dry after- ing bank of dry light earth, raised one noon, when the plants are entirely free or two feet behind : to be protected by i from moisture, should be selected, 14 ENG 210 ENG whichever mode is adopted for this concluding operation. A very excellent mode is to spread over the surface of the bed about an inch in depth of pit-sand, and covering each plant with a small pot made of earthenware, painted both within and on the outside to exclude the wet — that worst hindrance of blanching. To avoid this, the pots should be taken off daily for a quarter of an hour, and their in- sides wiped dry. A common garden-pot will do if the hole be closely stopped; but a sea-kale pot in miniature, is to be preferred ; and if made of zinc or other metal, it would be better, because not porous and admissive of moisture. — Juhnson''s Gard. Almanack. To obtain Seed. — The finest and soundest plants should be selected of the lastplantation, and which most agree with the characteristics of the respect- ive varieties. For a small family three or four plants of each variety will pro- duce sufficient. These should be taken in March, and planted beneath a south fence, about a foot from it and eighteen inches apart. As the flower-stem ad- vances it should be fastened to a stake; or, if they are placed beneath palings, by a string, to be gathered Fi'T. 37. as the seed upon it ripens r for if none are gathered T until the whole plant is changing colour, the first jg, ripened and best seed will have scattered and be lost, so wide is the difference of time between the seve- ral branches of the same plant ripening their seed. Each branch must be laid, as it is cut, upon a cloth in the sun ; and when per- fectly dry, the seed beaten out, cleansed, and stored. ENGINE. This name is applied to many contriv- ances for supplying water to platUs. 1. The pump-syringe, or syringe-engine, (Fig. 37), can be supplied with water from a common bucket, from which it sucks the water tiirough a perforat- ed base. The handle is sometimes made to work like that of the common pump. 2. The barrow watering-engine (Fig. 38) is represented in the figure below. It will throw the jet of water to a dis- tance of forty or fifty feet, or somewhat less if a rose is upon the end of the de- livery-pipe. It holds from twenty to thirty gallons of water; but may be made, with a leather-hose attached, to communicate with a pond or other reservoir of water. Fig. 38. 3. The curved barrel-engine (Fig. 39) is excellent; for the barrel, piston-rods, &c., being so constructed as to be turned on a lathe, they are so accurate that there is the least possible loss of power, either from unnecessary friction or from an imperfect vacuum. Fig. 39. Another garden engine of still greater power, is illustrated by the annexed drawing (Fig. 40) ; it is somewhat more costly than those in general use, but may be used for a variety of purposes, and in some cases might be used to i ENK 211 ENT Fig. 40. protect property from fire. They are of various patterns and power. Some of them, worked by a single arm, cast the water fifty to sixty feet high. | E N K i A N T H U S. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. ENTADA. Five species. Stove ever- green climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. ENTELEA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and sandy peat. ENTRANCES. Upon these parts of a residence, which should give a first and appropriate impression, Mr. VVhate- ley has these just remarks : "The road which leads up to the door of the mansion may go off from it in an equal angle, so that tiie two sides shall exactly correspond ; and certain ornaments, though detached, are yet rather within the province of architec- ture than of gardening ; works of sculp- ture are not, like buildings, objects familiar in scenes of cultivated nature ; but vases, statues, and termini, are usual appendages to a considerable edi- ! fice : as such, they may attend the man- sion, and trespass a little upon the gar- den, provided they are not carried so far into it as to lose their connexion with the structure. The platform and the road are also appurtenances to the house ; all these may, therefore, be adapted to its form ; and the environs I will thereby acquire a degree of regu- 1 larity ; but to give it to the objects of nature, only on account of their prox- imity to others which are calculated to receive it, is, at the best, a refinement. " Upon the same principles regu- larity has been required in the approach; and an additional reason has been as- signed for it, that the idea of a seat is thereby extended to a distance ; but that may be by other means than by an avenue ; a private road is easily known; if carried through grounds, or a park, it is commonly very apparent ; even in a lane, here and there a bench, a paint- ed gate, a small plantation, or any other little ornament, will sufficiently denote it. If the entrance only be marked, simple preservation will retain the im- pression along the whole progress ; or it may wind through several scenes dis- tinguished by objects, or by an extraor- dinary degree of cultivation : and then the length of the way, and the variety of improvements through which it is conducted, may extend the appearance ofdomain and the idea of a seat, beyond the reach of any direct avenue. A narrow vista, a mere line of perspective, be the extent what it may, will seldom compensate for the loss of that space which it divides, and of the parts which it conceals. "Regularity was, however, once thought essential to every garden and every approach ; and it yet remains in many. It is still a character denoting the neighbourhood of a gentleman's EPA 212 EllP habitation ; and an avenue, as an object EREMURUS spectabilis. Hardy her- in a view, gives to a house, otherwise baceous. Division. Common soil, inconsiderable, the air of a mansion. ERIA. Twelve species. Stove Buildings which answer one another at epiphytes. Division. Peat and pot- the entrance of an approach, or on the sherds. bides of an opening, have a similar ERICA, Heath. Four hundred and effect ; they distinguish at once the ninety-five species, besides very many precincts of a seat from the rest of the varieties. Most of them green-house, country. Some pieces of sculpture, but a large number are hardy, and are all also, such as vases and termini, may evergreen. Cuttings or layers. Sandy perhaps now and then be used to extend peat. See Heath. the appearance of a garden beyond its ERIGERON. Forty species. Hardy limits, and to raise the mead in which herbaceous and annuals. Division or they are placed above the ordinary im- seed. Common soil, provements of cultivated nature. At! ERINUS. Five species. Green- other times they may be applied as house evergreens, and hardy herbace- ornaments to the most polished lawns ; [ ous. Division or seed. Sandy loam, the traditional ideas we have conceived : ERIOBOTRYA. Two species. Half- of Arcadian scenes correspond with such [ hardy evergreen trees. Cuttings, seed, decorations; and sometimes a solitary | and grafting on the white-thorn. Leaf urn, inscribed to the memory of a per- i and peat mould. son now no more, but who once fre- ERIOCEPHALUS. Five species, quented the shades where it stands, is '• Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- an object equally elegant and interest- I tings. Sandy loam and peat, ing. ERIOCOMA. Two species. Half- " The occasions, however, on which hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings, we may with any propriety trespass ' Common soil. beyond'the limits of cultivated nature, ' ERIODENDRON. Four species, are very rare ; the force of the charac- ' Stove evergreen shrubs. Seed. Rich tercan alone excuse the artifice avowed j loam and sandy peat, in expressing it." — Whateley. \ ERIOGONUM. Five species. Hardy EPACRIS. Eighteen species. Green- [herbaceous. Seed. Loam and peat, house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings.— ; ERIOL.T.NA. Two species. Green- Sandv peat. house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. EPIDENDRUM. Sixty-eight species. \ Sandy peat. Stove epiphytes. Offsets. Peat and' ERIOPHYLLUM. Two species, potsherds ''■ H'U'dv. Division. Common soil. EPIg"(EA. Two species. Hardy' ERIOSOMA. A genus of insects evergreen trailers. Layers. Sandv peat nearly synonymous with ApMs. and loam ' -^^ ^I'saria. Poplar Louse. E P I L 0 B I U M. Seventeen species. ' ^- lanigera. See American Blight. Hardy herbaceous. Seed or division. ; ERIOSPERNUM. Eight species. Common soil. Green-house bulbs. Suckers. Sandy EPIMEDIUM. Five species. Hardy P^-it. herbaceous. Division. Sandy peat. ' ERIOSTEMON. Ten species. Green- „r.T„ , „rT,io rru ■ TLi 1 house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. EPIPACTIS. Three species. Hardy = ° orchids. Division. Sandy peat and loam. EPIPHYLLUM. Eleven species. Stove evergreen cactacea;. Cuttings. Sandy loam. EPIPHYTES grow upon other plants, but, unlike parasites, do not extract from them nourishment. ERANTHEMUM. Eleven species. Stove and green-house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy peat. ERANTHIS. Two species. Hardy tubers. Offsets. Sandy loam. Sandy peat and loam. ERISMA floribunda. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ERITHALIS. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. ERNODEA montana. Half-hardy evergreen trailer. Division. Gravelly soil. Twenty-seven species, herbaceous. Division. ERODIUM. Chiefly hardy Common soil. ERPETION. Two species. HalP- i ER Y 213 ERY hardy evergreen creepers. Division. Sandy peat. ERYNGIUM. Thirty-four species. Chiefly hardy herbaceous. Division or seed. Common soil. ERYTHRyEA. Eleven species. Chiefly hardy annuals. Seed or divi- brick rubbish at least six inches thick ; over that lay some small sticks, leaves, or moss, to prevent the soil from get- ting into the drainage, and in filling up, raise the bed six inches above the level of the surrounding soil — with a compost consisting of rich turfy loam, leaf- sion accordingly, as they are annuals or mould, and turfy peat, in the proportion perennials. Loam of two parts of the former to one of ERYTHRINA. Thirty-five species, each of thclatter ; to which sandstone Chiefly stove evergreen shrubs and or porous bricks, broken to the size of trees. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and large eggs, may be added to the extent leaf-mould, in equal proportions of one-eighth of the whole mass. This E. crista- gain. Coral Tree. Is one ' mixture will never become solid, on of the most beautiful of this genus, and j the contrary, it will always be perme- ils cultivation in the open air is thus ' able to both air and moisture, without detailed by that excellent gardener, | any risk of becoming saturated with the Mr. W. P. Ayres :— I latter. The plants in the first season "Cuttings of the young wood, taken may be planted eighteen inches apart; off with a heel when about three inches but in the third year half of them may long, and planted round the edge of a be taken out to form a new plantation, large pot, or singly in small ones, in j and in the fifth or sixth year each plant sandy peat, and plunged in a brisk [ when in flower will acquire an area of bottom heat, will root in the course of sixteen or twenty square feet. When a few weeks. This is suitable for those large specimens for immediate effect puttings which are taken from plants in are desired, four or five may be placed neat, but cuttings from the open air in juxtaposition. will not bear such treatment. The j " The best time to plant them out transition to a close warm frame ap- | will be from the last week in May to pears too much for them, and they the middle of June, as the ground will become paralyzed ; but if after being then be a little warm, and the plants planted they are placed in a moderately j will sustain no check. warm frame until the cuttings are cica- " Towards the end of October the trized, and then removed to a brisk j plants should be cut down, and the bottom heat, they will root with great freedom. crown of each covered with a box, or flower-pot, filled with dry leaves, the "After the cuttings are rooted, they whole being spread over with dry peat, must be repotted into rich light com- leaf-mould, or saw-dust, to the depth of post, and encouraged to make robust , a foot, and then turfed over neatly, growth. As it is indispensable that the The latter will be found advantageous, plants should become strong before { especially if the sides of the bed have a they are planted out, they must have at ; sharpish inclination, as it will throw off least one season's cultivation in pots; j much of the rain that would otherwise the flower-buds must also be removed soak into the mould, and impair its as soon as they are perceptible, so that | protecting properties the whole organizable matter may be concentrated in the young plant ' In spring, when the covering is removed, the surface of the bed should ' In the spring of the second season, be renewed to the depth of the roots the ground may be prepared for the reception of the plants, and as the i)re- servation in winter of the roots of all tender plants depends as much upon the dryness as upon the warmth of the soil, it will be advisable to give them an elevated but not an exposed situa- tion ; and where the subsoil is not porous, make it so artificially. There- fore, where it is necessary, excavate the natural soil to the depth of two feet, and in the bottom place a layer of with the above compost, the whole being afterwards covered two inches thick with sandy peat or leaf mould. This covering should be continued until the middle of June, or later if the weather requires it. Water during the growing season may be freely adminis- tered in dry weather, and if liquic^ manure is occasionally given it will add' to the strength of the plants; hut after they are in bloom the less water that falls on the bed the better it will be for ERY 214 ESP the preservation of the roots through the winter." — Gard. Chron. North of the Potomac it will be safer to remove the Erythrina c.-galli in autumn -to some sheltered situation, where it may be kept in nearly a dry or dormant state until the spring, when it may again occupy its position in the open air. KRYT UROL JEN A conspicua. Hardy biennial. Seed. Rich loam. EllYTIIRONIUM. Four species. Hardy bulbs. Offsets. Common soil, with a little peat are withered, which takes place during the last-named month, when, being carefully dried and housed, they will keep until the following spring. Care must be taken that they are gradually dried in an airy situation, shaded from the meridian sun, which would cause them to wrinkle; as also to store them in dry weather. ESCHSCHOLTZIA. See Chryseis. ESPALIER, is a tree trained to a trellis instead of a wall, and though the fruit it bears is not quite equal to ESCALLONIA. Seven species, i that borne by a tree of the same variety Green-house and half-hardy evergreen j trained against the wall, yet it is far shrubs. Cuttings. Peat, sand, and i superior to that borne on either dwarf loam. j or full standards. Of this the causes ESCHALLOT or SHALLOT. ^Z-j obviously are, that the fruit and leaves liu7n ascalonicum. Of this there are j are more fully supplied with sap, and the common, and the long-keeping, the j more perfectly exposed to the light and ]ast continuing good for two years. ' warmth of the sun. Some gardeners Both have a stronger taste than the j object to their introduction into the onion, yet not leaving that odour on the ; kitchen garden on the plea that they palate which the latter is accustomed j deprive the under crops of air and light, to do, it is often preferred and em- ■ but if confined to the borders of the ployed in its stead, both in culinary ■ main walks, the shelter they afford to preparations, and for eating inits natural ! those crops is more than commensurate state. j to the slight interruption suggested. In Time and Mode of Propagation. — j addition, they are highly ornamental. Each offset of the root will increase in ' and greatly improve the aspect of the a similar manner as its parent. The j kitchen garden. Espalier rails should planting may be performed in October ; run parallel with the walks, and at four and November, or early in the spring, I feet distance from them ; not higher as February, March, or beginning of j than five feet; neat, and if made of April. The first is the best season, ; wood, tarred, and the ends which are especially if the soil lies dry, as the j fixed in the ground charred; though bulbs become finer. If the smallest blocks of stone sunk into the ground, offsets are employed for planting, they i with iron sockets or bases to receive never become mouldy in the ground, those ends, are still better. and they are never injured by the most intense frosts. They are to be planted on the surface, six inches asunder each way, in beds not more than four feet wide, some very rich mould being placed beneath them, and a little raised on each side to sup- port them until they become firmly rooted, when it must be entirely re- moved by the hoe, and a strong current of water from the watering pot. The compost laid beneath the offsets may consist of a mixture of well-decayed hot-bed dung and soot, which is very favourable to their growth, and is a preservative from the maggot. Cultivation. — The only attention they subsequently require is to be kept clear Various suggestions have been made for of weeds. Some may be taken up as altering the form of espalier trellises, wanted in June, July, and August, but! but let the gardener never adopt any not entirely for storing until the leaves I that declines from the perpendicular. Gooseberries and Currants are highly improved by being trained as espaliers, and may be so grown along borders near the side walks of the kitchen garden. For these the trellis must be not higher than three feet from the ground, and for the purpose stakes about four inches in circumference, and thus arranged, are very suitable. Fig. 41. ETI 215 EVE The smallest approach to the horizontal increases the radiation of heat from the trees, and increases, consequently, the cold they have to endure at night. It Bristol. As it often happens, the fe- male has not been observed depositing her eggs; the spot that she selects is therefore yet unknown. Drought does is not one of the least advantages of 1 not suit them." — Card. Chron. training gooseberries and currants as espaliers, that it facilitates the protect- ing them with mats. ETIOLATION. See Blanching. EUCALYPTUS. Fifty-three species. Green-house evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat, loam, and sand. EUCHARIDIUM concinnum. Hardy annual. Seed. Common soil. EUCHILUS obcordatus. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. EUCHROMA. 'Two species. Har- dy; one perennial, the other annual. .Seed. Common soil, with a little peat. EUCLEA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. EUCGMIS. Seven species. Green- house bulbs. Offsets. Rich loam. EUCROSIA bicolor. Green-house bulb. Offsets. Common light soil. EUGENIA. Twenty-eight species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EULOPHIA. Eight species. Green- house and stove orchids. Division. Peat and loam. EUMERUS. A genus of predatory flies. E. eeneus. Brassy Onion Fly, is thus described by Mr. Curtis: — "The maggots are very rough, from a multitude of short spines or rigid bristles, which cover their skins, espe- EUNOMIA oppositifolia. Half-hardy herbaceous. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. EUONYMUS. Eighteen species. Chiefly hardy evergreen shrubs. Seed or cuttings. Common soil. EUPATORIUM. Fifty species, em- bracing hardy, green-house, and stove herbaceous, and perennial plants. Seed. Peat and loam. EUPHORBIA. One hundred and fifty-two species. Chiefly hardy, green- house and stove evergreens. Division or seed. Common soil. " E. splendens is the most striking species. It is a stove evergreen shrub. It should be repotted early in spring, or even in the winter, if the pot is full of roots. Although it does not require so much water in winter, yet you must not keep it then quite dry, for it is al- ways growing." — Card. Chron. E. jaquinajlora is also a very beau- tiful species, producing a profusion of deep orange coloured flowers in a wreath like form. EURYA. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. EURYALE ferox. Stove aquatic. Seed. EURYCLES. Four species. Stove bulbs. Seed and offsets. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. EUSTEGIA hastnta. Green-house cially towards the tail, ferruginous or j evergreen trailer. Cuttings. Peat and brownish. The fly itself is of a reddish ochre colour, freckled with dark brown, and there are two spiny processes like short horns upon the thorax, in the fe- male at least. It is densely clothed with short hairs, thickly and distinctly punctured, and of an olive-green colour, with a brassy tinge; the antenna; are entirely black, the seta naked : the face is very hairy, simply convex and silvery white; eyes dark brown and slightly pubescent; rostrum very short ; thorax with two whitish lines down the back. The maggots of this fly do not seem to be confined to the onion, for I bred one in the middle of May from cabbage roots, and specimens have been taken flying about hedges in June and July, in the Deighbourhood of London and loam. EUSTOMA silenifoUa. Hardy an- nual. Seed. Common soil. EUSTREPHUS. Two species. Green-house evergreen twiners. Cut- tings. Sandy peat. EUTAXIA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EUTHALES trinervis. Green-house herbaceous. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EUTHAMIA. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Cuttings. Loam and peat. EUTOCA. Five species. Hardy annuals and biennials. Seeds. Sandy soil. EUXENI A g-raA odoratissima. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Turfy loam and sandy peat. FARM - YARD MANURE. See Ihing. FARSETIA. Six species. F. cheiranthifoUa is a hardy annual ; the others are half-hardy evergreen shrubs. The first by seed, the shrubs by cut- tings. Light loam. FEABERRY, a local name for the Gooseberry. FEATHERS. See Animal Matters. FEBRUARY. KITCHEN GARDEN. Except in the remote south, the out- door operations of the gardener are almost suspended. Nearly all that he can do is to provide manure, prepare rods and poles for peas and beans, labels for his plants, and if the weather admit, trench those compartments of his Mulberri(>s, and Muscle Plums, the last for stocks. — MfzwMres, apply where re- quired.— Mu^s, on trees, destroy with brine. (See Jan.) — Pears, finish pruning; graft, e. — Plums, finish pruning ; graft, e. — Pruning, finish generally. — Rasp- berries. — Standards, finish pruning. — Straicberries, c\ea.r and spring dress; force in hot-beds, giving air abun- dantly, and covering the glasses with mats at night. — Trench ground for planting. — Vines may still be pruned, b.; cuttings, plant. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit freely during midday, when weather permits. — Bulbs, and other dry roots for succession, plant, b. — Bark Beds attend to. (See Jan.) — Cherries, in blossom, shade when sun is bright ; disbud as required : day temp, keep about 60° ; night 45°. — Earth of borders, &c., stir once a week. — Figs require a day temp, about 60°. — Flowering shrubs in pots, intro- duce for succession. — Heat, keep up ; grounds which require such treatment, j plants becoming more sensitive. — Jfj'd- Such labour and the preparation of hot- ney JSeans, continue to sow in boxes, beds for forcing, may profitably employ ' (See Jan.) — Labels, renew where re- his time. Cabbage, Eggplants, Toma- ' quired. — ieat'^'S, keep cleaned ; decay- toes. Peppers, &;c., are now sown in j ed and weeds clear away constantly. — hot-beds for early planting. If the , Liquid Manure apply to the roots of weather be very cold delay awhile, fruit trees in forcing, especially Vines nothing can be gained by setting them and Figs. — Peaches, and other fruits in during strong frost. Farther south blossom, should not now be syringed ; labour has now commenced in earnest, j disbud; thin when too thick, and as large In theCarolinas and southward, it is per- ' as peas ; day temp. 60°. — Pines, water haps one of the most active months in horticultural operations. Beans and Peas are planted; Cabbage and Cauli- flower sown, and plants from previous moderately ; (crowns of) remove from bark bed to pots; regulate succession by changing their pots, &c. — Steam, (if employed) may be admitted almost sowings transplanted. Lettuce plants j daily. — Strawberries, in pols, introduce from the autumn seed beds are set out. Spinach is sown, also Radishes, Car- 1 rots. Parsnips, Beets; Asparagus beds are dressed. In short, all the early ope- rations of the garden are now per- formed. for succession. — Thermometer , for most stove plants, may be at 70" during mid- day.— Tobacco fumigations give weekly, or oftener if insects appear. — Vines, treat as in Jan.; do not syringe whilst in blossom; prune bunches; day temp. FED 221 FEN 70°. — Water, g'we more freely than last month ; keep in open pans constantly. — Watch sedulously for the green fly and red spider. GREEN-HOrSE. Air, admit freely whenever practica- ble; it is now still more important than in winter. — Dead Wood, cut away as it appears. — Earth, give fresh generally. — Head down shrubs irregularly grown. — Heat, give as necessary, to keep the j temp, above 32'-'. — Labels, renew where wanted. — Leaves, keep clean, and re- move those decayed. — Priming of Oranges, ^-c., complete. — Shelter, by putting mats over the glass in severe weather. — Shift into large pots where | required. — Water more oflen than last' month, wherever needed, but only a little at a time. FEDIA cornucopia. Hardy annual. Seed. Common soil. FENCES are employed to mark the boundary of property, to exclude tres- passers, either human or quadrupedal, and to afford shelter. They are either live fences, and are then known as hedges, or dead, and are then either banks, ditches, palings, or walls ; or they are a union of those two, to which title* the reader is referred. The following is the English law on the subject : — In the eye of the law a hedge, fence, ditch, or other inclosure of land, is for its better manuring and improvement; and various remedies are therefore pro- vided for their preservation. The common using of a wall separat- ing adjoining lands belonging to differ- ent owners is jjrm(5/ac/<; evidence that the wall, and the land on which it stands, belongs in equal moieties to the owners of those lands as tenants in common. {Cubitt v. Porter, 8 B. & C. 257.) One of such tenants in common of a wall or hedge may maintain an action of trespass against the co-tenant for in- juring the wall or for grubbing up the hedge, but not for clipping the latter. (Voyce v. Toi/ce, Gow. 201.) If a field be fenced with a bank and ditch, it is not a necessary consequence that his ditch extends eight feet from the interior line of the bunk's foot, viz., four feet for t)ie base of the bank, and four feet for the ditch ; and the owner has no right to cut into his neighbour's field to widen the ditch beyond the proof of its ancient width. (Vowles v. Miller, 3 Taunton, 137.) Where two fields are separated by a hedge and ditch, the \\e6ge,prijn(i facie, belongs to the owner of the field in which the ditch is not. If there are two ditches, one on each side the ditch, evidence must prove acts of ownership over the hedge to show to whom it be- longs. {Guy V. West, 2 Selwyn, N. P. 1287.) The owner of the wall or hedge is bound to repair it; and if any injury arises from its being out of repair, an action on the case lies. Any one stealing or cutting, breaking or throwing down, with the intent to steal, any fence, post, pales, rail, stile, or gate, or any part thereof, may be fined by a justice of the peace the amount of the injury done, and a fine not exceeding bl. Committing the same offence a second time renders the of- fender liable to twelve months' impri- sonment and a whipping. Stealing metal garden-fencing is a felony. In America each State has its own peculiar laws on this as on other subjects. In Pennsylvania, by an Act of 1700, entitled ".4/1 act for the regu- lating and maintaining of Fences," it was provided that " all cornfields and grounds kept for inclosures within the said province and counties annexed, shall be well fenced with fence at least five feet high, and close at the bottom, &c." By an Act of 1729, it was pro- vided that " to prevent disputes about the sufficiency of fences, all fences shall be esteemed lawful and sufficient, though they be not close at the bottom, so that the distance from the ground to the bottom thereof, exceed not nine inches; and that they be lour feet and a half high, and not under." Both acts are operative in certain counties only. — See Pardon's Digest. Ornamental fences for enclosing gar- dens, yards, &c., are almost as diversi- fied as the ideas of beauty in the human mind. "The impression, on viewing grounds laid out with some preten- sion to taste, is governed in a degree, by the style and character of the sur- rounding fence. It is a great mistake to suppose the most elaborate (and of course costly) arc the most pleasing ; j yet acting on this supposition, we see 1 exhibited fences which appear to have FEN 222 FER been plnnned as if to show the amount | many ; for ourselves, we should choose of money which could be thus expend- the latter, though it be not the best, ed and after all, they rather disgust so far as the preservation of the wood than please. Fig. 43. is concerned." — Rural Reg. FENNEL {Anethum Fanicvlum) will flourish in almost any soil or situation : in a dry soil it is longest-lived. It is propagated both by oftsets, partings of the root, and by seed ; all of which modes may be practised any time be- tween the beginning of February and the end of April. The best season, however, for sowing, is autumn, soon after the seed is ripe, at which time it may also be planted with success. Insert the plants a foot apart, and the seed in drills, six or twelve inches asunder, according as it is intended that — I the plants are to be transplanted or to remain. ' When advanced to the height of four or five inches, if they are intended for removal, the plants are pricked out eight inches apart, to attain strength for final planting in autumn or spring. Water must be given freely at every removal, and until established, if the weather is at all dry. They require no other cultivation than to be kept free from weeds ; and the stalks of those that are not required to produce seed to be cut down as often as they run up in summer. If this is strictly attended to, the roots will last for many years ; but those which are allowed to ripen their seed seldom endure for more than five or six. FENNEL-FLOWER. Nigella. FENUGREK. Trigonella. FERNELIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Turfy loam and peat. FERNS from the tropics present to us some of the most beautiful forms to be found in the vegetable world, and^ now very generally are a portion of collections of exotic plants. Mr. .T Henderson, the florist, gives the follow- ing directions for their cultivation : — " Procure a number of small octagon- I shaped hand-glasses about six inches in "The figures 42, 43, 44, illustrate ! diameter, (more or less,) according to three simple designs, formed by straight, the size of the pots intended to sow the slats or pales, and therefore of the least ' seeds in, the side walls of each being expense; thoy are readily executed, : high enough to admit the pot to stand and agreeable from their simplicity. , underneath without touching the glass. The colour which should be used, is of! " Pots.— These are to be about half course a matter of taste ; white is gene- filled with well broken potsherds, the rally preferred, though dark shades, finest at top ; then fill to within half an even jet black, arc the most pleasing to ! inch of the rim with heath-mould, sifted ~ - 1 - - - - - - '^^•W«j^„j>«,v ■--n^^R^AW^■«>"'^«o:ws herbaceous. Seed. Common light soil shelter is aware of their inconvenience. ! FRANKENIA. Nine species. Chief In rainy weather they soon become ly hardy evergreen trailers. Cuttings wet, and rapidly chill the beds ; added to which, the trouble caused in placing and removing them, and the danger to the glass from the stones laid on as a Loam and sandy peat. FRANKINCENSE. Pinus tcoda. FRAXINUS. The ash-tree. Forty- one species. Hardy deciduous trees, resislance to the wind, are by no means I Seed, or budding or grafting on the inconsiderable Mr. Seton, to obviate these incon- veniences, employs a particular cover- ing, which he constructs of four laths, two of such a length as to exceed a little that of the frame, and the others common ash [F.eicelsio)). FREE-STONE peaches and necta- rines, the flesh of which p^rts readily from the stone. FRENCH BEAN. See Kidney Bean. FRENCH MARIGOLD. Tagetes in a similar manner that of its breadth. \ patula. These are bound together at right angles, so as to form a parallelogram of the form and size of the frame ; and pieces are bound across this at a foot apart from each other. Over this a mat is spread, and over the mat a layer of straw is fastened, laid on level like thatch, from three to six inches thic FRIESIA peduncular is. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Turfy loam and peat. FRINGE TREE. Chionanthvs. FRITILLARIA. Fritillary. Twenty- three species, besides varieties. Hardy bulbs. Offsets. Sandy soil. ' The season for planting or trans- as may appear necessary. If the i planting all these bulbs is when their breadth of the frame is, or exceeds, flower-stalks are decayed, in July or four feet, it is best to have the covering ; beginning of August, though the bulbs^ in two parts, otherwise it becomes taken up at that time may be kept, if weak and unwieldy. These panels, ! necessary, by being laid in dry sand ; as they may be called, Mr. Seton also | but the fritillary {F. pyrenaica) and employs in preserving tender plants [ Persian lily (F. Prrs/cfl) arc rather more through the winter. A pit of frames, I impatient, out of the earth, than the earthed up all round, and covered with I crown imperial (F. imperialis), and one of them, or two or three if needful, j therefore should always be put in again is completely impervious to frost. Substitutes for glass. — Oiled paper as soon as possible. Propagation of all the species. — The was formerly employed ; but this has general mode of propagation of all been superseded by linen dressed with ! these plants is by offsets, which may he FRI 238 FRU separated every second or third year. The proper time is when their flower- etalks decay, taking the whole cluster of roots out of the earth and separating them into distinct roots, planting the emaller offsets by themselves, in nurse- ry-beds, to remain a year or two ; and the larger roots plant where they are designed to remain. They are also propagated by seed to gain new varieties. The process is tedious. The fritillary and Persian lily will be three years, and the crown im- perial sometimes six or seven, before they flower in perfection. The seeds are to be sown in boxes of light earth in August or September, down to below 32o without freezing, but it solidifies the moment it' is agi- tated."— Principles of Gardening. The seeds of some plants are bene- fited by being frozen, for those of the rose and the hawthorn never germinate so freely as after being subjected to the winter frosts. Freezing is beneficial to soils, not only by destroying vermin within its bosom, but by aiding the atmosphere to pervade its texture, which texture is also rendered much more friable by the frost. M. Schluber says that freez- ing reduces the consistency of soils most remarkably, and that in the case of clays and other adhesive soils, the covering them with earth a quarter of i diminution of their consistency amounts an inch deep. — Ahercromhie. FROST. If a plant be frozen, and though some defy the attacks of frost, others are very liable to its fatal influ- ence, death is brought upon them as it to at least 50 per cent. In hoeing clay he found it reduced from sixty-nine to forty-five of the scale already stated, and in the ordinary arable soil from thirty-three to twenty. He satisfactorily is in the animal frame, by a complete j explains this phenomenon by observing breaking down of their tissue ; their vessels are ruptured, and putrefaction supervenes with unusual rapidity. The following contingencies render a plant especially liable to be frozen. " First. Moisture renders a plant susceptible of cold. Every gardener knows this. If the air of his green- house be dry, the plants within may be that the crystals of ice pervading the entire substance of the frozen soil, ne- cessarily separate the particles of earth, rendering their points of contact fewer. As soil in our climate is rarely frozen to a depth of more than four inches, and in extremely hard winters it does not penetrate more than six inches in light soils, and ten inches in those that submitted to a temperature of 32^ with- i contain more clay, or an excess of out injury, provided the return to a ' moisture, these facts, and the frequent higher temperature be gradual. ' failure of our potato crops, have led Dr. " Secondly. Gradual decrements of. Lindley to the very judicious suggestion temperature are scarcely felt. A myr- j of planting these crops in autumn, tie may be forced and subsequently [ which must be the best time if practica- passed to the conservatory, to the cold- ' ble, for it is pursuing the dictate of na- pit, and even thence to an open border, ture. That it is practicable, I have no if in the south of England, without doubt, for no frost would injure the enduring any injury from the cold of sets, if a little coal ashes were put over winter; but it would be killed if passed them in each hole, for coal ashes are at once from the hot-house to the border. Thirdly. The more saline are the an excellent non-conductor of heat, and consequently opposed to a low reduc- tion of temperature. Even if potatoes juices of a plant, the less liable are buried some inches beneath the soil's they to congelation by frost. Salt pre- surface are frozen, they thaw so very serves vegetables from injury by sudden I gradually, that no injury to themoc- transitions in the temperature of the curs, unless the freezing has been suffi- atmosphere. That salted soil freezes cient to burst their vessels, which with more reluctance than before the ! occurs very rarely, salt is applied, is well known, and that j FROTH-FLY. See Tettigonia. crops of turnips, cabbages, cauliflowers, FRUIT ROOM. "Fruit for storing &c., are similarly preserved is equally should be gathered before it is quite well established. ', mature, for the ripening process, the "Fourthly. Absence of motion en- ^ formation of sugar, with its attendant ables plants to endure a lower degree exhalation of carbonic acid and water, of temperature. Water may be cooled | goes on as well in the fruit room as in FRU 239 FRU the open air at the season when the i slight, therefore, are to be avoided; functions of the leaves have ceased, and instead of putting fruit in heaps to and the fruit no longer enlarges. In sweat, as it is ignorantly termed, but gathering fruit, every care should be in fact to heat and promote decay, fruit adopted to avoid bruising; and, to this should be placed one by one upon a end, in the case of apples, pears, floor covered with dry sand, and the quinces, and medlars, let the gathering basket be lined throughout with sack- ing, and let the contents of each basket be carried at once to a floor covered with sand, and taken out one by one, not poured out, as is too usual, into a basket, and then again from this into a heap, for this systematic mode of in- flicting small braises is sure to usher in decay, inasmuch as that it bursts the divisional membranes of the cells con- taining the juice, and this being-extra' day following, if the air be dry, be wiped and stored away as before di- rected. Fruit for storing should not only be gathered during the middle hours of a dry day, but after the oc- curence of several such. '•'Although the fruit is stored in sand, it is not best for it to be kept there up to the very time of using, for the pre- sence of light and air is necessary for the elaboration of saccharine matter. A fortnight's consumption of each sort vasated, speedily passes from the stage ! should be kept upon beach, birch, or of spirituous fermentation to that of elm shelves, with a ledge all round, to putref;iction. To avoid this is the prin- keep on them about half an inch in cipal object of fruit storing, whilst at the same time it is necessary that the fruit shall be kept firm and juicy. Now it so happens, that the means required to secure the one also effects the other depth of dry sand ; on this the fruit rests softly, and the vacancy caused by every day's consumption should be re- placed from the boxes as it occurs. If deal is employed for the shelving, it is " To preserve the juiciness of the apt to impart a flavour of turpentine to fruit, nothing more is required than a | the fruit. The store-room should have low temperature, and the exclusion of a northern aspect, be on a second floor, the atmospheric air. The best practical and have at least two windows, to pro- mode of doing this is to pack the fruit ' mote ventilation in dry days. A stove in boxes of perfectly dried pit-sand, in the room, or hot-water pipe with a employing boxes or bins, and taking regulating cock, is almost essentialj for care that no two apples or pears touch, heat will be required occasionally in The sand should be thoroughly dried very cold and in damp weather; the by fire-heat, and over the uppermost windows should have stout inside shut- layer of fruit the sand should form a ters. Sand operates as a preservative, covering nine inches deep. not only by excluding air and moisture, Putrefaction requires indispensably ; but by keeping the fruit cool; for it is three contingencies — moisture, warmth, one of the worst conductors of heat, and the presence of atmospheric air, or and moreover it keeps carbonic acid in at least of its oxygen. Now burying in contact with the fruit. All fruit in sand excludes all these as much as can ripening emits carbonic acid, and this be practically effected ; and it excludes, gas is one of the most powerful prevent- moreover, the light, which is one of the ives of decay known, prime agents in the ripening of fruit. I " The temperature of the fruit room The more minutely divided into small should never rise above 40°, nor sink portions animal or vegetable juices may ' below 34° of Fahrenheit's thermometer, be, so much longer are they preserved from "putridity : hencfll one of the rea- sons why bruised fruit decays more quickly than sound ; the membranes of the pulp dividing it into little cells, are ruptured and a larger quantity of the juices are together ; but this is only one reason, for bruising allows the air to penetrate, and it deranges that inex- plicable vital power, which whilst un- injured acts 80 antiseptically in all fruits, seed, and eggs. Bruises the most the more regular the better. Powdered charcoal is even a better preservative for packing fruit than sand ; and one box not to be opened until April, ought to be packed with this most powerful antiseptic. If it were not from its soil- ing nature, and the trouble consequent upon its employment, I should advocate its exclusive use ; I have kept apples perfectly sound in it until June. " It is not unworthy of observation, that the eye or extremity farthest from rue 240 FUC the stalk, is the first to ripen. This is most perceptible in pears, especially in the chaumontelle. That end therefore should be slightly imbedded in the sand; and thus excluding it from the light, checks its progress in ripening." — Principles of Gardening. FUCHSIA. Twenty species, besides many varieties. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Seed and cuttings. Light rich loam and peat. Varieties for open borders. — F. Ric- cartonia; globosa; gracilis; Thomsonii; Clintonia; conica ; reflexa; erecta ; and virgata. For Pot-culture. — Brockmannii ; Exo- niensis ; Colossus ; Attractor ; Enchan- tress; Eppsii; Stanwelliana ; Splendida; Defiance ; Laneii ; Toddiana ; Cham- pion ; Victory; Majestica; Paragon; Splendens; Fulgens; Robusta ; Youel- lii ; Chandlerii ; Venus Victrix ; Money- pennii ; Standishii; Dalstonii ; Curtisii ; Eclipse; Rosa Alba; and Spectabilis. There are about eighty other named varieties of diii'ering degrees of merit. Soil. — The best is formed of equal parts rotted turf, sandy loam, and peat. Propagation by seed. — Sow directly it is ripe. Bruise the berries, wash away their pulp, mix the seed with sand, sow thinly in pans of the soil just described, and place in the green-house. Prick into thimbles when the seedlings are large enough for handling; place under a hand-glass, in a stove or hot- bed, for a few days, and then remove into a green-house. Shift into larger pots as the roots fill those in which they are growing. By cuttirigs. — No plant is more easily propagated by cuttings at any season o the same stock. This is very desirable where room has to be husbanded. Cut away to the length of one and a half inch, half the thickness of the two shoots to be united, bind them together; sever through the scion three-fourths of its thickness, just below the junction, keep in a warm moist atmosphere, and in three or four days the junction will be complete. F. fulgens, F. Cormackii and other strong growing varieties are the best stocks." — Gard. Chron. To make specimen Fuchsias. — "In order to have specimen plants of Fuch- sias," says Mr. G. Watson, " put in cuttings in the beginning of August ; planting them round the rims of five inch pots filled with light sandy soil and well drained ; then place in a cu- cumber-frame till sufficiently rooted, and afterwards remove to a cool and airy part of the green-house, and let them remain till February. In that month, pot off into small sixties, and when well rooted in these pots, two or more healthy and well-shaped plants of each variety put into larger pots accord- ing to their size. While young, care must be taken that the earth, in which they are growing, does not become soured by over watering, or the plants will soon become sickly. When they have filled these pots with roots, the plants must be removed into larger pots and carefully tied up to sticks in order to keep the leading shoots up- right, as several of the varieties have a tendency to grow downward, and it is only with constant care that these va- rieties are kept vigorous. " About the second week in June, shift for the last time into pots suffi- the year than the Fuchsia, but the best \ ciently large to bloom them in ; in pot- season is from the end of May to the end of July. Have the cuttings about three inches long; strip the leaves off the lower half of their lengths, and plant in pots, having the surface of the com- post in them to the depth of an inch covered with sand. Plant in this the cuttings, so thattheir ends just touch the compost. Moisten the sand, place the pots in a green-house under the cover of hand-glasses. When rooted, pot singly in sixties. By grafting. — "The early part of ting particular attention must be paid to the drainage, so that the superabund- ant water may be easily passed off. " Plants treated in this manner will begin to bloom profusely at the latter end of July, and continue flowering till the end of Septjjmber ; during this pe- riod the pots should be placed in pans, so that the plant may be well supplied with water, and yet not constantly soaked in it. " Plants thus treated, with their shoots pruned to three or four buds, May is suitable for grafting /Mc/isias, or I form beautiful objects for turning out rather for inarching them, as this is de- I into the flower garden the following cidedly the most successful mode of summer; but if very large specimens combining more than one variety upon , are required, their pot room must be FUE 241 FUM increased, and they should be grown i duct will be the quantity of fuel required in the open air to heat a cubic foot of air, one degree ; " Those who cultivate the Fuchsia, and twenty times that quantity will heat with the desire of obtaining it in the greatest perfection, should remember that in its native haunts it flourishes under the shade of loftier shrubs. Rea- son, therefore, suggests, and experience it twenty degrees ; thirty times will heal it thirty degrees, and so on. Now 0.0075 lbs. of best coals will heat a cubic foot of water one degree ; there- fore 0.000002625 lbs. of best coals will has proved, that nothing more conduces 1 heat a cubic foot of air one degree, to its vigour than shading it for three or j It is essential to good and profitable four hours during the hottest period of j fuel that it should be free from moist- the day, and syringing gently every ! ure ; for unless it be dry, much of the night and morning during hot weather.' — Gard. Chron. heat which it generates is consumed in I converting that moisture into vapour : Winter Protection. — At the approach ' hence the superior value of old dense, of frost, that excellent horticulturist, dry wood, to that which is porous and Mr. Mearns, recommends that the plants should be taken out of the soil, and all the laterals cut from them ; upon those intended to be trained to a i wall, paling, or trellis, leave three, four, five or six canes. They are then damp. A pound of dry will heat thirty- five pounds of water from 32'' to 212'^; but a pound of the same wood in a moist or fresh state, will not similarly heat more than twenty-five pounds. The value, therefore, of different woods ready to be deposited until the end of for fuel is nearly inversely as their April, or beginning of May, in a pit in j moisture : and this may be readily as- heath or any other tolerably dry soil, I certained by finding how much a pound or sand, and place them in a sloping i weight of the shavings of each loses by direction in the pit with stakes driven drving during two hours, at a terapera- " tufe of 212". The preceding are the average of results obtainable in a common well- constructed furnace. By a complicated form of boiler, perhaps a small saving of fuel, in obtaining the same results. here and there diagonally over them, that they may be kept hollow, and to prevent the soil fronn pressing too much upon their brittle stems. In covering them use no straw, or matting, but allow the soil to fall amongst them, and form it into a sharp may be effected ; but it will be found ridge at the top. — Gard. Chron. generally, that the original cost of The laterals removed at the time of apparatus, and the current additional this winter-pruning, if divested of their laterals, and packed in powdered char- coal, or perfectly dry earth, in boxes, and placed out of the reach of frost, in a cool place, will retain their vitality until next April, when they may be cut into lengths of about a foot long, and planted with a dibble; insert them into the ground, so as to leave about three inches of the cuttings above the surface in any place where they are wanted to expense for repairs, will more than exceed the economy of fuel. — Prin. of Gard. FULL-FLOWER. See Double-flower. FUMARIA. Six species. Hardy an- nual climbers. Seed. Common soil. FUMIGATING is employed for the destruction of certain insects ; the in- haled vapour or smoke arising from some substances being fatal to them. Tobacco (see Tobacco) is the usual sub- flower next summer. If kept tolerably stance employed; and it may be ignited, moist, they will be found to make good ; and the smoke impelled upon the insects by bellows ; or the ignited tobacco may be placed under a box, or within a flowering plants with little trouble Gard. Chron. FUEL is no small item in the annual frame together with the affected plant, expenditure of the stove, green-house. The vapour of turpentine is destructive and conservatory departments, and therefore deserves consideration. The specific heat of water being 1, and that of atmospheric air 0.00035, or jg'jjjth, if the quantity of fuel which will heat a cubic foot of water one de- gree be multiplied by 0.00035, the pro- 16 to the scale and other insects, employed in this mode. Mr. Mills has also stated the following as the best mode of fumi- gating with tobacco. " According to the size of the place to be fumigated, one or more pieces of cast iron, one inch thick, and three FUM 242 GAR inches over, are made red hot; (pieces GALEANDRA gracilis. Stove of old tiles, such as are used for cover- orchid. Division. Sandy peat, and ing smoke flues, would probably answer light loam. equally well ;) one of these is placed in GALEGA. Goat's Rue. Five spe- a twenty-four sized pot, on which is put cies, and some varieties. Hardy her- the quantity of tobacco considered ne- baceous perennials. Division or seeds. cessary to charge the structure with Common soil. smoke sufficient to destroy insect life. GALEOBDOLON iw^eum and variety. To fumigate an ordinary sized eight- Hardy herbaceous perennial. Division. light house, I use three heaters, and Marshy soil. three twenty-four sized pots, which I GALIPEA. Two species. Stove liave placed on the front flue or walk ; evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peaty one pound of strong tobacco is put on soil. the three heaters in equal parts, and GALL is a tumour, formed in conse- this I find sufficient to till the house, so quence of the part being punctured by as to destroy all the kinds of insects an insect, the tumour becoming the ni- that perish by fumigation. The system dusof the insect brood. The Oak apple lias these advantages: the tobacco is so caused by the Cynips querci is a fami- quicklv consumed, that the house is liar example; as also are the bunches completely filled in a very short time, of leaves not unlike a rose on the Rose and but little smoke can escape before Willow, and the mossy tufts on the the insects are destroyed; the pure heat twigs of the wild rose, and erroneously from the iron heaters prevents injury called Bedeguar. from gas, and as no blowing is required GALPHINIA. Two species. Stove there is no dust: it being only neces- evergreens ; one a shrub; one a climber. sary to put the tobacco on the heaters, Ripened cuttings. Loam and peat. and leave the house." — Gard. Chron. I GAMBOGE. Gnrcinia Gamhogia. , FUMITORY. Fumaria. \ GAMMA MOTH. See Noctua. FUNKIA. Five species. Hardy i GANGRENE. See Canker. herbaceous. Division. Sheltered light soil. FURCRCEA. Seven species. Stove succulents'. Suckers. Rich light loam, require a strong moist heat G^>RTNERA. Two species. Stove GARDEN BALSAM. Justicia pec- evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Loam toralis. and peat. GARDEN BEETLE. See Phyllo- GAGP2A. Nineteen species. Hardy pertha. bulbous perennials. Off"sets. Light soil. GARDEN PEBBLE MOTH. See GAGNEBINA. Two species. Stove Scapula. evergreen shrubs. Cuttings and seeds. GARDENING. " Herder, in his JiTa/- Loam and peat, with a little sand. ligone, caWs gardening the second libe- GAILLARDIA. Four species. Hardy ral art, architecture the first. ' A dis- herbaceous perennials. Division. Com- trict,' says he, ' of which every part mon soil. bears what is best for it, in which no GALA.CTIA. Four species. Hardy waste spot accuses the indolence of the deciduous or stove evergreen twining inhabitants, and which is adorned by plants. Cuttings. Division. Seeds, beautiful gardens, needs no statues on Loam, peat and sand. the road ; Pomona, Ceres, Pales, Ver- GALACTITES. Two species. Hardy tumnus. Sylvan and Flora meet us with annuals. Seeds. Common soil. all their gifts. Art and nature are there GALANGALE. Kampfera. harmoniously mingled. To distinguish, GALANTHUS. Snowdrop. Two in nature, harmony from discord ; to species. Hardy bulbous perennials, discern the character of every region GARCINIA. Four species. Stove evergreen fruit trees. Ripened cuttings. Light loamy soil with peat. They Offsets. Common soil with a taste which developes and dis- GAhA'S. aphylla. Hardy herbaceous poses to the best advantage the beauties perennial. Division. Peaty soil in a of nature — if this is not a fine art, then moist situation. none exists.' However true it may be, GALAXIA. Five species. Green- that gardening deserves to be called a house bulbous perennials. Offsets, fine art, we can hardly agree with Her- Sandy peat soil. , der, that it is the second m the order of GAR 243 GAR time ; for though gardens must have originated soon after man had advanced beyond the mere nomadic life, yet the practice of gardening as a fine art, that is, not merely as a useful occupation, must necessarily have been of a much later date. The hanging gardens of Semiramis are reckoned among the constructed in the palaces in Rome, and in which, as Pliny says, nature was counterfeited. But a grotto does not constitute a garden; and that the Ro- mans had no fine gardens, in our sense of the word, is proved by several pas- sages of their authors, and by the ac- counts we have of their gardens. In wonders of the world ; but that which | Pliny's description of his Tuscan villa, astonishes is not therefore beautiful. I we find, indeed, all conveniences — pro- Scatlbldmgs, supported by pillars, co- tection against the weather, an agreea- vered with earth, bearing trees, and ble mixture of coolness and warmth ; artificially watered, are, no doubt, won- but everything beautiful relates merelv derful ; but we have no reason to sup- [ to buildings, not to the garden, which, pose them beautiful. The gardens of j with its innumerable figures of box, and the Persians (paradises'; are called by j in its whole disposition, was as tasteless Xenophon delightful places, fertile and i as possible. Ofthe gardens of Lucullus, beautiful ; but they seem rather to have Varro says, that they were not remark- been places naturally agreeable, with able for flowers and fruits, but for the paintings of the villa. A fertile soil, and a fine prospect from the villas, which were generally beautifully situ- ated, seem to have satisfied the Romans. Whatever the art of gardening had i)ro- duced among them, was, with every other trace of refinement, swept away by the barbarians who devastated Italv. Charlemagne directed his attention to this art, but his views did not extend beyond mere utility. The Troubadours of the middle ages speak of symmetri- cal gardens. In Italy, at the time of the revival of learning, attention was again turned towards pleasure gardens, some of which were so famous, that drawings were made of them. They may have been very agreeable places, but we have no reason to suppose them to have exhibited much of the skill of the scientific gardener. At a later period, a new taste in gardening pre- vailed in France. Regularity was car- ried to excess; clipped hedges, alleys laid out in straight lines, flower-beds tortured into fantastic shapes, trees cut into the form of pyramids, haystacks, animals, &c., were now the order of the day. The gardens corres])ondcd with the taste of the time, which dis- played itself with the same artificial fruit-trees, flowers, &c., growing spon- taneously, than gardens artificially laid outand cultivated. VVhetherthe Greeks, so distinguished in the fine arts, neglect- ed the art of gardening, is a question not yet decided. The gardens of Al- cinoiis (Odyssey, vii., 112 — 132) were nothing but well laid out fruit orchards and vineyards, with some flowers. The grotto of Calypso {Odyssey, v., 63 — 73) is more romantic, but probably is not intended to be described as a work of art. The common gardens which the Greeks had near their farms, were more or less like the gardens of Alcinoiis. Attention was paid to the useful and the agreeable, to culinary plants, fruits, flowers, shadowing trees and irrigation. Shady groves, cool fountains, with some statues, were the only ornaments ofthe gardens of the philosophers at Athens. The descriptions of gardens in the later Greek novelists do not show any great progress in the art of gardening in their time ; and it would be worth while to inquire, whether the same cause, which prevented the cultivation of landscape painting with the ancients, did not also prevent the progress of the art of gar- dening. The ancients stood in a differ- ent relation to nature from the moderns. The true art of gardening is probably j stiffness in dress, architecture and poet- connected with that element of the ro- i mantic, which has exercised so great an j influence on all arts ever since the re- i vival of arts and letters, and, in some ' degree, ever since the Christian era. I Even the grottoes of the ancients owed ry. Lenotre was the inventor of this style of French gardening, which, how- ever, his successors carried to greater excess. Nothing natural was left, and yet nature was often imitated in arti- ficial rocks, fountains, &c. Only one their origin morely to the desire for the J thing strikes us as truly grand in car- coolness they afforded. Natural grot- , dens of this sort — the fountains, which toes led to artificial ones, which were were constructed at great expense. GAR 244 GAR The Dutch imitated the French. The English were the first who felt the ab- surdity of this style. Addison attacked it in his famous Essays on Gardening, in the Spectator ; and Pope, in his fourth Moral Epistle, lashed its petty, cramped and unnatural character, and displayed a better taste in the garden of his little villa, at Twickenham ; crowds followed him, and practice went before theory. (See Horace Walpole's History of Modern Taste in Gardening.) This style, however, was also carried to excess. All appearance of regularity tastic, predominate in a garden, ac- cording to the means which can be commanded. This is not so easy as might appear at first, and it requires as much skill to discover the disposition which should be made of certain grounds, as to carry it into effect ; but if such skill were not required, garden- ing would not be an art. Another prin- ciple, which gardening has in common with all the fine arts, is, that it is by no means its highest aim to imitate reality, because reality will always be better than imitation. A gardener ought to •was rejected as hurtful to the beauty of j study nature, to learn from her the nature, and it was forgotten, that if in a I principles and elements of beauty, as garden we want nothing but nature, we 1 the painter is obliged to do; but he had better leave gardening altogether. ! must not stop there. As another gene- This extreme prevailed, particularly ral remark, we would observe, that the after the Oriental and Chinese style (see true style of gardening lies between the Chambers' Dissertations on Oriental two extremes. It is by no means a re- Gardening-) had become known. What 1 proach to a garden that it shows the in nature is dispersed over thousands of ; traces of art, any more than it is to a miles, was huddled together on a small drama. Both, indeed, should follow spot of a few acres square — urns, tombs; ' nature ; but in respect to the fine arts, Chinese, Turkish and New Zealand temples; bridges, which could not be passed without risk ; damp grottoes ; moist walks ; noisome pools, which were meant to represent lakes; houses, huts, castles, convents, hermitages, ruins, decaying trees, heaps of stones ; — a pattern card of every thing strange, from all nations under heaven, was ex- hibited in such a garden. Stables took the shape of palaces, kennels of Gothic temples, &c. ; and this was called nature ! The folly of this was soon felt, and a chaster style took its place. At this point we have now arrived. The art of gardening, like every other art, is manifold ; and one of its first princi- ples, as in architecture, is to calculate well the means and the objects. Im- there is a great difference between a free following of nature and a servile copy of particular realities. Tieck, in his Phantasien, does not entirely reject the French system ; at least, he defends the architectural principle as one of the principles of the art of gardening. There are many works of great merit on gardening, of which we only men- tion Descriptions des nouveaux Jardins de la France, &c., by La Borde (Paris, 1S08 to J814), the most complete for descriptions; Loudon's Encyclopedia of Gardening, 5th edit., (London, 1827;) Handbuch der schonen Gartenkunst, by Dietrich (Giessen, 1815); Hirschfeld's Theorie der Gartenkunst (Leipsic, 1779), 5 vols., 4to., with many engravings, a work of very great merit, and still of mense cathedrals and small apartments, considerable use; Le ban Jardinier, long epics and little songs, all may be ; Almanack pour P Annie 1830, edited by equ°ally beautiful and perfect, but can ' A. Poiteau (Paris), 1022 pages. (See only be made so by a proper regard to the article Horticulture.^ — Encyclo- the'character ofeach. Thustheclimate, padia Americana. the extent of the grounds, the soil, &c., j GARDENER. The day is gone when must determine the character of a gar- ' the spade and the blue apron were the den. Aiken justly observes, that no- ; only appropriate devices for the gar- thing deviates more from nature, than dener ; he must now not only have a the imitation of her grand works in thorough practical knowledge of his miniature. All deception ceases at the art, but he must also have an intimate first view, and the would-be magnificent acquaintance with its sciences. No garden appears like a mere baby house. I man can have stored in his mind too Let the character of the agreeable, the much knowledge, but there are always sublime, the awful, the sportive, the ^ some branches of information of more rural, the neat, the romantic, the fan- I value than others ; of these to the gar- GAR 245 G EI dener there are none so important as leaf mould and peat, with a little bush botany and chemistry. Botany, physi- ological as well as classical. Chemistry, rubbish. GASTONIA palmata. especially as applied to the examination ] green shrub. Cuttings. of organic nature. GARDENIA. Twenty-seven species Stove ever- Sand, loam. and peat. GASTROCARPIIA runcinata. Half- and two varieties. Stove or green-house hardy herbaceous perennial. Seeds. shrubs. Cuttings. ROCAMBOLE. Loam Allium evergreen and peat. GARDEN ophioscordon. GARDEN SWIFT. See Hepialus. GARDOQUIA. Five species. Stove or green-house evergreen shrubs. G. betonicoides is an herbaceous perennial. Cuttings. Sand, loam, and peat Common soil. GASTROCHILUS pulcherrimus. Stove herbaceous perennial. Division. Sandy loam. GASTROLOBIUM. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Half ripened cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. GASTRONEMA clavatum. Green- GARLAND FLOWER. Pleurandra , house bulbous perennial. Offsets. Rich Cneorum. GARLICK. Allium sativum. Is ca- pable of growing in almost any soil. Mode and Time of Plantirig. — It is generally propagated by parting the root, but may be raised from the bulbs produced on the stems. The planting mould. GATHERER. The hand is the best instrument for collecting fruit into the basket, but to avoid the danger and breakage of branches unavoidably inci- dental to using long ladders, the fol- lowing instruments have been designed. may be performed any time in February, ! Fig. 54, for apples and other single fruit. March, and early in April ; but the middle of the second is the usual time of insertion. A single clove to be placed in each one of holes made six inches apart, and one and a half deep, in straight lines, six inches distant from each other; care being taken to set the root downwards : to do this it is the best practice to thrust the finger and thumb, holding a clove between them, to the reijuisite depth without any pre- vious hole being made. The only cul- tivation is to keep them clear of weeds, and in .Tune the leaves to be tied in knots to prevent their running to seed, which would greatly diminish the size of the bulbs. A few roots may be taken up as required in June and July, but the whole must not be lifled until the leaves wither, which occurs at the close of this last mentioned month, or in the course of August. It is usual to leave a part of the stalk attached, by which they are tied into bundles, being pre- viously well dried for keeping during the winter. GARLIC PEAR. Cratteva. GARRYA elliptica and laurifolia. Hardy evergreen shrubs. Layers. Loamy soil Fig. 55, for grapes, the branches of which it severs and retains in its grasp. Fig. 54. Fig. 55. GATHERING. See Fruit Room. GAUDICHAUDIA cynanchoides . Stove evergreen twiner. Ripe cuttings. Light turfy loam and peat. GAULSHERIA. Four species. Hardy or green-house evergreen shrubs. G. procumbens, a creeper. Layers. Peat soil. GAURA. Eight species. Chiefly hardy plants. G. fruticosa, increases by cuttings. The perennials by seed : they thrive in a rich soil. The annuals and biennials. Seeds. Common soil. GAZANIA. Five species. Green- GARUGA prj'ma/a. Stove evergreen I house herbaceous perennials or ever tree. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GASTERIA. Forty-two species and many varieties. Green-house evergreen evergreen shrub. Cuttings shrubs. Suckers or leaves. Sandy loam, of loam and rotten dung green shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. GEISSOMERIA longijlora. Stove Rich aoi! GEI 246 GER GEISSORHIZA. Eleven species and ' piece of cloth dipped in tar and bound few varieties. Green-house bulbous round a tree's stem prevents its ascent. perennials. Offsets. Sandy peat. GEITONOPLESIUM. Three spe- cies. Green-house herbaceous peren- nials. G. cymodum, is an evergreen twiner. Cuttings. Peat and loam, or sandy peat. GELA. Two species. Green-house evergreens. Cuttings. Sandy peat GELASINE azurea. bulbous perennial. GEM. See Bud. GENISTA. Forty-nine species and a few varieties. Chiefly hardy ever- green shrubs. A few deciduous or ever- green trailers and shrubs. For the green-house or half hardy kinds, cut- tings, loam, peat, and sand. The hardy kinds are increased by layers or seeds. GENTIAN A. Fifty-eight species and some varieties. Hardy plants G. piniaria attacks the pine and fir tribe. GEONOMA. Six species. Palms. Seed. Rich sandy loam, and a strong heat. GERANIUM. Fifty-one species and some varieties. Chiefly hardy herba- ceous perennials. The green-house Green-house and frame kinds increase from cuttings or seeds, and grow well in a mixture of loam and peat, and vegetable soil. The hardy species and the annuals increase from seeds, and require only common soil. See Pelargonium. GERARDIA. Seven species. Hardy annuals, biennials, and herbaceous pe- rennials. Seed or cuttings. Peatv soil. GERBERA crenata. Green-house biennial. Seeds. Sandy loam and peat. GERMINATION is the sprouting, or first step in vegetation of a seed. To The herbaceous kinds for the most part > enable it to germinate, it must have a per grow well in a rich peaty soil, and may be increased by division- The annuals and biennials by seeds. Com- mon soil. GENTIANELLA. Gentiana acaulis. Is a hardy and herbaceous creeper. Sow the seeds of this as soon as they are ripe, (otherwise they soon lose the power of vegetation,) in pans filled with rather heavy peat. Sow on the surface, without any covering except a slight sprinkling of silver sand ; then place feclly-developed embryo, and be ripe, or nearly ripe. It must not be too old. The following list, furnished by the late Mr. Loudon, shows the greatest age at which some of our common gar- den seeds germinate freely ; and this result of experience is quite concurrent with our knowledge of their chemical constitution : — "One year. — Peas, beans, kidney beans, carrot, parsnip, oraches, herb- patience, rhubarb, elm, poplar, and the pans either in a cold frame facing | willow. Two years. — Radish, salsafy, the north, and kept close, or on the i scorzonera, purslane, the alliums, car- north side of a wall, where they are i doon, rampion, alisander, love-apple, completely screened from the sun, and capsicum, egg-plant. Three years. — cover them with a hand-glass. i Sea-kale, artichoke, lettuce, marigold, Soil. — A light loam suits it best ; ma- rue, rosemary. Four years.-^Brassicas, nured annually with leaf mould. If the subsoil is dry, the soil may be advan- tageously more clayey. GEOMETRA. The Amphidasis of some entomologists, is a genus of moths; including G. polosaria. Pale Brindled Beauty Moth which appears in March ; skirret, spinach, asparagus, endive, mustard, tarragon, borage. Five and six years. — Burnet, sorel, parsley, dill, fennel, chervil, hyssop. Ten years. — Beet, celery, pompion, cucumber, me- lon." Mr. Loudon may be safely received ego-s deposited in bands round a twig, as good authority on subjects which he as done by the Lacky Moth. Caterpil- ] investigated. If the age at which the jars appear with the opening leaves of | vitality of certain seeds cease in Eng- the elm, lime, lilac, and apple tree. They are at first a light green. G. defoliaria, Lime Looper, or Mot- tled Umbre Moth, feeds on the leaves of the lime and apple. Moth appears in November. Caterpillar reddish, with a bright yellow stripe on each side. Female moth has no wings, so that a and as expressed herein, be correct, it proves a result in that climate different from our own. For instance, peas, beans, carrots, &c., vegetate freely in the United States when two or three years old, sea-kale seldom after the first year, and so of other seeds enume- rated in the list. GER 247 GER A certain degree of warmth is essen- that prevent the incubation of egps, un- ti.il ; for no known plant has seed that ' less they be kept for a certain period at ■will germinate below or at the freezing ', a temperature of about lOC^ point of water. A temperature above 32o of Fahrenheit's thermometer there^ As no seed will germinate unless a certain degree of heat is present, so also fore is requisite. But on the other hand, does it require that a certain quantity the temperature must not be excessively of water is in contact with its outer high. Even no tropical seed, probably, skin or integument ; and this is required will germinate at a temperature much not only to soften this covering, and above 120^ F., and we know from the thus permit the enlargement of the co- experiments of M. M. Edwards and tyledons (seed lobes) always preceding Colin, that neither wheat, oats, nor bar- | germination, but also to aftord that wa- ley will vegetate in a temperature of ter to internal components of the seed. 113' without which the chemical changes Every seed differing in its degree of necessary for the nutriment of the em excitability, conseqbently, has a te seqbe t wlii perature without wliich it will not ve- bryo plant will not take place. As water is essential to germination, and getate, and from which cause arise the only a certain quantity is required for consequences that dirterent plants re- ; its healthy progress, so is it by no means quire to be sown at different seasons, a matter of indifference what matters it and that they germinate with various I holds in solution. Until germination degrees of rapidity. The gardener has commenced, no liquid but water at should always bear in mind that it would common temperatures will pass through be a very erroneous conclusion, because the integuments of a seed. a seed does not germinate at the accus- : So soon as germination has com- tomed time, that therefore its vegetating menced, this power to exclude foreign powers are departed. No two seeds fluids ceases ; but the organs starting taken from the same seed-vessel ger- i into activity, the radicle and the plumule minate precisely at the same time; but \ are so delicate, that the weakest saline on the contrary, one will often do so I solutions are too acrid and ofiensive f'»r promptly, while its companion seed will them. It may be noted as a warning to remain dormant until another year. those who employ steeps for seed, with M. de Candolle relates an instance the hope of promoting the vigour of the where fresh tobacco seedlingscontinued , future plant, that they must keep the to appear annually for ten years on the seed in those steeps a very few hour?, same plot, though no seed was sown In forty-eight hours, if the temperature after the first sowing; and the same ' be 60° or more, putrefaction coin- phenomenon usually occurs for two or inences, and germintition is weakened, three years, when the seed of either the or entirely destroyed. M. Vogcl, of peony or hawthorn are sown. Why one Munich, has published an exieiuied seed is more easily excited than another course of experiments upon this subject, is as yet unexplained ; but the wisdom and they fully confirm my opinion that of this one of many i)rovisions for avoid- salts, innoxious when the plant is of ing the accidental extinction of a spe- robust and advanced growth, are fatal cies in any given locality is readily dis- to it at the lime of germination. cerned. An ungenial spring may destroy : The presence of one of the conslito- the plants from those seeds which first ent gases of the atmosphere, oxygen, is germinated; but this could scarcely oc- also essential to germination. It is ne- curalso to those of the second and third cessary that the oxygen should penetrate year, or even to those which were only \ to the cotyledonous parts of the seed, a few weeks later in their vegetation. as is evident by the changes which take It is not possible to enunciate a ge- place during germination, and it is f\ir- neral rule relative to germinating teni- ther proved by experiment. Wtien peratures, requiring no exceptions; but healthy seed is moistened and exposed in general, for the seeds of plants, in a suitable temperature to atmos- natives of temperate latitudes, the best pheric air, it absorbs the oxygen only, germinating temperature is about 60°, This power of separating one gas froi.i and for those of tropical plants about the others appears to reside in tlie 80°; and the necessity for such tempe- , integuments of the seed, for old seeds ratures depends upon the same causes ; lose the power of absorbing the oxygen, GER 248 GER and, consequently, of germinating ; yet they will frequently germinate if soaked in an aqueous solution of chlorine — a gas which has the power of attracting liydrogen from water, and others of its compounds, and releasing the oxygen, doing so in the case of seeds within their integuments, as well as without- side. Humboldt and Saussure have also shown that the application of chlo- rine to seeds accelerates its germina- tion ; and Cress seed, which under or- dinary circumstances requires some days to complete the process, they found effected it in no more than three ant phenomena, — but we can penetrate the mystery no farther. I have never been able to discover that light has injurious influence over germination, and in those experiments apparently proving the contrary, due care was not taken to prevent the seed being exposed to a greater degree of dryness as well as to light. If seed be placed on the surface of a soil, and other seed just below that sur- face, and care be taken to keep the for- mer constantly moist, it will germinate just as speedily as the buried seed, and f exposed to the blue rays only of the hours. The late Mr. George Sinclair, [ spectrum by being kept under a glass author of the excellent Hortus Grami-', of that colour, ^ven more rapidly. neus Woburnensis, also informed me | Therefore the object of sowing the seed below the surface, is for the purposes of keeping it in a state of equable and salutary moisture, as well as to place the radicle iu the medium necessary for its growth into a root, immediately it emerges from the integument of the seed. These facts hold out some bea- cons worthy of being attended to, as that he employed chlorine with sin gular success. He obtained it by mix- ing a tablespoonful of muriatic acid with a similar quantity of black ox de of man- ganese, and half a pint of water. After allowing the mixture to remain two or three hours, the seed is to be immersed in the liquid for a similar period, and then sown. Another, and I consider ! guides for the operation of sowing, the most eligible mode of applying the ! They point out that every kind of chlorine was also suggested to me by | seed has a particular depth below the the same distinguished horticulturist. In this way he said he made tropical seeds vegetate which refused to germi- nate by other modes of treatment. He placed the mixed ingredients mentioned above in a glass retort, inserting its bulb in the hot-bed, and bringing its beak under the pot in which the seeds were sown, connecting it with the draining aperture of the pot. The chlo- rine gas is gradually evolved, passing surface at which it germinates most vigorously, as securing to it the most appropriate degree of moisture, of oxy- gen gas, and of warmth. From a quar- ter of an inch to two inches beneath the surface, appear to be the limits for the seeds of plants; but they usually vary for the same seeds in different grounds and countries. It must be the least in aluminous soils and dry cli- mates. In general, sowing should be through the earth of the pot to the seeds, performed in dry weather, especially with more or less rapidity, according ' on heavy soils, not only because of the to the heat employed. This absolute i greater saving of labour, but because necessity for the presence of oxygen is j it prevents the seed being enveloped a reason why seeds will not germinate if buried beyond a certain distance from the earth's surface ; and why clayey soils often fail of having a good plant, an impervious coat of the clay envelop- ing the seed, and preventing the air's access. How oxygen operates in aid- with a coat of earth impermeable by the air, " which," says Sir H. Davy, " is one cause of the unproductiveness of cold clayey soils." Perhaps the time at which any ground may be raked with the greatest facility is as good and practical a criterion as any ing the seed to develope the parts of the I to judge when it is fit for sowing. In embryo plant, we cannot even guess — general, if clay does not predominate •we only know that most seeds have I in its constitution, a soil rakes best just more carbon (pure charcoal) in their [ after it has been turned up with the composition than other parts of their parent plant; that the oxygen absorbed bv the seeds combines with a portion of that carbon, and is emitted in the form of carbonic acid. These are the attend- ipade. If clay does predominate it usually rakes with most facility after it has been dug two or three days, and then immediately after a gentle rain. But it is certain that the sooner seed is GE R 249 G L A sown after the soil is dug for its recep- tion, the earlier it germinates. In the droughts of summer, water is often re- quired to newly-sown beds. Such ap- plication must not be very limited or transitory ; for if the soil is only moist- ened at the immediate time of sowing, it induces the projection of the radicle, which in very parching weather, and in clayey, caking soil, I have known wither away, and the crop be conse- quently lost from the want of a con- brids, are the next in beauty to G. psittacinvs, but they are not so hardy nor so vigorous. They require taking up every season ; for if left in the ground, though protected with a cover- ing, they always sufler from damp, and never start early enough to flower well the next season. " About the beginning of October, to propagate them, take from well- established plants a cluster of corms about one and a half or two feet in cir- tinued supply of moisture. — Princ. of cumference, and plant them one foot apart, and two or three inches deep, in beds two feet wide, with a little sand at the bottom of the bulbs. When forced, this plant forms a brilliant orna- ment for the green-house in the begin- ning of summer. " In the month of October take eight or twelve-sized pots, and fill them with as large a mass of the strongest corms as the pots will admit, and protect them till they are required for forcing." — Gard. i'hron. " Gladiolus psittacinus or natalentis, is one of the most ornamental of the Cape gladioli, and, from its easy culti- vation, deserves to have a place in all flower-gardens where a brilliant dis- play is required during the autumn. Beds should be prepared some time during the winter, or early in the spring, by digging up the soil deep and leaving it rough, adding, at the same time, a good portion of well- rotted dung and a little sand, if the soil is of a stiff nature ; but if light, sand ia not required. " About the middle of April mark out the bed into rows, one foot apart and four inches deep, putting a little sand along the bottom of the rows ; then place the bulbs in the rows, about nine inches or one foot apart, taking care to separate all the bulbs, and only plant one in each place; then, having a little sand (any refuse from cutting pots, or bank-sand, will do), put a small portion round each bulb, and fill in the rows. After this the plants will require no further trouble excp[)t keep- ing clean and tying up, which latter is easily done by driving a few sticks round the outside of the bed, and run- ning a couple of tiers of tar-twine round it. With this treatment the gladioli will begin flowering about the end ot July, and will contmue blooming for nearly two months, particularly if they Gardening GEROPOGON. Old Man's Beard. Three species. Hardy annuals. G. calyculatus an herbaceous perennial. Seeds. Common soil. GESNERA. Thirty species, and two varieties. Stove herbaceous pe- rennials, or evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Rich light soil. GETHYLLIS. Five species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Offsets or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. GETONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GEUM. Twenty-three species, and a few varieties. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Rich light loamy soil. GILIA. Eight species, and one variety. Hardy annuals. Seeds. — Common soil. G. aggregata ; a green- house biennial. GILLENIA. Two herbaceous perennials and loam. GILLYFLOWER. GINGER. Zingiber. GINGERBREAD TREE. Parin- arium macrophyllum. GIPSY MOTH. See hombyx. GIRDLING is a mode of killing trees adopted in clearing the forests of America, by cutting, early in the spring, a girdle or ring round the stem of each tree, taking away not only the bark but the entire alburnum down to the hard wood — the ascent of the sap is thus prevented. See Ringing. GLADIOLUS. Forty species ; many varieties. Chiefly green-house, and a few hardy bulbous perennials. G. cardinalis. (in the culture of this we have the following information from Mr. A. Mackenzie and Mr. Gor- don : — " Gladiolus cardinalis, and its hy- species. Hardy , Division. Peat See Mathiola. GL A 250 GL A are freely supplied with water once or ' have done growings Tor the season, care twice (as the season nnay require) just must be taken not to dry the soil in the before they begin to expand their first pans too quickly or too much ; for the flowers. Care must be taken, however, ' young bulbs, being very small, are apt not to water them overhead. i to become much exausted, and fre- " The bulbs to be taken up about qiiently perish if kept very dry the first the end of October, or as soon as the i winter. They should be, if possible, stems and leaves become brown or placed in some cool, dry situation, damaged by the frost. They must be i where they are secure from frost. In well dried, and placed in some situa- j the spring they should be again placed tion secure from frost or damp until , in a green-house or warm pit, and, the next spring, when they must be di- when fairly started, they should be vided, and again treated as before, carefully removed into fresh pans or The large bulbs will also produce pots, being rather a richer soil than numerous offsets round their root-end ; that used for the seeds, planting them but these are of little value, for they still rather thickly in the pots or pans, will be two or three years before they and keeping them shut up close and flower; and as every flowering bulb rather moist for a few days, until they planted in the spring produces three begin to grow again, after which treat or four bulbs of sufficient size to bloom them as before, and encourage them to next season, from the crown of the old i grow as long as possible in the autumn, one, there is always enough for all I then rest them as before. The next purposes. The plant also flowers free- 1 spring they may be potted in smaller ly ; but the small bulbs and the seed- pots, and treated like the Gladiolus lings will be so long before they flower, cardinalis, when many of them will that they are not worth the trouble of flower." — Gard. Chron. raising, except for the sake of obtain- I GLASS is the best agent employed jng new varieties." — Gard. Chron. by the gardener to exclude the cold, " Gladiolus ramosissimus is the next whilst the light is admitted to his plants most beautiful kind for growing either t which are natives of hotter climates in pots or in a bed. The bulbs of I than that in which he cultivates them, these hardier kinds should be taken • Now that the excise-duty is removed up every two years, divided, and re- j from glass, the gardener is enabled to planted, as they will not flower so ! employ the best, and a thicker kind finely if left too long in one place. j than formerly, when the duty was high "They require a rich soil, made j in proportion to the good quality and rather free by adding a little sand to it j weight. Anxiety to obtain the best when the bulbs are being planted. By glass for hot-houses, &c., is every way this treatment nearly all the cape gladi- j laudable ; but the benefit sought for is oli may be made to flower beautifully, | frustrated if it be not constantly well and far finer and better than if retained i cleansed. The best glass, if dirty, in pots. They are easily increased by allows fewer rays of light to pass offsets or by seeds ; but the latter way is rather tedious, and only worth re- sorting to for the sake of raising new varieties. When this is intended, the seed should be sown about the end of through than interior glass kept bright. A thorough cleansing should be given both to the outside and inside twice annually, during the first weeks of February and of October, and a third February, in pans filled with a mixture i cleansing, on the outside only, at the of sandy peat, and loam, and leaf- [ end of June. In proportion to the de- mould. The seeds should be planted ficiency of light does the plant under about half an inch deep in the soil, and , glass become, in the gardener's phrase- the pans placed in a green-house. — ology, drawn,- that is, its surface of They will soon vegetate, and require I leaves becomes unnaturally extended, little trouble, for the first season, ex- i in the vain effort to have a sufficient cept watering and keeping free from ' elaboration of the sap effected by means slugs and weeds, taking care, how- ; of a large surface exposed to a dimi- ever, that they are kept growing as j nished light, for which a less surface vigorously and as long as possible by would have been sufficient if the light freely supplying them with water du- | were more intense. The plant with ling the growing season. When they ] this enlarged surface of leaves becomes G L A 251 G L A unfruitful, the sap being expended in tiieir production which should have been appropriated to the formation of fruit. GLASS-CASES are of various kinds. time will, I believe, not only secure their ripening well every year in the midland counties, but also that such advantage will be available in the north of England, where grapes never One is formed of glazed wooden frames, ripen on the open walls." fitting together, to protect espaliers, wall-trees, or shrubs too large to be covered with a hand-glass. Another glass-case is made for pro- tecting a single branch. It is thus de- scribed by Mr. Maund, the author of inside the glass, it is only necessary to Lastly, there is the Wardian-rase to cover plants growing in rooms, preserving to them uniform moisture and excluding dust. To prevent the dew which is occasionally deposited Fig. 56. that most useful periodical the Botanic Garden : — " Although my experi- ment is not yet com- pleted, I cannot omit mentioning to you its success. Grapes grown on open walls in the midland counties are rarely well - ripened ; therefore this year I pro- vided a small glazed frame, a sort of narrow hand-glass, of the shape shown in the annexed outline, to fix against the wall, and inclose one branch of the vine with its fruit and foliage. "The open part, which rests against the wall, is thirteen inches wide, and may be of any length required to take in the fruit. The sides are formed of single panes of glass, seven inches wide, and meet on a bar which may j represent the ridge of a roof, the ends inclosed by triangular boards, and hav- ing a notch to admit the branch. This was fixed on the branch a month be- | fore the vine came into flower. The consequence was, the protected ' branches flowered a week earlier than j the exposed. The frame was not fitted closely to the wall, but in some places may have been a quarter of an inch from it. The lateral branches ! being shortened before it was fixed, it did not require removal even for prun- ' ing, because I adopt the long-rod mode of training, which is peculiarly adapted to mv partial protection system. The temperature within the frame is always bit^her than without, sometimes at mid- day even from 20" to 30". " By this simple protection I find grapes may be ripened from three weeks to a month earlier than when wholly exposed, and this saving of open the case frequently, for a few minutes, to render the temperature Fig. 57. Fig. 58. GLA 252 GLO within similar to that outside. They are not intended to exclude the air, and are now made very ornamental. Fig. 59. GLASTONBURY THORN. CratcE- gus oxyacantha. GLAUCIUM. Six species, one va- riety. Hardy annuals and biennials. Seeds. Common soil. GLAUX maritima. Hardy herba- ceous trailer. Seeds. Open sandy loam. GLAZING. See Stove. GLEDITSCHIA. Ten species, be- sides varieties. Hardy deciduous trees. Seeds. Any soil suits them. GLEICHENIA. Five species. Stove herbaceous perennials. Division. Peat and loam. GLOBE-AMARANTH. Gomphrena. GLOBE-FLOWER. Trollius. GLOBE-THISTLE. Echinops. GLOBULARIA. Nine species. Hardy or green-house herbaceous perennials. Cuttings or seed. The green-house spe- cies thrive in loam and peat; the hardy kinds in sandy light soil. GLOBULEA. Sixteen species, be- sides varieties. Green-house herbaceous perennials. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat, with brick rubbish. GLORIOSA. Four species. Chiefly stove bulbous perennials. Division ; also seeds sown as soon as gathered. Turfy loam, white sand, and peat. G. superba. — Mr. W. Scott, of Bury Hill, gives these particulars as to its culture : — " It naturally requires about six that are well drained, and filled with a months' rest, and will seldom start for growth before March, when it will re- quire a good bottom heat of at least80°, either in a bark-pit or cucumber-bed. The greatest error committed with re- gard to its treatment is leaving the root to start in the same pot, &c., it grew in in the previous year. As it makes its shoot from the lower end of the new tuber, which is consequently at the bot- tom of the pot, if it is not taken out, and that end placed upwards, it has to struggle through the whole mass of mould to reach the surface, which it often fails in doing. It should be potted at the beginning of March in a forty- eight pot ; or, if the tuber (which some- times happens) is too long, a bulb-pot may be used. It should be well drained, and planted in pure light peat or heath mould, with the end of the root just above the surface. When it makes a shoot, it also forms fresh roots from the base of the new shoot, and will grow rapidly if kept in a stove or vinery at a temperature of 70^ or 80', and soon requires a larger pot. It generally takes a six, using nothing but light peat soil. " It may then be trained in any form most convenient. After it has flowered and the leaves are decayed withhold water entirely to ripen the tubers, which may be kept in the dry mould till the spring, or taken out and kept in dry sand till the season for potting them." — Card. Chron. GLOSSODIA. Two species. Green- house orchids. Offsets. Sandy loam and peat. GLOXINIA. Five species. Stove herbaceous perennials. All are propa- gated by seed, but G. maculata is also increased by division; and the others by leaves taken off" close to the stem. Loam, peat, and sand, with leaf mould. Varieties. — Many varieties have been raised by cross-impregnation, but for a private garden the following may be recommended: — G. corcineus ; G. Youngii ; G. Manglesii; G. rubra; G. Maxima ; G. speciosa ,- and G. Candida. Mr. J. McI., of Hillsborough, gives the following directions for the culture of these flowers : — "Propagation. — The gloxinia is rea- dily increased by seeds and cuttings; the seeds should be sown very thinly, as soon as they are gathered, in pans GL Y 253 GO A mixture of fine peat and sand ; the seeds should not be covered ; they may after- wards be placed in a frame where the temperature is about 680. When they have acquired one or two leaves, they should be potted off into small pots green-house evergreens ; chiefly twin- ers. Seeds. Loam, peat, and sand. GLYCIRUHIZA. Liquorice. Eight species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Slips from the roots with eyes. Planted in the spring. Light sandy soil. See and not dried off until the second year, [ Liquorice. as the small fibres are not sufficiently , GLYPHYTERYX. A genus of moths, strong to cause them to grow vigor-' " G. Boese/Za, Spinach Moth, appears ously in spring. This remark is also I in the spring and throughout the sum- applicable to young plants raised from 1 mer. It is blackish-brown coloured, cuttings. I Caterpillar yellowish green. Feeds " Gloxinias are readily propagated j on spinach, strawberry blite, &c., and even by a single leaf pressed firmly in- lives three or four together, under a to the soil, which may be the same as 1 web on the leaves." is used for seeds. | Mr. Curtis says, that "when fully fed ^'Culture. — The roots should be al- ^ the caterpillars leave the plants on lowed to become quite dry during au- I which they have been subsisting, and tumn, and continue so all the winter ; 1 seek some crack in a tree or wall, they should not be allowed to become ^ where they spin a slight cocoon, and dry, however, all at once, but by de- , change to pupa; in this state they re- grces. While they are in this state the I main ten or twelve days, when the per- pots may be laid on their sides, on a feet insect emerges. The moth, when dry shelf in the green-house until Feb- [ its wings are expanded, is about five ruary or March, but February is the lines long ; the head, body, and feet best time for starting them. In potting are black, with a shining metallic ap- them, the earth should be carefully : pearance. The antenna; are black with shaken from the bulbs, which should be i white rings, and the upper wings are repotted in a mixture of one-half de- [ yellow, with black edges, and about five cayed vegetable mould, and one-half i silvery spots disposed in the shape of a good rich loam, with the addition of a cross ; the under wings are blackish, little sand or charcoal. land, as well as the upper, have long " The pots should be well drained, j fringes. It is difficult to find means to In planting, press the roots gently on destroy so minute an enemy as the pre- the surface of the soil, and give them | sent; but where it attacks spinach it is no water for some time, as the moisture ; much better to pull up the plants with of the pot will be sufficient for them at | the caterpillars on them, and burn first. them ; where they appear only in small "After they are all potted, remove quantities, hand-picking may answer them to a frame where the temperature > very well." — Gard. Chron. is about 60^, and when they have com- 1 GMELINA. Five species. Stove or menced growing, give them a little green-house evergreen trees. Cuttings, water, increasing the quantity as they Rich loam and peat, and a very strong advance in growth. A little air should heat, be given them in fine weather. \ GNAPHALIUM. Six species. Chiefly "By the middle of May they will hardy plants. G. albescens, an evergreen have attained a good size, and some of shrub. G. purpuritim. The shrubby them will be showing flowers, when and herbaceous increase by cuttings and they may be removed to the green- division; the annuals and biennials by house, when nothing except proper at- seeds. Rich light soil, tention to watering them is required. GNIDIA. Seventeen species. Green- When the plants have done flowering, house and evergreen shrubs. Young water should be gradually withheld. shoots planted in sand. Peat soil. " It often happens, however, that QOAT MOTH. See Bombyx. some of the species continue in a grow- ing state all the winter, for instance G. caulescens, which is unlike any of the others in habit and manner of growth." — Gard. Chron. GLYCINE. Eight species. Stove or GOAT'S BEARD. Spiraa aruncus. GOAT'S FOOT. Oxalis caprina. GOAT'S ORIGANUM. Thymus Tra- goriganum. GOAT'S RUE. Galega. GO A 254 GOO GOAT'S THORN. Astragalus Tra^ I GOOSEBERRY. Ribes grossularia gacantha. The European succeed but indifferently GOBBO. See Artichoke. [in this country, unless it be in the dry GODETIA. Three species. Hardy I atmosphere of a city. Mildew, the annuals. Seeds. Common soil. j especial enemy of this fruit, seizes on GODOYA geminijiora. Stove ever- i it, and speedily arrests the circulation green tree. Ripe cuttings. Peat and of the juices — the consequence is inevi- loam. table disease. It has been said that a GOLDBACHIA lavigata. Hardy an nual. Seeds. Common soil GOLDEN HAIR. Chrysocoma co- maurea. GOLDEN ROD. Bosea. GOLDEN THISTLE. Scolymus. GOLDEN THISTLE. Protea Scoly- mus. GOLDFUSSIA anisophylla. Stove evergreen shrub. G. glomerata, stove herbaceous perennial. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GOLD OF PLEASURE. Camelina. GOLDY LOCKS. Chrysocoma. GOMPHIA. Six species. Stove ever- green shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam. GOMPHOCARPUS. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. GOMPHOLOBIUM. Twenty-five spe- cies. Chiefly green-house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. GOMPHRENA. Seven species. Stove or green-house annuals and bien- nials, herbaceous perennials, or ever- green shrubs. Seeds; and the shrubby kinds, cuttings. Rich mould. GONGORA. Four species. Stove orchids. Division. Wood. GONOLOBYS. Twenty-one species. Stove evergreen and hardy and green- house deciduous twiners. The hardy require a dry situation, and increase by division or seeds. Peat or any light soil. For the stove and green-house kinds, cuttings. Loam and peat. GONOSTEMON. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. San- dy loam. 'GOODENIA. Seven species. Green-! house evergreen shrubs, and herbaceous fj^een Prin solution of whale-oil soap will destroy the parasite, and preserve the fruit healthful and perfect. Varieties. — If quality be the chief consideration, as most assuredly it ought to be, the following are the best: — Red Champagne. Red Turkey. Keen's seedling, Warrington. Early White. Woodward's Whitesmith. Hebburn. Green Prolific. White Fig. Pigmaston. Green Gage. Yellow Champagne. Taylor's Bright Venus. Red Warrington. Rumbullion. If size be the primary object, the following may be cultivated : — Reds. Briton. I Lion's Provider. Companion. | London. Conquering Hero. | Roaring Lion. Guido. ' Cossack. Fleur-de-Lis. Freedom. Lady Stanley. Broom Girl. Bird Lime. Catherina. Goldfinder. Gunner. perennials. Seeds or cuttings. Peat and loam. GOODIA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings or seed. Loam and Peat. GOOD NIGHT. Argyreia bona nox. GOODYERA. Six species. Stove or hardy orchids. The former do best in sandy peat and leaf mould : the latter require sandy peat, and are increased by division. Young Wonderful. Whites. Miss Walton. Philip the First. Tally-ho. White Eagle. Yellows. Leader. Pilot. Teazer. Two-to-one. Greens. Peacock. Turn-out. Thumper. Weathercock. Keepsake. Overall. Providence. The size to which some of these have been grown are as follows : — Roaring Lion .... 29 dwts. Teazer 32;" Young Wonderful . . . 27i " Companion 28 " London 35 " GOO 255 GOO To raise Varieties. — The seed must bush, B B is the soil taken out about be taken from perfectly ripe berries, eighteen inches all round the plant, and sown immediately in pots of light i and about six inches deep at C, that if loam, to remain in the green-house ' there are any buds or suckers, they are during winter, or be preserved in sand ; sure to be seen and destroyed. Thisdo until February, and then sown. The j every year in December, and as soon soil must be kept moderately moist un- as the soil is taken out, spread cowdung til they are large enough to prick out over the roots as shown at B, after in beds. ' which replace the earth that has been Cu^img-s are the best mode of propa- ' taken out: when you have any new gating approved kinds. Take a bearing seedlings to propagate, do not take out shoot not less than nine inches long; the soil, but lay the manure round them, remove all the buds but the top three, , and cover it with a layer of earth, and bury them to within an inch of the which encourages the plant to produce lowest bud left. Plant them in rows suckers. eighteen inches apart each way. '■ By these means good bushes are Culture. — At the end of the first year, sooner obtained than by cuttings, and the shoots must be cut down to a few generally speaking, well-rooted suckers eyes, and the plants kept clear from may be taken off in October, which any summer shoots that may be on the , produce fruit the following year. The stem or that spring from the root; they cuttings should be deprived of all their must have plenty of water the first sum- under-ground eyes or buds ; before they They will be fit to plant out in two or three years into borders or quarters, at eight feet between the rows, and six feet apart. At the time of planting out, some rich compost may be added with great etfect towards the flavour, size, and abundance of the crop. — Doyle. " There is a continual tendency on are put into the ground to take cuttings from twelve to fifteen inches long, cut the upper end to a bud, leaving three or four other buds below it, then pare away all the other buds, and pick out the lowest of all, finishing just below it by a horizontal clean cut." — Card. Chron. Pruning in the summer is confined the part of the under ground buds to to pinching off superfluous and mis become branches, and these are the placed shoots, it always being kept in suckers that we find so troublesome in ' " ' " many kinds of soils. By continually stopping and wounding them, however, they will in general perish; and to do this is what we recommend. " The Lancashire gooseberry grow- ers adopt the following as the best means of preventing gooseberries from mind that the centre of the tree standards must be kept open so as to admit the light. " At the time of prun- ing," says Mr. Doyle, " some fine young shoots should be left in the most con- venient place as bearing wood for the ensuing year, and room must be made for them by cutting out some of the old throwing up suckers, and also an excel- wood. Each of the old branches should lent plan of insuring an abundance of have a leader left of new wood, which large fruit. may be shortened according to its " In the sketch, (Fig. 60,) A is tlie ' strength so as to leave five or six inches above the old wood. Very strong shoots need not be so much shortened unless in a part of the bush which is naked, and requires to be furnished. " Avoid shortening the shoots unless when the tree is naked, or the wood will be crowded, tufted, and productive of very small and indifferent fruit. The leading shoot at the end of each branch should, where it is possible, terminate naturally, if it be not inconsistent with the equable extent of the tree ; and in most cases it may still be so contrived by having recourse to the next lateral branch of the desired extent, and by GOO 256 GOU taking away that which straggled be- I low temperature, about 60° afterwards, yond it. Let it be recollected that at and not higher than 40° at night. the time when the young trees are i GORDONIA. — Four species. Hardy growing in the nursery, and at all times! deciduous shrubs. G. hamatoxylon is after, the attention of the gardener 'must be directed to what is called " stemming the trees," which is pro- ducing and continuing a clear stem to a given height, (accordmg to the growth of the different kinds,) by taking off all lateral shoots at their first appearance. Espaliers. — No fruit is more benefited than that of the gooseberry, by having the tree trained as an espalier. It is best done to stakes arranged lozenge- : seeds wise, (see Espalier,) or the bush may , heat be trained round hoops in this form. a stove evergreen tree. G. pubescens, (the Franklinea) is a highly attractive shrub or minor tree, indigenous to Georgia, &c. Layers or cuttings. Peat and loam. GOSSYPIUM. The Cotton Tree. Eleven species. Stove annuals, bien- nials, perennials, or evergreen shrubs. For the shrubby kinds, cuttings and seeds. The annuals and biennials, A light rich soil and a moist Fig. 61. GOUANIA. Six species. Stove ever- green climbers. Cuttings. Peat and loam. GOURD, Sagenaria vulgaris, and PUMPKIN, Cucurbita pepo, are chiefly employed in the making of pies, &c. There are numerous varieties, varying in the shape and colour of their fruit: as the globular, oval, pear-shaped, green, striped, marbled, yellow, &c., &c. One variety, of a pale buff or salmon colour and globular form grows to the weight of one hundred and ten pounds and upwards : it is known in France as the Potiron Jaune, and used in soups, but in particular from being Fruit. — This should be thinned, the ! mashed and eaten as potatoes or turn- smaller berries be cut away with a pair ips, being of a very pleasant and pecu- of scissors for tarts, &c., as required, j liar flavour. The bottle-shaped is of and the fine berries left for dessert. If j little use for culinary purposes, but is some of reds, as the Warrington, and i remarkable as being of the form of a of the thick-skinned yellows, as the Florence or oil-flask. Mogul, are matted over when the fruit j Cucurbita melopepo, the Squash. Cu- is ripe, it will remain good until Christ- I curbita succada, the Vegetable Marrow. mas. This is easiest done when the tree is grown as an espalier. To in- crease the size of the berries, abund- ance of water and liquid manure are given to the roots, and the berries are stickled by keeping their tips in saucers Both these are cultivated for the fruit, which being gathered when of the size of a goose's egg, is boiled vrhole in salt and water, laid upon toast, and eaten as asparagus. Of the squash, there are almost as many varieties as of of water; this is sacrificing the flavour the pompion, and similarly character- to increase the circumference of the fruit. ized. The young fruit is much used in pickles. They may be sown in a hot- Vermin. — The caterpillar and the I bed of moderate strength, under a frame black-fly are both destroyed by syring- ; or hand-glasses at the end of March or ing the bushes with water, and then dusting the leaves above and beneath with white hellebore powder, or with lime and soot mixed in equal propor- \ tions. early in April. In May they may be sown in the open ground, beneath a south fence, to remain, or in a hot-bed, if at its commencement, to forward the plants for transplanting at its close, or Forcing. — Neither the gooseberry early in June. The plants are fit for nor currant can be forced without great transplanting when they have got four care. No heat must be applied when j rough leaves, or when of about a they are first put under glass. A very [ month's growth. They must be plant- GOV 257 G R A ed without any shelter on dunghills, or I part of a branch of one plant upon the Grafting is a ditllcult mode of multi- plying an individual, because it is re- quisite so to fit the scion to tlie stock, that some portion of their alburnums and inner barks must coincide, other- wise the requisite circulation of the sap is prevented. No graft will suc- ceed if not immediately grafted upon a nearly kindred stock. I say immedi- ately, because it is possible that by grafting on the most dissimilar species on which it will take, and then moving it with some of the stock attached, to another stock still more remotely allied, that a graft may be made to succeed though supplied with sap from roots of a very dissimilar species. Thus some pear scions can hardly be made to unite with a quince stock ; but if they be grafted upon a young shoot and after- wards inserted in a quince stock, they g:row as freely as if inserted in a seed- ling pear stock. The reason for this unusual difficulty in the way of uniting kindred species, arises from one or more of these causes. First, the sap flowing at discordant periods. Secondly, the proper juices being dissimilar. Or thirdly, the sap vessels being of inappropriate calibre. Grafting is employed, first, to multiply any desired variety or species; second- ly, to accelerate its fruitfulncss, as when the shoot of a two year old apple seedling js grafted upon a stock of six years' growth, it will arrive at fruitful- ncss much sooner than one left on the parent stem ; thirdly, to improve the ([uality of the fruit by having a more abundant supply of sap : and fourthly, to renew the productiveness of stocks from which previous kinds had fuled. The best modes of grafting are thus described by Dr. Lindley in his admir- able Theory of Horticulture : — "■Whip grnfting is the commonest kind ; it is performed by heading down a stock, then paring one side of it bare for the space of an inch or so, and cutting down obliquely at the upper end of the pared part, towards the pith ; the scion is levelled oblitjuely to a length corre- sponding with the pared surfice of the stock, and an incision is made into it near the upper end of the wound ob- liquely upwards so as to form a ' tongue,' which is forced into the corresponding wound in the stock ; care is then taken in holes prepared as directed for the open ground crop of cucumbers. Some may be inserted beneath pales, walls or hedges, to be trained regularly over them on account of their ornamental appearance. They may be treated in every respect like the cucumber, only they do not want so much care. They require abundance of water in dry weather. When the runners have e.x- tended three feet, they may be pegged down and covered with earth at a joint ; this will cause the production of roots, and the longer continuance of the plant in vigour. The fruit for seed should be selected and treated as directed for the cucum- ber. It is ripe in the course of Sep- tember or October. We have retained this article in its original form as a matter of curiosity, not only as regards the artificial means necessary in Great Britain, for the pro- duction of the pumpkin and the squash, but also with reference to the manner in which the latter vegetable is serv- ed at table. Fn the United States no person who cultivates a garden, how- ever small, can be presumed ignorant as to the culture of these vines, and it is therefore unnecessary to add a word of instruction. The pumpkin described as the Fotiron Jaune is the one known with us as the mammoth, of which spe- cimens have been exhibited before the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society, over eight feet in circumference. GOVENIA. Four species. Stove orchids. G. gardneri an herbaceous perennial. Division. Sandy peat and light loam. G.lagfinophora,a.sA swamp plant in very sandy peat. " Having filled a twenty- four with about two inches of crocks, place over them a layer of spungy peat for two or three inches more, and then fill it up with nearly equal quantities of sharp sand and heath mould, so that the surface is nearly all sand. Place it near the light in a cool part of the stove about GO^, and keep it very wet as long as it con- tinues growing. It generally flowers in April or May. Remove to the green- house after flowering, and keep quite dry in the stove from October to Feb- ruary."— Gard. Chron. GRAFF or GR.\FT. See Scion. GRAFTING 17 uniting a scion or GR A 258 GR A that the bark of the scion is exactly ad- [ Cactaces; the parts of which, ow- iusted to that of the stock, ing to their succulence, rea- Fig 62. and the two are bound dily form a union with each Fig. 64. l^A^ Other. " A far better method than whip grafting, but more te- i.,^ „ap... B «K id'ous, is saddle grafting, in through the stock to sus- j which the stock is pared ob- tain the life of the scion ! liquely on both sides till it ■ • ' becomes an inverted wedge. firmly together " Here the mere con- tact of the two enables the sap flowing upwards until the latter can de velop its buds, which then send downwards their wood ; at the same time the cellular system of the parts in contact unites by granulations, and when the wood descends it passes through the cel- lular deposit, and holds the whole together. " The use of ' tongue- ing' is merely to steady the scion and to prevent and the scion is slit up the centre, when its sides are pared down till they fit the sides of the stock. In this method the greatest possible quantity of surface is brought into contact, and the parts are mutually so adjusted, that the ascending sap is freely received from the stock by the scion, while at the same time, the descending sap can flow freely from the scion into the stock. its slipping. The"advantage of this mode I Knight, in describing this mode of of graftinl is the quickness with which operating, has the following observa- it may be performed ; the disadvantage tions : is, that the surfaces applied to each <.c The graft first begins its efforts to other are much smaller than can be unite itself to the stock just at the period ' 1 L_. -.1 «n.,c ...Unr. fho frirmntinn nf a npw interna! secured by other means. when the formation of a new interna! CUreu oy oilier lucaiio. wncu viic n^iiuuii'^i. ^. .. " It is however, a great improvement | layer of bark commences in the spring, •i_ _ _ij «^ni,i»> rrf nfH'ntr atill pm- I r,^A «V.ofliiir) vvKifVi apnprafps this laver upon the old crown grafting, still em- ployed in the rude unskilful practice of some continental gardeners, but expel- led from Great Britain ; which consists of nothing more than heading down a stock with an exactly horizontal cut, and the fluid which generates this layer of bark, and which also feeds the in- serted graft, radiates in every direction from the vicinity of the medulla to the external surface of the alburnum. " The graft is of course most advan- stock wMtn an exacu^ jiuniumui y.^„, a j^jj^ grait is or course mosi auviiii- and splitting it through the middle, into t^ggously placed when it presents the which is forced the end of a scion cut' jgrgest surface to receive such fluid, and into the form of a wedge, when the .-.i„°_ »i.„ a..;^ ;»ooif ;= marlD t<^i rlfviatp whole are bound together. — - —' j when the fluid itself is made to deviate In this jgj^gj j-j-om its natural course. Thi whole are Douna lugemei. m """least from its natural course. -iiiis method the split in the stock can hardly j ^^^^^^ place most efficiently when, (as be made to heal without great care ; | j^^ jj^jg saddle grafting) a graft of nearly *Vio nninn hptween the I I ~:„., ...:.U iU^ c^t*-!..!.- io /^ivirlorl nfr Fig. 63. the union between the edges of the scion and ' those of the stock is very imperfect, because the bark of the former neces- sarily lies upon the wood of the latter, except just at the sides: and from the impossibility of bring- ing the two barks in con- tact, neither the ascend- ing nor descending cur- rents of sap are able freely to intermingle. This plan is much improved by cutting out the stock into the form of a wedge, instead of splitting ; it may, however, be advan- tageously employed for such plants as „ g) a graf equal size with the stock is divided at its base and made to stand astride the stock, and when the two divisions of the graft are pared extremely thin, at and near their lower extremities, so that they may be brought into close contact with the stock (from which but little bark or wood should be pared off^ by the ligature." — Hort. Trans. 147. To execute saddle grafting properly, the scion and stock should be of equal size ; and where that cannot be, a se- cond method, in which the scion may be much smaller than the stock, has been described by the same great gar- dener. This is practised upon small stocks GRA 259 GRA almost exclusively in Here- fordshire; but it is never attempted till the usual sea- son of grafting is past, and till the bark is readily de- tached from the alburnum. The head of the stock is then taken off, by a single stroke ofthe knife, oblique- ly, so that the incision com- mences about the width of the diameter of the stock, below the point where the medulla appears in the sec- tion, and ends as much above it upon the opposite side. The scion, or graft, which should not exceed in diameter half that of the stock, is then to be divided Chink or Shoulder Grafting. Fig. 68. Root Grafting. Fig. 69. ^..>- „^ — , „. ^ , By whatever mode the operation be which should not exceed in performed, the essentials for success Hi^impt^r hnlf thnt ^f tl,» are, 1. That the same p nj-nft. parts of the stock and . ° j,' longitudinally, abouttwo inchesupwards 1 scion should he brought h f from its lower end, into two unequal into contact as much as possible — bark to bark, and alburnum to albur- num. 2. That as the nourishment has to be afforded to the graft from the alburnum ofthe stock with which it is brought in contact, this should not be exposed to the air for one minute longer than Fig. 70. divisions, by passing the knife upwards just in contact with one side ofthe me- dulla. The stronger division of the graft is then to be pared thin at its lower extremity, and introduced, as in crown grafting, between the bark and wood of the stock ; and the more slender divi- sion is fitted to the stock upon the op- posite side. " The graft, consequently, stands astride the stock, to which it attaches j is necessary to insert the itself firmly upon each side, and which ; previously prepared graft, it covers completely in a single season. ' for if the surface becomes Grafts of the apple and pear rarely ever dry in the slightest de- fail in this method of grafting, which gree, vegetation on that part is perma- may be practised with equal success i nently destroyed ; and thirdly, that the with young wood in July, as soon as it air and wet should be excluded after has become moderately firm and ma- ture."— Theory of Horticulture. The other modes of grafting require no description, but will be best under- the scion has been inserted, otherwise the dryness of the parts, or the dilution of the sap, will prevent the union. To effect the desired exclusion, the entire stood by a reference to the following ! wound must be inclosed with grafting sketches. Cleft Grafting. Fig. 66. Side Grafting. Fig. 67. clay or grafting wax, the best recipes for which are these : — Grafting Clay is best made of two parts cow-dung; three parts common clay ; and one part awns or beards of barley, kneaded together thoroughly. Grafting Wax. — Moist bast is usually employed tor closing the wound of the stock, but it is far preferable to use worsted, and over this a coating of the grafting wax, made according to the following recipe : — Burgundy pitch 1 oz. Common pitch 4 Yellow wax 4 Tallow or lard 2 GR A 260 GRA Nitre (carbonate of potash, powdered) 1 The same composition spread upon slips of linen makes Grafting Plaster, frequently used by amateur budders. G R A M M A N T H E S chloraflora. Stove annual. Seeds. Loam and lime rubbish. GRAMMATOPHYLLUM. Two spe- cies. Stove orchids. Division. Wood. GRANGERIA6or6oniV(J. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. GRAPE-VINE (Vitis vinifera). Of this fruit ninety-nine varieties are culti- vated in the Chiswick Garden. Open-wall culture. — Varieties best suited for this, according to the experi- ence of Mr. Hoare, are : — Black Hamburgh. Black Prince. Esperione. Black Muscadine. Miller's Burgundy. Claret Grape. Black Frontignan. Grizzly Frontignan. White Frontignan. White Muscadine. Malmsey Muscadine. White Sweetwater. Eighty-six of the varieties have been cultivated at Wilbeck within the last seven years, but only about fourteen found of superior excellence, and many of the others were mere synonymes. Mr. Tiliery, from this long course of ex- perience and observation, recommends the following selections: — ''For the Earliest House. — The Pur- ple Constantia, or Frontignan ; White Frontignan; Black Prince ; Dutch, or Stillward's Sweetwater; Black Ham- burgh ; and Tripoli. " For Stove. — White Muscat of Alexandria; Purple Constantia ; White Frontignan ; Grizzly Frontignan ; Black Muscat; and Black Damascus. " For Green-house. — Black Ham- burgh ; Tripoli; Grove-end Sweetwa- ter; and Muscadine. " For Latest House. — West's St. Pe- ter's, and Charlesworth's Tokay. ''For a Single House with fourteen rafters. — One Purple Constantia; one White Frontignan ; one Royal Musca- dine, or Chasselas D'Arboyce ; three Muscats; three Black Hamburghs, or Tripolis; three West's St. Peter's; and two Black Princes. " For Pot-Culture, to cover in during April and May. — Purple Constantia and White Frontignan." — United Gar. Jour. Until recently but few houses for the exclusive growth of grapes under glass, had been erected in the United States. The success which attended the effort in the vicinity of Philadelphia, Boston, and other cities, has excited emulation, and at this day (1847) one of the most attractive features of our Horticultural exhibitions, are grapes grown under glass, not exclusively through the agen- cy of fire-heat, but in many instances by the aid of the glass alone. Propagation. — Layering is the most certain and most expeditious mode of propagating the grape-vine. In the first part of March cut away the fourth bud of the shoot to be layered, pass the shoot through the hole in the bottom of garden-pot, fill this with light rich earth, so that the wound of that fourth bud is in the centre of the earth, and two buds above its surface ; fix the pot firmly to the wall, so as not to be disturbed ; keep the earth constantly moist with liquid manure, giving a little every day, and a little moss tied over the surface and round the sides of the pot to check evaporation. Cut away the layer from the parent in the last week of August; and, turning it out from the pot, with- out at all disturbing the earth, plant it where it is to remain, and water it plentifully with liquid manure until the leaves begin to fall. Cuttings. — At the time of autumn- pruning select some middle-sized, well- ripened shoots, cut off lengths of six buds, keep them in moist sand through the winter, and, at the end of March, cut them in half, remove the two lower buds, and plant them under a wall hav- ing an eastern aspect, leaving the upper bud just above the surface, and cover- ing them with a hand-glass. The soil must be light, rich, and well pulverized, pressed close round the cuttings, and kepi constantly moist with liquid manure until the leaves fall in autumn. The surface round them should be stirred at least twice a week to allow the air unimpeded entrance. Coiling is only a peculiar mode of propagating by cuttings suggested by Mr. Mearns, whose practice has been epitomised thus by Dr. Lindley: — " In the propagation of vines by coil- . ing, Mr. Mearns' practice, if single rods G R A 261 are contemplated, is not to leave them longer than four or five feet, and to re- move all the buds but the uppermost. These rootless cuttings are coiled into long narrow pots, being so placed that the bud of the apes of the shoot, al- though the highest part, is still two inches beneath the surface of the soil; at the same time sufficient room is left beneath the coil for the roots to extend themselves. These cuttings being put in between the middle of January and the end of March, are plunged at once into a hot-bed between 90^ and lOOo, where they remain until they require more pot-room. They are then shifted, and placed in a suitable situation until again excited in November or December. When the cutting begins to grow, the shoot is trained upright, until it is seven or eight or ten joints long, when the top is pinched off. After this stopping the laterals are displaced as they appear; and if the vines have done well, two or three of the buds will also be excited at the same time, in which case the shoots are cut down to the lowest ex- cited eye. The single shoot is then trained upright and divested of all late- rals and tendrils. None of the plants are allowed to grow longer than from four to six feet, at which length the tops are pinched off, the uppermost lateral, which is also stopped at the first joint, being left to carry off the remaining sap. " At this season the plants are re- moved to a warm and sheltered situa- tion in the open air ; and when the leaves fall they are headed down to one, two, or three joints, according to their strength, and are placed against a northern aspect. When cold weather sets in they are taken back to a shel- tered spot, and plunged in the ground to protect the roots, the pots being mulched over, and the rods covered to protect them from frost. " When these yearling potted vines are brought early into action, it is re- commended to bow a piece of wire above the pot with both its ends run- ning down the inside, of sufficient height to allow the whole length of the stem to be attached to it, as represented in the accompanying figure. " The buds from the stem being thus bent, break more regularly ; and when this is effected the vine is united, and secured to an upright stake or sloping trellis. To prevent evaporation the stem is wrapped loosely in moss, which is kept constantly moist until the grapes are set, when it is removed. The plants, up to this period, are encouraged by bottom-heat and shifting; and the quan- tity of fruit is regulated by the size of the pot and the quality of the vine." — Card. Chron. Seed. — To raise new varieties seed from the largest, earliest, and best rip- ened berries must be separated fron» their pulp, and kept until the February following; then to be sown in "pots filled with light fresh mould, and plunged in a moderately warm hot-bed. Tliey will come up in four or six weeks; and when the plants are about six inches high, they should be transplanted singly into forty-eights, and afterwards into pots of larger size. "Water gently as circumstances re- quire; allow abundance of light and air, and carefully avoid injuring any of the leaves. Cut down the plants everv autumn to good buds, and sulfer only one of these to extend itself in the fol- lowing spring. Shift into larger pots, as occasion requires, till they have produced fruit. This, under good ma- nagement, will take place in the fourth or fifth year, when the approved sorts should be selected, and the rest de- stroyed, or used as stocks on which to graft or inarch good sorts." — Enc. of Gard. If a hybrid grape be required, the stamens of the female parent must be cut away with very sharp-pointed scis- sors before their anthers have burst. GRA 262 GRA and the pollen be applied to the stigma j " When such portions of the latter from the male desired to be the other , as are shortened for receiving the grafts parent. No very superior varieties have I have made a bit of shoot, graft as you yet rewarded those who have attempted [ would other fruit trees, taking care to thus to improve the grape. preserve the shoot at the top in claying. left this record of his experiments on the same mode of propagation : — "I conceived it probable that the success of the Roman cultivators in grafting their vines might arise from the selec- Budding. — A good authority thus and until the buds on the scion have states his mode: — , pushed, then shorten it back. Inarching " About the first week in March I may be performed any time after the perform the operation : or, as soon as vines have started, so far as to bleed." I perceive the sap begin to rise, I cut — Gard. Chron. from a branch, about three inches in Mr. Knight, the late eminent pre- length, an eye having attached as much sident of the Horticultural Society, has wood as I could possibly get with it; at each end of the eye, I cut off about a quarter of an inch of the upper bark, making the ends quite thin ; I next mea- sure off the exact length of the bud, on the base of the vine intended to be | tion of grafts similar to their cuttings, budded, and make a nick slanting up- and the result of the following experi- ward at the upper part, and another ment leads me to believe my conjecture slanting downward at the bottom. I to be well founded. I selected three then take the piece neatly out, so that cuttings of the Black Hamburgh Grape, the bud may fit nicely in ; and by mak- each having at its base one joint of two ing the nick as stated above, each end years old of wood : these were inserted of the bud is covered by the bark of the ; in, or rather fitted to branches of nearly shoot. I bind the buds firmly round i the same size, but of greater age ; and with matting, and clay it, taking care, all succeeded most perfectly. The clay however, that the clay does not cover which surrounded the base of the grafts the eye of the bud : I then tie it round was kept constantly moist, and the with moss, and keep it constantly moisture thus supplied to the graft ope- damp ; and as the sap rises in the vine, j rated very beneficially, at least, if it I was not essential to the success of the operation. A very skilful gardener in my vicinity, to whom I mentioned my inten- tion of trying the foregoing experiment, I was completely successful by a some- what different method. He used grafts similar to mine, but his vine grew under : the roof of the hot-house, in which sit- uation he found it difficult to attach such a quantity of clay as would supply the requisite degree of moisture to the graft ; and he therefore supported a pot under each graft, upon which he raised the mould in heaps sufficiently high to cover the grafts and supply them with moisture. The grafts which I used the bud begins to swell. " When the vine commences to push out young shoots, take the top ones off, in order to throw a little more sap into the bud, and as you perceive it getting stronger, take off more young shoots, ' and so continue until you have taken off all the young shoots. Budding can only be performed where the long-rod system is practised, as in that case you have the power of confining the sap to the bud, which will grow vigorously. As soon as you perceive this, cut the vine down to the bud. Budding has the advantage over grafting, by not leaving an unsightly appearance where the bud was inserted. I always allow the mat- j consisted of about two inches old wood, ting to remain on until about the month of September." Grafting. — "The best method," says Dr. Lindley, " of grafting vines is to shorten the branch, or shoot, at the winter pruning to the most eligible place for inserting the graft. The graft should be kept in sufficiently moist soil till the time of performing the operation, and for a week previous in the same tem- perature as that which the vines to be operated upon are growing. and five of annual wood, by which means the junction of the new and old wood, at which point cuttings most rea- dily emit shoots and receive nutriment, was placed close to the head of the stock, and a single bud only was ex- posed to vegetate." — Knight's Papers. As the practice is rather precarious, I will add further, the observations of Mr. Braddick : — " I feel confident in stating that healthy vines may be suc- cessfully grafted with young wood of GRA 263 GRA the preceding year's growth, from the westerly point or even due S., exposes time that the shoots of the stocks which the vine to the strong winds which pre- the grafts are to be put upon have made vail from the W. and S.W. four or five eyes, until mid-summer. Soil. — The best soil is a light, rich, with every prospect of the grafts grow- sandy loam, eighteen inches deep, rest- ing, and without the least danger of the ing on a drainage of twelve inches of stocks suffering by bleeding. They may bricklayers' rubbish, likewise be grafted with shoots of the Manures. — The richest manures, such same summer's growth, worked in the as night-soil, blood, bone-dust, and rind of the young wood, from the time butchers' offal, are most beneficial to that the young bunches of grapes be- vines, and should be added annually to come visible on the stocks till July, : the border in which they grow. During out of doors, or till a month later under | the time of their being in bloom, aslight glass. The operation must not be per- formed later than the periods here spe- cified, because time is necessary for the young shoots of the grail to become hard and ripen before winter." — Hort. Soc. Trans. trench in a circuit three feet from the stem should be opened, and the con- tents of the house slop pail, soapy water, and urine, be poured into it daily. Walls, for the grape-vine, need never Single Eyes, or Buds. — Mr. Appleby be higher than eight feet, and the more gives the following directions for this substantial the better, as they cool mode of propagation: — " Take a single slowly in proportion to their thickness, bud with about half an inch of wood on ! They should be painted annually with each side of it, and insert it in a pot a creamy mixture of one part lime and four inches in diameter, filled with light two parts soot, to fill up the nail holes, rich soil, covering the bud half an inch, the harbours of insects, to destroy moss, and pressing the earth firmly about it, and to increase the warmth of the wall, place the pots in a bark bed, or dung Although a dark-coloured body radi- bed covered with saw dust; either of ates heat, and consequently cools more these will do, provided the heat moderate. It will soon shoot up above the soil and begin to send out roots ; water very sparingly, for a time in- creasing the quantity as it requires it. Air is given on all mild days to make it become stout and of a good colour. As soon as the roots reach the sides of quickly than a similar body of a light colour, yet this is prevented if a proper screen is placed before it. (See Shelters.) A coping should project from the top of the wall four inches wide, if this be four feet high, and an additional inch for every foot of height. Pruning and Training. — The vine the pots, shift into large pots, which bears on wood one year old only, and operation may be done thrice during this knowledge must control thes^ope- the growing season ; it will require a stick to support it, and all the super- fluous leaves and tendrils removed ; ripen the wood by keeping ^s dry an atmosphere in the pit or frame as pos- sible during the latter part of the sea- son, endeavouring to effect this without any reduction of temperature, which should average about 70° Fahrenheit. rations, for after a branch has borne it is of no further use ; and in pruning, a chief object consequently, is to get rid of all the old wood that can be spared. As Mr. Clement Hoarse's practice is founded upon this, I adopt hia rules without any modification. He obtains, he says: — "All the fruit of a vine from a few shoots trained at full length, in- When the wood is sufficiently ripened, stead of from a great number of spurs keep the plant in a cool house or frame, or short shoots. To provide these shoots just protected from frost until the plant- ing season." — Card. Chron. WALL CULTURE. Aspect. — The object to be obtained is not only warmth, but shelter from the former bearers are cut down to very short spurs at the autumnal pruning, and at the same time a sufficient number of shoots are left at whole length to produce fruit in the following year; at the succeeding autumn these latter are the wind, which is injurious to the vine cut down to very short spurs, and the at all times of its growth. To secure < long shoots that have pushed from the this desideratum, the best aspect is S.E. ' spurs are trained at whole length as Even E. by N. is a good aspect. Any \ before, and so on annually in alternate GR A 264 GRA The fourth spring in February remove the 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 buds, bending the shoots down horizontally thus: Fig. 73. succession. This method recommends i itself by its simplicity, by the old wood of the vine being annually got rid of, by the small number of wounds inflicted in the pruning, by the clean and hand- some appearance of the vine, and by the great ease with which it is managed, in consequence of its occupying but a small portion of the wall. i " 1st. In pruning, always cut up- ' wards, and in a sloping direction. "2d. Always leave an inch of blank wood beyond the terminal bud, and letj the cut be on the opposite side of the ; bud. i "3d. Prune so as to leave as few and training the shoots from buds 3 and wounds as possible, and let the surface 7 as there represented. Prune and train of every cut be perfectly smooth. ] as before directed during the summer, "4th. In cutting out an old branch, j removing also superfluous shoots, and prune it even with the parent limb, that , in November cut back a and c to about the wound may quickly heal. eight or tvi-elve buds according to the " 5tli. Prune so as to obtain thequan- I stiength of the vine; and 6 and d so as tity of fruit desired on the smallest I to leave only one bud on each. In the number of shoots possible. \fif'^ spring train the shoots from these " 6th. Never prune in frosty weather, nor when a frost is expected. " 7th. Never prune in the months of March, April, or May. Pruning in either of these months causes bleeding, and occasions thereby a wasteful and an in- jurious expenditure of sap. " 8th. Let the general autumnal prun- ing take place as soon after the 1st of October as the gathering of the fruit will permit. "Lastly, use a pruning-knife of the best description, and let it be, if pos- sible, as sharp as a razor." — Hoare on the V'qie. In the spring next after the planting, two buds only having been left, reinove the one which shoots the most weakly, and rub off all others but Fig. 72. that one selected to re- main as often as they ap- pear. Nail the shoot to single buds in the same waving form as before. " The vine," says Mr. Hoare, to whose valuable work I am indebted for most of the preceding directions, " has now assumed the form which it is permanently to retain, and the man- ner in which it is trained may be con- sidered as the commencement of a sys- tem of alternately fruiting two shoots, and training two at full length for bear- ing wood in the following year; which method may be continued every year without any alteration until the capacity of the vine is equal to the maturation of more fruit than can possibly be borne by two single shoots, which, on an aver- age, may be estimated at sixty pounds weight annually. Several years must elapse before this will be the case ; but when it is, the arms may be easily engthened by the training in of a shoot the wall as often as it ex- \ at their extremities, and managing it in tends six inches beyond I the same manner as when the arms of the previous shred. In i the vine first formed. It is very advis- November cut the vine so | able, however, that the vine should not as to leave only two buds. I be suffered to extend itself further on In the second spring ma- 1 the wall, for in such case, the bearing shoots emitted from the centre are sure to decline in strength ; whereas, by confining the dimensions of the vine to a single arm on each side of the stem, and each arm to the support and nou- rishment of two branches only, the very best description of bearing shoots will never fail to be generated close at home, nage as before, and in the November cut down to three buds; the vine will then appear thus : Fig. 72. The third spring retain two shoots, treating as before. In September pinch off their tops, and in November prune them so as to retain some buds. GR A 265 GR A and these, as the vine advances in age, I seasons. Vines and green-house plants will become prolific almost beyond con- ' do not agree very well ; but under such a ception. I have often ripened as many system they may be kept from quarrel- as seven full sized bunches of grapes on \ ling much." — Card. Chron. two shoots which have pushed from a | single bud, on vines managed in this vines in hot-house. manner. Indeed, those who have been Varieties. — The proportions the dif- accustomcd to permit their vines to ; ferent vines should bear to each other, cover a large space of walling, and to in order to secure the best succession possess a great number of branches, and a constant supply, are three Black can scarcely imagine how much easier a Hamburgh's; two White Muscats of vine is managed, and with what cer- Alexandria; one White and one Black tainty the fruit is increased in quantity, Frontignan ; one Black Prince, and one and improved in quality." — Hoare on Black St. Peter's. the Vine. Construction of Vinery. — For the Thinning. — When the vine has be- general principles applicable to the come fruitful, in August, it must have construction of this and all other hot- the berries of each branch thinned until houses, see the titles Stove, Trellis, ^-c. not more than half their original num- '. Borders. — These may be formed ber remain. It is best done with a ' eight feet broad, of a soil similar to sharp-pointed pair of scissors, and care that recommended for the open wall being taken to remove the smallest vines, with the same attention to ma- berries. This increases the weight and nuring and drainage, excellence of the bunches, for two ber- ' Planting and Pruning. — The prac- ries will always outweigh four grown tice of Mr. Mearns in this particular is on the same branchlet of a bunch, be- very good : — sides being far handsomer, and having , " The vines are planted inside the more juice as compared with husks. , house at two feet and a half apart, The average weight of the bunches on ! nearly close to the front wall, and are a vine may be taken, when ripe, at headed down to within a foot of the half a pound each, and with this data soil. One shoot only is allowed to pro- it is easy to carry into practice Mr. ] ceed from each plant, which at the end Clement Hoare's excellent rule for pro- [ of the first season is cut down to the portioning the crop to the size of the second or third eye. Next year two vine. If its stem, measured just above leading shoots are encouraged, the the ground, be three inches in circum- strongest of which is stopped when it ference, it may bear 5 lbs. weight of; has grown three or four joints beyond grapes. ' the middle of the root', and the weaker, 3^ inches 10 lbs. after having grown three or four feet, 4 " 15 for the purpose of strengthening the 4J '•■ 20 I eyes. At the fall of the leaf, the lead- 5 " 2.5 ing shoots are reduced, the main one And so five pounds additional for every to the length of the middle of the roof, haif inch of increased circumference. ^ and the lower one to the third eye. In I the third season, one leading shoot is VINES IN GREEN-HOUSE. j trained in from each shoot, and from Training here must be the same as i the leading shoot fruit-bearing side in the hot-house, and the points besides \ shoots are produced. One bunch is left to be attended to are : — on each, and the shoot stopped at one " 1. To train the vines to the rafters, [ or two joints above it. No side shoots or otherwise, so that they shall not are allowed to proceed from the spur, overshadow the interior before the end ' the leading shoot from which is to be- of May. 2. To empty the green-house come the bearing wood for the next of all green-house plants after that pe- year. Thus, in the autumn of the third riod, and to take every possible pains season the lower part of the house is to get the wood ripe ; you cannot have furnished with a crop of grapes from grapes without well-ripened wood. If shoots proceeding from wood of the vines are very late in growing, they ; preceding year, and parallel to this will reiiuirc fire-heat in autumn, in j bearing shoot on each vine is the young order to ripen their wood, in many | shoot for the next year's crop. GR A 266 GRA " In winter, the shoot from the ex- i of every month till April. Where there tremity of the bearing branch is cut off, are but three houses, it will be early at the top of the roof, or within twelve \ enough to commence the first house in or fifteen inches of it, and the shoot j November, the second in February, from the spur is cut down to the mid- | and the third in April. To cause the die of the roof, and all the spurs which vines to break equally all the length of had borne the grapes are now cut out. | the shoot, tie them down to the front Each vine is now furnished with two i windows, until the buds are all expand- shoots of bearing wood, a part of old ed, that one part of it may not be more barren wood, and a spur for producing a young shoot the following year. In the fourth summer a full crop is pro- duced, both in the upper and lower half of the house. The longer shoot bearing on the upper half of its length, and the shorter on its whole length; a leading shoot is produced from the short shoot, and another from the spur excited than another. " When every bud has pushed, care- fully separate the vines one by one; and as it is convenient, regulate the shoots, stop them, and tliin the number of branches, and do all that is required. Then tie them up loosely to the rafter; and should they hang down a foot from the glass, it is an advantage, especially " In the pruning season of the fourth I during the early part of the season.' year, the centre shoot is entirely re- moved, and replaced by the side shoot, now the whole length of the roof, and this side shoot is in its turn supplanted by the shoot from the spur, while a spur is prepared to succeed it. " Summer Pruning. — Mr. Mearns gives the following directions : — ' Stop the bearing branches at the bunch, in Syringing and Steaming. — " During the time of forcing the vine (unless they are in blossom) and the ripening of the fruit, syringe them freely with rain- water, morning and evening, all over; also steam the houses by pouring water on the pipes or flues, to keep up a moisture in the air. It is beneficial to the growth of the plant, swells the ber- stead of the next joint above it, which \ ries, and keeps down the red spider is the usual practice; for I found that] While the vines are in blossom, refrain the fruit did equally well, and it divest- I from syringing, but use the steam freely, ed the branch of an incumbrance, while ; " When the berries begin to colour, it allowed a much larger portion of light also cease syringing; but use the steam to come into the house, together with a a fortnight longer, though only at night more free circulation of air among the fruit and young wood. I blind all the eyes on each fruit spur as soon as they push above a joint or two, before I pinch them back, always cautiously re- taining one eye ; and am particularly cautious that nothing should happen to injure the leaf that accompanies the bunch, for if that is lost, the fruit of course will come to nothing."' — Hort. Soc. Trans. Forcing. — This is sometimes com As soon as the grapes are nearly ripe, keep as dry an atmosphere as possible, both to give the fruit a good flavour, and to ripen the wood." Covering the Border. — "This in the early part of the forcing season is ab- solutely necessary, using either light horse-litter, or fresh-gathered leaves. No frost must be allowed to reach the stems or roots ; if it does, the vines will droop when the sun shines, and the bunches will be crippled, and per- menced in September, but the close of i haps never come out properly. A tar- ihe next month is sufficiently early. ' paulin is useful to cover the litter and Mr. Appleby, of Macclesfield, gives dung, to keep off the heavy rains and the following very full and excellent snow." directions: — "In places where there 1 Temperature. — " Commence forcing are a number of houses devoted to the I the vine with a low temperature. The vine, it is possible to have ripe grapes I first week keep up the heat to 50o, the all the year round. To accomplish this second to 60°, the third to 65°, and the completely, six houses are necessary though it may in some degree be done with three. In the former case, the first house ought to be started at the end of October, the second on the first of December, and so on, the first day fourth to 70 Night temperature about 10° lower. A good rule is 60o for vines in leaf, and 70^ when blooming and ripening fruit ; the night temperature may then be 20° lower." Setting the Fruit. — " To effect the GR A 267 GR A setting of the fruit, and more especially in the earlier part of the forcing season, use a camel-hair pencil to disperse the pollen on the stigmas. Some kinds of grapes have very little pollen, while others have plenty to spare. In this case take a sheet of white paper, and hold it under the bunch that has abund- ance of pollen, gently shake the bunch, and then with the camel-hair pencil ap- ply the pollen to such kinds as are deti- cient." Thinning the Berries. — As soon as the berries are set and begin to swell, it is time to thin them. For this opera- tion there are proper scissors, with long handles and short blades. Provided with these, some good soft matting, and with something to catch the berries in. the tarpaulin is the best, as it keeps them dry, and of course renders them more able to endure frost." — Gard. Chron. Vines in Pots. — The first week in February is the best time for planting the cuttings of vines in pots, to remain in cultivation in them. If intended to be fruited next season, plant the cut- tings in thirty-twos, selecting well- ripened shoots, with only one plump bud, and cutting the shoot at each end down to about one inch and a half of the bud. Bury this bud in the earth, composed of equal parts of fresh light turfy soil and decayed leaves. Plunge in a bottom heat of 90° ; temperature of frame 60o to 90°. In April, shift to the fruiting pots, twos or fours, accord- (which make excellent vinegar or tarts, j ing to the strength of plant desired. &c.,) commence the operation by tying : Soil, two parts light turfy loam, and one up the shoulders of such bunches as | part old night-soil. Temperature, 60° require it, to the wires on each side of j to 80°. Place the pots so near the the rafter ; or, if the bunches are very roof, that the shoots may be at once large, fasten some thin narrow lath to trained near the glass as they advance. the rafter, to tie the shoulders to. Best length for the shoots, from four to Some persons use a thin piece of! six feet, though they will bear even ten Jath notched at each end, to prop the | feet ; therefore stop each when a foot shoulders off from the main body of the j longer than required for next season, bunch; but I do not like this plan so j Manure water must be employed to well as the matting, the props being apt i sustain the growth of the vines, and to drop out In order to have large berries, thin very freely, so much so, that the bunches look like slieletons. Of course thin ac- cording to the kind ; some sorts under the best management do not swell to such a size as others ; hence it is ne- cessary to know the mediu.-n size to which every variety will swell, and thin accordingly. Watering the Roots. — Use manure water alternately with clear water. If the border be well watered once a week, it is sufficient. Remember to place boards to walk on, and as soon as the water has sunk in, and the surface be every means adopted to ripen the wood. Early in September, the pots may be placed out of doors, on the north side of a wall, and laid on their sides, to hasten the vines into a state of rest. In November, they may be returned under glass, and forcing commenced to ripen a crop by the end of March. If strong, and grown in No. 2 pots, seven bunches may be left upon a Ham- burgh, eight upon a Muscadine, but u[)on weaker plants only about halt those numbers. Mr. W. Stothard, gardener at Chant- rey House, in 1841, gives these direc- tions : — " When the vines that are let comes rather dry, go over it with a into the house have reached the top of Dutch hoe and rough rake; the more { the rafters, instead of stopping the lead- frequently it is stirred the less water it will take ; if, however, it is so smooth as to let the water run off, instead of sinking in, point the surface over with a fork and leave it rough. Covering the Vines in Winter. — " When the vines are not covered with glass in consequence of other fruits being grown in the house, protect them from severe frost ; hay-bands may be used, and long straight wheat straw ; ing shoot, as is commonly done, and often too soon, which causes the eyes to burst, and renders them useless for the succeeding year, turn the shoot back, and having ready a pot of suitable size, well drained and filled w'ith fresh turfy loam and rotted dung, of equal parts, place it upon the back shelf or wall of the pit, and as soon as the young shoot has attained a sufficient length to be laid into the pot, cut out two or three GR A 268 GR A eyes, and as many of its leaves, and I linings of the pine pits select the most scrape oft' a little of the bark the whole decayed parts of the manure, length of the part intended for roots, ; "I usually allow the shoots to run to which is bent into the pot, and covered ! the extent of thirteen eyes, and then with mould to the depth of six or seven inches. No attention is required, ex- cepting to train the shoot as it advances in growth, and keep the mould in the pot a little moist, to encourage the emission of roots, which will appear in a fortnight or three weeks, and soon fill the pot. When the shoot is laid in the pot, allow it to grow from four to eight feet long, according to the strength of the parent vine, to which leave it attached until it has done growing, and perfectly ripened its wood stop them. " By the middle of September the wood becomes ripened, and I then prune them back to the ninth eye, and remove them from the pinery to the open air, setting them under a south wall, on bricks placed edgewise, so as to admit free drainage. On the first of November, I generally take in fifty-pots for forcing; (this I have occasionally done on the first of October ;) when they are washed with soft sonp and sulphur. After all the eyes have shown fruit, "Should there not be a sufficient I select from six to eight of the best quantity of leaders, place pots under I bunches to remain, and pluck off" the the rafters at mostconvenient situations, | others, never allowing one eye to bear and likewise on the front flue; but the j more than one bunch. I syringe the shoots that are laid in these pots never suffer to exceed five feet in length. When the plants are severed from the parentvines, put them out under a wall, where they are protected from frosts, and take into the house as required for forcing; at that time shift into pots about a foot over and fourteen inches deep, to remain until the fruit is cut, after which they may be thrown away, sure of a fresh supply of plants every year by the same process." — Card. Chron. Mr. H. Burn, gardener of Tottenham Park, gives the following particulars of his mode of cultivating the vine in pots : — " I invariably set the eyes in thumb pots on the first of February, and putting moss about two and a half inches deep on the flue at the back of the pine pits, I place the pot upon it, keeping the moss always moist. " As soon as the bud or eye has grown and become well furnished with roots, I repot into sixty-sized pots, and con- tinue afterwards to shift as fast as the pots become filled with roots ; from sixties to forty-eights, thirty-twos, twen- ty-fours, sixteens, and twelve-sized pots successively ; and lastly, into bushel- pots, which I have made for the purpose. I encourage rapidity of growth as much as possible, by feeding them with liquid manure made from cows' and deers' dung ; and during the whole time keep a good drainage at the bottom of the pots. The soil I used is nothing more than three-fourths strong turfy loam, and -one-fourth horse-dung ; from the vines gently with warm water three times a week, and water thern twice a week with the liquid manure. Should they, however, occasionally require more moisture, I give them nothing more than soft water about milk warm. I invariably fruit annually from 100 to 120 vines, taking in after the first fifty the rest in succession. Fig. 74. " The above engraving represents a transverse section of the vinery, with bed for tree leaves to decay and heat; frame-work for the support of front trough sixteen inches wide at the top, and ten inches deep, and the wire un- der the rafters on which the vines are trained." — United Card, and Land Steward's Journ, GRA 269 GRA Vines in Frames. — We have the fol- i cumulates in the interior of the leaves, lowing information on this mode of cul- ture : — " It is well adapted for gardens where the quantity of glass is limited, and is practised liy Mr. Dawson, gar- dener to Lord Ducie, at the Hoo, Hert- fordshire. About the first week in April, a bed of partly decayed dung, to which a small quantity of raw material is add- and swells them up in the form of warts. The presence of the latter on tlie under side only, is owing to perspiration from the vines, taking place principally by that surface, which is, moreover, much softer and looser in texture than the upper surface." — Gard. Chron. liust. — The rust of the vine is a dis- cd , so as to produce a slight heat, is, ease which attacks the grapes, covering made at about eighteen inches from the them with a tough brown skin, which wall in front of the selected vines. is incapable of natural extension, and " This bed is built sufficiently deep | which stops their growth. Wherever to admit of its being about three feet i the disease appears, the crop is injured high, after settling. The frame used by j or even ruined. Various causes have Mr. Dawson separates into two portions, I been suggested as the origin of this so that the lower part can be first placed j disease ; but the true origin I believe upon the bed. It contains a trellis upon j to be a sudden unhealthy reduction of which the vines are trained, fixed about temperature whilst the grapes are young. a foot above the surface of the dung. From one frosty night I have seen the The upper portion of the frame can be \ fruit of apple trees infected with a very afterwards put on and secured to the lower by small brackets. The advan- tage of having the frames constructed in this way is the ease and safety with which the vine can be taken in ; since, in introducing the shoots of a vine through a hole cut in the back of a frame of ordinary construction, the similar induration of the skin. Bleeding. — If pruned late in the spring the vine is very liable to bleed at this season. A red hot iron applied to the wound until it is partially charred will stop the effusion of sap for a time, and to render the cure permanent, the place should be well rubbed and coated with buds would be liable to be rubbed off.: a paste made of newly burnt lime and No more care is required, except in \ grease. This hardens and forms an eC- stopping, thinning, kdt Air is given fectual plaster. freely, but no linings to the bed are re- ' Shrivelling arises in the berries from quired. In severe weather a covering j a want of sap. It is caused by several is put on, but this is not generally re- modes of bad cultivation, as excess of sorted to. By pursuing the above me- | wet and cold to the roots; over-heating thod, fruit of good quality has been cut ^ and subsequent reduction of tempera- by the latter end of August, for which Mr. Dawson has obtained several prizes at local horticultural exhibitions." — Gard. Chron. DISEASES. Shanking is a moist gangrene, at- tacking and destroying the stalk of the grapes, arising apparently from the tem- perature of the soil being unsuitably below that in which the branches are vegetating. IVarts on Leaves. — Dr. Lindley says, " The appearance of warts on their under side, is most probably caused by damp atmosphere and rich soil, and may be conceived to arise thus: the water which the leaves derive from the stem, and absorb from the atmosphere, is unable to escape again, in conse- ture in the house : and by thinning the leaves erroneously. Insects infesting the Vine. — See Scale, Thrips, Wasp, ^-c. GRAPE HYACINTH. Muscari. GRAPE PEAR. Amelanchier Bo- tryapium. GRASS MOTH. See Charcsas. GRASS-PLOT, correctly speaking, is a parterre, or beds of flowers, arranged with grass-turf between them, instead of gravel. It is usually confounded with Lawn, which see. GRASS RAKE. See Lawn Rake. GRATIOLA. Six species. Hardy or green-house herbaceous perennials. Division. Rich moist soil. GRAVEL WALKS, like all other Walks, (vide,) reqmre a good suhstratum quence of the air that surrounds them of drainage, and the facing of about five being continually loaded with moisture; inches deep of gravel. It must have no the result of this is, that the water ac- stones mixed with it larger than good- GR A 270 GRE sized marbles, and about one-fourth of it must be much smaller. If a portion of clay is by nature or art incorporated with the gravel, it will bind more firmly, and present when rolled a more com- pact and even surface. The following is an excellent plan to make or turn gravel walks in d ry weather. If of a sandy or gravelly nature strew a little clay or marl upon the walks. When turned ovei take away all large stones, and place them at the bottom of the mass. Immediately after you have le- velled the walk apply the roller, and let an assistant follow, pouring upon it wa- ter from a watering pot with coarse rose ; in twenty-four hours after, if the wea- ther is dry, it will be as solid as a stone floor. The writer has had ocular de- monstration of the fact in twenty in- stances in the driest weather. — Gard. Chron. The best method of extirpating grass which springs up from beneath a gravel walk and spreads over its surface, is to break up the walk, and pick out care- fully all the under-ground runners which may be met with. Where it is not de- sirable to disturb the walk, the best way is to spread salt in considerable quantities over its whole surface ; and if after the first application it is found that portions of the grass still exist, let another coating of salt be applied, which will effectually destroy it. Care must be taken, however, if the walk is edged with box, that the salt does not come in contact with it, otherwise it will destroy the edging also. " In the early part of April, gravel walks are usually turned ; and practice has taught that there is a right as well as a wrong way, even for the perform- ance of this simple operation. After the walk has been broken up and level- led, and a facing of new gravel spread over, this ought to be left for three or four days, and until a shower of rain has fallen, before the roller is used. This bleaches the gravel, and washes down the fine particles, so that, imme- diately after rolling, the walk is solid, and has a clean bright surface." — Gard. Chron. Dr. Lindley has proposed a substi- tute for gravel in the construction of walks, which will get rid of most of the annoyances attendant upon gravel; for, formed of this material, they will never be troubled by worms or weeds, and will never require rolling. They may be made of the same arched form ; and if, at the time of making, the surface be sprinkled with fine bright coloured gravel, they will be as handsome as if formed entirely of that material. The composition recommended must be made and laid down in perfectly dry weather. " Procure a quantity of road-sand, or similar powdery material — finely sifted lime-rubbish will do — and let it be tho- roughly dried, so that it feels like dust when handled : also sift out of the cinders from the dwelling-house, &c., the finer parts, and let these be also made per- fectly dry ; mix these carefully, two parts road-sand to one of ashes. In a dry place, on a dry day, spread a quan- tity of the mixture, as a bricklayer spreads his lime, with a hollow in the middle. Into this hollow pour some coal-tar, boiling hot. Incorporate the whole with a shovel, as if making mor- tar, and when a thick paste, spread it three or four inches thick over the ground, laid out for the walk or floor. The ground should previously be beaten down as firm and as level as possible. Powder it all over with dry and rather coarse sand, after which a few passages of the roller wiH press it level. Leave it for a few days to harden, after which the walk is fit for use, and will last for very many years." — Gard. Chron. GREAT BURNET. Sanguisorba. GREAT CENTAUREA. Centaurea centaurium. GREEN-HOUSE. This is a winter- residence for plants that cannot endure the cold of our winter, yet do not re- quire either the high temperature or moist atmosphere of a stove [i. e. hot- house] . " The first thing to be attended to in its construction," says Mr. H. Fortune, of the Chiswick Gardens, " is the choice of a proper situation. South is the best aspect, or as nearly that as possible : south-west or south-east will do, or even east or west ; but on no account should it ever face the north. Green-houses should be fixed in situations where they will not be shaded from the sun by any part of the dwelling-house, or other buildings, and should also be quite free from large trees. They should not be placed near trees for another reason than being shaded by them, namely, the glass in the roof being apt to be GRE 271 GRE broken by the rotten branches which are sent down during high winds. "Another most desirable considera- tion is, to make arrangements for a constant supply of rain-water. This is very easily done when the house is building. Gutters are wanted to carry the wet off the roof; and, in so doing, letit be brought into a tank in the house, and used for watering the plants. Slate- tanks may be used for this purpose, or ; they may be built of brick and cement- ; ed over on the inside. This will be ' economy in the end ; and the water collected in this way is much to be \ preferred to many kinds obtained from springs. I " A drain should be made to enable the tank to be emptied at pleasure, and into which the water used in washing out the house can be swept, without running into the tank." — Gard. Chron. The following is the plan of a green- house erected at Yester, the seat of the Marquis of Tweedale, and which an- swers perfectly. " In ordinary severe weather, while the thermometer, in the open air during night, ranges between 20^ and 30^, no difficulty is found in keeping the tem- perature to any point required between 50° and 80'-', which is quite sufficient. The stove is heated with coke ; and during a period while the thermometer ranged between 60^ and 76^, the cost did not exceed 2s. Qd. per month. The fuel consumed during the time was ten bushels. We do not know what is the principle of the stove, but it resembles an Arnott, and stands within the house, which is twenty-five feet long, twelve feet broad, and thirteen feet high. " a a, back wall ; b b, mouths of cold air stove, d ; e f, a f^w descending steps by which it is supplied from the outside ' with fuel, through an opening in the wall, as shown in the plan. On the same level there is a place, /, for con- taining coke, as represented by the dotted lines; g- g is a brick casing. Fig. 75. formed in lengths of two feet each, and neatly joined together; they are open at top, and have movable covers. In- to this casing the heated air from the stove is first received, and afterwards distributed at pleasure. In addition to the heat given oft' in this way, the brick casing, from retaining the hot air, toge- ther with the flue-pipe passing through it, becomes so hot as to give off a large quantity in a radiating form. "In the figure, two of the flue covers are removed to show the surface of the iron water-troughs, fitted on the flue- pipe, and resting on the bottom of the brick-casing, better seen in the sectional view. The troughs are only filled with the healed air when it is wanted in a humid condition ; in other cases the humidity from the cistern A, which sup- plies water for the ordinary purposes of the house, will be sufficient; i and j are wood wedges inserted on one side of the covers to raise them, more or less, in proportion to the quantity of heat required : k is the termination of the flue-pipe, w liere it ascends, crossing the house above the door, and entering the back wall into the chimney. When the house is to be heated, it is only ne- cessary to light the fire in the stove d, and open one of the cold air-drains 6 c, as in the present instance the internal one, b, is open. The arrows represent the cold air flowing towards the stove, where it enters below, and after travers- ing a numerous formation of winding channels in a heated state, discharges itself into the brick-casing, g g, above the flue-pipe, from which it escapes as heretofore mentioned. " When the cold air is taken from the external drain, c, the internal one, b, is closed ; a regulation, however, which is entirely at the discretion of the superintendent of the house : r, the regulator in the ash-pit of the sjove, the handle of which is turned so as to admit a greater or less quantity of air, bv which the combustion of fuel in the stove is regulated: s s and m m, venti- lating grates ; ri n, rods of iron sus- pended to the frames of the top win- dows to open and shut them ; g, a sys- tem of small rods for conveying the drip from the inside of the roof to the cistern. A; j>, cover of stove-pit: it is hinged, and readily thrown back when admission to the stove is wanted. " For ordinary-sized plant or fruit- 272 G RE houses, the above method of heating will be found quite sufficient. Where very large structures are required to be heated, any additional quantity may be procured by means of hot water- pipes supplied from a boiler placed within the patent stove. The pipes may be conveyed in a different direction from the hot-air flue. The boiler, al- though heated with the stove-furnace, requires no additional fuel." — Gard. perty, it by no means forms the only valuable feature in them. Plants can be easily reached and easily removed ; the appearance of the interior is very much improved, and no space is wasted. In a common glass shed, at least one half is useless — that is to say, the whole of that part which is next the back wall. Here, on the contrary, every portion of the interior, except the walks, is ren- dered available. " The construction of the roof is excellent. It rises at an angle of 30o, which is exactly that best suited for houses of such a description ; the raft- ers are very light, and of a better form than any we have previously seen. We will not pretend to say why they pro- duce so good an effect; for words will never convey an adequate idea of the cause of the beauty of such objncts. Perhaps it is their lightness; probably it is the two combined. Lightness of appearance has been combined with strength by the addition of an iron rod to the lower edge of the rafter, in the place of a head. " In order to strengthen the roof and to provide for the cultivation of climb- ers, all the rafters are connected by means of curved iron rods, which them- selves add much to the beautiful ap- Chron. jocivcs auu iiiucu lo me oeauiiiui ap- On a larger scale is the green-house I pearance of the interior. This mode at Kew; but as the same principles | "^ combining strength and decoration and arrangements may be adopted on a ; ^'^Y of course be varied, but it will not smnllpr si^nlo T irii-o fN^ r^ll^..,; — „.. i hp imnrnvpH smaller scale, I give the following ex- tracts from the details, published by Dr. Lindley : — " The general arrangement is excel- ent. None of the door-ways are placed in direct continuation of the walls ; but they are either formed immediately op- j hand-pumps. of plants, " It must be apparent that such a be improved. " Another important thing in the ar- rangements is the ample provision for receiving in tanks the rain-water that falls on the roof of the building : this is raised for use by means of small posite the principal masses of pi „, or obliquely with respect to the walks ; so that the eye necessarily rests upon the foliage as soon as the house is entered. ".Then, again, at the point where the houses join each other, a semicircular stage is thrown forward, by which the disagreeable effect of a long narrow house as this is precisely what is most generally wanted by those who build green-houses. If a large space is re- quired, it is easy to lengthen any of the arms; if more variety is desired, another cross house could be readily added to the smaller one. Should it be »jioic ciic-ui ui a. long narrow I J"cu tu mc amtiner uiit. kMiouia 11 oe ■walk, in a small house, is completely too large, as will more frequently be removed. the case, the smaller arm may be co- "The house is span-roofed, and illus- P'ed or the larger, as the case "may be. trates the great advantage of this kind If a stove is wanted instead of a green of construction over the wretched lean tos, which were formerly in fashion We need not say that one of the ad house, it would only be necessary to inclose the stages, to put hot water troughs into the chamber so obtained, • ire uccu iiui stal)le matters so turned into the earth do render it more fertile, and if plants are grown upon the soil for this purpose, the greater the amount of the surface of leaves in proportion to that of roots the better, because such plants obtain a large proportion of their chief constitu- GRE 276 GRO ent, — the chief constituent of all plants, carbon, — from the atmosphere : they, therefore, return to the soil more de- composing matter than they have taken from it. The putrefaction of the vegetables, and the gases in that case emitted, says my brother, Mr. Cuthbert Johnson, " appear to be on all occasions highly invigorating and nourishing to the suc- ceeding crop. During this operation, the presence of water is essentially ne- cessary, and is most probably decom- posed. The gases produced vary in different plants ; those which contain gluten emit ammonia ; onions and a few others evolve phosphorus ; hydrogen, carbonic acid gas, and carburetted hy- drogen gas, with various vegetable matters, are almost always abundantly formed. All these gases when mixed with the soil are very nourishing to the plants growing upon it. The observa- tions of the farmer assure us that they are so. He tells us that all green ma- nures cannot be employed in too fresh a state, that the best corn is grown where the richest turf has preceded it, and that where there is a good produce of red clover there will assuredly follow an excellent crop of wheat ; he finds also that when he ploughs in his crop of buckwheat to enrich his land, that this is most advantageously done when the plant is coming into flower." — Farm. Encyc. Sea Weed is a species of green ma- nure, for it ought to be employed whilst quite fresh. There are many species, and they differ very essentially in their components. The LnurinariiB , those long, tawny-green, ribbon-like algae so common on our coasts, contain besides vegetable matter a large pro- portion of the salts of potash in addition to those of soda ; whereas the Fuci con- tain none of the salts of potash. All, The advantage of green manure is practically understood by thousands of our farmers, who, though they may be unable to philosophize upon the subject or refer to its true chemical cause, fully appreciate its value. The great desideratum of those who aim at enriching the soil, is to produce clover, — that attained, the rest is easy. Clover, when turned in, prepares the land for every description of crop, and places the whole under the control of the husbandman. GREVILLEA. Forty-two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings, and some species, seeds. Sand, loam and peat. GRIFFINIA. Three species. Stove bulbous perennials. Offsets. Seeds. Turfy loam, white sand and peat. GRINDELIA. Nine species. Chiefly green-house evergreen shrubs. G. an- gustifolia and G. squamosa are herba- ceous perennials, and G. ciliata a hardy annual. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GRISLEA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy peat and loam. GROBYA AmhersticE. Stove orchid. Division. Wood. GROTTO, is a resting place, formed rudely of rock-work, roots of trees, and shells, and is most appropriately placed beneath the deep shade of woods, and on the margin of water. Its inten- tion is to be a cool retreat during sum- mer. GROUND CHERRY. Cerasus Cha- mcEcerasus. GROUND CHRISTA. Cassia Cha- mmchrista. GROUND CISTUS. Rhododendron Chamdcistus. GROVE, is a moderately extensive as- sociation of trees without underwood. " The character of a grove is beauty ; for fine trees are lovely objects, and a however, are excellent manures, and I J grove is an assemblage of them, in know a garden, near Southampton, very productive, tliat for some years has had no other manure. It is particularly good as a manure for potatoes. The Fucus vesiculosus, so distinguishable by the bladders full of air embedded in its which every individual retains much of its own peculiar elegance, and whatever it loses is transferred to the superior beauty of the whole. To a grove, therefore, which admits of endless vari- ety in the disposition of the trees, differ- leaves, is a very excellent manure. It encesin their shapesand theirgreensare contains, when dry, about 84 parts ve- i seldom very important, and sometimes getable matter, 13 parts sulphate of ' they are detrimental. Strong contrasts lime and magnesia, with a little plios- , scatter trees which are thinly planted, phate of lime, and 3 parts sulphate and j and which have not the connexion of muriate of soda. I underwood ; they no longer form one GRO 277 GU A plantation ; they are a number of single ferred of a moderate size ; but culinary trees. A thick grove is not, indeed, ex- vegetables should be grown rapidly, posed to this mischief, and certain situ- | and of as gigantic a size as may be. ations may recommend different shapes [ G R Y L L 0 T A L P A . See Mole- and different greens for their effects up- Cricket. on the surface. The eye, attracted into the depth of the grove, passes by little circumstances at the entrance; even varieties in the form of the line do not always engage the attention, they are not so apparent as in a continued tliick- et, and are scarcely seen if they are not considerable. "But the surface and the outline are not GUAIACUM. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Ripe cuttings. Rich loam. GUANO. This now celebrated ma- nure has been known as the chief fer- tilizer employed by the Peruvians, almost as long as that part of the New World has been recognized by geo- graphers. Its name, in the language of the only circumstances to be attended ' that country, signifies the manure — and to. Though a grove be beautiful as an it merits such distinction, as being one object, it is, besides, delightful as a of the most powerful assistants to vege- spot to walk or to sit in ; and the choice tation which can be applied to the soil, and the disposition of the trees for , Guano is not peculiar to Peru, but is effect within are therefore a principal : found in immense beds upon many rocks consideration. Mere irregularity alone ' and islands of the Atlantic, being the will not please, strict order is there excrements of the marine birds frc- more agreeable than absolute confusion, quenting those ocean solitudes. It has and some meaning better than none. , been lately analyzed by Dr. Ure, who A regular plantation has a degree of reports it as composed of the following proportional constituents: — Azotized organic matter," including urate of am- monia, and capable of affording from 8 to 17 >50.0 per cent, of ammonia I by slow decomposition | in the soil ... .J Water Phosphate of lime . . Ammonia, phosphate of"") magnesia, phosphate of ammonia, and oxalate I .-« of ammonia, contain- ,' ing from 4 to 9 per cent. | of ammonia J Siliceous matter ... 1.0 This analysis explains the source from whence failure has been derived to beauty; but it gives no satisfaction, be- cause we know that the same number of trees might be more beautifully ar- ranged. A disposition, however, in which the lines only are broken, with- out varying the distances, is less natural than any ; for though we cannot find straight lines in a forest, we are habitu- ated to them in the hedge-rows of fields ; but neither in wild nor in cultivated nature do we ever see trees equidistant from each other; that regularity be- longs to art alone. The distances, there- fore, should be strikingly different; the trees should gather into groups, or stand in various irregular lines, and describe several figures ; the intervals between them should be contrasted both in shape and in dimensions ; a large space should in some places be quite open, in others | many who have tried it. It is the most the trees should be so close together as | violently stimulating of all the known hardly to leave a passage between them ; ' natural manures, and they have applied and in others as far apart as the con- it too abundantly. This is shown by nexion will allow. In the forms and the experiments of Mr. Maund. When the varieties of these groups, these applied to Strawberries once a week in lines, and these openings, principally a liquid state, (four ounces to a gallon,) consists the interior beauty of a grove." it made them very vigorous and pro- 11.0 25.0 — Whateley. GROWTH. j ductive; but sprinkled upon some young It may be taken as a seedlings of the same fruit it killed them. universal maxim in gardening, that slow Two ounces per yard, (five cwt. per growth and smallness of size increases acre,) were sprinkled over Onions, and the intensity of flavour, and that rapidity they doubled the untreated in size. of growth and increase of size render Potatoes manured with one ounce and a flavour more mild. Fruit, therefore, j half per yard, were rendered much should be ripened slowly, and be pre- 1 more luxuriant than others having no GU A 278 GYP ■ w guano. Brussels Sprouts were half! evergreen shrubs. Cuttings or seeds destroyed by being planted in immedi- 1 Sandy peat and loam ate contact with nine parts earth and one part guano. Geraniums were GUINEA-PEACH. Sarcocephalus. GUINEA-PLUM. Farinarium excel- GUM ARABIC TREE. Acacia ara- bica. GUM CISTUS. Cistus Ladaniferus. GUM TREE. Eucalyptus robusta. GUMMING. See Extravasated Sap. GUSTAVIA augusta. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Rich soil. GUZMANNIA tricolor. Stove her- greatly injured by liquid manure of| sum guano, (four ounces per gallon,) but " Plants of various sorts in pots, water- ed only with guano water, half an ounce to a gallon, have flourished astonish- ingly; none have failed. These are lessons which cannot be mistaken." — Auctorium, 223. Mr. Rendle and other persons record, as the result of dearly- _ purchased experience, that where guano ' baceous perennial. Suckers. Rich , ,-i ,._!_, x?.._i -„i — 1 :-. 1 niould. GYMNADENIA. Four species. Hardy orchids. Division. Sandy loam and peat. GYMNEMA. Four species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GYMNOCLADUS canadensis. Hardy deciduous tree. Cuttings. Open loamy soil. G Y M N 0 G R A M M A . Fourteen species. Stove herbaceous perennials. Division. Loam and peat. GYMNOLOMIA. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. GYMNOSTACHYS anceps. Green- house herbaceous perennials. Suckers. Peat and loam. GYNANDROPSIS. Six species. has failed to be beneficial, or has been in jurious, it has been applied in quantities too powerful for the plants to bear. In a liquid state, half an ounce per gallon, and given to growing plants once a week, it never fails to be productive of vigour. There is reason to fear that all the advantages attributed to Guano, may not be realized. That it has pro- duced striking effects on certain crops cannot be questioned — especially on grass, wheat and Indian corn ; but we are far from subscribing to the opinion of those who in their zealous praise of this new fertilizer, assert that it is cheaper to buy it, than haul manure from the barn-yard to the fields ! There are many crops on which it appears to produce but little effect: The writer has used over two tons of whatwasreputed to be the best Peruvian i Hardy or stove annuals and biennials. guano, in experiments, chiefly Kitchen garden vegetables carefully no- ting the quantity applied, mode, &c., but in nearly every instance without per- ceiving any important result. — Doubt- less much depends on the soil, and the Seeds. Sandy loam. GYPSUM, or Plaster of Paris, is a sulphate of lime, composed of^ — Sulphuric acid 43 Lime 33 Water 24 presence or absence of those constitu- ! It has been employed advantageously . L- 1 -1 J :_ ...1 „„„.„„„.. ^ »„ >u., >...„;„ »„j „..f..«n of ents which abound in guano — where they already exist in the soil, in suf- ficient quantity, no benefit can result from its application. GUATTERIA. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs or trees. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. GUAVA. Psidium. GUAZUMA. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat and loam. GUELDER ROSE. Viburnum opulus. GUERNSEY LILY. Nerine sar- niensis. GUETTARDA. Seven species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat and loam. GUILANDINA. Two species. Stove as a manure to the turnip and potato, at the rate of 3 cwt. per acre. Potato sets are frequently rolled in it when pulver- ized. It has been recommended to be sprinkled in stables, and to be mixed with dunghills, " to fix the ammonia," as it is popularly termed. That am- moniacal fumes are given out from the urine of horses, and from decomposing dungheaps, is true ; but it is quite as true, that sulphate of lime thus em- ployed will not detain a thousandth part of them, owing to the sulphuric acid having a greater affinity for the ammonia than lor lime, and carbonic acid having a greater affinity for lime than for am- monia. And it is also true, that all the ammonia lost in fumes from a dunghill GYP 279 HAL might be more readily and as cheaply " Inquire in the counties of Chester, restored to it by mixing ^vith it, when ' Lancaster, and others around us, where dug into the soil, a little of the am- clover is so beneficially cultivated, how moniacal liquor from the gas works, much is due to that excellent man, for Gypsum is extensively used in Pennsyl- the great pains he took to extend the vania and in many cases with the best use of gypsum? On this subject, I very results. For its introduction originally recently transmitted to the Judge, a we are indebted to the late Judge Peters; ! testimonial of gratitude from one of the from a "short notice" of whom, by most intelligent persons of Lancaster ; Samuel Breck, Esq., we extract the fol-; who unhesitatingly ascribes to Mr lowing: Peters' book on plaster, and his other " As a practical farmer, Mr. Peters ! agricultural essays, the merit of having had from time to time communicated | produced a good part of the rich culti- tlie results of the experiments made at j vation, for which that country is so Belmont, to such of his neighbours as : celebrated." chose to profit by them ; but he had not | GYRENIA biflora. Half-hardy bulb- written much, if anything, upon agri- I ous pereijnials. Division. Peat and culture, before the year 1797. His first i loam. publication was then made, and con- I GYROCARPUS. Two species. Stove tained a statement of facts and opinions \ evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loam apd in relation to the use of Gypsum. This pamphlet circulated widely, and pro- duced such a change in husbandry, by introducing the culture of clover, and other artificial grasses, as gave, we all know, a mngical increase to the value of farms. Estates which until then were unable to maintain stock, for want of winter fodder, and summer pasture, were suddenly brought into culture, and made productive. Formerly, on a farm destitute of natural meadow, no stock could be supported ; and even where natural meadow existed, the barn yard was exhausted to keep up sufficient fertility, (in the absence of irrigation,) to feed a very few horses and black cattle. " Such was the situation of our hus- peat. HABENARIA. Ten species. Stove orchids. Division. Leaf-mould and peat. HABRANTHUS. Fourteen species. Green-house and hardy bulbs. Offsets and seeds. Sandv loam and peat. H^MADICTY'ON venosum. Stove evergreen twiner. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HiEMANTHUS. Twenty-one species. Green-house bulbs. Offsets. Sandy loam and peat. H.T.MILIS. See Tinea. H ^: M 0 D 0 R U M . Two species. Green-house herbaceous. Division. Loam and peat. HA-HA, is a sunk fence, being placed at the bottom of a deep and spreading bandry, for some years after the revolu- [ ditch, either to avoid any interruption tion. It is proper to advert to it, that ' to an expanse of surface, or to let in a we may understand the full extent of desired prospect. As all deceptions are our obligation to the Judge. In the > unsatisfactory to good taste, and as year 1770, he was shown the effects of when viewed lengthwise these fences gypsum on clover, in a city lot, occupied ^ are formal and displeasing, they ought by Mr. Jacob Barge, on the commons never to be adopted except in extreme of Philadelphia. " The secret of its powerful agency came from Germany, where it was ac- cidentally discovered. Mr. Peters ob- : Green-house evergreen shrubs tained a small quantity, which he used tings. Loam, peat, and sand, successfully, and gradually promoted HALESIA. Snowdrop Tree. Three its consumption, until, by his example, species. Hardy deciduous shrubs. Cut- and his publications, the importation tings and layers. Common soil. from Nova Scotia alone, into the single HALF-HARDY PLANTS arc those port of Philadelphia, increased to the which require partial shelter, as in a enormous amount of fourteen thousand cold pit or frame, during the winter, tons annually. This was before the Here some attention is required to ex- discovery of that fossil in the United elude from them dampness and frost, States. : but especially the first. On these points cases. HAIR. See Animal Matters. H A K E A . Forty-eight species. Cut- HAL 280 HAN Mr. W. Wakefield gives these good directions : — " To prevent dampness there must be a free circulation of air ; the plants must be placed on a dry bottom ; and if they are in a situation which will admit of a fire occasionally, it will render the pits or house dry, but it should be used very sparingly, and only when abso- lutely necessary. But even with all i care and attention, damp will attack | some plants, and generally those that I are most succulent in their nature, or 1 the young and tender tops of others. We should therefore watch narrowly and remove every leaf or shoot affected, as damp not only destroys the indi- vidual immediately affected, but ex- tends its influence to those in the neigh- bourhood of the one so affected. It is contagious; it engenders mould, which being a speciesof fungus, is rapidly dis- seminated, attacking and destroying wherever the damp has prepared the leaves for its reception. Neither should plants be too much crowded, as that obstructs the free circulation of air. " Watering should of course be done sparingly, but still it w-ill be required occasionally. Care, however, should be taken to preserve the foliage as dry as possible, as, there being but little sun in winter, and that not of sufficient strength to evaporate the superabundant moisture rapidly, it quickly rots the leaves, especially of Pelargoniums, and similar plants having leaves which form a kind of dish in which the water ac- cumulates in considerable quantities. " When fire is had recourse to for dry- ing the house or pits, choose a fine day, and give all the air possible, so that the moisture dislodged by the heat may be dispersed. " If the season is likely to be dry, first make a hole for the plant, and in the bottom of this put some rotten dung, or any sort of material that will retain ■water. Water this well, and then put in the plant, filling the hole to within two inches of the surface ; again water -well, and then fill up the hole. " If obliged to water the plants after- wards, cause the beds to be hoed over next day as soon as they are dry enough ; plants do better under this treatment than by watering them so much as is usually done when there is no appear- ance of damp on the leaves over late in the evening." — Gard. Chron. HALIMODENDRON. Three species. Hardy deciduous shrubs. Layers and seeds, or grafts on Robinia. Sandy loam. HALLERIA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Rich sandy loam. HALTICA. See Black Fly. HAMAMELIS. Witch Hazel. Two species. Hardy deciduous trees. Lay- ers. Common soil. HAMBURCtH PARSLEY. See Pars- ley (Hamburgh). HAMELIA. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. HAMILTONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HANBURY. See Ambury. HANDBARROW is best made of this form : — Fis.77. The cage below is useful for carrying leaves and other litter ; and when the close moveable cover is on, it serves as a conveyance for plants in large pots or tubs, which, when in flower or bearing fruit, might be too violently shaken in a wheelbarrow. HAND-GLASS is a portable glass- case used for sheltering cauliflowers and other plants in winter, and during early spring, or to retain a regular supply of moisture to cuttings until they are rooted. The most durable and convenient are made with cast iron framing of this form : — Fig. 78. They are sometimes made with movea- ble tops as here represented, but the only advantage it affords is, that several of the lower portions may be placed HAN 281 HE A upon each other to protect any tall growing shrub in severe weather, other- wise they are more troublesome to move, and more liable to breakage than if made entire. ilAND-WEEDIXG: much of it might be banished from the garden, if in the kitchen department all crops were in- serted in drills. This is most desirable ; for the stirring of the surface conse- quent to hoeing, is much more beneficial to the crops, and cannot be repeated too frequently. HAPALOSTEPHIUM. Eightspecies. Hardy herbaceous. Division and seed. Sandv rich soil. HARDENBERGIA monophylla is a green-house climber, the cultivation of which is thus narrated by Mr. G. Wat- son : — " Train with five leading shoots, one from the centre of the pot, to which a long, small, neat stick is placed ; the other four being fastened to four similar sticks at regular distances round the edge of the pot. From each of these leading shoots proceed numerous side- branches which are densely covered •with flowers. When the plant has done blooming, which is by the end of May or beginning of June, still allow it to remain in the green-house until the shoots are well ripened. During this time the plant is watered sparingly; for it is only by moderating the supply of water that we can imitate those pe- riodical seasons of rest to which this, as well as all other exotic plants, is ex- posed in its native climate. " By the first week in August it is taken from the green-house and well soaked with water, then placed in the open air in a sheltered situation, but fully exposed to the sun, being double potted to prevent the sun's rays from destroying the small fibres, which are the principal feeding organs. " The whole of the side shoots are pruned to one or not more than two eyes, and the leading shoots cut back according to their strength, so as to call into action the whole of the remaining buds. As soon as the new shoots are from one to two inches in length, the plant is taken from the pot and nearly the whole of the soil is shaken from its roots ; the stronger roots are at the same time cut back to smaller fibres. It is then repotted in a new or clean ■washed pot, thoroughly drained. "The soil in which it thrives well is chopped turfy heath-mould, mixed with a little sand. After forcing it is placed in a shady place for a short time, and by degrees exposed fully to the sun, being taken into the green-house by the end of September.'" — Card. Chron. HARDY PLANTS are those which endure uninjured our seasons without protection. Half-hardy Plants arc those which require a temporary protection during the colder portions of the year. HAREBELL. Campanula rotundi- folia. HARES and RABBITS are deterred from injuring trees and shrubs by mixing night-soil and clay in water, and daub- ing it over the stems with a brush, in November ; and if the winter proves very wet, in February. The November dressing is, however, generally suffi- cient. This mixture has stopped their depredations entirely, even when they had commenced operations. — Gard. Chron. HARE'S-EAR. Bupleurum. HARE'S-FERN. Davallia canari- ensis. HARE'S-FOOT. Ochromalagopus. HARONGA madagascariensis. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HARPALYCE. Four species. Hardy herbaceous. Seeds. Common soil. HARRISONIA loniceroides. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HARTOGIA cjpensis. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HAUTBOY. See Strawberry. HAWK FLY. See Scmw. HAWKWEED. Hieracium. HAWORTHIA. Sixty-two species. Green-house succulents. Suckers or cuttings of leaves. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. HAWTHORN. Crattegus. HAWTHORN BUTTERFLY. See PlERIS. HAYLOCKIA pmsilia. Half-hardy bulb. Offsets. Sandy loam. HAZEL. Corylus avellana. HEADING, or as it is also termed Cabbaging or Loaving, is an inaptitude to unfold the central leaves, character- izing the various members of the Cab- bage tribe. They have their centre or bud composed of a larger number of leaves than usual, and these, in some HE A 282 HE A instances, are so complex]y combined that the plant has not sufficient power to force them open to permit the pro- trusion of the seed-stem. The close- ness of the heading is regulated by the exposure to the light. In a shady situ- ation all the leaves are required to ela- borate the sap, on account of the defi- cient light rendering each less active; therefore they open as they are formed. In a free exposure a few leaves are able to effect the requisite decomposition ; and hence the reason why cabbages al- ways have " harder hearts'''' in summer than in spring or autumn, when the light is less intense. HEADING-DOWN is cutting off en- 'tirely or to a considerable extent, the branches of a tree or shrub — a process not rashly to be resorted to, and adapted only to reduce them when the plant seems declining in vigour, or has attain- ed an undesirable size. HEART'S-EASE. See Pansy. HEAT is the prime agent employed by the Almighty Creator to call vege- table life into existence, to develop vegetable form, to effect all vegetable changes, and to ripen all vegetable produce. All these effects are per- formed most efficiently, in the case of every plant, at some different tempera growth of the plant to diminish and its colour to become more pale ; this effect being now produced by the plant's tor- pidity, or want of excitement to perform the requisite elaboration of the sap, as it is by over-excitement when made to vegetate in a temperature which is too elevated. If blossoms are produced at all, they are unfertile, and the entire aspect o the plant betrays that its secretions are not healthy and its functions are dead- ened. Mr. Knight says, "that melon and cucumber plants, if grown in a temperature too low, produce an excess of female blossoms; but if the tempera- ture be too high, blossoms of the oppo- site sex are by far too profuse." The drier the air the greater is the amount of moisture transpired ; and this be- comes so excessive, if it be also pro- moted by a high temperature, that plants in hot-houses, where it has oc- curred often, dry up as if burned. The justly lamented Mr. Daniell has well illustrated this by showing, that if the temperature of a hot-house be raised only five degrees, viz. from 75'' to 80", whilst the air within it retains the same degree of moisture, a plant that in the lower temperature exhaled fifty-seven grains of moisture, would in the higher ture or degree of heat; and he who temperature, exhale one hundred and ascertains most correctly those heats, \ twenty grains in the same space of has taken a gigantic step towards ex- time. cellence as a gardener. An uncongenial Plants, however, like animals, can heat is as pernicious to vegetables as to bear a higher temperature in dry air animals. Every plant has a particular than they can in air charged with va- temperature without which its functions pour. Animals are scalded in the lat- cease ; but the majority of them luxuri- , ter if the temperature is very elevated, ate most in a climate of which the ^ and plants die, under similar circum- extreme temperature does not much exceed 32° and 90°. No seed will vegetate — no sap will circulate — at a temperature at or below the freezing point of water. No cultivation will renderplants, natives of the torrid zone stances, as if boiled. MM. Edwards and Colin found kidney-beans sustained no injury, when the air was dry, at a temperature of IG?^; but they died in a few minutes if the air was moist. Other plants under similar circum- capable of bearing the rigours of our ' stances, would perish probably at a winters, although their offspring, raised from seed, may be rendered much more hardy than their parents. Others are capable of resisting the greatest known much lower temperature ; and the fact affords a warning to the gardener to have the atmosphere in his stoves very dry whenever he wishes to elevate their cold to which they can be exposed ; yet temperature for the destruction of in- all have degrees of temperature most sects or other purposes, congenial to them, and if subjected to ! Some plants, like some animals, are lower temperatures, are less or more [ able to endure a very high degree oftem- injured proportionately to the intensity I perature. Sir Joseph Banks and others of that reduction. If the reduction of j have breathed for many minutes in an at- temperature be only slightly below that ' mosphere hot enough to cook eggs ; and which is congenial, it only causes the I have myself travelled in Bengal breath- H E A 283 HE A ing air, without inconvenience, which rendered the silver-mountings of my green spectacles too hot to be borne without their occasional removal. So do certain plants flourish in hot- water springs of which the temperature varies between the scalding heats of from loO*-' to ISO^ of Fahrenheit's ther- mometer; and others have been found growing freely on the edges of volca- noes, in an atmosphere heated above the boiling point of water. Indeed, it is quite certain that most plants will better bear, for a short time, an elevat- ed temperature which, if long continu- ed, would destroy them, than they can a low temperature. Thus a temperature much above the freezing point of wa- ter, to orchidaceous and other tropical plants, is generally fatal if endured by them for only a few minutes ; whereas a considerable elevation above a salu- tary temperature is rarely injurious to plants. But this is not universally the case ; for the elegant Primula marginata is so impatient of heat that, although just about to bloom, it never opens a bud, if brought into a room in which there is a fire. The temperature should always be regulated, in our hot-houses, with a due regard to the light. At night it should be so low as to put the circula- tion of the sap into a comparative state of rest; and in dull days the tempera- ture should be full 10^ lower than in those of bright sunshine. HEATHS {Erica). This truly beau- tiful tribe is in the climate of the United States of but little interest. Scarcely half a dozen of the almost countless species and varieties of Erica have proved capable of resisting the effects of our restless climate. It is a curious fact, that, though this genus is diffused over Europe, Asia, and Africa, not a single species has been found in the Western hemisphere. Varieties. — Of these the following are good selections : — HARDY CAPE HEATHS, FOR FLOWERING DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS. Erica Bowieana, white. Grandiflora, yellow. Ventricosa, pink. Echitlora, purple. Beaumontiana, blush. Mundula, pink. Cerinthoides, scarlet. Erica Ampullacea. Aristata,dark crimson and pink. Aggregata, purple. Vindiflora, green and pink. Phrysodes, whiXe. USEFUL KINDS ARE : Hartnelli, pink. Aristata ]\Iajor, red. Acuminata longitlora, purple. Tenuiflora, white, with pink shade. Inflata, white. Archeriana, scarlet. Depressa, yellow. Elegans, light purple. Cavendishii, yellow. Mutabilis, light purple. Retorta Major, pink. Lamberti Rosea, flesh-coloured. Hyemalis, purple, lipped with white. Tricolor, red. Lirinaioides Superba, purple, with white tip. Jasmini, flora alba, white, and all the varieties of Ventri- cosa. VARIETIES BLOOMING BETWEEN NOVEM- BER AND MAY. Erica Verticillata. Mammosa, M. pallida. Hyemalis. Willmoreana. VVestcottii. Grandinosa. Arbuscula. Umbellata. Rubra P., alba. Pyramidalis. Transparens. ^— Regermirans. Mr. Reid very justly remarks, "that, in small establishments, the green-house being generally furnished with vines, to keep plants in them in summer is out of the question ; he therefore selects three or four plants of only the winter flower- ing sorts, such as would keep up a show of bloom from November till April. Early in May the plants might be all taken out, and the house should be shut up for the purpose of forwarding the vines." With something like the following selection, a very nice show of bloom might be kept up during all the time that it is necessary to have the plants in the house ; and thev are, with very HEA 284 HEA few exceptions, strong growers and free I these a layer of turfy peat should be bloomers, and all can be bought at a ]ow rate: — Erica Westcottii. Colorans. Arbuscula. Hyemalis. Picta. Transparens, Nova. Vernix. Vernix Coccinea. Cerinthoides. Superba. Mutabilis. Bicolor. Willmoreana. Rubra Calyx. ■ Lambertiana. ■ Lambertiana Rosea. ■ Exsurgens. Coccinea. Archeriana. ■ Praestans. Pyramidalis Verna. Autumnalis. ■ Tenella. Gracilis Autumnalis. Verna. —^ Pellucida. Mammosa. Pallida. Curviflora. Scabriuscula. Propagation. — Mr. Fleming gives the following very full and excellent direc- tions : — " Heaths are propagated in two ways — by seeds and by cuttings. Seeds are either obtained from the Cape of Good Hope, or are gathered from plants which have flowered in this country. When they are received from the Cape they should be sown immediately, un- less this should happen late in the au- tumn, or in winter ; and in that case the sowing should be deferred until spring. When seeds of this kind are sown late in the year, they either do not vegetate at all, or, if they are ex- cited into growth, the stimulus is so weak, and the days are so short and dull, that they get sickly, and frequent- ly damp off. For the same reason, seeds which are saved in this country should either be sown in spring, or very early in summer. " Some flat pots, or seed-pans, should be half filled with potsherds ; and over placed to prevent the soil from being washed down and destroying the drain- age. The pots should then be filled to within half an inch of the top with fine peat, and this should be slightly pressed down with the back of the hand, or with the bottom of a small flower-pot, to make it level and more solid. If this is not attended to, the seeds are liable to sink too deep in the soil, and are prevented from germinating. They should then be sown, and slightly co- vered with fine peat soil, after which they should be watered and removed to the seed-house. In all large nurseries or gardens, a house, pit, or frame, is set apart for raising seeds. It is to a place of this kind that the pots contain- ing the heath-seed should be removed, and as we suppose this to be done in spring, no artificial heat will be requir- ed, that received from the sun being quite sufficient. If the seed has been good, the young plants will soon make their appearance above ground. As they get strong, the shading should be gradually discontinued, and more air admitted, until they are a little harden- ed and ready to pot off. They should then be put singly into thumb-pots in sandy peat soil well watered, and after- wards removed to a close-shaded frame. Here they will remain for ten days or a fortnight, until their roots establish themselves in their new quarters, when more air may gradually be admitted, and the plants subjected to the same treatment as those in the green-house or heathery." — Gard. Chron. Cuttings. — The same good authority says that, " No particular time can be specified for striking cuttings of heaths, because the plants are in a fit state for taking off the cuttings at different times ; but the earlier in the season the better, although many cultivators succeed per- fectly so late as the months of August and September. The plants from which the cuttings are taken must be perfectly healthy. The wood should be firm and nearly ripe, because if taken when very young it is almost certain to damp off. The short lateral shoots, about an inch or an inch and a half long, should al- ways be chosen, and the leaves stripped off them to about half their length, and the ends cut across with a sharp knife ; in this state they are ready for the cut- ting-pot. The cutting-pots should be H EA 285 HE A prepared in the following manner. Fill ■ same manner as the young seedlings them about two-thirds with broken pots, above described." — Card. Chron. and cover these with a thin stratum of Soil. — " The best for the growth of turfy peat, or some other substance to heaths is that rich brown turfy peat, prevent the sand with which the pots commonly found on the surface of land are filled up from choking the drain- where the native heath grows. Some- age. The silver sand, common about times grass will be found growing very London, is very well adapted for strik- strong on this soil, as at Shirley Com- ing heaths ; but almost any sand will mon ; but wherever the land is barren, answer the purpose ; it is generally pre- it is an indication of poor soil, and ferred as free from the rusty colour of should not be selected. It is always iron as possible. The cuttings may best to have it dug and brought home then be inserted in the sand, not deep- to the compost yard at least a year be- ly, but merely deep enough to support fore it is to be used. The fibrous mat- themselves; from a quarter to half an ter will then have time to decay, and inch is quite sufficient. They must will make excellent manure for the then be well watered ; bell glasses are roots of the plants. During the winter of great service in striking them, but and spring it should be several times certainly not indispensable to success, turned over, and by this means the When they are used, they must be fre- whole will get well mixed and exposed quently taken off and wiped dry, other- i to the influence of the frost. Peat soil wise the moisture will probably rot the is generally found naturally well mixed cuttings. When they are dispensed with fine white sand ; but where this is with the cuttings should be placed in a situation which is moist and shaded, and then they will be surrounded in a great measure with the same circum- stances as under a bell glass. "Very little artificial heat is neces- sary in striking heaths, much is certain- ly injurious. A cucumber or melon not the case, a small quantity should be added to the soil before it is used." — Gard. Chron. After-Culture, Potting, 4c.— "As the young plants grow and fill the pots of a larger size, follow the different sizes of the pots commonly made in the potteries from ' thumbs' downwards to frame nearly exhausted, or the shaded those of a larger size. Thus the young part of a cool stove, will answer the cuttings or seedlings are first potted in purpose early in spring, and later in ' thumbs,' then in sixties, then forty- the season, when thesun-heat is greater, , eights, and so on. At every shifting a close fence slightly shaded is all that the neck of the plant ought to be kept is required. The care required after- a little higher than the soil, and when wards is to shade during bright sun- large pots or tubs are used, Mr. M'Nab's shine, to remove into the shade early i plan of mixing small pieces of freestone in the afternoon, and also to see that with the soil is a most excellent one ; the watering is not neglected. of course it is necessary for the health " More, perhaps, depends upon the of the plants to have the pots properly kind of water which is used, and the drained and the worms kept out of them, regularity with which it is given, than I " Heaths will not bear their roots upon anything else in operation ; if we being cut or destroyed, particularly except the selection of proper cuttings, after the plants attain a certain age. Rain or river water is by far the best The shifting may be done at any season kind to use. After the cuttings have except winter ; but this must be regu- struck root they should be gradually lated in a great degree by the state of hardened by exposure to the air before the plants, as they flower and grow at they are potted off. Small thumb-pots so many different times. Spring, how- are the best for the first potting, and ever, is the time when the most of the soil used, should be very sandy peat, them ought to be shifted, and if they The greatest care should be taken to are placed out of doors during summer, preserve the young rootless from injury, they will all require to be looked over because if this is not attended to, the again before they are brought into the- plants will receive a sudden check at house in autumn. The kind of water first, which is very prejudicial. After which is used for these plants is of the potting, they should be removed to a greatest consequence in keeping them close-shaded frame, and treated in the in a high state of health. When the HEB 286 HED pots are properly drained, there is not and bank, and leveling the top of the much danger to be apprehended from bank so as to form a sort of border, over watering; but the plants are sure then plant the sets in one or two rows to suffer if the ball is allowed to get the whole length ; but two rows a foot too dry, and hence the great use of asunder is the most eligible for all out- small pieces of freestone, recommended ward fences, as it always forms the by Mr. M'Nab. In the winter season, thickest, strongest, and most effectual when there is any danger from frost, hedge-fence. Mark out a space for a heaths and all other hardy green-house ditch three or four feet wide at top, plants should always be watered in the which is to be digged three feet deep early part of the day, as they are much each side, sloping gradually to a foot more likely to be injured if watered in wide at bottom, forming a bank along the afternoon. It is the best plan under upon the inner edge on which to bed or these circumstances to keep them as plant, which should be planted as you dry as they will bear without injury, for advance in forming the ditch and bank. wet soil freezes much sooner than dry. Having lined out the width of the ditch. Frequent syringing is also of great use then along the inner edge lay a row of in fine weather ; but this must never be square spit turfs, grass side downwards, done when the plants are likely to suf- to form the beginning of the bank, back- fer from damp, or when the weather ing it up with spits of earth from the is cold and frosty. The principal art of formation of the ditch, and top it with making fine specimens of heaths, con- a little of the fine mould or crumbs; sists in dwarfing them, and forming and then upon this proceed to lay the them into round green bushes. This is first row of plants: first let the sets done by pinching out the points of the be headed to about five or six inches, shoots when the plants are young, and and the roots trimmed, then lay them continuing the practice whenever the upon the bed of turf with their tops out- stems are inclined to grow long-jointed, ward, in an upward direction, about ten It must, however, be done in a judi- or twelve inches asunder, covering their cious manner, otherwise if done at the roots with mould also out of the ditch ; wrong season the flowering will be and then lay another row of turf along spoiled. The proper time is after the upon the necks of the plants, and more flowering season is past, or when the mould from the ditch upon, and behind, plant is growing freely, and before it the turf; and when the bank is thus has begun to form its flower buds." — raised a foot above the row of sets. Gard. Chron HEBENSTREITIA Green-house evergreen shrubs tings. Sandy loam and peat plant another row in the same manner, Ten species, placing each set against the spaces of Cut- those of the first row, so covering them with more earth from the ditch to the HEDEOMA. Two species. Hardy depth of three feet, sloping each side to annuals. Seeds. Common soi HEDERA. Ivy several varieties, climbers. Slips. Common soil HEDGE, properly includes every kind of fence, but the present details apply for the most part to growing fences. Abercrombie says, that "all outward hedges designed as fences one foot width at bottom, and trim up Two species and i all remaining earth, throwing a suf- Hardy evergreen ficiency behind the top of the banking to bank up the whole even, in a sort of broad border, all the way along the top, sloping a little back, so as to correspond nearly with the adjoining ground. But in planting for an outward fence, some form the ditch and bank first as above. should have a ditch on the outside, three and plant the sets in two rows along the or four feet wide at the top, three deep, sloping to one wide at bottom, raising a low bank on the inside on which to plant the hedge, which may be planted either on the side of the 'said inner bank in two rows, one above the other a foot asunder, planting them top ; that is, afier having formed the ditch and bank, then leveling the top forming a foot of border all along a yard wide; plant the sets along the middle thereof upright, in two rows a foot asunder, and sis inches distant in each row, observing the same when in- aa you advance in forming the ditch and tended to raise a hedge at once from bank, or may be planted entirely on the seed sowed where you design the hedge top of the bank, first forming the ditch | to be, sowing them along the top in HED 287 HED drills a foot asunder. Sometimes when Hedge-shrubs are Evergreen Holly; hedges are designed for middle fences Yew; Laurel ; Laurustinus; Phillyrea; to divide fields, a two-sided bank is Alaternus; Bay; and Evergreen Oak : raised a yard high, and as broad at top, but the holly and yew form the best having a'slight ditch on each side ; and hedges for general use each side of the bank is formed with square spit turfs from the adjoining ground, and the middle filled up with mould from the ditches on each side; so that when finished, it forms a yard- wide border all the way along tlie top, and along the middle of which plant two rows of hedge-sets or seed, in drills, as before observed. But in places where Deciduous kinds. — Hawthorn ; Black- thorn; Crab; Elder; Hornbeam; Beech; Elm ; Lime-tree, and Alder are all proper, either for middling or tall hedges, as they may be trained up from about six or eight to fifteen or twenty feet high, and the elm to double that height if required. Privet is also some- times used for moderately high hedges : the whole length. "In respect to the trainin no ditch nor raised bank is required, as ; and for low hedges, the Rose ; Sweet- may be the case for middle hedges in ^ briar; Syringa ; and Berberry, the interior parts of grounds, especially ! All full trained hedges, in order to in gardens; then the place for the hedge : preserve them in proper form, close being marked out on the level ground and neat, must be clipped, both on the two or three feet broad, dig it along one ' sides and top, once or twice a year, but good spade deep at lesst, and then plant never less than once ; and the best time your sets of any sort in two rows, rang- of the year for this work is summer, ing along the middle ; or if you design from about the middle or latter end of to sow seeds, &c., of any sort at once, June to the end of August, for then the where you intend to have the hedge, ] hedges will have made their summer sow them in two drills afoot asunder : shoots, which should always, if possible, be clipped the same season while in and i leaf, and before the shoots become general culture of these sorts of hedges hard, whereby you will be able to per- il must be remarked, that all such as , form the work more expeditiously and are exposed to cattle, must as soon as ' with greater exactness, for regular planted be fenced, either with a stake hedges should be cut as even as a wall and bush hedge, with hurdles, or with ; on the sides, and the top as straight as rails and open paling, for four or five J a line; observing, after the hedge is years, till the hedge grows up, observing i formed to its proper height and width, not to place the fence too close to the ! always to cut each year's clipping hedge to interrupt its growth. The [ nearly to the old of the former year, hedge must also be duly weeded while ', particularly on the side ; for by no young, and this should be particularly means suffer them to grow above a attended to the first two years. And if foot or two wide, nor suff'er them to designed to train the hedge regularly by advance upon you too much at top, clipping it with garden shears, it should where it is designed or necessary to be annually performed in summer; ob- i keep them to a moderate height. But serving, however, to top it but sparingly : to keep hedges in perfectly good order, while it is young, until arrived at its in- they should be clipped twice every sum- tended height: only just trim off the nier ; the first clipping to be about mid- tops of the straggling shoots to preserve ' summer, or soon after, when they will a little regularity, and promote lateral have made their summer shoots; and wood to thicken it as it advances, and as they will shoot again, what may be cut it in also moderately on the sides; called the autumn shoot, the second but when arrived at nearly its proper clipping is necessary towards the mid- height of four, five or six feet, or more, die or latter end of August, and they then trim it close on the sides and top, will not shoot again that year. How- annually, to preserve it thick, and , ever, when it does not suit to clip them within its proper bounds ; in cutting the but once in the summer, the clipping sides always cutting in nearly to the old should not be performed until the be- wood of the former year's cut, other- ginning of August, for if cut sooner wise your hedge will get too broad ; and they will shoot again, and appear al- keep always the top narrower than the most as rough the remainder of the bottom. summer and all winter as if they had H E D 2S8 HED not been clipped. Very high hedges are both troublesome and expensive to cut. The clipping is sometimes performed by the assistance of a high machine, scaffolding or stage, twenty or thirty feet high or more, having platforms at different heights for the men to stand upon, the whole made to move along upon wheels ; it is composed of four long poles for uprights, well framed together, eight or ten feet wide at bot- tom, narrowing gradually to four or five at top, having a platform or stage at every seven or eight feet high, and one at the top of all; and upon these the man stands to work, each platform having a rail waist high to keep the man from falling ; and a sort of a ladder formed on one side for the man to ascend, and at bottom four low wheels to move it along ; upon this machine a man may be employed on each stage or platform, trimming the hedge with shears, and sometimes with a garden hedge bill fixed on a handle five or six feet long, which is more expeditious, though it will not make so neat work as cutting with shears. A hedge is not only an imperfect screen, but in other respects is worse than useless, since nothing can be trained to it, and its roots exhaust the soil in their neighborhood very con- siderably; as the south fence of a gar- den it may be employed, and hawthorn is perhaps the worst shrub that could be made use of. It is the nursery of the same aphides, beetles, and cater- pillars, that feed upon the foliage of the apple and pear, from whence they spread to the trees nearest the hedge, and finally overrun the whole garden ; evergreen are better than deciduous hedges, and more especially the holly, which is not so slow a grower as is generally imagined. In a cloudy day in April or May, the wind seems to be actually refrigerated in passing through a thick hawthorn hedge, and this may be accounted for on the same principle that cool air is obtained in the houses of India, by sprinkling branches of trees with water in their verandas. Holly, laurel, and most evergreens, exhale but little mois- ture from their leaves, except for about a month in June, consequently in April and May, when we most require warmth, and in September and October, the leaves of these, when fully exposed to the sun become heated to the touch to 85° or 90"^. Added to this, hoar frost or a deposition of moisture of any kind never attaches so readily or remains for so long a time upon the foliage of evergreens as upon the sprays of decid- uous shrubs, consequently the refrige- ratory power is greatly diminished. When the garden is of considerable extent, three or four acres and up- wards, it admits of cross-walls or fences for an increase of training sur- face and additional shelter. Hedges should always be clipped into a conical form, as the diminution of the branches towards the top increases their developement at the bottom. Furze makes one of the best and handsomest of hedges, if kept regularly clipped. Upon the formation of such a hedge, we have the following remarks by Mr. McI. of Hillsborough : — " The most ancient and perhaps the most simple of all fences are walls made of turf. These walls, however, are much injured by the atmosphere, and the rubbing and butting of the cat- tle. To guard against this they should be planted or sown with the Ulex Euro- paus or Furze. The roots of this plant will soon penetrate the turf, and tend to bind the wall. The plants not only afford shelter as well as food for the cattle, but add to the height of the wall and give it a formidable appearance. When walls are made for this, the foundation should be three feet wide, and tapering to fifteen inches at top. As the plants advance in growth, they should be regularly trimmed with the shears ; by proper attention to this they will be prevented from growing too tall and thin at the bottom. If this is an- nually repeated, the plants will be longer preserved in a healthy and vig- orous state; clipping has also a good effect in checking the furze from spread- ing over the field. A good and substan- tial fence may thus be quickly formed over on a soil that will not produce a biding fence of any other kind. " Sweet Briar (Rosa Rubiginosa) makes a good hedge. Its heps may be sown in the autumn, as soon as ripe, or, which is better, in the month of March, having kept them in the mean time mixed with sand. But it is far more convenient to buy for sweet briar layeryoung plants from the nurserymen, and to plant them a foot apart early in HED 289 H E L the month of November. Let them grow as tliey like the first year, and cut them down to the ground the second, they will then spring up and require no more future care, than occasional trimming with the pruning knife or shears so as to keep the hedge in shape. When it gets naked at the bottom, it must be again cut down." — Card. Chron. The Laurustinus, Phillyrea, Laurel, Furze, &c., referred to in the foregoing article, are not sufficiently hardy to re- sist the winter of the middle states, and some of them would, it is presumed, scarcely withstand the sun of the South- ern. For ornamental hedges it is safer to rely on the red and white Cedar, Chinese and American Arborvitas, Juniper, Ame- rican Holly, Variegated Euonymus, Hemlock Spruce, &c. For purposes of protection the Madura or Osage Orange is unquestionably the best, wherever it can sustain the winter — which it is able to do so far North as New York. The Buck Thorn (Rham- nus catharticus) has been highly recom- mended, more especially for colder climates. The English method of plant- ing on an elevated bank with ditch on one or both sides, is inapplicable to this country, where excess of moisture is seldom felt : in other respects the mode of treatment detailed in the preceding article may be pursued in this climate. For an interesting paper on this sub- ject see Dowiiing's " Horticulturist." HEDWIGIA balsamifera. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. HEDYCHIUM. Twenty-two species. Stove herbaceous. Division. Light rich soil. HEDYSARUM. Twenty species. Hardy herbaceous. Division or seed. Sandy loam and peat. H E I M I A. Three species. Half- hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. San- dy loam and peat. HELENIUM. Eight species. Hardy herbaceous. Division or seed. Com- mon soil. HELIANTHEMUM. One hundred and twenty-one species. Chiefly hardy and hall-hardy shrubs or trailers. Cut- tings and seed. Sandy loam and peat. HELIANTHUS. Thirty-four species. Hardy herbaceous and annual. Seed. Common soil. See Sunflower and Je- rusalem. Artichoke. 19 HELIOCARPUS americanus. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandj loam and peat. HELIOPHILA. Twenty-three spe- cies. Hardy annuals and green-house evergreen shrubs. Seeds or cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. HELIOPSIS. Three species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. HELIOTROPIUM. Seventeen spe- cies. Hardy annuals, and green-house evergreen shrubs. Seed or cuttings. Common soil. The following are good directions for the culture of the Heliotrope : — " Prepare in August as many shallow thirty-two sized pots as will be required, by fdling them to the depth of an inch and a half with broken crocks, upon which a layer of the rough sifiings of leaf mould should be laid ; the remain- ing space should be tilled with a mix- ture of finely sifted leaf mould and silver sand, previously well incorporat- ed, which when pressed down (irmly, should be exactly level with the border of the pots. " For cuttings, the tips of the young shoots about three inches in length, should be chosen, and these should be taken off immediately below a joint or the base of a leaf bud. "After removing two or three of the lower leaves, plant the cuttings in the pots prepared, about an inch and a half deep, and two inches apart ; water them well with a fine rose two or three times, so that every part of the soil may be thoroughly moistened, which may easi- ly be known by the water percolating tlirough the bottom of the pots. If this is not attended to, and the surface soil alone is penetrated by the water, cer- tain failure will be the result. "The cuttings, when planted, should be removed to a cucumber or other frame, where a tolerably damp heat can be supplied ; they should be kept shaded from the sun, and air admitted in small quantities, only during the hot- test part of the day. In about a fort- night, the plants will begin to form roots, and the shading may be gradually diminished during the morning and af- ternoon ; the quantity of air given them may be increased by degrees, and at the end of a month from the time ot planting, the cuttings will be ready for potting off singly. " For this purpose large sized sixties HEK are lot adapCed, aad the aoil dMMld I W i <—|w>«gJ of eqmal puti of louai aad araady peat, widi aaall ({aaaAitiea •f leaf aoald aad vdl deeajed bs- ■are. Tke tvo latter oalj dedd be afted, Aie Iiiaai aad peat beiag left ntlicr ro^t, aad a &ir portkMi oT dniaa^e beiag aaed, will aDow tke «alcr to pass t/S Mote fteelj, wUdi is ! af tbe gicaleat: coaoeqaeace daciag the mmtia Boatbs; Ae tipa«>f Ae ahoetsi dboald also be piached ofi* to reader Ike i ^aats basbnr. " Whem iwtted, Aej my be takes badi to tbe fiaBe aad kept laAcr dooe iar a fev dajs, aatfl Aiej begia to root iato tdhe fiedi soil, after whKb air bmj be fiedy ^Bitted to tbea. .Aboattlie begiaaing of October th^ any be re- moved to aa airy part of the gr^i~- hoaa^ vhere, if pratected fioai r- aad dae atSeatJOB will be paid to ^.l- tenag, tihey will aarwire the wiater aa- i iBJaied.'^ — GanL CTi—. The Heliotrope Smms aa adwraUe bolder plaat; wbea plained or plaated oat eative, the blomo is pcodaeed ia JaeifaiMliMe p«ofaMoa ihiuijghuat td>e nwiaiiTr, ewea tiU the appuMfb of frost; wbea it aiay be ie|inttrdj, aad ifured . to a place of delter, a^aia to oecapy \, its Offit door post, am Ae letara of aoa»- :^ ■er weatter. HEI.L£BO]t1IiS. Siiae ipnaea. I Hardy heibaceooK. Seed aad diwiraoa. i CoiaBoasinl. HELX£BiIA. Tface apeaeaL. Store herbaceoaa. DiriMn. li^A tiA aoHL HELOmAS. Three ipecies. Hardy herboceoas. Divtsoa. Moist peat. HKUKBOCAIJJS. Fire spe«»es. Hardy heibaceoas. Dtviaoa. L^bti HEMICLIDIA JSoiierr. Grces- hoase eTevsveea sfatab. CMliags. TWrfy hRoa, peat^aoid aaad. HEMIDESMirSniduaB. Store eier- gieca twiaer. Cattiags. Loaai aad peat. HEMDiXXIS auateaa. Stoveberb- aceows. Catti^a. Loaat aad peat. H£iaO]!frnS jmlmmtm Stove feia. DihrialoB. Loaai aad peat. HEMLOCK. Caanak HEMLOCE SPKOCE. Pinna caas- HE3S^A3nM:HM:JLKa.!S. SeeAswf. HKliCSATREE. HEPATICA. F< VmrieUa. — 1. Great a^le Rae. 3. Staudl Blae. 3. Paiple. -1. Leaser White. 5. Great White. 6. loared, or Aigeatiial. 7. White with red ataaeaa. 8. Red. 9. Doable Pafple. 10. DoaUe Blae. 11. DoaUe While. 12. Sugie Yellow. 13. Peaeh- coloaKed. 14. Sagle Piak.— ITsrical- faralCUnuf. They are piopagated by divinoa of Ae roots ; aad grow best ia sandy loaai, oa a weU-draiaed or t^tea sabsnl. ma*! \ I.rTS b^lmmx. Gardea Swift. A aolh, of wUch the caterpillar is laeie iadwcfiiaiaate ia ita aitadta lyoa oar j^aats thas «« aay other rav^o- of tir ri-iri. T" ■ U rf amicalas, n - I • : : ■ . paianpa, lefc- ;-F. £-a stiawber- ~ : destroyed -n^llv, is :*>5ly. timea this ' the appe May, aad . eveao^ ia places. T ready ariiiLi saoa hatci daced are a^ute, aritt - apper part w ^ Thec^erp... - sUaiagcylbc. :•:::.:: — heraca: 7} A Hardy aar ^ HEBBA : pereaaials aaally, arh:. \: ia die earth. herba: adrygaur^'^: acoilectior. faOy dried . of aach a : aace a Ai . serred ia : |daats, w> graver woe . oaght to c t carried home -jl \ be dried bypres^ or wiA a hot bbl' : these has its advaata^ea. M prcaaare be eaaployed, a botaaical press any be procared. The ptesa is nade of two naoodi boards of hard wood, 18 iacbes loag, 13 broad, aad 2 thick. Screws ■nut be fixed ia eadi cocaer wiA aats. HER 291 HER If a press cannot easily be had, books moved, and the plants examined. I may be employed. Next, some quires not sufficiently dried, they mav again of unsized blotting paper must be pro- be replaced in the same manner for a vided. The specimens, when taken day or two. In drying plants with a out of the tin box, must be carefully hot smoothing iron, they must be placed spread on a piece of pasteboard, co- within several sheets of blotting paper, vered with a single sheet of the paper, and ironed till they become sufficiently quite dry; then three or four sheets of dry. This method answers best for dr\-- the same paper must be placed above ing succulent and mucilaginous plants, the plant, to imbibe the moisture as it When properly dried, the specimens is pressed out. It is then to be put into should be placed in sheets of writing the press. As many plants as the press paper, and may be slightly fastened bv will hold may be piled up in this man- ner. At first, they ought to be pressed gently. After being pressed for about twenty-four hours, the plants ought to be examined, that any leaves or petals making the top and bottom of the stalk pass through a slip of the paper, cut for the purpose. The name of the genus and species should be written down, the place where it was found, nature of which have been folded may be spread the soil, and the season of the year, out, and dry sheets of paper laid over These specimens may be collected into them. They may now be replaced in the press, and a greater degree of pres- sure applied. The press ought to stand near a fire, or in the sunshine. After remaining two days in this situation, they should be again examined, and dry sheets of paper be laid over them. The pressure ought then to be con- siderably increased. After remaining three days longer in the press, the genera, orders, and classes, and titled and preserved in a portfolio or cabinet. The method of preserving many of the cryptogamous plants is more difficult, on account of the greater quantity of moisture which they contain, and the greater delicacy of their texture." — En- cyc. Am. HERBARY was a department of the garden formerly much more cultivated plants may be taken out, and such as than at present, when the more potent are sufficiently dry may be put in a dry medicinal plants of hotter climates are sheet of writing paper. Those plants so easily procurable. The following is which are succulent may require more a list of the tenants of the herbary, the pressure, and the blotting paper to be appropriate cultivation of which will be found under their particular titles : — again renewed. Plants which dry very quickly ought to be pressed with con- siderable force when lirst put into the press; and, if delicate, the blotting paper should be changed every day. When the stem is woody, it may be thinned with a knife, and, if the flower be thick or globular, as the thistle, one Caraway side of it may be cut away, as all that Chamomile is necessary, in a specimen, is to pre- serve the character of the class, order, genus, and species. Plants may be dried in a box of sand in a more expe- ditious manner ; and this method pre- serves the colour of some plants better. The specimens, after being pressed for ten or twelve hours, must be laid with- in a sheet of blotting paper. The box must contain an inch deep of fine dry Angelica. Balm. Basil. Blessed Thistle. Borage. Burnet. Chervil. Coriander. Dill. Hyssop. Lavender. Liquorice. Marigold. Marjoram. Mint. Pennyroyal. Peppermint. Purslane. Rue. Sage. Savory. Scurvy Grass. Tansy. Tarragon. Thyme. Wormwood. sand on which the sheet is to be placed, clava Herculis. HERBERTIApu/f?ie//a. Half-hardy bulb. Seed. Sandv loam and peat. HERB-GRACE. 'See Rue. HERCULES-CLUB. Xanthoxylum H E R M A N N I A . and then covered with sand an inch thick ; another sheet may then be de- j Green-house evergreen posited in the same manner, and so on, ■ tings. Light rich soil till the box be full. The box must be placed near a fire for two or three days. Hardy and half-hardy orchids Then the sand must be carefully re- | sidn. Chalk and peat Forty species, shrubs. Cut- H E R M I N I U M . Three species. Divi- HER 292 HOE HERON'S-BILL. Erodium. HERPESTIS. Three species. Aqua- tic perennials, stove or hard}'. Seed or division. Rich light soil. HERRERIA. Two species. Stove evergreen twiners. Division. Loan) and peat. HESPERANTHA. Six species. Green-house bulbs. Offsets. Sand, Loam, and peat. HESPERIS. Rocket. Fifteen spe- cies, besides varieties. Hardy herba- ceous and annual. Division or seed. Rich light soil. HESPEROSCORDUM. Two species. Hardy bulbs. Offsets. Sandy soil. HETERANTHERA. Three species. Aquatics, stove, green-house, and har- dy. Division. Sandy soil, in water. HETEROPTERIS. Eight species. Chiefly stove evergreen climbers. Cut- tings. Sand, peat, and loam. HEUCHERA. Nine species. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Light soil. HIBBERTIA. Ten species. Green- house evergreen shrubs and twiners. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. HIBISCUS. Sixty-nine species, be- sides varieties. Some annual and bien- nial, but chiefly perennials, both hardy and tender. Mr. Paxton says, " the HOE. This is the implement which should be most frequently in the gar- dener's hand, for the surface of the soil can never be too frequently stirred. I entirely agree with Mr. Barnes in think- ing the hoe one of the gardener's best friends ; and, as it always must be a more frequently used implement than any other, what is the best form of its construction deserves some considera- tion. The handles should never be made of heavy wood, for this wearies the hand, and is altogether a uselessly heavy weight thrown upon the work- man. It is merely the lever, and every ounce needlessly given to this, dimin- ishes, without any necessity, the availa- ble moving power. The best woods for handles are birch or deal. For earthing up plants, broad blades to hoes are very admissible, and they may, without objection, have a breadth of nine inches; but this permission of breadth does not extend to hoes re- quired for loosening the soil and de- stroying weeds. These should never extend to beyond a breadth of six inch- es, and the work will be done best by one two inches narrower. The iron plate of which they are formed should be well steeled, and not more than one- shrubby stove and green-house kinds sixteenth of an inch thick. The weight all grow from cuttings, and thrive in loam and peat. //. syriacus, from lay- ers or seed, in common soil. The hardy herbaceous kinds require a moist soil." — Bot. Diet. HIDE-BOUND. See Bark-hound. HIERACIUM. One hundred and nineteen species. Chiefly hardy herba- ceous. H. glutinosum is an annual. Seed in the open soil. The others by division in light soil. HILLIA. Two species. Stove ever- green shrubs. Cuttings. Turfy loam and sand. HIPPEASTRUM. Two species. Stove bulbs. Offsets. Turfy loam and peat. HIPPION. Three species. Green- house biennials. Seed. Light rich soil. HIPPOCREPIS. Nine species. Har- dy perennial trailers and annuals. Cut- tings or seed. Sandy loam and peat. HIPPOPHAE. Four species. Har- dy trees. Layers or cuttings. Common soil. HIRjEA. Four species. Stove ever- green climbers. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. necessary should be thrown by the workman's arm and body upon the handle, and the thicker the blade, the greater is the pressure required to make it penetrate the soil. It should be set on the handle at an angle of 68^, as this brings its edge when used at a good cutting angle with the surface of the soil, and the workman soon learns at what point most effectively to throw his weight, and holds the handle fur- ther from, or nearer to the blade, ac- cordingly as he is a tall or short man. Mr. Barnes, of Bicton Gardens, whose opinions relative to hoeing I have al- ready quoted, has paid considerable attention to the formation of this im- plement, and has favoured me with a letter upon the subject, from which I will now give some extracts. He employs nine sized hoes, the smallest having a blade not more than one-fourth of an inch broad, and the largest ten inches. The smallest are used for potted plants and seed-beds, and those from two inches and a half to four inches wide are used for thin- ning and hoeing among crops generally. HOE 293 HOE These have all handles varying in length ; The whole length of this prong is nine from eight inches and a half to eighteen inches, and it is attached to a staff five inches, all the neck or upper part form- feet long. Such an implement is light ed of iron, for the smaller sizes not ! and easy to use; it requires no sloop- thicker than a large pencil, and that ing, and will tear up the deepest-rooted part which has to be grasped by the j weeds."' workman is only six inches long, and ; Hoes are made in a great variety of " formed either of willow or some other forms; the following, figured in The soft light wood, which is best to the feel Rural Register, are those most gene- of the hand; for hard heavy wood is ' rally used, and perhaps are all which cumbersome, harsh, and tiring." Each i are truly desirable ; they are, when well labourer works " with one in each hand, to cut right and left." "The blade is made thin, and with a little foresight and activity it is astonishing how much ground can be got over in a short time." Mr. Barnes has all his hoes made with a crane neck. The blades broader than four inches Mr. Barnes has made like a Dutch hoe. "The crane neck allows the blade to pass freely and kindly under the fo- liage of any crop where the earth re- quires loosening; and the blade works itself clean, allowing the earth to pass through, as there is no place for it to lodge and clog up as in the old-fash- ioned hoc, to clean which, when used of a dewy morning, causes the loss of much time in scraping." " The draw-hoe" is correctly de- scribed by Mr. Loudon as a " plate of iron attached to a handle about four feet long, at an angle less than a right angle. The blade is either broad for cutting weeds, deep and strong for drawing earth to the stems of plants, curved, so as to act like a double mould-boarded plough in drawing drills, formed into two strong broad prongs for stirring hard adhesive soils, — or it is formed to accomplish the first and last purposes, as in the double hoe or Dutch hoe. " The thrust-hoe consists of a plate of iron attached somewhat obliquly to the end of a handle by a bow, used only for killing weeds or loosening ground which is to lie afterwards raked. As a man can draw more than he can push, most heavy work will be easiest done by the draw-hoc." — f2nc. Gard. In the island of Guernsey a very ef- fective weeding-prong is used, and is thus described in the Gardener^s Chron- icle : — " It is something in the shape of a hammer, the head flattened into a chisel an inch wide, and the fork the same. made, of cast steel. Square garden Hoe. Fig. 79. Pronged-back Hoe. Fig. SI. Forked-back Hoe. Fig. 82. Dutch or Scuffle Hoe. Fig. 85. HOI 294 HON HOITZIA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandv loam and peat. HOLLY {Ilex aqui folium.) Of this hardy evergreen shrub there are eight varieties: — 1, silver-edged ; 2, golden- edged ; 3, thick-leaved; 4, prickly; 5, yellow-leaved; 6, variegated; 7, spotted ; 8, recurvum. It is so desira- ble, as an ornamental and as a hedge- shrub, that it deserves some more par- ticular notice. If grown as single ornamental shrubs, in any poor light sandy soil, or in a swampy situation, but likes a strong, deep, dry, loamy soil." — Card. Chron. The best season for clipping hollies is early in spring, before they make their annual growth. The European Holly does not fully resist the winter of Pennsylvania, un- less on well drained land, and further north it is probable it would suffer much more, except in the vicinity of the sea, where many plants do well that are not able to withstand the winter of the same they " should not be overshadowed by i latitude in the interior other trees; and if the land is manured for it so much the better. As to prun- ing it, with a view to make it grow fast, the less you do of that the better. All that is necessary is to encourage the leader, if necessary, by stopping any laterals that try to interfere with it. In the nurseries, when hollies are stunted and bushy-headed, they are headed down with a view to obtaining a clean straight shoot; but they should not be allowed to become stunted, and then there would be no need to cut them back. In hollies and all other things. Our own native Holly, {Ilex opaca,) is a fine plant too long overlooked. — Why do not persons of taste decorate their grounds with this noble American evergreen, which will grow in any soil, and resist the winter's frost and sum- mer's sun throughout the length and breadth of our continent. HOLLYHOCK {Althaa rosea). There is also a sub-species. A. R. Biloba. This flower has lately gained the atten- tion from florists it deserves; and there are now many varieties. Dr. Lindley justly observes that, "the hollyhock is stop where necessary ; but prune not at j little more than a biennial, and fre- all if you can help it." — Gard. Chron. \ quently dies suddenly if sown too early Large plants will bear moving: " if; in the first season, or if allowed to re- they are shifted in wet weather, as, for \ main long in the seed-bed before trans- example, at the beginning of the July j planting ; therefore the best way to rains, or at any other period when a ■ keep them in health is not to sow them week or ten days of dull damp weather i before June, and when large enough to can be calculated upon, they are certain to succeed. The season least exposed to risk is perhaps the end of autumn, in the dull damp part of October or November; the worst season is the spring." — Gard. Chron. Dr. Lindley says that " the most ex- peditious way of making holly-hedges is to procure large plants from some nur- sery ; but, with the smallest expense and more time, the following may be recommended : — " Gather a sufficient quantity of ber- ries when ripe; then dig a hole three or four feet deep, and throw the berries in, crushing and mixing them with some fine soil at the same time; close the hole with the soil taken out, and throw some litter, or other covering, over the whole, to prevent the wet or frost pen- etrating about them in beds. They will make nice little plants the first sea- son ; and by transplanting the stronger transplant them singly where they are to remain and flower in the following season : afterwards cut them down as soon as they have done flowering, and remove them to a fresh situation, where the ground has been well manured, be- fore winter. By continuing this treat- ment you may keep the same variety for years." — Gard. Chron. HOMERIA. Ten species. Green- house bulbs. Offsets. Loam, peat, and sand. HONESTY. Lunaria, HONEY-BERRY. Melicocca. HONEY-DEW. See Extravasated Sap. HONEY-FLOWER. Melianthus. HONEY-GARLIC. Nee t arose or dum. HONEYSUCKLE. {Lonicera peri- clymemim.) This hardy, beautiful, and fragrant flowering shrub will grow in almost any soil, and will thrive where ew others will, under the shade of ones, vou will have fine plants in about trees. There are the following sub- three years. The holly will not thrive species : — HON 295 HOR 1. Periclymenuin Semper virens; too long for the space allotted for them, Perfoliate evergreen; Virginia Honey- especially all those with weak strag- suckle, which always flowers, common- I gling tops; and nail in the remaining ly called Trumpet Honeysuckle. 2. Periclymenum Racemosum, Ho- neysuckle with yellowiih flowers, grow- ing in bunches, and a snowy fruit. 3. Periclymenum Verticillatum, ano- ther tree-like honeysuckle, with in- branches and shoots close to the wall. Propagation is effected by layers and cuttings, more particularly the latter, both of which readily emit roots, and form plants in one year, fit to trans- plant. Some sorts are also propagated fleeted branches, and a coral-coloured by suckers and by seed flower. By Layers. — In autumn, winter, or 4. Periclymenum Germanicum, the spring, lay a quantity of the lower German honeysuckle. young shoots of the former summer, 5. Periclymenum Italianum, Italian ; shortening their straggling tops ; they honeysuckle. will be well rooted by the autumn fol- 6. Periclymenum Vulgare, honey- lowing, each commencing a good plant. suckle with a corymbus of flower ter- minating the stalks, hairy leaves, grow- ing distinct, and very slender branches, commonly called English Honeysuckle, or Woodbine. and should be taken off, and planted in nursery rows, for a year or two, to ac- quire proper size and strength for use. By Cuttings. — Any time from Octo- ber till March, is the proper time for 7. Periclymenum Americanum, the , this work, but the sooner the better. evergreen honeysuckle. and by which method prodigious quan- Ae to the general culture, they require , titles of the plants may be raised, as al- very little; the upright sorts in particu- , most every cutting will readily grow, lar, require to have only their straggling i Choose of the young shoots of the shoots shortened, and dead wood cut previous summer, the strongest and out; and the trailing kinds, which are trained as climbers, must have their branches conducted in a proper man- ner upon their respective supports; most robust, which divide into cuttingB from about six or eight to ten or fifteen inches long, plant them in rows in any shady border of common earth, a foot nd every year all rambling shoots asunder, and half that distance apart in must be reduced and trained as you each row, or closer if greater ((uaiitities shall see proper, so as to preserve them are required, putting of each cutting within due limits; unless you design ' two parts out of three of its length into they shall run wild in their own rural the ground; they will take root freely, way, especially those intended to climb and shoot at top so as to form proper among the branches of tree/, shrubs, plants l)y autumn or winter following, and bushes; those also intended and at which time tiiey may be transplanted trained annually, laying the shoots , into the nursery quarters to have more alongat their length, especially till they room to grow, placing them in rows have covered the allotted space; short- two feet distance, and a foot apart in ening or clearing out, however, all such the rows, where let them remain a year stragglers as cannot be properly train- or two, or till wanted for the shrub- ed; likewise such of those sorts as are , bery. trained against walls, S:c., must have By Seed. — If sowed in autumn in a an annual pruning and training, by go- bed of common mould an inch deep, ing over them two or three times in many of the plants will probably rise summer, laying in some of the most in spring ; but a great part of them are convenient shoots, some at their length, apt to remain till the second spring be- shortening or trenching others, as it shall seem necessary to preserve regu- larity, and the proper succession of flowers ; observing, however, to train enough, at this time particularly, of such as shall appear necessary to con- tinue the bloom as long as possible; and in winter pruning, thin out all those herbaceous left in summer which may now appear mon soil, superfluous, and shorten all such as are fore thev appear. (Ahercrombie.) HONEYWORT. Cerinthe. HOOP-PETTICOAT. JNarcissus bul- bocodium. HOP-HORNBEAM. Phologophora. HOREHOUNU. Marrubium. HORKELLIA. Two species. Hardy Seed and division. Com- HOHilNUM pyrenaicum. Hardy HOR Seed and division. 296 HOR Com- herbaceous nion soil. HORN. See Animal Matters. HORNBEAM. Carpinus. HORN-OF-PLENTY. Fedia. HORN-POPPY. Glaucium. HORSE-CHESTNUT. JSscuIus. There are the following species and varieties : — ^^. Hippocastanum. Common horse- chestnut. Asia. Seeds sown in March. Flowers in May. Height forty feet. ^. H. folia aurea. Gold-striped horse-chestnut crowns of the roots, form the best ; those taken from the centre never be- coming so soon fit for use, or of so fine a growth. If the latter are, however, unavoidably employed, each set should I have at least two eyes ; for without one ' they refuse to vegetate at all. For the obtaining a supply of the crowns, any inferior piece of ground, planted with sets six inches apart and six deep, will furnish from one to five tops each, and may be collected for several successive years with little more trouble than keeping them clear of weeds ; but the ^. H. folia argentea. Silver-striped times for planting are in October and horse-chestnut, These two varieties have the same characteristics as the preceding, but are propagated by grafting in March. ji. Jlava. Y'ellow horse-chestnut. jS. pavia. Scarlet horse-chestnut. ^. pavia rosea chestnut. All natives ofCarolina. June. Grafts. Twenty feet. Horse-chestnuts all require a light, rich, well-drained soil, and a sheltered situation, being much injured by violent winds. When in blossom they are strikingly beautiful, and their round Leads group well with trees having more pointed forms. They may all be February — the first for dry soils, the latter season for moist ones. The sets are inserted in rows eighteen inches apart each way. The ground should be trenched between two and three feet deep, the cuttings being Pale scarlet horse- 1 placed along the bottom of the trench, and the mould turned from the nest one over them, or inserted to a similar depth by a long blunt-pointed dibble. They should be placed in their natural position, which has considerable influ- ence over the forwardness of their growth; the surface raked level, and kept clear of weeds until the plants are of such size as to render it unneces- sary. The mould ought to lie as light grafted on the common horse-chestnut, as possible over the sets ; therefore, which is increased bv seed or layers. HORSE-CHESTNiJT MOTH. See Bombyx. HORSE-RADISH. Cochlearia Armo- racia. Delights in a deep, mouldy, rich soil, kept as much as possible in a mo- derate but regular degree of moistness. Hence the banks of a ditch, or other treading on the beds should be carefully avoided. The shoots make their ap- pearance in May or June, or even ear- lier if they were planted in autumn. As the leaves decay in autumn, have them carefully removed ; the ground being also hoed and raked over at the same season, which may be repeated place which has a constant supply of' in the following spring before they be " ■' ' " gin to vegetate, at which time eighteen inches depth of mould to be laid regu- larly and lightly over the bed. In the succeeding autumn they mere- water, is a most eligible situation for the beds, so that they do not lie so low^ as to have it in excess. If tlie soil is poor, or beneath the drip of trees, the roots never attain any considerable size, ly require to be hoed as before, and Manures. — Should the ground require may be taken up as wanted. By having to be enriched, leaf-mould, or other tho- three beds devoted to this root, one roughly decayed vegetable substance, will always be lying fallow and im- should be dug into the depth at which proving; of which period likewise ad- the sets are intended to be planted. If vantage should be taken to apply any cow or horse-dung be employed, it requisite manure. should be in a highly putrescent state. If, when of advanced growth, the Propagation. — Horse-radish flowers plants throw out suckers, these should in June, but in this climate seldom per- be carefully removed, during the sum- lects its seed, consequently it is propa- mer, as they appear, gated by sets, which are provided by ' In September or October of the se- cuttinf the main root and offsets into cond year, as before stated, the roots lenr'tlis of two inches. The^opSj or may be taken up ; and in November a H OR 297 HOR sufficient quantity should be raised to i ract of Syene to the shores of the Delta; preserve in sand for winter supply. Taking vp. — To take them up a trench is dug along the outside row down to the bottom of the upright roots, which, by some persons, when the bed is continued in one place, are cut off level to the original stool, and the earth from the next row is then turned over them to the requisite depth ; and so in rotation to the end of the plantation. By this mode a bed wi but it was when Thebes with its Imn- dred brazen gates, and the cities of Memphis and Ileliopolis, were rising in magnificence, and her stupendous pyramids, obelisks, and temples, be- came the wonders of the world. The hills and plains of Palestine were ce- lebrated for beautiful gardens; but it was not until the walls and temple of Jerusalem announced the power and intelligence of the Israelites, and the continue in perfection for five or six i prophets had rebuked their luxury and years ; after which a fresh plantation is extravagance. The queen of the East usually necessary. But the best prac- , " had heard of the fame of Solomon ;" tice is to take the crop up entirely, and his fleets had brought him the gold of to form a plantation annually; for it , Ophir, and the treasures of Asia and not only causes the roots to be finer, j Africa ; the kings of Tyre and Arabia but also affords the opportunity of were his tributaries, and princes his changing the site. If this mode is fol- ! merchants, when he " made orchards," lowed care must be taken to raise every " delighted to dwell in gardens," and lateral root; for almost the smallest of planted the " vineyard of Baalhaman." them will vegetate, if left in the ground. ; The Assyrians had peopled the borders HORSE-RADISH TREE. Moringa. \ of the Tigris and Euphrates, from the HORSE-THISTLE. Cirsium. Persian gulf to the mountainous re- HORTICULTURE (from hortus, gions of Ararat, and their monarchs had garden, and colo, I till) includes in its founded Nineveh and Babylon, before most extensive signification, the culti- j we hear of the gardens of Semiramis. ration of esculent vegetables, fruits and I The Persian empire had extended from ornamental plants, and the formation the Indus to the Archipelago, when the and management of rural scenery for paradise of Sardis excited the astonish- the purposes of utility and embellish- , ment of a Spartan general, and Cyrus ment. The earliest effort of man to mustered the Grecian auxiliaries in emerge from a stale of barbarism was ; the spacious garden of Ceh-ena;. The directed to the tillage of the earth : (Ireeks had repulsed the invasions of the first seed which he planted was the [ Darius and Xerxes, and Athens had first act of civilization, and gardening i reached the height of her glory, when was the first step in the career of re- | Cimon establisheJ the Academus, and finemcnt ; but still it is an art in which ' presented it to his fellow citizens as a he last reaches perfection. When the public garden. Numerous others were savage exchanges the wild and wander- soon planted, and decorated with tem- ing life of a warrior and hunter, for the confined and peaceful pursuits of a planter, the harvests, herds, and flocks take the place of the simple garden. The mechanic arts are next developed ; then commerce commences, and manu- factures soon succeed. As wealth in- creases, ambition manifests itself in the splendor of apparel, of mansions pies, porticoes, altars, statues and tri- umphal monuments ; but this was dur- ing the polished age of Pericles, when Socrates and Plato taught philosophy in the sacred groves ; wfien the theatre was thronged to listen to the poetry of Euripedes and Aristophanes; when the genius of" Phidias was displayed in rear- ing the Parthenon and sculpturing the equipages and entertainments. Science, statues of the gods; when eloquence literature, and the fine arts are unfold- ; and painting had reached perfection, ed, and a high degree of civilization is and history was illustrated by Herodotus, attained. It is not until all this has Thucydides, and Xenophon. Rome had taken place, that horticulture is culti- , subjugated the world, and emulated vated as one of the ornamental arts. ; Athens in literature, science, and the Egypt, the cradle of civilization, so far arts, w^hen the superb villas of Sallust, perfected her tillage, that the banks of Crassus, Pompey, Cffisar, Maecenas and the Nile were adorned by a succession Agrippina were erected, and the pa- of luxuriant plantations, from the cata- laces of the emperors were environed HOR 298 HOR by magnificent gardens. The history j petus to cultivation, which is felt in the of modern nations presents similar re- 'remotest countries. Its example has suits. Horticulture long lingered in i been followed in the most flourishing the rear of other pursuits. Most of the kingdoms of the eastern continent, and common fruits, flowers and oleraceous many similar institutions have been vegetables which had been collected by . founded in the United States. The ef- the Greeks and Romans, from Egypt, ' feet of these is to diffuse through every Asia and other distant climes, were country the knowledge and products of successively extended over Western all. The history, literature and science Europe; but so gradual was their pro- of gardening, open a wide field for stu- gress, after the dark ages, that, till ^ dy and inquiry. The pleasure which the reign of Henry VHI., scarcely any gardens aff'orded men, even in the ear- kitchen vegetables were cultivated in ; liest times, appears from the scriptural England, and the small quantity con- I account of the garden of Eden. The sumed was imported from Holland. ! garden of Gethsemane, and that of the Fuller observes, that " gardening was j good and just Arimathean, are memor- first brought into England, for profit, j able in the sacred history of the Messiah, about the commencement of the 17th i The Elysian fields were the heaven of century. Peaches, nectarines, apricots, ! classic mythology, and the devout Mus- plums, pears, cherries, strawberries, i sulman hopes to renew his existence melons, and grapes, were luxuries but | in a celestial paradise. The bards, little enjoyed before the time of Charles | scholars and philosophers of the classic n., who introduced French gardening ages, have transmitted descriptions of at Hampton court, Carlton and Marl- the gardens of the ancients, from those borough, and built the first hot and ice : in which Homer places the palace of houses. At this period Evelyn trans- | Alcinous and the cottage of Lartes, Jated the "Complete Gardener," and a ; to the splendid villas of Pliny and treatise on orange trees, by Quintinyne ;! Lucullus. Among the ancient Greek and, having devoted the remainder of | writers, Hesiod, Theophrastus, Xen- his life to the cultivation of his rural , ophon and JEVmn treated of gardens to seat at Sayes court, near Deptford, and ' a certain extent; and the works of the publication of his Sylva, Terra, • those who wrote after the seat of go- Pomona, and Acetaria, he " first taught I vernment was removed to Constantin- gardening to speak proper English." 1 ople were collected under the title of In the Netherlands, France, Germany, i Geoponica, and have been translated by and Italy, a formal and very imperfect system of gardening was practised with considerable success ; but it was ge- nerally in a languishing condition, throughout the world, until the com- mencement of the ISth century, when it attracted the attention of some of the first characters of Great Britain ; but the establishment of the present im- proved style of horticulture is of very Owen. Among the Latins, Varro was the first author, to whom succeeded Cato, Pliny the Elder, Columella and Palladius. Passages are to be found, relative to the subject, in Martial, Virgil and Horace; but Pliny's Natural Histo- ry, and Columella's book on gardens, contain the most correct information on Roman horticulture. Literature and the arts having revived in Italy, that recent date. "Bacon was the prophet, country was the first to produce books Milton the herald, and Addison, Pope j on agriculture and gardening, and that and Kent the champions of true taste." j of Crescenzia became celebrated. The The principles which were developed in field and garden cultures of Italy are their writings, and those of Shenstone, so nearly allied, and horticulture and the Masons, and VVheatley, \vere suc- cessfully applied by Bridgeman, Wright, Brown, and Eames ; the system soon be- came popular, and gradually extended over Europe, and ultimately reached agriculture have been so blended by the writers, that it is difficult to ascertain under which department to include their works. The best for general informa- tion on the tillage of that delightful the United States. But the labours of region is the Annali dell' Agricultura. the London Horticultural Society have The Germans, as in all the branches of mainly contributed to the perfection and , letters, science, and arts, have an im- present high estimation of gardening. ' mense number of books in the depart- That noble institution has given an im- \ ment of gardening, especially on the HOR 299 HOR subject of planting and forest trees. | Those which furnish the best idea of the state of culture in that country, are Dietrich's Worterbuch. with the supple- ment of 1820, and Sickler's Deutsche Handwirtshaft. The Dutch excel more in the practice than the literature of gardening. They have no work of very recent date ; that of Comelin, which was published about the middle of the 17th century, is among the earliest; and those of La Court and Van Osten are said to be among the best that have appeared. The Journal of a Horticul- tural Tour in Holland and Flanders, by a deputation of the Caledonian Horti- cultural Society, gives the most satis- factory account of gardening in that part of the continent, in 1S17. The TransactionsoftheStockholm and Upsal academies furnish the chief information which is to be obtained, in relation to ; the rural economy of Sweden. The i first author was Rudbeck, who was a I cotemporary of Commelin. Russia and Poland have produced but very few original books on horticulture. The Agricultural Transactions occasionally published by a society in Warsaw, with those of the Economical Society of St. Petersburg, may be considered as af- fording the most accurate intelligence as to the culture of those countries. In the latter city is an extensive imperial botanical garden, which being under the direction of able professors, emulates those of the more favoured portions of southern Europe. The only recorded source for obtaining any knowledge of Spanish tillage, are the Transactions of the Royal Agricultural Society of Madrid. The horticultural literature of France is of an early date, and the authors are not only numerous, but many of them in the highest repute. Etienne and Belon were the pioneers, while Du Hamel, Girardin, D'Argen- ville, Rossier, Tessier,Calvel, Noisette, Du Petit Thours, Jean and Gabriel Thouin, Bosc and Vicomte Haricart de Thury, may be considered as among the most able of their followers, in the various branches of rural economy. For a general knowledge of French culture, the Nouveau Cours d'Agricul- ture, in thirteen volumes, published in 1810, should be consulted ; but the most valuable publications on the exist- ing mode of gardening, are the monthly Annales de la Socitti d^ Horticulture, the Annales de I'Institut Royal Jlorti- cole de Framont, and the Bon Jardinier, an annual publication compiled by pro- fessor Poiteau and Vilmorin. The first English treatise on rural economy was Fitzherbert's Book of Husbandry, which was published in 1C34. The works of Tusser, George and Piatt soon after ap- peared, and, early in the 18th century, the celebrated treatise of Jethro Tull excited much attention ; and several new works of considerable merit were announced before 1764, when the valu- able publications of Arthur Young, Marshal, and numerous other authors, spread a knowledge of cultivation, and cherished a taste for rural improve- ments, throughout Great Britain. The literature of horticulture rapidly ad- vanced ; but as many of the most emi- nent writers have been named, in treat- ing of the science and art of gardening, it is unnecessary to mention them in this place. The citizens of the United States have been chiefly dependent on England for books relating to agricul- ture and gardening. Still several have appeared by native writers, which are highly creditable to the authors and the country; especially those which relate to the botanical department. Muhlen- burg, Bigelow, Eliot, Torry, Colden, Bartram, Barton, Hosack, Mitchel, Dar- lington, Ives, Dewey and Hitchcock, are entitled to great praise for their successful attempts to illustrate the American flora. One of the earliest writers on husbandry was Belgrove, who published a treatise on husband- ry, in Boston, in 17.5.5; and in 1790 Deane's New England Farmer appeared; but McMahon, Cox, Thacher, Adlam, Prince, Buntly, Butler, Nicholson and Fessenden, since the commencement of the present century, have produced works on the various cultures of the United States, which are generally cir- culated, and lield in great estimation. The scientific relations of horticulture are numerous, and require an extensive acquaintance with the various branches of natural history and physics. Bota- ny, mineralogy, chemistry, hydraulics, architecture and mechanics must furnish their several contributions, which it is the province of the artist to apply. After the illustrious Linnajus published his system of Nature, botany became a popular science, and a variety of in- teresting elementary works awakened HOR 300 HOR attention to the beauties of nature, and I for its numerous superb edifices, exten- a passion for experimental and orna- sive prospects, and the systematical mental planting was induced, wliich j arrangement of the pleasure grounds, lias been productive of great results. ! than for the improvements and decora- Mineralogy enables us to obtain ac- i tions of the surrounding scenery, in curate knowledge of terrestrial sub- | accordance with those principles which stances, and the mode of distinguishing are derived from a close observance the divers kinds of earths, which con- ! of the pleasing effects of nature. The stitute a cultivable soil ; and chemistry j rural residences of the Romans appear instructs us as to the nature and pro- ^ to have been mere places of temporary perties of these various earths, having | retreat, and were planted with odorife- for its objects, when applied to horti- | rous flowers and shrubs and ornamented culture, ail those changes in the ar- | rather by the civil architect than the rangements of matter, which are con- [ horticultural artist. From the estab- nected with the growth and nourishment ; lishment of the papal government to of plants, the comparative value of, the commencement of the 13th centu- their produce as food, the constitution ' ry, the monks were the only class of of soils, the manner in which lands are , persons who attended to ornamental enriched by manure, or rendered fertile [ gardening. After that period, the style by the different processes of cultivation. : prevalent throughout Europe consisted Inquiries of such a nature cannot but in tall hedges, square parterres fiintas be interesting and important, both to the theoretical horticulturist and the practical gardener. To the first they are necessary in applying most of the fundamental principles on which the theory of the art depends. To the se- ticaliy planted, straight walks, and rows of trees uniformly placed and pruned. In fact, but little improvement was made from the time of the emperors^ Vespasian and Titus until the reign of George III. of England. It is true, cond they are useful in affording simple I Hampton Court had been laid out by and easy experiments for directing his i Cardinal Wolsey; Le Notre had plant- labours, and for enabling him to pursue I ed Greenwich and St. James's Park a certain and systematic plan of im- ! during the reign of Charles II. ; and, in provement. To hydraulics belong, not , that of George II., Queen Caroline had only the conducting and raising of water enlarged Kensington Gardens, and form- with the construction of pumps and other i ed the Serpentine river; but Lord Ba- engines for those purposes, but the laws | thurst was the first who deviated from which explain the nature of springs i straight lines, as applied to ornamental and fountains. By the principles of j pieces of water, by following the natu- that science, artificial lakes, canals and I ral courses of a valley. Still, what has aqueducts are formed, irrigations pro- j been emphatically called the Dufc/i sys- jected, and water rendered subservient ' /em universally prevailed, and the shear to the useful purposes of life, as well as to the embellishments of pleasure- grounds by jets d'eau, cascades and streams. Architecture, as a branch of horticulture, is of the first importance. Without its aid, it would be impossible to give that propriety and elegance to ing of yew, box and holly into formal figures of various kinds, and the shaving of river banks into regular slopes, went on until their absurdity became con- temptible, and a better and more natural taste was induced. Verdant sculpture, regular precision in the distribution of the scenery, and to produce that pleas- compartments and rectangular boundary ing effect, which is the chief object of walls, yielded to more chaste designs, landscape gardening. Mechanics, in all j Bridgenian succeeded to Loudon (not the its branches, is required for the purposes distinguished author) and Wise, and be- of horticulture. Great improvements ] came a distinguished artist; he rejected have been effected in gardening within ! many of the absurd notions of his pre- the last half century. During the age decessors, and enlarged the bounds of of Cicero, a formal kind of gardening horticulture. Other innovators depart- prevailed, characterized by clipped ed from the rigid rules of symmetry ; hedges and long avenues of trees. ; but it was reserved for Kent to realize Pliny the Younger has given an account i the beautiful descriptions of the poets, of his villa at Laurentum, and from the and carry the ideas of Milton, Pope, description, it was rather distinguished 1 Addison and Mason more extensively HO R 301 HOR into execution. According to Lord continued in repute for upwards of a Walpole, he was painter enough to century ; tor it appears to have been in taste the charms of landscape, suffi- vogue as late as 1770. The court and ciently bold and opinionative to dare nation wished to be dazzled by novelty and to dictate, and born with a genius and singularity, and his long, clipped to strike out a great system from the alleys, triumphal arches, richly deco- twilight of imperfect essays. He leap- 1 rated parterres, his fountains and cas- ed the fence, and saw that all nature! cades, with their grotesque and strange was a garden. The great principles on • ornaments, his groves full of architec- which he worked were perspective, i ture and gilt trellises, and his profusion light and shade. Groups of trees broke | of statues, enchanted every class of ob- a too extensive lawn ; evergreens and servers. His principal works were the wood were opposed to the glare of the ' gardens of Versailles, Meudon, St. champaign, and, by selecting favourite Cloud, Sceaux, Chantilly, and the ter- objects, and veiling deformities, he re- race of St. Germain. Gray, the poet, alized the compositions of the great was struck with their splendor when masters in painting. Where objects ! filled with company, and when the were wanting to animate his horizon, ' water-works were in full action; but his taste as an architect could immedi-^ Lord Kaimes says, they would tempt ately produce them. His buildings, one to believe, that nature was below his temples, his seats, were more the! the notice of a great monarch. Le work of his pencil than of his science Nijtre was succeeded by Dufresny, who, as a constructor. He bade adieu to differing considerably in taste from that all the stiff modes of canals, circular, great artist, determined on inventing a basins, and cascades tumbling over | more picturesque style ; but his efforts marble steps. Dealing in none but the I were rarely carried into full execution, true colours of nature, and seizing upon | He, however, constructed in a manner its most interesting features, a new i superior to his predecessor, the gardens creation was gradually presented. The j of Abbe Pajot and those of Moulin and living landscape was chastened or po- , Chemin creux. After the peace of 1762, lished, not transformed. The elegant! the English system began to pass into works of Rcpton, the unrivalled essays , France, and portions of ancient gardens of Price on the picturesque, and the ' were destroyed, to make way for young valuable pulilications of Gilpin, Madock, plantations a l^Anglaise. Laugier was Panty, Sang and Loudon, with those of the first author who espoused the Eng- many other writers on landscape and j lish style, and the next in order was ornamental gardening, have had an ex- i Prevot. It was at this time that Viscount tensive influence in promoting correct ! Girardin commenced his improvements ideas of natural scenery. The improv- j at P>menonville, and the change of the ed style of horticulture, every where horticultural taste in France, may be apparent in Great Britain, attracted the : referred to the last quarter of the 18th attention of the other nations of Europe, century. The English style has gra- and English gardening became the de- , dually found its way into most civilized signation for all that was beautiful in | countries. Only 25 years have elapsed that pleasing art — the synonyme of per- since the London Horticultural Society fection in rural culture. At the period ! was established, and there are now more when this new system of laying out | than 50 similar institutions in Great ground was gaining converts, and be- Britain, which still maintains the first gan to be practically adopted, Viscounts rank in the art ; but France is making Girardin, a French military officer of| great efforts to rival her. A horticul- high rank, travelled through England, [ tural society was established in Paris and, on his return, he not only improved | in 1S26, and has already more than two his seat at Ermenonville in conformity thousand members, and the number is to that style, but published a work of| rapidly increasing. It has been patron- great celebrity on the Composition des ] ised by the court, and most of the nobles Paysages sur le Terrain, ou des Moyens^ and men of distinction in France have d'embellir la Nature pris des i/a6i7a- I eagerly united with the proprietors of es- tions. The French style of laying out I tales and practical cultivators to collect gardens had been settled by Le Notre, | and disseminate intelligence throughout during the reign of Louis XIV., and | that flourishing empire. In the various HOR 302 HOR provinces where horticultural societies have not been founded, those of agri- culture, or of the sciences and arts, have established departments expressly devoted to that interesting pursuit; and the United States, a like spirit has been more recently developed. Horti- cultural societies have been instituted in New York, Philadelphia, Boston, Albany, Geneva, and South Carolina, during the year 1S27, a practical and [ and a zealous disposition evinced to theoretical institution was founded at J compete with the nations of the eastern Fromont, by the enlightened and mu- i continent. The environs of many of nificient Chevalier Soulange Bodin, for j the cities are in a high state of cultiva- educating gardeners, and introducing ; tion, and the markets are beginning to improvements in every department of | be well stocked with numerous varie- horticulture. The garden contains about ' ties of fruits and vegetables. It is now 130 acres, and is divided into compart- ; the duty of American cultivators to re- ments for every variety of culture. | ciprocate the benefits which they have Extensive green - houses, stoves and so long received from their transatlantic orangeries have been erected, and all | brethren, and to develope the resources the other appendages furnished, which ] of a country, which offers such an ex- are requisite for rendering the establish- , tensive range of research to the natu- ment effectual for instruction and ex-i ralist. Many of the most useful and periment. The nursery of the Luxem- | magnificent acquisitions of the groves, bourg long supplied a great part ofl fields, gardens and conservatories of Europe with fruit trees. The Jardin i Europe are natives of the western he- des Plantes, in Paris, includes compart- 1 misphere. The indigenous forest trees, ments, which may be considered as schools for horticulture, planting, agri- culture, medical botany and general economy, and is unquestionably the most scientific and best managed estab- lishment in Europe. The flower garden ornamental shrubs, flowers, fruits, and edible vegetables of North America, are remarkable for their variety, size, splendour or value. Extending from the pole to the tropics, and from the At- lantic to the Pacific, North America of Malmaison, the botanical garden of J embraces every clime, and every vari- Trianon, and numerous nursery, herb, ety of soil, teeming with innumerable medicinal, experimental and botanical specimens of the vegetable kingdom, gardens, in various parts of the king- j With such advantages, most of which dom, are pre-eminent for the variety, , are included within the United States, number and excellence of their pro- it is to be expected that the citizens ducts. Holland has been distinguished, ! will be as distinguished for their ad- since the period of the crusades, for her j vancement in rural economy as in civil flower gardens, culinary vegetables, j and religious freedom. The natural and plantations of fruit trees. The , divisions of horticulture are the esculent north of Europe and the United States , or kitchen garden, seminary, nursery, are still dependent upon her florists for I fruit trees, and vines, flower garden, the most splendid varieties of bulbous- ! green-houses, arboretum of ornamental rooted plants ; and her celebrated nur- trees and shrubs, the botanical and series, which have long replenished those of Europe, have been recently fortunate in the acquisition of Van Mons and Duquesne. Some of the finest fruits of our gardens were pro- duced by these indefatigable experi- medical garden, and landscape or pic- turesque gardening. Each of these departments requires to be separately studied before it can be managed so as to combine utility and comfort with ornament and recreation. To accom- mentalists, and, with the excellent va- plish this on a large scale, artists, rieties created by Knight, promise to scientific professors, and intelligent and replace those which have either become ; experienced practical superintendents, extinct, or are so deteriorated in qua- j are employed in Europe, but they have lity, as to discourage their cultivation.; not as yet been much required in the From St. Petersburg to the shores of ^ United States. The owners of the soil the Mediterranean, horticulture has ' have generally designed and executed made a rapid progress, and each nation j such improvements as have been made is emulous to perfect its culture, in ac- j in the conveniences and embellishments cor'dance with the most improved prin- j of country residences. The kitchen ciples of science, art and taste. In garden is an indispensable appendage II 0 R 303 HO R to every rural establishment. In its mentable negligence of this delightful simplest form, it is the nucleus of all culture. In England, the eye is con- others. Containing small compartments tinually struck with cottages embowered for the culture of esculent vegetables, amidst fruit trees, shrubs and flowers, fruits and ornamental plants, these may while a neat compartment of esculent be gradually e.xtended, until the whole vegetables supplies much of the food estate assumes the imposing aspect of for the support of the inmates. In picturesque or landscape scenery. The Germany, Holland, and a portion of details of the several grand divisions Italy, it is the general attention which of horticulture are to be learned from all ranks bestow upon the grounds sur- the numerous authors who have devoted rounding their habitations, that gives their especial attention to each, and such a pleasing aspect to those coun- ihose which have been named, with tries. But little attention has been paid many others, should be consulted by in the United States to the planting of every gentleman who wishes to parti- 1 forest trees, ornamental shrubs and cipate in the comforts and luxuries of a flowers, although the native varieties garden. The most valuable and in- j are numerous, highly valued in other teresting branches of gardening to the countries, and constitute the most in- citizens of the United States, generally, ' teresting exhibitions in those celebrated are of course those which include the culture of esculent vegetables, fruits and ornamental plants. These may be enjoyed, in various degrees, by all the proprietors of the soil. It is only ne- cessary that information should be dis- seminated, and examples presented by the more intelligent and opulent, to establishments, which are enriched by collections from all quarters of the globe. Arboriculture claims attention, not merely for the purposes of rural embellishment, but to replace the valu- able timber trees, which are fast disap- pearing throughout the Atlantic states. The forest trees of North America ex- remove the too common prejudice, that ceed 140, while in Europe there are gardens are costly and useless append' ages, rey/«|iy--v-. ^.^^ J .,„ ^« ....... ..> ..v, to prevent the light sandy soil being have pots made of a deeper shape than blown away by the wind. | those in common use. " The flowers having opened, and being in perfection, are all cut off, to give greater strength to the bulbs " By this simple arrangement the roots have sufficient nourishment, while the pots take up no more space on the stand than at present. An inch or two of very rotten cow-dung may be put at the bottom of the pots to promote the richness of colours and perfume of the flowers. Three or four bulbs may be planted in the same pot ; but the latter should be sufficiently large, and of the requisite depth ; twice the diameter of the top is a good proportion. Fig 92. Taking up and Stoi'ing. — " In July, the bulbs are taken up, and the leaves being pulled off, they are laid down regularly, each bulb on the side, so as to prevent the roots growing again ; after this they are covered over with dry soil, one inch above the bulbs, and remain in this state for about a fort- night, to separate the roots and loose skins easily from the bulbs. Great care must be taken during this time that no injury be done to the bulbs by the sun ; attention should therefore be paid to keep them well covered over. When taken from this situation, the bulbs are exposed for a few hours to the sun, and kept continually moving with a large brush, to prevent their being scorched ; by which means they get that glossy appearance always ob- served in imported bulbs." — Gard. Chron. •' After this management the bulbs require a few weeks' drying in the ' warehouse ; for which purpose they \ " Lastly, after the bloom is over, put are laid out on platforms, raised a foot those which are fine varieties, and worth and a half above each other, which enables us to look them over occasion- ally, though this is done principally that they may have a good circulation of air between them. The windows preserving, in some warm and light place; the top shelf of a hot-house, green-house, or vinery, close to the glass, is the most preferable. There they will require no more care nor are opened every day on both sides of watering ; and after the leaves wither, the warehouse — for the more air and they may be sorted, and lie by until wind we arc able to give, the better — that they may be dried and be ready to be packed." — Gard. Chron. Frost. — "Frost," says Mr. Home, " is detrimental only when it comes in contact with the bulbs ; tlierefore they should be protected in proportion to its the planting season returns. " If these points are attended to hya- cinths will sufler but little from forcing, and will flower again the next year." — Gard. Chron. Another equally good authority says — " Grow three bulbs in each pot — up- -,_ ,,. ... , — ,,„...„.. ..„ ..„ ^ _ - - ^ , intensity. Those who have bulbs of right pots, at least six inches clear in- great value may lay thin planks of side. After planting, put them in a wood over the surface when the frost is frame properly drained at the bottom, very intense ; but care must be taken not and slightly protected at the sides, and to cover them too deep, especially with plunge them in rotten tan, covering the the leaves of trees, because these co- j tan over them at least four inches. In verings retain the vapour which arises very hard weather, a mat to be thrown from the soil, and hinder the air from | over them, otherwise no covering at H Y A 316 H YB all ; in this state they remain until the | or leaf mould, as a rustiness or canker flower-stem heaves up the tan. Every i is produced on the young leaves and pot, as this occurs, to be taken to the i flowers if they come in contact with green-house, and put at the back of the i coal-ashes. In eight or ten weeks they stage, and shaded by a mat until the > will generally be found in a fit state to stem and leaves become greenish, when 1 be removed to the green-house or cold gradually brought to more light and air.! pit; from thence the most forward are In this state examine each spike of i taken to a house in which the tempera- flowers, and cut out any decaying bios- ture is kept from 60° to 65°, and placed som. I about eighteen inches from the glass. "Water freely, and give as much air I If any show indication of expanding as possible during the day ; never omit ! their flowers before the stem is of suffi- to turn the pot daily, so as to insure '• cient length above the bulb, a piece of that regular pyramidal shape which is brown paper of the desired length of so essential to the beauty and symmetry ; the stem, is wrapped around the pot, of the spikes of flowers when in bios- 1 and then placed in a cucumber frame, som." — Card. Chron. i with the ten)perature from 70° to 75°. In Water-Glasses. — In the last week l In the latter end of December, or early of August, or the first week of Septem- in January, they rise six or eight inches her, hyacinths, after being kept for a i in about ten days; if later in the season, few days in slightly damped sand, i they advance quicker. When, fully should be placed in their water-glasses. I expanded, the plants are taken to a At first the water should only just touch j house where the temperature is 60°, the base of the bulbs, and the glasses i and finally to the green-house. The should be kept in a dark closet until j same practice is adopted when hya- the roots have attained the length of an cinths are grown in glasses, first placing inch. Two drops of spirit of hartshorn | them in a dark room to encourage the may be added to the water in each glass, I protrusion of roots, with a change of when the bulbs are first put in, and whenever the water is changed. Dark- coloured glass is always to be preferred, as the absence of light is natural to all roots. By keeping the glasses in a dark closet until the roots are full an inch long, the hyacinths will not get top- water once a week, until they are re- moved into the frame, or forcing-house, when a fresh supply must be given every day." — Gard. Chron. "Hyacinths," says Dr. Lindley, "after having been forced, are three years be- fore they recover themselves. After heavy, but the roots being in advance ! they have done flowering both in pots of the leaves, will preserve the plant I and glasses, they should be planted out balanced erect. The bloom will also be finer, as the roots will be in a state to nourish the leaves before these are prematurely advanced. Dr. Lindley recommends a piece of charcoal to be put into each glass, to feed the plant, and prevent putridity in the water. — Gard. Almanac. Forcina:. — Mr. Shearer directs that n the open ground in a bed properly prepared, taking care not to injure the leaves but removing the flower stalk. When the leaves have died away, the roots may be taken up and laid by in some dry place till November, when they should be again planted in a bed in the open ground; this should be re- peated the following year ; and the year "In the beginning of October a few I after that, they may be again forced, bulbs be placed in pots and glasses ; the I and will produce as good flowers as single sorts are best for early forcing, which, if required, could be flowered at Christmas; others are planted at the end of October, and another lot about the middle of November. The pots used are upright thirty-twos, about seven inches deep and four inches wide; the soil half road sand and half leaf mould, with good drainage, and the bulb is placed on coal ashes, in any open part of the garden, and covered to the depth of eight inches with old tan they did the first year they were im- ported."— Gard. Chron. Diseases. — The hyacinth bulbs are very liable to ulceration, occasioned usually by being treated with too much water. HYBRIDIZING, or CROSS-BREED- ING, though not quite identical, have with the gardener similar objects, viz., either improving the beauty of his flowers, or the flavour and prolificacy of his fruits and culinary products. H YB 317 H YB Hvbridizing, strictly speaking', is ob- taining a protreny between two different species ; and cross-breeding is obtain- ing a progeny between varieties of the same species. The progeny of hybrids cannot produce seed ; but cross-breeds are fertile. My own observations, and those of others, justify the following statements, as affording some guide to the raiser of varieties: — 1. The seed-vessel is not altered in appearance by impregnation from an- other plant ; therefore, no hasty con- clusion of failure is justified by that want of change. 2. The colour of the future seed, not of that first hybridized, seems to be most influenced by the male plant, if its seeds and flowers are darker than those of the female. Mr. Knight found, that when the pollen of a coloured- blossomed pea was introduced into a white one, the whole of the future seeds were coloured. But when the pollen of a white blossom was introduced to the stigma of a coloured blossom, the whole of the future s«eds wore not white. Capt. Thurtell, from his experiments on the pelargonium, also informs mc, that he has always found the colour and spot of the petals to be more influenced by the male than by the female parent. In- deed, all experience proves that the progeny usually, though not invariably, most resembles in colour the male parent. 3. Large stature and robustness are transmitted to the offspring by either parent. It does not absolutely matter for obtaining this characteristic, whether it be the male or female which is large; but Mr. Knight generally found the most robust female parent produced the tinest ofl'spring. 4. Capt. Thurtell, from lengthened observation and experiment, has ascer- tained that the form of the petals follows most closely that of the female parent. 5. Mr. Knight says that the largest seed from the finest fruit that has ripened earliest and most perfectly, should always be selected. In stone-fruit if two kernels are in one stone, these give birth to inferior plants. 6. The most successful mode of ob- taining good and very distinct varieties, is to employ the pollen from a male in a flower grown on another plant than that bearing the female parent. To avoid previous and undesired impregnation, the anthers in the female parent, if they are produced in the same flower with the pistils, must be removed by a sharp- pointed pair of scissors, and the flower inclosed in a gauze bag, to exclude in- sects, until the desired pollen is ripe. Another ettectual mode of avoiding un- desired impregnation, is bringing the female parent into flower a little earlier than its congeners, and removing the anthers as above described : the stigma will remain a long time vigorous if un- impregnated. 7. Although the fertility of all the seed in one seed vessel may be secured by applying pollen only to one style, even where there are several, yet the quantity of pollen is by no means a matter of indiff'erence. Koelreuter found, that from fifty to sixty globules of pollen were required to complete the impregnation of one flower of llybiscua Syriacus; but in Mirabilis jalapa, and M. longiflora, two or three globules were enough ; and in the case of pelar- goniums, Capt. Thurtell says two or three globules are certainly sufficient. 8. M. Haquin, a distinguished horti- culturist at Liege, has impregnated flowers of the Azalea with pollen kept six weeks ; and Camellias with pollen kept sixty-five days. He gathers the stamens just previously to the anthera opening, wraps them in writing-paper, places them in a warm room for a day, collects the pollen they emit, and pre- serves it in sheet lead in a cool dry place. M. Godefroy suggests, that two concave glasses, like those employed for vaccine virus, would be better. The globules of the pollen must not be crushed. M. llafjuin thinks the pollen of one year will be efl'ective if preserved until the year following. Mr. Jackson, of Cross Lanes Nursery, near Bedale, says, he has found the pollen of the Rhododendron Smithii tigrinum retain its fertilizing power even for twelve months. 9. It is easy to discern whether im- pregnation has been eftected, as in such case the stigmas soon wither. The stig- mas which have not received the pollen remain lor a long time green and vigor- ous. " By the aid of the Stanhope lens," observes Capt. Thurtell, in a let- ter now before me, " I fancy I can dis- cover the seed of the pelargonium being H YD 318 H YD closed over in the space of four hours j it with water every evening, after they after impregnation. have got fairly into leaf. Towards au- 10. When double flowers are desired, i tumn withhold watering; altogether. Get if a double flower should chance to have their wood ripe. For winter, stuff" straw a fertile anther or two, these should be between their branches, wrap them well employed for fertilization, as their ofi"- in it, and mat them up." — Card. Chron. spring are almost sure to be very double.! Hydrangeas are best preserved 11. Many analyses of the pollen of through the winter out of doors, by various plants have been made by che- taking off" their leaves in autumn, and mists, without throwing any light upon putting over each one of the Shelters hybridizing. M. Grotthus found the made of straw, as described under that components of twenty-six grains of the j title pollen of the tulip were — Vegetable albumen . . . Malates of lime and magnesia Malic acid 1.00 Malate of ammonia, colouring) matter, nitrate of potash J HYDRASTIS canadensis. Hardy 20.25 '. tuber. Tubers. Loam and peat, in a 3.50 moist place. HYDRAULIC RAM. This is a use- - ful machine, the principle of which is but partially understood and valued. 1.25 12. Superfcetation has been doubted ; To bring the hydraulic ram into opera- but as it occurs in the dog, we see no tion, it is necessary that there should be reason for disbelieving its possibility in ' a head or body of water, as a pond, sup- plants. Capt. Thurtell thinks it may be plied by a running stream, from which done by the bee introducing mingled ' a fall can be obtained. The ram is an pollens at the same instant. Then why i hydraulic machine composed of a body not if a similar mixture is inserted by 1 at the end of which is a valve called a the camel's-hair pencil of the culti- i pulse-valve, which is closed by the mo- vator? ' mentum of a running stream of water. 13. Plants nearly related, that is, j On the top of the body is an air-vessel, closely similar in the structure of their in the neck of which is another valve various parts, are those only which will | which admits the water into the air- immediately impregnate each other ; , vessel upon the closing of the pulse- but it is impossible, at present, to say : valve. The water meeting with an ob- ■what families of plants may or may not j struction in the closing of the pulse- be brought into fertile union through [ valve, immediately makes its way intermediate crosses. A very short j through the valve into the air-vessel, time ago, the azalea and rhododendron 1 The air in the air-vessel becoming ■were thought incapable of such union ; j compressed, the valve leading into it but this opinion is now exploded, forecloses, and thus liberates the pulse- rhododendron ponticum has been fertil- I valve. The same action takes place ized with the pollen of azalea sinensis, , again with the pulse-valve, and also and the progeny between that evergreen , with the valve that leads to the air-ves- and this deciduous shrub, is the pre- ; sel this continuous action takes place; ■viously unknown phenomenon, a yellow , and at each time a portion of water is rhododendron. Though such unions ' forced into the air-vessel. When the may be effected, I entirely agree with air in the vessel is compressed so as to Mr. Knight in anticipating that the pro- ' overcome the resistance in the pipe geny will be mules, incapable of pro- i leading to the cistern, which it is in ducing off"spring. HYDRAiNGEA. Six species. Hardy tended to supply, the water flows over, and continues to do so, as long as the deciduous shrubs. Ripe Cuttings. Com- j ram remains in action irion soil. The species most common in our gardens is H. hortensis. To ob There is also a small valve in the neck of the air-vessel, introduced by tain of this very large flowers on a very Mongolfier's son, to supply the vessel small stem, strike cuttings ; do not let with fresh air. Persons acquainted with them branch: grow them in rich soil, hydraulics are aware that a column of and bloom them the following season. To get large bushes of hydrangeas water is equal to its base ; that is to say, pipe resting on a base four inches in the open air, plant them in good rich ' square is equal to sixteen times, though soil; form a basin of clay all round them, I it rested on an inch square. This is six inches deep, and in dry weather fill , the principle of the ram, as the falling H YD 319 H YG column, forcing up the pulse-valve, shuts it. Practice shows that a ten-feet fall vi'ill raise a column of water one hundred and fitly feet high, at the rate of five quarts per minute, or one part raised to eleven wasted, where the ram is only supplied by a two-inch pipe. I may further add, that theory teaches that a ten-feet fall will raise water three hundred feet high — of course, in a very small quantity. Mr. II. P. M'Birkin- brine, of Philadelphia, has been very successful in the construction of this valuable power. IIYUROCHAPJS morsmran(r. Hardy aquatic. Seed and runners. Stillwater. HYDROLEA. Two species. One stove evergreen shrub, and the other stove herbaceous. Cuttings. Loam and peat. HYDROPELTIS purpurea. Half- hardy aquatic. Offsets. Still water. HYGROMETER is an instrument deserving of employment in the stove, green house, and conservatory nearly as much as the thermometer ; for the correct degree of dampness of the air is of very great importance in the cultiva- tion of plants, and scarcely less than that of the temperature in which they vegetate. The perspiration from the leaves of plants increases with the air's dryness, and decreases w-ith its moistness. If it be excessive, not only are their juices too much reduced, but the very texture of the leaves is destroyed. If, on the other hand, tlie perspiration is prevent- ed, the juices are too watery, and the secretions and assimilations arc devoid of consistency, rendering the plants too succulent and weak. " It is impossible for any one to know what degree of moisture he really main- tains in a forcing-house without an in- strument by which to measure it : that instrument is the hygrometer, which might as well be called the 'water- gauge,' which is what the first word really means. Of the many contriv- ances to effect this end, the best for all practical purposes, is Daniell's Hygro- meter, of which the annexed cut (Fig. 93) exhibits the general appearance. It measures the moisture in the air quickly and precisely, and is not sub- ject to get out of order. " If moisture is brought into contact with a substance sufficiently cold, a part of the moisture is condensed, and is so converted from a state of invisible va- pour into water. " Thus, in a cold day, the glass roof of a green-house may be seen streaming with water, which runs down and forma 'drip;' and in this often unsuspected manner air is rendered dry, notwith- standing the operations of syringing, steaming, &c. Daniell's Hygrometer is constructed with reference to this cir- cumstance. The figure represents two hollow glass balls containing ether, and communicating by the glass tube which rests on the support. The ball which forms the termination of the longer leg is of black glass, in order that the formation of dew on its surface may be the more perceptible. It includes the bulb of a delicate thermometer dipping in the ether, its scale being inclosed in the tube above the ball ; and whatever change takes place in the temperature of the ether is indicated by this thermo- meter. The other ball is covered with muslin. In making an observation it is first necessary to note down the temper- ature of the air ; next turn the instru- ment, so that when the muslin-covered ball is held in the hand, the ether may escape into the blackened ball ; and it should also be held till the included thermometer rises a few degrees above the temperature of the air, when it should be replaced on the support. Then drop, or gently pour, a little ether on the muslin. The evaporation of this extremely volatile substance produces cold ; and attention must be instantly directed to the black glass ball and in- cluded thermometer. The latter will be seen falling rapidly ; and at length a ring of dew will appear at the line which runs across the black ball — quickly, if the air is very moist, slowly, if the air is dry. If the air is very dry, no moisture will be thus deposited till the thermometer falls to, perhaps, 10", 20^, or 303 below the temperature of the air. But at vv'hatever temperature the dew forms, that temperature should be noted as the dew-point; and the dif- ference between it and the temperature of the air, at the time, is the degree of dryness according to the indications of this hygrometer. Thus, in a moderately dry day, let it be supposed that the temperature of the air is 6')^ in the shade, and that the muslin requires to be kept moist, before dew is formed, till the blackened ball containing the HY G 320 H YG ether has its temperature reduced to is expected to nppear; because the dew 50°, as indicated by the included ther- mometer, there are then said to be lo^ of dryness. " Again, supposing the temperature is So^ , and the dew-point found, as be- is most easily seen where the line di- vides the bright and black reflections on the bulb; and inasmuch as the change may not be noticed the very instant that it occurs, it is well to make a second fore, to be 70°, the degree of dryness observation of the temperature at which is still expressed by 15^ ; but the quan- the dew clears off, and then take the tity of moisture diffused in the air is, notwithstanding, somewhat greater in the latter case than in the former. " If 1000° represent complete satu- ration, the quantity of moisture, when the temperature is 65° and the dew- mean of two. If they are both taken equally late, the errors will balance each other ; because in one case the mercury is falling, and in the other rising." — Gai'd. Chron. Mr. J. W. Harris, writing on the same point 50^, will be 609°; but when the subject, says : — temperature is S5° and the dew-point I " As I have for the last three months, 70°, the moisture will be represented used an instrument for the purpose of by 623; these numbers being ascer- regulating the moisture of the air in my tained by tables prepared for the pur pose Fig. 93. orchidaceous house which has perfectly The difference, however, in such answered my purpose, I am induced to offer it to your notice. It consists of an , old-fashioned instrument commonly sold I in the opticians' shops as Leslie's Dif- ferential Thermometer. It is arranged I so that, when not in use, the fluid stands I at zero in the stem ; over the bulb of the opposite stem I place a piece of muslin, which has been well soaked in a strong solution of common salt in wa- ter. The muslin having been cut into a circular shape, is laid on the bulb whilst wet; and the moisture will make it adhere sufficiently. A shelf, or brack- et, with sides, top, and back, is made for it to stand in, to seclude it from the sunshine — which is of course essential — and also to prevent the damp wall from having effect upon the muslin, so that it may draw all its moisture from the atmosphere alone. It will be found a case is so small it is not worth taking convenient to have a thermometer hung into account in a horticultural point of on the same stand, as in all hygrometric view. But as these numbers can only observations the state of the thermome- be ascertained by calculation it is more ter must be attended to. The rationale convenient to reckon by the degree of of its action is simple. If the absorp- dryness, bearing in mind that the dry- tion of moisture exceeds the evaporation ness of the air is indicated by the differ- from the muslin, heat will be generated, ence between the temperature of the which will expand the air in that bulb, air and of the dew-point. Thus, if the and drive the fluid up the opposite stem, ring of dew is formed as soon as ether indicating the degree by its rise. On IS applied, and only 1° difference is the contrary, if the evaporation exceeds observable, the air is nearly saturated; the absorption, cold will be produced, if the difference is o^ to 10°, the dry- causing the fluid to fall. The general ness is very moderate ; while 15° to 20° range of the scales made is from zero ofdifference indicate excessive dryness, to 40^. I believe, in my stove, under and beyond this the air is parching." — the general treatment of orchidaceous Gard. Chron. plants, temperature ranging from 78" "The instrument," says Mr. Ross, to 95^, the hygrometer has ranged from "should be held so as to obtain a por- 15=" to 30^. Of course, if the instru- tion of bright reflection where the dew | ment were found to require it, it would H YG 321 ICE be lengthened in the stem, so as to range to any degree required ; but I do not anticipate that a greater range would be required for the coldest pit or green-house. As I have found it very useful in my own stove, I hope it may be of service to your readers; and as it is self-acting, so I trust it will be found on trial, ' simple, economical, and ef- fectual.'"— Gard. Chron. HYGROPHILA ringens. Stove evergreen trailer. Cuttings. Kich light soil. HYLESINUS PINIPERDA. A spe- cies of beetle which preys upon the pith of young shoots of sickly or recently felled Scotch and spruce firs. It is not very injurious in this country. HYLOTONIA rosce. A saw-fly which injures rose-trees seriously by punctur- ing in rows their young shoots, and de- positing in the holes its eggs. The best remedy is spreading a cloth be- neath the trees in the evening, and killing the insects shaken down upon it. — Gard. Chron. HYMEN^A. Locust-tree. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. HYMENANTHERA df-nJafa. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and loam. HYMENOPHYLLUM. Two spe- cies. Hardy ferns. Seed and division. Loam and peat. HYOSCYAMUS. Henbane. Four species. Two half-hardy evergreen shrubs ; one hardy annual ; and the fourth biennial. Cuttings or seed. Common soil. HYPECOUM. Three species. Har- dy annuals. Seed. Common soil. HYPERICUM. Seventy-three spe- cies. Hardy, half-hardy, and green- house. Mr. Paxton says the two latter thrive in loam and peat, propagated by young cuttings ; the hardy shrubs and herbaceous grow from seed or division in any soil; and the annuals may be sown in spring in the open ground. HYPHtENE coriacea. Stove-palm. Seed. Sandy loam. HYPOCALYPTUS abcordatus. Green-house evergreen shrub. Young cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. HYPOESTES. Five species. Stove plants of various character ; chiefly evergreen shrubs. These, and the herbaceous species, propagate by cut- tings in a light soil. 21 HYSSOP. Hyssopus officinalis. Varieties. — There are three varieties, the white, red, and blue; the lust of which is most commonly cultivated. Soil and Situation. — A dry soil is the one most appropriate for it. If on a rich or wet one, it is generally destroy- ed by the frost, as well as rendered less aromatic. Time and Mode of Propagation. — It is propagated by seed, and slips of the branches, and young shoots, as well as by offsets. The seed may be sown from the close of February until the end of May. Rooted offsets may be planted in March, April, August and September; cuttings of the branches in April and May; and slips of young shoots in June or July. The seed may be inserted in drills, six inches apart, not deeper than half an inch. It is the usual practice, when the seedlings have attained the growth of six weeks, to prick them out twelve inches apart ; but it is by much the best practice to raise them where they are to remain. The slips and off'sets are best planted at first in a shady or north border: they are generally firmly rooted in two months. In September or October they are all fit for removal to their final sta- tions. After every removal they must be watered plentifully and regularly until established. The only subsequent cultivation requisite is the keeping them free of weeds by frequent hoeings. In spring and autumn likewise all decayed branches and flower-stalks must be removed ; those used as edgings trimmed close, and the earth gently stirred around them. I B E R I S . Candy-Tuft. Twenty- three species. A few hardy evergreen shrubs ; but chiefly hardy annuals, bien- nials, and perennials. Seed. Common light loam. ICE-HOUSE. Any vacant out-house which can be thoroughly drained will be an efficient ice-house. Moisture is a much more rapid solvent of ice than mere heat. If in an out-house, with drains leading from its floor, a layer of faggots three feet deep be placed, and round the sides of the house a lining of stubble or straw nearly as thick, and then the ice be rammed in hard, and covered over with a similar coat of stubble, the ice may be preserved there for twelve months. •' The accompanying drawing and de- IC E 322 ICE scription of an approved ice-house and dairy united, lias been contributed by John C. Boyd, Esq., of Danville, Pa. Mr. B. says, " For various purposes it is far superior to the best constructed spring-house; permitting to the largest eitent all the luxuries of sweet cream and milk, the preservation of fresh meat, pies, fruit, &c., for a length of time. Mine has been in use two years, and during that period, we have not had any milk to sour, which cannot be said by those dependent on spring- houses." Fig. 94. "A represents the ice-house, proper. B dairy-room. C the steps thereto. J) window in dairy-room. £ entrance into the ice-house. " The whole length, 24 feet: width ]5 feet; pit sunk, 5 feet in ground; stone wall carried 2h feet above ground ; making depth of stone work 7i feet. On stone work, a frame of 8 feet to the square is placed. Weather-boarded on the outside in usual manner. Over milk house, on top of wall is placed, joist ] 8 inches from centre to centre, on which a tight floor is laid, which forms a convenient room for keeping various things connected with the dairy. " The partition between the ice- house and milk-house is formed by setting up studding from the sill in the bottom of the ice-house to the square under the roof, and weather-boarded with inch boards halved together, well nailed, so as to prevent any charcoal dust, or dust of the bark from dropping down into the milk trough. " The inside frame is made 12 inches less all round than the inside of main building. That is to say, a space of 12 inches, (and it would be better if it were 15,) must be left between the two frames — to be filled in with charcoal or tanner's bark, well dried, and well rammed when filled. The inside frame may be very simply and cheaply made, by taking four pieces of scantling, say 4 by 6, and halving them together — and planking, or dou- ble boarding up or down on the inside — three of those frames — one oh the floor — one midway, and the other at top, are sufficient. " The floor, which is the most par- ticular part, should be made by placing in the bottom good oak sills, with a descent from the back part of an apart- ment to milk-house of 15 inches. The sills well bedded in clay, tan bark or charcoal. Mine is bedded in common yellow clay, well pounded in. " The floor should be well laid, either of plank, jointed, or boards double, and small grooves run along to carry ice water down to the milk trough. This floor should be the size of the ice room before inside frame is erected. On that part of the floor which passes under the partition between the ice and milk- houses, small strips of a quarter of an ICE 323 IMP inch thick should be laid, and a board fitted down tight to keep the filiing-in from stopping up the water as it leaves the ice. On top of square, joists with floor on, is laid and covered about 2 feet thick with tan-bark. A ventilator should be made through the upper floor and roof about 2 feet square. " The closet or recess formed on each side of the small doors, leading into the ice, may have hooks to hang meats, or shelves, on which anything may be set. This closet, or cold room, is 3 feet 3 inches, by 3 feet 6 inches — 5 feet high, two doors in centre, each 18 inches wide, made of a single board, and made to fit closely. The ice may be put in on either side just under the upper joists; an opening 18 inches by 2 feet is sufficiently large, with two doors, or shutters — and the space between, when the ice is in, should be well stuffed with straw. No straw to be used in filling ice-liouse — except on top, when a good supply will be of service. " The milk-house should be well white-washed. The room above milk- house should be lined on inside of shedding, and the space between filled with tan-bark or charcoal. The cover- ing may be a shed-roof, or any other form best suited to the convenience of the location. The door of my ice-house is within a few steps of my back kitch- en door. An arbour of grape vines adds much to the comfort and coolness of the establishment. *' In filling the ice-house, much pains should be taken to pack the ice closely. The ice is taken out by entering from the milk-house through the small doors, and any child who can use a hatchet can procure ice for the use of the house. " The ice-water, if the troughs are made tight, (and they ought to be per- fectly so,) will keep them full, or nearly so, and during south winds may over- flow a little. The milk-room is too cold to do the work in, therefore there is no water but the ice water to get clear of, whicli will disappear without giving any trouble." — Rural Register. For an interesting article on this sub- ject. See Downing's " Horticulturist." ICE-PLANT. Mesembryanthemum cryslalUniim. ICHNOCARPUS frutescens. Stove evergreen twiner. Cuttings. Peat and loam. ILEX. Holly. Fifteen spccice. Chiefly hardy evergreen trees ; but 1. pai-aguensis and 7. salicifoUa require the shelter of a stove; and /. august if o- lia, 1. chinensis, and /. perado, that of a green-house. Cuttings, budding, grafting, and seed. Deep light loam. ^i:e Holly. ILLICIUM. Three species. Half- hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings and layers. Light loam. "IMPATIENS. Balsam. Nine spe- cies. Hardy, half-hardy, and stove an- nuals. /. naians is a stove aquatic ; seed, rich loam, in water. 7. scapiflora is a stove bulb ; offsets ; light rich loam. Half-hardy annuals sow in a hotbed, and hardy in borders. {Paxton's Bot. Die.) See Balsam. IMPREGNATION. " No seed ever attains the power of germinating, un- less the pollen from the stamens in the same, or some nearly allied flower, has reached and impregnated its pistils. " In favourable seasons, when genial warmth and gentle winds prevail, im- pregnation is readily effected by the plant's own provision. The pollen is never shed from the anther of the sta- men, until the stigmaof the pistil is fully developed, and this soon withers after the contact. " Their all-provident Creator has in- variably arranged efficient assistance. The agents usually called in are insects ; these, in their search after honey and wax, visit the inmost recesses of flowers, and bear from the anthers to the stigma, and from ilower to flower, the fecun- dating dust. Here, too, I may remark upon another instance of that Provi- dence which makes all things fitting and appropriate; for those who have made the bee their study, relate that though this insect does not confine it- self to one species of flower, yet it re- stricts its visits during each ramble to that kind which it first visits. How this facilitates impregnation is obvious, when it is remembered that no flower can be fecundated but with poUea from a kindred species. " This efficient agency of insects sug- gested, that in hothouses, from whence they are almost totally excluded, other artificial means might be adopted with success to render flowers fertile that had hitherto failed in producing seed. Thus the gardener always finds the ad- vantage of using the camel hair pencil to apply pollen to the stigmas of his IN A 324 ING forced melons, cucumbers, cherries, and peaches." — Principles of Garden- ing. See Hybridizing. INARCHING, or Grafting by ap- proach, differs from grafting only in having the scion still attached to its in length, and in the same manner pare the stock in the proper place for the junction of the graft, then make a slit upward in the branch so as to form a sort of tongue, and make a slit down- ward in the stock to admit it; let tlie parent stem whilst the process of union j parts be then joined, slipping the tongue with the stock is proceeding. It is the of the graft into the slit of the stock, most certain mode of multiplying an | making the whole join in an exact man- individual that roofs or grafts with dif- ner, and tie them closely together with ficulty, but is attended with the incon- bass, and afterwards cover the whole \enience that both the stock and the ! with a due quantity of clay, or wax. parent of the scion must be neighbours. • After this let a stout stake be fixed for The most ingenious application of in- j the support of each graft, and so fist- arching is one suggested by Mr. Knight. | ened as to prevent its being disjoined If a fruit-bearing branch becomes de- , from the stock by the wind, ruded of its leaves above the fruit it has I The operation being performed in produced, this either falls or remains , spring, let the grafts remain in that stunted and deficient in flavour, owing j position about four months, when they to being thus deprived of a supply of, will be united, and they may then be the elaborated sap or proper juice. In j separated from the mother-tree; in such case a branch having leaves of the j doing this be careful to perform it with same or of a neighbouring tree, was in- 1 a steady hand, so as not to loosen or arched to the denuded portion of the , break out the graft, sloping it off down- branch the fruit of which he was anxious i wards close to the stock; and if the head to taste. It produced that season only ' of the stock was not cut down at the two peaches, and from the branch bear- ' time of grafting, it must now be done ing which all the leaves had fallen : but ' close to the graft, and all the old clay after the inarching the fruit proceeded i arid bandage cleared away and re- to maturity. — Principles of Gardening, placed with new, to remain a few weeks To propagate any tree or shrub by I longer, this method of grafting, if of the hardy | Observe, however, that if the grafts kind, and growing in the open ground, i are not firmly united with the stock, let a proper quantity of young plants for i them remain another year till autumn, stocks must be set round it, and when I before you separate the grafts from the grown of a proper height, the work of j parent tree. — Abercrombie. inarching performed ; or if the branches " Instead of approach-grafting in the of the tree you design to graft from is , usual manner, it is sometimes conve- too high for the stock, stocks must be j nient to detach shoots of the kinds to planted in pots, and a slight stage i be propagated from the plants on which erected around the tree of due height they grew, and inarch them upon the to reach the branches, and the pots ! single plant, leaving a piece at the bot- containing the stock placed upon the 1 tom of each shoot sufficiently long to stage thrust into a phial, which must be kept As to the method of performing the constantly supplied with water." work, it is sometimes performed with the head of the stock cut off, and some- times with the head left on till the graft is united with the stock, though by pre- viously beheading it the work is much easier performed, and having no top, its whole effort will be directed to the nourishment of the graft. Having the stocks properly placed, make the most Card. Mag. INDIAN BAY. Lnurus indica. INDIAN BLUE. Nymphcea cyanea. INDIAN CRESS. Tropaolum. See Nasturtium. INDIAN FIG. Opuntia. INDIAN LOTUS. Nymphcea lotus. INDIAN SHOT. Canna indica. INDIGOFERA. Indigo. Forty-four convenient branches approach the stock, species. Chiefly green-house and stove and mark in the body of the branches shrubs. Young cuttings. Sandy loam the parts where they will most easily ] and peat. join to the stock, and in those parts of each branch, pare away the bark and j evergreen trees and shrubs part of the wood two or three inches | Peat and loam. INGA. Twenty-eight species. Stove Cuttings. INO 325 IRR INOCULATION. See Budding. [flower well the following season, and INOCULATING GRASS. See Turf. \ therefore should not be replanted more I P O M ^ A . Sixty-four species. : than once in five or six years. When Chiefly green-house and stove twiners. ' the bulbs are taken up they should be 1. caudicans ; I. lacunosa ; I. pandu-\ placed in dry sand for about a month, rata; I. sagittifolia ; I. sibrica ; I. sin- \ and afterwards planted in the manner uata ; and /. trichocarpa, are hardy. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. An- nuals and biennials bv seed in a gentle hotbed, as directed for the following : — " The best time for sowing Ipomaa quamoclit, and rubra carulea for plant- ing in the open air, is the end of Feb- ruary. They will both succeed under before mentioned. Seeds of Irises should be sown in drills in Scptomlier, in light sandy soil ; they will come up the following spring, but the young bulbs should remain for two or three years before they are removed. " The best way to treat the Persian Iris, is to place the roots, in October, similar treatment, viz., to sow them in in pots filled with a mixture of either a gentle hot-bed, to pot them oft" sepa- 1 sandy loam well drained and leaf mould, rately, and encourage their growth i or sandy peat and well rotted dung, and until the end of May, when they may ' set them in some dry pit for the winter, be planted out in light rich soil in a and give but little water until the spring, sheltered situation." — Gard. Chron. Or | and when they begin to show their sow the seed in May or June in a warm ; blooms, plant them in the open bed. If situation, having previously soaked it i this is carefully done they will he gay for forty-eight hours in soft water. during April and the beginning of May, IPOMOPSIS elegans. " Hardy bien- but they must be protected from the nial. Seed. Peat and loam, in a cold ' spring frost when in bloom, or they frame during July ; leave three in a pot, I will not last long in flower. Persian and place in green-house for winter ; i Irises are tender, and will not survive water moderately; shift in spring into i the winter in the open border, unless forty-eights well drained; leave only ! the situation is dry, for they sutler more two plants in a pot; water very mode- ' from the effects of damp than cold rately." — Paxlon's Bot. Diet IRKSINE. Four species. Half-hardy herbaceous. Seeds, in a gentle hotbed. Rich loam and peat. IRIS. Eighty-nine species. Chiefly hardy bulbs. /. clandestina ; I. crassi- folia ; and /. deflexa, require the shelter of a greenhouse. The soil cannot well be too sandy for them. Seed or divi- sion of the roots. Dr. Lindley gives the following di- rections for cultivating the English and Spanish species: — They may also be grown like hyacinths in glasses filled with water, in the windows of silting rooms, and are de- sirable for such a situation, as two or three plants will scent a room. They also succeed in pure sand if the roots are strong. " The roots must be taken up in the open beds every season, and either pot- ted or preserved in sand during the winter, but if not potted before the spring they become exhausted, and do not flower well, whereas if planted in "About August prepare a bed two ' the open bed in autumn, they are almost feet deep, the soil of which must be composed of eciual parts of rich loam, sandy peat, and either well rotted dung or leaf mould, all well incorporated to- gether. The beginning of September, plant the bulbs about three inches deep, placing a little fine sand around each, and afterwards cover and level the sur- ace; nothing else will be required ex- cept stirring the surface of the soil in the spring. The Irises will bloom about the middle of June, and the seeds will sure to perish." — Gard. Chron. IRISH HEATH. MemiesiapolifoUa. IRON-WORT. Sideritis. IRRIGATION, as employed by the farmer, is chiefly beneficial in proportion to the amount of saline and decompos- ing matter contained in solution by the water employed. But this is not the exclusive cause of benefit, for much of this arises from the increased and per- manent supply of moisture to the roots of the plants. These can only derive ripen in the beginning of August; when, j food from the soil in a gaseous or liquid if it is required, the bulbs should be form; and the decomposing matters in taken up; but it must be observed that | a soil decompose, and constantly are when they are removed they seldom i converted into gaseous and soluble mat- ISE 326 JAN ters,wifh a rapidity proportioned to the abundance of water supplied to them. Experience shows tliat there ia in the kitchen garden scarcely a crop that is not benefited by a much more abundant supply of water than can be obtained usually ; and I can bear testimony to the correctness of Mr. Knight's conclusion, not limiting, however, my approval of such abundant watering to late crops of peas, but to all, as well as beans, spinach, and the entire cabbage tribe. Kidney beans and potatoes are not bene- fited by such an abundance of water. " The quantity of water," says Mr. Knight, " which may be given with advantage to plants of almost every kind, during warm and bright weather, is, I believe, very much greater than any gardener who has not seen the result will be inclined to suppose pos- sible; and it is greater than I myself could have believed upon any other evidence than that of actual experience. "My garden, in common with many others, is supplied with water by springs, which rise in a more elevated situation ; and this circumstance afforded me the means of making a small pond, from which I can cause the water to flow out over every part of every other kind through every part of the summer ; and I cause a stream to flow down the rows of celery, and along the rows of brocoli and other plants, which are planted out in summer, with very great advantage. But the most extensive and beneficial use which I make of the power to irri- gate my garden by the means above mentioned, is in supplying my late crops of peas abundantly with water, by which the ill effects of mildew are almost wholly prevented, and my table is most abundantly supplied with very excellent peas through the month of October." ISERTIA coccinea. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. ISMENE. Five species. Stove bulbs. Offsets. Turfy loam and peat. ISOPLEXIS. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Seed and cut- tings. Light rich loam. iSOPOGON. Fifteen species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Turfy sandy loam. ISOPYRUM. Two species. Hardy. One annual, the other lierbaceous. Seed. Light loam. IVY. Hedera. IXIA. Twenty-four species. Green- house bulbs ; bat most of them, in light soil and south border, protected slightly in winter, will grow in the open air. Those grown in pots should be kept in a dry place until the beginning of No- vember. The soil best adapted for them is a sandy peat mixed with a little loam. After repotting in that month, they may be kept in a cool airy situa- tion, and as soon as they begin to grow, they may be watered freely, and placed in the green-house. — Gard. Chron., HfC. IXODIA achilleoides. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Peat and sand. IXORA. Fourteen species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. JABOROSA. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Cuttings. Light rich loam. JACARANDA. Seven species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Sandy peat and loam. JACKSONIA. Four species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. JACOBiEA LILY. Amaryllis for- mosissima. JACQUINIA. Six species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sand and peat. JALAP. Mirdbilis jalapa. JAMAICA EBONY." Brya ehenus. JAMAICA REDWOOD. Gordonia hamatoxylon. JAMAICA ROSE. Meriania. JAMBOSA. Seven species. Stove evergreen trees. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. JANUARY is a month requiring little more from the gardener in the out-door department than attention to neatness, but it usually requires more than ordi- nary care to his hot-house and forcing department. The following directions contain the principal routine work of the month : — KITCHEN GARDEN. Artichokes, attend to, shelter, &c. — Asparagus, plant in hot-bed ; attend to the forcing; temp, about 66°, and at night 50°. — Beans, plant in hot-beds. — Brocoli, protect from frost. — Cardoons, attend to, shelter, &c. — Cavlijioivers, in frames, and those pricked out, attend to. — Composts, prepare and turn over. — Cucumbers , sow and prick out; temp, by day 80°, and at night 65°.— Dung, for JAN 327 JAN hot-beds, prepare ; wheel on to vacant ground. — Earth, for hot-beds, prepare. — Frost, protect plants from. — Ground, trench vacant. — Hot-beds, make and at- Annuah, sow in pots and put in hot- liouse, &c., b. — Auriculas, protect from cold,&c.; give earth and compost to. — Carnations, protect from cold, &c.- tend to. — Kale (Sea), begin forcing, b. i Cuttings of hardy deciduous shrubs Kidney Beans, sow in hot-bed, e. — Let- tuces in frames, attend ; transplant to force. — Af(?/o;is,sow,for fruiting in May; day temp. 75'^, night 60°. — Mint, force, in hot-bed. — Mushroom Beds, make, and attend to those producing ; procure horse droppings for. — Mustard and Cress, sow in hot-bed. — Onions, ex- amine stored. — Parsley, protect from frost. — Peas, plant in hot-bed ; and pre- lay be prepared, e. — Edgings, make. Slate painted green, and Gentiiiella planted within, is handsome and dura- ble.— Gravel, roll in dry weather. — Hedges, of Privet, &c., plash. — Hya- cinths, protect from cold, &c. — Layers of hardy shrubs may still be pegged down. — Manure, apply generally. — Mulch, put round roots of lately plant- ed trees. — Potted Plants, secure well pare sticks. — Potatoes, plant in slight from frost. — Prune, and regulate flow- hot-bed. — Radishes, sow in hot-bed. — I ering shrubs. — Ranunculuses, plant, if Rape {i'oT salading), sow in hot-bed. — [before omitted; protect from cold, &c. /yiu6a/"6, begin forcing, b.—Ta«si/, plant ! — Rose Trees, scrub with brine, to de- in hot-bed.— Tar^-a^-on, plant in hot-bed and do any work which will lessen that of the following busier months. — Wood- lice, destroy in the mushroom-house. ORCHARD. Apples (Espalier), prune, &c. — Apri- cots, prune and train in frosty weather. Brine, apply with a scrubbing brush to stems and brances of fruit trees, to de- stroy insects, eggs, and moss. — Cher- ries (Wall and Espalier), prune and train. — Currants, prune. — Espaliers, prune and regulate. — Figs, protect from frost. — Fork the surface around fruit trees. — Gooseberries, prune. — Mulch, put around newly planted trees. — Nec- tarines, prune and train in frosty wea- ther.— Peaches (see Nectarine). — Pears (Espalier), prune, &c. — Plums (Wall and Espalier), prune. — Pruning, at' tend to generally. — Raspberries, prune. — Snails, destroy in their torpid state. — Stake and support trees newly plant- ed.— Standards, remove dead and ir- regular branches from. — Trench and prepare borders, &c., for planting. — stroy scab, insects, &c. — Salt, sow over grass, to drive away worms, &c. — Seed- lings, in borders, protect with mats. — Trench vacant ground. — Tulips, protect from cold, &c. ; plant, if omitted, b. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit as much as possible. — Apricots (see Peach.) — Bark Beds, stir, and renew, if heat declines. — Cherries (see Peach). — Cucumbers, in pots, in- troduce ; water frequently, and train. — Currants, water frequently. — Figs (see Vines). They should be in pots in the Vinery. — Flowers in pots (Roses, Carnations, &c.,) introduce. Gooseber- ries, water frequently. — Head down spe- cimen plants, as Justicias, &c. — Kidney Beans, sow in small spots, not larger than twenty-fours; water frequently. — Light, admit as freely as possible. — Mats, put over glass in very severe weather, even in the day time. — Necta- rines and Peaches in blossom keep at about 5:y' during the day, and at night about 40o ; water very sparingly ; shake branches gently to distribute the pollen ; Vines, prune and train. — Wall Trees stir earth around often. — Pine Apples generally, prune and regulate. — Walls It is a very beneficial plan to paint these by means of a white-washer's brush, with a liquid mixture of S lbs. lime, 4 lbs. soot, and S lbs. sulphur. It de- ( fruiting), require increased bottom heat to about S.t^; vvater about once a week ; temperature in house from 60'-' to 70^. — Salading, in boxes sow. — Stove, temp, not above 60"^ in the day, by its dark colour promoting the warmtl of the wall. The liquid employed, in stroys and banishes insects, as well as ! and at night 40^. — Strawberries, in pots, introduce; when blossoming, water fre- quently ; day temp, not more than 55°. which to mix the above, should be urine — Thermometer, watch its dictates. — Vines, in leaf, keep about GO" ; in blos- som about 70'^ during day, at night 50"^; protect stems outside by haybands; and soapsuds in equal proportions. rl.OWER GARDE^f. Anemones, protect from cold, &c. — give liquid manure. — PFosA the leaves J AS 328 JUL of all plants, as requisite, either with a I being drawn up about the stems. At sponge or by watering.— J^nfer, soft | the close of July or early in August, cut and warm as the house, apply as requi- i the stems off about their middle, to ad- site; in pots, &c., keep constantly in | mit more freely the air and light, and the house. GREEN-HOUSE. Air, admit at every favourable time, when the temperature outside is above in other respects to be beneficial to the tubers. They may be taken up as wanted during September; and in October, or as soon as the stems have withered, 32°. Earth in the pots and borders, i entirely, for preservation in sand tor stir frequently. — Fires to exclude frost ! winter's use. They should be raised and damp should be lighted as required ; day temp. 50°, night temp. 40°.— fogs, especially exclude. Leaves, wash, when foiil ; (decayed), remove as they appear. — Succulent Plants now scarce- ly require any water. — Water sparingly, and in mild weather, and about noon. — Windows, keep closed both in foggy and frosty weather; cover with mats or shutters in rigorous seasons, even in the day time. JASIONE. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Division and cut- tings. Peat. JASMINUM. Jasmine. Thirty-two species. Stove, green-house, and har- dy climbers, twiners, and shrubs. Ripe cuttings. The stove and green-house species require sandy loam and peat, but the hardy species any common soil. JEFFERSONIA diphylla. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Com- mon soil. JERSEY THISTLE. Centaurea is- nardi. JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE. He- lianthus tuherosus. Soil and situation. — It flourishes most in a rich light soil with an open expo- [ See Walnut. as completely as possible ; for the small- est piece of tuber will vegetate and ap- pear in the spring. It is for this reason that they are often allotted some remote corner of the garden ; but their culinary merits certainly demand a more favour- able treatment. JERUSALEM SAGE. Fhlomis fruc- ticosa. JET D'EAU. See Fountain. JOHNIA. Two species. Stove ever- greens ; one a climber, the other shrub- by. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. JOLLIFFIA africana. Stove ever- green twiner. Cuttings of flowering shoots. Sandy loam and peat. JONESIA. Two species. Stove evergreens; one climbing, the other a tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. JONQUILLE. See Narcissus. JOSSINIA orbiculata. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. JOVE'S FRUIT. Laurvs diospyros. JUDAS TREE. Cercis. JUGLANS. Walnut tree. Five spe- cies, besides varieties. Hardy decidu- ous trees. Seed and grafts. Rich loam. sure. Trees are particularly inimical to its growth. Time and Mode of Planting. As it never ripens its seed here, though it blossoms sometimes in October, the JULUS. Snake millipede. J. terrestris. — Has about two hundred legs. Lead colour. Scaly, like wood- louse. Eats the roots of the pansy. J. pulchellus. — Ochreous colour, with only mode of propagation is by plant- j crimson spots down its sides. Legs, ing the middle-sized bulbs, or cuttings about 170. Attacks roots of beans, of the large ones, one or two eyes being \ cabbages, peas, and scarlet beans, preserved in each. These are planted | J. complanatus. Lilac colour. Sixty towards the end of March, though it j legs.— Card. Chron. may be performed in February, or even preferably in October. They are inserted by the dibble in rows three feet by two feet apart, and four inches deep. They make their appearance above ground about the middle of May. The only attention necessary is to keep them free from weeds, and an occasional hoeing to, , ,, loosen the surface, a little of the earth sosv, h.— Borage, sow, e.— Borecole, JULY is a busy month, as will appear from the following directions: — KITCHEN GARDEN. Alexanders, earth up. — Artichokes, . attend to. — Asparagus-beds, clean ; leave oft' cutting from. — Beans, plant, b.; leave some in production for seed. — Beet {Red), thin, b.; (Green and White), JUL 329 JUL plant; prick out. — BrocoZi, prick out ; i frequently ; seedlings transplant; old plant. — Cahhages, p\ant; prick out seed- ; plants repot, e. — Box edgings, clip, b lings; earth "up atlvancing. — Carrots, — R./Ww;,ir\cV. into small pots. — Shade during hot bright days ; calico frames are best. — Shifting, complete, b. — Stove plants (hardier) may be moved into green-house. — Stake, trim, and train as required. — Succulent plants, cultivate by cuttings, slips, and suckers. — Watering and cleaning are now the chief occupations ; apply water early in the morning by the engine. JULY-FLOWER. Prosopis juliflora. JUNE is also a busy month. KITCHEN GARDEN. Alexanders, earth up. — Artichokes, weed, &c. — Asparagus-beds clean, &c. — Basil, plant. — Beans, plant, hoe, &c., advancing crops. — Beefs, thin, &c. — Borecole, plant. — Brocoli, plant. — Cab- bage, i>]a.nt ; earth up, &c. — Capsicum,] dry and store. — Annuals (hardy and plant, b. — Cardoo«s, thin and plant out. I some tender), plant out to remain, in — Carrots, thin, kc. — Celeriac, plant. — j showery weather best; some (hardy) Celery, plant; earth up advancing. — i may be sowed, b. — ^i/r/cw/as, continue Coleworts, sow for; plant. — Coriander, \ shading; plant offsets; prick out seed- sow. — Cress, sow. — Cwcwm&eT-s, sow, b. ] lings. — Baskets or clumps, form of sow ; plant. — Watering and Weeding, attend to. — Wormwood, plant. ORCHARD. Ants, destroy; the ammonia water from gas-works, or boiling water poured into their haunts is effectual. — Apricots, finish summer regulating, b. — Blighted Trees, clean by the water engine; lime dust, &c. — Budding, commence in cloudy weather, or during evening, e. — Fig Trees, prune. — Gooseberries, Cur- rants (Wall and Espalier), regulate, b.; remove blighted shoots; summer prune, e. — Nectarines, finish summer regulat- ing.— Newly planted Trees, stake and fasten; give water in dry weather; li- quid manure to the weakly ; keep mulch round. — Pears (Wall and Espalier), properly regulate, b. — Plums (Wall and Espalier), properly regulate, b. — Scarify, trunks of hide-bound trees, rather than in winter, but this affection will never occur, if they are scrubbed in January with brine. — Snails, Slugs, search for, morning and evening. — Strawberries, water in dry weather. — Thinning fruit on walls, complete, b. — Vines before omitted, finish, regulat- ing, b. ; and those done in May re-exa- mine. FLOWER GARDEN. Anemones, take up as leaves wither; plants. — Biennials and sow, if omitted, b. — Box — Earthing-up, attendto. — Endive, sow, green -hous b.; plant. — Fennel, plant. — Finochio, i Perennials, sow; earth up advancing crops. — G«?'- . edgings clip; plant. — Bulbous Roots lie is fit for present use. — Herbs, for (Tulips, Jonquils, &c.), take up as drying and distilling, gather. — Jerusalem ■ leaves decay; remove offsets from; Artichokes, hoe, &c. — Kidney Beans, dry and store; may transplant some, (dwarfs), sow ; (runners), attend to. — ; or keep until autumn ; (autumn flower- I-eefcs, thin, &c.; transplant, e. — Lettuce, ing), as Colchicums, &c., take up as sow ; plant, &c. — Mint, plant. — Pars- leaves decay, separate offsets, and re- nips, thin. — Peas, sow; attend to ad- plant, or not, until end of July. — Car- vancing crops. — Potatoes, hoe, &c. — nations, in bloom, attend ; aid the bud- Radishes, sow. — Rampion, thin. — Sage, pod to split with a pair of narrow sharp- plant. — Salsafy, thin. — Savoys, plant ; i pointed scissors; water every second prick out. — Scorzonera, thin. — Scurvy , day ; tie to supporters, &c. ; prick out Grass, sow. — Seeds, attend to and gather, i seedlings; make layers ; pipe. — Cycla- — Small Salading, sow. — Spinach, sow; , mens, transplant. — Dahlias, finish plant- thin advancing. — Stir Ground between ing out, b. — Dress the borders assidu- crops, in rows, &c. — Succory, sow. — , ously; neatness now stamps a gardener's Tarra^ora, plant. — Thinning, attend to. ; character. — Fibrous rooted Perennials, — Toma^os, plant out. — Turnip Cabbage, propagate by cuttings of flower-stalks; JUN 331 KEL shade ami water. — Flowering Plants generally require training and support. — Gra,ss, mow, roll and trim edges. — Gravel, weed, sweep, and roll. — Guern- sey Lilies, take up; separate otTsets, and replant. Do this every second year. — Hedges, clip, e. — Leaves and stems decaying, remove as they appear. — Liquid Manure, apply occasionally to ail choice flowers. — Mignionette, plant out; sow, b. — Pink seedlings, prick out; make layers. — Pipings (or Cuttings) of Carnations and Pinks may be planted. — Potted Flowers, dress, stir earth and water regularly. — Ranunculuses, take up as leaves wither, dry and store. — Roses, bud, lay, and inarch; fumigate with tobacco to destroy the Aphis, or Green Fly. — Salvia Patens, pinch down centre stem to make it flower bushy. — Seedlings of Perennials and Biennials, transplant. — Seeds (ripe), gather in dry weather — Seed Vessels, remove, to pro- long flowering. — Water, give freely and frequently to all newly moved plants, and to others in dry weather; early morning best time. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit freely during every mild day; but exclude as evening approaches. — Bark Beds, occaeionaliy will require stirring; water and ventilate freely. — Grapes, thin; ripening keep dry. — Heat, keep up as required. — Pines are now ripening; plant crowns as they occur; give liquid manure; syringe; shade in very hot days. — Propagation, continue as requisite, by seed, suckers, slips, layers, cuttings, oflsets, &c. (See May.) — Steam, admit almost daily. — Strawberries done forcing, allow to dry; remove into larger pots with new earth, and keep for second forcing. — Syringe Pines, and other plants, frequently. — Tobacco fumigations, give occasionally. — Vines, push forward by warmth, li- quid manure, &c. ; mulch round roots outside the house; stop laterals. — Watering attend to duly; it is required generally oftener and more liberally than in preceding months; apply it in the morning early. GREEN-HOUSE. Air, give with all possible freedom ; bring all but the tenderest out of the house. — Camellias, done flowering, re- move into higher temperature. — Cut- tings of various plants may now be in- serted.— Dress the plants as they are brought out of the house. — Earth, give fresh, and liquid manure, as necessary. — Flowering shrubs, shade. — Gera- 7iiums, plant cuttings. — Head down and prune irregular growing shrubs.^ Heaths, plant slips; water frequently. — Inarching of jasmines, oranges, &c., may be performed. — Leaves (decayed), remove, and wash the foliage generally, — Layers of shrubs generally make. — Mowings of grass spread over surface of earth in large pots or tubs — an excel- lent mode of arresting evaporation.— Myrtles, propagate by cuttings, e. ; — Oranges and Lemons in bloom, give liquid manure : thin blossom when in clusters. — Rain, if excessive, move ten- derest plants back into the house; and tilt the pots of others. — Seedlings, trans- plant.— Shift into larger pots, as neces- sary, b. — Succule?it plants propagate by cuttings ; remove to outside, e. — Water frequently, butmoderately ; some plants require it every morning or evening. JUNIPERUS. .Tuniper. Nineteen species besides varieties. Hardy ever- green trees and shrubs. Seed and cut- tings. Sandy loam. See Coniferce. JUPITER'S BEARD, Anthyllis bar- ba-jovis. JUSTICIA. Sixty-four species. Stove and green-house plants; some shrubs, others biennials and annuals, and a third group trailers. The bien- nials and annuals require to be sown in a hot-house or hotbed; the others are increased by cuttings, and all delight in light loam and peat. KAGENECKIA cratagoides. Half- hardy evergreen tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. KALANCHOE. Seven species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. KALP>. See Borecole. KAL^^X. Five species and more varieties. Hardy evergreen shrubs. Seed and layers. Sandy loam and peat. KALOSANTHES. Eight species. Green-house evergreen succulents. Cut- tings dried for forty-eight hours ; sandy loam and peat. KANGURU VINE. Cissus antarc- KAULFUSSIA amelloides. Hardy annual. Seed. Sandy loam. KELP is the ash remaining after sea- weed is burnt, and has been used with great advantage as a manure to pota- KEN 332 KID toes, brocoli, and other species of bras- I cessary to plant successive crops at sica. It is composed of carbonate of intervals of two or three weeks, which soda, and iodide and bromide of potas- is much preferable to planting but sel- sium, carbon, sulphates of lime and ' dom, and then a larger quantity. Plan- magnesia, and other matters ot triviai importance. See Green Manure. K E N N E D Y A . Fifteen species. Green-house evergreen twiners. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. K E R R I A japonica. Hardy deci- duous shrub. Young cuttings. Com- mon soil. More commonly called Cor- chorus japonicus. KIDNEY-BEAN. Phaseolus vulga- ris. Haricot, Fr. Schminkbohne, Ger. Judias, Span. Faguiolo, Ital. " Of the Snap-Short Bean, the Hari- cot of the French, the varieties and sub-varieties are numerous. Those tations made so late as 1st August, ge- nerally succeed and yield abundantly. " When they have risen three or four inches, give them a careful hoeing, to destroy all weeds, and loosen the earth. At this time, or shortly after, draw to- wards the base of the plants, some of the loose soil, to the depth of one or two inches. This process is termed " landing," and is highly beneficial in protecting the roots from excessive drought, and the direct rays of the sun. As the crop approaches matu- rity, nothing more is required than an occasional hoeing, observing always enumerated in the Catalogue annexed,; to keep the ground free from weeds are such as we esteem most worthy ; In selecting a spot to plant beans, they consist of the earliest, the latest, I choose where the soil is light and tole- and those which ripen intermediately. ■ rably dry. If it be poor, apply a good The Early Mohawk or Brown Six ! dressing of well rotted manure, either Weeks arrives soonest at perfection, ' spread over the entire surface, or and is the hardiest of the early ones ; the Early Yellow, Red Speckled Val- entine, and China Red Eye, immediate- ly succeed. The Red French is about the latest : the other varieties ripen promiscuously. All the kinds are placed in the drills when drawn out." — Rural Register. Forcing. — The hot-bed must be of moderate size, and covered with earth nine inches thick. When the heat has become regular, the seed may be in- brought to the Philadelphia market ; serted in drills a foot apart, and the some purchasers preferring one, and plants allowed to stand six inches asun- others another. The Red Speckled j der in the rows. Air must be admitted Valentine is a variety very generally I as freely as to the melon. The same admired; it is round podded, without j precautions are likewise necessary as to strings, an abundant bearer, and re- I keeping up the temperature, taking the mains tender longer than most others, chill off the water &c.,as for that plant. The Brown Valentine or Refugee, is j When the seed begins to sprout, the also an excellent variety, as also the | mould should be kept regularly moist- China Red Eye. The pods of the Red I ened ; and when grown up, water may French are used as well for pickling as ' be given moderately, three times a week, boiling, and the beans throughout the | The temperature should never be less winter in a dry state, as haricots, and I than 60°, nor higher than 75". Some in soups, for which it is usually pre-; plants of the hot-bed sowing at the end ferred. ' of March, are often, after being gradu- " The usual plan of cultivating this ally hardened, planted in a warm bor- tribe, is in drills double or single, der: this will at most hasten the plants placing two seeds together at inter- vals of two or three inches : two to two and a half feet should be allowed between the drills. They are much more tender than the Long Pod or Windsor, and will not succeed in production a fortnight before those sown in the open ground in May. Those sown under frames in March for transplanting into a border, when two or three inches in height, must in a f like manner be hardened gradually for planted before the weather has become the exposure, by the plentiful admission somewhat settled, and the earth warm ; of air, and the total removal of the in the latitude of Philadelphia, not glasses during fine days. If any are earlier than April, unless in very dry ! raised in pots in the hot-house, they ground, and protected situations. To 1 must in a like manner be prepared for have a constant supply, it will be ne- 1 the removal, by setting them outside in K ID 333 KID • fine days, and there watering them with ' to clasp the pole, which is contrary to cold water. If the season is too ungenial after all to remove them even to a warm border the course of the sun, and opposite to the habit of most climbers. Those who have not the convenience the plants are ofYen inserted in patches, of a frame, (or hand-glass which will to have the protection of frames or answer the same purpose,) should have hand lights at night, or as the weather i the hills prepared and poles inserted, demands. choosing a mild, dry time, about the Said to be perennial. — It has been : close of May, for planting the beans, stated, that kidney beans appear of a If wet weather should '^immediately perennial nature, 'and that they have succeed, and the seed rot, replant as been observed to vegetate for several soon as the ground dries. Good crops years — the plants being in the vicinity 1 have been produced in the vicinity of of a steam-engine, and so situated that Philadelphia, when planted even so late the frost could not penetrate to the as first of June. roots. i After they become well established, Beans, Pole. — The Scarlet Runners,! and have clasped the poles, no further and While Dutch Beans, are very deli- i care is requisite, other than keeping the cately flavoured, and are used either | weeds under, and the hills occasionally in the pod, or shelled when further stirred. advanced; but in this section of the; The Carolina or Sewee bean, is of a country, and perhaps further South, they : smaller size than the Lima; much bear so sparingly most seasons, as to be I hardier, rather earlier, and more pro- ecarcely worth cultivating. | ductive, but generally considered less The Lima is too well known to need j rich. In other respects they closely description. Two varieties are cuiti- resemble each other — time and mode vated ; the one broad and thin, the of planting may be a little in advance other much thicker. We have some- of the Lima — cultivation precisely the times thought. the latter the more tender ! same. — Rural Reg. anu delicate when boiled. The Lima i Beavs, English. Vicia Faba, of Bean is very tender, not bearing the i JAnnceus. Feve de marais, Fr. Bohn, slighted frost, and is very subject to rot \ Ger. Fava, Hal. Habas, Span. when planted early, or during a spell ofi Of the above kind, commonly called rainy or damp cool weather. To guard j in this country " Horse Bean," there is against which, the best plan is to sprout considerable variety ; two of them have them in a frame, (as recommended for | been selected by us for cultivation, be- thc Long Pod or Windsor,) so situated,; lieving them the best adapted for the that the damp and frost can he excluded An old hot-bed answers the purpose effectually. They need not be planted climate, and quite sufficient of the kind. They are the Early Long Pod and Broad Windsor. Both succeed with the same therein, before the middle of spring, nor j treatment, but the first named, is the transplanted till towards its close; a < more certain bearer of the two. In little earlier or later, as the weather i England, where they are extensively may make expedient ; if planted early, | cultivated, they do much better than in they will at best remain stationary, and j this country, preferring its damp cool may, perhaps, do worse. They should atmosphere, to our frequently dry and be planted in hills in well cultivated ' hot one ; to counteract which, it is de- ground, dressed either in the piece or sirable to plant so early in the spring, hills, with thoroughly rotted manure from the barn-yard. The hills should be raised three or four inches above the as the ground will admit of being worked; in the latitude of Philadelphia, (39= 57) the latter part of February, average level, and be three feet apart , or beginning of March, if possible; each way, with a pole six or eight feet they then come into flower before, the liigh, well secured in the ground, to weather becomes hot, otherwise the each hill. Three plants in a hill are! blossoms drop, and set no fruit. Bufhcient. As the vines shoot up, they i Plant them in drills, either single or should be tied to the poles, till they get ' double, two inches apart in the drills, hold, when they will support them- and cover one to two inches deep. If selves. In trying them, observe to do in double drills, with alleys two and a it in the direction in which they incline 1 half feet wide. If in single rows, two KIR 334 KIT feet alleys answer, unless it be intended [ of a mansion, or the plan of the grounds, to cultivate them with the horse hoe, as < allows him to construct it in the most is done by market gardeners. appropriate spot. Those who are particularly fond of i A gentle declination towards the this bean, can accelerate the crop, by , south, with a point to the east, is the setting a frame at the close of winter, \ most favourable aspect ; to the north- under the lee of a board fence, or other ! east the least so : in short, any point to protected situation, exposed to the sun, which cover with glass, and in severe weather with matting or straw, so as effectually to exclude the frost. Herein plant the beans, one seed to the square inch, and let them remain, until the arrival of milder weather, when they should be transplanted to the position in the garden which it is intended they shall occupy. In transplanting them, care should be taken not to injure the roots, to guard against which, use a trowel to ease them up, and suffer as much earth as will, to adhere. During the time they remain in the frame, the sash should be raised when the weather is mild, to admit the air, and gradually harden them, preparatory to full ex- posure when transplanted, else the sud- den change of temperature might prove fatal. In order to make them set fruit more certainly, it is the practice to nip off the top or leading shoots when they are in full flower; this checks the growth, and directs the strength of the plant towards the blossoms. If a part of the flowers are destroyed in this operation, there is no loss. Whilst the crop is growing and pro- gressing towards maturity, keep the ground well hoed, and free from weeds. When the plants have attained six or eight inches in height, draw towards their base a portion of loose earth, which will encourage them to put forth fresh fibres, and protectthc roots already formed, from the sun's rays. — Rural Register. KIRGANELIA elegans. Stove ever- green shrub. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. KITAIBELIA vitifolia. Hardy herb- aceous. Seed. Common soil. KITCHEN GARDEN. Situation of the Kitchen Garden. — In selecting the site, and in erecting the inclosures, as well as in the after pre- the south is to be preferred to one verg- ing towards the north. A high wall should inclose it to the north and east, gradually lowering to the south and west. If, however, a plantation or building on the east side, at some dis- tance, shelter it from the piercing winds, which blow from that quarter, and yet are at such a distance as not to intercept the rays of the rising sun, it is much to be preferred to heightening the wall. It is a still greater desidera- tum to have a similar shelter, or that of a hill on the south-west and north- west points. The garden is best situated at a moderate elevation ; the summit of a hill, or the bottom of a valley, is equal- ly to be avoided. It is a fact not very difficult of explanation, that low lying ones are the most liable to suffer from blights and severe frosts ; those much above the level of the sea are obviously most exposed to inclement winds. Size of the Kitchen Garden. — To de- termine the appropriate size of a kitchen garden is impossible. It ought to be proportionate to the size of the family, their partiality for vegetables, and the fertility of the soil. It may serve as some criterion to state, that the management of a kitchen garden occupying the space of an acre, aflbrds ample employment for a garden- er, who will also require an assistant at the busiest period of the year. In general, a family of four persons, ex- clusive of servants, requires a full rood of open kitchen garden. Plan of the Kitchen Garden. — In forming the ground plan of a kitchen garden, utility is the main object. The form and aspect represented in the accompanying sketch are, perhaps, as unobjectionable as any, since none of the walls face the north, and conse- quently the best aspects are obtained for the trees. A narrow path two feet paration of the soil, the ingenuity and j wide should extend round, adjoining science of the horticulturist are essen- j the wall, and then a border about ten tially requisite. He will be called upon to rectify the defects and to improve the advantages which nature affords; for it feet, the widest on those broad sides that face the south, which not only is beneficial to the trees, but convenient is very seldom that the natural situation ' for raising early crops, &c. Next to KNI 335 LAB this should be a walk five feet width, likewise extendin area. Fig. 95. round the green shrubs I and peat KYDIA. Two species. Stove ever- Cuttings. Sandy loam LABEL. That which combines du- rability with facility of reference and cheapness, is a small piece of deal, planed smooth, painted white, and written upon with a lead pencil. Respecting the inclosure of the kitch- en garden, see Hedges and Walls. KLEINHOVIA Iwspita. Stove ever- ; When required for a seed-bed, a small green tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. KNIFE. Of this the gardener re- quires several kinds. I. Garden Knife, with a curved blade, for common rough purposes. 2. Pruning Knife, with a straight blade, and fine edge. 3. Graft stake is to be driven into the ground, and from it the label to be suspended. LABICHEA. Two species. Green- house shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. LABLAVIA. Six species, besides ing knife, also straight-bladed, but with i varieties. Stove and green-house twin- a thinner and narrower blade. 4. Bud- ers. Four annuals, the rest deciduous. ding Knife, is like the grafting knife,' Annuals sow in pots in stove, seedlings but should have a double-edged sharp plant out at end of May. Deciduous by point, like an oyster- knife, and the handle of ivory, is wedge-shaped, for raising the bark from the wood. There is a variety of superior excellence, call- ed Curtis's Budding Knife. 5. Aspara cuttings. Common soil. LABURNUM. Cytisus Laburnum. Varieties. — Common Broad-leafed Laburnum ; Narrow-leafed long-spiked Laburnum ; Short-spiked Laburnum ; gus Knife, has cither a strong straight Variegated-leafed Laburnum, and Mid- blade, with a sharp chisel-shaped point, die-sized Laburnum (C. L. interme- or a slightly curved blade, with a saw- j dium). The first two of which varieties edge on the inner side of the curve. ' are tolerably permanent from seed, but KNIGHTIA excejsa. Green - house the other two must be continued by evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam, peat, cuttings. and sand. I Propagation. — By Seed. — The seed KNOXIA. Four species. Stove ever- ! grows freely in the open ground, and green shrubs, except JiT. teiv's, which is annual. The former are increased by cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. KOLREUTERIA paniculata. Hardy deciduous tree. Layers and root-cut- tings. Sheltered common soil. should be sown in March, in four-feet beds, drilling it in half an inch deep; they will come up in six or seven weeks. Keep them weeded during summer; and in spring following the seedlings in general, if they stand very close, may KONIGA maritima, var. variegata. ' be transplanted into the nursery in rows. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Common soil. KRAMERLV pauciflora. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. KRIGIA. Two species. Hardy an- nuals. Seed. Sandy loam two feet distance, allowing them more room as they advance in growth; and here they may remain two, three, or four years, till large enough for the shrubbery. By Cuttings. — October or Novem- ber is the best time for planting them. KUHNIA. Four species. Two hardy, I Choose young shoots eight, ten, or and two green-house herbaceous. Divi- | twelve inches long ; plant them in rows, sion. Sandy loam and peat. I a foot apart, and five or six inches in LAB 336 LAM the lines; and they will be rooted in one year. All the culture these plants require in the nursery, is to keep them clear from weeds, and to hoe frequently the ground between the rows. — Abercrom- bie. L^TIA thamnia. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich loam and peat. LAGASCA mollis. Stove annual. Seed. Common soil. LAGENARIA vulgaris. See Gourd. LAGERSTRCEMIA. Four species. Stove evergreen shrubs, and one varie- LABYRINTH is an arrangement of I ty, L. 2/idifa rosea, for the green-house. ■walks, inclosed by hedges or shrubbe ries, so intricate as to be very difficult to escape from. From the twelfth cen- tury to the end of the seventeenth, they were a very favourite portion of English pleasure grounds, but they are now more judiciously banished. LACHENALIA. Thirty-five species. Green-house bulbs, except L. glauca, which is hardy. Seed and offsets. Sandy peat. LACHNANTHES tinctoria. Green- house herbaceous. Seed and division. Sandy peat. LACKEY MOTH. See Clisiocampa. LACTUCA. Lettuce. Seven species, and many varieties. Hardy annuals. Seed. Common rich soil. See Let- tuce. LADY'S FERN. Aspidium thelyp- terum. LADY'S MANTLE. Alchemilla. LADY'S SLIPPER. Cypripedium. LADY'S SMOCK. Cardamine. LADY'S TRESSES. Neottia spira- lis and spiranthes. L^LIA. Sixteen species. Stove epiphytes. Oifsets. Peat and pots- herds. Mr. Beaton gives the following directions for the treatment of L. super- biens, and they are applicable to the rest of the genus : — " In April, place it in the warmest end of the green-house, and there let it remain till all its shoots are three parts grown, about the end of June; then place it in the stove, and let it have as much air as possible, watch its buds narrowly, and leave it in the stove till they are in a forward plump state, then remove it to a cooler place, and allow it to go gently to rest as the season de- clines. If all has gone on well with it, the flower spikes will make their ap- pearance as soon as it is at complete rest in November: at this time the same heat given to the camellia suits it best, so that it may safely be taken to the drawing room for the winter, and hav- ing previously finished its growth, little or no water need be given it while in the drawing room." — Gard. Chron. Cuttings. Peat and loam. For the culture of L. indica, Mr. R. Reid gives the following directions: — " It should be kept all winter in the green-house, or even the back sheds will do perfectly well, and no water should be given to it. About the middle or latter end of April, it will begin to grow, when the young shoots may be thinned out, and the remainder short- ened a little; the plant should then be placed in the stove or vinery, where there is a brisk heat. It will grow vi- gorously till June, and will then appear as if it had done growing for the season, but in a few weeks, when the young shoots are well ripened, it will make a second push at the extremity of every young shoot. These are the flowering shoots; and by the month of August it will be loaded with its beautiful tresses of purple flowers " — Gard. Chron. On light well drained soils and sheltered locations in Pennsylvania, the Lager- strffimia supports the winter — further south it is seen in great luxuriance, fif- teen or twenty feet in height. LAGETTA lintearia. Stove ever- green shrub. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. LAGONYCHIUM stephanianum . Half-hardy evergreen shrub. Seed, cut- tings, and layers. Common soil. LAHAYA'. Ten species. L. alsini- folia and L. minuartoides are hardy ; L. diffusa, a green-house, annual trailer ; the others green-house and stove ever- green shrubs, except L. polycanpoides, which is herbaceous. These are in- creased by cuttings. Sandy peat. LALAGE orna^a. Green-house ever- green shrub. Young cuttings. Sand, loam, and peat. L A M B E R T I A. Eight species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. LAMB'S LETTUCE, or CORN SA- LAD, {Valerianella olitoria,) is grown for winter and spring salads. The first dish formerly brought to table, was a red herring set in a corn salad. Soil and Situation. — It will flourish in L AM 337 LAN any soil that is not particularly heavy ; the best is a sandy moderately fertile loam, in an open situation. Time and Mode of Sowing. — Seed may he sown in February and the two following months, and once a month during the summer, if in request; but it is not so palatable during this season. Lastly, during August and early in Sep- tember, the plants from which will be fit for use in early spring, or during the winter, if mild. Three sowings are in general quite sufficient for a family, viz., one at the end of February, a second early in August, and a third early in September. The seed sown in drills, six inches apart. The only cultivation required is the keeping the plants free from weeds by frequent hocings, they being previously thinned to four inches asun- der. They should always be eaten quite young. In summer, the whole plant may be cut, as they soon advance to seed at this season ; but in spring and winter the outer leaves only should be gathered, as directed for spinach. To obtain Seed. — Some of the spring- raised plants must be left ungathered from. They flower in June, and per- fect their seed during the two following months. L.^MIUM orvala. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Common soil. Some varieties of L. longifolium and L. rugo- suin are also cultivated in gardens. LAMPWICK. Phlomis lychnitis. LAND-DITCHING. See Draining. LANDRA. Rapkanus landra. LANDRETH, David, was a native of England, the son of a farmer of Ber- wick upon Tweed. Early in life his attention was attracted by plants and flowers, and yielding to his fondness for them, and impulses which they only who love nature can fully appreciate, he determined to a>dtiittjii3 ....^.. ... — — — -- — should generally be so disposed as to ject not altogether separated from land form a mass when other trees are naked ; but, in some situations, single pines and firs, if room be given to them, produce a fine effect. " When a house is to be built where trees already abound, difficulties will occur in choosing a site. It is danger ous to cut down trees before the build scape gardening " When a professor finds buildings in his way, it is his business either to hide them or to exhibit them to the best ad- vantage."— Card. Chron. Under this general head it would be misplaced to enter more fully into de- tails ; for these will be found, under ing has been erected ; and yet effects \ their appropriate titles, in other pages, may not be brought out, so as to assist , and chiefly borrowed from Mr. Whate- in the choice, without thinning. It is al.so difficult to conduct roads where trees stand thickly ; in such a case the ley, who has published more correct views upon the art of tastefully arrang- ing grounds than any man who has ever landscape-gardenershould proceed with ' written upon the subject. great caution, removing first such trees I A taste for landscape-gardening, like as are not in themselves worthy of a ■ that for the higher order of painting, place sculpture and other fine arts, is the "The disposition of water, where ' slow product of wealth and easy leisure, ,.',■. . -.1 I 1 ;_ ,l;.,.:„„t C. ~ 1„„„ „(" = sheets of it are to be interspersed with trees and shrubs, has a fine effect in certain situations when managed with judgment. But we cannot teacfi judg- ment any more than taste, both being gifts of nature. " Of all tilings connected with land- scape-gardening, buildings are often most offensive ; and we find the gross- and is distinct from a love of flowers evinced alike by the young and the aged, the intellectual and the illiterate. In the United States, as might be ex- pected in a new country, the mass are too busily engaged in the every day cares of life to devote attention to such objects — but few comparatively, " the architects of their own fortunes,"' hav« est defects of taste frequently displayed | acquired the means to indulge in luxu- both in their style and position. Many ' rious expenditures. We are, however, persons are apt to associate external acquiring taste on this and kindred sub- nature with the state of society in time jects, and with the increasing wealth, long past. This is an error that has ; the general education and superior in- led to many trespasses against nature's telligence which characterize the Ame- rule. A man will build a castle be- j rican people, there can be no doubt cause the situation he fixed for it is a that long before we can be called an commanding one, and would have an- [ old nation, our tastes will have been swered all the purposes of defence in refined, and our capacity to appreciate a rude state of society. His taste leads the beautiful largely developed. Al- him into expense, and to the sacrifice ' ready we have evidence of" tlie march of convenience and comfort. The adop- of improvement," as exhibited in the tion of former styles shows taste in pretty cottages, with their decorated some instances; but we rather think it i grounds, around our towns and cities} LAN 340 L AU an onward step towards that which in i Their roots will endure many years." portions of Europe, especially in Eng- [ land, gives such charm to the country, and to country life. ■Abercrombie. LARREA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Those who wish to consult works on Loam, peat, and sand. Landscape Gardening and Rural Archi- tecture, almost indivisible, are referred LASER- WORT. Thapsia lascrpetii. LASIANDRA. Three species. to Loudon's "Encyclopaedia of Cottage, Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Farm and Villa Architecture," Lou- don's "Suburban Gardener," Downing's " Landscape Gardening," Downing's " Cottage Residences," &c. LANTANA. Twenty-nine species. Loam, peat and sand. LASIOPETALUM. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. LASIOSPERMUM. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy I Hardy evergreen trailers. Cuttings. loam LARIX. Larch. Two species, and many varieties. Hardy conifers. Seed. Light soil on a dry sub-soil. See Coni- fer <£. LARKSPUR. Delphinium. Propagation and Culture. — The an- nual sorts and varieties are sown an- Sandy loam. LASTHENLA. Two species. Har- dy annuals. Seeds sown in autumn. Common soil. LATANIA. Three species. Stove palms. Seed. Rich loam, abundantly watered. LATERALS, or side shoots, are nually in September or October, or , those which spring from the sides of early in spring, in patches where the I the main branches, and are thus de- plants are to flower — for they do not scribed in contradistinction to the ter- succeed by transplantation — observing, , minal or leading shoots of the branches, that those of the autumn sowing grow [ The laterals on the lower branches, like stronger, flower earlier, and the flowers i those branches themselves, are usually are generally larger and more durable ' longer as they approach the base of the tree, because they extend to obtain the benefit of the light kept from them by the branches above. If unable thus to extend, as in the case of inner trees of those planted in clumps, the laterals die, and occasion the denudation of than the spring-sown plants. It is, however, proper to sow some in spring, in February or March, to continue a longer succession of bloom. " Dig with a trowel small patches, about nine inches diameter, in diff*erent parts of the borders towards the middle, I their trunks. If the terminal shoot be as also in the t'ronts of the shrubbery clumps; and in each such patch sow eight, ten, or twelve seeds a quarter of cut away, the laterals increase more in length, not only because more sap is thus afforded them, but because an ex- an inch deep ; and when the plants are [ tra effort is made to advance into the an inch or two high, thin those of the ' desired degree of light, unbranched sorts to about six or eight I LATHYRUS. Fifty-four species, n each patch, and of the branched Chiefly hardy perennial climbers, among which is the Everlasting Sweet Pea : but many are annuals. Seed. Com- mon soil. LATTREL. Lauru.s. LAUREL CHERRY. Cerasus lau- ro-rerasus. LAURESTINUS. Viburnum tinus. LAURUS. Twenty-five species. kinds to three or four in each place, which is all the culture they require. But when intended to show in beds by themselves, they are commonly sown in drills, forming them lengthwise, the beds a foot asunder, and half an inch deep. The unbranched kinds are the best adapted for this mode of culture. " The perennial sorts are also raised j Hardy, green-house and stove, some plentifully from seeds sown in autumn ! evergreen, others deciduous. Thisge- or spring, in a bed or border of com- j nus includes the laurel, bay, benzoin, mon earth, for transplantation when and sassafras trees. Layers and cut- tings. Sandy loam. Pruning. — The best month for prun- ing the common laurel, and probably the whole of the evergreens of thia genus, is April. the plants come up. Hand-weed ther occasionally, and thin them to three or four inches distance, to remain till Oc- tober or November; then plant them out where they are to remain to flower. LAV 341 LAVANDULA. Lavender. Ten spe- ^ green shrub cies. Hardy and half-hardy evergreen I and sand. shrubs. Cuttings. Light gravelly ioam L. Spica. Common Lavender. Soil and Situation. — A poor and light LAW Cuttings. Loam, peat LAW RELATING TO GARDENS. The following exposition of existing laws in Great Britain may as a matter soil is best suited to this plant, being • of curiosity interest the American read in such, more fragrant, longer lived, | ^r. Here where each state has its own and more capable of enduring severe i peculiar enactments, even a synopsis weather. In rich or moist soils it of them would be too voluminous for grows luxuriantly, but is in general '^^'^ pages destroyed during the winter situation cantiot be too open The Landlord and Tenant. — Lord Kenyon was of opinion that market gardeners Time and Mode of Planting. — It is j ""d nurserymen may remove the green- propagated by slips and cuttings of the houses and hot-houses which they have current year's shoots, planted in May erected on the land of which tliey are and June, as well as by cuttings of those tenants, even without an agreement; which are a year old '; to be planted in | l^"' this is doubtful; they may, how- March, April, and early Mav. Both i ever, remove trees, or such as are slips and cuttings must be from five to ( I'kely to become so, in the necessary seven inches in length, which, after , '^o^ifse of their trade. If it were other'- being stripped to half their length of ^^ise, the very object of their holding the lower leaves, are to be planted to that depth either in a shady border, or in any compartment, to have the shade of a mat during mid-day until they have taken root, in rows six inches apart each way. Water must be given in moderate quantity every evening until thus established. Having attained sulTicient strength, they may be moved to their final sta- tions in September or October, which would be defeated. {Penton y.Robarl, 2 East, 90.) But the outgoing tenant of a garden must not at the end of his term plough up strawberry-beds in full- bearing, which when he entered he bought of a former tenant; although it is the general practice to appraise and pay for these plants as between out- going and incoming tenants. — For such conduct is malicious, and not in the due course of business. (IVetherell y. is the season to be preferred, or they ■ Howell, 1 Campbell, 227.) So a tenant maybe left until the succeeding spring, (""t a gardener by trade) must not re- If it is grown in considerable quantity "love a box edging planted on ground for medicinal purposes, which is the rented by him of another. Neither is only claim it has for a place in the I'e entitled, says Mr. Justice Littledale, herbary, it must be planted in rows two (unless by special agreement,) to re- feet apart each way, otherwise only move flowers which he had planted, detached plants are inserted along the {J^'npson v. Soden, 4 Barn, and Adolph. borders. The only after-culture re- Cjj.) And a similar decision has de- quired is the occasional employment of termined that a farmer who raises young the hoe, the decayed spikes and branch- f"""'' trees on the land he hires, tor fill- es being removed in autumn, and the }"S "P "" orchard upon the premises, surface gently stirred with the spade in the spring. not entitled to sell those young trees ; but it is otherwise of a nurseryman bv The flowers are ready for gathering, trade. (IVyndham v. Way, 4 Taunton, either to dry or for distillation, in July 316.) or the end of June LAVATER.\. Twenty-five species Even if nurserymen are entitled, without a special agreement, to remove Some hardv herbaceous," increased l.y the hot-houses they have erected upon seed and division, in common soil ; '''*"[ '='"'' """^'^ '*^'"'' ^f'"^'' '« very and the annuals and biennials may be ^oubtlul, that right does not extend m may be spring-sown in the same. The green- house and half-hardy are propagated by ripe cuttings in sandy loam. LAVENDER. Lavandula. LAVENDER COTTON. Santolina. every instance to other tenants. Thus, a tenant was adjudged not entitled to remove a conservatory erected by him- self on a brick foundation, attached to a dwelling-house, and communicating with it by windows and a door, and by LAVRADIA montana. Stove ever- ; a flue passing into the parlour chimney. LAW 343 LAW {Buckland v. Butterfield, 2 Brod. and Bing. 540 A tenant is liable to pay for the waste if he cuts down any fruit trees in the garden or orchard he holds, but not if they are not growing within the garden or orchard. (Coke's Litt. 53, a.) But he may take away a wood- en shed which he had built on brick- work, and posts and rails he had put up. {Fitzherbert v. Shaw, 1 H. Black- stone, 259.) Law Protecting Gardens. — Gardens were not sufficiently protected by law until the year 1828, when the statute 7 & 8 Geo. IV. c. 29 was passed. Section 38 of this statute enacts that to steal or cut, brake, root up, or other- wise destroy, or damage, with intent to 8teal, the whole or any part of any tree, sapling, or shrub, or any underwood, above the value of 1/. respectively growing in any park, pleasure-ground, garden, orchard or avenue, or in any ground adjoining or belonging to any dwelling-house, or above the value of 5/. in any other situation, is felony, and punishable as simple larceny. By section 39, if the injury to the trees, shrubs, &c., amounts to less than 1/., but to Is. at the least, then sum- mary punishment may be inflicted by a justice of the peace. A fine may be imposed not exceeding 5Z. above the injury done, upon the first conviction; by imprisonment with hard labour, not exceeding twelve months, upon a se- cond conviction, and, if the conviction take place before two justices of the peace, by public or private whipping ; and the third offence, after two previous convictions, is felony, punishable as simple larceny growing in any land, open or inclosed, not being a garden, orchard, or nursery- ground, is punishable upon summary conviction by fine, imprisonment with or without hard labour, and by public or private whipping, according to the nature of the offence. So, by section 42, to steal or destroy, or damage with intent to steal, any plant, root, fruit, or vegetable produc- tion, growing in any garden, orchard, nursery-ground, hot-house, or conser- vatory, is, for the first offence, punish- able, upon summary conviction, by im- prisonment with or without hard labour, not exceeding six months, or by fine, not exceeding 20/. ; but the second of- fence is felony, punishable as simple larceny. Lastly, by section 44, to steal, or rip, cut, or break with intent to steal, any glass or wood-work belonging to any building whatsoever, or any lead, iron, copper, brass, or other metal, or any utensil or fixture, whether made of me- tal or other material, respectively fixed to any building, or anything made of metal fixed in any land, being private property, or for a fence to any dwelling- house, garden, or area, or in any square, street, or other place dedicated to pub- lic use or ornament, is felony, punish- able as simple larceny. Spring Guns and Man Traps. — These were formerly permitted by law to be set in woods, gardens, &c., without any restriction. Injuries the most severe, and even death, were inflicted by them, and the legislature, wisely considering that these punishments were visitations far too excessive for stealing, or intend- to steal fruit or game, passed the By sections 40, 41, and 43, to steal, ! statute 7 & S Geo. IV. c. 18. This en- or to cut, break, or throw down, with , acts that any person who sets or places, intent to steal, any part of any live or or causes to be set or placed, any spring- dead fence, or any wooden post, pale, or rail, set up or used as a fence, or any stile or gate, or any part thereof; or to have possession of the whole or any part of any sapling or shrub, or any underwood, or any part of any live or gun, man-trap, or other engine calcu- lated to destroy human life, or inflict grievous bodily harm, with the intent or whereby the same may destroy or inflict grievous bodily harm upon a trespasser or other person coming dead fence, or any post, pale, rail, stile contact therewith, shall be guilty of a or gate, or any part thereof respective' ly, of the value of 2.S., without satisfac- torily accounting for that possession ; and to steal , or destroy, or damage with intent to steal, any cultivated root or misdemeanor and punishable by fine or imprisonment, or both, at the discretion of the court. The act further provides that persons i allowing such guns, traps, or engines plant used for the food of man or beast, { already set to continue sot, shall be or for medicine or distilling, or dyeinf or for or in the course of manufacture. deemed to have set them. But the Act does not extend to any gin LAW 343 LAW or trap set to destroy vermin; nor does it forbid the setting of spring-guns, man- traps, &c., in a dwelling-house, from sunset to sunrise. This would justify their being set in any green -house, conservatory, or hot-house, provided it communicated by a door, window or as those going empty. — Rex. r. Adams, 6 M. & S. 52. Also, the statute 3 Geo. IV. c. 126, s. 32, enacts that no toll shall be taken for any horse or other cattle or carriage, employed in carrying or having been employed in carrying on the same day passage with the house in which the any dung, soil, compost, or manure for proprietor or his servants resided improving lands. The word " manure' Tithes Payable on Gardens. — Gardens includes bone-dust, and, it secmg, and orchards are tithable by common j bones before they are crushed. Pratt law, and tithes in kind are due not only ; v. Brown, 8 Cnr. & P. 244. But the for all herbs, plants, fruits, and seeds ^ statute 4 Geo. IV. c. 95, s. 23, declares usually grown in them, but for grass or • that nothing in the 3 Geo. IV. c. 126, grain grown therein. The insignificance shall work any such exemption to ma- of the herb makes no difference as to its liability, for even parsley is tithable. (Bunbury, 10.) Neitlier does it matter whether the produce be grown for sale or home consumption. {Williamson v. Lonsdale, 1 Daniel, 49.) Neither does the plants being raised for pleasure, or as exotic, at a great expense, and not by the natural powers of the soil and climate, make any difference. So all fruits and flowers are tithable, {Hetley, 100,) and so are pine apples, melons, and other hot-house plants, because as was observed by Chief Baron Skinner, the tithe of gardens is praedial. The notion of artificial heat and soil would exclude almost all the produce of gar nure, &c., if a toll is expressedly im- posed upon such matters by any local Act or Acts. Where wagons, &c., laden with manure are exempt from toll, such wagons, &c., in going for it shall be exempted also. — 3 Geo. IV. c. 126. s. 26. But in the latter case the driver, upon receiving a ticket, shall pay the toll, to be repaid when he returns with his wagon, &c., laden. Section 28, also, provides that any basket, empty sack, or spade, &c., necessary for load- ing, if the loading is substantially ma- nure for land, shall not renderthe wagon &c., liable to toll. So, a wagon re- turning from London loaded with dung dens ; things raised under glasses are ', is not liable to be weighed and charged raised in an artificial soil, but must all for over-weight, under 13 Geo. III. c. be subject to the same rule. Inocula- 84, or 14 Geo. III. c. 82, by carrying tion, to be sure, is a work of art, but home two empty bottles and an empty art and expense used will not make any sack, in which the produce of husbandry difference. Baron Eyre added : " Hot house plants are certainly not exempt. The general rule is clear, and the in- conveniences attending it are not great ; mutual inconveniences will suggest mu- tual moderation. {Adams v. Waller, Gwillim, 1204.) Bees are tithable for their honey and wax by the tenth mea- had been brought from the country the same dav. — Chambers v. Eaves, 2 Camp. 393. Lime has been adjudged not exempt from toll, although the words of the Act were " anything whatsoever used in the manuring of land,'' {Rex v. Gough, 2 Chit. 655,) nor yet within the sure and the tenth pound. It has been : exception of the Turnpike Act, 31 Geo. doubted whether the tenth swarm can II. — {Anon. Lofft. 324.) Lime, how- be demanded, because bees are fera ever, is sometimes exempted, as by the naturae, but bees in hives may pay tithe local Act 3 & 4 Vict. c. 51. by the hive. (3 Croke, 404.) Nurseries LAWN is a surface of turf in the of trees are tithable if the owner dig vicinity of the house, requiring to be them up and sell them. (1 Coke, 526, ; kept smooth by the regular application &c.) of the roller and scythe. When first Manures Exempt from. Toll. — The constructed, after the ground has been statute 52 Geo. III. c. 145, works a dug over as level as may be, it must be general exemption, in favour of agri- , rolled, the hollows filled up, and this culture, (and horticulture too, for the repeated until a level surface of earth words of the statute are not restrictive is obtained. It must then be slightly to manures used on farms,) to wagons, pointed over with a fork, and the turf carts, &c., loaded with manure, as well laid, or the grass seed sown. See LAW 344 LEA Turfing. If seed be employed, the fol- } to compel the returning sap to organize lowing is a good selection, and in the itself externally as roots, instead of requisite proportions for an acre. The best season for sowing is during moist weather in March. On 1 acre of new lawn, sow the fol- lowing grass seeds : Festuca durius- cula, 4| lbs. ; Avena flavescens, H Ih. ; LoUium perenne, 30 lbs.; Poa nemoralis, 3 1bs. ; P. sempervivens, 2 lbs.; P.tri- vialis, 2i lbs. ; Trifolium repens, 1 1 lbs., and T. minus, 3 lbs. This is a sufficient quantity to cover the ground closely in a short time. In very dry weather all lawns should be watered, and if a little guano and muriate of lime be dissolved in the water passing downwards below the bark. as wood. The bending back is to assist in this object by preventing the expend- iture of sap in the formation or rather completion of leaves, and the silver sand is to secure the drainage so neces- sary to cuttings. " In most cases, this is sufficient ; but it must be obvious, that the exact man- ner in which the layering is effected is unimportant, and that it may be varied according to circumstances. Thus, Mr. James Rlunro describes a successful method of layering brittle-branched plants by simply slitting the shoot at it will keep the surface gently moist ; the bend, and inserting a stone at that even in dry weather. place ; {Gardener^s Magazine, ix. 302 ;) A good kind of grass for improving a : and Mr. Knight found that, in cases of lawn, is Crested Dogstail ,- it may be difficult rooting, the process is facili- sown in March. Bush-harrow the lawn ' tated by ringing the shoot just below in order to stir up the soil a little for the tongue about midsummer when the the seed, which should be sown broad- | leaves upon th» layers had acquired their cast when the ground is damp, passing a garden roller over it when the ground becomes sufficiently dry. — Gard. Chron. LAWN RAKE, See article Turf. LAWSONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. LAXMANNIA gracile. Green- house herbaceous. Division. Loam and peat. LAYER. The following excellent combination of practice and science is from Dr. Lindley's Theory of Horticul- ture : — " A layer is a branch bent into the earth, and half cut through at the bend, the free portion of the wound being called ' a tongue.' It is, in fact, a cut- ting only partially separated from its parent. The object of the gardener is to induce the layer to emit roots into the earth at the tongue. With this view he twists the shoot half round, so as to injure the wood-vessels ; he heads it back, so that only a bud or two ap- pears above ground, and when much nicety is requisite, he places a handful of silver sand round tlie tongued part ; They are very general, but not ab- then pressing the earth down with his solutely necessary organs, since the full growth; {Hart. Trans, i. 256;) by which means he prevented the passage of the returning sap further downwards than the point intended for the emission of roots. It will sometimes happen that a branch of a plant cannot be conve- niently bent downwards into the earth ; in such cases, the Fig. 97. earth may be ele- vated to the branch by various contrivances, as is commonly done by the Chinese. When this is done, no other care is necessary than that required for lay- ers, except to keep the earth surrounding the branch steadily moist." See Fig. 97. L E A D W 0 R T. Plumbago. LEATUERWOOD. Dirca. LEAVES are highly vascular organs, in which are performed some of the most important functions of a plant. foot, so as to secure the layer, he leaves It without further care. The intention of both tongueing and twisting is to pre- vent tiie return of sap from the layer into the main stem, while a small quan- tity is allowed to rise out of the latter ranches sometimes perform their of- fices. Such plants, however, as na- turally possess them, are destroyed or greatly injured by being deprived of them. The duration of a leaf is in general into the former; the effect of this being ' but for a year, though in some plants LEA 345 LEA tljey survive for twice or thrice that ] tuted of resinous and gummy matter, period. These organs are generally ofl with carbonate and sulphate of lime. . a green colour. Light seems to have i It appears to be nearly the same iu all a powerful influence in causing this, | plants. The quantity varies, however, since if kept in the dark they become ] in every species, probably in every in- of a pale yellow or even white hue, un- ) dividual, and is greatly influenced by 'less uncombincd hydrogen is present, | the quantity of water applied to the in which case they retain their verdure [ roots though light be absent. Hence their etiolation would seem to arise from their being unable to obtain this gas under ordinary circumstances, except when light is present. Now the only The transpiration of plants decreases with that of the temperature to which they are exposed, as well as with the period of their growth. This explains why the gardener finds that his plants source from which they can obtain hy- j do not require so much water in cold drogen, is by decomposing water ; and , weather, nor during the time that how light assists in the decomposition, i elapses between the fall of their blos- may perhaps be explained by the dis- i soms and the ripening of their seed. oxygenizing power with which it is gifted. The violet rays of the spectrum have this power in the greatest degree ; and Sennebier has ascertained by ex- periment, that those rays have the greatest influence in producing the green colour of plants. When leaves are of any other hue than green, they are said to be coloured. This variegation is often considered to During this period they do not transpire more than one-half so much as during the period preceding and attending upon their blooming. The transpiration takes place from the upper surface of the leaves; and if these gradually decay and fall, the growth of the plant ceases until fresh leaves are produced. Hence arises the benefit which plants derive in rooms, be a symptom either of tenderness or | greenhouses, and other confined in- closures, from keeping those surfaces cleansed with the sponge and syringe. Some plants are particularly sensitive to injury from any check to their tran- spiration, among which are the tea- scented roses; and it thence arises that they cannot now be cultivated in nur- sery-gardens near London, where they once flourished when that metropolis was less extensive. It must be remembered, however, in using the sponge and syringe, that the under side of leaves is an absorbing surface, benefited by being kept clean, and by the application of moisture. debility, and it is certain, when the leaves of a plant become generally white that that individual is seldom long-lived. Mr. Knight, however, has demonstrated that variegation is not a certain indication of a deficiency of hardihood. The function of the leaves appear to be a combination of those of the lungs and stomach of animals ; they not only modify the food brought to them from the roots, so as to fit it for increasing the size of the parent plant, but they also absorb nourishment from the atmo- sphere. The sap, after elaboration in these organs, differs in every plant. The kidney bean, sunflower, cabbage though as far as experiments have been and spinach, absorb moisture equally tried, it appears to be nearly the same in all vegetables when it first arrives to them. The power of a leaf to generate sap is in proportion to its area of sur- face, exposure to the light, and conge- nial situation. Evergreens transpire less moisture than deciduous plants, which would lead to the expectation that they are more capable of living in dry situations, which in general is really the case. The matter transpired by a healthy plant is nearly pure water, .5.000 grains of it never containing more than one grain of solid matter, and this is consti- by their under and upper surfaces ; the cockscomb, purple-leaved amaranth, heliotrope, lilac, and balm, absorb most freely by their upper surfaces ; and the vine, pear, cherry, apricot, walnut, mulberry, and rose, absorb most by their under surfaces. The transpiration from the leaves of plants is effected through pores or stro- mates, varying in number and size in every species, but being usually either largest or most numerous in plants in- habiting moist or shady localities. This is a wise provision, for such plants, con- sequently, have an abundant supply of LEA 346 LEE moist food to their roots, requiring a j in which they are vegetating, though competent provision for its elaboration one twenty-fifth is a still more favour- and reduction from superfluous water. ! able proportion ; and as hot-beds, heated Those plants which are natives of sandy | by fermenting matters, rapidly have the exposed soils, have, on the other hand, air within their frames contaminated to either fewer or smaller stromates. a much greater extent than the propor- The drier the air the greater is the tions above named, thence arises the amount of moisture transpired ; and injury to the plants they contain from a this becomes so excessive, if it be also too long neglected ventilation. The promoted by a high temperature, that leaves turn yellow from the excess of plants in hot-houses, where it has oc- acid, which they are unable to digest, curred, often dry up as if burned. The , and which consequently effects that justly lamented Mr. Daniell has well | change of colour which also occurs in illustrated this, by showing that if the ! autumn, and which will be more fully temperature of a hot-house be raised considered when the decay of plants is only five degrees, viz., from 15^ to 80^, detailed. whilst the air within it retains the same Whatever promotes an over-luxuriant degree of moisture, a plant that in the ', production of leaf-buds, proportionately lower temperature exhaled 57 grains of diminishes the production of flower- moisture, would in the higher tempera- buds, and the reason is obvious. A ture exhale 120 grains in the same luxuriant foliage is ever attendant upon space of time. Plants, however, like an over-abundant supply of moist nou- animals, can bear a higher tempera- rishment to the roots, the consequent ture in dry air than they can in air amount of sap generated is large, re- charged with vapour ; animals are scald- quiring a proportionately increased sur- ed in the latter, if the temperature is face of leaf for its elaboration, and very elevated, and plants die under for the transpiration of the superfluous similar circumstances as if boiled. MM. moisture; and as the bud becomes a Edwards and Collin found kidney beans : branch or a root accordingly as circum- sustained no injury when the air was ' stances require, so does it produce, as dry at a temperature of 107^, but they may be necessary for the plant's health, ■ ' ■ either leaves or flowers. — Principles of Gardening. LEBECKIA. Six species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Seeds and cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. LEBRETONIA. Pavonia. LECHENAULTIA. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young died in a fev/ minutes if the air was moist. Other plants under similar circum- stances would perish, probably, at a much lower temperature; and the fact aff'ords a warning to the gardener to have the atmosphere in his stoves very drv, whenever he wishes to elevate their temperature for the destruction of ^^^^ gandy loam and peat, insects, or other purposes. Leaves have , r^o-,"T>riTc. c- the power of absorbing moisture as LEC\THIS S.x species, well as of emitting it, which power of evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings absorption they principally enjoy during "^^ °^ the night. During the day leaves also absorb carbonic acid gas, which they decom- pose, retaining its carbon and emitting the greatest part of the oxygen that enters into its composition. In the night this operation is in a certain mea- sure reversed, a small quantity of oxygen purposes the first year, it does not run bein plunged by degrees, and not at once sowing before February is well ad- vanced, and more risk of failure incur- red. On the average, fifteen weeks elapse; on the shortest and coldest days of winter eighteen ; and as the spring advances it decreases to eleven or twelve; these periods necessarily varying in different years. The mode of sowing, managing the seedlings, pricking out, &c., being the same as with the cucumber, only that a few de- grees higher temperature is required, I refer the reader to that head. The pots in which the seed is sown should be Each sow- for forcing rhubarb, &c., in the winter. — Gard. Chron. Mr. Green has published the follow- ing excellent mode of heating a melon pit with hot water : — The annexed figure represents a down to the rim. Those for pricking into must be about five inches in di- ameter. The first stopping.is usually performed in the seed-beds. Ridging out. — The soil must be two feet deep, and the plants inserted in the section of the pit: 1, 1, are the flow ! centre of each light, care being taken to pipes and the water troughs; 3, the ' remove them with as little injury as pos- pipes to fill the troughs; 4, the pipe by I sible to the roots. The removal should which the water is let outof the troughs; take place soon after the attainment of the bed for the plants ; and G, the trellis on which the shoots are trained." Fig. 100. Time and Mode of Sowing. — Seed may be sown about the middle of Jan- uary; but the usual time is about the same period of the succeeding month, or not even until its close, if severe weather; to be repeated towards the end of March, and lastly in the first weeks of April and May. The length of time between the sowing and cutting, depends chiefly upon the variety em- ployed. But little time is gained by the rough leaves, or immediately on the appearance of the lateral runners. If the bed is not ready, those from the earth of the seed-beds must be moved into pots, and those already in them turned into larger ones, from whence they may be finally removed without detriment; one plant only should be allowed to remain, for no more are re- quired for each light. Water must be given with the precautions enumerated for cucumbers, and especial care taken not to wet the foliage, or to apply it too abundantly, and repeated two or three times until the plants are establish- ed. When completely rooted, the bed may be earthed by degrees to its full depth, sixteen inches; it being first added immediately round the cones, and pressed moderately firm as it is laid on. The pruning and training must be performed as in cucumbers, and the same precautions taken to admit air and light, and to shade and cover, &c. It is in the training and management of the foliage in particular that the ge- nerality of gardeners are careless, al- though the labours of the j)hysiologist and chemist have demonstrated how important it is that every leaf should be MEL 373 MEL kept in its natural posture and vigour. So convinced was Mr. Knight of the little attention paid to tiiis point, that he took some melon plants under his especial care. He placed one under er the main stem the better, must be left on each runner, and all others nipped off, the runner at the s;iinc time being broken away at the third joint above it. Eight melons on one plant each light, the glass of which was six of the large varieties, and about twelve feet by four ; the branches were trained of the smaller are quite sufficient to be regularly and secured by pegs in every left; if more are suff'ered to remain, direction; and still further, to present i they will either be of inferior size and the largest possible surface of foliage to ' quality, or not ripen at all. By this the light, the leaves were held erect' at equal distances from the glass. As great injury is sustained by these from the common mode of watering, it was 80 performed as not to touch them. By this simple additional care, the other routine of their management being the same as usual, the fruit attained an ex- traordinary degree of perfection, and prunmg fresh runners are often in- duced; but these must in like manner be stopped, and any fruit that they may produce be removed. If a superabun- dance are produced, which especially, if new seed is employed, will some- times happen, it is necessary to thin them, and in doing this the weakest and most luxuriant must alike be rejec'ted. ripened in an unusually short space of those of an average size being the most time. Mr. Knight further directs, how-' fruitful. It must always be kept in ever, that wherever a sufficient quantity ' mind, that air should be admitted as of fruit is set, the production of more much and as often as circumstances leaves is to be prevented, if they can- not be exposed to the light without overshadowing the fruit, by pinching off the laterals as soon as formed. No part of full-grown leaves, however. will allow. During mild and serene afternoons and evenings, the glasses may be entirely removed, but on no consideration left ofTall night. In very warm weather they may be kept off, should be destroyed though far distant' from ten in the morning until five, a from the fruit. Temperature.- shade being afforded to the plants dur- -The temperature re- ing the meridian if they flag at all. It quires particular attention at the time I is necessary, both for melons and cu- of setting and ripening ; though neglect ' cumbers, that something should be laid at all the stages of growth is fatal. It! between the fruit and the earth of the must never fall below 70°, or rise above ' bed, otherwise it will be speckled and SO^. The seed or nursery bed may ' injured in appearance ; clean straw and continue about the minimum, but never reeds spread in thin but regular layers below it: and the fruiting one as con- are often employed for this purpose, stantlv approximatinii the maximum as If tiles or pieces of board are made use possible until the fruit is full grown, of, it is of considerable service in for- when the temperature during the day warding the ri[)ening, to have them may vary between 85^ and 953. Im- painted or charred black; but what pregnation must be performed as di- would be still better is coal ashes reeled for cucumbers. When the run- spread over the surface of the bed two ners completely touch the side of the or three inches deep and beat smooth, frame, if the season is genial it must be [ This, I am of opinion, is preferable raised three or four inches by means of bricks, otherwise they must be pruned or stopped. From ijiis, the propriety of having only one plant to a light, is evident; for the runners being ofVen six or seven feet long, and very numer- ous, require, if there is not room for from its power of absorbing and re- taining heat, and inferior in no other quality to drifted sea or river sand, recommended by Mr. Henderson, of Brechin Castle, N. B., which, he ob- serves, extirpates the slater or wood- louse, by preventing it conccaliii" training, the frame to be lifted long self from the rays of the sun ; it keeps before the season will allow it. As down the steam, affords a bed for the soon as the fruit is set they must he fruit as warm and as dry as tiles or looked over three or four times in a slates, retains the moisture longer, week to observe which is the most i whilst it becomes dry itself sooner than vigorous and finest; of these, one that] those coverings, and is a powerful pre- has the largest footstalk, and the near- 1 ventive of the evil — the mildew. If MEL 374 MEL tiles or Blates are employed, they must twenty years old it has been known to be put under the fruit as soon as it has , produce fruitful plants, attained the size of a walnut, the other jj^nd Glass Crops.— For these, plants materials immediately after the plants ^^e required from sowings of the middle are well established. A regular moist- of March, April, or early in May, and ure should be kept up by moderate wa- - -^ r„.„i„„.; » ;=,„,nrU<.H terings applied with the precaution inti- mated for cucumbers; but when the fruit is becoming ripe, water must be either altogether withheld or applied whose fitness for planting out, is marked by the rough leaf, &c., as intimated be- fore. The bed must be four and a half feet ide, in length proportionate to the eiiiier ajiwycLuci ..nwni^.u «. ^-cf i wide, in lengin proporiionaie i.) mc very sparingly. About thirty or forty , jju^^ber of glasses, which must be at days usually elapse between the setting j ^^^^^ f^^^ f^^^ jjp^^t . ^^d, eight barrow and full ripeness; it must be gently S j^j^^jg of dung being allowed to each turned twice or three times during a [ ^]^gg^ ■^^ y,i\\ be about two and a half •week, otherwise that side which lies ^^^^ high. It may be founded in -^ ^/^notniitl V nn fhp (Tmiinfl wili bc blaHch- 1, :l- »u_ constantly on the ground will be blanch- ed and disfigured. Its maturity is inti- mated by a circular crack near the footstalk, sometimes by becoming yel- lowish; but more decidedly by the emission of a fragrant smell. The cutting should be performed early in the morning, and the fruit kept in a cool place until wanted. The whole trench, if the soil is dry, but it is best constructed on the surface. The earth- ing, planting, and other points of man- agement are precisely the same as for the frame crops. The temperature need not, however, be so high, the maximum required being 70^, but it must never sink below 65°, which may easily be accomplished by linings, &c. of the stalk is left pertaining to it when , rpj^^ runners must not be allowed to cut. To prevent the fruit's bursting, it is a very successful plan to elevate extend from beneath the glasses until June, or the weather has become genial It IS a vcij oLii,>.<^oo.ui jj.u.. — June, or me weainer ii;ts uci;uiuc i;ciiia the further end of the fruit as much as ^^^ settled, but be kept within as no 30'^ above the stalk end. To Obtain Seed. — For the production of seed, some fruit of the earliest raised crops must be left : of these the finest and firmest should be selected, the choice being guided by the circum- stances, as are mentioned for cucum- bers. No two varieties should be grown in the same frame, either when the seed is an object, for then it would be con- taminated ; or if the fruit is alone re- quired; for their growth and vigour almost always differing, different treat- ment is required by each. Neither ticed for cucumbers. 'When allowed to escape, all dwindled or snpervigor- ous shoots must be removed, and the training be as regular as for those in the frames. The glasses raised upon props must, however, be kept con- stantly over the centre as a shelter to the capital parts. The bed requires to be hooped over for the support of mats in cold or wet weather. If paper-frames are employ- ed, the most unremitting attention is required, the plants being very apt to ment IS required by eacn ei e ; ^ . .^^^_^_ They may, how should cucumbers or gourds be allowed, P , j with advantage in to vegetate in such a situation, as to | , PJ ^^^ sheltering and risk mutual impregnation by insects e P .^ ^^ ^^ ^^_ Bothof themebnandcucuri.ber,s^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^.^^ ^,^^ ^,.^;^ ^^ . seed only should be kept as sinks freeb ^^^^^- ,„,j,,i, jj jg highly ad- tothe bottom of water ^^ed is best P "^ ^„ ,/^3 hand-glasses over lor sowin" when tliree or lour years = r . ■ »„ ,u„ 'Z ,Tf .e5 than .^o, ,he plan,. ,Led ■';"-■■;- «^Er,"4"' ,' ,' .', d'„ ;Z„;»c'.':r?n,?.nT ""„i;.."e'Tr -P-- -■... .„,, .,. srea.e„c.,c a„U a. juxuriaiceu. Vf „o.v c^^rl i« una , tent on, unless there are spare frames to male blossoms. If nevv seed '^""=1- i„p|„ge them entirely; those which do voidab V emp oyed, it should be hung mciose mem euurcij^ , i, m a pajer o*^ phial near the fire until "ot, are employed in pickling. wanted, or be carried in the pocket for , For a tolerable supply throughout the three or four weeks. If, on the con- season, a small fomily requires one trarv, the seed is very old, it should be three-light frame, and three hand-glass- soaked in milk-warm water for two or es ; these together will yield on the three hours before sowing. When average thirty or torty melons, ihe MEL 375 M E N largest establishment will not require more than four times as manv. M E L O N, W A T E R . The Water Melon is cultivated in the United States precisely like the Nutmeg. There are many kinds, of which the INIountain Sprout, Mountain Sweet, and Black Spanish are most esteemed at Philadel- phia. The culture is so simple, and so generally understood, that direction must be needless. To produce fine Melons on heavy or wet soil, it is ne- cessary to prepare a light rich compost in sufficient quantity to supply the wants of the vines — hills four or five feet in diameter, and two feet in depth. MELON PUMPKIN. CucurUta me- lopepo. MELON THISTLE. Melocactus. MELON TURK'S CAP. Melocactus cotnmunis. MEMECYLON. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Sandy peat and loam. MENIOCUS linifolius. Hardy an- nual. Seeds. Common soil. MENISCIUM. Five species. Stove Ferns. Dtvision or seeds. Loam and peat. M E N I S P E R M U M . Five spe- cies. Hardy deciduous or stove ever- green twiners. Division, cuttings, or seeds. Common soil. MENONVILLEA fiUfoUa. Hardy annual. Seeds. Light loamy soil. M E N T H A . Mint. Twenty-five species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. Common soil. Spear or Green Mint. M. vlridis. Is employed in sauces and salads, as well as dried for soups in winter. There are two varieties, the broad and narrow leaved, equally good. Penny Royal. M. Pulegium. Is cul- tivated for its use in culinary and phar- maceutical preparations. There are two varieties, the trailing, which is usually cultivated, and the upright. Peppermint. I\[. piperita. For dis- tilling, and the production of its pecu- liar oil and water. Soil and Situation. — These plants are best grown on a tenacious soil; even a clay is more suitable to them, than a light silicious one. It should be mode- rately fertile, entirely free from stag- nant moisture, and consequently on a dry subsoil or well drained. A wet soil makes them luxuriant in summer. or situation that is sheltered from the meridian sun, is always to be allotted them, as in such they are most vigorous and constant in production. A com- partment entirely secluded from the in- fluence of the sun is, however, equally unfavourable with one that is too much exposed. Time and Mode of Propagation. — They arc propagated by parting the roots in February or March, September or October, and by slips or olfsets at the same seasons. The mints likewise may be increased by cuttings of the an- nual shoots in May or June, as well as by cuttings of the roots in spring or au- tumn. For production of green tops throughout the winter and early spring, the spearmint is often planted in a hot- bed, and more rarely pennyroyal, every three weeks during October and three following months. Planting in the open ground at what- ever seasons, or by whatever mode, should if possible be performed in showery weather, or water must be given plentifully, especially to cuttings. If propagated by divisions of the root, they must be inserted in drills two inches deep; if by slips or cuttings, they must be five or six inches in length, and their lower half being di- vested of leaves, planted to that depth in every instance, being set in rows ten inches apart each way. The only after cultivation required is the constant destruction of weeds, which are peculiarly injurious. After July, the produce of green tops is of little value; they should therefore be allowed then to advance to flower, which they will produce towards the beginning of September, when they are in the fit state for gathering, either for drying or distilling. In either case the stalks should be cut just previously to the flower opening. At the close of September or beginning of October, the stems must be cut down as close as possible, the weeds cleared entirely away, and a little fine fresh mould spread over them. The beds should never be allowed to coniinue longer than four years ; by constant gathering, the plants not only become weakened, but the roots becoming matted and greatly increased, produce only numer- ous diminutive shoots or entirely decay. Forcing. — For Ibrcing, a moderate but ensures decay in winter. A border '. hot-bed is necessary, earthed over about MEN 376 M IC three inches thick ; in this the roots may j bees, from the disposition of the colours, be inserted about four inches apart, and i which are, for the most part, yellow, one fdeep. They are sometimes only orange, and black, but they certainly protected with mats, but frames are bear a greater resemblance to some of preferable. If it is inconvenient to con- ^ the bots ; from bees they are readily struct a bed purposely, they may be distinguished by having only two wings, planted in pots and plunged in any bed the horns and proboscis are totally dif- already in operation, or be set on the ferent, and they have no stings, side of the stove. The temperature " Bulbs are affected by these maggots, should never vary beyond the extremes j and they are readily detected by their of 70' and 80°. ! not throwing out leaves; v^hen, there- MENTZELIA. Four species. Stove, fore, a bulb fails to vegetate, it ought to green-house, and hardy perennials. M. ' be immediately dug up and destroyed." Cutting — Gard. Chron MERTENSIA. Eight species. Har- Three species and } dy herbaceous perennials. Division. Hardy deciduous or j They thrive best in sandy peat. __■ Three aspera, a half-hardy annual Sandy loam and peal MENZIESIA ~ many varieties, evergreen shrubs. Layers. Sandy peat. MERENDERA caucasica. Har- dy bulbous perennial. Seeds or offsets. Light loam. MERL\NIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Half-ripe cuttings. Sandy peat and loam. MERODON narcissi. Narcissus Fly. Of this insect we have the following par- ticulars by Mr. Curtis ; — " In the month of November, one or two large roundish holes are sometimes found on the outsides of the bulbs of the Daffodil, which are more or less decayed within, where a maggot will generally be found, which by feeding in the heart during the summer and autumn months, has been the sole author of the mischief. " This larva is somewhat like the flesh-maggot, and not unlike a bot, only that it is not serrated with spines, and instead of being whitish, its natural colour, is changed to brown by its living amongst the slimy matter which has been discharged from its own body, causing the gradual rotting of the bulb. " Towards the end of November, the maggot is transformed into a pupa, to accomplish which it eats its way out of mp:seimbryanthemum. hundred and seventeen species, and many varieties. Chiefly green-house evergreen shrubs; many are trailing plants, some annuals and herbaceous perennials. M. christallinum and M. cultratum are hardy. Cuttings. Sandy loam. MESPILUS. Medlar. Two species and eight varieties. Hardy deciduous trees. M. germanica stricta is ever- green. Budding or grafting on the common hawthorn or pear, or seeds. Common soil. See Medlar. MESSERSCHMIDIA. Four species. Stove evergreens. M. hirsutissima, a tree, the rest climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. MESSUA ferrea. Stove evergreen tree. Seeds or cuttings. Strong loam, peat, and sand. METALASIA. Four species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. San- dy peat and loam. METEOROLOGY. See Weather. METROSIDEROS. Sixspecies. Green-house evergreen shrubs. M. ve- rus, a stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. MEXICAN TIGER FLOWER. Ti- the bulb near the roots, and -buries it- gridia pavonia. self in the surrounding earth. The INIICE. Various plans have been pupa; are dull brown, elliptical, rough, suggested to preserve peas and beans, and strongly wrinkled. In this state they remain until the following spring, when the flies issue from their tombs. Their eggs are then deposited, but upon ■what part of the plant they are laid, has not been observed, but probably upon the bulb near the base of the leaves. April seems to be the month when most of the flies hatch ; and they when sown, from the ravages of mice. We believe, we have tried them all. Dipping the seeds in oil, and then roll- ing them in powdered resin ; putting small pieces of furze in the drills and over the rows after the seed has been sown, but before covering with the earth — were both partially successful, but the mode attended with the most have been compared to small humble- complete safety, has always been that MIC 37? M IL of covering the surface of the soil over i flowers of which are to be pinched off the rows, to the depth of full an inch, | as often as they appear during the and six inches wide, with finely sifted j first season. It must be repotted as coal ashes. The mice will not scratch ' occasion may require; the lower shoots through this, and it has the additional ; must be removed in autumn, and the advantage, by its black colour absorbing plant must be kept during winter in a the solar heat, of promoting the early i room or green-house above the freezing vegetation of the crop. MICHAELMAS DAISY. Aster. ' MICHAUIA. Two species. Hardy biennials. Seeds. Rich loam. MICHELIA rhampaca. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Light loam. MICONIA. Fourteen species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. M I C R A N T H E M U M orbiculafum. Half hardy evergreen trailer. Division. Sandv peat. MICROCALA. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. MICROLOMA. Two species. Green- house evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. MICROMERIA. Eight species, and a few varieties. Cliietly half-hardy ever.- green shrubs. Ciillings. Common soil. MICROPERA. Two species. M. banksii, a green-house tuberous-rooted perennial. M. pallida, a stove orchid. Offsets. Rich mould. MICROTIS. Three species. Half- hardy tuberous-rooted orchids. Divi- sion. Loam and peat. MIDGE. See Cecidomyia and Sciara. MIGNONETTE. Reseda odorata. Soil. — Light loam, well drained, and manured with leaf-mould. Solving in the open ground from the end of April to the beginning of July will produce a sure succession of blooms through the year. If allowed to seed and the soil suits it, mignonette will point. The second season it may be treated in a similar manner, and the next year it may be allowed to bloom, which, with care, it will continue to do for several years." — Gard. Chron. MIKANIA. Five species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Light rich soil. MILDEW, whether on the stems of the wheat, or on the leaves of the chrysanthemum, pea, rose^ or peach, appears in the form of minute fungi, the roots of which penetrate the pores of the epidermis, rob the plant of its juices, and interrupt its respiration. There seems to me every reason to be- lieve that the fungus is communicated to the plants from the soil. Every specimen of these fungi emits annually myriads of minute seeds, and these are wafted over the soil by every wind, vegetating and reproducing seed, if they have happened to be deposited in a favourable place, or remaining until the following spring without germinating. These fungi have the power of spread- ing also by stooling or throwing out off- sets. They are never absent from a soil, afld at some period of its growth are annually to be found upon the plants liable to their inroads. They are more observed in cold, damp, muggy seasons, because such seasons are pe- culiarly favourable to the growth of all fungi. The best of all cures is a weak solution of common salt and wa- continue to propagate itself. If not al- ! ter sprinkled over the foliage of the lowed to ripen its seed, the same plants j plant affected by the aid of a painter's will bloom for two or more seasons, ] brush, or impelled by a syringe. Dis- being a perennial in its native country, solve three ounces of the salt in each For Pot Culture and the production of flowers to succeed those of the open ground plants, sow once in August, and again in September. The soil as above, well drained and pressed into forty-eight pots : cover the seed a fourth of an inch. Thin the seedlings to three in a pot. Water sparingly. When mignonette is gallon of water, and repeat the applica- tion on two or three successive days, applying it during the evening. Nitre has been employed with similar success, using one ounce to each gallon. Uredo rosce, Puccinin rosie, and Cladosproium herharum, are the mildew fungi of the rose tree : Oidium crysiphoides of the deficient of perfume, it is because the I peach tree ; and Erysiphe communis of temperature is too low. Tree mignonette. — Dr. Lindley says, " That this is obtained by selecting and potting a vigorous young plant, the the pea. Of course there are many others. MILFOIL. Achillea. MILLA. Two species. Half-hardy MI L 378 MIX bulbous perennials. Offsets. Sandy loam. MILLINGTONIA simplidfolia. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. MILLIPEDE. See Julus. MILTONIA. Three species. Stove orchids. Mr. Paxton says, " that to propagate them, the stems should be cut half through, young plants are then emitted ; cut through the stem quite, a montii before separating the young plants ; plant in rough peat and pot- sherds." MIMETES. Eight species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Light turfy loam. MIMOSA. Twenty-two species. Chiefly stove evergreen shrubs. M. pudica, an annual. M. viva, an her- baceous perennial. Young cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. MIMULUS. Seventeen species. Chiefly hardy herbaceous perennials MITE. Acarus. MITELLA. Five species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. Peaty soil. MITRASACME. Three species. M. canescens, a green-house herbaceous perennial ; the other two annuals. Seeds. Sandy peat and loam. MIXTURE OF SOILS is one of the most ready and cheapest modes of im- proving their staple, and thus render- ing them more ferlile ; and upon the subject I have nothing to add to the following excellent remarks of my bro- ther, Mr. Cuthbert Johnson : — " I have witnessed even in soils to all appearance similar in composition, some very extraordinary results from their mere mixture. Thus in the gra- velly soils of Spring Park, near Croy- don, the ground is often excavated to a depth of many feet, through strata of barren gravel and red sand, for the purpose of obtaining the white or silver increased by division or seed. Com- j sand, which exists beneath them. When this fine sand is removed, the gravel and red sand is thrown back into the pit, the ground merely levelled, and then either let to cottagers for gardens, or planted with forest trees ; in either case the effect is remarkable; all kinds of either fir or deciduous trees will now vegetate with remarkable luxuriance ; and in the cottage garden thus formed, several species of vegetables, such as beans and potatoes, will produce very excellent crops, in the very soils in which they would have perished pre- vious to their mixture. The permanent advantage of mixing soils, too, is not confined to merely those entirely of mon soil. The green-house and half- hardy species require a light rich soil, and increase by cuttings. The annuals, seeds. Common soil. MIMUSOPS. Six species. Stove evergreen trees. Ripe cuttings. Light loamy soil, or loam and peat. MINT. See Mentha. MIRABILIS. Five species and several varieties. Green-house fusiform rooted perennials. Seeds. Light rich soil. MERBELIA. Six species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Loam, peat, and sand. MISLETOE {Viscum album) is some times required to be introduced upon the an earthy composition ; — earths which trees of the shrubbery, and other parts j contain inert organic matter, such as of the pleasure ground. The easiest and best way to propagate it is by placing ripe seeds on the smooth branches of the common apple, pear, or white thorn, in February or March, without in any way damaging the bark on which they are placed. The seeds should be fixed on the under side of the branch, as there they are shaded, and more likely to escape being eaten by birds when they begin to vegetate. Misletoe may be grafted on the apple tree : but success is so precarious, that few succeed at present. — Gard. Chron. MITCHELLA repens. Hardy herba- ceous creeper; increased by cuttings of the stem. Peat, or peat and sand. peat or moss earth, are highly valuable additions to some soils. Thus, peat earth was successfully added to the sandy soils of Merionethshire, by Sir Robert Vaughan. . The Cheshire farm- ers add a mixture of moss and cal- careous earth to their tight-bound earths, the effect of which they de- scribe as having ' a loosening opera- tion ;' that is, it renders the soil of their strong clays less tenacious, and, consequently, promotes the ready ac- cess of the moisture and gases of the atmosphere to the roots. The culti- vator sometimes deludes himself with the conclusion that applying sand, or marl, or clay, to a poor soil, merely MOE 379 M 0 N serves to freshen it for a time, and that talpa is known also in England as the the effects of such applications are ap parent for only a limited period. Some comparative experiments, however, which were made sixteen years since, on some poor, hungry, inert heath land in Norfolic, have up to this time served to demonstrate the error of such a con- clusion. In these experiments, the ground was marled with twenty cuhic yards only per acre, and the same com- post; it was then planted with a proper mixture of forest trees, and by the side of it, a portion of the heath, in a state of nature, was also planted with the same mixture of deciduous and fir trees. Sixteen years have annually served churr-worm, jarr-worm, eve chiirr, and earth crab. It is, occasionally, very destructive to culinary vegetables; creeping under ground through holes it digs. It attains a length of two inches, is dark brown, and resembles in most respects the common cricket. Mr. Kollar thus describes its habits : — " The female hollows out a place for herself in the earth, about half a foot from the surface, in the month of June, and lays her eggs in a heap, which often contains from two to three hun- dred. They are shining yellowish brown, and of the size and shape of a grain of millet. This hollow place is of the shape of a bottle gourd, two to demonstrate, by the luxuriance of ; inches long, and an inch deep, smooth the marled wood, the permanent effects i within, and having on one side a wind- produced by this mixture of soils. The | ing communication with the surface of growth of the trees has been there ; the earth. The young, which are hatch- rapid and permanent; but on the ad- I ed in July or August, greatly resemble joining soil, the trees have been stunted j black ants, and feed, like the old ones. their growth, miserable in appear ance, and profitless to their owner. " Another, but the least commonly practiced mode of improving the staple of a soil by earthy addition, is claying ; a system of fertilizing, the good eti'ects of which are much less immediately apparent than chalking, and hence one on the tender roots of grass, corn, and various culinary vegetables. They be- tray their presence under the earth by the withered decay of culinary vegeta- bles in the garden. In October and November they bury themselves deep- er in the earth, as a protection from cold, and come again to the surlace in of the chief causes of its disuse. It | the warmer days in March. Their pre- rcquires some little time to elapse, and some stirring of the soil, before the clay is so well mixed with a sandy soil, as to produce that general increased attraction and retentive power for the atmospheric moisture, which ever con- stitutes the chief good result of claying poor soils. Clay must be moreover ap- plied in rather larger proportions to the soil tlian chalk ; for not only is its ap- plication rarely required as a direct food for plants for the mere alumina which it contains ; since this earth en- ters into the composition of plants in very small proportion, but there is also another reason for a more liberal addi- tion of clay being required, which is the impure state in which the alumina exists in what are commonly called clay soils." — Farm. Encyc. M 0 E R H I N G I A , Two species. sence is discovered by their throwing up the earth like moles. " The surest and most efficacious of remedies is, without doubt, destroying the brood in June or July. Practised gardeners know from experience where the nest of the mole cricket is situated ; tliey dig it out with their spades, and destroy hundreds in the egg state with little trouble." — KoUar. MOLINERIA plicata. Stove herba- ceous perennial. Division. Peat and loam. MOLUCCA BALM. Moluccella. MOLUCCELLA. Three species. Hardy annuals. M. tuberosa,a. tuberous- rooted perennial. Seeds. Common soil. MONACIIANTHUS. Monk's-jlower. Four species. Stove epiphytes. Divi- sion. Wood. MONARDA. Seven species. Hardy Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. , herbaceous perennials. Division. Coni- Sand, loam, and peat. MOIST STOVE. See Stove. MOLDAV' I.\N BALM. DracoccpAa- I green shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. mon soil. MONETIA harlerioides. Stove cver- lum moldavicum. MOLE CRICKET. MONEYWORT. Gryllus gryllo- j laria. Dioscorea nummu- MON 380 MOT Lysimachia num.- Taverniera num- MONEYWORT. Thularia. MONEYWORT. mularia. MONK'S FLOWER. Monachanthus. MONK'S HOOD. Aconihim. MONNINA obtusifolia. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings or seed. Peat and loam. MONOPSIS conspicva. Hardy an- nual. Seeds. Peat and Sand. MONOSCHILUS gloxinifolia. Stove tuberous-rooted perennial. Division. Peat and loam. MONOTAXIS simplex. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings loam. MONOTOCA. Four species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy peat. MONSONIA. Four species. Green- house herbaceous perennials. M. ovata, a biennial, is increased by seed ; the others, cuttings or division. Turfy loam and leaf mould. MONTEZUMA speciosissima. Stove evergreen tree. Half-ripened cuttings. Loam and peat. MOON-SEED. Menispermum. MOON- WORT. Botrychium. MOR.^A. Twenty species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Division. Sandy Peat. MORENOA. Three species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Peat and loam. MORICANDIA arvcnsis. Hardy bi- ennial. Seed. Common soil. MORINA. Two species. Green- house or half-hardy herbaceous peren- nials. Seed. Light rich soil. MORINDA. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. M.jasminoides is a green-house evergeen climber. MORISIA hypogcea. Hardy herba- ceous perennial. Seed. Light loam. MORISONIA americana. Stove ever- green tree. Ripe cuttings peat. MORMODES. Five species, epiphytes. Division. Wood. M 6 R N A. Two species. Green- house annuals. Seeds. Sandy peat and leaf mould. MORRENL^ odorata. Green-house evergreen twiner. Cuttings. Rich mould. MORUS. Mulberry. Nine species, and many varieties. Chiefly hardy de- ciduous trees ; a few are stove ever- greens. Layers. A loamy soil and a moist situation. See Mulberry. MOSCHARIAp?Mno. wall nails, accordingly as 1,000 of an inch of their tops, and about an inch or two asunder. Give directly some water, to settle the earth closely about each plant; then, either plunge the pots, &c., in a shallow garden-frame, and put on the glasses, or cover each pot or pan close with a low hand-glass, which is the most eligible for facilitating tiieir rooting. In either method, how- ever, observe to plunge the pots in the them are of those weights earth or hot-bed. Nails in most cases require to be Afford them occasional shade from driven only a very little way into the the mid-day sun, and give plenty of mortar, and walls then do not become water three or four times a week at defaced by them for many years. In least, or oftener in very hot weather ; all summer nailing of peach trees, thus they will be rooted in a month or roses, &c., the point only requires to six weeks. Let them remain in the be driven in, so that the nail may be open air until October, then remove easily withdrawn by the fingers. If them into the green-house for the these precautions are attended to, and winter; and in spring the forwardest in the nails are not driven into the face of growth may be potted olf separately in the bricks, but between the mortar small pots ; but if rather small and joints, a good wall will last for half a weak, or but indifferently rooted, let i century without requiring fresh pointing, them have another summer's growth, and by nails the branches of a tree can and pot them out separately in Sep- , always be better placed than by loops or similar contrivance." NANUIN.\ domestica. teinber or spring following, managing them as other green-house shrubs of similar temperature, and shifting them evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings into larger pots annually, or according and peat as they shall require. By Layers. — Such plants as are fur- nished with young bottom branches or shoots, situated low enough for laying, may be layered in spring in the usual way; every shoot will readily emit roots, and be fit to transplant into all hardy bulbs, including the separate pots in autumn. ' (N. Pseudo-Narcissus); Two- Gard. Chron. Green-house Loaiu NAPOLEON-S WEEPING LOW. Salix Napoleana. NARAVELIA zeylanica. evergreen climber. Young Sandy loam and peat. NARCISSUS. Eighty-five W^IL- Stove cuttings. species ; DafTodil coloured By Seed. — These may be sowed in (iV.6/co/or) ; White, or Poet's Narcissus spring, in pots of light mould, and (iV. poeticus); Hoop-petticoat Narcis- plungcd in a moderate hot-bed. The sus (N. bulbocodiwii); Small autumn plants will soon come up, which, when i Narcissus (N. .terotiims) ; Polyanthus ■" ^iucissus {N. tazelta); Jonqm] (N.jon- quilla) ; and Paper Narcissus (lY. papy- raceus); with varieties of each. Characteristics of Excellence. — Mr. Glenny says — '■ that in the Narcissi the flowers should be circular and large, two or three inches high, pot off sepa- rately in small pots: manage them as the others. — Abercrombie. With respect to the general culture, see Green-house Plants. NAILS for training wall trees are best made of cast iron, being the they should expand flat, and the cup cheapest, stoutest, and most enduring, which is in the centre should stand out Before using they should be heated well. The petals should be thick, almost to redness, and then be thrown smooth, firm, free from notch or rough- into cold linseed oil. When dry, they ness on the edges, and have no points, have a varnish upon them which pre- The bunch of flowers should not con- serves them from rusting, and prevents sist of less than seven; the footstalks the mortar of the wall sticking to them should be of such length as to allow BO corrosively as it does if they are the flowers to touch each other at the unoiled. lu drawing old uails' from i edge, and present an even, though N AR 392 N AR ^ roundiiiff or dome-like surface, with I remain till they show flowers, and after .. ° . . .,,, . ., ■ .K_ J ,_ 1.1 .._ ;ii u« one bloom in the middle, the other six forming a circle round it. The stem should be strong, firm, elastic, and not more than ten inches in length. The leaves should be short, broad, and bright, and there must not be more than one flower stem to a show flower. If the variety be white, it should be pure ; and the yellow cup should be bright. If the variety be yellow, it cannot be too bright. Double flowers, and Narcissi of numerous kinds, with only one or two flowers in a sheath, will not be considered subjects of ex- hibition, except in collections of forced flowers." — Gard. and Prac. Flor. Propagation. — The propagation of all the Narcissi is effected principally by off'sets ; also by seed, to obtain new varieties. By Offsets. — All the sorts increase plentifully by offset bulbs from the main roots annually ; and the proper time for separating them is in summer, when they have done flowering, and the leaves and stalks begin to decay. By Seed. — It will be often six or seven years before the seedlings will flower in perfection. The seed ripens in June or July, which sow soon after in pots or boxes of light rich earth, half an inch deep, then place them in a full sunny situation for the winter, allowing them shelter in severe frosts. In March or April they will come up. Give fre- quently sprinklings of water, and, occa- sional shade from the midday sun at their first appearance ; and as the the second year's bloom you will be able to judge of their properties, when mark the good sorts, and manage them as directed for the blowing roots. Soil and Culture. — They succeed very well in any good, light, rich earth, in a sheltered situation and eastern aspect, with the beds a little elevated above the common level ; and in win- ter and early in spring give occasional shelter of mats from frosts and incle- ment weather, especially afler the flower buds appear above ground. All the sorts of these bulbs, planted in either of the above methods, may be suffered to remain in the ground two or three years, or more, unremoved; however, it is proper to take up the bulbs in general every third or fourth year, in order to separate the off'sets, which in that time will be increased so greatly in number, that the tubes press- ing close against one another, the inner ones will be so much compressed and weakened, as greatly to impede their flowering. But where these bulbs are intended for sale, they should generally be lifted once a year, or once every two years, otherwise, by their growing close in clusters, pressing against one another, they will be flattened thereby, and rendered unsightly, and less sale- able. The proper time of year for taking up all the sorts is soon after they have done flowering, and their leaves and flower stalks attained a state of decay; at which time of lifting the bulbs, separate them all singly, and warm season advances, move the pots ] the smaller offsets from the larger, re- to an eastern aspect, to have only the | serving the large roots for planting morning sun till ten or eleven o'clock, i again in the principal compartments; In June or July the leaves will decay, I and the smaller may be deposited in when stir the surface lightly, and clear' nursery beds for a year or two, to gain ofli" the decayed leaves, all weeds, and | strength, when they will become good mossiness; then sift a little fine mould j flowering roots, and may then be taken over the surface, half an inch thick, up at the proper season, in order tor repeating it in October. Let them re- \ planting where wanted. When the main tilf the third year, treating simi- roots are lifted at the above season, larly ; and in the third summer, at the ! they may either be planted again di- decay of the leaves, take up the bulbs, I rectly, or in a month or six weeks and separate the largest, which plant in beds, in rows, five or six inches asunder and three deep ; and the small bulbs you may scatter, mould and all, on the surface of another bed, and cover them two or three inches deep with fine earth, which after a year's after; or may be cleaned and dried; and retained out of the ground in a dry room, two or three months, or longer, if occasion shall require. Method of Planting. — The best gene- ral season tor planting all these bulbs is in autumn, from about the beffin- growth may be transplanted in rows as i ning or middle of September until No- above. In these beds let the seedlings , vember: they will flower considerably N AR 393 NE A stronger, as well as furnish a greater is usually cultivated in the kitchen gar- increase of offsets than those planted den ; the first two being employed in later, or not till spring; if, however, salads and for garnishing, and the last some roots are retained out of ground in pickling. until February, they will succeed those Soil and Situation. — They flourish in of the autumnal planting in flowering, almost any soil, but are most productive Those in the open borders should be in a light fresh loam. In a strong rich deposited in little patches of about soil, the plants are luxuriant, but afford three or four roots in each, planting fewer berries, and those of inferior fla- them either with a blunt dibble, or with vour. They like an open situation, a garden trowel, four inches deep.] Time and Mode of Sowing. — They When planted in beds by themselves, niay be sown from the beginning of have the beds four feet wide, with al- March to the middle of May; the ear- leys, a foot and a half or two feet wide, lier, however, the better: one sowing between, plant the roots in rows length- jn the kitchen garden, and that a small wise, nine inches asunder, about four one, is quite suflicient for a moderate inches deep, and six distant in each sized family. The seed may be inserted row, covering them regularly with the j,, a drill, two inches deep along its bot- earth, and rake the surface smoothly, torn, in a single row, with a space of Having planted the roots in either of . two or three inches between every two, these methods, all the culture they re- or they may be dibbled in at a similar (juire is to be kept clean from weeds ; j distance and depth. The minor is like- and they will all flower in the following I wise often sown in patches. The ma- spring ai.d summer. I jor should be inserted beneath a vacant Water Culture. — The Polyanthus, , paling, wall, or hedge, to which its Narcissus, and the large Jonquils, are stems may be trained, or in an open bloomed in glasses of water in rooms, compartment, with sticks inserted on in winter and early in spring; any of each side. The runners at first require the other species may also be flowered | a little attention to enable them to in the same manner; observing to pro- din^j,^ but they soon are capable of cure such roots as were lifted at the doing so unassisted. The minor may season above mentioned. The season either trail along the ground, or be sup- for placing in water is any time in win- | ported with short sticks. If water is ter or early spring, from October till i not afforded during dry weather, they March, observing to fill the glasses „i|i pot shoot so vigorously, or be so with fresh soft water, so full that the productive. They flower from June bottom of the bulb may just touch it. j umil the close of October. The berries See Hyacinth. for pickling must be gathered when of Pot Vulture. — The same plants may I f„i| gi^g^ and whilst green and fleshy, be brought to early bloom in pots ; during August. plant the bulbs in pots of light rich fg obtain Seed. — For the production earth during August, and place in a of seed, some plants should be left warm room; they will bloom about unn-athered from, as the first produced November. — Abercrombie. I are not only the finest in general, but N.\RCISSl)S-FLY. See Mi?«rodo/i. are often the only ones that ripen. NASTURTIUM. By this name are They should be gathered as they ripen, commonly known two species of Tro- which they do from the close of Au- pcEolum. T. mnjus is a hardy annual g|,st even to the beginning of October, twiner, and there are several varieties, xhey must on no account be stored distinguished by their double or crim- I „ntil perfectly dry and hard. The finest son flowers, t. minus is a hardy an- and soundest seed of the previous year's nual trailer, and a variety with double production should alone be sown ; if it flowers, is a green-house evergreen. jg older the plants are seldom vigorous. Although strictly annual when grown] NAUtLEA. Five species. Stove in the open ground in this country, yet ^.^ ^pg„ ^,3^8. Layers and cuttings, they are naturallv perennial, as may be „. ,*', ■' •^ , . ,. . 1 ' ivicn loam. Droved it thev are grown in a green- _ „ . , , house. The Major Nasturtium being ' NAVELWORT. Cotyledon. the most productive, as well of flowers j NEAPOLITAN VIOLET. Viola ado- and leaves as of berries, is the one that | rata pallida plena. See Violet. NEC 394 NET — • - ^ NECTARINE. Persica lavis. j vated in the Philadelphia Nurseries, Varieties. — The following are culti-i and are among the better kinds : Explanation of Abbreviations.— Co/or — y yellow; r red ; o orange; g green; w white. Size — l large ; m medium. Those marked * are clingstones. Downton ..... EIruge ...... *Golden Peterborough ..... *Red Roman . . '. . *White Roman "White Early .... For Culture, see. Peacft, which applies. NECTAROSOCORDUM siru- lum. Honey Garlic. Hardy bulb. Oil- sets. Common soil. NEGRO-FLY. See Athalia. NEGUNDO fraxinifoUum. Two va- rieties. Hardy deciduous trees. Seed and layers. Light loam. NELITRIS jambosella. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings and layers. Loam and peat. NELUMBIUM. Five species. Stove aquatics. Seed and division. Rich loam in water. Mr. A. Scolt, gardener to Sir G. Staunton, Bart., gives the follow- ing directions for cultivating iV. specto- sum : — " Let it be kept dry during the win- ter, in a cool part of the plant stove, at about 50° Fahrenheit. In February, the roots to be divided and potted sepa- rately in turfy loam; the pots set in pans of water; the temperature of air from 65° to 90=; temperature of the water in the cisterns being about 753. In May plant out in a water-tight box, three and a half feet long, one and a half foot wide, and sixteen inches deep, filled with loamy soil, having a little gravel on the top to give it solidity, and allowing room for about two inches of water over the surface of the soil. Plunge the box into the bark bed ; the temperature of the soil and water in the box 80*^. This bottom heat main- tain during the summer, the tempera- ture of the house varying from 65'^ to 90<^." — Hort.Soc. Trans. N. luteum is indigenous to the United States, though only found growing spontaneously in certain quarters. It has been intro- duced into the meadow ditches below coi'a SIZE i-l SEASON. L 1 September L 1 August M 2 September M 2 September L 1 September L 1 August L 1 August Philadelphia, where it thrives luxu- riantly. We have seen it finely de- veloped in artificial ponds, evincing that it is of ensy culture. NEMATANTHUS chloronemn. Stove shrub. Cuttings. Light rich soil. NEMESIA. Four species. Two hardy annuals, and the other green-house herbaceous perennials. The first in- crease by seed, the second by cuttings. Rich light loam. NEMOPANTHES canadensis. Hardy deciduous shrub. Seed and layers. Peat. NKMOPHILA. Six species. Hardy annuals and perennials. Seed. Peat and light soil. NEOTTIA. Nineteen species. Hardy, green-house, and stove orchids. Divi- sion. Loam, peat, and chalk. NEPENTHES. Two species. " Stove evergreen climbers. N. distillatoria is the Pitcher Plant. Offsets. Coarse peat and moss. Pots plunged in moss, kept moist and at SOo ; air 70^." — Paxton^s Bot. Diet. NEPETA. Thirty-five species. Hardy herbaceous, except N. angustifolia, which is annual. Seed and division. Light loam. NERINE. Twelve species. Green- house bulbs. Seed and offsets. Rich light loam. NERIUM. Oleander. Four species and more varieties. Green-house and stove evergreens. Cuttings. Rich light loam. NESyEA trijlora. Stove herbaceous. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. NETTING is employed to prevent the radiation of heat from walls, and the rude access of wind to trees grown I upon them, as well as to prevent the NET 395 NIC ravagos of birds upon currants, cher- ries, &c. Netting is a very effectual preventive others of hemp : the last does not shrink after being wetted like the woollen. I prefer that with about twenty-live meshes INeiting is a very eiieuiuiii picvciiii>c |,icn,i n. 1.1. .. .v.. ..""". v » — j .. . v, .... w..v.„ of coolin", for reasons which will be ] in a square inch, at 5(/. per scjuure yard. stated when considering Shelters gene rally; and in connection with that, it may be observed that it is not altogether im- material of what substance netting is formed. Worsted is to be preferred not only because it is the most durable. NETTLE TREE. Celt is'. NEUROLOMA arabidijlorum. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Common soil. NEW JERSEY TEA. Ceanothus Americanus. NEW ZEALAND SPINACH, Tetra- noi only uecause 11 is iiic luuot uuiui^iv-, 1 i^i^.. «>.«»»»-.-•». ^ ■ . -• --, but because it is the best preventive of \ gonia expansa,*\s much admired as a_ a wall-s cooling. I have found the tlier- substitute for summer spinach, being of mometer under a hemp net sink during more delicate flavor, and not so liable the night, from two to four degrees to run to seed. Mr. J. Anderson, gar- lower Than that under a net of worsted, j dener to the Earl of Essex, at Cassio- the meshes being small and of equal bury, Herts, gives the following direc- size in both nets. This can only be , tions for its cultivation : — because worsted is known to be a worse I " Sow in the seed-vessel as gathered conductor of heat than hemp; and, not' the preceding autumn, at the latter end absorbing moisture so easily, is not so ! of March in a pot, and placed in a me- liable to^the cold always produced by ; Ion frame. The seedlings to be pricked its drv'ing.— Principles of Gardening. ! while small singly into pots, to be kept Netting will also exclude flies and j under a frame without bottom heat, until other wmged insects from the fruit , the third week in May, or until the dan- against walls, although the meshes arc | ger of frost is past. The bed for their nu)re than large enough to permit 1 reception is formed by digging a trench their passage. Why this is the case is j two feet wide and one deep, this being not very apparent, "but the netting is j filled with thoroughly decayed dung, 11.. _xE_:-_. :.. 1 ;.,„„:.„;!-,- :-- i and Covered six inches deep with mould. A space of at least three feet must be left vacant for the extension of the branches. Twenty plants will afford an abundant supply daily for a large fa- mily ; they must be planted three feet apart. " In dry seasons they probably require equally efficient in keeping similar in sects from intruding into rooms if there are no cross lights. If there are win- dows on different sides of the room, and it is to be presumed, therefore, also in a green or hot-house, nets would not be so efficient. It is not a useless scrap of knowledge . inu. j oi.»o^..o ^..^j ,- -j .-.,..- to the gardener, that one hundred square ! a large supply of water. In five or six yardsof netting, according to some mcr-1 weeks after planting, the young leaves chants" mode ofmeasuring, will notcover may be gathered from them, these be- more than fifty square yards of wall, for |ing pinched off. The leading shoot they stretch the net first longitudinally must be carefully preserved, for the and then laterally, when making Iheir branches are productive until a late pe- mcasurement, and not in both directions riod of the year, as they survive the at once, as the gardener must when CO- frosts that kill nasturtiums and pota- vering his trees. Disappointment, there- , toes." fore, should be avoided, when ordering | To obtain Seed. — For the production new nets, by stating the size of the sur- ^ of seed, a plantation must be made on face which has to be covered. This a poorer soil, or kept stunted and dry in may be done without any fear of impo- pots, as ice plants are when seed is re- sition. I quired of them. On the rich compost Mr. Richardson, net maker. New ! of the bed, the plants become so suc- Road, London, informs me, that one j culent as to prevent the production of cwt. of oW mackerel net, weighed when , seed. This vegetable has not proved, quite dry, will cover eight hundred , in the United States, worthy of its Eu- square yards ; and one cwt. of old her- ropean reputation — probably owing to ring net (smaller meshes) will cover six 1 the intense heat of our summers hundred square yards. Mr. Hulme, of Knutsford, has sent me various speci- mens of his nets and open canvass for inspection — some made of woollen and NEW ZEALAND TEA. Leptosper- murn scoparia. NICKER TREE. Guilandina. NICOTIANA. Thirty-one species, in- NI E 396 NO N eluding N. tdbacum, the well-known To- bacco. This and nearly all the others are hardy annuals. Seed. Rich light loam. NIEREMBERGIA. Four species. Green-house herbaceous, except the hardy annual N. aristata. Seed or cut- tings. Light loam. NIGELLA. Fennel flower. Eleven species. Hardy annuals and biennials, except the herbaceous N. coarctata. Seed. Common soil. NIGHTSHADE. Solanum. NIGHT-SOIL. See Dung. NIGHT TEMPERATURE in hot- houses and frames should always ave- rage from 10 to 20 degrees lower than the temperature in which the plants are grown during the day. It is in the night that the individual functions are reno- vated by a temporary repose, and if left to the dictates of healthy nature tionably increased by the higher tem- perature.— Principles of Gardening. NIPHOBOLUS. Eight species. Stove ferns. Seed and division, Sandy loam and peat. NISSOLIA. Seven species. Stove evergreen climbers and shrubs. Cut- tings. Loam and peat. NITRATES. See Saline Manures. NITTA TREE. Parkin. N I V E A . Seven species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Sandy peat and loam. NOCCA. Four species. Stove ever- green shrubs. N. latifoUa is half-hardy. Cuttings. Common soil. NOCTUA, a genus of moths. The following are injurious to our gar- dens : — N. gamma. The Y, or Gamma Moth. The caterpillars of this are very de- structive to pens and other kitchen ve- getables during the summer. Mr. Cur- the sap, like the blood, flows at night, tis describes it as "being beset with with a much diminished velocity That plants do become exhausted by too unremitting excitement, is proved to every gardener who has peach- houses under his rule ; for if the great- est care be not taken to ripen the wood by exposure to the air and light during the summer, no peach tree will be fruit- ful if forced during a second successive winter, but will require a much more increased temperature than at first to excite it even to any advance in vegeta- tion. The experiments of Harting and Munter upon vines growing in the open air, and those of Dr. Lindley upon vines in a hot-house, coincide in testifying that this tree grows most during the less light and cooler hours of the twenty- four. But the hours of total darkness were the period when the vine grew slowest. This, observes Dr. Lindley, seems to show the danger of employing a high night temperature, which forces such plants into growing fast at a time when nature bids them repose. That the elevation of temperature at night does hurtfully excite plants is proved by the fact, that the branch of a vine kept at that period of the day in temperature not higher than 50°, in- hales from one-sixteenth to one-tenth less oxygen than a similar branch of the same vine during the same night in a temperature of 75'. The exhalation of moisture and carbonic acid is propor- greenish hairs, and on the back with yellow or white ones. It has a brown head. When fully grown, which takes place in the course of a few weeks, it forms a while cocoon, and changes into a blackish brown pupa. " There are three or four generations of moths during the summer, which ap- pear at intervals between April and October. In the latter month, we have seen them fluttering round flowers at dusk literally by thousands : this remark applies more particularly to the southern counties of England. The wings are about an inch across, the upper ones are varied with grey and brown, having quite a silvery hue, and towards the centre there is a perfect silvery Greek gamma, y, with a rusty spot close be- fore it, the lower wings are pale ashy brown, with the nerves and hinder mar- gin deep brown. There are few reme- dies that can be applied to this pest; perhaps the best of all is hand-picking the caterpillars. — Gard. Chron. N. exclamationis. The caterpillar of this moth feeds on the stalks of the potato. NOISETTIA /o«g-//"o//a. Stove ever- green shrub. Young cuttings. Light rich soil. N O L A N A. Five species. Hardy annual trailers. Seed. Common soil. NOLINA georgiana. Hardy herba- ceous. Offsets. Sandy peat. NONATELIA. Four species. Stove NOR 397 NOV evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. NORANTEA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. NORMANDY CRESS. See Ameri- can Cress. NORWAY SPRUCE. Pinus cana- densis. NOTEL.T^A. Five species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Peat and loam. NOTHOCHL.IINA. Nine species. Green-house and stove ferns. Seed and division. Sandy peat. NOTYLIA. Five species. Stove epiphytes. Offsets. Wood and moss prune; plant; cuttings plant. — Figs, rub off green fruit; train, but do not prune. — Fork over ground about fruit trees. — Gooseberries, plant; prune; cuttings .plant. — Medlars, plant. — Mulberries, plant. — Mulch round trees newly planted. — Nectarines, prune; plant. — Nuts (Filberts), &c., p]sinl.— Peaches, prune; plant. — Pears, prune; plant. — Plums, prune; plant. — Pruning and planting generally should be done; it is the best season. — Quinces, plant. — Raspberries, prune; plant. — Services, plant. — Stake trees newly planted. — Standards, plant ; prune. — Stones of fruit sow. — Strawberries, dress, if not done last month. — Suckers, NOVEMBER is a month chiefly of , remove. — Trees Cor forcing, remove. — routine neatness and preparation for winter. Trench and manure ground to be plant- ed, if not done months ago. — ^''ines, prune ; plant. — IVall Trees and Espa- liers generally, prune and plant; it is the best for their winter regulation. — Walnuts, \^\d.nt. — Water all newlv FLOWER GARDEN. Anemones, plant, if not done in Oc- KITCHF.N GARDEN. Artichokes, winter, dress. — Aspara- gus-beds, dress ; plant ; to force ; attend ^ ^ to that in forcing. — Beet, dig up for planted trees. — JVeeds, destroy storing. — Cabbages, remove to winter nerally, and clean up. quarters. — Cardoons, earth up, b. — Car- rots, dig up and store, b. — Cauliflowers, attend to, under glasses, &c. — Celery, ,,,., .„, j , earth up. — Coleworts, plant. — Com- tober. — Auriculas, shelter. — Bulbous posts, prepare. — Cucumbers, attend to, roots, finish planting in dry weather, b.f in forcing. — Drain vacant ground. — cover beds with mats, &c., in bad wea- Dung, prepare for hot-beds. — Earth- ther ; pot for forcing. — Carnation lay- ing--up, attend to. — JSnd/r*, blanch, &c. ers, potted, shelter; finish planting. — — Garlic, plant, b. — Herbary, clean, Climbers, as Ivy, Clematis, &c., plant &c. — Horse-radish, dig up and store. — and train against walls. — Composts, Hof-fceds, make for salading, &c.—/er!<- prepare. — Dahlias, take up after the salem Artichokes, dig up and store. — first frost; dry and store under sand, Leaves, 4-c., continually clear away. — where the temperature keeps about Lettuces, plant in frames; attend to 40=. — Dressing the borders is now the those advancing. — 3/in<, plant; force in chief occupation. — Edgings, plant. — hot-bed. — Mushroom Beds, make; at- Evergreens, finish planting, b. ; finish tend to those in production. — Onions, i layering. — Fibrous-rooted plants, finish in store, look over ; plant for seed, b.; ' dividing and planting, b. — Fork over — Parsley, cut down, b. — Parsnips, dig ' borders, shrubberies, &c. — Grass, roll ; up and store, b. ; leave or plant out l keep free from leaves. — Gravel, weed, ..' 1 V...'.- - 1- ' u I -_ 1 __11 Lf.J „ „!„.,. „i;,> for Bced. — Potatoes, dig up, b Radishes, sow, in hot-bed. — Scilsafy, dig up and store. — Savoys, plant for seed, b. — Scoj-zonera, dig up and store. — Seeds, dress and store. — Shallots, plant, b. ; sow in hot-bed. — Spinach, thin, &c. — Thinning, attend to. — Trench, ridge, &c., vacant ground. — Weeds, destroy continually.^ ORCHARD. Apples, prune; plant. — Apricots, prune; plant. — Berberries, plant. — Cherries, prune ; plant. — Currants, sweep, and roll. — Hedges, plant, clip,^ plash. — Hoeing and raking are the chief operations. — Hyacinths, &c., place in water glasses ; pot for forcing. — Marvel ofPeru,t;ike up and store. (See Dahlia.) — Mulch round shrubs lately planted. — Leaves, collect for composts. — Plant Perennials and Biennials. — Planting perform generally. — Potted Shrubs, plunge in the earth of a well sheltered border. — Pot Plants for forcing, as Roses, Carnations, 8ic.— Prune Shrubs generally. — Ranunculuses, plant, if not done in October. — Seedlings, in boxes. NUP 398 NUR remove to a warm situation. — Shrubs of all kinds, plant; stake them as a sup- port against boisterous winds. — Suckers from Roses and other shrubs, separate and plant. — Tulips, finish main plant- ing, b. — Turf may be laid. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit as freely as the season al- lows.— Bark Beds, renew, if not done last month. — Dress the borders, by fork- ing, &c. — Fire Heat, by whatever means it may be distributed, must now be dai- ly employed. — Manure borders, &c., in which forcing trees are planted. — Leaves, clean with sponge, &c.; remove those decayed. — Pines will require the day temperature to be kept between 60^ and 65°. — Peaches, prune ; wash with diluted ammonia water from the gas works, before training; day tempe- rature .50.° — Potted flowering plants, introduce. — S^ea7n, admit into the house, where that mode of heating is used. — Strawberries, begin to force. — Tobacco fumigations employ to destroy insects. — Trees, in forcing, treat like the Peach. — Water (tepid), apply with the syringe to the leaves; give to their roots, occa- sionally; keep in pans about the house. GREEN-HOUSE. Air, admit freely, when mild. — Chry- santhemums require abundant watering. — Damp stagnant air is more to be dread- ed than cold. — Decayed parts, remove, as they appear. — Earth, in pots stir fre- quently.— Fires must be lighted, if frost severe, or heavy cold fogs occur. — Leaves, clean with sponge, &c. — Tem- perature, keep at about 4.5°, but not higher. — Water moderately. JSUPHAR. Five species. Hardy aquatics. Division and seed ; ponds, cisterns, &c. NURSERY is a garden or portion of a garden devoted to the rearing of trees and shrubs during their early stages of growth, before they are of a size desired for the fruit or pleasure grounds. As every tenant of the nursery is separate- ly discussed in these pages', no more is required here than to make a few ge- neral observations. Extent, Soil, Situation, Src. — With respect to the proper e.xtent of a nurse- ry, whether for private use, or for pub- lic supply, it must be according to the quantity of plants re(iuired, or the de- mand for sale ; if for private use, from a quarter or half an acre to five or six acres may be proper, which must be regulated according to the extent of garden ground and plantations it is re- quired to supply with the various sorts of plants, and if for a public nursery, not less than three or four acres of land will be worth occupying as such, and from that to fifteen or twenty acres, or more, may be requisite according to the demand, though some occupy forty or fifty acres in nursery ground. A nursery may be of any moderately light land, that is fifteen or eighteen inches depth of good working staple; but if two or three spades deep, it will be the greater advantage. A good fresh fat soil, such as any good pasture, which having the sward trenched to the bot- tom is excellent for the growth of trees, a rich soil fit for corn is also extremely proper, or any other good soil of the nature of common garden earth is also very well adapted for a nursery. As to situation ; if this is rather low it will be better, because it is naturally warmer, and more out of the power of cutting and boisterous winds than a higher situation, though if it happens where some parts of the ground are high and some low, it is an advantage, the bet- ter suiting the nature of the different plants. It is also of advantage to have a nursery ground fully exposed to the sun and air, and where there is the convenience of having water, for the occasional watering. Mode of Arranging the Plants. — In the distribution of the various sorts of plants in the nursery, let each sort be separate, in lines or nursery rows, to stand till arrived at a proper growth for drawing off for the garden and planta- tions, placing the fruit trees, stocks, &c., for graftmg and budding upon, in rows two feet asunder, and half that distance in the rows, varying the dis- tance both ways, according to the time they are to stand ; the shrub kind should likewise be arranged in rows about two feet asunder, and fifteen or eighteen inches distant in each line; and as to herbaceous plants, they should generally be disposed in four feet wide beds, in rows from six to twelve or eighteen inches asunder, according to their nature of growth, and time they are to stand. General Culture. — Those designed as stocks for fruit-trees should have their NUR 399 OCT stems generally cleared from lateral require shelter only from frost whilst shoots, hut never to shorten the lead- young, and by degrees become hardy ing shoot unless it is decayed or bo- enough to live in the open air. Such of comes very crooked, in which case it tlintn as are seedlings, in the open may lie proper to cut it down low in grounds, should be arched over with spring, and it will shoot out again — hoops or rods at the approach of winter, training the main shoot for a stem, with in order to be sheltered with mats in its top entire, for the present, till graft- i severe weather; and those which are in ed or budded. I pots, either seedlings or transplanted Forest trees should also be encou- plants, should be removed in October, raged to form straight clean stems by in their pots, to a warm sunny place, occasional trimming of the largest late- sometimes sheltered with hedges, &c., ral branches, which will also promote placing some close under the fences, the leading top shoot in aspiring farther ficing the sun, where they may have in height, always suffering that part of occasional covering, either of glass each tree to shoot at full length, unless lights or mats, &c., from frost, observing where the stem divides into forks — in , of all those sorts here alluded to that which case trim otT the weakest, and i they are gradually to be hardened to the leave the straightest and strongest shoot open ground, and need only be covered or branch to shoot out at its proper length, to form the top. The different sorts of shrubs may either be suffered to branch out in their own natural way, except just regulating very irregular growths, or some may in frosty weather. At all other times let tliem remain fully exposed, and by degrees, as they acquire age and strength, inure them to bear the open air fully, so that, when they arrive at from two or three to four or five years be trained with single clean stems, from ' old, they may be turned out in the open about a foot to two or three feet high, ground. — Ahcrcroinhie. Every winter or spring the ground between the rows of all transplanted plants, in the open nursery-quarters, must be dug : this is particularly neces- sary to all the tree and shrub kind that stand wide enough in rows to admit the spade between; which work is, by the nurserymen, called turning-in, the most general season for which work is any time from October until March. But the sooner it is done the more advan- tageous it will prove to the plants. The ground is to be dug but half spade deep, proceeding row by row, turning the top of each spit clean to the bot- tom, that all weeds on the surface may be buried a proper depth to rot. In summer be remarkably attentive to keep all clean from weeds. The seed- lings growing close in the seminary-heds must be hand-weeded ; but to all plants that grow in rows introduce the hoe. As any quarter or compartment of the nursery-ground is cleared from plants, others must be substituted in their room from the seminary; but the ground should previously be trenched and lie some time fallow, giving it also the ad- dition of manure if it shall seem proper. It will be of advantage to plant the NUTMEG. Myristira. NUTTALIA. Five species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Sandy peat. NUT-TREE. Corylus. See Filbert. NYCTANTHES arhortristis. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. NYMPHyEA. Water-lily. Eighteen species. Hardy and stove aquatics. Seed or division. Rich loam in water. NYSSA. Four species. Hardy de- ciduous trees. Seed and layers. Com- mon soil in a moist situation. OAK. Qiterrus. OBESIA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Sandy loam. O C H N A . Seven species. Stove evergreen shrubs, except the green- house 0.flYro;jurpurea. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. OCHROSIA horhonica. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Rich light loam. OCHRUS pallida. Hardy annual climber. Seed. Common soil. OCTOBER is one of the gardener's harvest months in tlie southern section ground with plants of a different kind of the Union ; in the middle and northern from those which occupied it before, i states, his out-door labours are drawing The tender or exotic plants of all kinds to a close. OCT 400 OCT KITCHEN-GARDEN. Angelica, sow. — Asparagus - beds, dress, e.; for forcing, plant. — Balm, plant. — Beet take up for storing, e. ; Borecole, plant, b. ; earth up, &c. — Bur- net, plant. — Cabbages, prick out, &c. ; plant for seed. — Cardoons, earth up. — Carrots, take up to store. — Cauliflowers, prick out in frames. — Celery, earth up. — Chives, plant. — Coleworts, plant. — Cress (Water), plant. — Cucumbers, plant to force. — Dill, sow. — Dung, prepare for hot-beds. — Earthing-up. attend to. — Endive, attend to; blanch, &c. — Fen- nel, plant. — Garlic, plant, e. — Herbary, dress. — Horse-Radish, plant. — Hyssop, plant. — Jerusalem Artichokes, stir, e. — Leaves, fallen, remove continually. — Leeks, plant, b.; hoe, &c., advancing crops. — Lettuces, prick out, e. — Mint, plant. — Mushroom-beds, make ; attend to those in production. — Nasturtium Berries, gather as they ripen. — Onions, attend to those in store, plant for seed. — Parsley, cut down, b.; (Hamburgh), is fit for use. — Parsnips, take up for storing, e. ; leave or plant out for seed. — Pennyroyal, plant. — Potatoes, dig up, e. — Rhubarb, sow. — Rosemary, plant. — Rue, plant. — Sage, plant. — Salsafy is in perfection; take up for storing. — Savory, plant. — Savoys, plant for seed. — Scor- zonera is in perfection ; take up for storing. — Seeds, gather as they ripen. — Shallots, plant, e. — Small Salading, sow. — S/)mac/i,thin, &c. — Stir between rows of plants. — Tansy, plant. — Tar- ragon, plant. — Thinning, attend to. — Thyme, plant. — Turnips, plant for seed ; hoe young crops. — Vacant ground, trench, drain, &c. ORCH.\RD. Berberries, gather.— Chestnuts, gather. — Currants and Gooseberries, plant ; prune ; cuttings plant. — Fig Trees, pro- tect when leaves are olf. — Fruit Trees, for forcing, plant in pots or in hot-house. — Gathering apples and pears, finish. — Grapes, ripe, gather and hang up, e. ; bag on the vines. — Layers of figs, fil- berts, mulberries, vines, &c., make ; those of last year take up and plant. — Medlars, gather, e. — Planting may be- gin generally, e. — Pruning, commence, 6. — Quinces, gather, e. — Raspberries, prune and plant, if leaves have fallen. — Ridge up ground after pruning is finished. — Services, gather, e. — Stones of cherries and plums, sow. — Strawber- ries, dress ; plant. — Trench and prepare ground for planting. — Wall-fruit and espaliers generally, begin to prune, e. — Walnuts, gather. — Water, give abundantly at the time of planting. FLOWER GARDEN. Anemones, plant. — Annuals, done flowering, pull up ; sow hardy, b. — Auriculas, move to sunny shelter ; pro- tect from rain and snow; remove dead leaves; slip. — Bulbous roots, plant; those in flower protect; place in water glasses. — Carnation layers, plant in pots, e. — Chrysanthemum cuttings, finish planting. — Climbers, plant. — Compost, prepare. — Cuttings, plant. — Dahlias, protect in flower ; begin to take up roots to dry and store as the leaves decay, e. — Edgings, trim. — Evergreens, plant; trim. — Fibrous-rooted plants, transplant where required ; divide roots. — Grass, mow and roll. — Gravel, weed and roll. Green-house plants, remove from bor- ders to the house. — Hedges, trim; plant; plash. — Hoe and Rake, as required. — Layers, make ; they will have to remain twelve months. — Leaves, gather as they fall, and store for composts. — Mignio- nette, shelter. — Pipings of Pinks, &c., finish planting to remain. — Planting, generally, may be done. — Potting, per- form as required ; dress old potted plants. — Primulas, all this genus (Poly- anthus, &c.) may be propagated by slips. — Prune, generally. — Ranunculuses, plant. — Seedlings, shelter. — Seeds, fin- ish gathering. — Suckers, remove and plant out. — Trench vacant ground. — Tuberous-rooted plants insert, especially Pajonies. — Turf may be laid. HOT-HOUSE. Air, admit freely every fine day. — Bark-beds, renovate in fruiting stoves and succession house. — Fires must be- gin to be lighted where the old flue system is followed, e. — Flowering Sfirubs in pots, introduce for winter blooming. — Glass, Flues, 4-c., repair, if not done last month. — Pines, remove into fruiting stoves, b.; Crowns plant, if required. — Roses, introduce for Christmas blooming. — Shifting into larger pots may be done. — Water nhout twice weekly. GREEN-HOUSE. Air, give freely daily, and at night, if temp, not so low as 35^. — Camellias, bud. — Earth, give fresh before return- OC Y 401 OLY ing into house. — I^aiw clean, and dress | advanced to the length of one and a plants before returning to house. — half or two inches), pricking them out Potted Plants, return all into house, e.; in sand, in the open ground, and cover- place hardiest back, and tcnderest in ing them with a hand-glass. If treated front. — Succulent Plants should all be in this manner, the whole of the cut- in, b. — yVater, give over the foliage tings may be expected to root, and be after the plants are in house ; give wa- ready for planting out in a month; ter once or twice weekly. 1 whereas, if deferred until the autumn, OCYMUM. Basil. Thirteen species. | when the increase of flower-garden Chiefly hardy annuals, but some are i stock is considered en masse, the pro- stove evergreen shrubs. See Basil. bability is that not one will succeed." ODONTARRHENA microphylla. —Card. Chron. Hardy evergreen trailer. Cuttings. Loam j This mode of culture is applicable to and peat. j all the perennial species. ODONTOGLOSSUM. Eight species. OFFSETS are side bulbs produced by Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood and gome bulbous roots, and by which the moss. species can be propagated. Whatever (ECEOCLADES. Two species. Stove checks the upward growth of the parent epiphytes. Lateral shoots. Wood and plant, as an early breaking down of the moss. j stem, compels the sap to find other or- 0^ D E R A prolifera. Green-house | gans for its reception, and, consequent- evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam ly, promotes the production of offsets, and peat. i '< The practice," says Dr. Lindley, " of (ENOTHERA. Evening Primrose, scarring the centre of bulbs, the heads Seventeen species. Hardy annuals, of echino cacti, and such plants, and biennials and perennials, except the the crown of the stem of species like green-house evergreen shrub CE. cheir- Littaa geminiflora, in all which cases anthifolia. Seed; and the perennials suckers are the result, is explicable also by division. Common light soil. SELECT SHOWY SPECIES. Perennials. ffi. Speciosa, white. (E. >Iacrocarpa, yellow. (K. Taraxacifolia, white. (E. Glauca, yellow. (E. Serotina, yellow. Annuals. CE. Rubicunda, pink. (E. Lindleyana, purplish-rose. (E. Tenuifolia, purple. (E. Tetraptera, white. (E. Odorata, yellow. CE. Romanzovii, blue. upon the foregoing principle." OGECHyE LIME. Nyssacandicans. OIL NUT. Hamiltonia. 0 K R A. " The Okra is a native of the West Indies, where it is much used in soups and stews ; its use is rapidly increasing here. There are two vari- eties, the large and the small podded or capsuled. " The seeds are planted late in spring, either in rows or hills, three feet apart ; the plant thrives readily, and requires no further care than is requisite to keep it free from weeds." — Rural Reg. OLAX. Two species. Stove, ever- green climbers. Cuttings. Loam and (Enothera Drummondii, is a fine large peat, yellow sort, and very ornamental, but OLD-MAN'S-BEARD. Geropogon. it is tender, and requires the same i OLE A. The Olive. Green-house treatment as petunias and verbenas. — and stove evergreen trees, except O. Card. Chron. sativa, which is hardy. Ripe cuttings, GJ. serotina, is a beautiful autumn and grafting on the Common Privet flower, and its culture is thus recom- [Ligustrum vulgare). Loam and peat, mended :— " The bed should be looked OLEANDER. Nerium. over every morning, and the flowers of! OLEASTER. Elaagnus. the previous day carried off. This will OLIBANUM. Boswellia. very considerably add to its beauty. OLIVE. Olea. Where a quantity of it is wanted for OLIVE-WOOD. Elaodendron. bedding. May is the fit time to attend OLYNTHIA disticha. Stove ever- to its propagation, by preparing cut- sreen tree. Young cuttings. Sandy tings (as soon as the young wood has | loam and peat. 26 OM A 402 ONI OMALANTHUS populifoUa. Stove i it large specimens may be rapidly ob- evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings. Peat 1 tained ; but as, with due care, magni- and loam. ! ficent specimens may be grown in small OMIME PLANT. Plectranthus ter- pots, annually increased in size when natus. the plants are shifted, the general adop- 0 M PH AL O BIUM. Two species. ' tion of the one shift system will never Stove evergreen slirubs. Ripe cuttings. \ be general, accompanied as it is by such Light loam and peat. i a great sacrifice of space in the stove OMPHALADES. Eight species, i and green-house. Hardy annuals and herbaceous peren- ONION. " The Onion is a biennial nials ; the first being increased by seed plant, supposed to be a native of Spain, in open borders; the second by divi- i The varieties are numerous. Those es- sion, in shaded situations. : teemed the best, are the Silver Skin, ONCI DIUM. Fifty-nine species, j and Large Yellow Strasburgh ; the Stove epiphytes. Shoots, moss, and ! latter is the best keeper, though perhaps rotten wood. \ not so delicately flavoured as the Silver 0NH:-SHIFT system in potting, is i Skin, thus described by Mr. Ayres : — " The | " The Wethersfield red is grown distinguishing difference of this system e.xtensively in the eastern states, where is, that instead of taking a plant through i it perfects itself the first season, all the different-sized pots, from a " It is the practice with the market thumb to a twenty-four or sixteen, or gardeners of Philadelphia, who grow any other size thut it may remain permanently, it is removed to the per- the Strasburgh and Silver Skin, to the exclusion of all others, to sow the seed manent pot at once, or at any rate to i thickly in beds in the middle of spring, one very considerably larger than is At midsummer they are taken up, and the general custom; thus in purchasing i placed in a dry airy situation, until the small specimens of new plants, they may be placed at once in a twenty- four, sixteen, or twelve-sized pot, in which they will remain for four or five years. "The principal thing to attend to in this system will be to have the pots thoroughly drained ; for if water stag- succeeding spring, when they are re- planted ; in this way they get large, firm, well keeping Onions early in the season. It should be observed that if not sown quite thickly they attain too large a size, and when replanted shoot to seed. When sown early, and very thin- ly, on strong ground, bulbs large enough nates in such a mass of soil, all hope ! for family use, may be had the first sea- of success will be at end. In growing son ; they do not, however, usually at- specimen plants, it is a good plan to ! tain a size large enough for the market, drain the soil with an inverted pot, tak- i When sown in this way, they should ing great care to prevent the soil from! be frequently hoed, and kept perfectly falling among the drainage by covering | clean ; and the Wethersfield is perhaps it securely with moss. Porous stones of various sizes, in considerable quanti- ties, sticks in a half-decomposed state, and even charcoal for some plants, have been used with satisfiictory re- sults. " Another very important point to be attended to in this system of potting is, to use the soil as rough as possible. Plants potted in this way will not re the best." — Rural Reg. To save Seed. — To obtain seed, some old onions must be planted in autumn or early in Spring. The finest and firm- est bulbs being selected and planted in rows ten inches apart each way, either in drills or by a blunt-ended dibble, the soil to he rather poorer, if it differs at all from that in which they are culti- vated for bulbing. They must be bu- quire so much attention as those potted \ ried so deep, that the mould just covers in the usual mannei ; because one wa- t the crown. Early in Spring their leaves terint; will serve them for several days, ! will appe:ir. If grown in large quanti- whereas in small pots they would re- quire constant attention." — Gardener's Chron. ties, a path must be left two feet wide between every three or four rows to allow the necessary cultivation. They There is no doubt that this system must be kept thoroughly clear from much abridges the gardener's labour, weeds, and when in flower have stakes and there is an equal certainty that by | driven at intervals of five or six feet on ONI 403 0 R A each side of every two rows, to which a I Half-hardy herbaceous. Division. Sandy string is to be fastened throughout the loam and peat. whole length, a few inches below the j OPHIOXYLON serpentinum. Stove heads, to serve as a support and prevent ' evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam their being broken down. The seeds and peat. are ripe in August, which is intimated 1 OPHRYS. Ten species. Hardy and by the husks becoming brownish; the half-hardy orchids. Seed. Chalky loam heads must then be immediately cut otherwise the receptacles will open and shed their contents. Being spread on and peat. OPLOTHFXA. Two species. O. florodana is hardy herbaceous, in- cloths in the sun, and during inclement] creased by division. 0. interivpta is a weather they soon become perfectly stove biennial, by seed. Both require dry, when the seed maybe rubbed out, , loam and peat. cleaned of the chalf, and, after remain- ! OPUNTI.\.. Eighty-seven species, ing another day or two, finally stored. | Stove cacti, except 0. fragilis and 0. It is of the utmost consequence to em- missouriensis, which are hardy ; and the ploy seed of not more than two years | half-hardies, O. media, 0. polyacantha, old, otherwise not more than one in and O.vxtlgaris. Slips, slightly dried; fifty will vegetate. The goodness of! sandy peat. seed may be easily discovered by fore- I ORACH, Atriplex hortensis, is ing a little of it in a hot-bed or warm cooked and eaten in the same manner water a day before it is employed ; a , as spinach, to which it is much prefer- small white point will soon protrude if red by many persons, although it be See Anthomyia and it is fertile. ONION-FLY Eumfirus. ONISCUS. 0. asellus, O. armadillo. Woodlice. The first is most easily distinguished from the second by its not rolling up in a globular form when at rest. They are found in old dry dunghills, cucum- ber frames, &c., and they are injurious longs to a tribe whose wholesonieness is very suspicious. Soil and Situation. — It flourishes best in a rich moist soil, and in an open compartment. Those, however, of the autumn sowing require a rather drier soil. Soirins;. — It may be sown about the end of September, and again in the spring for succession. The sowing to to many plants, fruits, &c., by gnawing ' be performed in drills six inches apart, off the outer skin. Gas lime will expel i The plants soon make their appearance. them from their haunts, and two boards or tiles kept one-eighth of an inch apart form an excellent trap. — Gard. Chron. ONOBROjVIA. Five species. 0. glaucum is a hardy annual, and O. ar- borescens, a green-house shrub, the others hardy herbaceous. Seed, cut- tings, or divisions. Common soil. ONOBRYCHIS. Saititfoin. Twenty- three species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Chalky loam. ONOCLEA. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Sandy loam and peat. ONONIS. Thirty-seven species. Mostly hardy annuals and shrubby j)lant3. Seed or cuttings. Loam. ONOSMA. Sixteen species. Hardy herbaceous, except the stove O. triner- vum. Seed. Rich chalkv loam. O N O S M O D I U M . Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed. Rich light loam. OPHIOPOGON. Three species. being of quick growth. When they are about an inch high, they must be thin- ned to six inches asunder, and those removed may be planted out at the same distance in a similar situation, and watered occasionally until established. At the time of thinning, the bed must be thoroughly cleared of weeds, and if they are again hoed during a dry day, when the plants are about four inches high, they will require no further at- tendance than an occasional weeding. For early production, a sowing may be in a moderate hot-bed at the same time as those in the natural ground. The leaves must be gathered for use whilst young, otherwise they become stringy and worthless. To save Seed. — Some plants of the spring sowing must be left ungathercd from, and thinned to about eight inches apart. The seeds ripen about the end of August, when the plants must be pulled up, and when perfectly dry rub- bed out for use. OR A 404 ORC ORANGE. Citrus aurantium. See Citrus. ORANGERY is a green-house or conservatory devoted to the cultivation of the genus Citrus. The best plan for the construction of such a building is that erected at Knowsley Park, and thus described by the gardener, Mr. J. W. Jones. Fig. 104. "Measured inside, this house is four- teen and a half yards long, eight broad, and six high. In the centre of the house are eight borders, in which the oranges, &c., are planted ; these borders are all marked a. The two borders against the back wall are sixteen inches broad, and three feet deep. The six borders immediately in the centre of the house are fourteen inches broad, " Two stoves immediately connected with each end of the orangery contain the collection of tropical plants bearing fruit. The communication between these stoves and the orangery is unin- terrupted by any glass or other division, so that the orange tribe are subjected to nearly as high a temperature as the tropical plants. The central borders of the orangery, as may be seen in the section, are raised a little above each other, as they recede from the front of the house. The oranges, citrons, &c., are all trained as espaliers; a light wire trellis being stretched from pillar to pillar parallel with the borders, and about eight feet high. The spaces, b, between the borders being about three feet wide, permit a person to walk along between the plants, for the pur- pose of pruning, watering, &c. These spaces are of the same depth as the borders, and were originally filled with tan ; but part of this is now removed, and its place is filled with good soil. In this some fine climbing plants have been turned out, amongst which are several plants of Passijlora quadrangu- laris, which bear an abundant crop of fine fruit. Besides these, there are also two fine plants of the beautiful new Gardenia Sherbournia. These, and other climbers, are trained up the rafters, &c., in such a manner as not to materially intercept the light from the orange. The great advantage of having the trees trained on the trellis system is, that every part of the tree is fully exposed to the light, and by planting them in rows one behind the other, a larger surface is obtained for the trees and three feet deep; the paths are marked c, the front wall d, and the ; to cover than could be got by adopting back one e; p, p, p, represent orna- I any other plan; and consequently, for mental cast iron pillars, which, besides! the space, a larger quantity of fruit is supporting the roof, serve also to sup port light wire trellises ; there is one of these pillars in each row for each rafter. The house is entirely heated by smoke flues, two furnaces being placed at /. The dotted lines along the central path show the direction of the flues beneath, from the back to the front entrance, when they diverge, the one entering a raised flue, g, on the right, the other also entering a raised flue on the left. These flues again cross the house at procured. The trees being hung loose- ly and irregularly to the wires, assume as natural an appearance as circum- stances will permit, and the introduc- tion here and there of large plants in pots has a tendency to prevent formal- ity. Two plants are placed in each border." — Gard. Chron. O R B E A . Twenty-three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttingsslight- ly dried ; sandy loam and lime rubbish. ORCHARD is an inclosure devoted each end, and the smoke escapes by ; to the cultivation of hardy fruit trees, the back wall; it being found incon- I In it may be, as standards, apple-trees, venient to place the furnaces in any most sorts of pears and plums, and all Other situation. | sorts of cherries, which four are the ORG 4Q5 ORG chief orchard fruits; but to have a com- \ Let several varieties of each particu- piete orchard, also quinces, medlars, lar species be chosen that ripen their mulberries, service trees, filberts, nuts, fruit at different times from the earliest berberries, walnuts, and chestnuts must to the latest, according to the nature of be included. The two latter are par- > the different sorts, that there may be a ticularly applicable for the boundaries sufficient supply of every sort during of orchards, to screen the other trees their proper season ; and of apples and from impetuous winds. A general or- pears, in particular, choose a much chard composed of all the before men- greater quantity of the autumnal and tioned fruit trees, should consist of a late ripening kinds, than the early sorts ; double portion of apple trees. With but most of all of apples ; for the surn- respect to the situation and aspect for mer ripening fruit is but of short dura- an orchard, avoid very low damp situa- tion, only proper for temporary service ; tions as much as the nature of the place but the latter ripening kinds keep sound will admit: for in very wet soils no some considerable time for autumn and fruit trees will prosper, nor the fruit be winter use. The arrangement of the fine; but a moderately low situation, trees in the orchard must be in rows, free from copious wet, may be more each kind separate, at distances ac- eligible than an elevated ground, as cordini: to the nature of growth of being less exposed to tempestuous i the different sorts; but for the larger winds; though a situation having a growing kinds, such as apples, pears, small declivity is very desirable, espe- plums, cherries, &c., they should stand cially if its aspect incline towards the from twenty-five to thirty or forty feet east, souih-east, or south, which are every way asunder, though twenty-five rather more eligible than a westerly or thirty feet at most is a reasonable aspect; but a north aspect is the worst distance for all these kinds. Each spe- cies and its varieties should generally be in rows by themselves, the better to suit their respective modes of growtti. Stake the new planted trees, to support them in their proper position, and se- cure them from being rocked to and of all for an orchard, unless particu larly compensated by the peculiar tem perament or good quality of the soil. Any common field or pasture that pro- duces good crops of corn, grass, or kitchen garden vegetables, is suitable for an orchard ; if it should prove of a ! fro by the wind, which would greatly loamy nature, it will be a particular advantage ; any soil, however, of a good quality, not too light and dry, or too heavy, stubborn, or wet, but of a me- dium nature, friable and open, with not less than one spade deep of good staple, will be proper. Preparation of the Ground. — The preparation of the ground for the re- ception of the trees is by trenching one or two spades, as the soil will admit. And if in grass, turn the sward clean to the bottom of each trench, which will prove an excellent manure. The retard their rooting afresh, placing two or three strong tall stakes to each tree ; but the most effectual method is to have three stakes to each, placed in a trian- gle, meeting at top near the head of the tree, wrapping a hayband round that part of the stem, to prevent its being barked by the stakes or tying; then tie the stakes at top close to the tree with some proper bandage, bring- ing it close about the stem and stake* together, over the hay wrapping, so as to secure the tree firmly in an erect posture. If laid down in grass no cai- ground must be fenced securely against tie should be turned in to graze at cattle, &c., either with a good ditch [ large, unless the stem of each tree is and hedge, or with a paling fence, as i previously well secured with posts and may be most convenient. railing, or wattled with thorn bushes, Method of Planting; the Trees. — The especially in young orchards, otherwise season for planting all the sorts of fruit I they will bark the trees; nor bIioiiUI trees is autumn, soon after the fall of j large cattle l)e turned into orchards, the leaf, from about the latter end of; where the branches of the trees are yet October until December, though it may low and within their reach. — Abercrorn- be performed any time in open weather, I bie. See Tree-Guard. from October until March or April ; on ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS are chiefly light land the autumn is usually pre- 1 herbaceous, a very few are even semi- ferred, on heavy land the spring is best. 1 frutescent ; but all are characterized ORC 406 ORC either by singular beauty or fragrance ; I P>ia. and, as many of tliem are extremely { Dendrobium. impatient of cultivation, they have of Anisopetalum. late years obtained great attention Ca;logyne. from horticulturists; and pre-eminent Malaxis. among these, are Dr. Lindley, Mr. Microstylis. Lodiges, Mr. Bateman, Mr. Paxton, Liparis. Mr. Catley, Mr. Clowes, &c. Calypso. Pleurothallis. Stanhopea. Stelis. Cypripedium. Saccolabium. Goodyera. Thelymitra. Diuris. Orthoceras. Cryptostylis. Ponthieva. Prasophyllum. Calochilus. Neottia. Pelexia. Listera. Stenorhynchus Arethusa. Calopogon. Pogonia. Microtis. Acianthus. Cyrtostylis. Chiloglottis, Eriochilus. Caladenia. Lyperanthus. Glossodia. Pterostylis. Epipactis. Cephalanthera. Corallorhiza. Caleya. Corysanthes. Prescotia. Gastrodia. Vanilla. Orchis. Glossula. Anacamptis. Nigritella. Aceras. Ophrys. Serapias. Disa. Habenaria. Gymnadenia. Platanthera. Chamorchis. Herminium. Barthoiina. Bonatea. Satyrium. Pterogodium. Disperis. GENERA. I Corycium. Calanthe. Octomeria. Maxillaria. Camaridium. Ornithidium. Pholidota. Megaclinium. Ornithocephalus. Cryptarrhena. Aerides. Vanda. Sarcanthus. Aeranthes. Angrfficum. lonopsis. Renanthera. Cymbidium. Cirrhsa. Lissochilus. Sarcochilus. Geodorum. Dipodium. Oncidium. Macradenia. Brassia. Cyrtopodium. Zygopetalum. Catasetum. Anguioa. Ceratochilus. Encyclia. Heterotaxis. Eulophia. Xylobium. Polystachya. Gongora. Trizeuxis. Rodriguezia. Sophronitis. Fernandesia. Tribrachia. Gomeza. Notylia. Bletia. Brassavola. Epidendrum. Cattleya. Broughtonia. Isochilus. Tender Orchideous Plants. — Dr. Lind- ley has given the following selections from the foregoing, with statements as to their appropriate modes of growth : — " To grow orchidaceous plants in the highest state of perfection, several houses would be requisite ; for exam- ple, there should be a cool house for those which inhabit the high lands of Mexico and Guatemala ; a warm and moist one for others which grow in the hot damp valleys of India, and other parts of the tropics ; a third, kept warm and dry, for containing those which are in a state of rest; and a fourth for plants in flower. But, however beauti- ful and interesting this tribe may be, few persons would go to this expense; and many have succeeded admirably in growing a selection mixed with other stove plants. It is difficult to give di- rections for the management of a house of this kind without seeing it, but the following should be attended to. Keep the orchidaceous plants as much toge- ther as possible, either at one side, or along the front itself. This is neces- sary in order that they may be kept more moist or shaded than the other plants. If the house fronts the south, shade will be indispensable during bright sun- shine in summer and autumn. The temperature of it during the dull months of winter, that is from November to February, should not exceed 60° by night. As the spring advances, raise it to 60° and 70°, and it may be kept at that as long as artificial heat is ne- cessary. If the summer and autumn are warm, no fire will be required for two or three months. Always allow the temperature to sink several degrees lower at night than during the day. If this is done, and the stove kept damp enough, the plants will be covered with dew in the morning. The following is a list of those most suitable. " 1. To be grown in pots and placed near the warmest end of the stove. Dendrobium noblle, one of the most lovely yet known. Oncidium papilio, an interesting kind, having flowers like ORC 407 ORC a butterfly. Peristeria elala, the beau- 1 flowers downwards in the same direc- tiful dove flower. Miltonia Candida,' tion as the roots, and have a very curi- Cattleya labiata, C. Mossia, C. rrispa, ous appearance." — Card. Chron. C. intermedia, C. Harrisoniala : these flower in great profusion during sum- mer, and are remarkable for their great beauty. Cymbidium sinense, with dingy coloured flowers, but very fragrant. Zygopelalum, Mackaii, Z. intermedium, Z. crinitum, very showy and sweet- Hardy Orchideous Plants. — M. F.Otto lias written as follows upon these: — " The best time for transplanting Orchises is early in autumn, when the plants are in a state of rest, and the cultivator must devise the means of finding them, although they are almost scented. Brassia caudata, B.Lanceana, withered upon the ground. and B. maculata. Acantliaphippium bi- They grow much better if placed color is easily cultivated, and produces between other plants, as they find theui a nest of flowers in spring. Gon^ora selves in their natural situation atropurpurea likes heat and moisture, the flowers are striking and curious. " 2. To be grown in pots and placed in the coolest end of the stove. Oncidium Cavendishianum produces large spikes of yellow flower. Cattleya Skinneri, Epidendrum Stamfordianum, whose flowers hang very gracefully, and the " They should be brought into the garden not only with the whole of their ball of earth, but also with all the sorts of plants belonging to it. They never thrive so well as if they stood among the other plants whicli naturally sur- round them. " Experience has taught that the violet markings of them are delicate ; greater part of the Swiss and Tyrolese and beautiful. Trichopilia tortilis with finely spotted flowers. Catassetnm tnaculatum, and Pkasius grandifolius, which should be kept near the light, and is very thirsty while growing. Maxillaria aromatica and M. cruenta Alpine Orchises, as well as those fro'm the south of Europe, are cultivated in pots, but in this situation the plants weaken from year to year, until the tubercles at last disappear. If we would retain them longer in our gardens, par- have fine yellow flowers, highly fra- ticular attention must be paid to the grant. M. tenuifolia has pretty spotted flowers. Cyrtochilium maculatum, and several varieties of it, are well worth cultivation. 3. To be suspended in baskets, or soil in which they grow, and it would probably be best to cultivate them in boxes, which may be covered during the winter months. " It may be useful to those who would on blocks of wood near the warmest collect the northern species into gar- end. Dendrohium cucullatum, macula- turn, and fimhriatum, the former with rose coloured, the latter with pretty yellow fringed flowers. Oncidium am- dens, to know the situation and soil in which they naturally grow. " Malaxis paludosa upon very wet peat earth, among sphagnum. Coral- pliatum, large varieties; 0. Lanceanum, lorrhiza injiatn upon stumps of roots in one of the best of the genus, will also i wooded peaty marshes. Liparis Loc- do well in a pot. Aerides odoratum, selii, in peat meadows, among sphag- very sweet; Saccolabium guttatum ;' num. Orchis morio, in meadows and both of these want a very warm and pastures. O. pnlustris, in damp mea- moist situation, but their beautiful rose dows, often half under water. O. mas- and lilac blossoms wil trouble. repay any cula, in meadows and pastures. O. pallens, upon chalk, in mountain pas- "4. To be suspended in baskets, or tures. 0. militans, in meadows. 0. blocks of wood near the coolest end of /usco, upon chalk, in mountain mea- the stove. Laliaautumnalis, L. albida, dows. 0. cor/op/iora, in meadows. 0. and L. anceps, are very ornamental, re- sembling Cattleyas. Oncidium leuco- chilum is easily grown, and the delicate white of the lip contrasts well with the ustulata, in meadows. O. glohosa, in meadows. 0. sambucina, in meadows. 0. maculata, in very dry meadows. O. latifolia, in meadows. O. anacamptis brown markings of the other parts of pyramidalis, in meadows. O. gymnn- the flower. Odontoglossum grande, denia conopsea, in meadows. O. con- whose flowers are very large and par- densijlora, in meadows. O. plalan- ticularly striking. Stanhopea tigrina thera bifolia, in dry meadows, on and several other species send their mountains, and in forests. O. hermin- ORC 408 ORC ium monarchis, in meadows. Ophrys ; and the shelves, b b, are of slate. myodes, in shady forests, particularly ; Parallel with the shelves, and separa- upon chalk. 0. arachnites, in mea- ting them from the narrow part of the dews, also upon limestone. 0. aj3)/era, lake, are beds, c d, raised two feet upon limestone hills. Epipogium : and a half above the level of the floor, gmetini, upon mouldering roots of and each furnished in the middle with trees, in mountainous woods. Spiran-^ a tank, c c, the water of which is heated thes autumnalis, in meadows. Neottia by a turn of pipe passing through it. Nidusavis, •growing upon roots of trees, At the north end, the house is closed in woods. Listera ovata, in damp by a solid wall, covered with bark and places, in common woods. L. cordata, rough projections for ferns and such in mountain meadows and woods, plants, at the other end it opens into Epipactis latifolia, in forests. E. atro- \ what is called the plant house by two rubens, in mountain woods, particu- doors. The heating apparatus consists larly upon limestone. E. viridifiora, in ' of a boiler, b, at the close end of pipes shady places. E. palustris, in mea- running through the water and under dows. Goodyera repens, in fir woods the slate shelves. among moss. Cephalanthera rubra, in " The heating apparatus," Mr. shady woods. C. ensifolia, in shady Butcher says, " is found to suit admi- forests. Cypripedium calceolus, in ; rably as regards the temperature, both shady woods." — Gard. Chron. Stove for Tender Species. — The fol lovying is the plan of a stove for these of the house and of the lake and tanks of water. The circulation of heat be- ing continued under water, commu- plants erected at Ealing Park, and for nicates sufficient warmth for the double which I am indebted to the Gardener's \ purpose of creating an evaporation Chronicle. : beneficial to the plants, and making the water of suitable temperature when applied by syringe or watering pot. " We can always command ten de- grees of heat in this house above the temperature of the plant stove, con- nected with and heated by the same apparatus, an arrangement of some importance, as it allows for placing in the plant stove those Orchidaceae which require a lower temperature when in a state of rest. " The boiler is formed of cylindrical pipes placed in rows alternately above each other, all heated by one or two fires at pleasure. '• From the roof as well as from trees placed in the centre of the lake, we suspend the Orchidacese in baskets ; and on logs of wood on the two large raised pits and vvide shelves around the house, which complete the internal arrangements, we place plants in pots. Those of your readers conversant with floricultural affairs during that period, " The roof consists of three spans, may remember the many prizes which which cover a breadth of something have been awarded to specimens from more than fifty feet, and is supported our collection, and as this fact forbids by columns, c c, to which creepers are > the charge of presumption, I will ex- trained. In the centre is an irregular : plain our mode of treatment by tak- piece of water, a a, called the ' lake,' ing the genus Zygopetalum for an in- surrounded by rock-work edging, stance. heated by pipes passing through it , " When the plants are commencing from the boiler b, and containing aqua- I their growth, (generally about the tic plants. The flooring of the house tnonth of October,) a pot of suitable size ORC 409 ORC is filled three parts full of potsherds ! to shine powerfully upon plants that and the remainder with close peat, have just left their winter quarters. In fastened down with pegs of wood. I j order to secure as much light as possi- prefer close peat for this genus, as I \ ble, many species should be suspended have found it do better than in lighter in the air from rafters or chains, some or more fibrous peat. being placed on blocks of wood, (cork- " The plant so potted is then placed wood is the best,) or fragments of co- in the Orchidaceous house, tempera- coa-nut husks, and others in baskets of ture ranging from sixty to seventy de- wire or wicker work filled with moss grees, the atmosphere moist, the plant anonies — the Chinese P. albijlora and its varieties are the best — any time, early in spring, before the plant commences growing. Then cut off a small portion of the crown, and slit the tuber, from the top and down- wards, sufficiently deep to admit the scion of the moutan-pa;ony, which must be of the last season's wood, fit- ting the bark of both well together, as in the ordinary way of grafting; and bind them tightly with strong matting. Then pot them singly in pots deep enough to cover the graft about an inch with soil, and place them in a cold pit or frame kept close, and give them but little water at first. They may also be grafted about the end of July or begin- ning of August, using the young wood of the current year in the same way as the preceding ; but when they are grafted and potted they must be placed in a strong moist heat, and kept close with a bell-glass, as the wood, being rather soft, would soon perish if placed in a cold pit or frame. "Soil. — It requires a strong rich loamy soil, with plenty of moisture, during the growing season: in swampy situations they will soon perish if they are in one when in a dormant state. A deep loamy or strong soil, with a dry subsoil, should be selected, and a light dry sandy or poor soil avoided ; for in this for forcing them. Forcing requires great caution as regards the heat ap- plied : if not done gently, and the plants allowed to make fresh roots be- fore they are subjected to much heat, they will invariably lose their flower- buds during the time of forcing; and they must only be subjected to a mo- derate heat at any time — sixty degrees — as they are very apt to get drawn up weakly. " VVhen the forced plants have done flowering they should be again planted in the open border, cutting the principal shoots back at the same time : they will then be ready by autumn for repot- ting, and fit for forcing again the follow- ing spring. When potted they must be well protected, in a cool pit, from the frost. '^Culture. — When planted perma- nently in the border they should have an open situation which is not in the least shaded by other plants, and they will require a little more trouble except shortening some of the longest of the shoots before the spring, when they must be slightly protected to preserve theyoungshoots from injury by the frost, which is easily done by placing a single mat, or canvass covering, over them, at a sufficient distance from the plant, so as not to hurt the young shoots by pres- sure. " The covering should be removed on all fine days, but replaced during the night. If the plants are small they may be covered with a hand-glass during the night ; they will then flower freely during the early part of May, and the colours will be more brilliant." — Card. Ckron. PAL 416 PAN PALAFOXIA linearis. Green-house herbaceous. Seed and division. Com- mon soil. PALICOUREA. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PALIURUS. Two species. Hardy deciduous shrubs. Seed, root cuttings, and layers. Common soil. PAN^TIA fulva. Green-house an- nual. Seed. Sandy loam. PANCRATIUM. Twenty-nine spe- cies and many varieties. Chiefly stove and green-house bulbs, butP. ?7ZiyrJC«7n, and P. maritimum are hardy. They are propagated by offsets, and new varieties raised from seed. They thrive best in a compost of three-fourths sandy loam and one-fourth leaf mould. Take up the hardy species in autumn, sepa- rate the offsets, and replant immediately about four inches deep in a light, well drained sheltered border, putting some mulch or six inches of coal ashes over them during the winter. PANDAMUS. Twenty species. Stove palms. Seed or suckers. Rich light loam. PANNING is forming a pan or basin in the soil round the stem of a tree or shrub in which to pour water. PANSY or HEART'S EASE. Viola tricolor. "This is one of the English florist's flowers, and spirited contests for prizes are yearly witnessed — in this country but little attention has been paid it; though its increasing beauty by the production of new varieties is claiming our regard. Those of us whose idea of a Heart's Ease is confined to the pretty little flower of former days, have but an imperfect conception of the size, figure and brilliancy to which the Viola tri- color has attained. For an interesting article on its culture see the " London Horticultural Magazine." Varieties. — These are increased in number annually, but the following are established in public favour. Brown's Attila. Countess of Ork.iey. Curion. Cook's Attila. Alicia. ■ Black Bess. • Mulberry Superb. ■ Prince Albert. • Ringleader. • Triumph. Davies' Miss Nugent. Foster's Man of Kent. King's Exquisite. Princess Royal. Sulphura Elegans. Kitley's Bathonia. Lane's Sir John Sebright. Lidgard's Jewess. Major's Bridegroom. Beauty of Knosthorpe. Princess Royal. Maule's Princess Royal. Pearson's Agnes. — — — — Black Prince. De Buch. Magraith. Milton. Sobieski. Scholfield's Surprise. Silverlock's Prince Albert. Prince of Wales. Thompson's Attila. Beauty of Bucks. -— — ^— Coronna. Cream. Cyclops. Desirable. Duchess of Richmond. Hamlet. Jewess Superb. Launcelot. Miss Stainforth. Nymph. Prince Albert. Princess Royal. Regulator. Raphael. Rufus. Ultraflora. Venus. Warrior. Characteristics of Excellence. — " The first and most essential quality is its form, which will be found in the greatest perfection in that flower round which if a circle be drawn each petal will exactly touch the circle, not projecting beyond it, nor stopping short of it. The petals should be large and broad, because in that case the indentations must be shal- low where the outline of one petal meets another. Of a firm texture, flat, even at the edge, and free from notches. The eye must be clean and well defined, the colours should be rich and vivid, and the markings must have a clear edge. A uniform tint as a ground colour is much esteemed ; but the varia- tions and combination of colour are so numerous and beautiful, that no precise PAN 417 PAP rules can be formed to govern this ing up in all directions, and they will point.'" — Gard. Chron. blossom beautifully, if the subsoil be So27 used by the best Pansey growers congenial to them. If laid in the soil, round Manchester, is the surface soil of cuttings of the choicest pansies may be an old pasture and partially decomposed ' taken off at any season, even in the cow-dung, about one part of the latter depth of winter. If it is convenient for to two of the former. the amateur to procure them at that sea- Bed. — This should have a southeast son, he may lay the whole cutting be- aspect, unshaded by trees, but very neath the surface, either in coil or sheltered Irom wind, be three feet wide, longitudinally, so that it is not buried ■with a path all round, and then, having ' above half an inch or a little more. It dug out the soil, be made eight inches ' will spring up at most of the joints in deep of the above compost. The edges due season vigorous and healthy." — supported with slate. I Gard. Chron. Propagation. — By Seed. — Sow, as | Box for exhibiting Blooms. — Dr. soon as it is ripe, or any time in spring Lindley says, that — " the best construct- or summer will do, in pans of the same cd box for exhibiting twenty-four Hearts- compost plunged in an open border, ease is made of deal, of the following In six weeks the seedlings appear, dimensions, viz., twenty inches long. Save seed from the best shaped flowers, one wide, and five inches deep; the impregnating these mother plants with lid was made to unhinge; a sheet of pollen from bright-eyed flowers. Gather ! zinc was fitted inside, resting upon a the seed pods as they ripen. i rim ; four rows of six holes each were By Cuttings. — The best season is mid i cut in the zinc at three inches apart, August. Take short jointed cuttings ' under each hole was a zinc tube sol- from the approved plants, and insert dered to the plate, and intended to their stems about two inches deep in contain the water. The apertures to some of the compost in a north border, admit the flower should be made in the covering with a hand-glass. They will : form of a keyhole, as it will admit part have rooted in a month, then pot them, of the calyx and keep the flower in a and keep in a dry situation until frost flat position, the outside may be paint- arrives, then put them in a cold frame i ed green, but the zinc plate should be plunged in coal ashes, covering the painted of a dead white." — Gard. frame with a mat when frost is severe, j Chron. and never letting the sunshine come Insects. — The worst animal foes of upon them during frosty weather, but 1 the Pansey are the slug and the snail, admit air freely. To destroy and keep away these ver- Planting in Bed. — Do this early in Imin, water the bed late of an evening April, in dry weather, placing the plants j in moist weather with lime water, and in rows twelve inches apart each way. sprinkle the surface pretty thickly with Shade for a few days; and if night frosts fresh wood ashes. See Agromyza. occur shade them from the sun during ! Disease. — The Pansey is liable to the day after. They require no after- root-rot, if the soil is not well drained, culture but frequent hoeing ; never give If grown in light, fresh earth, in an water even in the driest summers, but j open border, it is never subject to the at such seasons cover the surface of the I disease. If a plant, which shows by bed with fresh cow-dung, sprinkled its yellow hue that infection has oc- over with earth, to keep it from being curred, be taken up, the decayed roots unsightly. I removed, and it be transplanted into a Winter Protection. — Mr. Mearns, of , soil and situation such as I have de- the Manchester Zoological Gardens, scribed, it will speedily send forth fresh recommends the Pansey grower, " in^ stead of using frames and glasses, which are not always at hand, to trim and clean the ground, and loosen the sur- radicles, and recover its vigour. PANSEY FLY. Agromyza. PANTILES. See Bricks. PAPAVER. Poppy. Twenty-six face carefully, and then to cover the | species and many varieties. Hardy whole of the plants about half an inch herbaceous and annuals. The former deep with a good rich compost. In the j are increased by division, the latter by spring the plants will be found perfectly i seed ; light rich loam, protected, and every extremity spring- 1 PAPER LIGHTS were never much 27 PAP 418 PAR employed, and, since the introduction of Whitney's and other compositions for rendering cloth semi-transparent, are still less likely to be employed. Cartridge paper is the best for the pur- ] pose. It should be damped before it is nailed upon the frame, because when good crop immediately afterwards, never fails, by speedy exhaustion, to demon- strate how great has been the disper- sion of carbonaceous matter. PARIVOA grandijlora. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Rich loam. PARK, in the modern acceptation of dried it becomes taut. It may then be j the word, is an extensive adorned in painted over with boiled linseed oil, in , closure surrounding the house and gar- which a little white lead has been in- '', dens, and affording pasturage either corporated. In nailing on the paper, I to deer or cattle. In Great Britain, a a strip of tape should be placed between park, strictly and legally, is a large ex- the heads of the tacks and the paper, \ tent of a man's own ground inclosed to check the tearing to which the paper 1 and privileged for wild beasts of chase is so subject PAPER-MULBERRY. Broussone- tia papyracea. PAPYRUS. Four species. Stove perennial aquatics. Seed and division. Rich loam in water. PARAGUAY TEA. Ilex paraguen- PARASITIC PLANTS are such as derive their nourishment from other living plants by rooting into their sap vessels. Examples are the Mistletoe and Dodder, which attach themselves to the stems and branches of some plants ; the Hypocistus, and the Oro- banche or Broom rape, affix themselves to the roots of others. The minute fungi which constitute the mildew are also parasites. There is some doubt whether the ivy is at all parasitical ; by prescription or by royal grant. (Coke's Litt. 233. a. Blackstone, 2. 38.) The beasts of park, or chase, according to the definition of ancient sportsmen, were the buck, doe, fox, marten, and roe ; but in a common and legal sense, Coke says, beasts of park were all the beasts of the forest. It has been de- cided by the superior courts of law, that to constitute a park these circum- stances are essential : — 1. A grant from the king, or prescription. 2. That it be inclosed by a wall, pale, or hedge. 3. That it contain beasts of park, and if it fail in any one of these, it is a total disparking. [Croke Car. 59.) Of such parks there are said to be 781 in Eng- land. {Brooks Ahr. Action sur Stat. 48.) PARKIA. Two species. Stove but whether it derives nourishment or | evergreen trees. Cuttings. Peat and not from trees, it certainly checks the respiration, and prevents the free ac- cess of light and air to those upon which it attaches. The orchidaceous plants, which grow upon dead wood as readily as upon living timber, are not parasites. PARASTRANTHUS. Three spe- cies. Hardy herbaceous. Division. Sandy loam and peat. PARDANTHUS. Two species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Light rich sheltered border. PARINARIUM. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. PARING and BURNING is never to be practised by the gardener, except for the purpose of charring the turf and rendering porous the soil cut from the banks of clayey ditches. When this is carefully done, a serviceable dressing is obtained. But paring and burning, as a general practice, is extremely wasteful; and though it may give a loam. PARKINSONIA aculeata. Stove evergreen shrub. Imported seed and cuttings. Peat and loam. PARNASSIA. Five species. Hardy herbaceous. Division and seed. Shaded moist peat. PAROCHETUS communis. Half- hardy evergreen creeper. Division. Light rich loam. PARONYCHIA. Fourteen species. Chiefly hardy perennials and annuals. P. canariensis is a green-house her- baceous, and a few others are half- hardy. Seed and division. Sandy loam. PARRY A arctica, a hardy annual. P. integerrima, a hardy perennial trailer. The first increased by seed, the latter by cuttings. Loam and peat. PARSLEY. Petroselinurn sativum. Varieties, — There are two varieties, the common plain leaved and the curly leaved. Time and Mode of Sowing. — It is PAR 419 PAR sown annually, but if it is never per- 1 Time and Mode of Sowing. — Sow at mitted to run to seed, the stalks being ! monthly intervals from February until cut down as often as they rise, it will ! the middle of June. Sow thinly in drills last for several years. It may be sown ' nine inches apart. The plants appear from the close of February until the in about a month after sowin", and middle of June, and this is repeated when of tolerable growth, require to be about the middle of September, for thinned to nine inches asunder, and the supply of winter and spring; but cleared from weeds, either by hand or this is unnecessary if the plants are the hoe ; which latter operation, being not allowed to seed. The seed is to performed as often as weeds appear, ia be inserted moderately thick, in narrow the only cultivation required. Hy the drills barely an inch deep, twelve inches I end of July, or during August, the apart if in a bed by itself, or in a single ' earliest sowings will have acquired a one round the edge of a bed ; the mould sufficient size for occasional use; but being raked level, and the stones im- j the roots seldom attain their full growth mediately over the seed gathered off. The plants make their appearance in from two to six weeks. When two or three inches high, they may be gathered from as required. In early June, when they make a show for seed, the stems should be cut down close to the bottom, and again in September, if they have acquired a straggling rank growth ; this cause them to shoot afresh, and until Michaelmas; and the latest crops not until the following year. On the arrival of frost, some of them must be taken up; and after the removal of the superfluous fibres, decayed leaves, &c., buried in sand, in a dry situation under cover. To save Sefd. — Some plants must be left where grown, and allowed to run in May. Their produce will ripen in acquire a strong growth before the j July or August, when it must be cut. arrival of severe weather. On the ap- proach of frost, if protection is atlorded to the plants by means of haulm or reed panels, so supported as not to touch them ; it will preserve them in a much better state for use in winter and spring dried, beat out, and stored. PARSLEY-PIKRT. Erica aphanes. PARSNIP. Pastinaca sativa. Soil and Situation. — The soil in which the parsnip succeeds best, is a rich dry sandy loam, and the deepe But a still more effectual plan is to take the better. The most inimical to it is up some of the strongest and best curled ! gravel or clay. It is always beiieficiaL plants in September, and to plant them { to trench the ground two spades deep, in pots, two or three plants in each, j a little manure being turned in with the using a rich soil. If these be placed in j bottom spit. a forcing house and abundance of li()uid I In the isle of Guernsey, which has manure given, they will be very siipe- I long been celebrated for the fineness of riorly productive throughout the winter, its parsnips, sea-weed is the manure To obtain Seed. — Nothing more is chiefly employed. necessary than to allow some of the plants to run up in June; they should not, however, be allowed to stand nearer than eighteen inches to each other. The seed ripens in early autumn, and when perfectly dry, may be beaten Of excrementitious manure that of pigeons is the best. Decayed leaves are also very favourable to its growth. The situation cannot be too open. Time and Mode of Sowing. — The usual time for sowing is fi-om the end out and stored. Soot is an excellent of February to the beginning of April, manure for parsley, and preserves it from root-canker, the only disease af- fecting it. PARSLEY (Hamburgh). Petroseli- num sativum, var. latifolium. Use. — This esculent is known by the but the earlier the better. It has heen recommended in field cultivation to sow them in September ; in the garden, when sown at this season, they also attain a finer size, but many of them run to seed. In the isle of Guernsey name broad-leaved and /arg-e-roo^ide,for the convenience of weeding, the formaUon of seed, promotes the Rt^ VVhpn the seedlings are two or development ot root. , , u fhr'ee Ses 1 ,gh remov^e to ten inches PASCALIA glauca Half hardy herb- aparl and the te'eds both by hand and -^s. Cuttings^ Loam an^et^^ small hoeing. The beds require to he PASQUL-FLOWLR. Anemone puc frequently looked over, to remove all | satilla .^^ P,ower. it impracticable. Select Species and Varieties .— impraclicaoie. , The roots may be taken up as wanted | hardy ok half-hardy, according to in September, but they do not attain maturity till October, which is intimated by the decay of the leaves LATITUDE AND SOIL. P.carulea. Common Blue Passiflora. Five slightly differing varieties, the best by the decay oi uie icdvco. Five slightly dinenng vaneucB, i-i'^ '■■■=•• ■ In November, part of the crop may ^^ ^^j^j^^ ^^^ p Colvillii and P. glauco- be taken up, and the tops being cutl ,^^^_ AH require the protection ot a close off, layed in alternate layers with ^ ,. sand, for use in frosty weather. The remainder may be left in the ground. phyllo wall. GREEN-HOUSE. P. incarnata. Flesh-coloured Passi- flora. This, in well drained borders, will endure our winters against a south wall. P. Fieldii is a variety of this. P. chinensis. Chinese Passiflora. STOVE. P. alata. Winged Passiflora. Pur- ple, white, and crimson. P. alata-carulea, Hybrid-winged Pas- siflora. Black, blue, and white. P. actinia. Sea Anemone Passiflora. White, fragrant. P. kcrmesina. Crimson Passiflora. P. Loudoni. Loudon's Passiflora, purple. P. Middletonia. Middleton's Passi- flora. Green and pink, fragrant. Some- times called P. fragrans. P. Phanicea. Phcenician Passiflora. Crimson, purple, and white. P. elegans is a variety of this. EDIBLE FRUITED PASSIFLORAS. 1 P. edulis. Purple-fruited Granadilla. 1 White. Green-house. P. laurifolia. Laurel-leafed Grana- ! dilla, or Water Lemon. Red and violet ' flowers. Fruit, yellow. Stove. P.maliformis. Apple-fruited Grana- dilla, or Sweet Calabash. Flowers white, blue, and red. Fruit, dull yel- low. P. quadrangular is. Common Grana- dilla. Flowers, red, white, and violet. P.Buonapartea and taken up as required, as they are never injured by the most intense frost, but, on the contrary, are rendered sweeter. In February or March, how- ever, any remaining must be extracted, otherwise they will vegetate. Being preserved in sand, they continue good until the end of April or May. To obtain Seed. — Some of the finest roots are best allowed to remain where grown ; or else, being taken up early in spring, planted in a situation open, but sheftered from violent winds. If of necessity some of those are employed which have been preserved in sand, such should be selected as have not had their tops cut off very close. They must be kept clear of weeds, and in dry weather watered plentifully twice a week. At midsummer the seed is usually ripe ; the umbels may then be cut, and when thoroughly dried on cloths, the seed beaten out and stored. Seed should never be employed that is more than a twelvemonth old, as it has generally lost its vegetative power ■when of a greater age. PARSONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings, Loam and peat. PARTERRE, a French word pro- nounced with the final e silent, is syno- nymous with our English name Flower Garden. „r' Fruit, greenish yellow PARTING the roots is a mode ^^^ [/"''^^^.ety o,-/his propagation available with some plants, '^ ^ '"'"^'^ "^iBi f and where a large increase ol an indi-j vidual specimen by this mode is desired. All the stove p - Us flower stems should be removed as i in a day temperature of 70 , «ith a EDIBLE FRUITED. All the stove passion flowers thrive PAS 421 P AU night temperature of 50°. Mr. Jones, lowed to remain they will be small and of the Kew Gardens, has given the foi- of little value. lowing directions, especially, for the i " The fruit-bearing branches mav be cultivation of P. quadrangularis ; but stopped at the distance of five or six they apply equally well to the other j feet above the fruit, species. " Treated in this way P. quadrangu- " It may be grown in the stove, or /ar/s will frequently produce fruit 4 lbs. better perhaps in an intermediate in weight; and though not ranking as house, between the stove and green- i a first-class fruit, it makes a rather house. It is necessary to the perfect novel as well as a useful addition to cultivation of the plant that it should the desert, at which the pulp is eaten grow in a border in the inside of the | with sugar and wine. None of the house, rather than in pots, however other species of Pass/flora bear such large. If no other situation presents large fruit as quadrnngitlnr-is. Of itself, a border may be made beneath others, edulis and hiurifolia are the path, taking care to leave a space amongst the best. Unlike quadrangu- of three or four inches between the laris, the branches of these smaller- surface of the soil and the stones, so fruited species must not be stopped, that there may be a free access of air, and they will continue to flower and and that water may spread equally fruit for several months in a stove, over the surface of the soil, and moist- The fruit is eaten with the same ingre- en it thoroughly. Whatever may be dients as the largest kind, and has a flavour agreeable to most palates." — Gard. Chron. PASSION-FLOWER. Passiflora. PASTINACA. The only cultivated species is the Parsnip, which see. PATAGONULA Americana. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and the situation of the plant, let the drain- age be as efficient as possible. " As the plant may have to remain some years in one situation, five or six barrowfuls, or even more, of good soil, composed of three-fourths rich loam,! and the rest leaf mould, should be pre- pared in a very rough state, and in this peat, plant it. A spare rafter, or any such i PATERSONIA, Nine species.^ place near the glass, will do exceed- ' Green-house herbaceous. Division and ingly well for the plants to be attached seed. Sand and peat, to. If young when turned out, they ■ PATlilNIA. Four species. Hardy should not be allowed to bear flowers or biennials. Seed. Light rich loam, fruit the first year. | PAULLINIA. Sixteen species. — " One or at most two branches should , Stove evergreen twiners. Ripe cut- be allowed to grow, and after they have tings. Light rich loam, extended ten or fifteen feet, they should PAULOUNIA iinperial is, is a hardy be stopped, and should not be allowed tree, though, until its habits are better to put forth any laterals. I tested, it is advisable to plant it in a " During winter no water to be given sheltered situation. Mr. G. Bishop, unless' the plants droop. Some time in gardener at the Chiswick Gardens, February the branches must be well cut states that — " It may be propagated by back ; and if necessary to leave any cuttings, particularly if the young length of stem between the ground and shoots are selected when they have the glass, all the buds, excepting three advanced to about three or four inches or four at the top of each branch, must in length; also by eyes, in the same be rubbed off. { manner as the vine; as well as by di- " The number of branches allowed visions of the roots, the smallest par- to grow in the second year, must be tide of them generating adventitious determined by the strength of the buds. The best time to propagate it is plant, from two to six being the usual when the plants commence their spring number. growth. Uoth eyes and roots should "Advantage should be taken of the be potted in soil consisting of leaf first flowers that open to fertilize the mould, peat, and sand, in equal pro- stigma, fot fructification will not always > portions, and the pots containing them take place naturally. From one to plunged in a dung-bed. Any other three fruit are suflicient on each | fermenting material would answer the branch; if a greater number are al- ! same purpose, where the atmospheric P AV 422 PEA temperature averages from 75° to 80°. Divisions of the root in particular will emit shoots at the expiration of three ■weeks at the farthest.'" — Gard. Chron. For a drawing and interesting article thoroughly decomposed, excluding all that possesses the least fermentation. " It has been found that frequent sowings of peas in the same ground is injurious; the plants not unusually on this recently introduced tree, see turn yellow, and partially die before the " Horticulturist.'''' PAVETTA. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PAVIA. Seven species. Hardy deciduous trees and shrubs. Layers and grafting on horse-chestnut. Com- mon soil. PAXTOMA rosea. Stove orchid. Division. Very turfy loam, leaf-mould, and sand. PEA. Pisum sativum. " The Pea is a hardy annual, a native of the south of Europe, and cul- tivated from time immemorial. <' There is an immense variety, from perfecting fruit. This remark is par- ticularly applicable to the early kinds. " The first crops should be sown in the spring, so soon as the ground will admit of being worked, choosing the driest soil, and such as lays well ex- posed to the sun. " To have a constant succession, a few should be planted every fortnight or oftener. At the time the hist sowing of early ones is made, sow also some of the later varieties, which will come in as the early ones go out of bearing. " The usual method of cultivation, is to sow the seed in drills, as directed for the Kidney Beans, only thicker in which the following have been selected j the drills. As the plants rise from half as among the best, and more than suf- ficient for any garden ; some inferior kinds are still cultivated, apparently from want of knowledge. " Landreth's Extra Early ; this has been introduced more than twenty inch high to two or three inches, begin to draw earth to the stems, doing this when the ground is in a dry state, and earthing gradually higher, as the stems ascend; at the same time loosen the ground between the young plants, years, and to the present maintains its and cut down rising weeds. Stick the superiority over all others, as an early plants when six to twelve inches high, variety; it is unquestionably the ear- 1 as soon as they begin to vine. The liest, and a general favourite. i early varieties require sticks or rods " The Early Frame succeeds Lan- two to three feet high ; the Imperial dreth's Extra Early, and is followed by and Royal Dwarf Marrowfat two feet, the Early Charlton, or Golden Hotspur, Large Marrowfat five feet." — Rur. Reg. as it is likewise called. | ToforcePeas: — Forcing- commences " The Large White Marrow, Peru-, in December, in the early part of which vian Black Eye do.. Royal Dwarf do., | month they may be sown in a hot-bed and Blue Imperial, ripen nearly to- |to remain, or thick to transplant, during gether; each has its admirers. The the succeeding month, into others for imperial is quite dwarf and may do with- production. These may be repeated in out rods ; many prefer it to all others. ^ January, and the transplanting takes "The Blue Prussian is an old sort, place in February. It is also a common generally liked, and a good bearer. practice to sow in a warm border dur- " Bishop's Early Dwarf continues ing October, and the plants being cul- longer than most others in bearing, tivated as a natural ground crop, are and its habit being so dwarf, as not lo removed into a hot-bed in a succeeding require rods, is well suited to many month, gardens. ! The hot-bed must be moderate, and " Sugar or Eat Pods, generally boiled earthed equally over to a depth of six both pod and peas, and eaten in the or eight inches, with light fresh mould manner of Kidney Beans " The Pea thrives best in a rich loamy soil, but will, with proper care, produce tolerable crops in almost any. not particularly rich. The seed must be buried one inch and a half deep. The frame, which is required to be two feet and a half high behind, ai)d one The early varieties require stronger j and a half in front, ought tc^be put on ground than the Marrowfats and Im- three or four days before the crop is perial, but in manuring for them, ob- inserted, that the steam and heat may serve to use none but such as is , abate. Seed may likewise be sown at PEA 423 PEA the above times in pots or pans, and placed round the binsoftlie stove. At the close of September also, some peas may be sown in pots and sunk in the earth of any open compartment ; when the frost commences, to be removed into the green-house. A border of fresh earth bein^ made in the front of it early in December, the plants are removed into it, in rows two feet asunder, or still better in pairs, with ten inches interval, and two feet and a half between each pair. These will come into production about the middle of March. In every instance, as stated above, the rows should be two feet, the seed or plants being set an inch asunder. The plants are ready for moving when an inch or two high. They must be shaded and gently watered until Ihey have taken root. As much earth should be preserved about their roots at the time of removal as possible. Transplanted peas are most produc- tive, and run the least to straw in the forcing frames. Air must be admitted as freely as possible under contingent circumstances, the same precautions being necessary as for cucumbers. ^Vater must be given at lirst sparingly, otherwise decay or super-luxuriance will be occasioned; but when they are in blossom, and during the succeeding stages of growth, it may be applied of- tener and more abundantly, as it is ne- cessary for the setting and swelling ol' the fruit. The shading during hot days, and covering at night, must also be particu- larly attended to. From three to five months elapse between the times of sowing and production, according to the fineness of the season, length of the days, &c. The temperature may be uniformly kept up throughout their growth, hav' ing 50" for the minimum, and 70^ for j safely relied upon the maximum. i In Pots. — Mr. N. Wilson, gardener, of Gopsall, cultivates them in this man- ner : — " The peas are to be ready for trans- planting by the 1st of February, so that the same sowing does for the first out of doors, as well as for those. The seedlings are removed from the boxes or pots, where they have been thickly sown, when about four inches in height, and are planted thinly into large pots (twelves) which have been filled with good soil, not too rich. They are staked with moderately strong willows, and run round at distances of six inches with small twine, which has a neater appearance and does not shade so much a's common pea sticks. The situation quite suitable is the back walls of the late vineries. " The pots so filled and staked, are placed on the top of the back flues, ele- vated to the glass as near as the stakes will permit, where they are to remain till the crop is gathered, which will be from the 1st to the loth of May. The peas are kept from the frost and severe weather, and have always plenty of air, when the weather is fine. " They are watered rather sparingly at first, but plentifully as they advance into bloom. Peas in pits and frames will not bear forcing till they are out of bloom, and the pod set, then they will bear it, and be forwarded admirably. They cannot be had in the autumn on the same principle after the 20th of November." — Caid. Chron. PEACH. Persica vulgaris. Varieties. — D. Landreth and Fulton ofl'er the following among others as de- sirable varieties. The vicinity of Phi- ladelphia is famous for the extent of its Peach orchards, and the abundance and excellence of tlie fruit. What is there considered worthy of culture may be PEA 424 PEA Explanation of Abbreviations. — Colour — y yellow ; r red j w white. Size — L large; m medium. Those marked * are cling 'StC nei •. name. colouh. 1 N L > H .J cs- 2 season. *Algiers Winter .... y October Alberge — Yellow Rare Ripe y r L 1 August *Biood Peach r L 2 September Columbia y L September Darby Belle . y L September Early York . r M August Early Red, Cole's . ' y L August Eastburn's Choice . r L September Freestone Heath . y L September Early Malacoton, Crawford-s y r L September Grosse Mignonne . y r L August *Lemon Clingstone y >• L September *Late Heath . w L September Late Yellow, Pool's y r L September Large Early Rare Ripe y r L August Morris' Red . r M September Morris' White w M September Nutmeg, White w M August Oldmixon Freestone y L September *01dmixon Clingstone . r L September President y r L September Red Rare Ripe r L September Red Cheek Malacoton . y ' L September *Rodman's Cling . w L September Smock's Freestone y r L September *Smock's Cling y L September *Tippecanoe . y r L September Washington . w L September Ward's Late . w L September The culture of the Peach is in this country so simple, and generally un- derstood, that it would seem scarcely necessary to occupy space with direc- tions on that subject. The following remarks are from a paper by Dr. Thompson of Wilmington, Delaware, published in the Farmer's Cabinet of Philadelphia, and may excite surprise in some quarters by its details of the extent to which the Peach trade has arrived. "To Mr. Isaac Reeves, a native of New Jersey, is tlie whole credit due of first introducing on a large scale the culture of the inoculated peach tree into Delaware. The late Mr, Jacob Ridtjway, of Philadelphia, owning a farm near Delaware City, on the Chesa- peake and Delaware canal, was induced by Mr. Reeves to become his partner, and upon this property, in the spring of 1S32, they set out the first twenty acres of inoculated peach trees ever planted in this State, with the view of supplying the Philadelphia market. They rapidly extended their plantation to about one hundred and twenty acres, were emi- nently successful, and one year — the very best season they ever had — their gross income from the sales of fruit was some sixteen thousand dollars. Peaches then commanded from one dollar twen- ty-five cents to three dollars per basket, containing about three pecks. In the spring of IS36, the late Mr. Manuel Eyre and myself followed suit upon our ' Union Farm,' midway between Wil- mington and Newcastle on the Delaware river, to about the extent of one hun- dred and forty acres. In a year or two afterwards, Mr. Philip Reybold & Sons went into the business — then a host of others, until now, from twenty-five PEA 425, PEA hundred to three thousand acres of land, in Newcastle county, are planted with, and successfully cultivated in peaches, making Delaware, though the smallest of the States, the largest pro- ducer of this fruit. The result has been a proportionate diminution of price, the average, per basket, one season with rearing of them constitutes a distinct business of itself. They are produced by planting out the peach stones, or pits, in the spring, which have been slightly covered with earth in the fall, so as to be exposed to the action of the winter's frost. The sooner the pits arc put in the sand or earth after the fruit another, not exceeding from thirty to is matured, the better — they should sixty cents. In this way Delaware has ! never become dry. The shoots from become the principal supplier of the j these stones are budded in August of Baltimore, Philadelphia, New York, and the same year, from four to six inches North River markets, and many of our from the ground. The ensuing spring fine peaches now reach even Boston, all the first year's growth is cut off The whole annual income from this above where the scion has taken — not, branch of business to the farmers of this { however, until it is well developed — county may be estimated from one to two hundred thousand dollars. For so handsome an additional product, the agriculturists of Delaware, as well as the consumers of peaches in our vicini- ty, owe a debt of gratitude to the ori- ginator of the culture, whom as one, I should gladly unite in presenting with some valued and lasting memento in recognition of his merit for giving a neiv staple to a State ; for who is a greater benefactor to mankind and the age he lives in, than he who brings into opera- tion a new branch of business, giving by his enterprise and perseverance an impetus to agriculture ; causing the earth to give forth its increase, and so multiplies its fruits as to bring them within the reach and enjoyment of all ? The great improvement made in peach- es within the last few years in New Jersey and Delaware, consists in propa- gating none but the finest kinds, by when, in the fall and following spring, they are ready for transplanting or sale. The mode of preparing the ground for them is precisely that with us of the Indian corn crop — the earth is well ploughed, and from thirty to forty bushels of lime are spread upon it to the acre. The trees of like kinds, for the convenience of picking, are then set out in rows at distances varying from twenty to thirty feet apart, according to the strength of the soil ; a crop of corn is then put in and cultivated in the usual way, and this is done successively for three years; by this time the trees be- gin to bear. Tlie cultivation of the corn being the proper tillage for the trees, and this crop amply paying for all in- vestment in trees, &c. After the trees commence bearing, no other crop ot any kind should ever be grown among them, as I have known two rows of potatoes between a row of peach trees budding and grafting, so as to have the not only to affect the fruit, but seriously fruit as early and as late as our latitude . to injure the trees ; but they should be will admit ; the earliest ripening with us ; regularly ploughed some three or four times in the season, just as if the corn crop was continued. So obnoxious in from the first week in August, such as Troth's Early, Early York and Early Ann, and ending in the latter part of our" country is the peach tree to the October with Ward's Late Free, the Heath, Algiers' Winter, &c. I need not enumerate all the different varieties worm, or borer — the tegeria exitiosa — that each tree in the orchard should be examined twice a year, summer and used and planted out to keep up this : fall — say in June and October — by re^ succession — some of the principal are moving the earth down to the roots, and in the order of enumeration. Troth's killing with a pruning-knife every in- Early, Early York, Early Ann, Yellow \ truder — then scraping the injured bark Rareripe, Red Rareripe, Malacatoon, ' and removing the glue. Thus exposed, Morris' White, Old Mixon, Rodman, ! they should be left for a few days, when Ward's Late Free, Maiden, Free ; the earth should again be replaced with Smock, Late Rareripe, Heath, Algiers' a hoe. The limbs should be only mo- Winter, &c. These trees are generally derately pruned or thinned out, so as to obtained for about six dollars per hun- admit the sun and air, avoiding in the dred, from approved nurserymen in [ operation leaving forks, which incline Delaware and New Jersey, and the I them to split when burthened with fruit. PEA 426 PEA When the peaches ripen, they should | great and prevailing disposition of the be carefully picked from step-ladders, peach tree in our climate is to over pro- seven to eight feet high, into small liiuid- t duction of fruit in favourable seasons, baskets, holding one peck each. Our , Our remedy for this is carefully to thin operators for this purpose are both men it off by plucking all those that touch, and women, who earn from fifty to seventy-five cents a day, besides being found. These baskets are gently emp- tied into the regular market baskets, which are all marked with the owner's name and strewed along the whole line of orchard to be picked. As these are or are within two or three inches of each other, when the size of hickory nuts, which are thrown into some run- ning stream or into the hog-pens to be devoured. This mode ' of heading in,' or pruning one half of the producing buds, is new to me, but which I have filled they are put into spring wagons, just tried upon my garden trees in the holding from thirty to sixty baskets, and taken to the wharf, or landing, where there is a house, shed or awning, for the purpose of assorting them, each kind by itself, which is into prime and cuUings — the prime being distinguished rot only by their size and selection. city, and will be able to speak of expe- rimentally, hereafter. With us in Dela- ware, as everywhere else, the peach tree succeeds best in a good soil. That preferred is a rich sandy loam, with clay. Many of my finest trees and choicest fruits are grown in a loose and but also by a handful of peach leaves | stony soil. The trees should never be scattered through the top. They are , set out in wet, low, or springy situa- then put on board the boats in tiers, tions, and for the same reasons, high separated by boards between, to keep and rolling ground shdtild be selected them from injury, and so reach their! for your plantations, and for the addi destined market. We consider a water communication from the orchards, or as near as may be, most essential, as all land carriage more or less bruises or destroys the fruit. Our roads through the orchards and to the landings are all kept ploughed and harrowed down smooth and even. The baskets for marketing the peaches are generally obtained in New Jersey at twenty-five to thirty-seven dollars and fifty cents per hundred. With trifling modifica- tions our culture and practice may be tional circumstance that they are less obnoxious to early frosts." Wall- Culture. English Method. — Borders should never be deeper than eighteen or twenty inches for the peach, and six feet wide. Soil chopped turfy loam from a rich pasture, rather more clayey than light — beneath a good drainage, at least one foot deep, made of broken bricks and stones, with an outfill into a neighbouring ditch. Planting. — Two year old plants are to be preferred, and planted as soon as made to suit not only the Southern but I the leaves begin to fall at the end of the South- Western Stales. I may here, ; October. The best aspects are south perhaps, properly remark, that the ave- rage life of our trees is from nine to twelve years, when properly cared for and protected as I have described ; that the two great and devastating enemies the trees have to contend against are the peach worm and the yellows ; the and south-east. Plant, at the least, six- teen feet apart ; the stem three inches from the wall, inclining towards it. Nail the branches to the wall, but do not prune them. Summer Pruning is of far more im- portance than that of the winter. first readily yielding to the knife and i " In May and June, and occasionally the treatment of semi-annual examina- ; in the succeeding months, it is necessa- tion ; the latter being a constitutional, ry to regulate the shoots of the same consumptive, or marasmatic disease, for ; year, and to prevent improper growths which no other remedy is as yet known j by disbudding. Pinch off fore right or to be practiced but extirpation and buds or shoots; and pinch off or cut destruction. There are many ^/leories i out ill-placed, very weakly, spongy, and and some practice recorded on this, by deformed shoots, retaining a plentiful far the most destructive enemy of the peach tree. I may hereafter give my own views on this particular and ob- scure disease. I concur, however, with Mr. Downing, of Newburg, that the supply of good lateral shoots in all parts of the tree, and leaving a leader to each branch. " Let them mostly be trained in at full length, all summer, about three PEA 427 PEA inches asunder, for next year's bearers ; and divest them of nny lateral twigs to prevent a thicket-like intricacy, and to promote a healthy fruitful growth in the shoots themselves. In the course of the summer regulation, if any partial vacancy occurs, or should a young tree under training want an additional sup- ply of wood, shorten some convenient- ly placed strong shoot, in June, to a few eyes to furnish a supply of laterals the same season." — Ahercromhie. Thisdishiidding and regulation shoi-ild be done by degrees. If many shoots and leaves are removed suddenly, it occasions gumming, and over-luxuri- ance in the shoots that remain. If shoots are very strong, train them as nearly perpendicular as is admissible, that there may be no check to the sap's return. Shoots less robust train hori- zontally. Protect from frosts whilst in blos- som ; and, when the fruit is well set, syringe three times a week with water to which half a pint of ammoniacal li- quor, from gas-works, has been added to each gallon. This will destroy all insects, and especially the aphis, and prevent the occurrence of mildew. " Winter Pruning may be performed at the fall of the leaf, and thence, ac- cording to some professional waiters, atany tit'ie in mild weather until spring. It should be completed in February or early in March, before the blossom- buds are considerably advanced, which are distinguishable by being round, plump, and prominent, while the leaf and shoot-buds are oblong and narrow. Retain, in all parts of the tree, a com- petent supply of such regular grown shoots of last year as are apparently quite close the redundant, irregular, and other improper shoots: remove or reduce some parts of the former bearers of the two preceding years, cutting the most naked quite away, and others down to the most eligible young branch or well-placed shoot. Also take out all diseased and dead wood, retaining young where necessary to fill a vacui- ty."— Ahercromhie. The most systematic mode of pre- serving a constant supply of young wood is that proposed by ^Ir. Seymour, and described as follows in the Gar- dener'>s Magazine : — "A maiden plant must be cut down to three eyes, a, and three shoots being produced, the two lower ones are left at full length, and the succeeding spring the centre shoot is again cut down to three eyes. At the time of disbudding the trees all the buds on the lower side of the two horizontal branches are rub- bed off, and buds are left on the upper side of the b>-anches at a distance of from nine to twelve inches from each other. These are suffered to grow five or six inches, and are then stopped ; but still suffering the leading shoot to extend itself. At the second spring pruning, the centre shoot is again cut to three eyes ; or, if the tree be very vigorous, five eyes may be left, two lor each side, and a centre one for again furnishing leading shoots. The leading shoots are laid in the fan form, nine or ten inches from each other. The shoots on the leading branch are nailed to the wall in summer; but after the winter's pruning they are tied to the leading shoots to be nailed in, where they get well ripened, and mature their buds for anotlier crop. At the winter's fruitful in blossom-buds. Most part pruning they are cut to three or four of these should be shortened, not in discriminately, but according to their strength and situation ; the very strong shoots should be left longer, being topped about one-fourth or one-third. Shoots of middling vigour reduce one- third or one-half; and prune the very weak to two or three buds. Always cut at a shoot-bud to advance for a leader. Sometimes a shoot-bud lies between a twin blossom-bud ; cut half an inch above the bud. As many new shoots as will lie from three to six inches asunder may be deemed a com- petent supply : remove or reduce some inches, according to their strength. The maiden plant, being headed down the first winter, will present two late- rals, 6. The second year, at the end of Fig. 106. summer, there will be four side-shoots, part of the former bearers. Cut out and six or more laterals, c. In the fol- PEA 428 PEA lowing spring pruning, the laterals, rf, each side shoot; the first about three which had been nailed to the wall, are inches from the stem, as the bud may loosened and tied to their main shoot, suit, and the other at the end of the e, and the upright shoot shortened to shortened shoots, so as to double the three buds, as before. leading shoots. The upright shoot is " At the end of the third summer the always cut at three of the lowest and laterals will be doubled on the old wood most suitable buds, so that the stem may by one having sprung from the base of be kept as short as possible ; for, unless the shoot tied in, g, and another from the side shoots are multiplied, the stem its extremity, /i. lu the pruning of the gets too high. If the side shoots are p. .„_ strong the year after cutting down, they ^^ ; may be laid in their whole length ; but [if weak, they must be cut short to give [ them strength. Continue in this way to double the side shoots for two or three years, by which the tree will get strength, and then it will admit of the side shoot being shortened to about fourteen inches. Cut for two or three I years, so as to produce three shoots upon each side shoot, and so continue - „ . . ..1.1 /• . ' until there is a sufficient number of followmg spring the laterals of two ^^^^. ^^^^,^ ^^ j-^^^j^,, ^^^^ ^^^ji_ years' growth, which had borne fruit, . ,, ,J.^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ j„j„ ^ ^^^^^ are cut off close, and the young laterals ; ^^j cut the lateral shoots to about which had sprung from their base, f, are loosened from the wall, and tied Fig. K eight or nine inches, taking care to cut at a wood-bud ; and at the time of dis- budding leave the best situated buds, and those nearest the base, for the future year's bearing." — Gard. Mag. Thinning. — Let there be a space of nine inches between every brace of fruit upon the weaker shoots, and sis inches on the stronger. See Thinning. Blistering of the Leaf. — This disease, which is called by some gardeners the Bladder Blight, and by the French la down to succeed them ; the other late- cloque, is occasioned by more moisture rals, fc, are tied in, and the uprightshoot being forced into the leaves from the shortened, /, as before. ! roots than they can evacuate by expira- Now, or before, the side shoots will tion. Some gardeners, annotating upon have to be headed down once or even this opinion, expressed by the present twice, so as to increase their number, writer in the Gardener's Chronicle in and regularly cover the wall. The es-; June, 1845, have concluded, because tent to which this practice is carried the blistering appears more abundantly will depend on the height of the wall, when cold nights succeed to hot days, and the distance of the trees from each that they occasion the disorder; but other ; the ultimate object being to pro- they are only the proximate cause; ducea fan form, as regular as possible, those cold nights reduce the expiratory of permanent wood, with no young power of the leaves, whilst the roots in wood thereon, besides what is produced a soil of unreduced temperature con- along the spokes of the fan, on their ' tinue to imbibe moisture, and to propel upper side, at about twelve inches I it to the leaves with undiminished force, apart, and the prolongation of the '. The blistering is, consequently, more Bhoots. extensive. That the force with which " In the course of the winter or spring the sap is propelled, is quite sufficient of the third year, I shorten the side to rupture the vessels in the parenchyma shoots to about ten or twelve inches, as of the leaf, is evident from Dr. Hale's may be most convenient for wood-buds, experiment. He found the vine pro- to get two principal leading shoots from i pelled its sap with a force equal to a PEA 429 PEA column of mercury fifteen inches high. There is no doubt upon my mind, that if the soil be well drained, and not too fertile, blistering will never occur. The remedy, therefore, is obvious in eitlier case. Diseases. — See Aphis, Chermes, Honey Dew, Mildew, Exlravasated Sap. Forcing. Any of the early varieties are suitable for this purpose ; success does not depend so much on the kind, as on the manacement. Form of House. — The best form for a Peach-house, is that thus described by the late T. E. Knight, Esq. As the lights to be moved to the re- quired extent with facility must neces- sarily be short, the back wall of the house must scarcely extend nine feet in height, and this height raises the rafters sufficiently high to permit the tallest person to walk with perfect con- venience under them. The lights are divided in the middle at the point a, and the lower are made to slide down to the D, and the upper to the point a. The iiue, or hot-water pipe enters on the east or west end, as most conveni line c, will receive the full influence of the sun. The upper lights must be moved as usual by cords and pulleys, and if these be let down to the point a, after the fruit in the front tree is gather- ed, every part of the trees on the back wall will be fully exposed to the sun, at any period of the spring and summer after the middle of April, without the intervention of the glass. A single fire- place will be sufficient for a house fifty feet long, and I believe the foregoing plan and dimensions will be found to combine more advantage than can ever be obtained in a higher or wider house. Both the walls and flue must stand on arches, to permit the roots of the trees to extend themselves in every direction beyond the limits of the walls, for what- ever be the more remote causes of mil- dew, the immediate cause generally appears to be want of moisture or dampness above it. A bar of wood must extend from d to b, opposite the middle of each lower light, to support it when drawn down. — Knight's Select Papers. The soil, culture, and pruning are the same as required for those trees grown on walls. Forcing in Pots is a very excellent mode, and enables the Peach to be thus grown in establishi:.ents where there is no regular Peach-house. Pot a three year old tree in a twelve inch pot, cutting it back to four buds; and shift every year until it has attained an eighteen inch pot, a size which need never be exceeded. Let the soil be turfy, and mixed with decaying wood from the bottom of an old wood stock. Commencing forcing and temperature. ent, and passes within six inches of the east and west wall, but not within less j The best and most successful directions than two feet of the low front wall, I on these points are the following, given and it returns in a horizontal direction through the middle. The trees must be planted between the flue and the front wall, and the other row near the back wall, against which they are to be trained. If early varieties be planted in the front, and the earliest where the flue first enters, these being trained imme- diately over the flue, and at a small dis- tance above it, will ripen first; and if the lower lights be drawn down in fine weather to the point b, every part of the fruit on the trees which are trained nearly horizontally along the dotted liy Mr. \V. Hutchinson, gardener at Eatington Park. He says: — " Bring the trees into the house in mild weather during November, a little earlier or later according to the state of the weather; do not start them all, how- ever, at once ; the last lot are not put in until the first of January. Any later than this would not answer, as the weather, if clear, is then hot through the day. Commence forcing them at 530 at night, allowing the thermometer to fall to 50" in the morning, if cold, but if the weather is mild, never to fall below 55*-' ; and from thai to 60« is the PEA 430 PEA usual temperature kept up throughout I ure of tlie crop is inevitable. To secure the period of forcing during the night ;' such a supply, it is a most effectual durijig the day, I make up for low night ' treatment to give the border a top-dress- temperature, when I have the chance, ing,at the close of February, of charred by sun heat. Do not be fastidious about : turf. Liquid manure and water, of a few degrees : to get it high enough is ] course, must !)e given also, as the dry- the main point, say from 70'-' to So" and j ness of the soil and appearance of the 90"^, until the fruit is stoned, then keep '. trees indicate are necessary, them very hot during the day, viz. from I Standards. — In Essex, I have grown 95° to 105'', and sometimes even as the peach successfully, both as a stand- high as 110". Of course a great deal of ard and as an espalier, in a garden moisture is required with this high tem- I sloping to the south, and well pro- perature : syringe over head twice a tected from the east and strong wester- day, and sometimes oftener when the i ly winds. air is dry, and you will scarcely ever be PEAR. Pyrits communis. Of this troubled with either green fly or red i fruit four hundred and forty-two varie- spider. Watering at the root must be ties are at present cultivated in the carefully attended to-; very little is i Chiswick Gardens, and these with ma- wanted until the trees get covered with ! ny more are described in the Horticul- leaves; but after the fruit is stoned they ■ tural Society's Fruit Catalogue, should be watered plentifully. Ofcourse | The subjoined list, taken from the the watering must be gradually with-} catalogue ofD. Landreth and Fulton at drawn as the fruit approaches maturity, ! the old Landreth nurseries comprises a in order to increase their flavo&r." — selection of choice and approved varie- Gai-d. Chron. ties, abstracted from the mass in cuitiva- When the blossoms are well open, tion, the larger number of which are impregnation should be assisted by the only calculated to disappoint thosewho aid of a camel's hair pencil One essential for securing vigorous production in the Peach-house is to have the roots of the trees well nour- ished. If these are not duly supplied rely on them — either by reason of the inferiority of the fruit, or want of adap- tation to our climate — the latter to a very considerable extent; how else can we account for the quality of their pro- with moisture and food during the time duct here, compared with their trans- the fruit is setting and swelling, a fail- 1 atlantic character ? Explanation of Abbreviations. — Colour — g green ; y yellow ; rus russet; r red ; b brown. Size — l large; m medium; s small. Form — obov obovate ; pyr pyramidal.. Those marked * are of American origin. CO- > name. LOUR. FORM. 5 SE.\S0N. Althorpe Crassanne .... g obov M 1 Oct. to Nov. Bartlctt . gy pyr L 1 Aug. Sept. Bell Pear g pyr L 2 Sept. Mar. Bergamot, Hampden's rus round M 2 Aug. Sept. *Bergamot, Autumn rus round M 1 Sept. Oct. Bergamotte, Suisse y r pyr M 2 Oct. Nov. Bergamotte, Easter . g obov M 1 Mar. Apl. Bezi de Lamotte y round M 1 Oct. Nov. *Bleeker's Meadow gy round M 1 Oct. Dec. *Bloodgood y rus obov M 1 Aug. Sept. Beurre de Roi y pyr L 1 Sept. Oct. " Diel y obov L 1 Sept. Dec. " de Capiaumont b obov M 1 Sept. Oct. «' d'Amalis b obov L 1 Sept. Oct. PEA 431 PEA CO- WjS NAME. LOUR. FORM. N SEASON. Beiirre Bosc ..... b pyr L Sept. Oct. " Summer y obov M July Aug. " dWremberg y obov L Dec. Jan. " Easter g obov L Oct. Mar. " de Ranz g pyr L Feb. ApL Buffum .... y obov M Sept. Oct. *Chapman, CaiT-s . gy ohov M Sept. Nov. Chnumontelle . y pyr L Nov. Feb. Columbia .... y obov L Nov. Jan. Compte lie Lamay . y obov M Sept. Oct. Dearborn's Seedling y obov M Aug. Sept. Dix . . . y pyr L Oct. Nov. Doyenne Gris . rus pyr BI Sept. Oct. Duchess d'Angouleme y obov L Oct. Nov. Early Catharine y py s July Aug. Flemish Beauty y ohov L Sept. Oct. Fondante d'Automne y obov M Sept. Oct. Forelle y pyr L Nov. Jan. Frederick of Wirtemberg y pyr L Sept. Oct. (iloux Morceau g pyr L Nov. Dec. Clreen Chisel g obov L Aug. Sept. *Haddington, Smith's gy obov L Sept. Oct. ♦Harvard rus obov M Sept. Oct. *Heathcote y obov M Sept. Oct. Holland Green g obov L Oct. Dec. La Bon Cure y pyr L Sept. Oct. L'Echasserie g round M Nov. Mar. *Lewis . • . . g obov M Oct. Jan. Leon Le Clerc — Van Mon s y pyr L Oct. Nov. *Lodge rus pyr S 1 Oct. Dec. Long Green Mouth water g pyr L Aug. Sept. Louise Bonne de Jersey g pyr L Sept, Oct. Madeline g obov M July Aug. ISLirie Louise y pyr L Sept. Oct. Muscat Allemande g obov L Nov, Feb. Passe^Coiinar . y pyr L Nov. Jan. ♦Pennsylvania g obov L Sept. Oct. *Petrfe y pyr L Sept. Oct. Rousselet de Rheims rus py L Oct. Nov. *Rushmore y obov M Sept. Oct. *Seckel rus obov S Sept. Oct. Stephen's Genessee y obov M Oct. Nov. St. Germaine, UoedaWs rus pyr L Nov. Ap). *St. Germaine, Prince's rus obov L Nov. Jan. St. Ghislan y pyr M Oct. Nov. Sugar y pyr I. Aug. Sept. Surpass Virgalieu y obov I- Oct. Nov. Swan's Egg g obov M Oct. Nov. Urbaniste g obov m| 1 Oct. Nov. ♦Washington y obov m| 1 Aug. Sept. Winter Nelis g obov M ll Dec. Feb. The annexed outlines and descrip- tions of a few prominent varieties will doubtless interest those who may not have access to a work especially devoted to fruits. The descriptions have been made as concise as bte, consistent with perspicu further information, see Cox, Downing — American pomolog practica- lly. For Kenrick, ists. PEA 432 PEA Fig. 110. Haddington. (Smith's.) (Fig. 110.) We have by the merest chance this ex- cellent addition to our stock of winter pears. Mr. J. B. Smith, when on his farm near Haddington, Philadelphia County, in 1828, reared from the seed of the pound pear, a number of young plants for stocks. This one accident- ally remained unworked, and on Mr. Smith's removal to the city, was brought by him and planted in his garden, where it now stands, singularly erect, and with few horizontal branches. It comes into use in December, and keeps through winter; the skin is green, when ripe slightly yellow on the sunny side, and marked by minute russet dots or specks. The texture of the fruit varies ; some are quite melting, others incline to break — it never cracks, bears abund- antly, and we conceive it quite an ac- quisition to our winter pears. Pennsylvania. (Smithes.) (Fig. 111. This, so named by the Pennsylvania Hor- ticultural Society, is a seedling on the grounds of Mr. J. B. Smith, Philadel- phia. The original tree is 35 to 40 feet high, pyramidal in form, of robust habit, retaining its foliage unusually late. Its origin and age are unknov/n, but this and the Moyaniensing (subsequently described) standing in the same gar- den, have recently been recognized by an aged lady, who knew these iden- tical trees when a child. The fruit in outline and general appearance some- what resembles the old Beurre — pre- vailing colour, brownish yellow, occa- sionally speckled and burnished with brighter yellow on the upper portion, the lower or blossom end presenting a uniform dull brown or russet hue, the sunny side dotted with red. Stem deep brown an inch and a quarter long, PEA 433 PEA Fig. 111.— (P. 432.) standing nearly erect, planted on a full crown ; in some specimens one shoulder more elevated than the other. Calyx i small, in a shallow basin. Flesh yel- , lowish white, rather coarse grained, and somewhat gritty; flavour notunlike tlie butter. Ripe, 10th August to mid- dle September. It is a fine bearer, never cracks, and may be classed among the good American pears. MoYAME.NSiNG. {Smith's Early But- ter.) (Fig. 112.) This is supposed to be a native. It stands in the garden of Mr. J. B. Smith, Philadelphia, is 28 thirty feet high, open in growth, and uniformly sheds its leaves early in August. The fruit vary in shape — some are roundish, others obovate : colour, a uniform light yellow. Stem an inch long, in some specimens set in a shal- low basin, in others rising from the crown with a fleshy and enlarged base. Calyx rather prominent, in a shallow plaited cup. Ripe from middle July to close of August. The texture is but- tery, so much like a Beurre as to have received the above synonym. It is a desirable variety. PEA 434 PEA Fig. 112.— (P. 433.) Columbia. [Bloodgood. Downing.) (Fig. 113.) An American, as its name implies, produced in West Cliester County, New York, where the original tree still exists. This is truly a valuable variety, in season when most needed — from November to January. Stem an inch long, curved. Calyx comparatively small. Skin, when fully ripe, of a rich golden hue. Flesh whitish, rich and aromatic — worthy of general culture. St. Germain of French and English Authors. (Fig. 114.) There are but few winter pears of finer quality than this old favourite ; and were it not particu- larly liable to fire-blight, none would be more cultivated. The outline is fre- quently quite irregular, but in all speci- mens full at the blossom end, narrow- ing towards the stem. The skin is thick, and green even when fully ripe. Stem short and obliquelyplanted. Calyx set in a shallow basin. Flesh white, and when in perfection, abounding in juice of exquisite flavour. Ripe from December to March. Lewis. (Fig. 115.) This variety de- rives its name from Mr. John Lewis of Massachusetts, on whose farm it origi- nated thirty years ago. It is in season from November to February, and may be enumerated among our valuable winter fruits. It bears most profusely and, though not externally attractive, the skin being rough, would doubtless be highly profitable if cultivated for city sale. Out- line nearly round, a little flattened at the crown. Skin green. Stalk an inch and a PEA 435 PEA Fig. 113.— (P. 434.) half long, calyx large and open, basin | very slightly furrowed. The quality of! the fruit, though not " first rate," is such as with its constitution and productive habit must insure this variety extensive j cultivation. I Beurre De Ranz, of Thompson.' Beurre Range, of Lindley. (Fig. 1 16.) This is a Flemish pear, and obtains its name of Ranz from the district in which it originated. It is one of the longest keepers, not being in perfection until spring. Few pears have received more unqualified praise both here and in Eu-. rope. The outline is pyriform or pear- shaped. Skin coarse and always green, with brownish dots. Stem upwards of an inch long. Eye quite minute and but little depressed . Flesh melting, abound- ing in rich and highly flavoured juce. Beurre Diel, of Thompson, Lindley, and others. (Fig. 117.) "This variety, known by a dozen different names, of which that above is most generally used, and should be alone, is one of the many excellent seed- lings of Van Mons, and named by him after Doctor Diel, a conspicuous amateur fruit cultivator. It has few superiors in its season, September to November (or even December in some climes). We sometimes see specimens much larger than our drawing, and with less elevation of shoulder, but the sketch affords a fair idea of its average size and appearance. Its habit is ro- PEA 436 PEA Fig. 114.— (P. 434.) bust, and rather peculiar, from the turn- ing or twisting of its branches. Color ▼arying from light to dark yellow, blended and dotted with brown. Skin thick. Stalk an inch or more in length, bold and curved. Eye set in a shallow basin. Flesh yellowish white, rich and buttery. On trees in vigorous growth and heavy land the fruit is sometimes rather coarse-grained, and slightly as- Uingent." — Rural Reg. Babtlett Pear, of the Americans. — William's Bonchretien, of the Eng- lish. (Fig. 118.) " This truly admir- able variety ia of British origin, first brought into notice by one Williams, whose name it bears. Many years ago, (1799, according to Downing,) it was imported into Massachusetts by Mr. Enoch Bartlett, from whose grounds, near Boston, it was widely dissemi- nated ; hence the name by which it is known among us. The habit of the tree is thrifty and erect, the shoots strong and vigorous. The fruit is large, quite irregular in outline, and varying considerably in different specimens. Skin smooth, yellow, with a slight blush on those which have ripened in the sun, on others entirely destitute of PEA 437 PEA Fig. 115.— {P. 434.) red. Stalk about an inch in length,! one shoulder more prominent than the | other; calyx placed in a slightly form- ed cavity. The flesh is white, and combines with a delightful aroma, all ' the good qualities of the old well-, known Beurre or Butter Pear. I " Ripe middle of August to close of' September." — Rural Reg. \ Bezi de la Motte. (Fig. 119.) " This is a pretty widely known French Pear, and is well worthy of perpetuity, even though not decidedly in the first class. Its habit is robust, yields fruit freely, which keeps well ; the flavour is aromatic, texture buttery. Its out- line is roundish — flattened ; the stem under an inch in length. Calyx va- riously placed, in some specimens the basin is shallow and the curvature regu- lar, in others quite irregular. Skin, green, in well-ripened specimens yel- lowish, and spotted with brown dots. Ripe in October. — Rural Reg. Washington. (Fig. ISC') " We have elsewhere expressed our regret that foreign fruits of doubtful worth, should have been cherished and dis- seminated, to the neglect of unques- tionably fine varieties of native origin. The Washington Pear is a seedling, discovered in a hedge-row on the es- tate of the late Col. Robinson, near Naaman's Creek, Delaware, some forty-eight or fifty years ago. We are informed by our friend Dr. Thomp- PEA 438 PEA Fig. 116.— (P. 435.) son of Wilmington, that the tree still stands vigorous and healthy, producing from fourteen to sixteen bushels of fruit annually. Doct. T. says, 'so far as my recollection of it goes, it has never suffered from disease or been attacked by blight, and I have never known the fruit of the original tree, or one of its descendants by budding or grafting to crack, as does the fruit of the old Beurre or Butter.' Doct. T. adds, ' Delaware has some state pride in this pear, quite as much as Pennsylvania has in her fine Seckel, than both of which I have yet to see their superiors among the autumn pears.' In the opinion of some competent judges he might have gone a little further and said, their equals ; and yet from some unaccountable cause, the Washington is comparatively unknown. Coxe does not even name it in his ' view of the cultivation of fruits' published in 1817, and Kenrick from the notice of it in his ' Orchardist' had evidently never seen it. Downing has several typographical errors in his description ; that portion destined to be history, should be amended in his next edition. "The outline is not unlike that of the old Butter, Virgalieu or St. Michael, as it is indifferently called, but rather PEA 439 PEA Fig. 117.— (P. 435.) narrower, and in several particulars , very closely resembles that famous pear ; alas ! now in its decadence. It is of medium size, uniformly oval. Skin smooth, yellow, and not unfrequcntly with a ruddy cheek. Stalk an inch or more in length, usually placed on a full crown. Eye, quite small, seated in a slight indentation ; texture that of the Beurre, and exquisitely delicious. Ripe in August (or two or three weeks before the Butter), and continues in season until September." — Rural Reg. CoMPTE De Lamy — (Fig. 121) — Is a Flemish Seedling of late introduction, and thus far promises to be entitled to our regard ; mudVi more so than a majority of recent importations. There appears to be an unusual diversity in the form or outline of this fruit. Some specimens are roundish, with the stem inserted obliquely; in others, as in the drawing, on an elevated, irregularly tapering crown. We have seen them so diverse in appearance, as to be scarcely recog- nized as the same variety. Skin yellow, marked on the sunny side by brownish or russet specks. Stalk an inch or more in length, in some nearly st.-aight, in others curved. Eye of medium size, very slightly indented. Flesh white, buttery, sweet and aromatic. In season September and October. Bf.urre d'Aremherg, of French and English works. (Fig. 122.)— This Pear, though comparatively little known in the United States, has reached us with a high European reputation, and PEA 440 PEA Fig. 118.— (P. 436.) as both the English and French concur in its praise, it may be safely assumed to be worthy of culture. It was raised by the Abbe Deschamps, in the garden of the Hospice des Orphelius, and has been distributed under several names, as Beurre Deschamps, Due D'Areraburg, &c. The fruit is large, narrowing to- wards the crown. Skin pale, or yellow- ! ish green, dotted with russet, which ! grows brighter at maturity. Calyx com- paratively small, deeply planted. Flesh white, very juicy, and unusually high flavoured. In season from mid-winter to spring. Petre. (Fig. 123.) " One of the many good fruits of American origin, compa- ratively unknown ; whilst foreign varie- ties of less worth have been lauded and disseminated. The parent still exists, in PEA 44J Fig. 119.— (P. 437.) PEA " green old age," at the Bartram Gar- den, on the Schuylkill, three miles from Philadelphia. It is the product of seed contributed by Lord Pctr?' to the vene- rable Bartram in 1735. We have fre- quently heard Mr. Carr, a connection of the Bartram family, and present owner of the grounds, relate its history ; a pleasing incident in which, was the pre- sentation to Lord P. after the lapse of a quarter of a century, of fruit, the pro- duct of the identical seed he had con- tributed. We do not think this pear should be placed in the first class, yet award it high praise, and advise its extensive culture. The flesh is buttery, aromatic, and closely resembles its pa- rent the Beurre, or Butter. Fruit of medium size, yeilowjoccasionally slight- ly marked by russet dots. Stem an inch long, planted in some specimens between elevated shoulders. Eye set in a shallow basin. Ripe close of Sep- tember, and admits of being kept seve- ral weeks." — Rural Reg. Passe Colmar. Lind. : Thamp. : and others. (Fig. 125.) For this, as well as some other important varieties, we are indebted to Hardenpont of Belgium. It is in eating during winter, and as our resources at that season are limit- ed, is additionally valuable. There is considerable variation in its outline. The skin coarse, yellowish when ripe, marked by minute russet dots. Stem prominent, an inch or more in length, inserted between elevated shoulders in many specimens, in others with li..le or no peculiarity of that kind. The flesh is melting, abounding with rich arc- PEA 442 PEA Fig. 120.— (P. 437.) matic juice. On the whole this pear has few superiors in its season, and is deservedly a favourite. Propagation. — By Seed, to obtain varieties, is best practised by following 'the directions for raising seedling Ap- ples. For raising grafting stocks, the seeds of the wild pear should be em- ployed, the produce being hardy. Grafting and Budding. — Mr. LOudon has collected together the following good directions upon these subjects: — " The most common stocks for graft- ing the pear, are the common pear and the wilding; but as the apple, is dwarfed and brought more early into a bearing state by grafting on the pawell, on the white beam, medlar, service, or apple; but the wilding and quince are in most general use. Pears, on free stocks, grow luxuriantly in good soil on a dry bottom ; those on wildings grow less rapidly, but are deemed more durable, and they will thrive on the poorest soil, if a hardy variety and not over pruned." " On the quince," Miller observes, " breaking pears are rendered gritty and stony ; but the melting sorts are much improved ; trees on these stocks may be planted in a moist soil with more success than those on wildings or thorns." On the thorn, pears come very early into bearing, continue pro- lific, and, in respect to soil will thrive well on a strong clay, which is unsuita- ble both to those on quinces and wild- ings; and the grafts or buds require to be inserted very low that the moisture of the earth may tend to favour the swelling or enlargement of the diame- PEA 443 PEA Fig. 121.— (P. 439.) ter of the stock, which does not increase proportionally to, nor ever attains the same size as the stem of the pear. Du- breuil, a French gardener, recommends the quince stock for clayey and light soils, and the free stock for chalky and siliceous soils. — Enc. Gard. The suggestion of Mr. D. Mont- gomery, gardener to the duke of Mont- rose, is also worthy of adoption, viz., that by grafting the alternate branches of late pear-trees with early sorts, and early trees with late sorts, there are two chances of success, the early sort being very early in blossom; if that fails in consequence of unfavourable weather, the late sort, flowering at another time, may succeed. Farther, the early sort ripens off before much effort is required from the tree to support the late sort; hence, each sort in its season is brought to greater maturity. — Hort. Trans. Soil. — A dry loam, when the pear is grafted upon a pear stock ; but moister, if grafted upon the quince, is suitable. Two feet depth of soil is required, and tiles should be placed beneath the young trees to prevent their /rooting deeper. If this be attended to, and the soil be thoroughly underdrained, the subsoil is not of much consequence. A gravelly subsoil is to be preferred. Pruning Standards is not often re- quired, and when necessary it is only to remove crowded, diseased, and cross- growing branches. This may be done at any season, unless the branch to be removed is large, in which case it had better be amputated early in the spring, before the sap is in motion. Their PEA 444 PEA Fig. 122.— (P. 439.) fruitfulness is increased if the branches are fastened down, so that their points are below the level of their bases. The shoots of the current year are bent down when fully grown, about the end of July, and fixed in a pendent position by shreds of bass ; m the course of the winter, these shreds are removed to admit of pruning;, when the shoots are found to have taken a set ; in the course of the summer, such as grow vigorously are again tied, the object being to check the vigour of the young shoots, and by impeding the return of the sap, to cause it to expend itself in these young shoots in the formation of blossom buds. — Card. Mag. See QuenouiUe. Culture of Wail Trees.— The follow- ing are the best directions that have i been given on this subject: — "Plant the trees against the wall, fifteen feet from each other. If they have three shoots properly placed, they may all be retained. If only one strong healthy shoot, in the spring the first tree is to be headed down within nine inches high, the next to that one foot nine inches, and so on alternately, till you get to the other end of the wall. " In the summer, train three shoots from the three uppermost eyes of each tree, rubbing off all the rest. Nail in one to the right, one to the left, and the other perpendicularly. The two side branches should not be trained in a horizontal position till the second year. In the following winter, the centre shoot of each is to be cut off two feet above the first pair of lateral branches. PEA 445 PEA " In the next summer, the three top buds are to be trained one on each 8ide, perfectly horizontal, and the mid- dle one upright; should the centre this season grow vigorously, and advance two feet before the end of June, top it at that height with the thumb and finger. Three shoots may probably start from the three upper eyes; if so, nail them in an easy position, and bring them to their proper places in the winter prun- ing; but most probably only two will break. In this case, as soon as they are si.\ inches long, train them both on the opposite side from which you wish a third shoot, and rather lower than the liorizontal line ; this will cause the next bud below the two shoots already ob- tained to start. As soon as this advances a few inches, restore the shoots from the top bud to an erect position, and the otlier about half the way between the horizontal and perpendicular line; observing, if one of the side shoots gets the advantage of the other, to depress the strong or elevate the weak as oc- casion may require; by which means both will be kept of an equal length. Fig. 124. " If by the autumn the centre shoot has not advanced two feet, or if it does not appear to have ripened, cut the three summer shoots off within half an inch of the place from whence they sprang; there will then be an upright centre two feet above the second pair of horizontal branches, which will not fail to push vigorously the next spring, and although in this case only one pair of branches will be produced this sea- PEA 446 PEA Fig. 125.— (P. 441.) ?on, the tree will be much benefited from having the upright shoot topped, as the sap by this check will be forced into the horizontal branches below, which are often starved by the prodi- gious and in a great measure useless growth of the centre. All superfluous shoots are to be pinched off within an inch or two as they appear, and, as far as may be, without leaving the branch absolutely bare, and entirely cut out in the winter pruning. " This treatment is to be repeated till those trees which have their first pair of horizontal branches within nineinches of the ground, arrive within two feet or eighteen inches of the top of the wall. These trees are to be considered per- manent; those which have no branch till they are one foot nine inches high, are for a temporary purpose only, and they may have a pair of branches within four inches of the top of the wall. " In ten years, we will suppose, on a twelve feet wall, most of the branches will reach twelve or thirteen feet from PEA 447 PEA the stem. The wall, therefore, presents upwards for the terminal bud of each somewhat the appearance of the follow ing figure. Fig. 126 " Hitherto it is obvious, that as we have doubled the number of trees, and each tree has produced as many, or perhaps more branches than are capable allowed, continues very luxuriant in to be within four or five inches of the horizontal branch above. " If they show a disposition to grow too strong, they may be deeply notched, or a ring may be made round such as require it, about the eighth of an inch wide. In either case, let it be close to the branch from which the shoots spring. As they become diseased or worn out, or have produced long spurs, train in a young shoot by the side of any it may be proper to displace, and after the se- cond year cut the old one out. In case a tree, after it has filled the space of bearing fruit, and those owing to growth, recourse may be had to the stopping the leader longer than usual ; | usual methods of checking it, either by so we must up to this time have double, cutting the roots or sawing the stem or more than double, the usual quantity half or two-thirds through, just below of fruit. " After the temporary trees are re- moved, the crops will be still larger. Riders would not have answered the same purpose, as they would have al- ready interfered for the last two or three the surface of the ground, or deep notches may be made on each side with the chisel. A single tree may of course be treated according to this plan. " The temporary trees, if taken up with care, will certainly grow, and be years with the principals, that is, on a found very valuable ; they may be either wall not exceeding twelve feet; and on | planted against another wall, or if of this plan the temporary trees are to be | sufficiently hardy kinds, treated as espa- trained three or lour years longer, during ! liers, cutting oft" the two or three upper which time they may be expected to pro- pairs of branches ; in either case, young duce considerable crops. The extremi- shoots are to be trained in between the ties of the horizontal branch being now j old ones, as already directed for the withinafootortwoofthestemofthe next I permanent trees. Should you have a tree, the management of the permanent trees is to be altered. Instead of pinch- ing oflf all shoots as they appear, at every fifteen or eighteen inches all along the horizontal branches, retain a well-placed shoot in an easy slanting position upwards, towards the branches of the temporary trees. Next year continue to train them in the same di- rection ; and, in order to give them more room, elevate the branches of the temporary trees six inches above the place they have hitherto occupied wall with an aspect not sufficiently good to ripen the fruit of these removed trees, or should they be of those kinds which will not come to perfection as espaliers, they will nevertheless still be valuable in this case. After they have been removed a twelvemonth, treat them according to Mr. Knight's mode of changing the sort; that is, leave the horizontals at very nearly the full length, but cut off all the spurs, leaving only bare poles at every twelve, fifteen, or eighteen inches, according to " The third year the shoots will most the growth of the sort you intend to in- likely show blossom; the free bearing troduce. sorts will do so in two years; but it must be recollected, we are speaking exclusively of the shy bearers. If plenty of blossom appears, the tempo- rary trees may now be taken up and planted in, otherwise they may remain another year. After the temporary trees are removed, the young shoots, which we will suppose are now fully furnished with blossom buds, may be trained in a direction sutlicieatly sloping Fig. 127. "On the upper side, all along the PEA 448 PEL branches, make a notch a little deeper than the bark ; it may be done by two cuts with a sharp knife, the side nearest the trunk being perpendicular, the other sloping ; the graft may then be intro- duced by the common mode of crown- grafting. Train the shoots from the grafts as before directed. In two years and a half most kinds will produce an abundant crop, and the trees will be very nearly as large as those on the wall from whence they were taken; thus having an advantage over young trees of at least ten years." — Gard. Mag. In pruning pear trees, never cut off a shoot which can be laid to the wall ; evergreen shrub. Cuttings in spring. Sandy loam and lime rubbish. PEDICULARIS. Twenty-one spe- cies, chiefly, if not all, hardy herba- ceous. Sandy light loam and peat. PEGGING-DOWN is a process which has to be pursued annually, in arrang- ing the lower branches of shrubs, &c., on flower borders. It is usually done with little hooked sticks ; but Mr. Bea- ton, the scientific gardener at Shrubland Park, says, — " We take a handfuU of malting, and cut it into four-inch lengths; then divide each piece into three or four pieces; we double these pieces round the shoots, and fasten the ends of the matting in the soil with a for by cutting off the foreright shoots i small dibber, or with the fore finger, you produce a succession of the same In this way a boy may train and tie without a chance of producing fruit. ' down all the plants in a flower garden By laying in these shoots, less wood is i in less time than it would take to pro- produced; and those buds either on cure pegs for two or three beds, and the the old wood, or any short spurs which work is much neater than when done otherwise would have produced only ] with the best pegs." — Gard. Chron. wood shoots, bear a succession of bios- | som. — Gard. Chron. PELARGONIUM. Two hundred and fifty species. Chiefly green-house ever- Impregnating the Blossom of Wall ^ greens ; but a few are herbaceous, and Trees. — Mr. Harrison truly observes, ! a still smaller number tuberous-rooted, that "it is very usual to see healthy i The shrubby evergreens are increased pear trees produce an abundance of by cuttings : new varieties from seed bloom, but set a very small proportion of fruit : this is particularly the case with the tenderest kinds. The reason is in some cases from the stamina being destitute of farina ; and in others, from the farina having been dispersed before the pistils had arrived at a proper state for its reception. To remedy this, as soon as the first blossoms have ex- panded, and the pistillum is in a proper state of maturity, impregnate six upon each corymb of blossom. The florets to choose for this operation are those situated nearest the origin of the spur; for when pears set naturally, it is very generally such florets. The time for and the tuberous-rooted from seed ; and all will thrive in a mixture of light loam and leaf-mould. It is to the shrubby evergreens that we shall con- fine our attention, these being the most beautiful and most generally cultivated. They form a portion of that large family formerly known collectively as "Gera- niums;" but modern botanists have divided these into three genera : Pelar- goniums, having usually seven stamens, and unequal-sized petals; Geraniums, having ten stamens, and equal-sized petals; and Erodiums, having five sta- mens. Characteristics of Excellence in the this operation is calm, dry days, and, if i Pelargonium. — "The flower should be possible, when the sun is not very hot | large, composed of broad rose-leaf pe- upon the trees. Immediately after- j tals, free from crumple or unevenness wards give each tree about eighteen gallons of manure water, or sot1; pond water, at the roots. The trees should never be washed over the tops for a considerable time after this impregna- tion has been effected." — Treat, on Fruit Trees. PEAT-EARTH. See Bog Earth. PEAT-EARTH PLANTS. See Ame- rican Plants. PECriNARIA articulata. Stove of any kind ; smooth on their edges, and forming a compact surface ; round which, if a circle be drawn, the perfect symmetry of the flower would appear by the extremity of each petal touching the circle, without extending beyond it. It is indispensable that the flower should be of a stout firm texture, with sufficient liberty at the bottom of the cup to prevent its being in the least cramped ; but allowing it to retain, PEL 449 PEL when fully expanded, a fine cupped Master Peel (Beck's). form, and preventing the falling back Mustee (Beck's), pink, purple spot. or reflexing of the petals. Its colour, Orion (Foster's), scarlet and maroon. whether rich or pale, should possess Othello (Beck's), purple and rose. great clearness : the under petals must Othello (Thurtell's), mulberry and lilac. be free from veins, and the upper petals Pearl (Catleugh's), white and crimson. should have a large dark spot running Queen Philippa, rose. to the bottom of them, as destitute as Rainbow (Thurtell's), mulberry and possible of a small white feather, which ^ white. is usually present, and which greatly Regulator (Thurtell's), violet, purple impairs the richness of this important and white. part. The beauty of the flower is Rosy Circle (Beck's), dark rose. greatly enhanced by having this spot Satellite (Thurtell's), puce and white. clearly defined ; and if it is surrounded Sir J. Broughton (Foster's). by a dash of crimson, that should have Stromboli (Thurtell's), salmon and pur- a distinct termination also. The petals' pie. ought to he quite free from the least Sultana (Foster's), orange and scarlet. appearance of a watery edge. Finally, Sunset (Beck's), maroon and pink. it is essential that the leaves should be Superb (Thurtell's), purple and lilac. large, delicate, and have a healthy ap- j Titus (Hoyle's), rose and carmine. pearance; and that the fruss should be composed of several flowers, supported by a firm foot-stalk standing quite clear of the foliage." — Gard. Chron. Varieties. — These are so numerous, fresh varieties appearing annually, that it is useless to attempt to enumerate them ; and the attempt is less needed Trafalgar (Thurtell's), crimson and purple. Unique (Thurtell's), mulberry and white. Zanzummim (Beck's), crimson and flesh. Zenobia (Beck's), rose and mulberry. Varieties for Forcing. — Admiral Na- pier; Alba multijiora; and Washington, because each has passed its period of for earliest; Bella; Gauntlet; Grand excellence after four or five years. The following are the best that have been introduced during the last two seasons : Alba Pcrfecta (Thurtell's), white and purple. Arabella (Beck's), white and rose. Aurora (Beck's). Beliona (Beck's), rosy, purple and crimson. Chastity (Beck's). Desdemona (Beck's), maroon and pink. Desdemona (Thurtell's), claret and white. Defiance (Thurtell's), purplish crimson and white. Dr. Lindley (Foster's). JDuke ; Commodore ; Lord Mayor; King Rufus ; and Madeline, for succession. liaising Varieties. — Captain Thurtell, one of the most successful improvers of this flower, gives these directions: — " First. Destroy every bad shaped (or elongated) under petalled flower in your possession. "Secondly. Impregnate (if possible) every flower yourself, the moment it is ready to receive the farina, and thus effectually prevent the effects of the bee. But so long as you allow bad shaped flowers to remain in your house, you can never calculate on impreg- 1 nating with any certainty; and those who attend to colour in preference to Duchess of Leinster (Gaine's), orange I shape, will have to retrace their steps. pink, scarlet spot. Emperor Nicholas (Silverlock's). Exactum (Foster's). Favourite (Beck's), like, but not so good as, Foster's. Gulnare (M'Cormack's), pink and white. Hector (Cock's), rose and white. Isabella (Beck's), pink and maroon. Juno (Beck's), carmine and scarlet. La Polka (Staine's). Lurida (Beck's). Mark Antony (Beck's), rose and purple. Marcaret (Beck's), maroon and pink. 29 Captain Thurtell never raised a good flower until he attended rigidly to the above rules." • See Hybridizing. Sow in July. The seedlings soon appear; when with four leaves, besides the seed leaves, pot info 60's ; keep in warm green-house. In April, shift into 32's. In June, plunge the pots in a warm border. At the close of September, return to the green-house. They will bloom in the winter or spring. So/7.— The best compost for growing Pelargoniums is half sandy loam and PEL 450 PEL half leaf-mouli3. The best manure is liquid, made of sheep's dung. See Liquid Manure shaped plants. In the beginning of April, when fires are discontinued, the plants are syringed over the top three ^ — ,^ „. ,, — ..J — f, — „ — — ..,- ■ Propagation. — By Cutiings. — Take times a week ; this is done about four the cuttings in mid-July, and plant o'clock, at the time the house is closed these in an open border exposed to the sun. " In about six weeks," says Mr. Cat- leugh, the florist, of Hans Place, Chel- sea, " the cuttings will be sufficiently and continued during three or four weeks. The house is well damped every evening at the bottom, and the top sashes opened the first thing in the morning, to allow the damp rooted to remove, and I pot them into air to escape, and during the day all sixty-sized pots. To prevent the worms getting into the pots, they are placed upon a temporary stage, and allowed to remain in a shady situation about three weeks, by which time the plants will be well established, and bear re- moving to a more exposed spot, where, under the influence of the sun and air, the wood will attain a necessary degree of hardness. Here they remain until taken into the house for the winter, the air is admitted that can be given with safety. The plants when begin- ning to bloom are freely watered, and protected from the scorching rays of the sun during the middle of the day by means of canvas, and are thus re- tained in blossom a much longer time than would be possible if this precau- tion were omitted. When the plants are housed the decayed leaves are re- moved, and whenever the green fly ^.^..^.. ...^.^ v..^ »-^ .w. v..^ ^.,,...w. , . -. o- —y which is generally done about the end \ makes its appearance, the house is of September, before danger arises 1 well fumigated : to do this effectually, from frost. To make them compact j it must be performed when the plants and bushy, stop them at the third or are in a dry state, and they must be e — .u ;„:... — i „u;fv .1 ;„t„ i-„..., I ^yg]| watered the day following. When the flowering is over, the plants are fourth joint, and shift them into forty eight sized pots, mixing a little turl loam and sand with the compost, to [ exposed for about a fortnight to the sun allow the water to pass freely through i and air, to harden the wood before be- the soil ; give but little air during eight ! ing cut down. Those plants which are or ten days, the plants will be then re- j intended as specimen plants the second established, and afterwards as much air i season after heading down, are placed _ _ 1 _ • _ _ -L ._ _ r' .1 _ ^^ • _ _i_-i. 1 _:..._.:„„ ...1 1;«»I« may be given as the state of the atmo sphere will permit, until the beginning sheltered situation, when little water is given, and as soon as the new ''r"^*" r^ "J " " — to b t ■" &• — 3 ----- of December. The side lights must be j shoots are an inch long are repotted kept closed during the prevalence of into pots from one to two sizes smaller, cold winds. The pots by this time will the old soil is shaken from the roots, be well filled with roots,'and the plants j and good drainage given. The plants will require shifting into thirty-two i thus treated are kept in better health sized pots. The bone dust vvhich is I during the winter, from having less soil now added must be used with caution ; j about their roots. When repotted they being of a drying nature, it is not used i are placed upon a stage in a shady situ- near the surface of the soil ; the shoots ;ation, removed into the house at the are again stopped at the third joint, the I proper time, and undergo the same house is kept at a temperature of 45*^ ^ treatment the second winter as de- Fahrenheit for about ten days, and then ! scribed for the first. When those plants allowed to fall to 40*^ or 42", at which , which are intended for exhibition begin it is kept. The flues are damped two \ to show their bloom they receive addi- or three times every night to prevent i tional attention, a little liquid manure the air from becoming too dry, and | is occasionally given, they are no longer a little top air is admitted whenever ; syringed over the top, bees are kept the weather is sufficiently favourable About the middle of February those plants, which are intended to be large specimen plants are shifted again into twenty-four sized pots; those of vigor- ous growth will require a size larger. A small stick is now put to each stem to train them into uniform and well- out of the house by means of gauze blinds, every precaution is taken to preserve their beauty, and they are never allowed to flag from exposure to the sun or want of water. Every grow- er should begin early to train his plants for exhibition ; when the shoots are young and tractable any direction may PEL 451 PEL be given to the stems; a uniform and haniisome appearance will arise from tlie practice, and the plants will require fewer supports and less pullin^j about at the time they receive their final dressing. The flowers should be so arranged as to present an equal dis- tribution of bloom over the leaf of the About the end of July, having removed all Pelargoniutns to the back of a north wall, commence cutting them down, arranging the prunings as cut olf alpha- betically for the convenience of finding the sorts. When cut remove them into a shed; on the following morning com- mence planting the cuttings. The plant, to effect which the stems must scarlet ones put into sixty or small be secured to small willow twigs." Gard. Vhron. forty-eight pots, and place on a flue, within a green-house, where they re- Grafting. — Mr. J. Alexander, of quire very little water until they are Heath Farm, Alley, has grafted the ' struck, when remove them to a cold Pelargonium very successfully, and his method is as follows : — " Graft in August or September, using pretty well ripened wood of the same year's growth ; cut back the stock frame ; give them plenty of air, and keep them there till the beginning of November, when stow them away in a vinery intended to be forced about the beginning of February. At th.it time, kinds than on their own roots." — Gard. Chi'on. to about three inches long, and in ten or earlier, repot them and place them days afterwards graft in the manner of^ in another vinery to be forced. By whip-grafting, and tie with bast and turning-out in time they are nice plants. clay, over which put a little moss to The cuttings of other sorts put in smaller keep the clay from cracking, and to pots, and plunge in saw-dust on a gen- preserve the whole in a moist state, tie hot-bed made of leaves covered by being occasionally sprinkled with wa- ' a frame; give a litle water to settle ter in a shadowy part of a vinery, and the mould about the cuttings. They in a month the grafts begin to grow ; \ require very little after, as the greatest put into a cold frame for a few days, enemy is damp ; frequently give a little then take out of the pot, and all the j air. They require scarcely any shad- earth being shaken from the roots, re- [ ing, unless the sun is very hoi. After pot in fresh soil, and treat as the other they are struck they receive the same Pelargoniums. Weak growing sorts treatment as the scarlet ones." — Gard. grow stronger when grafted on robust Chron. Growing for Exhibition. — Mr. Cock, the florist, ofChisvvick, one of the most Where the saving of space in the j successful cultivators of this flower, has green-house is desirable, two or more i published the following directions : — Pelargoniums may be grafted upon the " Strike the cuttings the beginning of same stock. As many as ten have June, or sooner if the plants are suffi- been thus united. Pelargonium ele- ciently strong to allow taking two or gans and Beauty of Ware have been three shoots ort" without injury. Ab employed successfully as stocks. Cleft- soon as they are rooted, pot them in grafting succeds as well as whip-graft-! sixty-sized pots, and remove them to a ing. Worsted may be employed in- j shady situation, or place them in a cool stead of bast ; and inarching is even a iVame, shading them constantly when better mode of propagating than graft- : the sun is out, until they have taken ing. fresh roots. Next transfer to an open Growing in Open Ground. — Mr. J. situation, and place on slates or boards. Murdoch has given us the following As soon as the plants will bear the sun directions on this head : — without flagging, stop them. In Scp- " Put the cuttings into small pots at temher repot them into forty-eight sized once, which obviates any check they pots, and at that period commence would receive when removing them, | training them into the forms you intend cither from cutting-pots or the open them to have. In December or Jan- ground ; make beds of mixed varieties, uary, those which are sufliciently strong chiefly the Old Graveolcns, Fair Helen, are shifted into sixteen-sized pots, al- Lady Essex, Emily, and Moore's Vic- lowing plenty of potsherds for drain- tory, which flower freely all the sum- , age ; the others do not shift till March, mer, and though not so gaudy as some, In these pots they remain to flower, have a more delightful fragrance. — 1 About the middle of July, or the begin- PEL 452 PEN ning of August, cut them down and | loam with the turf and place in a deep place them in a shady situation, to pit ; shake up lightly into a heap in the keep the sun from drying the soil too ' ibrm of a mushroom bed. If the wea- fast ; water is now applied very spar- ingly. As soon as the plants have thrown out shoots an inch long, the soil to be nearly all shaken off, and repotted into the same sized pots. " When they have taken fresh root, the superlluous shoots are thinned out; in this state they remain until they are removed into the green-house. j "2d. Treatment in the Green-house.] — The plants for exhibition are placed ! on the stage at least four feet apart; air liberally supplied where the situa- [ lion will allow it; the front sashes ! ther is hot and dry at the time, wel water with strong manure water, and cover over with slates as closely as possible to keep the ammonia, &c., from disengaging. In this state let it remain for fifteen or sixteen days, then put to every barrowful of loam one of dung, covering the heap slightly over at last with loam ; let this heap remain for a month or five weeks, then to be turned over three or four times, that the loam and dung may be well mixed together; in twelve months it will be fit for use. To two barrowfuls of this should be left open all night, while the j compost add one of leaf-mould and a weather will permit. In November the peck and a half of silver-sand." — Gard. plants are stopped, a stick put to each j Chron. shoot to make the plants uniform, and [ Manures. — As already stated liquid the leaves thinned out to allow the air' manure made from sheep's dung is the best application, but a little rubbly char- coal, about the size of nuts, and a small quantity of bone-dust, promote the lux- uriance and beauty of these flowers. Disease. See Spot. PELLITORY OF SPAIN. Anthemis to pass freely through the plants. " In December or January the strong- est plants are again selected, and re- potted into No. S sized pots ; additional heat should then be applied to enable the plants to root quickly. In Feb- ruary commence syringing them; X\\\s\ Pyrethrum is done early in the afternoon, so that the leaves may dry before night. PELTARIAaZZ^'area, herbaceous, and P. glastifolia, annual, are hardy plants. Sandy peat. PENNYROYAL. See Mentha " In March again repot into No. 2 j Seed. Light loam, sized pots, allowing a larger quantity! PEN^A. Eight species. Green- than before of potsherds for drainage ;; house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings, ■water is now very liberally supplied. " When the flowers begin to expand, they are shaded on the outside o^ ihe\ pulegium. house with cheese-cloth, which is bet- ter than canvas, as it admits more light, and the temperature will not be higher. Air should always be admitted before the sun has much power on the glass ; this precaution in a great mea- sure prevents the appearance of the green-fly. " 3d. la applying fire heat the great- est care is required, lor on this success will in a great measure depend. Light the fires at three or four o'clock in the afternoon, as circumstances may dic- tate ; the fires to go out at eight or nine o'clock, by which time the temperature ; tion ; PENTAPELES. Two species. Stove herbaceous. Cuttings. Light rich loam. PENTARAPHIA longiflora. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich light loam. PENTAS carnea. Stove shrub. Cut- tings. Light rich loam. PENTLANDIA miniata. Hardy herbaceous twiner. Probably by divi- sion. Rich light loam. PENTSTEMON. Of this hardy herb- aceous flower there are forty-one spe- cies, but the following is a good selec- ought to be 40" or 42'^' Fahrenheit, which is amply sufficient; relight them at three or four o'clock in the morning, by which means the plants are never overheated, as is frequently the case when the fires are continued until a later period in the evening. " 4th. Preparing the Soil. — Chop up P. argutus, purple. P. atropurpureus, brownish purple. P. campanulatus, rosy red. P. crassifolius, deep lilac. P. diftusus, deep blue. P. gentianoides, brownish purple. P. gent, coccineus, scarlet. P. glaiidulosus, deep blue. PEN 453 PET P. latifolius, white, slightly stained with bulbs, and lastly fill up the basket with purple P. Mackayanus, purple and white P. Murrayanus, bright scarlet. P. ovatus, bright bine. P. procerus, bright blue. P. pulchellus, light blue. P. Scoi'ileri, lilac. P. speciosus, bright blue. P. venustus, light purple peat in pieces about the size of walnuts; place the plant near the glass. " When the plant begins to grow, supply it moderately with water; but as its growth increases a larger (piantity must be given, and when in full tlower, water freely. Some of this elegant tribe of plants are injured if syringed over head ; such, however, is not the case Soil. — A light rich loam, mixed with with this plant. peat. They may be increased by divi- j " The plant having flowered, and the sion, but the strongest plants are raised pseudo-bulbs being matured, (but in a from seed. Propagation. — Sow in October, or until January, in a cool frame. Keep the plants near the glass until strong enough for planting out in late spring. Always save seed when you can, and them dry until the period of rest keep a stock of young plants to supply over." — Gard. Chron. dormant state,) they should not be re- moved from the same temperature they were in, when in flowering condition, which ranged from 70^ to SO^, but especial care should be taken to keep vacancies. P E N T Z I A flabelliformis. Green- house evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. PEPPERMINT. Mentha piperita. PEPPER VINE. Ampelopsis bipin- nata. PERENNIAL. A plant that lives for more than two years. PERESKIA. Five species. Stove cactaceous plants. Cuttings. Sandy loam. P E R G U L A R I A. Three species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Rich loam. PERICALLIS ttmsilaginis. Green- house herbaceous. Seed and cuttings. Loam and peat. PERILOMIA ocymoides. Green- house evergreen shrub. Young cuttings. Sandy peat. PERIPLOCA. Four species. Hardy twiners, except the stove climber, P. mauritinna. Layers and cuttings. Com- mon soil. PERIPTERA punicea. Stove ever- green shrub. Seed and cuttings. Loam and peat. PERISTERIA. Dove Flower. Six species. Stove orchids. Division of the PERITOMA serrulnta. Hardy an- nual. Seed. Sheltered border. PERIWINKLE. Vinca. PERNETTIA. Arbutus. PERSEA gratissima. Stove ever- green shrub. Layers and ripe cuttings. Turfv loam aud peat. PERSIAN SUN'S-EYE. Tulipa ocu- lus sol is. PERSICA. Two species and many varieties. Hardy deciduous trees. P. vulgaris the Peach, and P. lavis the Nectarine, which see. PESOMERIA tetragona. Stove epiphvte. Division of bulbs. Wood covered with moss. PERSOONIA. Eighteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PET.4iLIDIUM harlerioides. Stove shrub. Cuttings. Rich light loam. PF.TIVERIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and peat. I PETRE.\. Four species. Stove [evergreens. P.stapelia as a climber, and P. voluhilis as a twiner, are among our handsomest plants. Cuttings. Rich loam. PETROBIUM arboreum. Stove ever- bulbs. Turfv loam and sandy peat, with green shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam. a little leaf-mould. P. Barkeri is one PETROCALLIS pyrenaica. Green- of the most beautiful of this genus, and • house herbaceous. Seed or division, for its cultivation Mr. Insleay, of Spring- j Sandy loam and peat, field, near Birmingham, gives the follow- I PETROMARULA pinnata. Half- ing directions : — ' hardy herbaceous. Division. Sheltered " On either a square twig or a conical light rich loam, and winter protection, wire basket, with the bottom and sides PETROPHILA. Tenspecies. Green- covered with moss, put pieces of pot-house evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Bherds, afterwards that of the pseudo- 1 Turfy sandy loam. PET 454 PH A PETROSELINUM. Two species. Hardy biennials. Seed. Common soil. See Parsley. PETTY- WHIN. Genista anglica. PETUNIA. Five species. Tender or half-hardy herbaceous. Seed and cuttings. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. From P. nyctaginijlora, which is white, and P. vio/acea, purple, are raised the numerous varieties adorning our gar- dens. Select Varieties: Alice Gray. Arethusa. Beauty. superb. Bicolor. Bumons de Willi (Van Houte's). Caryophylloides. Constance. Delicata. Dwarf-pencilled. Enchantress. Exactum. Gem. Gigantea. Grandis. Highciare. Hildida. Hope (Smith's). Illuminata. Kentish Beauty. Bride. Lady Sale. Magician. Magna Charta. Magna rosea. Magnet. Massengii. Medora. Ne plus ultra (Pearson's). Nixenii (Harri- son's). Ornatissima. Othello. Ovid. Pet (Ivery's). Picta. Prince Albert. Psyche. Punctata (Mil- ler's). Reliance. Rook's Nest. Rosea alba. Splutherii. Striata superb. Unique. superb. Variegata Characteristics of Excellence. — Flow- ers flat, circular, free from indenta- tions, and firm of"'texture. Colour, bright and well-determined. Flowers numerous. Propagation by Seed Sow in March in a gentle hot-bed, and plant out at the end of May, like the half-hardy annuals; or sow on an open compartment, when the spring is farther advanced. By Cuttings. — May be struck almost at any time, but a good time is " early in September. The cuttings should be put into sixties, and placed in the front of a hot-bed until they have struck root, ■which will be in about three or four weeks, at which time they may be re- moved to a cold pit, or to the front of a green-house. " Early in February they should be shifted into forty-eights, in a mixture of sandy peat, leaf-mould, and loam, and repotted as fast as the pots become full of roots, using an inch and a half of rubbly charcoal, to act as drainage, at the bottom of each pot. During the time they are growing in pots they should be watered two or three times a week with liquid manure ; and the latter end of May they may be turned out into the flower garden." — Gard. Chron. Winter Protection is best afforded them in a cold pit, frame, or green- house. By a little attention, and judi- cious watering, &c., they will begin to bloom early in the spring. PEYROUSIA. Eight species. Green- house and half-hardy bulbs. Off'sets. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. Like Ixia, they will usually thrive in alight-soiled, sheltered, south border. PHACA. Fourteen species. Hardy herbaceous, except P. canescens, re- quiring a green-house. P. glabra is a hardy deciduous trailer. Seed. Com- mon soil. PHACELIA. Six species. Hardy herbaceous or annuals. Division or seed. Common soil. PHACOSPERMA peruviana. Stove herbaceous. Seed. Peat and loam. PHAIUS. Five species. Stove epiphytes and orchids. Of the former P. albus is most desirable. It is propa- gated from young shoots. Peat and potsherds. The other species are in- creased by division of the roots. Peat and sandy loam. P H A L ^lii N A vanaria. A moth, abounding usually in June and July, is thus described by Mr. Curtis: — " The horns of the male are pecti- nated ; the wings are of an ash colour and freckled ; the upper have four brown marks on the superior margin, the second crossing the centre of the wing. " The larva is a looper, having only ten legs. It infects the red currant and gooseberry bushes, feeding upon the leaves, and is found in May. It is about an inch long, bluish green, with two white dorsal and two yellow lateral lines. It is dotted with little black tubercles, which produce short black hairs. It changes late in May to a chestnut-coloured chrysalis, in a slight web, on the surface of the earth." — Gard. Chron. PHALiEONOPSIS amabilis. Stove epiphyte. Side shoots. Wood and moss. PHALANGIUM. Five species. All PH A 455 PHY herbaceous ; P. longifolium, green- house ; P. glaucum, and P. repalense, half-hardy; the otliers hardy. Division and seed. Sandy loam and peat. PHALEROCARPUS serphyllifolia. Hardy evergreen creeper. Cuttings. Moist bog. PHALOCALLISp/i/mSea. Half-hardy bulb. Seed. Probably in a light soil, under a south wall. the end of March, in pots filled with\ light sandy soil, and placed on a mo- derate hot-bed, or in a cucumber or a melon frame. In this situation they will soon germinate; and before the first rough leaf appears they should be potted otf, three or four together in a large sixty pot, placing the plants at equal distances round the side. When potted, they should be returned to the PHARBITIS. Twelve species, j frame, and kept close for a f(!w days, Twiners, chiefly annual. P. carulescens 1 to recover from the eftVcts of their re- is a hardy evergreen; and P. uar/a, a moval ; after which they should be stove evergreen twiner. The others ' gradually hardened off, by giving them are hardy and green-house, except P Z/sp/da, requiring a stove. Seed. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. PHASKOLUS. Thirty species. An- nual twiners, chiefly hardy ; a few are deciduous perennials. Seed. Light rich loam. See Kidney Bean. PllEASANT'S-EYK. Adonis au- tumnalis. plenty of air during the day in fine weather. Finally, about the beginning of May, they should be removed to a cold pit or frame, where they can be fully exposed during the day, covering them with the lights only at night, and in bad or cold weather. About the end of May, when all danger of late spring frost is over, they may be planted in PHEIjALIUM. Six species. Green- the open border. The soil into which house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings, Peat, sand, and loam. PlilLADELPHUS. Fourteen spe- cies. Hardy deciduous shrubs. Layers and suckers. Common soil. VniLl^F.KYlS. grandijiora. Green- house evergreen twiner. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PillLLYREA. Ten species. Half- hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings and layers. Common soil. "PHILOTHECA australis. Green- house evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Sandy peat and sandy loom. PHILYDRUM lanuginosum. Green- house biennial. Seed. Loam and peat. P H L 0 G O C A N T H U S curviflo- rus. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Light rich loam. PHLOGOPHORA meticulosa. Angle shades moth. This is a night moth, appearing from May to October. The caterpillar is green, spotted with white. Upper wings of the moth, rosy white they are transferred should be either a light rich sandy soil or peat, with which a little well-rotted the forvvardest blooms begin to expand, aoart in an open bed previously pre- hoops should be fixed across the bed, to pared for the purpose, in which situa- support mats or any other lighter mate- tion they may remain until required for rial that will serve to protect the flow- planting finally in the beds, where they ' ers either from the rain or from the rays are to bloom. — Gard. Chron. j of the sun. They need not, however, Soil and Manure. — Sandy turfy loam, [ be shaded earlier than nine o'clock in such as the top spit of an old pasture, the morning, or later than five or six in mixed with one-fourth its bulk of old the evening; but if there is the least cow-dung, makes a soil very beneficial appearance of a wet night, they had to this flower. Woollen rags mixed 1 better be covered before leaving them. with the soil are also strongly recom- ; Should the season be dry, they will re- mended. I quire regular watering between the Bed. — Raise the bed six inches above ' rows; rain or pond water, where pro- the soil around, and formed like a curable, is always to be preferred. A pitched roof, thus: The compost should little clay or stiflT loam placed in the form of a margin round the edge of the Fig. 128. bed would serve as a basin, and prevent the water from escaping into the path or alley." — Gard. Chron. PIN-PILLAR. Opuntia curassavica. PINUS. Kir Tree. Sixty-eight spe- cies and many varieties. Seed, layers, be at least a foot deep. Plant in rows, inarching or grafting. Sandy loam on and twelve inches apart each way. a dry subsoil. See Conifera. After Culture. — "The first thing to PIP, in floriculture, is a single corolla be attended to will be to thin out the ; or flower, where several grow upon a flower-stems, in order to throw more i common stem, as in the Polyanthus and strength into those which are left. Auricula. The pips thus growing to- When the plants are weak all the ! gether are described as a Ti'uss. stems should be removed but one, and I PIPER. Pepper. Twenty-seven on a plant of moderate size not more I species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cut- than three should be retained. These I tings and suckers; loam and peat. On again should be looked over, and the the culture of the Black Pepper, (P. lateral flower-buds removed from them leaving only the terminal bud and the Tiigrum.) Dr. Lindley observes, that it grows luxuriantly in many stoves, next but one below it; provided these i biit is shy in ripening its fruit. This is are perfect in form, all the rest may be probably owing to the uniform moisture pinched off". In tying up the stems of which is kept in these places. It should pinks and other plants of this class great judgment is required; in fact, de- lay is better in this instance than too much haste. If tied too high at first, the stems, as they lengthen, are pre- be planted in a large tub or box well drained, all the strong flower-bearing shoots should be supported with strong stakes, and the small useless ones cut away. When not growing much, keep vented by the ligature from growing it rather dry, and give it a slight check, erect, and become crooked, or perhaps and be careful not to give it too much snap off" at the joints. They should, I water after flowering. Bottom heat, therefore, be looked to every day particularly when growing, is indispen- where practicable; and if there is the [sable." — Gard. Chron. PIPERIDGE, the Barberry. PIPES for heating horticultural struc- least appearance of any flower-stem having become cramped the tie should immediately be cut loose. The safest } tures are preferably made of cast iron, painted black. Earthenware has been recommended for the purpose, but they arc so much more liable to breakage and leakage, as to outweigh any original saving in the cost. For draining, earthen way is to secure the bush to the flower stick, to which, the stem should be looselv tied so as to allow it perfect liberty to slide through as it increases in height. These ligatures, when the plants have acquired their full growth, : pipes with a bore an inch in diameter can be easily removedj and the plants are the best. PIP 461 PIT Table of the quantity of pipe, four inches diameter, which will heat one thousand cubic feet of air per minute, any required number of degrees- the temperature of the pipe being 200" Falirenheit. Temperature of T emperature at which the room is required to 1 external air. be kept. Falir. Scale. 45" 50" 35" 60° 65" 703 75" 80" 85° .90° 409 10" 126 150 174 200 229 259 292 328 367 12 119 142 166 192 220 251 283 318 357 399 14 112 135 159 184 212 242 274 309 347 388 16 105 127 151 176 204 233 265 300 337 378 18 98 120 143 168 195 225 256 290 328 368 20 91 112 135 160 187 216 247 281 318 358 22 83 105 128 152 179 207 238 271 308 347 24 76 97 120 144 170 199 229 262 298 337 26 69 90 112 136 162 190 220 253 288 327 28 61 82 104 128 154 181 211 243 279 317 30 54 75 97 120 145 173 202 234 269 307 Freezing point 32 47 67 89 112 137 164 193 225 259 296 34 40 60 81 104 129 155 184 215 249 286 36 32 52 73 96 120 147 175 206 239 276 38 25 45 66 88 112 138 166 196 230 266 40 18 37 58 80 104 129 157 187 220 255 42 10 30 50 72 95 121 148 178 210 245 44 3 22 42 64 87 112 139 168 200 235 46 15 34 56 79 103 130 159 190 225 48 7 27 48 1 70 95 121 150 181 214 50 19 1 40 62 86 112 140 171 204 52 111 32 54 77 103 131 161 194 To ascertain by the above Table the quantity of pipe which will heat one thousand cubic feet of air per minute: — find, in the first column, the tempera- ture corresponding to that of the external air, and in one of the other columns find the temperature of the room; then in this latter column, and on the line which corresponds with the external temperature, the required number of feet of pipe will be found. See Hot water and Steam. PIPE-WORT. Eriocaulon. P1PL\G. See Pink and Carnation for this mode of propagation. PIPTANTHU8 nepalensis. Hardy deciduous shrub. Layers and cuttings. Rich loam. PIPTOCLAINA supina. Hardy an- nual. Seed. Common soil. PIQUERIA trinervia. Hardy herb- aceous. Division. Light rich loam. PISCIDIA. Jamaica Dogwood. Two species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Light loam. PISCINARY is another name for a fish pond, which in landscape garden- ing comes under the general terms Water and Pond, which see. ■ PI ST A CHI A. Four species and more varieties. Hardy and half-hardy evergreen and deciduous trees. Lay- ers and ripe cuttings ; light rich loam. Even the hardy species of this genus do best against a wall. P I S T O R I N I A hispanica. Hardy biennial. Seed. Light well-drained soil. PISUM. Pea. Seven species and many varieties. Hardy annual climbers, except the herbaceous perennials, P. americanum and P. maritimum. Seed. Rich dry soil. See Pea. PIT, in the Conservatory, is the body of soil in which the shrubs, &c., are planted ; in the Stove, it is the excava- tion in which is the tan, or other mate- rial for plunging the pots; and for Forcing, it is a structure having a glass roof, and dift'ering from a forcing frame only in being larger, and with sides fixed to the soil. Pits for this purpose were usually sunk in the ground; but PIT 462 PL A it has been justly observed, that " sunk- | door in the back wall, and the passage en pits are inconvenient to ^et at ; there j along the middle, a person can go in at is no pulling their sashes off and on j any time without pushing down the with ease, and ventilation is trouble- sashes, and reaching from the back to some. Then, again, in spite of all that the front, he can water or do anything can be done, they will always be damp ; and although this is advantageous for else the plants may require. ' This pit is extremely useful for some purposes, it is destructive to raising seeds, or for growing small green-house plants in long winters. Upon tlie whole, the inconveniences, are at least as considerable as the ad- green-house plants, and keeping such things as verbeneas, petunias, and scar- let pelargoniums, for turning out into vantages. We doubt whether sunken j the flower garden during the summer pits can often be recommended in gar- I months ; or by dividing it into two parts dens. -Gard. Chron. by a partition, having a door in it, one Under the various titles Melon, Cii- [ half may be used for striking cuttings, cumber. Pine Jipple, ^-c, descripUons of raising seeds, or keeping plants, which pits suitable for their cultivation will J have been newly potted off, and the be found. The following outline is of other filled with well established plants, one for various purposes, strongly re- : requiring more light and air; so that, commended by Mr. R. Fortune, gar-! with a little contrivance, it is astonish- dener at the Chiswick Gardens : Fig. 129. a, stages and back and front shelf; h, passage along the middle; c, pro- posed tank ; d, proposed ventilators. The width of tlie pit is nine feet ; and, as the sketch is drawn from mea- surement, any one may easily ascertain the different proportions. The two stages are made of wood, having cross bars, as seen atffl, and up- right bearers on each side of b. The small shelf in front is supported by a bracket, which also supports the hot water pipes ; and the back shelf might! dria. be supported in the same manner, al- though in this instance it is formed out of the thickness of the back wall. The only improvement in its construction, is to have a large tank in some conve- nient place in front, as at c, to receive the rain which falls on the roof; and also some wooden ventilators in the back and front wall at d, which could be opened at those times when it is not prudent to draw down the sashes. By having the ing how many things the amateur may do in a small place like this." — Gard. Chron. PITCAIRNIA. Seventeen species. Stove herbaceous. Seed and suckers. Moss potsherds. They are really epi- phytal. PITCHER-LEAF. Nepenthes phyl- lamphora. PITCHER-PLANT. Nepenthes dis- tillatoria. PITTOSPORUM. Eighteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs, except P. tobira, which, matted, will sustain the winter south of Virginia. Ripe cut- tings. Peat and loam. PLADERA. Two species. Green- house biennials. Seed, and cultivated like the Balsam. PLAGIOLOBIUM. Two species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PLASTER OF PARIS. See Gypsum. PLANERA. Two species. Hardy deciduous trees. Layers on grafts of the elm. Light loam, near water. PLANE TREE. Platanus. PLANK PLANT. Bossiaa scoloppn- PLANTAIN TREE. Musa. PLANTATION. The ornamental distribution of trees is considered under the titles Clump, Wood, ^-c. ; and here will be considered only a few practical details relative to the planting and ma- nagement of trees. Selection. — Our guide in this must be the nature of the soil. If chalk is a principal constituent of this, the beech, birch, and ash must be the trees chiefly P L A 463 PL A ailopted ; if clay, the oak ; if rich loam, plant for merely ornamental purposes; the elm. In moist situations, the akler, and It is because all timber trees con- sallow, and willow; and in mountain, tain phospliate of lime in very con- and dry soiled districts, all the hardy siderabic proportions, that crushed conifera;, the bircli and the ash. Peat, bones are found to be so excellent a if well drained, wdi bear the Scotch fir; fertilizer for them ; and hence one rea- and the Spanish chestnut will flourisli son, why it has long been a well-known on light sheltereil loam. On the poor- fact, that by burying dead animals un- est and lightest soils, if well drained, ! der trees nearly exhausted for want of the larch will establish itself. Similar nourishment, those trees will almost attention must be paid to the soil in : invariably be considerably revived, and locating the shrubs. Rhododendrons \ send out their shoots with unusual vi- delight in shade and leaf-mould; and [ gour ; and how essential the presence others have their particular soils, of i of phosphate of lime is to their growth, which information will be found in other may be judged of from the fact, that pages, under their appropriate titles. ' this salt constitutes 45 per cent, of the Manures. — Trees, like all other ashes of the oak; 35 in those of the plants, are benefited by being appro- hazel; 16.75 of the poplar; 23 in the priately manured; their growth is thus hornbeam; 12 per cent, in those of the accelerated, and contrary to old opin- fir. ions, it is found that the wood of These chemical examinations natu- quickly-growing trees is more durable, rally support the conclusion to which I and more tough than that of trees of have long come in my own experiments, the same species which have vegetated that in all plantations of timber trees, more tardily. Calcareous matter is al- both on the score of profit and of orna- ways required by trees; and my brother, ' ment, it is in almost all situations de- Mr. Cuthbert Johnson, has truly stated sirable to assist the growth of the young that on the poor hungry heath lands, trees by a sinall addition of manure, such as those of Norfolk, Surrey, and 1 On a large scale this must be chiefly the north, which contain hardly a trace confined to the use of the earths, either of carbonate of lime, they find that, by dressing with chalk or marl, land in- tended for planting, the growth of the lime, chalk, or marl, according to their respective local value ; and for this purpose a smaller proportion per acre trees is very materially increased; and j of any kind of manure is of much great- more recently, as in the forest of Dama- 1 er value than is commonly supposed, way in Scotland, the planters have I I have usually, under every plant, mere- found the greatest advantage from plac- | ly applied a small shovelful of tolerably- ing only a handful of lime (about four rotted stable dung, stirring it up with bushels per acre is sufficient) in the soil the mould ; and, as these experiments under the plants. By this means the were principally made on a poor hungry young trees, they say, are forced for- gravelly soil, nearly destitute of carbon- ward ; that is, they are supplied with ate of lime, I have usually added to the the carbonate of lime at the very period ' beach plants, instead of the farm-yard of their growth, when their roots, from manure, a small quantity of chalk, want of extent and vigour, are least j Trenching. — In preparing the land able to absorb from the soil the portion for plantations, the same chemical ex- ofthis earth so essential for their healthy ! amination of the composition well illus- growth. And it is precisely such heath tratcs the advantages derived by the soils as those to which I have alluded ! plant, from merely previously stirring as being so materially benefited by the I the soil ; since it is evident that when application of lime, chalk, or marl the constituents of the young trees are (which also contains chalk), that are ' contained in it in only very limited pro- found, when examined in their natural state, to be nearly destitute of carbon- ate of lime. It is for the same reasons that, in the early state of their growth, timber plantations are benefited so materially by being manured with organic mat- ters— a fact well known to those who portions, in such case the more easily their roots arc enabled to penetrate in search of that necessary nourishment, the more rapid will be their growth. Previous trenching of the soil also conduces to the healthy growth of trees in more ways than one. It renders them less subject to injury from want PL A 464 PL A of moisture in the heats of summer ; i the atmosphere more freely finds access to their roots; and not only yields its watery vapour in the warmest weather for their service, but its gases, so es- sential to their very existence, are also in a similar manner more readily ab- sorbed. Draining. — The most neglected, yet most important, of all the branches of forest culture, is draining. This ought to be done thoroughly before planting ; but if it has been neglected, may be done at any time, the sooner the better, and the effects will surprise, in a year or two, even the most sanguine. I have seen larch plantations, by draining only, converted from sickly worthless trees to thriving valuable woodlands. Planting. — "Too little attention," Mr. C. Johnson justly observes, " is usually paid by planters in the choice of their plants, the manner in which they have been reared, and in the care of their removal. Instead of attending to the acquired habits of the tree, it is a very common practice for the plants to be bought of some nurseryman who has reared them in a warm rich bottom, and then, as a natural consequence, when the trees are transplanted to a cold, poor, hungry, exposed soil, a large proportion of them are sure to perish, or, if they live, many become stunted or stag-headed. " There are other very common er- rors, of which I have long noticed the ill effects ; for instance, the want of care with which the roots of the young trees are deposited in the earth, and the unnecessary length of time which is suffered to elapse between the period when the plant is taken from the nur- sery and replanted. I have always found the good effect of causing the roots of the young plant to be carefully arranged and spread out before the earth is thrown in upon them — the usually heedless way in which the roots are thrust into the hole, and perhaps broken or materially bruised in the act of treading in the earth upon them, is of necessity prejudicial to the young plant; and then, again, a still more negligent practice, that of ploughing in the young trees, is too often adopted on a large scale, by which the plants are still more hastily deposited in the soil, and are neither fixed with suffi- cient firmness in the ground, nor even placed in an upright position." — Farm. Enc. There is certainly no economy in this hasty mode of planting ; the trees perish in great numbers; they linger for years without vigour ; have to be replaced at a considerable expense; and, in the mean time, the owners lose all the ad- vantage which might have been ensured from a more skilfully obtained rapidity of growth. In planting on a large scale, the same pains and care should be taken as in inserting a shrub in the parterre. Pruning. — If care be taken to rub off ill-placed shoots in the early stages of a tree's growth, no after-pruning — no extensive application of the knife and saw — will be required, except in case of casual ties. When a large branch requires amputation, it is best to leave a stump projecting a full foot from the stem. The face of the wound should be towards the ground, and the edges trimmed smooth with a very sharp knife. PLASHING is " a mode of repairing or modifying a hedge by bending down a portion of the shoots, cutting them half through near the ground to render them more pliable, and twisting them, among the upright stems, so as to render the whole more effective as a fence, and at the same time preserve all the branches alive. For this purpose the branches to be plashed, or bent down, must not be cut more than half through, in order that a sufficient portion of sap may rise up from the root to keep alive the upper part of the branches. " Where hedges are properly formed and kept, they can very seldom require to be plashed." — Farm. Enc. PLATANTHERA. Thirteen species. Hardy orchids, except the stove, P. susannce, and the green-house, P.jiava. Seed. Loam, peat, and chalk. PLATANUS. Plane-Tree. Two spe- cies and three varieties. P. orientalis does not suffer from the disease which has of late years attacked one indige- nous species. Hardy deciduous trees. Layers, cuttings, and seed. Common light soil. PLATYCARPIUM orinocense. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings. Peat and loam. PLATYCHILUM celsianum. Green- house evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. P L A 465 PLU PLATYLOBIUM. Six species. Greeii-house evergreen shrubs. Seed. Sandy peat and a little loam. PLATVLOPHUS trifoUatus. White ash. Green-house evergreen tree. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. PLATYSTKMON. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seed. Sandy loam. PLATYSTIGMA linear e. Half-hardy herbaceous. Division. Sandy loam. PLATYSTYLIS. Three species. Hardy herbaceous. Division and seed. Light loam. PLE.4SURE-GR0UND is a collective name for that combination of parterres, lawns, shrubberies, waters, arbours, &c. yvhich are noticed individually in these pages. One observation may be ap- plied to all — let congruity preside over the whole. It is a great fault to have any one of those portions of the plea- sure ground in excess ; and let the whole be proportioned to the residence. It is quite as objectionable to be over- gardened as to be over-housed. Above all things eschew what has aptly been termed gingerbread-work. Nothing of- fends a person of good taste so much as the divisions and sub-divisions we are sometimes compelled to gaze on " with an approving smile." PL EC T RAN THUS. Six spe- cies. The annual and biennial species by seed ; the shrubs and herbaceous by cuttings. All in rich light loam. They are all tenants of either the green-house or stove. PLECTRITIS congesta. Hardy an- nual. Seed. Common soil. PLECTRONIA corymhosa. Green- house evergreen tree. Cuttings. Loam and peat. PLKROMA. Four species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings. Sandv loam and peat. PLETHORA. See Extravasated Sap. PLEURANDRA. Seven species. Green-house evergreen shrubs, cuttings. Sandy loam and peat PLEUROTHALLIS. Twenty-three species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood and moss. PLOCAMA pendula. Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. PLOUGHMAN'S SPIKENARD. Baccliaris. PLUM. Prunus domestica. the London Horticultural Society at Chiswick. The following limited, though select number, we extract from the catalogue of the old Landreth Nur- series. (See p. 466.) The descriptions and cuts of a few- choice kinds may aid those about to plant, in selecting with advantage. Fig. 130. Washington. (Bolmar's Washing- ton.) (Fig. 130.) " This is an Ameri- can seedling, accidentally produced in the city of New York. Its great size and beautiful appearance, at once intro- duced it into general culture ; it must be confessed, there are many of greater merit, though but few of more prepos- sessing aspect. " Skin yellow, or yellowish-green, when fully matured dotted with red. Flesh yellow, separating freely from the stone. The tree is of vigorous Ripe j growth, hardy, and well suited to our climate." — Rural Reg. Columbia. (Fig. 131.) " An admi- rable plum, well worthy of its name; raised by Mr. Lawrence, of Hudson, New York, who has doubly served us by producing another first rate plum, ' Lawrence's Favorite.' The Columbia is a free bearer, fruit of the first class, both as regards size and quality. Skin purple, abounding in bloom. Flesh orange. Ripe at Philadelphia close of Varieties. — One hundred and twenty- seven are cultivated in the Gardens of August." — Rural Reg 30 PLU 466 PLU — • Colour — y yellow; b blue ; r red ; Plums. — Explanation of Abbreviations p purple. Size. — l large ; m medium. * American Seedlings of acknowledged merit Apricot plum *Bingham's Egg . *Boimar's Washington *Bleeker's Red Blue Gage . *Brevoort's Purple *Bleeker's Gage . Coe's Golden Drop *Cooper's Red American *Columbia Damson, Yellow Gage, Yellow *Gage, Scarlet *Gage, Schuyler's *Gage, Prince's Imperia Goliah . *Huling's Superb . *Jefferson Red Magnum Bonum White Magnum Bonum Morocco Plum Nectarine Plum Orleans, Red Orleans, Early Prune, German ♦VerpLanck's Purple COLOUR. FORM. N y round L y oval L y oval L r round M r round M P oval L y round L y oval L p oval M p round L y round M y round M r oval M y round L g oval M p oval L y round L y oval L r oval L w oval L P round M P round I, r round L P round L p oval L P round M Fig. 131.— (P. 465.) August August September August August September August September September August September September September August August August August September August August August August August August September August CoE's Golden Drop, r/ Hooker, Lind- lay, and others. — Coe's Imperial, Coe's Seedling, &c. (Fig. 132.) " Mr. Coe, a market gardener of Norfolk, England, who raised this plum, has perpetuated his name by association with it. Many varieties have been subsequently pro- duced, but few of them have as high claims to regard, as the Golden Drop — indeed it has been pronounced superior to anv late plum cultivated in Britain. " The fruit is of extra large size, rich, and in the opinion of competent judges, not inferior to the celebrated Green Gage, to approach which in quality, is usually deemed high merit. Skin greenish yellow, spotted on the sunny side with violet and crimson. Flesh firm, adhering to the stone. The tree is of vigorous habit, and has proved well suited to the middle States." — Rural Reg. Imperial Gage, (Prmfc's Imperial.) (Fig. 133.) " This is a seedling from the Green Gage, raised by the late Mr. Prince, of Flushing, New York, and has received much praise. The tree is of robust habit; fruit larger than the Green Gage, and of good quality. Ken- rick cites a single tree at Charlestown, Mass., the frnit of which, for several successive years, sold for i^AO to $50. Downing says it is particularly fitted for light dry soils, and that on heavy lands it is often insipid. " Skin light green, when fully ma- tured inclining to yellow, with a profu- sion of bloom. Flesh green, and of a sprightly flavour. Ripens at Philadel- phia late in August. It is a liberal bearer, and may be safely recommended as a desirable variety." — Rural Reg. Fig. 134. Green Gage, of the English and American gardens. (Fiir. 134.) There is no plum better known (and none more worthy of being known) than the Green Gage, which derived its name PLU 468 PLU from a family of the name of Gage who the best plum known in England. The obtained it in France, where it is popu- size is below medium. Skin green, lariy termed the Reine Claude, (or inclining to yellow when fully ripe, and Queen Claude,) after the wife of Francis occasionally marbled with red. Ripe I. Those qualified to give an opinion j middle of August, on the subject, have declared it to be Fig. 135 .Teffebson. (Fig. 135.) This escel- Iciit variety is the product of the late Judge Buel of Albany, so long and so favourably associated with the " Culti- vator." Mr. Downing, whose opinion lias great weight with us, says, if he ■were asked which he thought' the most desirable and the most beautiful of all dessert plums, he should undoubtedly give the name of this new variety. He thinks it, when fully ripe, nearly if not quite equal in flavour to the Green Gage — '-it is as large as the Washington, more richly and deeply coloured, being dark yellow, uniformly and handsomely marked with a fine ruddy cheek. It is about ten days or a fortnight later than the Washington, ripening the last of Au- gust, when it has the rare quality of hang- ing long on the tree, gradually improv- ing in flavour." — "Fruits of America.'- Magnum Bonum, (Yellow Egg.) (Fig. 1 36.) These are the two popular names for a variety very generally cultivated in France and England, and known to a considerable extent in the gardens of our sea-board. It is an attractive variety, and though by no means equal in point of quality to many less prepossessing, is nevertheless in high repute. Skin yellow. Flesh closely united to the stone, sub-acid until dead ripe, when the flavour is highest. It is an excel- lent preserving plum — its large size adding to its merit in that particular. Propagation by Seed. — This mode is adopted for raising stocks and new varieties. For the latter purpose cross- impregnation has been successively pursued, attention being paid to the suggestions ofl^ered under the title Hy- bridizing. Sow in October, in rich light loam, in drills twelve inches apart and two inches deep, when two-year PLU 469 PLU old buds may be taken from them and which would be destroyed by sliorten- inserted on older trees early, to ascer- So that, after haviiirr shortened tain the value of the fruit. At two years the first and second year's shoots occa- old they are also fit to be stocks for sionally as above, and thereby procured budding or graftin Grafting and Budding. — The former is to be done in July or March, and the latter in July or August. Suckers. — Damsons and bullaces are usually raised in this mode, without grafting or budding a proper set of lower horizontals, to give the head its first form, let the whole then be trained in entire, about four, five, or six inches asunder; and, according as the trees shoot every sum- mer, train in a necessary supply of the regular shoots to fill the wall, &c.; at Layers of the young wood may be the same time retrench superfluities and made at any time between November irregular wood — still at full length ;it and March. In twelve months they are the above distance. For all plums bear established, and maybe separated from principally upon spurs half an inch or the parent. | an inch long, arising from the sides of " Planting and Culture. — The season the branches, from one or two to many for planting all the sorts of plum-trees, years old. When trained, always at is anytime in open weather, from the ' full length; but, if shortened,' they fall of the leaf until the approach ofl would throw out a multiplicity of nsc- vegetation in spring " The trees of all the varieties will succeed in any common soil, and in any open exposure. Those for walls should generally have an east or southwest wall for some of the choicest sorts ; and less wood, and hardly any fruit-spnrs. " The wall and espalier plum-trees should be pruned every summer and winter. " Standard plum-trees may be trained both as full standards and half-stand- some may also be planted against a ; ards, budding or grafting the former north wall, to furnish some late fruit; ' six feet high, and the latter only three and those for espaliers may be planted , or four; or both kinds may be worked around any of the open quarters, as low in the stock, and the first shoot may also the standards. trained to those heights for a stem, " Plant the wall and espalier trees then let them branch away and form a eighteen feet distance; though if the head. These standards may be planted walls, &c., are rather low, twenty feet both in the garden and orchard, at from distance will be requisite, that, in de- • about twenty to thirty feet distance." — fault of a proper height of walling, there j Abercrombie. may be more scope to train the branches liorizontally. If the trees thus planted are quite young, being only of one year's shoot from the grafting or bud- ding, they should, in March, be headed down to four or five eyes, to force out lower horizontals in the ensuing sum- mer, which, according as they advance in length, train them in horizontally at Forcing. — To obtain an early crop, in March or April, trees planted in large tubs are to be preferred ; but for the general crop, in May or June, the trees are best planted in the borders of the stove. Mr. Loudon says that : — " For a crop to ripen in the second week in May, the house must be co- vered in early in January, commencing full length, unless you would forward a \ with a temperature of 42^ of Fahrenheit further supply of lower branches as fast for the first fortnight; after which the as possible, when you may pinch the heat may be gradually raised to .52', at young shoot, in May, down to a few which it may continue until the flowers eyes. Each will throw out several late- make their appearance. During this rals the same year, which train also time frequent changes of air must be horizontally at full length during the admitted to strengthen the bloom ; and summer's growth; and in winter pruning the crop will be rendered more certain cut not only any fore-right and back shoots, but train in all the regular ones at full length ; for the branches of these trees must be shortened only occasion- ally, to procure wood to fill vacancies; because the branches always form fruit by keeping the trees in blossom, as long as possible, by ligJit shading where ne- cessary; and when the petals begin to fall, gentle dews may be raised from the surface of the mould. As the fruit forms, the thermometer should be raised spurs first towards their extreme parts, to 5S'^. This must be done gradually, PLU 470 PO I as the consequence of a rapid rise may be a casting of the fruit. During the progress of shooting great care must he taken against sudden variations of the temperature, water very sparingly used, and every check, by fumigation, be given to the various insects, which will be particularly active at this period. " When the fruit is safely stoned, a moderate dressing of rotten manure may be spread on the surface of the mould, the heat increased to CS*^, and a more liberal supply of water given. " After the fruit has obtained a full house evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Loam and peat. PODOSPERMUM. Nine species. Hardy herbaceous, biennial, and an- nual. The first is increased by divi- sion, and all by seed. Common soil. PffiCILOCAMPA populi. December Moth, is found in this month in orchards sticking against the trunks of trees. The wings are about an inch and a quarter broad, and of a chestnut brown in colour: on the upper pair there is a pair of incurved bands, and a wavy one near the centre ; the wings have also a size, and approaches maturity, air may grayish or brownish fringe. The lower be freely admitted, and water should i pair are brown. The caterpillar is be given in less quantities, and finally ! ashy gray at the sides, and rather dark- discontinued a few days before gather- j er on the back, and it has four red ing." — Enc. Gard. PLUMBAGO. Eleven species. Some hardy herbaceous, others stove and green-house evergreen shrubs and climbers. P. capensis produces a good effect when plunged or planted out on a rich border during summer. P. rhom- bifolia is a stove annual ; this is propa- spots on each segment ; at first these caterpillars are gregarious, under a silken tent, from which they issue at night to feed, but after a little time they become solitary. They feed on various kinds of fruit trees in the early part of the summer, and when full grown, they spin a silken case in which they change gated by seed, the others by cuttings, I the pups. The December Moth is not and all in common soil PLUMIERIA. Twenty-two species. Stove evergreen shrubs and trees. Large cuttings, slightly dried. Sandy ioam, and a little peat. POCOCKIA cretica. Hardy annual. Seed. Common soil. PODALYRIA. Thirteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs, Cut- tmgs. Sandy loam and peat. PODANTHE. Seven species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings in spring, slightly dried. Sandy loam and lime rubbish. PODANTHUS mitiqui. Hardy ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Loam and peat. POD-FERN. Ellobocarpus. POD 0 CARPUS. Eleven spe- cies. Green-house and stove evergreen trees. P. chinensis, P.macrophyllus, P. nurifer, and P. verticillatus, are quite one of the most injurious to fruit trees, but still, in localities where it is found in tolerable abundance, the caterpillars do considerable damage to the leaves. Hand picking when the caterpillars are living in society, is the best means of diminishing them. — Gard. Chron. POET'S CASSIA. Osyris. POGONIA. Three species. Hardy orchids. Offsets. Sandy peat. POGOSTEMON plectranthoides. Stove evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Rich sandy loam. POINCL\NA. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Seed and cuttings. Rich light soil. POINSETTIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings of previ- ous year's shoots, slightly dried. Rich sandy loam. Of these plants the most beautiful is P. pulcherrina. On the hardy, if grown in a light-soiled border, cultivation of this we have the foUow- sheltered from the north and east, and ing directions from Mr. W. Tillery, the well drained. Cuttings and a little peat. PODOLEPIS. Five species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Sandy loam and peat. PODOLOBIUM. Five species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. P. scandens is a climber. Young cuttings. Sandv loam and peat. Light loam, , gardener at Welbeck ; " Raise the plants from single eyes, (like vines,) from the hard ripened wood of last year, and re-pot them in sandy loam and leaf-mould ; keeping them in a cucumber-frame, and then in a low stove, as near the glass as possible. They do pretty near the glass and not drawn, and then put into the stove in PODOPTERUS riiexicanus. Green- , September, watering freely when in PO I 471 POI flower. Old plants that have been cut | that pruning knives and hands washed down, never have the flora! leaves as in a tank after they have been em- large as a young plant raised from eyes ployed upon some of the exotics, will or cuttings with one stem. The following additional instructions destroy the fish it contains. Hippo- mane bigiandulosa, the Manchineel, are given by Mr. D. Beaton, gardener the Tanghin, Sapium laurocerasus, and to Sir W. Middleton, at Shrubland : — " As an additional means of improv- ing the size of the flowers, a strong healthy plant, not less than two years old, should be kept to propagate from bv eves. This plant should be kept in Cainocladia dentata, are equally dele- terious to man. Gardeners who have merely rubbed the leaves of the latter between their fingers, have had swol- len bodies and temporary blindness. Wounds from pruning knives smeared the stove all summer, encouraged dur- with the juices of such plants, are like inc its growth by all safe stimuli, and those from poisoned arrows. ha've onfy two or three of its strongest POISONS. Soils containing obnox- shoots allowed to remain. When these ious ingredients are certain introducers shoots have nearly done growing, cut of disease and premature death. An otr their tops, that'the plant may throw excess of oxide of iron, as when the all the strength of its vital energies into roots of the apple and pear get into an those eyes destined for your next year's irony red gravelly subsoil, always causes plants. canker to supervene. In the neighbour- When the young wood ripens, al- hood of copper-smelting furnaces, not low the plant to go gradually to rest, only are cattle subjected to swollen and when you cease watering it, place joints and other unusual diseases, cans- it in a dry "part of the stove; should it ing decrepitude and death, but the offer to vegetate too soon in spring, plants also around are subject to sud- reniove it to a dry place in the green- den visitations, to irregular growths, house to keep it back. About the be- and to unwarned destruction; and a ginning or middle of April will be quite , crop once vigorous will suddenly j.vith- time enoush to begin to propagate it At that time take the most prominent eyes from the ripest portion of the branches. Cut the old plant down to the form- er as if swept over by a blast. There is no doubt of this arising from the salts of copper, which impregnate the soil irregularly, as the winds may have borne them sublimed from the furnaces, er year's wood, shake off" all the soil and the experiments of Sennebier have from its roots, cut away all decayed shown that of all salts those of copper roots, and shorten the strongest ones; are the most fatal to plants. That they repot it in as small a pot as you can put , can be poisoned, and by many of those its roots into, and place it in bottom heat; treat it with due care as in the former season, and for the same pur- pose."— Gnrd. Chron. Aphelandra cristata maybe managed the same wav, and no plant will more amply repay the care and attention be- stowed on it. POIRETIA srandenit. Stove ever- green climber. Young cuttings. Loam and peat. substances, narcotic as well as corro- sive, which are fiital to animals, has been shown by the experiments of M. F. Marcet. The metallic poisons being absorbed, are conveyed to the different parts of the plant, and alter or destroy its tissue. The vegetable poisons, such as opium, strychnia, prussic acid, belladonna, al- cotiol, and oxalic acid, which act fatally upon the nervous system of animals. POISON-BULB. Brunsvigia toxica- also cause the death of plants. ria, and Crinum a.iiaticum. The poisonous substance is absorbed POISON-NUT. Strychnos mix into the plant's system, and proves in- vomica. jurious when merely applied to its POISON-OAK. Rhus toxicodendron, liranchfta or stem, almost as much as POISONOUS PLANTS. Gardeners if placed in contact with the roots, should be much more careful than they Ulcerations and canker are exasperated usually are in bandlinsi the plants they if lime be put upon the wounds, and cultivate, for many of them have deadly when Dr. Hales made a golden rennet qualities. M. Neumann, chief gardener apple absorb a quart of camphorated of the Paris Jardin des Plantes, says spirits of wine through one of its PO I 472 POL brandies, one-ha]f of the tree was de- stroyed.— Princ. of Gardening. POIVREA. Six species. Stove evergreen climbers. Young cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. POLANISIA. Five species. Hardy annuals. Seed. Sheltered, light rich loam. POLEMONIUM. Twelve Hardy herbaceous. Division loam. POLIANTHES. Tuberose species. Green-house bulbs, imported. Sandy loam and leaf-mould. POLYANTHUS. Primula vulgaris, var. polyantha species. . Light Two Bulbs Nicholson's Ranger. Nonsuch. King. Sir Sidney Smith. Telegraph (Head's). Turner's Emperor Buonaparte. Princess. Timm's Defiance and Yorkshire Re- gent. Characteristics of Excellence, are thus enumerated by Dr. Lindiey : — " The pip of the Polyanthus should be large, and the nearer the outline approaches a circle the better ; it should be free from any unevenness, A florist's flower much j and lie perfectly flat; the edge must be esteemed in England ; in the United States but little attention has been paid to it. Varieties. — Mr. Slater, florist, of Manchester, gives the following lists: — FIRST CLASS. Barrow's Dutchess of Sutherland. Buck's George the P'ourth. Bullock's Lancer. Clegg's Lord Crewe, alias George Canning. Collier's Princess Royal. Cox's Regent. Crownshaw's Invincible. Eckersley's Jolly Dragoon. Gibbon's Sovereign. General Bolivar. Gond's Independent. Hetcher's Defiance. Hilton's President. Hufton's Earl Grey, alias Clegg's Lord John Russell. Hufton's Lord Rancliffe, alias Clegg's Prince of Orange, and Clegg's Golden Hero. Hufton's Lord Lincoln. Maude's Beauty of England. Nicholson's Bang Europe. Ollier's Beauty of Over. Pearson's Alexander. Saunders's Cheshire Favourite. Wood's Espartero. SECOND CLASS. Beauty of Coven. Buckley's Squire Starkie. Burnard's Formosa. Dew's Britannia. Faulkner's Black Prince. Fillingham's Tantarara. Queen's Earl Fitzvvilliam. Hepworth's Elizabeth. Jolly Sailor. smooth, and the divisions in the corolla, which form it into heart-shaped seg- ments, should reach the eye but not cut into it. The segments should be well rounded, making the divisions be- tween them small and shallow. The tube must be of a fine yellow, round, clearly defined, well filled with an- thers, and terminating in a narrow ridge raised slightly above the surface of the eye. " The eye should be of a bright rich yellow colour, of a uniform width round the tube. The ground colour must be entire, free from specks or blemishes, of a dark or rich crimson, not paler at the edges, and uniform in every division. The edge should form a narrow well defined riin of yellow, perfectly regular, bordering each seg- ment, and passing down the centre of each division to the eye. " It is essential that the edge and the eye be of a uniform yellow. These qualities in the pips, and the flowers forming a compact truss, standing well above the foliage on a firm upright stem, will constitute perfection in the polyanthus." — Card. Cliron. Propagation by Seed. — Dr. Lindiey says, " during February sow in pots in a light and moderately rich soil, and give the seed, when sown, a slight covering of sifted soil ; the pans should then be placed under hand-glasses. It is better to raise them without bottom- heat, as the young plants are apt to damp off". As soon as the seeds begin to vegetate, air should be given ; and as they increase in size, care must be taken to keep away slugs. When the sun has much power, it will be advisa- ble to remove the pans to an east or north aspect, to prevent them from be- POL 473 PON coming too dry. In August they will should occasionally be sprinkled over be ready for transplanting." — Card. Chron. General Culture. — This is detailed by that most successful floriculturist, Dr. Horner, of Hull, and from his di- rections are taken the following ex- tracts : — " Situation and Soil. — A free and pure air is necessary for its vigorous growth. It should alway be grown in the foliage (avoiding the flowers) ; and the smaller and central pips should be thinned out, that the truss or umbel of flowers may have a uniform and un- crowded appearance. When the bloom is over, the plants should be turned out of their pots into the border from whence they were taken ; here they must remain without further care, ex- cept an occasional watering, till the a bed or open border, and in one which end of July, when they should be taken has an eastern aspect. It is most im- patient of heat and drought, but de- lights in a cool, or rather moist and shaded locality, where it can enjoy about two hours of the morning sun. It thrives best in a retentive soii from a rich old pasture, to which has been added about the sixth part of cow manure, two or three years old, and the same quantity of leaf-mould. The up, the soil crumbled from their roots, and those which present two or more heads divided gently with the fingers, and prepared and planted as before de- scribed."— Card. Chron. P O L Y B O T R Y A. Three species. Stove ferns. Division and seed. Sandy peat and turf. POLYGALA. Forty-four species. Herbaceous, shrubby, and annual. All natural soil of the garden should be hardy or green-house, except the stove dug out to the depth of a foot, and the space filled up with the above, three months previously to planting them, that the bed may have become settled before it is required for the plants. " Planting. — The proper time is at the end of July, not later. Shorten the I annuals, P.pnniculata and P. umhellata. Division, cuttings or seed. Sandy peat and a little loam. POLYGON ATUM. Thirteen species. Hardy herbaceous. Seed and division. Light rich loam. POLYGONUM. Forty-eight species. main or tap-root, as it is called, to i Chiefly hardy herbaceous or annual wiihin about half an inch of the leaves, plants, some being aquatics and trailers, that a few of the vigorous young fibrous A few require the shelter of the green- roots only may he retained ; with a house. Seed and division. Light rich small trowel make a hole in the soil loam. surticiently deep that the plant may POLYPODIUM. Sixty-six species, have the very crown of the main root Chiefly stove ferns. Division and seed. Light loam and peat. POLYPODY. Polypodium. POLYPTERIS integrifolia. Hardy annual. Seed. Light rich loam. POLYSPORA axillaris. Stove ever- green shrub. Unripe cuttings. Light loam and peat. POLYSTACHYA. Seven species. covered at least one inch with the soil " It is of the utmost importance that ; the polyanthus should be thus deep | set; for the young roots always ema- nate from the very top of the main root, and throw themselves out for the most part, if a somewhat curved or hori- zontal method of planting is adopted. ILiving well watered the bed, the plants require no more care whatever, ] Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood and except being kept clean. They should be lel\ entirely without covering or pro- ] tection in the winter. j "Blooming, i^c. — In spring, just when the pips are about to expand, if wanted for the purpose of exhibition, moss. POMADERRIS. Sixteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. POMAX hirta. Green-house ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat and or to ornament the stage or cool green- loam, house, they may be taken up with a POMBALIA ;7!//>a. Stove herbaceous, moderately-sized ball of earth, and put Seed and young cuttings. Sandy loam into common auricula pots, for they and peat. bear this removal without the slightest: injury or apparent check. Water must now be supplied rather freely, and POMEGRANATE. Punica. POMl'lOX. See Gourd. P t) N C E L E T I A sprengeiloides. PON 474 PON Green-house evergreen shrub. Young cuttings. Sandy peat. PONDS, are reservoirs of water dug out of the soil, and made retentive by puddling with clay their bottoms and sides. Puddling is necessary in almost all instances and the mode of proceeding and marked out, it will then be neces- sary to form a second or outer mark, indicating the space required for the wall or side puddle, and about three feet is the proper space to allow for this — the puddle requiring about two feet, and the facing which requires to be laid upon the puddle ought to be is thus detailed by Mr. Marnock, in the } about a foot more, making together United Gardeners'' Journal. When the t three feet. Ponds may be made very excavacation is formed, or partially so, I ornamental, and for suitable suggestions the bottom puddle near the outer edge is formed, and upon this is raised the upright or side puddle ; and as this proceeds the ordinary clay or earth is raised at the same time, and by this means the upright puddle is retained in its place ; and ultimately the sides, being formed in a sloping direction, admit of being covered with gravel or sand, and may be walked upon, or stakes may be driven to a considerable depth without reaching the puddle or in any way in- juring it; this can never be the case if on this point, see Water. PONGAMIA. Four species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PONTEDERA. Seven species. Stove aquatics, except the hardy P. ccErulea. Division. Rich light loam in water. PONTHIEVA. Two species. Stove orchids. Division. Sundy loam and peat. PONTIA. A genus of butterflies of which the following one is most ob- the puddle, as is sometimes done, be I noxious to the gardener:- laid upon the sloping side of the pond The sides may slope rapidly, or the re- verse : if the slope be considerable, sand or gravel to give a clean appear- ance will be the more likely to be re- tained upon the facing; plants can be more easily fixed and cultivated; gold- fish also find in these shallow gravelly parts under the leaves of the plants suitable places to deposit their spawn, and without this they are seldom found to breed. Ponds made in this way may be of any convenient size, from a couple of yards upwards to as many acres. The following is the section of a pond Fig. 137. P. hrassicie, the large white cabbage butterfly is thus described by Mr. Kol- lar : — " The wings are white ; the up- per wings with broad black tips, and the female has two black spots on the middle. The under side of the under wings is light yellow. Breadth, when expanded, two inches. It appears from May to October. The caterpillar is bluish-green, thinly haired, and sprin- kled with black dots, having a yellow stripe on the back, and the same on the sides. These caterpillars are found, throughout the summer and autumn, on all the sorts of cabbage, on horse- radish, radishes, mustard, and similar plants, as well as on water -cresses. The pupae are yellowish-green, with black dots, with a point on the head, and five on the back. The best way to destroy them is picking off and killing the caterpillars, as well as the pupa;, as far as it is possible; the latter are found attached to adjacent trees, hedges, and walls. But care must be taken not to destroy those pupa; which have a brown appearance; because they are full of the larva! of ichneumons, and other allied parasites, which are the thus formed : a indicates the surface of the ground at the edge of the water; b, the puddle ; c, the facing to preserve great scourge of these caterpillars." — the puddle from injury ; d, the water; \ Kollar. P. rapm Small White Cabbage But- ordinary bottom. When a small pond i terfly. The following extracts are from of this kind is to be made, and the ex- 1 the same good authority : — " This But- c, the surface of the latter ; and /, the ! ordinary bottom. When a small pond of this kind is to be made, and the ex- 1 tent of the surface is determined upon i terfly resembles the foregoing, but is POP 475 POT one half smaller ; antl the black tinjie best ; Soden's Early Oxford; Fox's at the points of the nper wini^s is faint- I Seedling, perhaps the best; Early er, and not visible on the outer edge. INIaniy; Karly Mule. The time of appearance is the same as; Earliest for general cultivation : — of the former. Early Kidney; Nonsuch ; Early Shaw; " The caterpillar is of a dull green, Gold Finder ; Taylor's F'orty-fold. with fine white minute hairs, a yellow | For main crops, the varieties are stripe on the back, and vellow spots on ' ranged in this class, according to their the sides, on a pale ground. In some forwardness in ripening : — years it is very injurious to the cabbage Early Champion; Leathercoat ; Ox and turnip plants; it also infests the Noble ; Red Nose Kidney, very good ; mignionette, which it strips entirely of Large Kidney ; Irish Cup ; Bread Fruit, its leaves. It is very difficult to be dis- the best; Red Streak, or Lancashire covered from its colour. The pupa is I'ink Eye; Black Skin; Purple; Red yellowish or greenish-gray, with three Apple; Rough Red. — All these are yellow stripes. Like the former kind, English varieties. At Philadelphia, it is found attached to trees, hedges," where we write, but two sorts are &c. — KoUar. POPLAR. Populus. POPPY. Papaver. POPULUS. Poplar. Fifteen species. extensively grown, viz., Mercer and Foxite; the former has had great popu- larity for both quality and product — the latter, though not productive, is the evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings, and peat. PORTIIESIA. See Bombyx. PORTLANDIA. Two species, evergreen shrubs. Cuttings, loam and peat. and many varieties. Hardy deciduous best we have ever seen grown in this trees. Cuttings and layers. Light loam, I country. near flowing water. i Soil and Situation. — No inhabitant of poll \y!Jivoluf)i lis. Stove evergreen the garden varies more in quality in twiner. Seed. Loam and peat. different gardens than the potato ; for a PORANTUER.\ ericifolia. Green- variety will have a strong unpleasant house evergreen shrub. Young cuttings, flavour in one soil, that has a sweet Sandy loam and peat. agreeable one in another. In a heavy VOKhW.lX X hy^rometrira. Stove wet soil, or a rank black loam, though Loam the crop is often fine and abundant, it is scarcely ever palatable. Silicious I soils, even approaching to gravel. Stove though in these last the tubers are Sandy usually corroded or scabby, are always to be planted in preference to the above. PORTUGAL LAUREL. Cerasus lu- A dry, friable, fresh, and moderately sitanica. This is a beautiful evergreen rich soil, is unquestionably the best for shrub, not sufficiently hardy to with- ; every variety of the potato ; andforthe stand the winters of the middle states — earliest crop, it may be with advantage farther south it would be highly useful more silicious than for the main ones, as a decoration to the garden and lawn ; The black-skinned and rough-red, during winter. thrive better than any other in moist PORTULACA. Purslane. Fifteen strong cold soils, species. Stove, green-house, and hardv If manure is necessary, whatever annuals. Seed. Light loam. P. g-ranrfi- , may be the one employed, it is better flora is a tuberous perennial, increased | spread regularly over the surface pre- by offsets. See Purslane. [ vious to digging, than put into the holes PORTULACARIA afra. African with the sets, or spread in the trench Purslane Tree. Green-house evergreen vvhen they are so planted, shrub. Young cuttings. Sandy loam. Stable dung is perhaps the best of all well drained. factitious manures ; sea-weed is a very POSOQUERIA. Two species. Stove beneficial addition to the soil ; and so evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam and is salt, peat. I Coal-ashes and sea-sand are applied POTATO. Solanum tuberosum ] with great benefit to retentive soils. Varieties, for forcing or first crop, in The situation must always be open, the open ground : — Walnut-leaved Kid- Time and Modes of Propagation. — It ney, earliest ; Broughton Dwarf; Early is propagated in general by the tubers, Warwick; Ash-leaved Kidney, white, | though the shoots arising from thence. POT 476 POT and layers of the stalks, may be em- ployed. New varieties are raised from seed. Planting in the open ground must be done with reference to the latitude in earth near the fire. If the earth is kept moist, the crown-eye will be in a state of vegetation in five or six days. To obtain early crops, where tubers are rapidly formed, large sets must be which we live — in Pennsylvania, for in- employed. In these one or two eyes stance, those intended for the earliest j at most should be allowed to remain. crop may be planted in March; for a succession, in April ; and for the main winter supply, in May. Formerly large crops were produced from plantations made in July, but latterly they have not succeeded. Sets. — The next point for considera- If the sets are placed with their lead- ing buds upwards, few and very strong early stems will be produced; but, if the position is reversed, many weak and later shoots will arise, and not only the earliness but the quality of the pro- duce be depreciated. For the earliest tion is the preparation of the sets. Some crops there are likewise several modes gardeners recommend the largest pota- ! of assisting the forward vegetation of toes to be planted whole; others, that I the sets. These should be prepared they be sliced into pieces containing by removing every eye but one or two ; two or three eyes ; a third set, to cut [ and being placed" in a layer in a wojm the large tubers directly in half; a room, where air and light can be freely fourth, the employment of the shoots admitted, with a covering of straw, only, which are thrown out if potatoes ! they soon emit shoots, which must be are kept in a warm damp situation ; and a fifth, that merely the parings be em- ployed. Cuttings of the stalks, five or six inches in length, or rooted suckers, will be productive, if planted during showery weather, in May or June ; and during this last month, or early in July, it may be propagated by layers, which are formed by pegging down the young stalks when about twelve inches long, they being covered three inches thick with mould at a joint. These three last modes are practised more fro strengthened by exposure to the air and light as much as possible, by taking off the cover without injuring them. Dur- ing cold weather, and at night, it must always be removed : the leaves soon become green and tolerably hardy. In early spring they are planted out, the leaves being left just above the surface, and a covering of litter afforded every night until the danger of frost is passed. The only modification of this plan that is adopted in Cheshire, where they are celebrated for the early production curiosity than utility, whilst at the same j of potatoes, is, that they employ chaff time, none of the first five mentioned ! or sand for a covering instead of straw, plans can be individually followed to Planting. — In garden culture the advantage without modification. For ' most preferable mode of inserting them the main crops, it is evident from ex- periment that moderate sized whole potatoes are the best, from which all but two eyes have been removed ; but especially having the crown, which is a congery of small eyes, first removed ; is with the dibble, in rows; for the early crops twelve inches apart each way, and for the main ones eighteen inches. The sets should be placed six inches beneath the surface. The po- tato-dibble is the best instrument that for from these proceed little spindled can be employed ; the earth being after stalks, which are comparatively worth less, and injure the main stem. For the early crops almost the very contrary to the above is the most ad- vantageous to be practised. The set should have the crown-eye, which is one growing in the centre of the con wards raked or struck in with the spade, and the soil not trampled u[)on but planted as sufficient is dug for receiving a row. The compartment may be laid out level and undivided if the soil is light ; but if heavy soil is necessarily em- gery of small ones above mentioned, ! ployed, it is best disposed in beds six preserved. Some potatoes have two or eight feet wide. If the staple of the such eyes, but the generality only one. ' soil be good throughout, the alleys may This is always the most prompt to ve- ] be two feet wide and dug deep, other- getate, and if not known by this de- wise they must be made broader, and scription, may be evinced by placing only one spit taken out, the earth re- iwo or three potatoes in a pan of moist ' moved being employed to raise the POT 477 POT beds, which should not be more than dug round the heap, and well smootli- four parallel ridges, and the set8 in- ened with the back of the spade, sertcd along their summits. [ Potatoes should not be stored until Hoeing. — As soon as the plants are perfectly dry, nor unless free from well to be distinguished, they should be earth, refuse, and wounded tubers. It perfectly freed from weeds; and of the is a good practice to keep a hole open early crops the earth drawn round each on four dilTerent sides of the heap, plant, so as to form a cup as a shelter entirely through the earth and straw, from the cold winds, which are their for a week or two after the heap is chief enemy at that season. But the formed ; for in proportion to its size it main crops should not be earthed up, ajways ferments, and these orifices for earthing up diminishes the crop one [ allow the escape of the vapours and fourth. Throughout their growth they ' perfect the drying, should be kept perfectly clear of weeds. | To raise Varieties. — A variety of the It is very injurious to mow off the I potato is generally considered to con- tops of the plants, as is sometimes re- I tinue about fourteen years in perfection, commended. The foliage ought to be after which period it gradually loses its kept as uninjured as possible, unless, good qualities, becoming of inferior as sometimes occurs on fresh ground, : llavour and unproductive; fresh va- tlie plants are of gigantic luxuriance, rieties must, therefore, be occasionally and even then the stems should be only i raised from seed. The berries, or ap- moderately shortened. It is, however, pies, of the old stock, having hung in a of considerable advantage to remove warm room throughout the winter, the the fruit-stalks and immature flowers as seed must be obtained from them by soon as they appear, unless the stems washing away the pulp during Februarv. are very luxuriant. A potato plant This is thoroughly dried and kept until continues to form tubers until the i .'\pril, and then sown in drills about flowers appear, after which it is em- | half an inch deep and six inches apart, ployed in ripening those already formed, in a rich light soil. The plants are The very earliest crops will be in weeded, and earth drawn up to their production in July, or perhaps towards stems, when an inch in height: as soon the end of June, and may thence be as this has increased to three inches taken up as wanted until October, at they are moved into a similar soil, in the close of which month, or during rows, sixteen inches apart each way, November, they may be entirely dug up ' and during their future growth earthed and stored. In storing, the best mode | up two or three times. Being finally is to place them in layers, alternately 1 taken up, in the course of October, they with dry coal-ashes, in a shed. But a must be preserved until the following still belter plan, usually, is to allow spring, to be then replanted and treated them to remain where grown, moulding as for store crops, the rows over six inches deep, and taking them up a week before wanted. The best instrument with which they can be dug up is a three-fiat-pronged fork, each row being cleared regularly away. The tubers should be sorted at the time of taking them up ; for, as the Some gardeners sow in a moderate hot-bed, very thin, in drills the same depth as above, and nine inches apart. Water is frequently and plentifully poured between the rows, and earth drawn about the stems of the seedlings until they are a few inches in height. They are then transplanted into rows, largest keep the best, they alone should water given, and earthing performed as be stored, whilst the smaller ones are first made use of. The most common mode of preserving them, throughout the winter, is in heaps or clamps some- times called pyeing. The heaps are laid in pyramidal form on a bed of straw, and enveloped with a covering, six or eight inches thick, of the same ma- terial, laid even as in thatching, and the whole inclosed with earth, in a conical form, a foot thick, taken from a trench usual. The only additional advantage of this plan is, that as the seed can be sown earlier, the tubers attain a rather larger size the first year. It is to be remarked, that the tubers of every seedling should be kept sepa- rate, as scarcely two will be of a similar habit and quality, whilst many will be comparatively worthless, and but few of particular excellence. If the seed is obtained from a red potato that flow- POT 478 POT ered in the neigbourhood of a white- tubered variety, the seedlings, in all probability, will in part resemble both their parents ; but seldom or never does a seedling resemble exactly the original stock. At all events, only such should be preserved as are recommended by their superior earliness, size, flavour, or fertility. " The early varieties — if planted on little heaps of earth, with a stake in the middle, and when the plants are about four inches hisrh, being secured to the stakes with shreds and nails, and tlie earth washed away from the bases of the stems by means of a strong current of water, so that the fibrous roots only enter the soil — will blossom and perfect seed. Forcing. — The season for forcing is from the close of December to the middle of February, in a hot-bed, and at the close of this last month on a warm border, with the temporary shelter of a frame. The hot-bed is only re- quired to produce a moderate heat. The earth should be six inches deep, and the sets planted in rows six or eight apart, as the tubers are not required to be large. The temperature ought never to sink below Go*^, nor rise above 80°. The rank steam arising from ferment- ing dung is undoubtedly injurious to the roots of potatoes ; and to obviate this they may be planted in narrow beds, and the dung applied in trenches on each side ; or all the earth from an old cucumber or other hot-bed being re- moved, and an inch in depth of tVesh being added, put on the sets, and cover them with four inches of mould. At the end of five days the sides of the old dung may be cut away in an inward slanting direction, about fifteen inches from the perpendicular, and strong lin- ings of hot dung applied. If the tubers are desired to be brought to maturity as speedily as possible, in- stead of being planted in the earth of the bed, each set should be placed in a pot about six inches in diameter; but the produce in pots is smaller. But young potatoes may be obtained in the winter, according to the following plan, without forcing : — Plant some late kinds, unsprouted, in a dry rich border, in July, and again in i August, in rows two feet apart. They will produce new potatoes in October, I and in succession until April, if covered with leaves or straw to exclude frost. If old potatoes are placed in dry earth, in a shed, during August, they will emit young tubers in December. Preparation of Sets for forcing. — They should be of the early varieties. To assist their forward vegetation, plant a single potato in each of the pots in- tended for forcing, during January. Then place in the ground, and protect with litter from the frost. This renders them very excitable by heat; and, con- sequently, when plunged in a hot-bed, they vegetate rapidly and generate tu- bers. The seed potatoes are equally assisted, and with less trouble, if placed in a cellar just in contact with each other, and as soon as the germs are four inches long, are removed to the hot-bed. Management. — More than one stem should never be allowed, otherwise the tubers are small, and not more nume- rous. Water must be given whenever the soil appears dry, and in quantity propor- tionate to the temperature of the air. Linings must be applied as the temper- ature declines; and air admitted as freely as the temperature of the atmo- sphere will allow. Coverings must be afforded with the same regard to tem- perature. From six to seven weeks usually elapse between the time of planting and the fitness of the tubers for use. The average produce from a light soil is about five pounds. There is another mode of obtaining young potatoes, during the winter, which is much practised on account of its facility; though, being produced without foliage, they are not so fine in flavour, are deficient in farina, and are otherwise inferior. Old potatoes often throw out from their sides young ones, early in the spring ; and of this habit advantage is taken in obtaining them still earlier. Some full-grown and ripe tubers, of the ox noble variety, that have no appearance of vegetating, must be laid alternately with layers of per- fectly dry, rich, vegetable mould, four inches deep, in pans or boxes, until they are filled. These may be placed in a thoroughly dry shed, or on a shelf in the kitchen. If the layers are con- structed in the corner of a shed or cel- lar, the produce will be equally good, POT 479 POT though longer in coming to perfection, the ichor to the tubers. These sliould No foliaiie is proiliiced, the potatoes be taken up forthwith and clamped as soon are surrounded liy numerous joung recommended by Dr. Lindlev, witii a ones of moderate size. No water must layer of earth or sand alternating with ever be admitted on any account. No- each layer of potatoes, tice is to be taken that between three The disease seems to be the natural and four months elapse between the resultof an excessive degree of wet and ti(ne of forming the layers and the tit- cold at that period of closing growth ness of the produce for use. Thus if when all bulbs and tubers require an made early in September, the crop will increased degree of dryness and warmth, be ready in the course of December. If the hyacinth, or tulip, or dahlia are When they are examined, those that submitted to similar unpropitious con- are lit may be taken oft', and the old tingencies, their bulbs or tubers simi- potaloes replaced until the remainder larly decay. are ready. I it is not a new disease, for to a less Potato Murrain. — By the above ' extent it has been frequently noticed name was distinguished a moist gan- , before. The best preservative of the grene which attacked very generally tubers in such ungenial seasons is to the potato crop of England late in the take them up, to dry them perfectly, summer of the year 1845. July and and then store them in a dry shed in August were unusually wet and cold and early in August there were sharp morning frosts. Immediately after, the stems began to decay; but the weather continuing wet, instead of their decay being dry, and attended with the usual phenomena of their reduction to mere woody fibre, the putrefaction was moist, and the smell attendant upon it precise- ly that evolved during the decay of dead potato haulm partly under water. The stem decayed whilst the fibres connect- ing the tubers with them were fresh and juicy — the putrefaction spread along these, the ichor being absorbed by their still energetic vessels, and passing into the still immature and un- usually juicy tubers, imparted to them the gangrene; the infection first being ap- parent at the end nearest the connecting iibre, spreading gradually throughout the liber of the tuber, rendering it brown like a decayed apple, and lastly causing the decay of its interior portion. Pre- viously to the final decay, the increased specific gravity of the potato was re- markable, amounting to one-third more dry coal ashes. Much has been written on this sub- iect, and the newspapers here and in Europe have been tilled with specula- tions as to its duration, &c. The failure to a considerable extent of the crop of the present year, (1S46,) would indicate that the disease is not of such temporary character as had been hoped and pre- dicted. If it continue all the old varie- ties must necessarily be abandoned, and reliance placed on new ones, raised from the seed proper; therefore, as a matter of |)recaution, we would recom- mend attention to that object. They are readily produced by carefully sow- ing the seed, and replanting the young tubers in successive seasons, until they attain full size. There is reason to hope such would be free from disease, or at any rate less liable to it, than the older varieties. POTATO or UNDER-GROUND ONION. Allium aggregatum. This s[)ecies of Allium has received the above appellations, on account of its than that ofa healthy tuber— an increase : producing a cluster ot bulbs or offsets, caused by its greater amount of water. "' number from two to twelve, and even When boiled it became black; but when i "lOf^, uniformly beneath the surface of submitted to a dry heat of about SOO^, it rapidly lost moisture, and the pro- gress of the ulceration was retarded, if not entirely stopped. There can be no preventive for such a disease as this — and the only chance the soil. From being first introduced to public notice in Scotland by Captain Burns of Edinburgh, it is there also known as the Burn Onion. Varieties. — There evidently appear to be two varieties of this vegetable, one of saving the tubers is to mow off all i of which bears bulbs on the s^^mmit of the haulms close to the ground the i its stems, like the tree onion, and the moment infection is apparent in them. | other never throwing up flower stems This might prevent the circulation ofiatall. One variety is much larger than POT 480 POT the other, and this vegetates again as soon as ripe. Both varieties are best propagated by offsets of the root of moderate size, for if those are employed which the one variety produces on the summit of its stems, they seldom do more than in- crease in size the first year, but are pro- Poterium Sanguisorba. Small, or Upland Burnet. Used in cool tankards, soups, and salads. Soil and Situation. — It delights in a dry, poor soil, abounding in calcareous matter ; any light compartment that has an open exposure, therefore, may be allotted to it, the only beneficial addi lific the next ; this also occurs if very tion that can be applied being brick- small offsets of the root are employed. ! layers' rubbish or fragments of chalk. Planting. — They may be planted i A small bed will be sufficient for the during October or November, or as ear- I supply of a family. ]y in the spring as the season will allow, | Propagation is either by seed, or by but not later than April. They are ' slips and partings of the roots. The either to be inserted in drills, or by ' seed may be sown towards the close of a blunt dibble, eight inches apart each , February, if open weather, and thence way, not buried entirely, but the top of I until the close of May; but the best the offset just level with the surface, time is in autumn, as soon as it is ripe; Mr. Maher, gardener at Arundle Castle, I for, if kept until the spring, it will often merely places the sets on the surface covering them with leaf-mould, rotten dung, or other light compost. The beds they are grown in are better not more than four feet wide, for the convenience of cultivation. Cultivation. — The only cultivation required is to keep them clear of weeds. fail entirely, or lie in the ground until the same season of the following year, without vegetating. Insert in drills, six inches apart, thin, and not buried more than half an inch. The plants must he kept thoroughly clear of weeds throughout their growth. When two or ihrce inches high, thin to six inches The practice of earthing the mould over j apart, and those removed place in rows them when the stems have grown up is', at the same distance, in a poor, shady unnatural, and by so doing the bulbs border, water being given occasionally are blanched and prevented ripening i until they have taken root, after which perfectly, on which so much depends, they will require no further attention their keeping. So far from following this plan, Mr. Wedgewood, of Betley, recommends the earth always to be cleared away down to the ring from whence the fibres spring, as soon as the leaves have attained their full size and begin to be brown at the top, so that a kind of basin is formed round the bulb. As soon as they vegetate, they intimate the number of offsetts that will be produced, by showin each. until the autumn, when they must be removed to their final station, in rows a foot apart. When of established growth, the only attention requisite is to cut down their stems occasionally in summer, to promote the production of young shoots, and in autumn to have the decayed stems and shoots cleared away. If propagated by partings of the roots, a shoot for | the best time for practising it is in Sep- I tember and October. They are planted They attain their full growth towards at once where they are to remain, and the end of July ; tor immediate use they may be taken up as they ripen, but for keepiVig, a little before they attain per- fect maturity, which is demonstrated by the same symptoms as were mentioned in speaking of the onion. POTENTILLA. One hundred and sixteen species. Hardy herbaceous, except the green-house P. Vnieariloba. Seed and division. Light loam. POTERIUM. Burnet. Six species. Chiefly hj^dy herbaceous and shrubby. The latter are increased by young cut- only require occasional watering until established. The other parts of their cultivation are as for those raised from seed. To obtain Seed some of the plants must be left ungathered from, and al- lowed to shoot up early in the summer; they flower in July, and ripen abund- ance of seed in the autumn. POT-HERBS. See Herhary. To Dry Pot-Herbs. — Though grow- ing plants can bear an elevated tem- perature without injury, a very different tings, and the others by seed. Lights effect is produced upon them by even a rich loam. lower heat after they have been sepa- POT 481 POT rated from their roots. This has to be borne in mind in the drying of pot-herbs, ' which, though it is a process very sim- ple and ver^ important for the winter cuisine that it should be conducted cor- rectly, is usually more neglected and more thoughtlessly practised than any other in the varied range of the garden- er's duties. To demonstrate this, v\ill only require to have pointed out how it ought to be managed. The flavour of almost every pot-herb arises from an essential oil which it secretes, and this being in the greatest abundance just previously to the opening of its flow- ers, that is the time which ought to be selected for gathering. Pot-herbs ought to be dried (juickly, because if left exposed to winds, much of the es- sential oil evaporates, and mouldiness occurring and long continuing destroys it altogether; for nearly every plant has its peculiar mucor, (mould,) the food of which is the characteristic oily secretion of the plant on which it vege- tates. A dry brisk heat is therefore desirable ; and as the fruit store-room ought always to have a stove, and is untenanted when herbs rocjuire drying, Mr. Errington has in his potting-shed twenty bins containing as follows : — 1. Strong tenacious loam. 2. Half-rotten leaf-mould. 3. Heath soil. 4. Horse manure. 5. Cow manure. 6. Charcoal wood-ashes. 7. Fine bone manure. 8. Sharp sand. 9. Burnt turf of No. 1. 10. Sphagnum, well scalded. 11. Heath soil of No. 3, in one inch squares. 12. Loam of No. 1, in one inch squares. 13. One-inch mixed drainage. 14. Two-inch mixed drainage. 15. Mixed drainage, small. 16. One-inch bottom-crocks. 17. Two-incli bottom-crocks. IS. Three-inch bottom-crocks. 19. Charcoal, large lumps. 20. One-inch boiled bone for bottoms. Bin 1. {Strong Tenacious Loam.) — This is obtained from very old rest land, on a clayey or marly sub-soil ; the more rushes and old coarse grass it contains, the better it is for the potting-shed ; no other place can be more efficiently this is piled up in a sharp ridge out of employed for the purpose. The tem- doors, so as to exclude rain ; it should perature should be 90'', for if it exceeds this, the essential oils are apt to burst the integuments of the containing ves- sels and to escape. Forty-eight hours, if the heat is kept up steadily, are sufii- cient to complete the process of drying. The leaves, in which alone the essen- tial oils of pot-herbs reside, should then be carefully clipped with scissors, not crushed, from the stalks, and stored in be used for general purposes, when from six to twelve months old ; I house a smaller portion in the compost shed after being dried in the sun; and thif, I use for very particular purposes, such in fact as rc(juire, according to my esti- mation, lumps of turf in its native state, and for these purposes it is chopped into squares for bin 12. This loam is chop- ped down from a perpendicular facing. tightly corked wide-mouthed bottles, (like cutting hay,) when wanted for bin Each will thus preserve its peculiar l,and being somewhat mellow, a con- aroma, not only through the winter, siderable portion of the mere soil falls but for years, and be infinitely superior out loose in the act of chopping. This to any specimens producible in the forcing department, for these are una- voidably deficient in flavour. — Princ. of Gardening. P O T H O S . Thirty-three species. Stove orchids. Division. Peat and loam. POT-MARIGOLD. Calendula officinalis. POTTING. Pots are the first con- sideration, and these are considered under the title Flower Pot. is rejected, and the masses of chopped turf alone fill bin 1. Bin. 2. {Half-rotten Leaf-mould.) — This is generally slightly mixed with rotten dung, as it is the worn out pit linings, which have generally a little dung blended with the leaves. By ly- ing in the compost yard for a few months, the outside becomes mellowed down, and af\er shaking some of the finest out through a quarter of an inch riddle, it is passed through a sieve of Materials required. — These must not at least one inch in the mesh, and what be sifted, but the pebbles and rough j comes through this is put into bin 2 vegetable fibres be allowed to remain.: 31 Bin 3. {Heath Soi/.)— Obtained from POT 482 POT Delamere Forest, in parts where the ! cover fresh sown seeds, where it is de- heather is cut for making besoms. The ■ sirable to insure a permanent moisture upper surface of this heath soil is com- ; without frequent watering; it also pro- posed of heath leaves and moss, in a duces a darkness favourable to germi- raw or half-decomposed state, and too | nation. fresh for the purposes of potting ; but | Bin 13. {One-inch Drainage termed beneath this, and in contact with the A'b. 1.) — This is composed of about gray sand, lies a flake of vegetable , equal parts of boiled bone, charcoal, matter full of the roots of heather, pos- , and pounded crocks, in lumps averaging sessing little sand, and compressed by , an inch square, and intended to cover the weight of centuries. This, when I the rough crock placed over the hole of divested of the dirty sand under it, and pots, from No. 32 to No. 16 of the Lon- of the mossy and raw matter on the ! don sizes inclusive, surface, is put in bin 3, after being Bin 19. (^Charcoal in large lumps.) — half-dried. This is used to mix with the potsherds Bin 4. {Horse Manure, or Old Horse for orchidaceous plants, and when large Droppings.) — Obtain them before high masses are wanted for very large shifts, fermentation takes place, and ridge Bin 20. {One-inch boiled Bone.) — them up in the compost yard , three feet I This is used after the manner of No. 19, in width, three feet in height, and in- } when considered requisite. To the stantly roof them over (to shut in the ; above may be added old tan, riddled gases) with double turves, each over- ! particularly clean; to be intermixed lapping the other: in this way a slight' with or placed over the drainage; for fermentation takes place, which, being i such it answers exceedingly well, not- arrested, is beneficial. Rain is at all i withstanding the prejudice against it. times excluded from this in the compost ; It is very well adapted for annuals in yard by the roofing. pots, a single crock with a handful or Bin 5. {Cow Manure.) — This is cow two of old tan over it, provides a safe droppings placed in a ridge, and roofed, similarly to the horse-dung, but allowed to remain to a much greater age ; in drainage for a season, and withal rooting medium. — Card. Chron. Care required. — A principal object to fact, when placed in Bin No. 5, it has , be aimed at in potting is complete drain- the appearance of rich peat, being at! age, for nothing is more injurious to least two years old. most plants than stagnant water about Bin 6. {Wood Ashes and Charcoal.) \ their roots. The drainage is best ef- — Brush-wood at bottom, covered with | fected by filling one-fourth the depth of all sorts of garden refuse, viz. cabbage ! the pot with the larger fragments of stalks, potato haulm, hedge clippings, ] bones and charcoal mixed in equal pro- and in fact weeds and rubbish of all . portions; this and the pebbles, woody kinds, which, when about half-burned, fibres, &c., which are now allowed to are closed up with soils of any kind, I remain in the soil, will remove from it and kept smouldering for days; when i all superfluous water. Dryness in the the combustion is complete it is sub- j centre of the ball of earth is another jected to a riddle of an inch mesh, and i evil to be avoided. Though not usual- what comes through is housed in a dry ^ ly suspected, it occurs more often than state in this bin, the rest belongs to 1 excess of wet, and deprives the roots bin 19. ' ' ' . - . . Bin 8. of a large proportion of their pasturage. {Sharp Sand.) — Coarse river I To prevent it, a small rod of iron should sand ; but every potting-shed should be ; be thrust through the earth around the furnished with two kinds, the one very , stem occasionally, to allow the water coarse and the other very fine, both as sharp as they can be obtained ; the London propagating sand is an invalu- able article. Bin 10. {Sphagnum, well scalded.) — This is chiefly for orchidaceous plants, and requires to be steeped in boiling water for some hours previously to be- ing transferred to this bin, in order to destroy insects. It is also useful to poured upon the surface a freer en- trance. Mr. Moore, to efl^ect the same, says — " Whenever a plant (most parti- cularly a valuable specimen plant) is repotted, either in its infancy or in its maturity, I would introduce a few sticks of charcoal perpendicularly into the pot; these should be long enough to extend from the bottom of the pot to the top of the soil ; about three might POU 483 PRO be placed at regular intervals, and they i should be as close to the roots, and as | near to the centre of the pots as possi- ble. Thus if a plant is shifted but once, it will be provided with some chan- P. veris. Cowslip. P. vulgaris. Primrose. Of this there are the following cultivated v;irieties: Brimstone: Crimson; Hose-in-hose ; Li- ne; Purple; Scotch; Stemless White; nels for moisture, extending throughout White and Yellow. All the species the soil, and if it be frequently repotted, : may be cultivated like the Polyanthus. the number of these channels may be I increased. When these are once PRINCE, WILLIAM. The name of Prince is identified with American hor- troduced into the soil they are perma- | ticulture. Perhaps no man has done nent ; for being of material which is' more to gratify the taste of amateurs of not subject to rapid decay, they willj flowers and fruit than the late William serve at least the lifetime of a plant, | Prince, whose extensive grounds at and by occasionally making use of a ! Flushing, New York, were the nursery simple siphon, a mere worsted thread,! of almost every vegetable calculated to in contact with moisture, a slow, mo- { please the eye or palate. We regret derate, and constant supply of moisture that there is not within our reach the Five species. Stove magnispatha is an or- Sandy loam Green- division. may be conveyed at pleasure to and through the centre of the soil, and the whole mass may thus be kept regularly and equably moistened." — Gard. Chron. See One- Shift System. \ POUPARTIA. Three species. Stove evergreen trees. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. j POURRETIA herbaceous. P. chid. Seed and suckers and peat. PRATIA. Three species house herbaceous. Seed and Sandy loam and peat. PREMNA. Four species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Seed and cuttings. Loam and peat. P R E S L I A cervina. Hardy herba- ceous. Division. Moist soil. PRESTONIA. Two species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PRICKLY CEDAR. Cyatkodes oxy- cedrus. PRIESTLEYA. Fourteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PRIMROSE. Primula vulgaris. PRIMULA. Forty-nine species and many varieties. Herbaceous and all data from which to draft a particular description of the foundation, rise and progress of the " Linnxan Botanic Garden." PRINCE'S FEATHER. Amaran- thus hypochondriacus. PRINOS. Eleven species. Hardy deciduous shrubs, except the stove evergreen P. montanus and P. lucidus, which is evergreen and hardy. Cut- tings and layers. Light loam and peat. PRISMATOCARPUS. Four species. P. diffusus is a green-house evergreen shrub ; P. fruticosus is a hardy ever- green shrub ; the others green-house herbaceous. Young cuttings and seed. Sandy loam and peat. PRIVET. Ligustrum. PROCKIA. three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. PROLIFEROUS. See Double- Flower. PROPS are the supports required by plants to sustain them in a desired position. They must vary in height and strength accordantly with the plant to which they are applied, and should always be as slight as is consistent with efficiency. Nothing looks worse hardy except the fringed green-house than a disproportioned prop; indeed it varieties, P. prts/ii'/fns, and the species should be concealed as much as pos- P. verlicitlata. Division and seed Loam and leaf-mould. P. auricula. See Auricula. P. elatior. 0x1 i p. P. prllowing spring, the beds forked, ; they attain a fuller growth, the crop and the covering of sand renewed, this routine of cultivation continuing during the existence of the beds. The above course is the one also pur- sued if the plants are raised from ofT- sets or cuttings, as it is by much the comes in too much at once. In order to prolong the season of production, Mr. Barton recommends plants to be raised annually, so that every year a cutting may be had from a yearling crop, which come in much later, and best practice not to commence cutting consequently succeed in production the until they are two years old. old established roots. The shoots B/fUif/ifng: may commence the second ' should be cut whilst young and crisp, spring after sowing. The most simple not exceeding five or six inches in models that originally adopted, namely, ! height; the section to be made just SEA 538 SEA within the ground, but not so as to in- : plants from cold, will cause them to be jure the crown of the root. Slipping i forwarder than the natural ground ones, off the stalks is much preferable to cut- though not so forward as those under ting. The plants may be gathered ; the hot dung ; and by this means it may from until the flower begins to form, | be had in perfection from Christmas to when all covering must be removed. I If, when arrived at the state in which j brocoli is usually cut, the flower is em- ! ployed as that vegetable, it will be found an excellent substitute. When Whitsuntide. It also may be forced in a hot-bed. When the heat moderates, a little light mould being put on, three or four year old plants, which have been raised with the cutting ceases, all covering must j as little injury as possible to the roots, be removed, and the plants be allowed , are to he inserted close together, and to grow at liberty. covered with as much earth as is used To obtain Seed. — A stool, which has for cucumbers. The glasses must be not been cut from, or even covered at covered close with double matting to all for blanching, must be allowed to exclude the light, and additional cover- run in spring. It flowers about June, and produces abundance of seed on every stem, which ripens about the | close of July, or early in August. Forcing. — To force sea-kale, some ] established plants, at the end of Oc- ing afforded during severe weather. Sea-kale, thus forced, will be fit for cutting in about three weeks. Instead of frames and glasses, any construc- tion of boards and litter that will ex- clude the light, would undoubtedly tober or early in November, being, answer as well. A common melon trimmed as directed above al that sea- frame will contain as many as are capa- son, and the bed covered with a mixture \ ble of being produced in two drills of of moderately sifted light earth, and : twenty yards each, and with only one- sand or coal ashes, two or three inches third the quantity of dung. To keep up deep, each stool must be covered with a pot, set down close, to keep out the steam of the dung ; or, bricks or planks may be placed to the height of sight or ten inches on each side of the row to be forced, and covered with cross spars, having a space of about an inch between a regular succession until the natural ground crop arrives, two three-light frames will be sufficient for a large family; the first prepared about the beginning of November, and the second about the last week in December. Another mode is, on each side of a them. The dung employed must be three-foot bed to dig a trench two feet well tempered and mixed for three deep, the side of it next the bed being weeks before it is required, or for four, perpendicular, but the outer side slop- if mingled with leaves, otherwise the ing, so as to make it eighteen inches heat is violent, but transient. When \ wide at the bottom, but two feet and a thus prepared, each pot is covered ten half at the top. These trenches being inches thick all round, and eight inches; filled with fermenting dung, which of at the top. The heat must be constant- ly observed; if it sinks below 50", more hot dung must be applied ; if above 60", some of the covering should be removed. Unless the weather is very course may be renewed if ever found necessary, and frames put over the plants, the light is to be completely excluded by boards, matting, &c. Unlike the generality of vegetables, severe, it is seldom necessary to renew the shoots of forced sea-kale are always the heat by fresh linings; when the : more crisp and delicate than those pro- thermometer indicates the necessity, a j duced naturally. Those plants will not part only of the exhausted dung should do for forcing a second time which have be taken away, and the remainder mixed been forced in frames; consequently a with that newly applied. In three or small bed should be sown every year four weeks from being first covered, for this purpose, so that a succession of the shoots will be fit for cutting, and they will continue to produce at inter- vals for two or three months, or until the natural crops come in. To have a succession, some should be covered with mulch, or litter that is little else plants may be annually had, they not being used until three years old. Some- times a plant will send up a flower- stalk; this must be immediately cut away, it will then be as productive as the others. But those plants which are than straw; this, by sheltering the 1 forced by whelming dung over the pots, SEA 539 SEN are not much detrimentcd for the na- , tural ground production of the succeed- year. When, therefore, they have SEDUM. Sixty-four species. Chiefly hardy herbaceous perennials; with a few annuals and biennials. These lat- done producing, all covering must be ter grow well on rock work, and in- removed, and the ground dressed. SKA-LAVENDER. Statice, SEASIDE GRAPE. Coccoloha. SEASIDE LAUREL. Xylophylla la- tifoUa. SEATS require to be in unison with the portion of the pleasure-grounds in which they are placed. In shady re- tired spots, they may be made of the limbs of trees, (see Rustic,) but near the house, or among the parterres, where crease by seeds. The green-house spe- cies increase by partly ripe cuttings; the rest by cuttings or division. Sandy loam, or loam and brick rubbish. A few are evergreen shrubs and creepers, SEED ROOM. All that has been said relative to the Fruit lioom, is applica- ble to this: everything promotive of decay or germination is to be avoided ; and if one relative direction more than another requires to be urged upon the trimness is the prevailing characteristic, gardener, it is comprised in these words more art is desirable to be apparent in — keep it as dry as possible : the room their construction. They may be made may be even hot, so that it is not damp, of wood, and so constructed as to shut Mr. Forsyth says, that " a dry room, up, so that the seat is never wet ; and hot room, or something very nearly re- if painted annually they last for many sembling a slow corn-kiln, is essentially Fig. 153. are soon dry even after heavy rains. The following (Figs. 153, 15-1) are made by Messrs. Dean, King William Street, London. Fig. 154. years. Made of iron, necessary in every garden, not only for they are more light [ seeds, but also for all other articles re- in appearance, and if quiring drought, or liable to injury from painted yearly will damp, such as the nets and bunting for notiron-mould dress- wall-trees and the like; garden-mats; es which rest upon glazed lights in wet weather, or when them. Being made washed previous to painting ; and last, of open work, the though not the least necessary, the wet does not rest proper drying of pot-herbs, a process upon them, and they seldom, if ever properly done."" — Gard. Chron. In such a room should be a nest of very shallow drawers or trays, divided into compartments, each holding a tin box three inches in diameter, and on the lid of each a label, inscribed with the name of the seed. Such an ar- rangement not only saves the seed, but saves the gardener's time, especially if the seeds are arranged alphabetically in the drawers. SELAGO. Eighteen species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Loam, peat and sand. SELFHEAL. Prunella. SEMPERVIVUM. House-leek. Thirty species. Green-house evergreen shrubs, annuals, and biennials ; and hardy and half-hardy herbaceous peren- nials. The green-house evergreens in- crease by partly ripened cuttings, and require a mixture of sandy loam and brick rubbish. The hardy kinds increase by offsets, and grow on rocks or walls. The annuals and biennials increase by seed. SEN AC I A. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripened cuttings. Light rich soil. SEA-WEED. Sec Green Manure. SEB^TiA. Four species. Green- house annuals. Seeds. Peat and loam or common soil. SECAMONE. Three species, evergreen twiners. Cuttings, loam. SECURIDACA. Two species evergreen twiners. Cuttings, peat, and sand. SECURIGERA coronilla. Hardy an nual. Seeds. Common soil. Stove Sandy Stove Loam, SEN 540 SEP SENECILLIS. Two species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. Light rich soil. [ SENECIO. Fifty-eight species. Har- dy lierbaceous perennials and annuals, ander, sow. — Corn Salad, sow. — Cress (American), sow, b. ; (Water), plant. — Dill, sow. — Earihing-tip, at- tend to. — Endive, plant; attend to; blanch, &c. — Fennel, plant. — Finochio, and green-hoiiseeverg-reen shrubs. The earth up. — Herbary requires dressing latter increase by cuttings, and require a light rich soil. The hardy kinds in- crease by division, the annuals and biennials by seed. Common soil suits both the last-named species. SENSITIVE FERN. Onoclea Sensi- hilis. SENSITIVE PLANT. Mimosa. b. — Hoeing, attend to. — Hyssop, plant. — Jerusalem Artichokes, take up as wanted, e. — Kidney Beans, earth up advancing, b. — Leeks, plant, b; attend to advancing. — Lettuces, sow for autumn and spring planting. — Mint, plant. — Mushroom- Beds, make; Spawn, collect. Nasturtium-berries, gather as they There are several plants, however, be- ' become fit. (Potato), take up for stor- sides the mimosa which give evidence ing. — Orach, sow. — Parsley, cut down, of beins sensitive. The Venus Fly Trap — Peas, hoe, &c. — Pennyroyal, plant. {Dioncea mvscipula) has jointed leaves, ' — Pot Marjoram, plant. — Radishes, which are furnished on their edges with sow, b. — Rhubarb, sow. — Sage, plant. a row of strong prickles. Flies, attract- j — Savory, plant. — Seeds, gather as they cd by honey which is secreted in glands ' ripen. — Small Salading, sow. — Sorrel, on their surface, venture to alight upon plant. — Spinach, sow, h. — Tansy, plant, them. No sooner do their legs touch, — Tarragon, plant. — Thyme, plant. — these parts, than the sides of the leaves Turnips, sow, b. ; hoe advancing, spring up, and locking their rows of prickles together, squeeze the insects orchard. to death. The well-known sensitive '■ Composts, prepare. — Dress borders plant {Mimosa sensitiva), shrinks from ■ by forking, so soon as fruit is gather- the slightest touch. Oxalis sensitiva ed. — Gathering of Apples and Pears to and Smithia sensitiva are similarly ; store commence, e. — Grapes, bag, to irritable, as are the filaments of the protect from wasps, &c. — Layers and stamens of the berberry. One of this cuttings may still be inserted. — Leaves, sensitive tribe, Hedysarum gyrans, has be careful not to injure or remove from a spontaneous motion ; its leaves are frequently moving in various directions, without order or co-operation. When an insect inserts its proboscis between the converging anthers of a dog's bane (Apocynum androssamifolium), they close with a power usually sufficient to detain the intruder until death. SEPT AS. Two species. Green^ house herbaceous perennials. Division. Peat, loam and sand. SEPTEMBER is a month of decay, yet much has to be done to the living. KITCHEN GARDEN. Angelica, sow finish gathering. — Artichokes, break down. — Balm, plant. — Beans, earth up, &c., e. — Borage, sow ; thin advancing crops. — Burnet, plant. — Cabbages, sow, for autumn and spring plants; earth up advancing; (Red), are ready for pickling. — Cardoons, earth up. — Car- rots, advancing, thin. — Flowers, sow for plants to preserve under glass dur- ing winter. — Celery, earth up. — Chervil, eow. — Coleworts, plant out. — Cori- Wall Trees. — Nets, spread over fruit trees, to protect from birds. — Planta- tions, intended, prepare ground for, by trenching, &c. — Planting may be com- menced, e., in some kinds of Apricots, Peaches, &c. — Strawberries, plant in moist weather ; clean old beds ; pot for forcing. — Stones of fruit save, to sow for stocks. — Vines, remove straggling useless shoots. — Wall-trees, generally, look over and train as required. — Wasps, entrap in bottles, &c. FLOWER GARDEN. Aconite (Winter), plant, e. — Ane- Aromatic pot-herhs,' mones, plant best, e.; sow, b. — An- nuals (Hardy), sow, b. — Auriculas not shifted in August, now remove ; water and shade ; prepare awning to protect, in autumn and winter; sow, b. — Bulb- ous roots, plant for early blooming, e.; sow, b. — Carnation layers remove, b. — Chrysanthemums, plant cuttings, &c., b. — Dress borders assiduously. — Edg- ings, trim; plant. — Evergreens, plant, make layers. — Fibrous-rooted peren- nials, propagate by slips, parting roots. S KR 541 SET &c. — Forfc over vacant compartments. — ennials, annuals, and biennials. The Gi'ass, mow and roll; sow, b. — Gravel, weed and roll. — Guernsey Lilies, poi. — Heartsease, plant cuttings ; trim old. — Hedges, clip, e. — Mignonette, sow in Green-house ever//!g-s of, cuttings, taken off at a joint. Pinks, &c., plant out for blooming. — Polyanthuses, plant. — Ranunculuses, plant best, e.; sow, b. — Seedlings, plant green shrub out. — .SVerfs, gather as ripe. — Transplant j and sand. perenni:i!s, e. — Tuberous rooted plants former, seeds or division ; the latter, seeds only. Common soil suits them all. SERRURIA. Thirty-four species. Ripe Light turfy loam, with a little sand. SERSALISIA sericea. Stove ever- Cuttings. Loam, peat, SERVICE. Pyrus Sorbus. There transplant. — Turf, lay. — fFu/fr annuals are three varieties. P. S. maliforrnis, and other plants every day in dry weatlier. HOT-HOrSE. Air, admit freely every day. — Bark- beds, renew. — Bulbs, plant, b. — Com- posts, prepare. — Dress the plants regu- larly.— Earth, give where required. — Leaves, wash ; remove decayed, &c. — Pines, shift, if neglected beforej b.; attend to bottom heat; water every apple-shaped ; P. S. pyriformis, pear- shaped ; P. S. bacciformis, berry- shaped. Propagation. — By Grafting on the apple, medlar, and hawthorn. By Cuttings. See Apple. By Seed. — The berries ripen abund- antly in autumn, which is the proper time for sowing them when perfectly ripe. Sow them as soon after they are third dny.-Propagate b^ offsets, seeds, "f^^Z"^ J"^ possible, selecting a spot ■ ^ • • ot lightish ground, and dividing it into four-feet-wide beds, in which sow the slips, and suckers. — Shifting neglected before, complete, b. — Succulents, re- ' place under glass. — Watering gene- rally is required two or three times weekly. I GREEN-HOUSE. Air, give very freely to plants re- berries in drills an inch deep. Some of them will rise the following spring; they, however, frequently remain till the second spring before they come up; observing in either case, that in the spring following, when the seedlings turned into house. — Camellias, bud. — are a year old, they should be planted Earth, give fresh. — Geraniums and Myrtles planted in borders, return into pots, b. ; cuttings, plant, b. — Glass, Flues, ^-c, repair, before the plants are out in nursery rows, to remain till they acquire a proper size for final trans- plantation at thirty feet apart. By Layers. — Having some of the moved in. — Oranges and Lemons, re- trees while young cut down near the move into house, e.; thin fruit. — Prune and dress as the plants are removed. — Roses, pot for forcing. — Seedlings and other young plants, if well rooted, jround, they will throw out lower shoots, which being layered in the common way in autumn and spring, will readily emit roots, and be lit to transplant, b. — Succulents, remove into transplant in nursery rows in one year. house, b.; shift into larger pots. — Suckers, layers, cuttings, &c., may be planted. — Tender plants, generally So/7. — Clayey loam well drained suits it best. Culture. — They are best trained as remove into house, e. — iVater is not dwarf standards or espaliers. See required so freely SER.\PIAS. Three species. Stove orchids. Division. Light sandy soil. S E R I N G I A platyphylla. Green- house evergreen shrub. Sand, loam, and peat. SVAWiSkfatida. Green-house ever- mer by seeds green shrub. Cuttings. Loam, peat, them all. and sand Medlar. Gather the fruit in autumn, and treat it like that of the medlar. SESBANIA. Twelve species. Stove Cuttings. — I annuals, biennials, or evergreen shrubs. The latter increase by cuttings; the for- Loam and peat suits SESUVIUM. Four species. Stove SERPICULA repens. Greenhouse \ annuals and herbaceous perennials, herbaceous creeper. Division. Com- i Partly dried cuttings. Sandy loam and mon soil. SERRATULA. Saw-wort. Twenty- peat. SETHLA. indica. Stove evergreea nine species. Hardy herbaceous per- tree. Cuttings. Turfy loam and peat. SET 542 S H A SETS are the tubers, or portions of I " The length of these rolls at Sion tubers, employed for propngating tube- I House is between fifty and sixty feet, rous-rooted plants. It may be accepted ; but we have no doubt they might be as a rule universally applicable to them, ] made longer, since this depends on the that a moderately-sized whole tuber is ] diameter of the pole or rod, a, and the always to be preferred to a cutting of a \ toughness of the timber employed, or tuber. The latter are invariably morel its power to resist torsion. On one end subject to failure, but if employed, it is ' of this rod, and not on both, as is usual, a good plan to roll them in gypsum i a ratchet wheel, 6, is fixed, with a plate powder. This checks the escape of! against it, c, so as to form a pulley their sap, and is friendly to vegetation SEYMERIA. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Peaty soil. SHADING deserves more attention tlian it usually obtains, for there is not plant when in blossom that is not pro- groove between, d, to which a cord is fastened, and about three inches further on the rod is fixed a third iron wheel, about six inches in diameter, and half an inch thick, e. This last wheel runs an iron groove, /, which extends longed in beauty and vigour by being along the end rafter or end wall of the shaded from the midday sun. Nor should shading be attended to merely roof to be covered. " The canvas or netting being sewed with regard to blooming plants; for I together of a sufficient size to cover the they are benefited by it during all roof, one side of it is nailed to a slip of periods of their growth. Every plant ! wood placed against the back wall, that transpires at a rate great in proportion ! is, along the upper ends of the sashes; to the elevation of the temperature : the other side is nailed to the rod, a. the greater the transpiration the more abundant is the absorption of moisture; and the moment the roots fail in afford- ing a supply equivalent to the transpi- ration, the leaves flag, or become ex- hausted of moisture, and if this be repeated often, decay altogether. When the canvas is rolled up, it is held in its place under a coping, g, by a ratchet, h, and when it is let down, the cord, i, of the roll is loosened with one hand, and the ratchet cord, k, pulled with the other, when the canvas un- rolls with its own weight. The process Shades, properly managed, prevent of pulling it up again needs not be de this injurious exhaustion. Those used j scribed. The most valuable part of at Sion House deserve particular atten- ' the plan is, that the roll of canvas, tion, not only because they are appli- I throughout its whole length, winds up cable to hot-houses, pits, and hot-beds j and lets down without a single wrinkle, of every description, but because they ' notwithstanding the pulley-wheel is may be rendered available in the cover- only on one side. This is owing to ing of fruit walls, to exclude the frost ! the weight of the rod, and its equal from the blossom, and the birds or flies ' diameter throughout. By this plan a from ripe fruit; and also in the cover- | house 100 or 150 feet long, might be ing of flower beds, hay ricks, harvested ' covered with two rolls, the two pulleys corn, temporary structures for public I working at the two ends; but if it were assemblages, &c Fig thought necessary, the two rods might be joined in the middle, and by a little contrivance, the pulley and groove placed there, so as to work both of the rolls at once from the inside of the house, from the back shed, or from the front." — Gard. Mag. SHALLOT. See Eschalot. SHANKING is the technical term for a gangrene which attacks the foot- stalks of grapes and the stems of cab- bages which have vegetated through the winter. The shanking of the grape appears to be occasioned by the tem- perature of the soil being too much below that in which the branches are vegetating ; and, consequently, the sup- S 11 A 543 S H R CLUB. Verbascum ply of sap to the grapes is too mucli SHEPHERD'S diininislied, and tlie parts which thus Thnpsus. fail of support immediately begin to SIIIFTINC. See Potting and One- decay; this is an effect always the con- shift System. sequence of a diminished supply of sap, SHREDS for fastening trees to walls apparent either in the leaves, flower, are best made of the list or selvage torn or fruit. The disease, like every other from black or blue cloth, and maybe putrefaction, does not advance rapidly obtained of any tailor. The smallest unless there be much moisture in the possible number of shreds, and the nar- atmosphere. Shanking never appears rowest consistent with strength should in the grape if the roots of the vine are be employed ; for wherever the shred within the house. Shanking in the envelops the branch, the wood beneath cabbage arises from a very different is never so well ripened as those parts cause, viz., the freezing of the stalk of exposed to the light and air, which are thecabbage just where it comes in con- so essential to enable the bark to as- tact with the soil. The best preventive similate and separate from the sap those is dressing the soil with salt, about five secretions which are required for the bushels per acre, late in the autumn SHARP CEDAR. Acacia oxycedrus and Juniperus oxycedrus. SHEARS are of various kinds, dif- fering in form according to the purpose for which they are intended. Hedge- shears for clipping hedges are the most common. Sliding Pruning Shears with a move- able centre so as to make a drawing cut when used as when the pruning knife is employed. See Averruncator Fig. 156. next year's growth. Shreds should always be long enough to permit the ends to be doubled over, so that the nail may pass through four thicknesses of the cloth, otherwise theylook ragged and are liable to tear away from the nail. If old shreds are re-used, they should be previously boiled for a few minutes to destroy any insect-eggs, or larvae thev may contain. SHRIVELLING of the berries of the grape in stoves arises from the roots of The drawing shows the ! t'le vine not supplying a sufficiency of smaller size, used with one sap. This occurs if the roots are in a cold heavy soil, or are vegetating in an outside border, the temperature of which is too low compared with that of the stove. In the first case, thorough draining and the incorporation of cal- careous rubbish ; and in the second hand. See Scissors. The large size, which has wood handles, will, when em- ployed with both hands, cut through a bough full three inches in circum ference, with the greatest case, protection to the border and stem. ease. Verge Shears are merely the hedge shears set near- ly at a right angle on long handles tor the conveni- ence of the gardener in clipping the sides of box edging, and the verge of grass plots. Turf Shears are set also at an angle, but in a different direction for cutting the tops of edgings, and grass growing in corners unapproachable by the scythe. SHEEP LAUREL. Kalmiaangusti- folia. SHELLS. See Animal Matters. SHELTER. See Screen. SHEPHERD! A will remove the evil. SHRUBBERY is a garden, or portion of a garden, devoted to the cultivation of shrubs. It is not necessary, as Mr. Glenny observes, " That there sliould be any flowers or borders to constitute a shrubbery, but there should be great taste in forming clumps, and grouping the various foliages and stylesof growth. The groundwork in such a garden con- sists of gravel walks and lawn. If flow- ers be intermixed, or, which is very generally adopte they are therefore liable to sudden pleted, the surface of the glass is per- changes of temperature, which can fectly level, and there are no interstices only be guarded against by great atten- in which the dust, &c., can accumulate, or for the oeposit of moisture. By this means one cause of considerable break- age in frosty weather is entirely avoided; and if a pane of glass is accidentally i tion, w'hich is expensive, and by a large consumption of fuel. We should say use iron, if you prefer success and beautiful form to cost, and can rely upon the attention of your people, but broken, as each pane is independent of employ wood if you are obliged to study Fig. 158. the others, the fracture does not extend beyond the single pane. The whole is very firm and compact, and the glass is not liable to shake out, as frequently occurs in opening and shutting sashes." — Gard. Chron. If lapping be permit- ted, its width should not exceed one-eighth of an inch, and the panes should be acutely rhom- boid, to throw the con- densed vapour down to the lower corner, and induce it to trickle down the bars instead of drop- ping. It is very doubt- ful whether it reduces the amount of moisture taken between the laps by capillary attraction. FlufS are best built of bricks set on their edges, and the top form- ed of a shallow iron trough for the purpose of holding water, and thus keeping the air moist as required. At night, for retaining heat, pantiles may be placed along within the trough ; the best form is the an- nexed. Roof. — The framework of this may be of iron or of wood, and the com- parative merits of the two materials are thus fairly stated by Dr. Lindley : — " The advantages of iron roofs for hot-houses are, that they are more dur- able than wood, and allow a far greater quantity of light to pass through them than wooden roofs, the difference being as seven to twenty-eight, or even thirtv, in favor of iron, and this is a '36 Fig. 159. I 1 economy." — Gard. Chron. Heating. — Flues for imparting heat to hot-houses are for the most part su- perseded by either tanks or hot-water pipes; but where retained, the top should be formed of iron plates, these admitting the heat most readily into the house, and consequently requiring a less consumption of fuel. If it be de- sirable to have covering for the flues that will retain the heat longer, as when the fires are made up at night, this may be readily accomplished by putting a row of the thick sijuare pav- ing tiles on the top of the whole length of the flue, an hour or two before the houses are finally closed. The power of retaining heat, or in other words of cooling slowly and gra- dually, which renders the covering of paving tiles desirable, renders the tank system of heating by hot-water still more efficient. It is a scientific opera- tion throughout, and will be best appre- ciated by a reference to Mr. Rendle's diagram and description at page 500. It is a law of tluids that their hottest portions rise to the surface of the con- taining vessel, and the coldest portions as invariably subside to the lowest sur- face, because heat makes them expand, and consequently diminishes their spe- cific gravity; and the abstraction of heat makes them contract, and as conse- quently increase that gravity. When the boiler and tank are filled with water, as well as their connecting pipes, and a fire is lighted, the hottest portfons rise to the top, flow along the surface, and getting cool, sink to its bottom, and passing downward enter again at the lower part, to be once more heated and pass through the same circulatory sys- tem. A very small boiler will speedily raise the heat of the water, in a very STO 562 STO large tank, to 180°; and if this heat be I Now in the house, the dimensions of imparted late in the evening, it will which are above given, if the lowest retain its heat but little diminished until | temperature in the night be fixed at 50^, the morning. The smoke, by means of and IC^ are allowed for winds, and the a flue, may be made to impart heat to external air is supposed to be at zero or the house, by passing through it, or 0 of Fahrenheit, then 1175 multiplied may at once enter the chimney or pipe I by 60*^, and the product divided by 2-1 , attached to the summit of the boiler. ' the difference between 200 and CO, will Hot water in a tank is superior to the i give us the quotient 236 = to the sur- same source of heat in pipes, because ' face of pipe required. Now the house it is not liable to freeze ; and it is pre- ; being thirty feet long, five pipes of that ferable to steam, because its heating length, and five inches in diameter, power continues until the whole mass : will be about the proper quantity, of water is cooled down to the tempe- | If hot water be employed instead of rature of the hou&e, whereas steam . steam, the following proportions and ceases to be generated as a source of, information, obtained from Mr. Rendle, heat the moment the temperature falls j may be adopted confidently as guides, below 212^. If steam be employed, J In a span roof propagating house, forty Mr. Tredgold has given the following j feet long, thirteen feet broad, seven rules for calculating the surface of I feet high in the centre, and four feet pipe, the size of the boiler, the quan- high at the two fronts, having a super- tity of fuel, and the quantity of ventila- ficial surface of glass amounting to tion, required for a house thirty feet 538 square feet, Mr. Rendle has a tank long, twelve feet wide, with the glass eighty-three feet long, running round roof eight feet, length of the rafters three sides of the house, four feet wide fourteen feet, height of the back wall i and about eight inches deep, and con- fifieen feet. The surfiice of glass in ] sequently capable of containing nearly this house will be seven hundred and j 300 cubic feet of hot water, though only twenty feet superficial, viz., five hun-lhalf that quantity is used. This is dred and forty feet in the front and roof, ' closely approaching to the size pointed and one hundred and eighty feet in the i out, according to Mr. Tredgold's for- ends. Now, half the vertical height, i mula. The mean temperature of a hot- seven feet six inches, multiplied by the j water tank, will never be much above length in feet, and added to one and a i 100^, so that for the sized house men- half time the area of glass in feet, is tioned by that skillful engineer, the equal to the cubic feet of air to be [ divisor must be 2- 1 times the difference warmed in each minute when there are i between 100'^ and 60°, which gives as no double doors. i the quotient 335 cubic feet. That is, 7.5 X 30+U X 720=1305 1 The tank in Mr. Rendle's propagating cubic feet. But in a house with wooden house, is built lined with Roman ce- bars and raflers, about one-tenth of this ment, and if the temperature at the space will be occupied with woodwork, ! time of lighting the fire be 903,thetein- which is so slow a conductor of heat, ; perature of the atmosphere of the house that it will not suffer a sensible quan- 67^, and the temperature out of doors tity to escape, therefore 130 feet may ' 50'^, the quantity of small coal or be deducted, leaving the quantity to be I breeze required to raise the tempera- warmed per minute = 1175 cubic feet, j ture of the water to 125^', is 28 pounds. To ascertain the surface of pipe re- : In twelve hours, the water cools after quired to warm any given quantity of the fire has been extinguished, from air, multiply the cubic feet of air to be i 125^ to 93°. heated per minute, by the difference When steam is employed, tlie space between the temperature the house to be kept at, and that of the external air in degrees of Fahrenheit's thermo- for steam in the boiler is easily tbund by multiplying the length of the pipe feet, by the quantity of steam meter, and divide the product by 2-1, i foot in length of the pipe. the difference between 200, which is | Decimal parts of a the temperature of the steam pipes, and „" "J,""^;" '^!!!kL" cuIjic foot ot'sieara tlie temperature of the house: the quo- tient will be the surface of cast iron pipe required. in each footof pipe. . 0.0545 . 0.1225 STO 563 STO 2 . . . . 0.21S5 2i . . . . 0.34 3 . . . . 0.49 4 . . . . 0.S73 6 . . . . 1.063 6 . . . . 1.964 7 . . . . 2.67 8 . . . . 3.49 9 . . . . 4.42 10 . . . . 5.45 gardener usually suspects; for if the sulphurous acid amounts to no more than one cubic foot in ten thousand of the air in a hot-house, it will destroy most of its inhabitants in two days'. To avoid such destruction, for the com- fort of visitors, and above all for the sake of the plants' vigour, air should be admitted as freely as the temperature will permit. The foul warm air can In the above noticed house, the be easily allowed to escape throusih length of pipe five inches in diameter, ventilators in the most elevated parts is 150 feet; and these multiplied by of the roof, and fresh warm atr can be 1.363 =:20. 5 cubic feet of steam, and as readily supplied through pipes made as the pipe will condense the steam of to enter near the flooring of the house about one cubic foot and one-third of after passing through hot water, or water per hour, therefore the boiler other source of heat, should be capable of evaporating H I am quite aware that Mr. Knight cubic feet of water per hour, to allow has stated that he paid little attention for unavoidable loss. In the extreme to ventilation, and that plants will be case of the thermometer being at zero, vigorous for a time in VVardian cases; the consumption of coals to keep up but this does not prove that their Creator this evaporation will be 12| pounds per made a mistake when he placed vege- hour. , tables in the open air. These calculations are all founded Plants confined in houses or other upon the supposition that the condensed close structures may be made to grow water is returned to the boiler whilst in spite of such continement ; but all hot; but if this cannot be eff'ected, e.\perience proves that other favourable then one-twelfth more fuel will be re- circumstances, such as heat, light, and quired. The boiler for the supply moisture being equal, those plants are either of steam or hot-water, should be most vigorous and healthy which have covered with the best available non-con- ductor of heat, and this is either char- coal or sand. A case of brickwork, with pulverized charcoal, between this and the boiler, is to be preferred to any other. A the most liberal supply of air. There have been many modes sug- gested for self-acting ventilators, de- scriptions of which may be found in Loudon's Encyclopadia of Gardening, and the Transactions of the London boiler having a surface of seventy feet Horticultural Society; but there are exposed to the air, in a temperature of none that can supersede the gardener's 32^, requires an extra bushel of coals personal care, tlirected by the ther- to be consumed per day, to compensate uiometer and experience, for the heat radiated and conducted The practice of all ventilation is from that surface ; and the smaller the founded on the principle that the hot- boiler, the greater is the proportionate test air rises to the highest part of the waste. The surface of the pipes should house, and if there allowed to escape, be painted black, because a surface of colder air will come in below, if al- this colour gives out more heat in a lowed, to supply its place. To pre- given time than any other. — Prin. of vent the hot air escaping too rapidly, Gardening. the ventilators should be fitted wiih Ventilation. — The accumulation of doors or caps, capable of regulating the gaseous matters, such as sulphurous size of the orifice ; and the openings acid and ammonia, and the consumption admitting fresh and colder from with- of carbonic acid, render ventilation out, should have similar regulators, essential to the health of plants in fore- and be made by means of pipes passing inp-pits and hot-houses. They cannot through the bark-bed, tank of hot water, inhale air overloaded with these con- or other source of heat, so that the laminations, without being speedily in- reduction of temperature be not too jured, and the proportions of those rapid. gases which rapidly cause disease, or ' Some guide in constructing venti- even death, are much less than the lators proportioned to the size of the STO 564 -♦ STO house to be ventikted, will be found commonly surrounded by a tbin brick Tn Mr Hood's following table of the wall : but planks of stone or plates of quant y of air, in cubic feet, discharged slate or cast-.ron, are to be preferred, ner mLte hrough a ventilator, of The roof, when necessary, may be sup- per minuie, uirouf,!! Iarch. ground, but that had better be omitted "Having filled the pots with the com- — keeping the soil cultivated and top- post, thev are removed at once to the dressed with some well-rotted manure, strawberry quarters, and arranged on In the autumn, they spread on the sur- each side of the rows, amongst the run ners. The middle of July, when the plants are emitting roots, is the proper time to begin the operation of layering; having previously prepared a quantity of pegs, the runners that are rooted into the ground are carefully removed, and their roots inserted in the pots, and peg face, both beds and alleys, a good coat of coarse manure, such as will lie light- ly, the loose portion of which may be raked off in the spring, when the alleys are dug, and covered with straw, to ex- clude draught and screen the trusses of fruit on the edge of the bed from con- tact with the earth. Exhausted tanner's ged down. Put three plants into the bark, or saw-dust scattered among the twenty-four pots, and one in the thirty- plants, is highly serviceable in protect- twos ; they immediately begin growing, being supported by the mother plant ing the fruit from grit. " Varieties. Hudson or Scarlet.^ and will only require occasional water- This variety is grown almost exclu ing in dry weather. sively for the supply of the Philadelphia When the plants are well rooted, market; it appears to be distinct from which is in about one month, detach what is known as the old Hudson, in them from the old plants, and remove New York, which Downing describes as to their winter quarters. having a neck, whereas the Philadelphia Beds are prepared for them with a Hudson has none, (unless occasionally bottom of coal ashes, and they are spontaneous seedlings are found with plunged in old tan; each bed surrounded elongated crowns.) It is undoubtedly with a stratum of coal ashes six inches one of the best, though from want of wide, and as high as the top of the pots, skill in its culture it is frequently unfruit- which prevents worms from working ful. The fruitful and barren flowers are amongst them." — Gard. Chron. on separate plants, and as the barren are Thus far we have copied the English most vigorous, they are liable to take edition of this work. The American nearly exclusive possession; in such reader, t^hough he will find that which cases the inevitable result is, but little will instruct in the culture of this de- fruit is obtained. The proper method licious fruit, will perceive there is too is to carefully cull them when in flower, much detail and tedious labour for his (the experienced can detect them by the practice. foliage as well as flowers,) exterminating Many of the varieties named in the the larger portion of the male or stami- preceding article are comparatively un- niferous plants, as one in ten suffices to known in this country, and others have impregnate the pistiliferous or fruit- been tested, and found wanting. Our, bearing flowers. Much has been said American Seedlings have, on the whole, on this subject, and most positive deni- given most satisfaction, and are most als of the fact here stated have been reliable, whilst the eff'orts now being made, but after all it is incontrovertible, made to produce varieties promise, from and remains a ' fixed fact.' Our limits the success already attained, to give all will not admit of embarking further in that could be desired. i the controversy, which has been prac- " The market gardeners around Phi- 1 tically settled around Philadelphia for ladelphia, who are successful cultivators [ fifty years, by the German truck women. STR 572 STR who may be seen in the spring, with their iinsey petticoats and short-gowns, busily engaged plucking out the ' he plants,' as they term them. " In France the Chili strawberry is highly esteemed, but as it requires for- eign fertilization, they mix with it other varieties, and adopt artificial methods of impregnation. Duchesne has suc- ceeded by cutting off the half-closed, or rather half-opened umbils of staminife- rous flowers, with foot-stalks from one to three inches long, which being placed in phials filled with water, were dis- the weather, in which the scanty pollen is all available, and also to impregnation from seedlings, which are, more or less, in all beds of one year's standing, and some of w hich, proceeding from the old Hovey, have strong erect stamens, not unlike the Hudson males, with this dif- ference, however, the pistil is fruitful and the fruit perfect. "Ross's Phcenix. — This variety has been much praised in New York. It was produced by Mr. Alexander Ross, of Hudson, in that state, and from its character for hardiness and product (if tributed among the Chili plants; the next I true), would speedily attain popularity day the blossoms opened and the im- i and general culture — unfortunately for pregnation was successfully completed. ' its reputation it has suffered greatly by "Many experiments with like re- sults, have been practised by others, and what in some of the periodicals is called 'Longworth's theory,' is nothing more than that of the Philadelphia truck-wo- men, from one of whom that gentleman, as he says, received the hint. " Methven Scarlet, also termed Keene's seedling (erroneously), is a very large variety, sometimes exceeding five inches in circumference; it is but indif- ferently flavoured, but much admired for preserving. The flowers of this va- riety are pistilate (female), though sta- mens are also present, generally in an imperfect state, hence it fruits more surely in company with those which have strong staminate flowers, as for instance the Iowa, or the males of the Hudson. " HovEY's Seedling (Fig. 164) was raised from the seed by the Messrs. Hovey, of Boston, some years since, and is one of the most desirable straw- berries among us. It is of vigorous growth, withstands the winter equal to any other, produces fruit of an enormous size, and exquisite flavour; too much cannot be said in its praise. Mode of cultivation same as others; it does not, however, always produce the past season's drought, whilst other varieties have sustained themselves un- injured. We must have further confir- mation of its value, before recommend- ing it for enlarged culture. "Gushing. — (Fig. 165.) This is one of a multitude of seedling strawberries, raised by that indefatigable amateur cul- tivator. Dr. Wm. C. Brinckle, of Phi- ladelphia, to whom we are indebted for the drawing. Fig. 165, and many other favours. He thus describes it in an arti- cle communicated to the Farmers' Cabi- net, vol. xi.. No. 1. " ' Cushing, so named as a compli- ment to J. P. Cushing, Esq., of Boston, to whom I am under a thousand obliga- tions— produced from a seed of a berry of No, 72, A., [Dr. B.'s private cata- logue,] the anthers not having been extracted; planted May 31st, 1845; fruited in 1846, one year from the seed ; flower large, with perfect anthers; leaf large and roundish, like that of Keene's Seedling and Ross's Phcenix ; differing, however, from these two varieties, in having a hairy leaf stem, and when full grown, the leaf is slightly twisted ; fruit very large, round, some of the berries with a short neck, light scarlet colour; fruit when planted alone, from a defi- j seed inserted in slight depressions; fine ciency of pollen in the anthers, and in an flavour, and very productive. This plant unfavourable state of the weather, fails was exhibited at one of the meetings of to produce fruit at all : the better plan,! the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society therefore, is to mix with it some other i this summer, with 26 fine berries on it, variety, as directed for the Methven | several of them four and aquarter inches scarlet, or grow others in immediate i in circumference. Not long since, Mr. contiguity, where the flies and air can i Longworth, of Cincinnati, offered one affect the impregnation. It is true, fine ; hundred dollars for a strawberry with crops from this variety are sometimes | perfect anthers that will bear a full crop produced where no other variety is [ of fruit as large as Hovey's Seedling, within a considerable distance, but it is , Such a strawberry is, I think, the Cush- attributable to most favourable states of | ing.' 573 * ■ Fig. 164.— (P. 572.) p|^,;:::^-0 0^^^" 574 r^ S T R 575 sue " If Dr. Brinckle's opinion should be coiitirmed by further observation, he will have contributed an invaluable va- riety of this delicious fruit." — Rural Register. STRAWBERRY BLITE. Blitum. STRAWBERRY SPINACH. Blitum. STRAWBERRY TREE. Arbutus. STRELITZIA. Eight species. Stove herbaceous perennials. Suckers. Turfy loam. STREPTANTHERA. Two species. Green-house bulbous perennials. Off- sets. Loam and peat. STREPTANTHUS. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. STREPTIUM asperum. Stove herb- aceous perennial. Cuttings. Loam and peat. STREPTOCARPUS rexii. Stove herbaceous perennial. Division. Rich soil and vegetable mould. STREPTOPUS. Eive species. Herb- aceous perennials; all hardy except S. simplex, which belongs to the green- house. Seeds or division. Light soil. STROBILANTHES Sabiniaria. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Light rich soil. STROPANTHUS. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. San- dy loam and peat. STRIMARLA. Ten species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Offsets. San- dy loam. STRUTHIOLA. Fifteen species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Sandy peat. STRUTHIOPTERIS. Two species. Ferns. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. Loam and peat. STRYCHNOS. Six species. Stove evergreen trees. S. colubrina is a climber. Half-ripe cuttini^s and seeds. Loam and sandy peat. I^ux vomica is one of the species. STYLIDIUM. Nine species. Green- house herbaceous perennials or ever- green shrubs. The latter increases by cuttings, a few of the herbaceous by division, but chiefly by seeds. Sandy loam and peat suit them all. STYPANDRA. Five species. Green- deciduous shrubs. S. officinale produces the balsam of storax. Layers. Light soil. SUCCORY, CHICORY, or WILD ENDIVE. Cichorium iiitybus. Although this hardy perennial plant is much used on the Continent in salads, yet it has never been employed to any extent for that purpose in Britain. Soil and Situation. — Like endive, for the main crops it requires a rich light soil, and for the earlier sowings a moist- er one, in every instance having an open situation allotted to it. Solving must be annually; for, al- though it is a perennial , yet, after being cut from two or three times, the radical leaves become bitter and worthless. INIr. Oldaker says, it should be sown at the end of June, or early in July ; but L'Quintinye recommends it to be per- formed in the beginning of March; and it may be performed, for successive crops, between the two periods men- tioned by the above writers, in the same manner as endive, and also like that salad herb in small portions at a time, the earliest sowings being very liable to run to seed. Sow moderately thick, in the same manner as endive, the direc- tions for cultivating which are equally applicable in every other particular. Cultivation. — When the plants begin to cover the ground, they are thinned to nine inches apart ; and those removed planted out at similar distances. They require to be kept very clear of weeds ; and if the leaves grow very luxuriant, and shade the roots much, they must be cutoff within an inch of the ground. Those grown from sowings antecedent to June, when of nearly full growth, which they arrive at in about four months from the insertion of the seed, must have all their leaves trimmed away, so as not to injure their hearts, and then covered over thick with sand, ashes, or long litier. By this treatment, those fresh leaves which are produced become etiolated and crisp, losing their bitterness. Those wliich arise from the sowings of June and July, must, at the end of September, or early in October, house herbaceous perennials. S./ru- be raised, and planted very close, by the tescens an evergreen shrub. Sandy loam and peat. Division. dibble, in pots or boxes, having their leaves trimmed as before directed, and STYPHELIA. Eight species. Green- their roots shortened previous to plant- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Sandy peat and sandy loam. ing. Water must be given moderately in dry weather, until they are establish- STYRAX. Four species. Hardy ed, and shelter, if frosts occur, by a sue 576 sue light covering of litter. Wlicn well rooted they may be removed into the cellar, or other place, where the light can be completely excluded from them, to blanch for use as wanted, which change will be effected in six or seven days. Succory will bear a temperature of GO', but thrives better in a rather lower one. If the roots are vigorous, they will bear cutting from two or three times, after winch they are unproductive. To obtain Seed, a few plants must be left in the open ground of the June sowing ; they bear the severity of win- ter without protection, and shoot up in the sprinrr, running to seed about May. SUCCOVVIA halearica. Hardy an- nual. Seeds. Light soil. SUCCULENT PLANTS are so cha- racterized on account of their thick juicy leaves. " They are formed to exist," says that excellent botanist and horti- culturist, Mr. Fortune, now traveling for the London Horticultural Society, " in countries and situations where they are often exposed to intense light and dryness; their skins are thick; they have few evaporating pores ; and they have, likewise, few roots to gorge their tissue with food during the rainy season. Therefore, we find the dry sandy plains of the Cape abounding in aloes and mesembryanthemums ; and the bare volcanic rocks of Mount Etna covered, in many places, with the common prick- ly pear. In Mexico, also, and in many other parts of Central and South Ame- rica, the extensive race of cacti, with their curious unvegetable-like forms, are at home, and flourish even in those dry and parched seasons when the whole face of nature besides seems withered and destroyed. I wish particu- larly to draw attention to the natural circumstancog in which these plants are found ; because, if these are once known, they are sure and certain guides in cultivation. " To be grown well, the whole race of what are called succulent plants re- quire to be kept in the lightest possible situation in the green-house. It is true they may be grown in heavy-shaded green-houses, but their leaves will ne- ver acquire that beautiful colour which is seen in light situations, nor will they flower so freely. Water should be given to the slow-growing kinds at all times with a judicious hand, but par- ticularly during winter, as more plants are killed by over-watering, than by any other cause. At this time, once in ten days or a fortnight will generally be found sufficient; but as this depends upon the situation and the weather, much must be left to the good sense of those who attend them. Those kinds which are more luxuriant in growth, and not so succulent, require more water, and are not so easily injured by it. By far the greatest number succeed perfectly, where the temperature Ls merely high enough to exclude frost, that is, anywhere bet%veen thirty-five and forty-five degrees, as may be most agreeable to the cultivator. " Succulents are generally easily multiplied, either by seeds or cuttings. If the cutting is very soft, and liable to damp, it ought to be dried a little be- fore it is put into the sand. Sometimes a little quicklime is useful for prevent- ing decay, and can be either used for the base of the cutting, or to any part of the plant from which a damping piece has been removed." — Gardeners' Chron. SUCKERS, says Dr. Lindley, in his Theory of Horticulture, " are branches naturally thrown up by a plant from its base, when the onward current of growth of the stem is stopped. Every stem, even the oldest, must have been once covered with leaves ; each leaf had a bud in its axil ; but of those buds, few are developed as branches, and the remainder remain latent, or perish. When the onward growth of a plant is arrested, the sap is driven to find new outlets, and then latent buds are very likely to be developed ; in fact, when the whole plant is young, they must necessarily shoot forth under fitting circumstances; the well-known effect of cutting down a tree is an exemplifi- cation of this. Such branches, if they proceed from under ground, frequently form roots at their base, when they are employed as a means of propagation ; I and in the case of the pine-apple they ' are made use of for the same purpose, although they do not emit roots till they are separated from the parent. Gardeners usually satisfy themselves with takmg from their pine-apple plants such suckers as are produced in con- sequence of the stoppage of onward growth by the formation of the fruits ; I but these are few in number, and not SU F 577 S W L at all what the plant is capable of kind of grain, like that of most others, yielding. Instead of throwing away the varies considerably, according to the "stump" of the pine-apple, it should state of the soil, climate and the cnl- be placed in a damp pit, and exposed tivation that is employed; but the to a bottom heat of 90", or thereabouts, average quantity of seed is about filty when every one of the latent eyes will bushels per acre. This will produce spring forth, and a crop of young plants fifty gallons of oil, and of oil-cake 1,500 be the result." pounds. ']"lie stalks, when burnt for Taking up or transplanting stickers alkali, give ten hundred weight of po- may be performed almost at any time, tash. in open weather, from October to: SUNFLOWER. Actinotus Helianthi. March, being careful to dig them up j SUN ROSK. Heliantheinam. from the mother plant with as much SURFACE GRUBS, or caterpillars, root as possible, and cutting off any j are the larvic of several species of thick knobbed part of the old root that Noctua, or Night Moths. Gardeners may adhere to the bottom, leaving only thus name them because they attack the the fibres arising from the young wood, roots of the turnip, mangold wurtzcl, Though it is probable some will appear &c., just at the surface of the soil, with hardly any fibres, they will be dis- 1 SUTHERLANDIA/rw/cscc/iS. Half- posed to produce them after removal. SUFFOCATION is a term employed by Keith and others to describe any stopping of the transpiratory organs of plants, whether it arises from extrava- sated sap, mosses, fungi, or even from a deficient supply oPsap. SUGAR RAKERS' REFUSE. See Animal Matters. SUMACH. Rhus. SUNFLOWER. Helianthus. H. anniius. Annual Sunflower. hardy evergreen shrub. Seeds or young cuttings. Peat and loam. SUWARROW NUT. Caryocar. SWAINSONIA. Three species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. SWALLOW WORT. Asclepias. SWAMP LOCUST TREE. Gledit- schia monosperma. SWAMP POST. Qtiercus lyrata. SWARTZIA. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings with the Soil and Situation. — A light rich soil, ! leaves on. Sandy loam and peat, and as unshadowed by trees as possible, { SWEDISH BEAM TREE. Py7-us suits it best. It is now much cultivated intermedia. for its oil, and as a food for cattle and , SWEDISH TURNIP. Brassica cam- poultry. The following directions for pestris ; va.r. rittabaga. its culture on a large scale, are applica- : SWEEPING. See Broom. It is ble on a reduced extent for the gar- j best done in calm weather, and early, den : — [ whilst the dew is strong enough to al- The earlier the seed can be got into lay the dust and keep the light refuse the ground the better, say the beginning from blowing about, of April, as the crop will be ready to | SWEET BAY. Lauriis nobilis. harvest the latter part of August, which SWEET BRIAR. Rosa rubiginosa. will be of the greatest importance to It is of the easiest propagation in any growers. The necessary (]uantity of common garden soil. Cuttings, suck- seed required for an acre depends upon ers, ai\d seed may be inditferently em- the conditions of the soil, and varies ployed. from four pounds to five pounds ; but, ; " To form a hedge of it sow the heps of course, it is advisable to sow a little in the autumn as soon as ripe, or which more than is actually wanted, to pro- | is better, in the month of J\Iarch, hav- vide against accidents. The seed should ing kept them in the meanwhile mixed be drilled into the ground, and the dis- with sand. But it is far more conveni- tance from row to row eighteen inches; ' ent to buy sweet briar ' layers,' (young the plants to be thinned out to thirty plants.) from the nurseryman, and to inches from plant to ])lant, and the plant them a foot apart early in the number of plants at this distance would month of November. Let them grow be about 14,500 per acre ; at eighteen as they like for the first year, and cut inches from plant to plant, 25,000 per them down to the ground the second; acre ; and at twelve inches from plant thoy will then spring up and require no to plant, 3'2,000. The produce of this more care than occasional trimming 37 S WE 57S S WI with the pruning-knife or shears, so as : light loam on a dry subsoil. Leaf-mould to keep the hedge in shape. When it ! and liquid manure the best additions gets naked at the bottom it must be again cut down." — Gard. Chron. SWEET CALABASH. Fassiftora maliformis. SWEET CICELY. See Chervil. SWEETIA. Three species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings or seeds. Loam and sand. SWEET MAR.TORAM. Origanum majorana. SWEET MAUDLIN. Achillea age- ratum. SWEET PEA. Lathyrus odoratus. SWEET POTATOE. Batata. SWEET SOP. Anona squamosa. SWEET SULTAN. Centaurea mos- chata. SWEET WILLIAM. Dianthus har- batus. Varieties. — Narrow-leaved kinds : Deep Red; Pale Red; Pale Red and Flesh-coloured; Purplish, white-eyed; Snow White; White and Flesh-colour- ed ; White and Purple ; White Spotted ; Red flowers and white borders, called Painted Lady Sweet-William, and many other intermediate shades of colours Propagation. — They are propagated by seed, layers, and slips. By Seed. — March and April is the season for sowing ; sow it in a bed or border of light earth broadcast, and rake it in. In a fortnight the plants will come up. In June or July trans- plant into nursery beds of common earth, in rows six or eight inches dis- tant, to remain until autumn or spring following, then to be taken up and planted in the places where they are to flower. By Layers. — June and July is the proper season, and the same method is to be observed in every respect as for the Carnation. This is the only me- thod of propagation to continue the same double-flowered varieties. Being layered, give frequent waterings in dry weather, and they will be well rooted in six or seven weeks, then to be sepa- rated from the old plant, and removed to a bed of light soil; and in October some of them should be potted to move to occasional shelter from frost, for although the doubles are almost as and variegations, and which frequently ' hardy as the single, yet being more vary in the flowers of the same aggre- i choice, it is necessary always to have gate; there are also single and double j some that may have protection in severe flowers of each variety. Among the winters, the same as for choice Carna- doubles of this class of narrow leaves, tions. is that sort called the Mule, having a ' By Slips. — July is the best month for bright red double flower in smallish ag- ' slipping ; observing, if it is to be per- gregates, said to have been accidentally formed upon the year-old plants, they produced from the seed of a Carnation must be slipped quite down to the impregnated by the Sweet-William. Broad-leaved kinds: — Tall deep red; roots, so as to have fibres to each slip ; plant them at once where they are to Tall flesh-coloured; Pure White; White ' flower, but these never make such good dotted; Striped leaves and red flowers; | plants as seedlings and layers, nor do Large double rose-coloured; Sweet j they generally flower so strongly. scented; Large double deep purplish burster; Double variegated. All the varieties, about forty in number, are hardy herbaceous evergreen perennials, rising the first year with a large bushy tuft of leafy shoots, continuing green Saving Seed. — " The flowers which have the most beautiful colours, should, when in full bloom, be marked from which to have seed; if any ordinary sorts grow near them, let them be re- moved to prevent hybridizing. Let the the year round, and the second year branches of seed be gathered in dry shooting up flower-stems, producing weather, and after lying a few days in flowers in June and July, succeeded by the sun be beaten out and stored till abundance of seed in autumn. The '■ spring." — Abercrombie. plants, although usually of several [ SWIETENIA. Two species. Stove years' duration, yet, after the first year | evergreen trees. Ripe cuttings with of flowering, the shoots generally be- the leaves on. Loam and sand, come long, straggling, and of dwindling j SYMPHIANDRA pendida. Hardy growth, so that a supply should be raised biennial. Seeds. Common soil, every year from seed or layers. SYMPIIORICARPUS. St. Peter's Soil. — The best is a moderately rich : Wort. Three species. Hardy decidu- S YM 579 TAN ous trees. Cuttings or suckers. Com- operator should stand at some distance mon soil. from the plants, so that the water may SYMPHYTUM. Eip;ht species, spread and tali upon them like a shower. Hardy herbaceous or tuberous-rooted But it" aphides have to be destroyed he perennials. Division. Off-sets. Any soil suits them. SYMl'IKZIA capitellata. Green- house evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Turty peat and sand. S Y M P L O C O S . Three species. may be closer to the plants, and drive forth the water with greater force. SYZYGIUM. Three species. Stove evergreen trees or shrubs. Cuttings. Sandv peat. TABERN.EMONTANA. Fifteen Green-house evergreen shrubs, or stove species. Stove evergreen shrubs and evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loam, trees. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand, peat and sand. ! TACCA. Six species. Stove bulbous SYXCHRONIC.\L TIMES are va- perennials. Division. Loam, peat, and lidly observed for the performance of sand. gardening operations. More than one botanist has observed that if the time of the foliation and blossoming of trees and herbs, and the days on which the seed is sown, flowers, and ripens, were noted, and if the observer continued these observations for many years, there can be no doubt but that we might find some rule from which we might con- clude at what time grains and culinary plants, according to the nature of each 8oil, ought to be sown ; nor should we TACHLV. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat, sand, and loam. TACHIGALLl bijvga. Stove ever- green tree. Cuttings. Light loam. TACSOXL\.. Two species. Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Loam and peat. T.^RRITIS. Three species. Ferns. Stove evergreen creepers. Division or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. TAGETES. Fifteen species. Hardy be at a loss to guess at the approach of annuals, except T.^orirfa and T.lucula, winter; nor ignorant whether we ought the first a half-hardy, the second a to make our autumn sowing later or earlier. M. Barck would derive his intima- tions from the vegetable tribes alone, rcen-house herbaceous perennial. The annuals increase by seed, the others by cuttings or division. Light rich soil. TALAUMA. Three species. Stove but, I think, the other kingdoms of | evergreen shrubs. Layers or inarching organic nature might be included; as the appearances of certain migratory birds, and the birth of certain insects. For example, in the east of England, it is a common saying among gardeners, confirmed by practice — ''When you have seen two swallows together, sow kidney beans." ' Mr. Stillingfleet, one of the most careful of Nature's observers, says, that in his time "the prudent gardener never on Magnolia obovata, and ripe cuttings with the leaves on will root, but not easily. Loam, peat, and sand. T XLIVAIA hengalensis. Palm. Seeds. Turfy loam and sand. TALIRIUM. Seven species. Stove and green-house evergreen shrubs and herbaceous perennials. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. T. rejlexum, a stove biennial, increases by seeds. TALISLA. guianensis. Stove ever- ventured to put his house-plants out green shrub. Large cuttings with the until the mulberry leaf was of a certain growth." — Gard. Aim. SYNN'ETLA.. Three species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Offsets. Sandy peat and loam. SYRL\G.\. Lilac. Five species and many varieties. Hardy deciduous shrubs. Seeds, layers, or suckers. Common soil. SYRINGK. This is a most useful implement for impelling water over plants in pots, wall-trees, &c. Read's syrmges are excellent. When the ob- ject is merely to refresh the plants, the leaves on. Turfv loam and peat. I TALLIES, iieo Lahda. I TAMARINDUS. Tamarind. Two ' species. Stove evergreen trees. Seeds and cuttings. Sandv loam and peat. j TAMARIX. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs or trees, except T. ignllica, which is a hardy deciduous I shrub. Cuttings. Any soil suits tlicni. ] ALinna is produced from a variety of T. gallic ia. ; TAMONEA. Two species. Stove biennials. Seeds. Sandy soil. I TAN. See Bark. TAN 580 TAX TANACETUM. Tansy. Nine species. Hardy or green-house herba- ceous perennials. Tlie hardy kinds increase by division, t)ie green-house by cuttings. Light rich soil. T. globu- ^//"erum a hardy annual. Seeds. Cora- mon soil. TANGIER PEA. Lathyrus tingi- tanus. TANK SYSTEM. See Stove, Hot Water, and Rendle. TANSY. Tanacetum vulgare. Varieties. — The Curled or Double Tansy, the one chiefly grown for culi- nary purposes ; the Variegated ; and the Common or Plain. This last is but of little worth, except for medicinal preparations. Soil and Situation. — A light, dry, and rather poor soil, in an open exposure, is best suited to it, as in such it is the most hardy and aromatic. Planting. — It is propagated by rooted slips, or divisions of its fibrous creeping root, planted from the close of Febru- ary until that of May, as well as during the autumn. Established plants may be moved at any period of the year. Insert in rows twelve inches apart each ■way ; a gentle watering being given, if tlie season is not showery. As the roots spread rapidly, plants will soon make liieir appearance over a large space of ground if left undisturbed ; to prevent it, a path should be left entirely round the bed, and often dug up to keep them within bounds. The plants run up to seed during summer, but the stalks must be constantly removed, to encourage the production of young leaves. Weeds should be extirpated, and the decayed stalks cleared away in j autumn, at the same time a little fresh mould being scattered over the bed. I Forcing. — If required during the | winter and early spring, old undivided i roots must be placed in a moderate ! Iiot-bed once a month, from the middle Green-house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Light rich soil. TARRAGON. Artemisia dracuncu- lus. Use it in salads to correct the coldness of the other herbs ; and its leaves are likewise excellent when pickled. Soil and Situation. — It will flourisli in any that are poor and bleak. Indeed, a poor dry earth is essential to produce it in perfection as to flavour, and hardy. Propagation by parting the roots, slips, and cuttings; as also by seed to be sown in the spring, but this mode is attended with much trouble. To have green Tarragon during the winter and spring, strong-rooted plants must be planted, small portions at a time, once or twice a month, from the close of October to the end of January. For the main crop, it may be planted any time from the end of February until the con- clusion of May ; and by cuttings of the young stalks, from the close of June until the same period of August; this last mode is not often adopted, on ac- count of the uncertainty attending the rooting of the cuttings. Cultivation. — The plants must be at least ten inches apart; and if dry weather, especially in the summer months, water must be given regularly every evening until they are rooted. They soon establish themselves, and may be gathered from the same year. As they run up, if seed is not required, the stems should be cut down, which causes them to shoot afresh. The only additional cultivation required is to keep them free from weeds. At the end of autumn, if some estab- lished plants are set beneath a south fence, they will often afford leaves throughout the winter, or, at all events, come early in the spring. Some of the leaves should be gathered in the sum- mer, and dried for winter's use. To obtain Seed, it is only necessary to allow it to run up without molestation. of November to the close of February. | It flowers about July, and when the They may be planted in the earth of the bed, in pots, and plunged in a similar situation, or placed round the edges of the bark pits in a hot-house. A frame IS not absolutely necessary, as a cover- ing of mats supported on hoops, afforded during frost, at night, and in very in- clement weather, will answer nearly as •well. 1 TARCHONANTHUS. Two species.' seed is ripe, in early autumn, must be cut, and completely dried before it is beaten out. TASMANNIA aromatica. Green- house shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. TAVERNIER A. Two species. Green- house evergreens; one a trailer, the othera shrub. Seeds. Sandy loam. TAXODIUM capense. Green-house TAX 581 TEN evergreen shrub; and T. di'shVftum Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young (Deciduous Cypress), and its varieties, i cuttings. Sandy loam and peat, hardy deciduous trees. Seeds, layers, j TENTHREDO. Saw-Hy. T. moris, orcuttinjrs with the leaves on, placed in ' Plum Saw-fly, attacks the green-gage, water. Rich moist soil. | and other plums, when about the size TAXUS. Yew Tree. Five species. ! of peas. It pierces them, causing their Evergreen shrubs and trees, all hardy fall, to deposit its eggs in their pulp, except T. nucifera, which belongs to M. Kollar gives these correct particu- the green-house. They increase chiefly lars of this insect : — by seeds, but may also increase by cut- tings. Moist soil. See Coniferte. TEA-TREE. Thea. At a distance it resembles a small house-fly ; but it has four wings, where- as the house-fly has only two. The TECOMA. Fifteen species. Stove | head and body are completely black. evergreen shrubs and trees. Green house, hardy, and half-hardy evergreen and deciduous climbers. Cuttings and layers. Peat and loam, or common soil, and a warm situation. TEEDIA. Two species. Green- house biennials. Cuttings or seeds. Light rich soil. TEESDALIA. Two species. Har- dy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. TELEKIA speciosa. Hardy herba- ceous perennial. Division. Common soil. T E L L I M A grandiflora. Hardy herbaceous perennial. Division. Peaty soil. TELOPEA speciosissima. Warratah. and the feet of a reddish yellow. " It lays its eggs in the notched part of the calyx of the flowers, cuts in obliquely with its saws, without com- pletely piercing it through, and intro- duces the egg into the deepest part, so that, when it flies away, nothing is seen on the exterior but two very small brown spots. " The egg is very small, greenish- white, and transparent. It is hatched in the course of a few days, and pro- duces a delicate whitish larva, with a dark-brown head, six pairs of middle feet, three pairs of fore feet, and one pair of anal feet." T. hamorrhoidalis, Pear Saw-fly, re- ^ , , - I sembles the former, but is rather lamer. Green-house evergreen tree. Lavers i j i n i . ■ rr,, „„. ■ w- c J i ■' J and has more yellow about it. The and also cuttings. Sandy loam and „ .u •. i . . j .1 , ,1 ,, ° ■^ luoiii auu gjjj^g authority last quoted says that it heath mould. ,, •',, , ,' . ,, ■' ,. I '< appears usually late in Mav, some ol TE.MPERATURE is the most im- them only in June, if the warm spring portant circumstance connected with 1 weather sets in laie. The foinale lays the cultivation of plants ; for upon its from forty to sixty eggs, and almost proper regulation and just accommoda- j always on the under side of the leaf, tion to the intensity of light depend, in ■ The caterpillar, which is hatched in a the chiet degree, whether a plant is i few days, at first is of a whitish yellow, healthy and capable of performing its 1 but becomes darker every day. As soon functions. Every seed has its appro- 1 as it is exposed to the light, it spins a priatc temperature for germinating (see > web over itself, the threads of which Germination) ; every root has a temper- . proceed from its mouth. The caterpil- ature in which it imbibes food most ' lar never appears out of this web ; and favourably (see Bottom-heat) ; and every ; when it has partly eaten a leaf, it spins leat has a temperature in which it re- 1 itself a web on another, and always ia spires most vigorously (see Leaves and company with the other caterpillars. It ^lght Temperature). j has a black head, and, immediately un- TEMPLES dedicated to some deity 1 der the throat, two black dots: the other of the heathen mythology, as to Pan in I parts of the body are ochre-colored and a grove, or to Flora among bright sun- i transparent, without hairs." — Kollar. ny parterres, arc not inappropriate, if T. difformis. Antler Rose Saw-fly. the extent of the grounds and the ex- Its caterpillar feeds on the leaves of penditure on their management allow rose-trees; and they are thus described them to be of that size, and of that cor- i by Mr. Curtis : — rectness of style, which can alone give ! " They are nearly cylindrical, taper- the classic air and dignity which are ' ing a little to the tail. They are bright their only sources of pleasure. green, and covered with short upright TEMPLETONIA. Two species, j hairs, with a darker line down the back , TEN 582 TEN and one of a deeper tint down each side. Having arrived at their full growth, they spin a web either between the contiguous leaves, or in a fold, by drawing the sides of a leaf slightly to- gether ; but sometimes it is attached to the stem only at a fork of the branches. In this web they form a yellowish-white cocoon, somewhat oval. In these co- coons the green larva? rest a short time, losing, it is said, their fourteen false legs, and eventually changing to a pupa. The flies are hatched in twelve or thir- teen days. The perfect insect is found from the end of May to the middle of August. " It would not, perhaps, be an easy matter to get rid of these troublesome caterpillars, except by hand-picking and shaking the branches over a cloth ; lor, as they keep on the under surface of the leaves, no application except fumi- ['ating with sulphur would fairly reach them. It is possible that sprinkling liellebore powder over the leaves would annoy them.'" — Gard. Citron. T.populi, Peach, or Poplar Saw-fly, also resembles the first-named, and M. Kollar says that, — "As soon as the first leaves of the stone-fruits are unfolded in spring, this saw-fly visits them, and attacks the peach, apricot, and plum trees. They choose days that are particularly still and warm, and lay their eggs on a leaf in rows, one after another, from thirty to forty in number, not all at once, but often disburden themselves of their eggs at different times. They are longish, cylindrical, and of a light yellow color. " If the weather is favorable the eggs are hatched in a few days, and a white- greenish grub is produced from them. They no sooner begin to move than they surround themselves with a web; thus surrounded they roam from one leaf to another, from which they select the best parts for their food ; therefore a leaf is never found entirely con- sumed. "As soon as they have attained their full growth they retire into the ground, form themselvesa chamber, make them- selves a dark-brown roomy case, the material for which they produce from themselves, and remain in the earth till spring, when they again appear as saw- flies to propagate their species." — Kollar. T. grossularia and T. ribesii are very destructive of gooseberries. Mr. Curtis says that, — " The larvae, of which there are two generations in the course of the year, live in societies consisting of from 50 to nearly 1000. One family, so to speak, frequently occupy one bush, and destroy all the leaves, thus prevent- ing the fruit from arriving at maturity. " The larvK are of a grayish colour, covered with small black warts ar- ranged in rows, and have twenty feet. Their transformation also takes place in society, one fi.\ing the end of its cocoon to the end of the next, and so on. Many remedies have been sug- gested, but none have been attended with perfect success. Perhaps the surest way of all to diminish the numbers is to hand-pick the larva?, and collect the cocoons wherever they appear, and destroy them, thus killing many hun- dreds in embryo." — Gard. Chron. T. -pini, T. erythrocephala, and T. ru- fus, infest the pine and fir species. T. cerasi produces a slimy catepillar, commonly called a slug-worm, very in- jurious to the leaf of the cherry, plum, and pear. Mr. Curtis observes of " these very singular and inactive cat- erpillars," that they " are more like little black slugs, or tadpoles, than the larva? of a saw-fly, being entirely co- vered with a slimy matter which gives them a moist and shining appearance; and when at rest, upon the foliage, they might easily be mistaken for the droppings of sparrows or swallows. Upon closer examination they will be found to exhibit the typical characters of the family to which they belong, having six pectoral and fourteen abdo- minal feet, but no anal ones. They are of a deep bottle-green color ; the thorax is dilated, being very much thicker than the rest of the body, and concealing the head, or nearly so. " After four or five weeks, when they have arrived at their full growth, they cast off" their bottle-green jackets, and then appear in a suit of buff, being entirely changed in their appearance ; they no longer shine, neither are they smooth, but covered with small trans- verse wrinkles ; and, a short time after, they leave the leaves for the purpose of entering the earth, where they spin an oval brown cocoon composed of silk, with grains of the soil adhering to the outside. T EP 583 T E R. "Towards the end of July, after 1 blisters where it commenced its opera- having lain dormant nearly ten months, | tions being withered, they become the flies emerge from their tombs. The ochreous or brown ; and the other por- female is of a shining black, with a tions, but recently deprived of the violet tint ; the head and thorax are pubescent; the horns are short, pointed, and composed of nine joints; the ovi- positor is nearly concealed : the wings are often more or less stained with black. The eggs are deposited on the pulpy substance, partake of a pale green tint. In this way one maggot will form a patch of more than an inch in diameter before it is full grown. "The larva; are of a glossy pale green, with the alimentary canal shin- ing through the back ; the head is at- upper side of the leaves, probably un- I tenuated, and the tail obtuse, with a der the skin. They are oval, and of a i few tubercles. The maggots leave clear yellow colour: the young larvai i their habitations and probably enter the are hatched from them in a few days, earth to undergo their transformation to Dusting the infested trees with quick- the pupa. The male flies are shining lime is certain death to the larva;, es- ochreous, with a few black bristles on pecially in their earlier stages; but it the head and thorax, which are dark ought to be repeated once or twice, as! ochreous; the lower part of the face they change their skins, and can thus, ' and horns is yellowish ; the latter droop, like slugs, get rid of the noxious matter and are furnished with a fine bristle or with their slough, for the first time, but seta, which is black, except at the not so at the second dusting. On a ^ base. The eyes are deep green; the small scale, the powdered and unslaked . body, which is five-jointed, is rusty lime might be scattered over the leaves ; brown and downy ; the wings are much with a tin box, having a number of holes longer than the body, iridescent, pret- in the lid like a dredging-box ; and on a I tily variegated with brown, leaving larger scale a fine sieve might be used by i two transparent spots on the costal a man on a ladder or steps. Decoction \ edge, and five large irregular ones on of tobacco water, about a quarter of a the inferior margin. The female is pound of tobacco to two gallons of larger and darker, especially the tho- rax, abdomen, and the brown markings on the wings." — Gard. Chron. The blisters are most prevalent in September and October, and are occa- sionally found on those of the Alex- ander and Parsnep. TEPHROSIA. Twenty-eight spe- cies. Stove and green-house evergreen shrubs, and a few herbaceous peren- nials of the latter species. T. virgini- ana '\s half hardy. Seeds or young cut- tings. Loam and peat. TERAMNUS. Two species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Loam and peat. TEREBRATION, or peg-grafting, is an obsolete mode, in which a hole was bored in the slock, and the scion was cut in a peg form to fit iti See Grafting. TERMINALIA. Fifteen species. Stove evergreen trees and shrubs. Ripe water, thrown over the trees with a garden-engine, will destroy them. " Some persons have employed lime- water with complete success; about a peck of lime to thirty gallons of water; and if two pounds of soft soap be added, it will improve the mixture. " The best periods for applying these liquids, are before seven in the morn- ing and after five in the evening. The syringing should be repeated until the trees an; free from the slug worm ; they may afterwards be washed clean with pure water; and if the lime water be used in the evening the cleansing may be deterred until the following morn- ing."— Gard. Chron. TEPHRITIS onopordinis. Celery Fly. Tliis insect causes blisters on the leaves of celery by puncturing them, and depositing its eggs within their tissue. Mr. Curtis observes that, — " On examining these blisters they ' cuttings. Loam aud peat. From T. are found to be considerably inflated, ! ca^fippa the Indian ink is obtained, and, on holding them up to the light, a TERNSTROMIA. Four species, maggot may be seen moving between Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. the thin and somewhat transparent cu- Loam and peat. tides, where it has been consuming TERRACES are not permissible any- the parenchyma. Those parts of the ! where but around the mansion. Mr. T E S 584 THE Whately justly observes, in connection with these structures, that, — "Choice arrangement, composition, improvement, and preservation, are so many symptoms of art whicli may occa- sionally appear in several parts of a garden, but ought to be displayed with- out reserve near the house; nothing there should seem neglected ; it is a scene of the most cultivated nature ; it ought to be enriched — it ought to be adorned ; and design may be avowed in the plan, and expense in the execu- tion." Mr. Loudon is more practical on this subject, and observes, — TETRAMENA mexicanianum. Green-house shrub. Cuttings and seed. Light rich loam. TETRANTHERA. Eight species. Stove and green-house evergreen trees and shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Turfy loam, peat, and sand. TETRANTHUS Uttoralis. Stove evergreen creeper. Division. Sandy loam. TETRAPELTIS fragrans. Stove orchid. Division. Peat and potsherds. TETRAPTERIS. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Peat and loam. TETRATHECA. Seven species. " The breadth of terraces, and their : Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young height relatively to the level of the floor ; cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. of the living-rooms, must depend jointly on the height of the floor of the living- rooms and the surface of the grounds or country to be seen over them. Too broad or too high a terrace will both have the effect of foreshortening a lawn with a declining surface, or conceal- ing a near valley. The safest mode, in doubtful cases, is not to form this appendage till after the principal floor is laid, and then to determine the de- tails of the terrace by trial and correc- tion. " Narrow terraces are entirely occu- pied as promenades, and may be either gravelled or paved ; and different le- vels, when they exist, connected by in- clined planes or flights of steps. Where the breadth is more than is requisite for walks, the borders may be kept in turf, TETTIGONI A spumar/a. Froth Fly, or Cuckoo Spit. The frothy patches seen in April and May upon the young shoots of hawthorn, lilac, peach, &c., are formed by this insect. As the froth is formed from the sap of the plant, the insect is by so much injurious to it. The froth protects the insect from the sun, from night colds, and from parasitic insects ; but it betrays the insect to the gardener, whose hand is the best re- medy. TEUCRIUM. Forty-seven species. Hardy, half-hardy, and green-house evergreen shrubs and herbaceous pe- rennials; some hardy annuals, and T. cubense a stove biennial. The herba- ceous perennials increase by division and seeds; the shrubby kinds by young, cuttings; the annuals and biennials by with groups or marginal strips of flowers j seeds. Common soil suits them all. and low shrubs. In some cases the terrace-walls may be so extended as to enclose ground sufficient for a level plot to be used as a bowling green. These are generally connected with one of the living-rooms, or ihe conservatory; and to the latter is frequently joined an aviary, and the entire range of botanic stoves." — Enc. Gard. TESTUDINARIA. Two species. Green-house deciduous climbers. Im- ported roots. Turfy loam and peat. TETRACERA. Four species. Stove evergreen climbers. Ripe cuttings. Turfy loam and peat. TETRAGONOLOBUS. Hardy trail- ing annuals or deciduous trailers. Seeds. Common soil. TETRAGONOTHECA helianthoides. Hardy herbaceous perennial. Division or seeds. Rich light soil. THALIA dealbata, a half-hardy aqua- tic perennial, and T.geniculata, a stove herbaceous perennial. Division. Light rich soil. THALICTRUM. Fifty-six species. Hardy herbaceous perennials : a few are twiners. Division. Light soil. THAPSIA. Seven species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Seeds. Com- mon soil. THAPSIUM. Two species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Common soil. THEA. Tea. Three species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. San- dy loam and peat. THEOPHRASTA Jussieui. Stove evergreen tree. Cuttings, with the leaves left entire. THERMOMETER. This instrument is the only unfailing guide for the gar- THE 585 THE dener in regulating the heat to which ' foreign writers, the following table, he allows the roots and foliage of his showing the synonymous degrees of plants to be subjected. F;ihreniieit's is each, will be useful. [See table.] that employed \n England; but as on Ff)/i7'vhich prevents the trellis from slipping downwards, while at the same .time, the lowest ring of ■wire keeps it from swinging and sway- ing backwards and forwards." — Gard. Chron. Umbrella Trellis is a form excellently adapted for Wisteria sinensis, and other climbers or shrubs having long racemes of flowers. The following (Fig. 171) is its form. Hothouse Trellis for training vines near the glass, is usually made of thin rods of deal or of iron, placed about a foot apart, and fastened to the frame- work of the building. Mr. Long, Beau- fort Place, Chelsea, has invented a movable wire trellis, by which the vines may be lowered from the roof, or placed at any angle, without injuring the vines. This is an excellent mode of removing them from the influence of extreme ex- terior heat or cold. A still further im- provement would be to have the verti- cal rods movable round the rod horizon- tally fixed to the rafter or roof, for then the whole trellis might be raised to an angle with, or even close to the glass, whenever sun to the vine upon the trel- lis, or shade to the plants within the house was desirable. Trellis for JValks.—The following observations made by Mr. Loudon, when criticising the gardens of Lord Selsey, at VVestdean, comprise all that need be said upon this kind of struc- ture. " Among the contrivances adopted for giving interest to the walks, and to separate one scene from another, are portions of walk covered with arched trellis work. One of these is grown over with climbing roses ; another with laburnums, which in the flowering sea- son has a remarkably fine aspect, few colours looking so well in the shade as yellow, because, with the exception of white, none suffer so little from the ab- sence of light. This laburnum trellis has a new feature, that of a table bor- der of trellis work intended to be co- vered with ivy; we have no doubt its effects will be good, especially in win- ter. We must remark some circuni- I stances in the construction of garden TRE 603 T R I trellises, which should be ample in their i important consideration where the sub- dimensions, strictly geometrical in all their forms, and most accurately and substantially executed. Nothing can be more miserable in its effect on the eye than a low narrow archway, the support leaning in different directions, and the curve of the ground plan and of the roof in no marked style of determinate line. The most accurate carpentry and smithwork ought always to be employed in such structures, otherwise they had much better be omitted as garden deco- rations. Some attempt forming trel- lises over walks with long hazel rods, but nothing can be meaner than the effect: such rod trellis works or ar- bours are at best fit for a cottage gar- den, or a hedge alehouse." — Gard. TREMBLING ASPEN. Populus tremula. TRENCHING is one of the readiest modes in the gardener's power for re- novating his soil. The process is thus conducted : — <' From the end of the piece of ground where it is intended to begin, take out a trench two spades deep, and twenty inches wide, and wheel the earth to the opposite end to fill up and finish the last ridge. Measure off the width of another trench, then stretch the line and mark it out with the spade soil is poor or bad, the bottom soil is enriched and loosened for the penetra- tion and nourishment of the roots, and allowing them to descend deeper, they are not so liable to suffer from drought in summer; strong soil is rendered ca- pable of absorbing more moisture, and yet remains drier at the surfiice by the water passing down more rapidly to the subsoil, and it ensures a thorough shifting of the soil.'- — Gard. Chron. In all trenching, whether one, two, or more spades deep, always, previous to digging, put the top of each trench two or three inches deep or more, with all weeds and other litter at the bottom of the open one, which not only makes clean digging, and increases the depth o^ loose soil, but all weeds and their seeds are regularly buried at such a depth, that the weeds themselves will rot, and their seeds cannot vegetate. TREVIRANL\. See Achimenes. T R E V I R A N I A pulchella. Stove herbaceous perennial. Division. Light rich soil. TREVOA. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. TREWIA' nudiflora. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. TRIBULUS. Eight species. Green- Proceed in this way until the whole of I house and hardy trailing annuals or the ridges are outlined, after which begin at one end and fill up the bottom of the first trench with the surface or ' top spit' of the second one ; then take the bottom ' spit' of the latter, and throw it in such a way over the other stove evergreen trailers; the annuals increase by seeds, and common soil will suit them ; the evergreens increase by cuttings or seeds, and grow best in loam and peat. TRICHOCEPHALUS. Three spe- as to form an elevated sharp-pointed ; cies. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs ridge. By this means a portion of fresh soil is annually brought on the surface to the place of that which the crop of the past season may have in some mea- sure exhausted." — Gard. Chron. Bastard-Trenctiing is thus perform- ed :— " Open a trench two feet and a half or a yard wide, one full spit, and the shoveling deep, and wheel the soil from it to where it is intended to finish the piece, then put in the dung and dig . loam and peat. Young cuttings. Sandy peat. TRICHOCLADUS crinitus. Green- house evergreen shrub. Young cut- tings. Sandy loam and peat. TRICHOMANES. Two species. Ferns. Hardy and stove herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Loam and peat. TRICHONEMA. Sixteen species. Green-house, hardy and half-hardy bulbous perennials. Offsets. Sandy TRICHO'PETALUM gracile. Half- Division. it in with the bottom spit in the trench, then fill up this trench with the top hardy herbaceous perennial spit, &c., of the second, treating it in Light rich soil. like manner, and so on. The advan- TRICHOPILIA tortilis. Stove tages of this plan of working the soil epiphyte. Division. Wood with a lil- are, the good soil is retained at top, an , tie moss on the roots. TRI 604 TRO TRICHOSANTHES anguina. Snake Gourd. Frame trailing annual. Seeds. Common soil. TRICHOSTEMA. Two species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. TRICORYNE. Three species. Greenhouse herbaceous perennials, ex- cept T. simplex, a green-house biennial increased by seeds, the other two by division ; a light rich soil suits them all. TRIDENTIA. Seven species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and brick rubbish. TRIENTALIS. Two species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Light rich soil. sited in a cabbage or cauliflower, the young larva immediately eats its way to the centre, on which it feeds till it is ; full grown, when it is about two inches long, greenish or brownish green in \ colour, with two rows of black spots on the back. During the winter, it lies beneath stones or clods of earth, and in April or May it descends a few inches below the surface, where it changes to a reddish pupa, from which the perfect moth emerges in June or July. The i moth varies in size from two to two and a half inches: the upper wings are brownish or grayish, with an indistinct kidney-shaped spot near the centre ; TRIFOLIUM. Trefoil or Clover. ' the lower wings are bright yellow, with One hundred and two species. All a narrow black band. The moth varies hardy, chiefly annuals, some herba- considerably in its colour and markings, ceous perennials, and a few deciduous, scarcely two individuals ever being ex- Di- ! actly alike. The caterpillar, though it most frequently is found on the cabbage or cauliflower, yet sometimes does con- Stove orchids. Division. Fibrous peat. ' siderable mischief to celery, and even r ,^,T^„ . , . „ , ^^^ young leaves and flower-buds of auriculas, primroses, and violets are herbaceous, and annual trailers vision or seeds. Common soi TRIGONIDIUM. Four species TRIGUERA ambrosiaca. Hardy an nual. Seeds. Common soil. TRILLIUM. Fifteen species. Hardy I destroyed by it. The only remedy we tuberous-rooted perennials. Division ; can suggest is to search for and destroy I them.'* — Gard. Chron. TRIPHASIA trifoliata. Green-house or seeds. Peaty soil. M. F. Otto observes, that — " Seven species are cultivated in our gardens, | evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings. Turfy namely: Trillium sessile; T. erythro- ' \oa.m and peat. carpum; T.pusilium; T. cernuum ; T.\ TRIPTILION. Two species. Hardy erectum; T. pendulum ; a.nd T. grand i- annua.\s. Seeds. Common soil. fiorum. Their cultivation is very sim- | TRISTANIA. Eight species. Green- pie. They grow freely in the open air ! house evergreen trees and shrubs. Half without covering, in shady places, and ripe cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand, in a mixture composed of marsh or \ TRITELEIA. Three species. Halt- heath soil, mixed with river sand. They ! hardy bulbous perennials. Offsets or ' " seeds. Peat, loam, and sand. TRITOMA. Four species. Hardy or half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Suckers. Light rich soil. TROCHETIA grandiflora. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Rich light loam. TROCHOCARPA laurina. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Sandy peat and turfy soil. TROLLIUS. Globe Flower. Seven species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Light moist soil. TROMOTRICHE. Five species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and brick rubbish. TROP.EOLUM. Nasturtium. Four- teen species. Green-house hardy and half-hardy annuals, and evergreen twiners. T. brachyceras and T. tube- rosum are half-hardy tuberous-rooted bloom abundantly every year, in April and May, and are a great ornament to our gardens; the tuberous roots spread rapidly by the formation of lateral eyes, so that after some years, if the plants have not been removed, they will form large handsome bushes. The seeds ripen in August, and if sown imme- diately, they will come up the following year. They may be sown either in the open ground, in a shady peat border, or in pots. The stronger seedlings will bloom in the third season." — Gard. Chron. TRIOPTERIS. Two species. Stove evergreen twiners. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. TRIPH/ENIA pro«Mia. Yellow Un- derwing Moth. Mr. Curtis says that " its caterpillar is hatched in July or August, and if the egg has been depo- TRO 605 TRO perennials. The green-house and half- hardy species increase by cuttings, and require a light rich soil. The annuals, seeds only, and common soil. The tuberous-rooted, cuttings, loam, and peat. Some of the species require par- ticular treatment, as follows: — T. tricoloruin. — Mr. Falconer, gar- of peat and sand, till within two inches of the top, fill up with silver sand, and water with a fine rose to settle it. Then dibble in the cuttings all round, within one inch of the rim, leaving about half an inch of the cutting above the sand. Place the pot on a shelf in the front of the green-house, keep the sand con- dener to A. Palmer, Esq., of Cheam, | stantly moist, taking care that the cut enters fully into its cultivation. He ' linf^s are always erect. In the course says that — " the soil best suited to it is | of two months many of them will throw a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, with up shoots from under the sand. The a small portion of soot; this mixture to pot should then be removed to a shady be exposed to the influence of the sun situation out of doors. When the stems from May until time to plant the tubers, decay, do not disturb the sand, but About the latter end of June, or as soon | water sparingly. In October let them as the decay of the stem and ripening j be placed in the green-house, when all of the seed show that the circulation of i that have made small tubers will grow. the sap has ceased, turn out the tubers from the pots, and having carefully re- moved the soil, put the tubers in flower pans upon a shelf in a dry room. About the beginning of September they pro- duce their new stems; let them remain until they have lengthened from twelve to fifteen inches. Having well drained a No. 12 pot, fill it up with the compost to within four inches of the top, then place the tuber in the centre of the pot, and coil the stem or stems around, care- fully filling up with the compost until about two inches of the stem are left above the soil. After potting, place the pots on a stage out of doors, there to remain till the middle of October, they are then removed to the front of a cool green-house, exposed to as much light and air as can be given to them. With respect to watering, keep them rather moist than otherwise: when out of doors they are freely exposed to rain. The It is from these plants the best cuttings are obtained in the spring. In the fol- lowing May, turn the whole ball out of the pot, in a warm situation in the open ground. After they have finished their growth, take them up and sift the ball through a fine sieve, carefully picking out the tubers. They are then treated in all respects as the older tubers, and will make fine flowering plants the fol- lowing spring. The seeds before sow- ing should be soaked in milk and water twenty-four hours, and the outer shell carefully removed ; they will under this treatment grow much sooner and with greater certainty. They should remain in the seed pot until after they have formed a tuber. A small stick can be placed against each plant, to which it will climb, and it serves to indicate the place of the tuber when the stem is dead. Many seeds will remain twelve months before vegetating." — Card. 3ariy flower-buds should be picked off j Chron. until the space allotted is covered, the T. moritzianum requires very similar object being to have the greatest quan- treatment. Dr. Lindley directs that tity of bloom atone time. When ne- — " After this plant has bloomed, water cessarv, in their early growth, they may I should be gradually withheld from it, be stopped to give a supply of laterals, and the pot containing the tubers should At all times they should have plenty of be stored away in some dry situation, air and light, more especially after they until the season for starting it into show their flower-buds, for the joints | growth returns. The tubers should then will be shorter, and consequently the ; be repotted and placed in a gentle heat." flowers more close together. When in | — Gard. Chron. bloom, care must be taken to shade I T. majus is the Nasturtium of our from the midday sun, which \»ill pro- gardens. " The flowers and young long their season of plenty: take off leaves are frequently eaten in salads; the weak laterals that are not likely to they have a warm taste, like the corn- flower, where about two inches long ; . mon Cress, hence the name of ^astur- if with a heel so much the better. Any tiitm. The flowers are also used as a time from February till May fill the pot garnish to dishes. The berries are half full of crocksj then w I'th a mixture gathered green and pickled, in which TRO 606 TRU state, they form an excellent substitute for capers. " It should be planted on a warm border in April, having soaked the seed in warm water for twelve hours. The usual mode of planting, is in hills three feet apart each way, four seeds in a hill ; two strong plants are sufficient to remain ; when they commence running, place brush around them to climb on. When the berries attain full growth, but whilst yet tender, they are plucked with the foot stalk attached, and pre- served in vinegar." — Rural Register. TROWEL. This implement, made of iron from twelve to six inches long in the plate, and half as broad, hollowed like a scoop, and fixed on a short handle to hold with one hand, is convenient in latter cultivates the Piedmont Truffle, and his process is this : — He either em- ploys the soil where the truffle is found, or he prepares an artificial soil of seven parts good garden earth; two, well pulverized clayey soil ; and one, oak sawdust — intimately mixed. Decayed oak or beech leaves would be better probably than the sawdust. If the na- tural soil was used, he trenched it two feet, removing all the large stones, and adding oak sawdust, if necessary, and about one- tenth of powdered snail shells, if the soil was too stiff. " Choosing an aspect rather exposed to the north than the south, where no reflected rays could fall upon it, with every precaution to insure its being thoroughly soaked with pure rain-water, removing small plants, with a ball or and after waiting a day or two till it lump of earth about their roots, lifting bulbous flower roots after the flowering is past in summer; planting bulbs in patches or little clumps about the bor- ders, as also for digging small patches in the borders, for sowing hardy annual flower seeds ; likewise for filling mould into small pots, stirring the surface of the earth in pots, and fresh earthing them when necessary. And such a trowel is likewise very convenient for pointing over or stirring the ground be- tween rows of small close-placed plants jn beds or borders ; are made between about twelve inches long in the plate, and six broad, narrowing gradually to the bottom, the other six or eight inches in the plate, and four inches broad, narrowing considerably towards the bot- tom, to introduce between small plants. TROXIMON. Two species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division. Com- mon soil. TRUE PARSLEY. Apium Petroso- linvm. TRUE SERVICE. Pyrm Sorbus. was in a proper state of moisture, he made rows half a foot deep, and in these, at six inches distance, he placed good and sound truffles, each of them being surrounded with two or three handfuls of oak sawdust, taking care to mark the rows accurately. Ridges were then made over each row, to prevent the truffles being injured by too abund- ant moisture. The bed was then left till the following autumn, with no other precaution than, in dry weather, to take care that it did not become too dry. The result, we are informed, was an abundant harvest, every year, from Oc- tober to January." — Gard. Chron. Bradley, writing, in 1726, of the culti- vation of the truffle in England, says that — " The truffle may be easily cultivated where there are woods or coppices of oak or hazel, and where the soil is not too stifle, or inclining to chalk. The soil where they are most found is a reddish sandy loam ; this will then be the best for our purpose, especially if it has lain TRUFFLE. Tufeer mng-rea^wm. Pied- ; long uncultivated. When we are thus montese Truffle ; T. Borchii, Italy ; T. moschatum, Musk Truffle, near Bath provided with the proper soil, we must be sure to let it lie undisturbed till we T. cibarium. Common Truffle, England. I are ready to plant, which will be in the But besides the tubers there are other] months of October, November, and De- edible fungi known as trufiles, viz., Hi/- I cember, if the weather be open; for drohoUtes tulasnei, Spye Park, Wilts ; then the truffles are to be found in their Mclngomster Broomeianus, Red Truf- ' full ripeness, and then, likewise, one f3e, near Bath. may find them in a state of putrefaction, These edible fungi have not yet been which is the time when the seeds are cultivated in England, though the Prus- : prepared for vegetation. It is in the gians have succeeded in making them a ' last state that one ought to gather truf- garden tenant, and Comte de Borch has fles for planting, or at least they should been equally successful in Italy. The i be in perfect ripeness. TRU 607 TU L "The proper soil, and these rotten i stalks united at one common centre, truffles, being found, we may begin our and thus spring from the root or branch work as follows: — Open a spot of on one stem, as in the auricula, polyan- ground, of a convenient space, and thus, and cowslip. See Pip. take out the earth about eight inches j TUBE FLOWER. Clerodendron si- deep, and screen it, that it maybe as phonanthus. fine as possible ; then lay about two or j TUBER eibarium, the well known three inches thick of this fine earth at i truffle. It grows under ground, in light the bottom ofthe trench or open ground, ; dry soils. and upon it lay some of the overripe [ TUBEROSE. Polyanthes tubcrosa. truffles, about a foot and a half distance | Dr. Lindley says that, — from one another ; and, as soon as pos- ^ " To tlower the tuberose in the open sible, prepare a thin mud, made of the , air the bulbs should be started in a screened earth and water, well stirred moderately warm frame, and planted and mixed together, and pour it on the , out towards the end of May, in a sunny truffles till the open ground is quite , sheltered border. The bottom of the filled up. By this means, in a few hours, j border should consist principally of well the ground will be as closely settled ! decomposed manure, and should be about the truffles as if it had never been [ covered, to the depth of six inches, with dug or disturbed at all, and you may ' light sandy loam, in which the bulbs expect a good crop in due time. You ; should be planted. Success, in this must, however, take care to choose ' case, will depend greatly upon the sea- your spots of ground in woods or cop- ; son, and upon having good bulbs, which pices, or such places as are shaded with ; should be planted just as they are re trees. Their favorite tree is the oak, or the ilex or evergreen oak, as the elm is the favourite ofthe Morille. " Notwithstanding these statements, it is quite certain that, at present, the art of cultivating the truffle is not known ceived. When grown in pots the same soil should be used, the plants should be kept near the glass, and they should re- ceive a liberal supply of water when growing." — Card. Chron. TUCKERMANIA maritima. Hardy in England; and it will remain unknown, herbaceous perennial. Division. Sandy probably, until we have discovered how its spawn can be prepared, as for culti- vating the mushroom.'- — Card. Chron. Mr. Gower says he recommended an old trutfle-hunter " to bury, at the pro- loam. I TULBAGHIA. Five species. Green- house bulbous perennials. Offsets or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. TULIP A. Twenty-four species. per depth, some of his trutfles that were Hardy bulbous perennials. Offsets. Rich in a state of decay and unfit for the table, under one of the unproductive trees sutlicient in stature and in umbra- geous development. At the beginning of next winter, when his visit was re- peated, he sought for Mr. G., and told him, with great satisfaction, that the scheme had answered ; for he had found two or three pounds of excellent truffles loam and sand. TULIP. Tulipa Gesneriane. From this species are descended our innume- rable garden varieties. Of these it is needless to do more than ofl'er a selec- tion ; and the most judgmatical is the following, by Mr. Slater, florist, of Chel- tenham Hill, near INIanchester. The first class contains all that are beneath the hitherto barren tree. By worthy of a place in any stand of twelve following this example, proprietors of or twenty-four varieties, and possess trees adapted to truffles, and where the every requisite of a fine tulip. In the proper trees have been planted, may, in second the varieties have either fine a short period, do that which a lapse of forms, but tinged stamens, or else have years, unassisted, would not effect. rather long cups and pure bottoms and " Of all trees the cedar of Lebanon is stamen. Those in the third class are the most favourable to the growth of the such as deserve a place in any collec- truffle." — Gard. Chron. \ tion, but are not calculated for a south- TRUMPET FLOWER. Bignonia. era stage. TRUSS is the florist's name for what botanists call an umbel of flowers, a dis- fikst class. tinctive title for that mode of inflores- Rose. — Aglaia; Amelia; Bacchus, cence where several flowers have their alias Atlas, and Rose Baccu ; Carnuse TUL 608 TUL de Craix ; Catalina, alias Ponceau tres j zio, alias Abercrombie, Captain White ; Blanc, and Cerise Blanche ; Cerise & | Strong's Admiral White, and Strong's belle forme ; Galatea (Slater's) ; Tri- | Admiral Black ; Shakspeare, alias Gar- omphe Royale, alias Heroine, La Belle rick and Edmund Kean ; Strong's King. Nannette, and La Cherie; Madame Ves- j tris, alias Clarke's Clio, and Goldham's | third class. Princess Sophia ofGJoucester; Ponceau Roses. — Admiral Kingsbergen ; Alex- tres blanc (Dutch); Queen of Hearts | andre Ic Roi ; Camilhis ; Claudiana ; Comte deVergennes; Duchess of Cla- rence ; Emily ; Fleur de Dame ; Grand Roi de France; Incomparable Hebe, alias Iphigenia and Rose Hebe ; Lady Wilmot; La Vandyke; Lavinia (Clarke's); Lilas en Cerise; Maria (Goldham's) ; Mary Ann (Lawrence's) ; Rose Monty, Rose Bianca,Rose Quarto, Rose Primo (Franklin's); Rose Brillant. Byblomens. — Anacreon (Slater's); Bi- jou des Amateurs ; Byzantium (Lau- rence's); Camarine; Eveque d'Amboise; Holmes' King; Invincible (Franklin's); Mentor, aZia* Reine de Sheba; Musa- dora ; Pandora ; Roi de Siam, alias Aca- pulco ; Salvator Rosa; Violet Cook; Violet Sovereign ; Violet Quarto, alias ' bien du Noir, and Rose Unique ; Sarah Violet Alexander; Violet Brun; Zenobi;i ! (Lawrence's) ; Strong's Daphne, very (Slater's). Bizarres. — Catafalque (Old Dutch) ; Charbonnier; Curion (Slater's); Duke of Hamilton (Slater's) ; Fabius (Lau- rence's) ; Glencoe ; lago (Laurence's) ; Marcellus ; Napoleon (Walker's) ; Poly- phemus, alias Goldham's Albion, Ulys- ses, and Nourri Effendi. SECOND CLASS. Roses. — Brulante Eclatante; Catha- rine; Cerise Royal, oZ/as Manteau Ducal, Ponceau Brilliant, and Moore's Rose ; Elizabeth Jeffries ; Lady Crewe ; Lady Middleton ; Lac ; Manon ; Mason's Ma- tilda, alias Strong's French Rose ; Pre- tiosa, alias Thunderbolt; Queen Boadi- cea ; Rose Camuse. Byblomens. — Ambassador, alias Atlas and Rose Baccu ; Bailleu van Menvede ; Bienfait Incomparable; Beauty (Buck- ley's); Buckley's No. 46; Cleopatra; Comte de Provence ; David, a/(as David Pourpre ; Davy's Queen Charlotte ; Due de Bourdeaux ; General Barneveld ; Im- peratrixFlorum; Incomparable Daphne; Incomparable, (Rowbottom's, alias Haigh's ;) Lancashire Hero (Buckley's); Lord Denbigh; Lord of the Isle (Sla- ter's); Lewold; Louis XVI.; Ne plus Ultra; Prince Elie ; Queen Victoria (Wilmer's); Rubens ; Sir E. Knatchbull; Thalia (Clarke's); Violet Sovereign. Bizarres. — Charles X., alias Water- loo, Bartlett's Platoff, La Conquerante, Gabel's Glory, Royal Sovereign, and Duke of Lancaster; Catafalque Surpasse; Carter's Leopold; Donzelli, alias Wells' Lord Brougham ; Leonatus Posthumus; Lord Milton ; Lord Lilford ; Leonardo flowers, may not be understood by all da Vinci; Optimus (Hutton's),aZZas Sur- j readers, they are here defined, passe Optimus; Richard Cobden ; San- | Florists call tulips seedZZng^s until they like if not the same as La Vandyke; Thalestris; Vesta; Walworth, aZZas Glo- ry of Walworth, and Glaphyra. Byblomens. — Alexander Magnus, alias Alcon and Grand Marvel ; Ange- lina; Bagnel, called also Black Bagnel ; Baluruc ; Black Tabbart; Catharina ; Chef d'cBUvre ; Competitor; Czarine ; Ely's Queen Victoria; Fair Flora (Buckley's); Glory (Buckley's); Gro- tius; Imperatrice de Maroc, alias Lady of the Lake, and Valerius Publicola ; Imperatrice des Romaines, alias Du- chesse de Modena; Incomparable Pre- mier Noble, alias Grand Czidt; La belle Narene; La Mere Bruin Incomparable; Laurence's Friend ; Nectar ; Passe Reine d'Egypt; Patty (Lawrence's); Queen of Beauties ; Queen Charlotte ; Reid's Sir John Moore ; Reine d'Hon- grie ; Reine des Tulips; Roscius; Su- perbeen Noir, alias Lysander Noir; Transparent Noir; Washington, alias Rodney; Violet h belle forme, Violet Imperial, Violet Pompeuse, Violet Rou- geatre, Violet Triumphant, and Violet Wallers. Bizarres. — Bolivar (Lawrence's) ; Carlo Doici; Catafalque Superieure ; Duke of Wellington ; Emperor of Aus- tria ; Jubilee (Rider's) ; Sir Sidney Smith, alias Magnum Bonum, Trebi- sonde, Demetrius, and Franklin's Washington ; Osiris ; Prince Albert (Groom's). — Gard. Chron. It will be observed, that tulips are divided into different classes, and as the characteristics of these, as well as some other terms applicable to these T U L 609 TU L have bloomed; after this those pre- should commence at the hottnm ofeach served on account of their good form petal, the deepest marking being on the and habit, as well as the offsets they top, and equal in every one. The produce, are called breeders. After flamed flower should likewise possess some years tiie petals of these become this feather; with a rich beam up the striped, and they are then said to be rib of each petal, branching off oa broken. If the striping is good, they either side, touching the feather, and at are said to have a good strain ; if it be the same time preserving sufficient of inferior, they are described as having the ground colour to show it to advan- a bad strain. A rectified tulip is syno- nymous with a tulip havinga good strain. A feathered tulip has a dark-coloured tage. A riame without a feather, in general, presents a star-like appear- ance, which, though not so correct as edge round its petals, gradually becom- the other, is still beautiful. The stem ing lighter on the margin next the cen- should be elastic, neither too tall nor tre of the petal ; the feathering is said short for the size of the flower, and suf- to be /(g-Af, if narrow ; Aearj/, if broad ; ficiently strong to keep itself erect a.nd irregu/nr, if lis inner edge has a without support. The edge of the petals broken outline. ! should be unbroken, their greatest A ^'7mc(f tulip is one that has a dark- width near the top, which would pre- pointed spot, somewhat in shape like vent all quartering (a term which in the flame of a candle, in the centre of reality means dividing in four), whereas each |)otal. the tulip parts into six, and it would Sometimes a tulip is both feathered be better in Mr. Groom's opinion if and flamed. sextalizijig, or some more proper term A Bizard tulip has a yellow ground, were substituted — Card. Cliron. and coloured marks on its petals. Soil and Situation. — The best soil is A Byblomen is white, marked with formed of good turfy loam from a pas- black, lilac, or purple. A Rose is white, with marks of crim- son, pink, or scarlet. Characteristics of Excellence. — A tulip, however coloured, should be composed of six petals, three outer and ture. Some very old cow-dung, say two years old, and road scrapings, in the proportions of three or four barrow- fuls of the loam to one of the others. The best aspect is south-west ; the beds should be upon an 0|)en space, eight three inner, which should be alternate, yards at least from any wall, to avoid and lie close to each other; broad and the reflection of ihe sun. The soil round on the top, quite smooth, and of should be free from maniirp, rich, and sutticient width to allow the edges to lie over each other when fully expand- ed. They should be firm in texture, rendered light by well working it. — Gard. Chron. Propigation. — By Seed. — Xn excel- having a slight swell towards the lower lent French authority gives these direc- part of the midrib of the petal, which tions : — "When the ripeness of the will enable it to retain its shape; this tulip seed, where the flower has bloom- in a fully expanded flower should be ed in a full exposure, is indicated by semi-globular, the stalk being inserted the opening of the capsule, it is cut off in the pole, which should be a little a few inches below the head, and placed depressed. The petals should be level in a very dry situation, in order to in- on the top, the inner three of the same sure its perfect maturity. This being height as the outer; the latter should : accomplished, the seeds are taken out, not be bent back, as is the case in and should be sown, about the middle of some flowers. The colour of the October, in a bed of well prepared earth, ground should be pure and rich, the which has been passed through a coarse base of the petals without stain, and sieve, and covered about the eighth of the yellow ground should possess the an inch in depth with soil of a fine and same intensity of colour on the outer as light texture, which will allow the free on the inner side of the flower. In the vegetation of the seeds without in- tliree principal classes, namely, roses, crusting or becoming hard. The beds bizards, and byblomens, the colours must be protected from sharp frosts by should be brilliant, and well defined, covering them with leaves or with mats, In Mr. Groom's opinion, the feathered and likewise kept perfectly free from flower is most preferable; the feathers | weeds. If these necessary prccautiont 38 TUL 610 TUL are attended to, the tulips will come account of their different heights, called up towards the end of February. From j first row, second row, third row, or the size of a small pea in the first year, ; fourth row flowers ; the first row being the roots will increase considerably ' nearest the sides, and the fourth row during the two following seasons, and being in the middle; of course, both each time when the leaves fade, I sides being alike. There are but four spread over my seedlings about an inch heights recognised. Although we have in thickness of similarly prepared soil said a bed should consist of seven rows, to that with which the seed was cover- ' to make the matter plain to those who ed, being satisfied, that from the loss of have not grown a bed of tulips, every time and the greater extent of land they seven which cross the bed is called a occupy by taking them up in the second year and replanting them, it is the better plan to allow them to remain till they have made their third growth. " I do not take up mine until that time, and in a few days afterwards I replant them about two or three inches in depth, and about three inches apart row; and among tulip growers, wher- ever they speak of a row, they mean the row of seven which crosses a bed, all these sevens being numbered from 1 to 50, as distinct rows, or up to the full number, whatever it may be. Tu- lips should be always planted six inches apart every way, consequently a bed of from each other, in a well prepared twenty-five feet would take fifty rows bed. Lastly, in every succeeding 1 of seven each. The tulips required will year, I set them in fresh soil, being be 50 fourth-row flowers, 100 third row, convinced that they attain their full I (there being two rows alike of the other size much sooner when treated in this heights) 100 second row, and 100 first; manner, especially if sand has been mixed with it, or lime rubbish, which has been enriched with good rotten manure or vegetable soil." — Card. Chron. By Offsets. — The same practical hor- ticulturist observes, that — and each of these ought to comprise, as nearly as may be, one-third of each class. " There should be a few over of each to guard against accident. The parties who supply the tulips should not only send the names attached to each, but The side bulbs always reproduce their classes also, flowers identically with those from! " Mark a space twenty-five feet long which they derived their origin. Their and four feet broad, and lying as near period of blooming varies according to as may be convenient north flnd south, their size; it occasionally happens in i Dig this clean out to the depth of three the first year, but sometimes it is six or ! feet. seven years before they flower. During 1 " If the soil at the bottom is sour or August the bed must be prepared for | wet, make a drain from the bottom to thetr reception ; and in September they j the nearest place at which the water must be planted from two to four inches can escape ; this drain should be made apart, according to their size. Should | by cutting a trench even with the bot- their planting be deferred till Novem- | torn of the bed all the way to the pro- ber, it is very possible that many of the ' posed outlet, half filling it with large^ smaller ones will shrivel and perish, stones, broken pots, or (for want <)f When they are put into the ground or harder and more lasting substance) with taken up, the same system is followed j faggot wood, and fill up the trench with as in the main collection, so that al mistakes may bo avoided, and by that the soil of the garden. " If the bottom of the tulip bed should means the amateur will be able to re- i be gravel, there will require no artifi- place any bulbs which by accident or cial drainage. On the bottom of the otherwise he may have lost in hischoice i bed spread a foot of the common soil or best beds."— Card. Chron. i of the garden ; the real depth of the Planting in Beds. — On this part of | bed required for the tulips is but two their culture the best practical informa- I feet ; but in clearing away all that might tion is given by Mr. Glenny. He says — ' prove noxious, and making the ground «' A bed properly arranged consists | sound and sweet, by throwing in a foot of seven long rows, of which the tallest of good garden soil, an excellent bottom tulips should be the middle, and shorter- is made, which will not again have to ones nearer the sides. Tulips are, on be disturbed. TUL " If the bottom be wet and sour, aiui you have drained it as before denoted, let there be a good six inches of brick rubbish, or broken flower pots, or both, put at the bottom, and about six inches of the common garden soil upon them. " The pit for the bed bciris; now pre- pared tor filliiifT, spread dry cow-duns, six inches thick, at the bottom; let it be trodden down, and throw maiden loam, as already described as the top spit of a meadow, with the turl' rotted in it; fill up the bed to eight inches above the surface, drive down at each corner of the bed a stake, to mark the exact size the bed should be, that is, the two end stakes four feet from each other, and from one end to the other twenty-five feet; and let these stakes stand exactly square, one foot above tlie surface of the path, and perfectly level. " If you design to have the sides boarded, which saves much trouble, your best way is to let the carpenter adjust the boards very nicely as to level, to let them go down at least six inches below the surlace of the garden or path, and stand eiL'lit inches above it ; he must then provide a three-inch width, to fit on and take otf at pleasure, because it is of the greatest service in planting. The most simple way of planning this is with bolts ; the boarding should be an inch thick, staples should be placsd both in the fixed and in the moveable board, opposite each other, at proper distances. " The whole should be covered from heavy falls both of rain and snow ; and from the moment the bulbs are in the ground, have none but genial showers, and not much rain of any sort. We would never see the bed dry, but should be quite as unwilling to see it too wet." — Gnrd. and Pract. Ftor. Should very severe frosts occur dur- ing the winter, cover the bed all over a few inches thick with sawdust, which, ifdry, the frost never penetrates. When the frost is over, take away the sawdust, and sift a little fresh soil over the sur- face of the bed. S'lade. — Tulips cannot be grown more advantageously than in two beds, ar- ranged and sheltered according to the plan of which the following is an end view. But wlielher grown in two beds or in one, lii'jhest in the centre, as be- fore mentioned. The edges of the beds should be supported by deal planking two inches thick, and painted green, surmounted by a wire trellis, thirty inches high, coloured similarly, and supporting arches of wire to bear a canvtis covering, when shade is re- quired. These wire arches fit into sockets in the upper rail of the trellis, and the canvas cover is fastened to them by strings, as in the case of a tent beilstead. The wire trellis will preserve the plants from boisterous winds during all periods of the growth, and the whole will be found to be the most efficient shelter, at a moderate expense that combines elegance with utility. The first fortnight of the month of Novem- ber is the best season for planting. A hole should be made with a trowel, not with a dibble, a little sand be j)laced beneath and over each bulb, and a small hillock marks on the surface its place. The only after culture required is a frequent hoeing of the suriace of the bed ; and as the flowers fall, to cut off the seed pod. Taking up the Bulbs. — This must be done as soon as the leaves in early autumn become yellow. Mr. Cilcnny says — " If you have room and convenience, put them into boxes, with all their skins and roots, and place the drawers singly in an airy dry covered place out of the sun. In a few days they will harden, the skins will come off easy, and the root break away without damaging the bulb. Should any in taking up be Ibund with moist or mildewed skins, which is not unfre(]uently the case, they should nevertheless be let alone a day or two; the removal of the skins, stalks, and roots is accompanied with much less risk. It is not uncommon for part of the top to come away with the roots, if the latter is broken off at the time of taking up in temporary boxes at first, so that as they are cleared of their skins and roots, they may be laid away TUL 612 TUR in their own drawers perfectly clean, which is not easily done if they are taken out to clean and returned to the same place, because there will be grit and mould not easily got rid of. Tulips when put away, should have air, with- out heat, or much frost; an outhouse of any kind isbetterthan a dwelling-house. There should be a vacancy between all the drawers, and the case all round should have wire panel sides, back and front." — Gard. and Pract. Flor. TULIP TREE. Liriodendron. TUP A. Six species. Half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Division and seed. Light, rich, or peaty soil. TURF may be obtained either by sowing grass seeds, or laying turf ob- tained from a common or down ; and if the latter mode can be adopted, it is the best, as the turf is obtained at once, and more regular than can be under the best circumstances from seed. All the preparation of the soil re- quired is to dig it level, a spade deep, provided the subsoil is open, otherwise to have a good drainage effected (see Draining); to have all large stones re- moved from the surface, and to have it brought to a perfect level, by repeated rollings, and filling up the hollows when necessary, as indicated by the level. The surface being then loosened by raking, is ready for the seed or turf. By Seed. — " Never use that from a haystack, for it will have mixed with it the seeds of weeds ; but buy of respect- able seedsmen, as much as you require. For this purpose the best are Poa pra- tensis, green or spear grass; Poa com- pressor, blue grass; Anthoiayithum odo- ratum, sweet scented vernal grass: — either of the above, mixed with a small proportion of white clover, will form a permanent and pleasing sward. " Sow evenly, and rake well in, and roll. When the grasses come up, the ground should be carefully gone over, and cleared of all weeds and spurious grasses, as they appear. Strict atten- tion to this will do much to ensure the future excellence of the lawn. During the first season after sowing, the grass may be mown three or four times, but not in hot dry weather; and afterwards, the oftener it is rolled and mown the better." — Gard. Chron. — Gard. and Prac. Flor. By Turf. — The season for laying turf is any time from September till April or May, though it will grow at almost any time of the year, even if there is occasion to lay it in summer, and dry weather succeed : for although it will open at the joints, and turn brown, as if dead, yet, after the first rain it will close again, and resume its verdure. The turf for this use is cut with an iron instrument called a turfing iron, observing to cut the pieces all an equal width, length, and thickness — the pro- per size is a foot wide, a yard long, and about an inch thick ; they should be first marked by line, the proper width, length, and depth with a racer or miter. Racing them first longwise a foot wide, then across in yard lengths; then pro- ceed to cut them up, having particular regard to cut them level, and equal in thickness, otherwise it will be impossi- ble to lay them level. As you cut, a man or boy should roll each turf up close and tight, the grass side inwards, and pile them up by tens, especially if they are cut by the hundred. They are to be laid regular, turf and turf, unroll- ing them as you lay them, joining them up quite close edge to edge, making good all deficiency of broken parts as you go on ; and as soon as laid, it should be well beaten with broad heavy wood- en beaters, being flat pieces of elm or oak plank, two inches thick, fifteen or eighteen inches long, and a iiiot broad, having a long handle fixed slanting in the middle of the upper side ; and with these, beat the grass regularly all over, and then roll it vvell with a heavy roller, observing the beating and rolling should be repeated in moist weather. "If very dry hot weather succeeds, so as to occasion the turf to shrink and open at the joints, a good watering will be of much advantage." — Abercromhie. By Inoculation. — If turf is scarce, cut turves into pieces, about three inches square, and plant these, green side uji, pretty thickly over the space intended for the lawn. Boat them down into the soil, and water freely, roll frequently, and water also in dry weather. The turf will soon be as close, and the sward as perfect, as if the ground had been entirely turved. TURF ASHES. See Ashes. These, which are the basis of charred turf, now becoming so usual a manure, are, according to M. Sprengel, thus constituted : — Silica 93.10 TUR 613 TUR Alumina 1.35 Oxide of iron 1.73 manganese . . . 0.32 Lime 0.62 Magnesia 0.33 Potash, combined with sulphu- ric acid 0.38 Comtnon salt 0.08 Sulphuric acid, combined with potash and lime .... 1.70 Phosphoric acid, combined with lime and magnesia . 0.39 TURF TOOLS are the liacer or Rut- shrubs ter, for cutting the edges of turf after it perennial; and T. racemosa a hardy an which point the iron is slightly bent longitudinally to admit the thickness of wood underneath, and give a proper inclination to the handle. The instru- ment serves both as a grass rake and a daisy rake, and has the advantage over the daisy rakes in common use, of being easier cleaned, from the wideness of the interstices between the teeth. — Card. Mag. TURNER A. Eleven species. Stove annuals, biennials, and evergreen J". /r/on//?o;-ft is an herbaceous has been laid, and for cutting tlie out lines of the turves when first obtained. It is a thin sharp edged implement, somewhat rcsemblin fixed to a handle about four feet Ion Fig. 173 nual. Seeds, and the shrubby kinds by cuttings. Rich soil. TURNIP. Brassica rapa. " The a cheese-cutter, ' turnip is a biennial plant, growing in a wild state in some parts of Eng- land, but better known as an inha- bitant of the garden and farm. There are an immense variety: to cultivate all is not so desirable as to plant such as are tlie more valuable. Those which we deem best for family use are the Early Dutch and Red Top, for au- tumn and early winter supply. The Yellow Aberdeen, Golden Maltese, Ruta Baga (or Swedish), are not so much esteemed in the autumn, but remain firm and solid until late in the spring, (when most other kinds have become pithy,) and are then fine. The Large Globe, and Norfolk Turnip, and the Ruta Baga, are principally cultivated for cattle. *' The main sowings of all the kinds recommended for family use, are made in the vicinity of Philadelphia from about the middle of August to the first of September. If sown earlier they are A Turf or Daisy Rake consists of a ^?^ ^" '*^'l'^^'' '^"'^ ''"^'3' flavoured," and piece of thin plate iron, cut into teeth, 'J sown later do not generally attain with two slips of ash, or other tough '"*' growth. The Ruta Baga, Globe and wood, between which it is firmly rivet- ^°^^o^^ require more time to perfect ed to form a back, and keep it from '''*""^^'''^^! ^""^ therefore about - The Turfing Inm is f(ir raising or peeling off the turves from the soil. It lias an arrow-headed flat blade, with an angular handle, thus : — Fig. 174 ^ bending. When put together, the back is an inch and a quarter thick. The wood is beveled to nothing, half an inch above the interstices of the teeth, at month earlier. The more rapidly the root is produced the more tender and well flavoured it will be. Those which are intended for the spring supply should be topped very closely, else when the weather becomes mild, the crown will start, and the root soon gets pithy and unfit for use. " Spring sowings seldom answer a good purpose : the Early Dutch and Red Top are, however, best. " Should a long continued drought prevail at the time recommended for sowing in the autuoin, some difficulty T U R 614 TUS may he experienced in getting the seed ! moved, and, in other respects, be treat- to vegetate, (unless it be small patches | ed as turnips in preparing them for in the garden, which can be shaded and watered.) The only resource is, to make several sowings in freshly dug or ploughed ground. " If the seed has lain long, say two or three weeks, without vegetating, should a shower come, the safer plan will be to re-plough or harrow the ground, and make a fresh sowing. " Frequently the ' fly' proves very destructive, preying upon the young plants when in so early a stage that 1 they can scarcely be seen without close inspection. To counteract them it has | been recommended to soak the seed in ' sulphur water — an ounce of sulphur to j a pint of water. A mixture of quick- lime, ashes, and soot, sprinkled over; them, is frequently effectual. I « The crop may be put in either broad cast, or in drills, raking the seed well in. The latter plan is the better, and if sown on very dry ground during hot weather, it is safer to roll the land im- mediately afterw;ird. Observe, the land cannot be too rich for this crop; old sod, or newly cleared land, produces the largest and finest flavoured roots." — Rural Register. To obtain Seed, some of the most per- fect roots of those which will withstand the winter may remain where grown; or they may be transplanted in February or March. The plants must stand a foot apart each way ; be carefully freed of weeds, and especial care taken to keep away birds, as they are particularly voracious of the seed of this, and of all other spe- cies of brassica. When ripe in July or August, the stalks are cut; and when perfectly dry, the seed beaten out and stored. No two varieties must be al- lowed to grow together. Manures. — The best manure for tur- nips is stable dung; and next in their order, guano, super-phosphate of lime, soot, and salt. For the injuries to which the turnip is liable, see Athalia, Ambury, and Black Fly. Turnip-cabbage {Brassica napo-bras- sica), and turnip-rooted cabbage (B. caulo-rapa). These species of brassica are but little cultivated, and, at most, a very small quantity of each is in request Varieties. — Of the turnip-cnhbace, which is so named on account of the round fleshy protuberance that is form- ed at the upper end of the stem, there are four varieties: — 1. White turnip-cabbage. 2. Purple turnip-cabbage. 3. Fringed turnip-cabbage. 4. Dwarf early turnip-cabbage. Of the turnip-rooted cabbage, which is distinguished from the above by its root having the protuberance near the origin of the stem, there are two varie- ties, the white and the red. Sowing. — They are propagated by seed, which may be sown broadcast or in drills, at monthly intervals, in small quantities, from the commencement of April until the end of June. Planting. — The best mode is to sow thin, in drills two feet and a half apart, and allow the plants to remain where sown, the plants being thinned to a similar distance apart; or, if sown broadcast, to allow them to remain in the seed-bed until of sufficient size to be removed into rows, at similar dis- tances, for production, rather than, as is the practice of some gardeners, to transplant them, when an inch or two in height, in a shady border, in rows three inches apart each way, to be thence removed as above stated. Water must be given every night after a removal until the plants are again established ; and afterwards, in dry weather, occasionally as may appear necessary. Earth may be drawn up to the stem of the turnip-cabbage as to other species of brassica; but the bulb of the turnip- rooted must not be covered with the mould. For directions to obtain seed, &c., see Brocoli, Turnip, &c. TURNIP-FLY. See Black Fly. TURNSOLE. Heliotropium. TURPENTINE. Silphium terebintha- ceum. TURPENTINE MOTH. See Tor- trix resinella. TURPENTINE TREE. Pistaciate- rebinthus. TURR.ffiA. Five species. Stove evergreen trees. Cuttings. Loam, peat, Thebulbs.forwhichtheyarecultivated, and sand. must have their thick outer skin re- 1 TUSSILAGO. Twelve species. TWA 615 VAN Hardy or half-hardy herbaceous peren- ' bleaching powder (chloride of lime), nials. Division. Common soil TWAYBLAD?. Listera. TWKKDIA. Two species, deciduous twiners. Cuttings or seeds. Sandv loam and peat. TYLOPHORA. Three species. Stove evergreen twiners. Cuttings. Peat and loam. TYPOGRAPHER BARK BEETLE. See Bostrichus, TYTONIA natans. Stove aquatic annual. Seeds. Rich loamy soil, in water. ULCER. See Canker. U L E X . Furze. Four species. Hardy evergreen shrubs. U. Eiiropcea is increased by young cuttings, and all by seeds. Common light soil. there will be no offensive smell. CJyp- sum mixed with urine, or a little oil of Hardy I vitriol poured into it, adds to its utility as a manure. Sulph:iie of iron, in the proportion of seven pounds to every hundred of urine, prevents the escape of ammonia during putrefaction. UROPETALON. Six species. Half- hardy and green-house bulbous peren- nials. Offsets and seeds. Loam and leaf-mould. UTRICULARIA. Hooded Milfoil. Three species. Hardy aquatic peren- nials. Division. Water. UVARIA. Six species. Stove ever- green shrubs; U. zeylanica, a twiner. Ripe cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. UVULARIA. Six species. Hardy ULiMUS. Elm. Thirteen species ' ,,g~j,_:,P^g^yV-"g„„i;;j^;'l)7;fJo„/Ligh't and many varieties. Hardy deciduous . . > trees. Lavers or grafts. Common soil. U. integrifolia is a stove evergreen tree. The Wych elm (L' montana) is also propagated bv seed ripened here. UMBILICUS. Four species. Hardy and half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Offsets, cuttings, and seeds. Loam, peat, and sand. UMBRELLA TREE. Hibiscus gui- necnsis. UMBRELLA WORT. Oxybaphus. UNC.^RIA. Two species. Stove evergreen climbers. Cuttings. Peat and loam. UNDER-GROUND ONION. SeePo- tato Onion. UNONA. Ten species. Stove ever- green shrubs, trees, and climbers. Ripe cuttings. Light turfy loam. URANI.\. speciosa. Stove herbace- ous perennial. Newly imported seeds. Turfy loam and peat. It requires to be well watered. URARI.\. Six species. Stove and sandy soil. VACCINIUM. Whortleberry. Thirty- two species and some varieties. Chiefly hardy deciduous shrubs; V. caracasa- num and V.meridionale are stove ever- greens ; and a few are liardy and half- hardy evergreen trailers. Layers, seeds, and the stove species cuttings : sandy peat. VALERI.\NA. Valerian. Nineteen species. Hardy herbaceous perennials, except V. capensis, which belongs to the green-house, and V. sisymbrifolia, is a hardy biennial. Division. Loam, peat, and sand, for the natives of warna climates, and common soil for the hardy species. VALERIANELLA. Three species. Hardy annuals. Seeds. Common soil. VALLARIS pergulana. Stove ever- green twiner. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. VALLESIA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy green-house evergreen shrubs, except loam and peat. U. lagoc(phala, a stove herbaceous pe- ' VALLISNERIA spiralis. Green- rennial. Seeds or young cuttings, house aquatic perennial. Seeds. Wa- Loain, peat, and sand. URHDO. See Burberry and Mildew. VALLOTA purpurea, and its variety. IRINE. See Dung. The urine of Green-house bulbous perennial. Off- all animals is excellent as a manure; but it must be given only to plants whilst growing, and in a diluted state. C)ne of the most fertilizing of liquid manures is composed ofcabbage-leaves, and other vegetable refuse, putrefied in sets. Peat and sand. VANDA. Five species. Stove epiphytes. Division. Wood, and some of the stronger kinds, sphagnum and potsherds. VAXDELLI.'V. Four species. Stove the urine from a house or stable, and ! annuals, except V. Iiirsuta, which is diluted with three times its quantity of] hardv. Seeds. Sandy loam. water when applied. If mixed with! VjVNGUERI.^. Three species. Stove VAN Cuttings. 616 VER Loam evergreen shrubs and peat. VANILLA. Three species. V. bi- color, a stove epiphyte, increased by division, and growing on wood. The otlier two increase by cuttings. Moss and turfy peat VEPRLS ohovata. Stove evergreen I shrub. Cuttings. Peat, loam, and sand. VERATUM. Six "Species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Rich soil. VERBASCUM. Sixty-four species. VAR'IEGATION is the colour of Chielly hardy biennials, and a few leaves diflerent from green, such as herbaceous perennials. V. spinosum is "the silvery and golden margins, and a half-hardy evergreen shrub; V. ha- varieties of spots, which are common morrhoidale, and V. pinnatifidum, are among garden plants, as in myrtle, green-house biennials. Seeds; the pe- sage, ivy, holly, the Agave Americana, • rennials by division. Common soil. Seiupcrvivuni arboreum, and many of, VERBENA. Vervain. Thirty-two the Pelavf^oniic. These spots are not species. Hardy, half-hardy and green- diseases, ibr the whole plant has all the house herbaceous perennials, and hardy signs of being in a perfectly healthy and half-hardy annuals and biennials. state. But neither are they effects ofj These latter increase by seed, the pe a law of nature, like the spots of OrcA/s 7naculata, and the red-coloured leaves of Caladitim bicolor and Amaranthus tricolor, inasmuch as they are not con- tinued by propagation by seed. Such discoloured spots are incapable of per- forming the usual function of leaves, namely, the exhalation of oxygen gas." — Decandolle. Yet this variegation does not render the plant more tender; for the varie- gated holly and ivy are as hardy as those with leaves entirely green. V AS CO A. Two species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Loam and peat. VEGf:TABLE MANURES. See Green Manures, Ashes, Manures. VEGETABLE MARROW. See Gourd. VELEZIA rigida. Hardy annual. Seeds. Light soil. V E L L A Pseudo - cytisus. Cress Rocket. Green-house evergreen shrub. Young cuttings. Common soil. VELLEJA. Three species. Green- liouse herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Loam, peat, and sand. VELTHEIMIA. Three species. Green-house bulbous perennials. Off- sets. Light loamy soil. VENTILATION. See Stove. VENUS'S COMB. Scandix pecten- rennials by cuttings. Light loam. Choice Varieties are — Scarlet. — V. Atrosanguinea; V. Boule de Feu. Orange Scarlet. — V. formosa ele- gans ; Gladiator. White. — Princess Royal; Monarch; Alba magna. Purple. — V. Stewartii ; Emma. Reddish Purple. — V. rubra; V. pur- purea ; Renown ; V. rubescens. Ruby. — Defiance ; RuIjv. Rose. — Bridesmaid ; Wood's Princess Royal; Beauty ; Supreme ; Teucriodes Rosea ; Rose d- Amour. Mulberry. — Mulberry. Cream. — V. lutescens. Lilac. — Messenger; Giant. Propagation. — By Seed. — Sow to- wards the end of February in shallow- pans, to be placed in a gentle heat. The seedlings may be planted out in summer in a warm part of the garden, where they will flower in the autumn. By Cuttings. — In the last week of August or first week of September, take cuttings from laterals not in bloom. Pot them in sixties, filled firmly with sandy loam and leaf mould; water and plunge in a hot-bed, temperature not more than 4.3^, under a hand-glass, shading from sunshine, and when rooted pinch off their tops. >neris. I By Layers. — Verbenas in the open VENUS'S FLY-TRAP. Lioncea mus- < borders are readily propagated by peg- cipula. ging down the laterals in September in VENUS'S HAIR. Adiantum capillis pots filled with earth and sunk into the bed near the plants. The layers will be rooted in about six weeks, when they Spe-\ veneris. VENUS-S LOOKING-GLASS cularia speculum. VENUS'S NAVELWORT. Ompha lodes. lay be separated from the parent plant. Put them into a gentle heat, repot them, and keep through the V ER 617 VIN winter in a cold frame, giving very V'ERXOXIA. Fifteen species. Ilardv little water during that season. green-house and stove herbaceous pe- General Culture. — Mr. G. Fielder, rennials, and stove evergreen shrubs, gardener to \V. Ifrisco, Esq., of Hast- I', linearis is a stove annual. Seeds ings, says that six plants of a kind are and young cuttings, and the herbaceous usually enough to obtain cuttings and kinds bv division. Light rich soil. ' VER'ONIC.V. Speedwell. Onehun- dred and twenty-five species. Cl)iellv layers from for bedding out. His mode of proceeding is as follows: — " In the first or second vvcek in Jidy hardy herbaceous perennials. Some strike in sixty pots as many cuttings of are deciduous trees and trailers, and a the ditferent kinds as required tor fill- ing the beds in the following year, about six pots of a sort being usually sufficient. Early ia .\ugust, tlie pots being filled with roots, prepare as many boxes, two feet square sorts, filling one- third of each box with broken tiles, and the rest witli one part sand, one leaf-mould, and two parts good rich few evergreen shrubs and creepers. The green-house shrubs increase by cuttings. Tho hardy annuals by seeds. The herbaceous by division. Common soil suits them all. VERVAIN. See Verbena. VESICARIA. Nine species. Hardy and half-hardy annuals, biennials, her- baceous perennials, and evergreen loam. Plant in them at equal distances shrubs. Seeds. Sandy loam, apart, and the shoots being pegged ^ \V.STl.\ lycioides. Green-house de- down they soon take root all over the ciduous shrub. Cuttings. Peat and oain. VII30RGIA. Two species. Green- cut- box, and form one mass. Place in a cold frame during the winter, and the lights thrown otf except in wet or frosty I house evergreen shrubs. Youn weather. Early in the spring they begin tings. Sandy loam and peat, to make young shoots, which pot in sixty VIBURNUM. Twenty-seven species pots and strike in a cucumber frame ; and some varieties. Hardy deciduous these will be ready to plant out by the and evergreen shrubs; a very few be- long to the stove and green-house, and one or two are lialf-hardy. Layers or cuttings. Peat and loam; V. opulus ia the Guelder Rose. VICIA. Vetch. Seventy-seven spe- cies. Chiefly hardy annuals and climb- end of April, at which time the boxes are turned out, one side being removed and the mass planted in the centre of a bed. The bed is then filled up with the young plants from the sixty pots ; those out of the boxes, being oldest and strongest, take the lead and keep ing annuals or deciduous climbers. Seeds : and the few perennial kinds by it."' — Gard. Chron. In Pots. — Some of these trained over division and seeds. a trellis should alwavs be on the creen- VIEUSSEUXIA. Common soil Eleven species. house. All the particular attention Green-house bulbous perennials. V required is that they should be kept glaucopis is half-hardy. Offsets or regularly shifted into pots of a larger seeds. Peat, loam, and sand, size as they require it, and should be VIGNA globea. Hardy training an- where they receive the full benefit of the sun and air will suit them. Such are the directions for its culture VIGUIERA. Two species. Stove Any free rich soil herbaceous perennials. Cuttings. Sandy peat and loam. VILLARSIA. Ten species. Hardy, as given in the I^nglish edition of this half-hardy, green-house and stove work. In the United States the climate aquatic and herbaceous perennials. Di- is more favourable for the Verbena, and vision or seed. Peat and sand; and when turned out in an open border the perennial, or marshy kinds, in early in summer, the only care requisite i pots placed in water seems to be lest it take entire posses- sion of the garden. V1LM0RINI.\ multijlora. Stove evergreen shrub. Seeds and cuttings. VERHESIN.\. Eightspecies. Green- Loam, peat, and sand house and hardy herbaceous perennials V. boswallia is a green-house annual, house evergreen shrubs, and V.atriplicifolia a.n evergreen shrub. Light loam and peat Division. Light rich soil VIMINARI.V. Two species. Green- Cuttings. VINC.V. Periwinkle. Three spe- VIN 618 VI 0 cies and several varieties. Hardy evergreen trailers. Division. Com- mon soil. VINE. Vitis vinifera. See Grape Vine. VINE BOWER. Clematis Viticella. VINE LEEK. Allium ampeloprasum. VIOLA. Violet. Ninety-nine spe- cies. Chiefly hardy herbaceous peren- nials, annuals, deciduous and evergreen trailers, a few are half-hardy, and a few others belong to the green-house. The herbaceous kinds increase by di- vision or seeds : the shrubs by cuttings. The annuals by seeds. Loam, peat, or leaf-mould, and sand suits them best. VIOLET. Viola odorata. Varieties. — The best are Neapolitan, double pale blue; Russian, h[\ie; Tree Russian and Neapolitan Violets. — There are two double varieties of the Russian, the purple and the white. At the close of autumn, in a rich yet light soil, some year-old plants of each va- riety should be planted, some in a bor- der which is exposed to the full meridian sun; some in a border which only re- ceives its morning rays; and a third quantity in pots on a north border. The only attention they require is to keep them free from weeds, and to remove all runners as they appear. These will bloom in succession from March until the end of May; and if those in pots in the north border are prevented from blooming by having their flower-buds picked off as they appear until late in May, and are then plunged in the border which enjoys the morning sun, Violet, semi-double, blue, stem eighteen j they will, if carefully watered and at- inches high. Double Blue; Whiter Pink. Soil. — All the varieties prefer a light rich soil on a well drained subsoil. Stable manure makes them too luxuri- ant; and when they require the addi- tion of a fertilizer, none is so beneficial as leaf-mould, or the bottom of an old wood stack. Propagation. — By Division, &c. — They all multiply by parting the roots, and by their side shoots rooting in the earth. They may be parted or slipped in spring, summer, or autumn, as soon as they have done flowering, in moist weather. Each plant may be slipped or divided into several slips, not too tended, bloom in June and early in July. The double purple may be most suc- cessfully cultivated in this way. For forcing, Mr. Ayres directs some year- old plants of the Neapolitan varieties to be taken up after having done flower- ing, and planted in a light rich border, a foot apart each way, care being taken to remove all runners, but to injure the roots as little as possible. A copious watering is to be given at the time of planting ; they should be shaded through the summer, and all runners removed as they appear. In September, the Neapolitans with good balls of earth are to be placed in forty-eight or thirty- two size pots, and removed into a gentle small; and planted either at once to : hot-bed, and protected by a frame. If remain, or the weakest may be planted | air be admitted freely and the heat be in nursery beds; and in either method ! kept up very gently, these may be each slip will soon increase into a large brought to bloom in February. Another tuft, and flower abundantly the next mode of making the Neapolitan violet year. 1 bloom during the winter is to plant some By Seed. — Sow it either soon after it ' of the runners at the end of April, in is ripe, or early in the spring, in a bed small pots filled chiefly with leaf-mould, or border of light earth, and raked in ; watering them until rooted, and then and when the plants are come up an moving them to a cold shaded place, as inch or two high in summer, prick them ' the north side of a wall — the colder the out in a shady border to grow till Oc tober, and then plant out to remain. Pink Violets. — The best time to plant them is in September, but they should be planted in a dry situation. better. In October bring them under the sunny side of the green-house, or into an empty frame to be closed at night, and then move them the second week in December into a sunny window and not fully exposed to the sun at any or green-house. They will bloom in part of the day. The principal points January, and for some months after, by to attend to are, never to disturb them having a proper succession, by clearing or digging about them, ^ Dr. Lindley says — " To have Russian and always to plant them in a shaded j violets in flower during winter, you place. must treat them in the following man- V I 0 619 W H A ner: as soon as they have done flower- ing, about March, sift a little light soil over them, and encourage their growth as much as possible, to obtain early strong rooted runners Troni the old plants, which if properly managed will VIOLET TIILASPI. Clypeola Ion Tlifaspi. VluRNA. Clematis viornn. VIPF:R-S BUGLOSS. Eclnum. VIPKIl-S CRASS. See Scorzonern. VIKGIHA. Six species. (ireen- be about the end of May. Transplant house evergreen shrubs, except T. ?i/?ca. the young runners into a nursery-bed in a rather shaded but not confined situa- tion. The soil should be fresh sandy loam and peat, with a small portion of leaf-mould, but by no means made rich with dung, as that causes the plants to grow too vigorously. About the begin- a hardy deciduous tree. Young cut- tings. Loam, peat, and sand. VIRGIXL\N CREEPER. Ampelopsis hcdcracca. VIRGLVIAX POKE. Phytolacca de- candra. VIRGLX'S BOWER. Clematis Viti- ning of August prepare a place for their ' ceUa. final reception, melon bed will old do wel cucumber or , VISCARIA. Three species. Hardy taking away annuals. Seeds. Common soi" the soil from the frame, and tilling the V I S C U JNI album. The Mistletoe. place with a mixture of good loam and Parasite, increased by putting the ber- ries on trees alter cutting the bark. See Mistletoe. VISML\. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Young cuttinss. o DO Loam and peat. V I T E X. Twelve species. Stove, sandy peat, adding about one quarter of well rotted cow-dung to it, well water the whole, and let it remain for a few^ days to settle. After this remove the young plants from the nursery-bed with good balls, and plant t!iem in rows aliout six or nine inches apart each w'ay, green-house and hardy evergreen shrubs and afterwards place the liglits on ("or few days until the plants recover the shift. They will afterwards require no further trouble except watering and keeping free from slugs and weeds, which must be attended to. When the weather becomes cold in the autumn, the lights must be put on during the i night, and in rough wet weather; and \ finally the violets must be well protected ' from frost during winter, by covering them at all times when the weather will permit, to prevent their damping ofT. Treated in this way, they will then flower freely from December to Febru- ary. They may also be potted and cultivated in the same manner, and when in flower may be planted in the green-house; but they will not bloom during the winter, if exposed to the in- clemency of the weather, or if in a damp situation." — Gard. Chron. Water should only be applied to them when they really want it, and then it should be given freely, and early in the morning, so that the plants may have and trees. Cuttings. Loam and peat, and the hardy kinds of common soil. VITIS. Eleven species and some varieties. ILirdy deciduous or stove evergreen climbers. V. vinifera is the common grapevine: seed, cuttings or layers. Strong rich soil. See Grape Vine. V1TTARL\. Two species. Ferns. Stove herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Loam and peat. VOANDZELV subterranea. Stove creeping annual. Seeds. Rich mould. VOLKAMERIA aculeata. A stove evergreen shrub, and V. japonica, a green-house evergreen tree. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. VOUAPA bifolia. Stove evergreen shrub. Ripe cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. VOYR.l rosea. Stove herbaceous perennial. Seeds. Sandy loam and peat. VRESIA psittacina. Stove epiphyte. Suckers. Leaf-mould and potsherds. WACHENDORFIA. Eight species. plenty of time to dry before the frame Green-house bulbous perennials. OfT- is closed. Tree Violet. — This requires to be pot- ted in a mixture of peat and sandy loam, and requires no further attention than to be kept in a shady part of a green creeper; the other two are an- green-house ; supplying it plentifully Duals. Division and seeds. Loam and • sets or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. WAHLENBERGIA. Four species. All hardy; W. grandijlora, an herb- aceous perennial ; W. repeiis, an ever- with water and air. I peat. W A L 620 W AL WALDSTEINIA geoides. Hardy herbaceous perennial. Division or seeds. Common soil. WALKERA. Two species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. WALKS. See Gravel. It may be will bloom in the spring, and the best may be then selected. Watering in very dry weather, lengthens the dura- tion of their bloom. Saltpetre one ounce to the gallon, given once in ten days, heightens their colour and vigour. Cuttinsrs. — The double varieties are observed here, that of whatever material I thus propagated. When the old plants a walk is composed, that it is essential ! are done blooming, cut off their heads ; to have it well under-drained, and for ! water them freely, and they will pro- this purpose an understratum offlints or i duce shoots along with their entire stem; brick-bats, twelve inches deep, is not these when from four to six inches long, too much. Walks so founded, are never must be cut off close to the stem, and vet or soft. Coal ashes, or which is be planted in a light rich shady border, still better, fresh tan, makes a pleasant under a hand-glass; watering occasion- winter walk, particularly on tenacious ally until rooted. Soil. — A light rich loam, mixed with See WALLICHIA. Two species. Stove Strong rich soil and a soils, as it never adheres to the shoes eitlier during rain or after frost; half! a little lime rubbish, suits it best. an inch I think is sufficient. It likewise Stock makes a soft and pleasant summer walk and from its loose nature, is readily palms. Seeds cleared from weeds. If not wanted i strong heat. during summer, it may readily be swept ; WALLS are usually built in panels, clean otT after a few dry days. It is in- I from fifteen to thirty feet in length, one valuable for covering walks or footpaths j brick thick, with pillars for the sake of in the kitchen garden, when there is adding to their strength, at these speci- much wheeling of manure or soil, to be fied distances; the foundation a brick done during frost, which is too often and a half thick. The plan of jNIr. Sil- obliged to be suspended at\er ten or|verlock, of Chichester, is worthy of eleven o'clock, when there is clear sun- ; adoption, since if well constructed, it is shine, from the ground getting soft and ] equally durable, and saves one-third of clammy. With a covering of tan, the | the expense. Walls so constructed are operation may be continued throughout the day, and even during wet weather. If the tan remain permanently, it will require renewing every two years. — Card. Chron. WALL CRESS. Ardbis. WALL-FLOWER or STOCK-GIL- LIFLOWER. Cheiranthus. C. arboreits. Shrubby W. F. Yel- low. June. C. cheiri. Common W. F. Yellow, crimson, brown. June. C.firmus. Permanent W, F. Yellow. July. C. Unifolius. Flax-leaved W. F. Pur- ple. July. C. scopariiis purple. June. C. semper flor ens. F. White. July. stated to become dry after rain, much more rapidly than a solid wall of the same or any other thickness, and there appears not a shadow of a reason why it should not ripen fruit equally well. He forms the wall hollow, nine inches in breadth, by placing the bricks edge- wise so as to form two facings, they are laid in good mortar, and the joints care- fully finished. They are placed alter- nately with their fices and ends to the outsides, so that every second brick is a tie, and in each succeeding course, a brick with its end outwards is placed on the centre of one laid lengthwise on either side. The top of the wall must be covered with a coping of stone or bricks, projecting two inches. It is strengthened at every twenty feet, by piers of fourteen inch-work, built in the Besides these species and varieties, same manner, with bricks laid on edge, there are many German Wall-flowers \ The mode of constructing the piers, imported, mostly semi-double, and well obviating the disadvantages arising from ■worthy of culture for their peculiar CO- j training branches round their sharp lours and habits. i angles, which often causes them to Sowing is best done in June, the gum, recommended by the Rev. T.Cul- seedlings to be transplanted into nur- i luni, of Bury St. Edmonds, is to have sery beds when three inches high. They their corners bevelled. He also advises White, yellow, and Everblooming W. W AL 621 W A L the copings to project much further darkness of its colour, if a proper screen than they are usually made to do, even be then employed. — Johnson's Princ. of as much as twelve inches ; but his rea- Gard. soning refers more immediately to the manaizement of wall fruit. Inclined or Sloping Walls have been recommended, but have alwavs failed It is a practice sanctioned by econo- in practice. It is quite true that they my, to build the wall half brick thick, receive the sun's rays at a favourable on a nine inch foundation, and to com- angle, but they retain wet, and become pensate for its want of strength, a so much colder by radiation at night waved form is given. Both the small- than perpendicular walls, that they are ncss of its substance and its form, are found to be unfavourable to the ripen- found, however, to be inimical to the ing of fruit, ripening of fruit. " The F/ucd-u-all or Ilot-iral!,'" says In every instance a wall should never Mr. Loudon, " is generally built entire- be lower than eight feet. The thick- ly of brick, though where stone is ness usually varies with the height of abundant and more economical, the the wall, being nine inches, if it is not back or north side may be of that raa- liigher than eight feet; thirteen and a half inches, if above eight and under fourteen feet; and eighteen inches, from fourteen up to twenty feet. Fruit trees will succeed quite as well against a stone wall as against a brick one, although the former is neither so tcrial. A flued wall may be termed a hollow wall, in which the vacuity is thrown into compartments, to facilitate the circulation of smoke and heat, from the base or surlace of the ground, to within one or two feet of the coping. Such walls are generally arranged with neat in appearance, nor can the trees hooks inserted under the coping, to ad- be trained in such a regular form upon mit of fastening some description of it as npon the latter. The lastdisadvan- protecting covers, and sometimes for tage may be in a great measure remc- temporary glass frames. A length of died by having a wooden or wire trellis forty feet, and from ten to tifleen high, affixed to it. — Gard. Chron. may be heated by one fire, the furnace If it be desirable that the roots of the of which, being placed one or two feet trees should benefit by the pasturage below the surlace of the ground, the outside the wall, it is very common to first course or flue will commence one build it upon an arched foundation. toot above it, and be two feet six inches. Colour has very considerable influence ' or three feet high, and the second, third, over a body's power of absorbing heat, and fourth courses, narrower as they If a thermometer on a hot summer's ascend. The thickness of that side of day, be exposed to the sun, it will indi- the flue, next the south or preferable cate a temperature of about 100°; but if side, should for the first course, be four the bulb be blackened with Indian ink inciies or brick and bed, and for the or the smoke of a candle, it will rise other courses, it were desirable to have from ten to twenty degrees higher, bricks cast in a smaller mould : say for The reason for this is tli;it the polished the second course three, for the third surface of the glass reflects some of the two and three (juarters, and for the sun's rays, but the blackened surlace ' fourth two and a half inches in breadth, absorbs them all. Blue absorbs all but This will give an opportunity of bevel- the blue rays — red all but the red — green and yellow all but those of their own name — and white reflects all the rays. The lightest coloured rays are the most heating, therefore light co- loured walls, but especially white, are the worst for fruit trees. The ther- mometer against a wall rendered black ng the wall, and the bricks being all of the same thickness, though of difl'erent widths, the external appearance will be everywhere the same." — Enr. Gard. Mr. Paxton has the following excel- lent observations upon Conservative Walls, or walls so constructed as to shelter trees trained against them from by coal tar, rises 5^ higher in the sun- winds, and other natural modes of shine, than the same instrument sus- rapidly lowering the temperature: — pendcd against a red brick structure of " In forming a conservative wall, it is the samii thickness; nor will it cool necessary that it should have a south or lower at night, though its radiating | a south-western aspect. It is also desi- power is increased by the increased' rable, in order to give it an ornamental W A L 622 W AL appearance, that there should be promi- nent parts at certain intervals, or that the wliole should be divided into re- cesses and projections. The latter, by being of limited dimensions, would serve for the display of the more hardy plant, and also afford additional shelter to the remaining portions. If, more- over, the whole be surmounted by an appropriate coping, its beauty will be greatly enhanced. "Much has been said of the conser- vative wall at Chatsworth, the leading characteristics of which are a practical illustration of the opinions now ad- vanced— large retiring compartments, covered with a neat trellis, and relieved by occasional small stone projections or piers ; and as the wall stands on a steep slope, each of the piers is raised con- siderably higher than the one below it, thus constituting as it were a series of very broad ascending steps on the top. " The advantage of having a slight wooden trellis against the wall, instead of fastening the plants to it in the usual way, need scarcely be pointed out. Independently of its superior appear- ance, which is a point too frequently neglected in such matters, the greater ease with which the branches can be attached to it, and removed or altered at any time, is quite sufficient to give it the preference, while the destruction and defacement of the wall consequent on the use of nails, and the injury they often occasion to the shoots of the plants, give a value to any system by which they can be discarded. The extra expense of the trellis is too tri- fling to be regarded. " It has been found, in attempting to grow exotics against open walls, that whatever tends to preserve the border in which they are planted comparatively dry, during the winter, does more to- wards sheltering them from the frost than extensive protection of any other kind. " As the fluids of plants are, for the most part, imbibed through the roots, and as the heat of vegetable bodies escapes mainly in proportion to the fluids they contain, protection to the medium in which they grow is perhaps even more necessary than to the stems and branches. It will therefore be seen, that the portion of the border where the roots lie must be covered, and that, if the canvas or other protection actually given to the wall does not extend over the border, a coating ofdry litter should he spread over it, as soon as severe weather commences, and be retained on it until the spring. "The wall is composed of alternate prominent and retiring compartments. Each of the former includes two stone pillars, which stand out a little beyond all the remainder, and are to be left un- covered ; while, between these, is a division, over which is extended a trellis for supporting the hardiest sorts of climbers and those that demand no pro- tection. " The recesses are capable of being covered in cold weather with glazed sashes, which can be placed out of sight in a moment, whenever it is safe to re- move them, by sliding them hiphind the other divisions. In these recesses the tenderest green-house plants may be cultivated, and trained against a trellis. " Thus are combined a handsome architectural elevation, and the means of having some of the finest exotic plants exposed in summer, without danger, and in a condition incomparably more healthy and attractive than they ever attain in the green-house. " If glazed sashes are too expensive, canvas, or other screens, can be readily substituted ; but, in that case, the j)lants will suffer from being kept in darkness during the winter. Where it is thought preferable, another set of rails, on the outside of those for the sashes, can be prepared, to carry some kind of cover- ing in rigorous weather. Where this is done, the necessity tor fire heat will be trifling ; in fact it might be entirely dis- pensed with." — Paxton^s Magazine of Botany. PLANTS FOR A CONSERVATIVE WALL. Abutilon striatum ; Acacia angustifolia, armata, cultiformis, dealbata, decur- rens, juniperina, lancelota, longissi- ma, lunata, and mucronata. Bignonia capreolata, grandiflora, and tweediana; Billardiera longiflora; Bossia;a linophylla and scolopen- drium ; Brachysema hybridum and undulatum ; Brugmansia sanguinea and suaveolens; Budleya Lindleyana. Camellia Japonica; Ceanothus azureus; Ceratonia siliqua ; Clematis azurea grandiflora, and sieboldi ; Correa bicolor, Harrisii, Lindleyana, and pulchella. W AL 623 W A L Diplacus pumiceus. Edwardsia graiidiHora and microphylla; Erythrina crysta-galli ; Eutaxia inyrti- folia. Grcvillea rosmarinifolia. Hibbcrtia volubilis. Jiisininuni granditlorum, and umbella- tuin. Keiinedya lilacina, longiracemosa, and ovata. Lagerstra;mia indica; Linum trigyniura. JMalva creeana ; Maneltia bicolor; Ma- " Tlie shoot to be grafted must be cut above the place where a yoiiiig shoot is pushing; this shoot must be preserved, and the scion must be placed opposite to it, being fitted in the man- ner of whip-grafling, care being taken that the inner barks coincide. When the buds of the scion begin to swell, the point of the shoot left opposite on tlie stock must be pinched ; and when the gralt has tully burst into leat', and is consequently in a condition to appro- rianthus cjeruleo-punctatus ; Mimosa priate the whole of the sap, the shoot prostrata. Olea fragrans. Passillora alata, cxrulea, cajrulea race- mosa, and inayani ; Plumbago capen- sis ; Polygala cordifolia and grandi- flora; Punica granatum. Rhodocliiton volubile. on the stock may be then dispensed with. " The scions should be taken ofT in March, and their ends laid in the ground till required tor use, as above men- tioned."— Gard. Chron. Soil. — It prefers a deep loam, though ISchinus niolle; Siphocampyllus bico- | it will succeed on all light moderately lor ; Sollya heteropliylla and liniaris ; fertile soils, provided they are well Swainsonia coronilla;folia. Tacsonia mollissima and pinnatistipula. drained. Flanlin^. — Walnut trees should W.VLNUT, EiVGLlSH. Julians regia. never be planted nearer to each other Varieties. — Common Duck Nut ; Ha- , than sixty feet. They require no tif; Higlitlyer; Double; Tardif; York- pruning. shire. Of these Highflyer and Yorkshire ) Preserving the Fruit. — It is ripe in are best. — London Hart. Sac. Catalogue. October, and should be allowed to hang Propagation by Seed. — Sow in drills upon the tree until the outer covering twelve inches apart and two inches and begins to crack. In this state, when a half deep, and the nuts six inches : the tree is shaken, many of the walnuts apart. This may be done in October, 1 as they fall will roll out of the husk. or the nuts preserved in dry sand until February. They will come up the same spring, and, by the end of summer, the young plants will be half a foot or more high, which, after having two years' growth in the seed-bed, plant out in the These should be gathered into a basket, separate from those that retain their covering ; the latter should be laid aside for a few days, until the husks burst, and they can be taken out with ease. The great object is to prevent them nursery. Previously, when taken up, from becoming mouldy; they should, shorten their tap roots ; but preserve their tops entire, and plant them in rows two feet and a half asunder, and about eighteen inches distant in each row. Here thev are to remain a few therefore, be wiped clean and dry, and laid on a shelf, in a dry place, where they can have a free current of air, until all tendency to mouldiness is overcome. Great care must, however, be taken that years, training them with single stems, they are not over dried, for that will till five or six teet high, then transplant cause shriveling. When sufficiently them where they are to remain. dry they should be put into boxes ia Those intended principally as timber ; layers, alternately with bran, fine dry trees, as well as to bear fruit, should be \ sand, or shreds of cloth, and kept fi>r always planted out for good when from four to live feet high ; or, if the nuts use in a cool dry situation. By this means they will retain their moisture were planted at once where the trees and flavour, and the film will with ease are designed to remain, without trans- planting, they would assume a quicker and stronger growth. By Grafting. — Mr. Knight first suc- ceeded in this operation, and the fol- lowing directions accord with his mode : — peel oir. — Gard. Cliron. Talcing the Fruit. — There is an un- gallant distich which says — '•A woman, spaniel, and walnut tree, The limier are, ilie more well thrash'd they be.-' But in the third instance most certainly W A L 624 WAT it is " a vulgnr error." Walnuts should i Liebig, from actual experiment on a be literally gatliered or sliaken from the large scale, states that both rain and tree, for none other bleeds more freely snow contain ammonia; and its import- if wounded : and no result of practice ' ance appears from the fact that if there or suggestion of science can point out j be only one-fourth of a grain in each why the walnut tree, contrary to all pint of water, the annual deposition others, is benefited by having its from the atmosphere would be more branches bruised and broken. WALNUT, BLACK. Juglans nigra. than sufficient, on half an acre of round, to give all the nitrogen con- WARDL^N CASE. See Glass Case.\ tained in the vegetable albumen of 150 Stove. WAR.IJEA cynnea WARTWORT sropia. WASPS should be sedulously de- stroyed during April, May, and June, for all appearing in these months are queens, and the foundresses of nests. Their favourite resort at that season is the laurel, for the sake of the honey secreted by the midribs of its leaves. They may then be caught in the hooped gauze net of the entomologist. In Au- gust, wasps' nests should he destroyed, cwt. of beet root. Rain water also con- Euphorbia hclio- tains a peculiar substance, analogous to the extractive matter and gluten of plants, though differing from them chemically. To this substance, Dr. Daubeny has given the name of pyr- rhine. Traces of salts and oxides have also been found in rain water, but, compared with all other naturally pro- duced, it is so pure, and so abounds with the gases beneficial to plants, that none other can equal it for their service. That obtained from ponds or springs, and spirit of turpentine is the best agent invariably contains matters offensive or that can be employed for the purpose, deleterious to plants. That known as The mode of using it when the nest is in the earth has been thus detailed. Put soi.,e of the turpentine into a large bot- tle, shaking it about until the whole of the inside is wetted by it; then fix the neck of the bottle in the nesfs en- trance, and place over it a large flower- pot. By replenishing the bottle with hard water, containing an excess of salts of lime or magnesia, is invariably prejudicial, and pond water is scarcely less so. If it be stagnant, and loaded with vegetable extract, it is even worse than hard spring water ; for it then con- tains carburetted hydrogen and other matters noxious to vegetables. These turpentine once or twice, the whole of last named waters, if obliged to be em- the wasjis will be destroyed by the ployed to tender plants, should have a fumes. — Gard. Chron. i pint of the ammoniacal water of the If the nest be in a place where the gas works, mixed thoroughly with every bottle cannot be employed, the spirit! sixty gallons, an hour or two before may be injected by a syringe, and the fume retained by covering up the nest's mouth. WATER being an essential applica- tion to the seed, as well as to the grow- ing plant, the source from whence it comes is by no means immaterial. The best for the gardener's purpose is rain water, preserved in tanks sunk in the earth, and rendered tight either by pud- dling or bricks covered with Parker's they are used. Mr. Paxton justly observes that " watering outdoor crops is frequently recommended during continued dry weather; but it should be avoided as long as possible, as the benefit of arti- ficial watering is but temporary, and it has the effect of exciting the roots, thereby rendering them more liable to suffer when the water has evaporated. When, in a case of emergency, it be- cement. To keep these tanks replen- comes necessary to water, it should be ished,guttersshould run round the eaves given morning and evening, more of every structure in the garden, and abundantly than is usually done, and communicate with them. Every hun- never discontinued after its commence- dred cubic inches of rain water, con- ment, until a change in the weather tains more than four cubic inches of air, renders it no longer necessary. Dis- of which more than half are carbonic crimination should be used in selecting acid gas, and the remainder nitrogen proper objects for watering; for it is and oxygen in the proportion of sixty- no uncommon occurrence to see small two of the former to thirty-eight of the basins of soil formed round the stems iast named. of fruit trees, on walls and other per- WAT 625 WAT manent plants, into which several pans ten or a dozen times, the ground will of water are poured daily during become thoroughly soaked. With drought. This must be useless or near- annuals, verbenas, and other grouping ly so, as the roots which would take up plants, I have found this a most e.vcel- the water, for the benefit of the plants, ' lent method. In connection with the will form a circle at a considerable dis- , watering of strawberries, a radical im- tance from the stem. Seed beds, or I provement is required; for although plants which can be regularly and tho- j gardeners are prettly liberal with the roughly watered, as radishes, lettuce, limpid fluids over the heads of the and salading, will be much benefited,! plants, they are not good conservators butartificial wateringoutofdoors, in the , of the quality of the fruit. It is true, manner it is usually applied, is of little by copious watering, both the size and service; and in the case of strawber- , quantity of the fruit is much increased ; ries, and similar crops, mulching with ; but it is equally true that if water is straw, grass, or some such contrivance, I used over the plants after the fruit is which will prevent tlie rapid evapora- , half grown, the latter will be much de- tion of moisture from the soil, is much teriorated in quality. We all know preferable." — Card. Chron. \ that strawberries in a wet season are Mr. S. Taylor, of Stoke Ferry, in the ' never so high flavoured as they are in a Gardeners' Magazine for 1840, recom- I dry one, and what is the reason ? Why, mends the use of bottles with two small : because there is a superabundance of holes in the sides near the bottom, for | aqueous matter in the fruit; and so it watering plants. The bottles are buried I is with the plants copiously watered to the neck, near the roots of the flower [ overhead in dry seasons. In truth, it which requires watering, and after being filled and corked, the water is allowed gradually to exude through the holes. "This," says that good horti- culturist, Mr. W. P. Ayres, " though undoubtedly an ingenious method, is objectionable, because the roots of the plants are liable to be injured in plung- ing the bottles, and that it would require may be laid down as a rule, if fine fla- voured fruit be a desideratum, water ought never to come in contact with it after the saccharine or maturing assi- milation commences. Hence in water- ing strawberries, let it be poured from the spout of the watering pot upon the soil, but on no account is it to touch the fruit; or, what will be better, fork the so many of them, where copious water- I ground over between the plants, give it a ing was necessary. A better plan is to i good soaking, to at least the depth of a take moderate sized flower-pots, and [ foot, and cover it two or three inches having placed an inch or two of rough j deep with clean straw. This will both gravel in the bottom of each, to place I prevent the evaporation of moisture. them round the plant to be watered, and fill with water, which as it perco- lates gradually through the gravel, will soak into the ground. For plants such as standard roses, rhododendrons, &c., closely turfed over on lawns, or for any thing in a sloping situation, this is a most excellent plan, as the pots filled and the radiation of terrestrial heat; and as the straw, from its colour and non-conducting qualities, will reflect instead of absorbing the heat, the fruit, being subjected to increased tempera- ture, will, in consequence, be improved in flavour. If water is required after the straw is placed on the beds, let it with water may be placed at night, and be applied through pots, placed one removed the next morning, so as not to foot apart, as recommended above for become an eyesore. Watering plants plants on a lawn." — Gard. Chron. in flower beds is at all times a difficult I agree with those who recommend matter, because if the borders are suf- " sunrise as the best time for the water- ficiently full of soil to give them a con- ing of exposed plants. Evaporation no vex form, which they always ought to doubt will then go on freely; but the have, the water runs to the sides of the atmosphere is beginning to get warmer, borders as fast as it is poured on. In and the sun's rays to exert tlieir coun- such cases it will be found advisable to teracting influence. The darkened sur- perforate the beds asthickly as possible, face — that very condition which made without injuring the roots, to the depth the soil throw otT its heat more readily of six or eight inches, with a stick one during the night, causes itto imbibe tho inch in diameter, and by filling these , heat of the sun's rajs by day with in- 40 WAT 626 WAT creased facility, so that you thus have the greatest amount of the fostering agencies of heat and moisture for the growth of plants. When evening again comes round, the surface moisture has been dried up, and its colour again ren- dered of a lighter shade ; there is con- sequently little diminution of tempera- WATER CRESS. Nasturtium of- ficinale. Varieties. — Small brown - leaved, hardiest; Large brown-leaved, best for deep water; Green-leaved, easiest cul- tivated.— London Hart. Soc. Trans. Planting in Water. — On this we have the following good directions in ture beyond surrounding objects, either | the Bon Jardinier. The depth of the from evaporation or radiation of heat. ■ — Gard. Chron. trenches in which they are grown being entirely dependent upon that of the Although an excess of water applied springs by which they are supplied to the roots of plants is injurious to | with water, the former are so prepared them, yet all of them are benefited by ' that, as nearly as possible, a regular a due supply of that liquid, and the ' depth of three or four inches can be su])ply has to be regulated by the kept up. These trenches are three amount oftheir daily transpiration. The ' yards broad, and eighty-seven yards gardener knows that this differs in every long, and whenever one is to be plant- species, and during different seasons, ed, the bottom is made quite firm and For instance, in a dry hot day, a sun- | slightly sloping, so that the water which flower three feet and a half high trans- flows in at one end may run out at the pired 1 lib. 4 oz., being seventeen times i other. If the bottom of the trench is more than the human body; during a 1 not sufficiently moist, a small body of Lot dry night, 3 oz.; during a dewy water is allowed to enter to soften it. night there was no transpiration, and ! The cresses are then taken and divided during a rainy night the plant absorbed into small sets or cuttings, with roots 3 oz. Therefore, the gardener finds it ' attached to them ; and these are thrown best to apply water during dry weather | over the bottom of the trench at the early in the morning, just before the 1 distance of three or four inches from chief demand occurs, which is from six '■ each other. The cress soon attaches A.M., till two in the afternoon; and i itself to the damp earth; in three or during moist weather he refrains from four days the shoots straighten and be- the application entirely. Then again gin to strike root. At the end of fivR the gardener keeps his agaves and other ; or six days, a slight dressing of well fleshy-leaved plants in a dry stove, for ; decomposed cow-dung is spread over they transpire but sparingly in propor- | all the plants, and this is pressed down tion to their mass, and require watering ' by means of a heavy board, to which a but seldom, and then abundantly; for 1 long handle is obliquely fixed. The they take up, as in their native silicious ! water is then raised to the depth of habitats, a large supply, and retain it| two or three inches, and never higher, pertinaciously in defiance of the long- ' Each trench is thus replanted annually, protracted droughts to which they are ' and furnishes twelve crops during the exposed. In the same species I have ' season. In the summer the cresses are always found varieties transpire abun- ' gathered every fifteen or twenty days, dantly and require a large supply of ! but less frequently during winter : care water in proportion to the extent of is taken that at each gathering at least their transpiring surface. Thus the ' a third part of the bed is left untouched, broad-leaved fuchsias and pelargoniums so that neither the roots may be ex- transpire from two to three times as hausted, nor the succeeding gathering much as those varieties which have j delayed. After every cutting, a little smaller and less abundant foliage. 1 decayed cow-dung, in the proportion Excessive moisture induces that over | of two large barrowfuls to each trench, succulency, which is ever attended by i is spread over the naked plants, and weakness, unnatural growth, and early | this is beaten down by means of the decay. Such plants more than any ; rammer above mentioned. After the others are sufferers by sudden vicissi- ' water cresses have been thus treated tudes in the hygrometric state of the for a twelvemonth, the manure forms a atmosphere, and are still more fatally tolerably thick layer at the bottom o{ ▼ isited, if exposed to low reductions of; the trench, and tends to raise its level. temperature." — Princ. of Gard. To restore it to its original level, all WAT 627 WAT the refuse ehouKl he thrown out upon so formed as to give the water thrnun the borders which separate the trenches from them the nearest resemblance to from each other. These borders may a gentle shower of rain, which renders be planted with artichokes, cabbages, or cauliflowers, which will here attain a great size. Cress-grounds should al- ways be at a distance from trees, on account of the leaves, which otherwise drive amongst the plants, and require much time to pick out. There are two weeds which, even in the cleanest cress-grounds, can scarcely be kept under; these are the Duckweed and Zannichellia palustris, which both mul- tiply so quickly, that unless carefully rooted out, they do great injury to the cresses. The Zannichellia may be kept under by careful hand-weeding, and the Duckweed by raising the wa- ter, so as to make it float above the cress plants, when it may be skimmed off. Planting in Borders. — This must be done in September and in a moist shady border. Plant slips, and the only cul- tivation necessary is to dig the earth fine, to draw a slight trench with a hoe, to fill this with water until it becomes a mud, to cover it about an inch deep with drift sand, and then to stick in the slips about six inches apart, watering them until established. The sand keeps the plants clean. They will be ready for gathering from in a very few weeks, and the shoots should be invariably cut and not picked. They are not so mild flavoured as those grown in water, but then they are free from aquatic insects, &c. WATERFALL. See Cascade. WATER GERMANDER. Teucrium Scordium. WATERING ENGINE. See En- gine. WATERING POTS. These should have roses pierced with very fine holes ; the diameter of those usually used is too large. Long-spouted watering pots are required for watering plants in pots upon shelves. French watering pots have zigzag bends in the spout to break from the plant the force of the water. Shelf watering pots are small and flat- bodied for giving water to plants over- head, and near the glass in green-houses ' or stoves. ' " The accompanying engraving is of a watering pot from Mr. G. Thompson, 390 Oxford Street, who states that its superiority consists in the roses being it peculiarly suitable for watering seed- lings or other tender plants. As the brass joints which connect the roses to the spout are made water-tight, there is no danger of its returning outside, to Fig. 176. the annoyance of the person using it: a is the spout to which the roses are screwed ; b, the box to contain either spout out of use; c and d, the holes in which the joints are placed ; e, a largo rose for watering flower beds; /, a smaller rose for watering plants in pots." — Gard. Chron. Another watering pot is the follow- ing, and suggested by Mr. Williamson. "No. 1 represents the original, which differs from a common watering pot in having its tube inserted in a horizontal position, with a brass valve near the point, through which passes a brass wire or rod, held in its proper position by two strong transverse pieces of wire, perforated in the centre, and Fig. 177. connected with a crank or lever, be- tween the lower part of which and the side of the pot is a steel spring, which propels the piston and shuts the valve. From the top of the Jever is WAT 628 W E A fixed a brass rod, which is kept in its , hand or the left : by drawing up the place by a collar brazed to the side of spring 6 with the forefinger, the valve the pot. In raising, the rod is pressed is raised by means of the connecting rod by the finger. No. 2 represents the im- : 5, and consequently the water flows provements, which consist in a double , into the tubes 1 and 2; as soon as the lever, acting like the key of a flute. , finger is removed from the spring, the Instead of the steel spring at the end i valve falls, and the water is stopped. of the lever, a spiral one of brass wire | The spring is fixed on the under side of IS fi.xed within the point of the tube, , the handle, and nearly all inclosed in ammediately before the valve, which it that part made to fit the hand. Fig 2 shuts; at the other end of the tube is a represents the bottom of the can ; the convex rose of copper, to prevent dirt, dotted line showing the size of the &c., passing into the tube, through the valve; 1 shows the point at which the centre of which passes the rod in con- water flows into the tubes." — Card. nexion with the lever and the valve. No. 3 differs from the preceding only in having a movable curved tube at- tached to the pipe, at the top of which is a very fine rose about an inch in diameter. From the length of tube Z"S, var Chron. WATER LEMON. Passiflora lauri- folia. WATER LILY. Nymphea. WATER MELON. Cucumis Citrui- ( about twenty inches) the pressure of •water is considerable, when the pot held in an inclined position, producing WATER PLANTS. See Aquarium. WATER PURSLANE. Peplis. WATER VINE. Tetracera potato- a light shower admirably suited to small i ria seeds." — Gard. Chron. A third invention is Mr. Saul's, and, he says, " it can be constructed at a very little more expense than those in general use. In the annexed sketch, Fig. 1 represents a section of the can ; 1 1 are removeable tubes, having roses on their upper ends, while the lower WATER VIOLET. Hottonia. W A T S 0 N I A . Fifteen species. Green-house bulbous perennials. Off- sets or seeds. Sandy loam and peat. WAYFARING TREE. Viburnum Lantana. WEATHER. The gardener, even more than the farmer, is dependent upon ends slide over the tube 2, fixed into the weather for opportunity to insert and the can ; 3 is a valve placed over this to remove the plants under his care. I tube, made of strong leather, and hav- shall, therefore, give him all the prog- ing a small block of wood on the top nostics which appear worthy of attention. like those in common pumps, the bot- tom of the can being wood, the valve is j screwed on it, as shown at 4, in such a Fig. 17S. manner as to be easily taken off, when it requires to be repaired. The rod 5 )3 connected with the valve 3, and the spring 6; when used, the can may be | .23 The'wA'^w/ng-'jt'inV the held by the handle, either in the right 1. The hollow winds begin to blow, 2. The clouds look black, the glass is low; 3. The soot falls down, the spaniels sleep, 4. And spiders from their cobwebs peep ; 5. Last night the su)i went pale to bed ; 6. The mooii in hales hid her head. 7. The boding shepherd heaves a sigh, ■'. For see. a. rainbow spans the sky ; 9 The icalls are damp, the ditches smell, lit. Closed is the pink-eyed pimperriell : 11. Kark 1 how the chairs and tables crack, \i. Old Hetty's joints are on the rack; 13. Loud quack the ducks. \he peacocks cry, 14. The distant hills are looking nigh; 15. How restless are the snorting 5!{)">!f, 16. The husyfies disturb the kine ; 17. Low o'erthe grass the sivallow wings, IS. The cricket, too. how sharp he sings : 19. Puss on the hearth, wilh velvet paws, Sits wiping o"er her whisker'd jaws ; 20. Through the clear stream the fishes rise, And nimbly catch th" incautious flies; 21. The glow-worms, numerous and bright, Illumed the dewy dell last night; 22. At night the squalid toad was seen Hopping and crawling o'er the green ; And in the rapid eddy plays; VV E A 629 W E A 24. The/rog" has changed his yellow vest, And in a russet coat is drest ; 25. Thougli June, the air is cold yet still ; 26. The blackbird's mellow voice is shrill j 27. My dog. so alter'il is his taste, Quits mutton bones, on grass to feast ; 29. And see yon rooks, how odd their flight. They imitate the gliding kite. And seem precipitate to tall, As il'they felt the piercing hall; 'Twill surely rain, I see, with sorrow. Our jaunt cannot take place to-morrow. In the foregoing rhymes, attributed to Dr. Jenner, are comprised nearly all the natural phenomena which predicate ap- proacliing rain, and most of them are sustained by our more scienced know- ledge. Thus the wind, when rain is ap- proaching, causes more moaning and has been observed by Linnxus, adds Sir J. E. Smith, that flowers lose this fine sensibility, either after the anthers have performed their otBce, or when deprived of them artificially; nor do I doubt the fact. I have had reason to think that, during a long continuance of wet, the Anagnllis is sometimes ex- hausted ; and it is evident that very sud- den thunder showers oftener take such flowers by surprise, the previous state of the atmosphere not having been such as to give them due warning. The cracking of furniture is the ne- cessary consequence of the dry woody fibre expanding when exposed to moist- er air. Distant objects appear nearer when rain is at hand, because the air is rarer at such times, and objects always whistling sounds in passing through the [ appear distinct in proportion to the crevices and crannies of our houses, on , rarity of the gaseous medium through the same principle that all other gases, which they are viewed. Sivallou-s fly in pro|)ortion as they are more or less heated, or more or less dry, cause louder or lower sounds in passing through the orifices of small tubes. Soot falls because it absorbs more moisture from the air as rain approaches, and becoming heavier breaks away from its slender attachment to the chimney's walls. A halo round the moon is caused by the rays of its light passing through moisture precipitated from the air, and the larger the halo, the nearer is such precipitated moisture to the earth, and consequently the rain is at hand. Walls become damp from the same cause that soot falls, when rain is ap- low at such times, probably for two rea- sons : insects are then more busy near the earth's surface, and the rarity of the atmosphere renders flying more la- borious in proportion to the height to which a bird soars. The changed habits of animals at the approach of rain, are perhaps to be accounted for by the al- tered state of the atmospheric pressure, and of the air's electricity causing a change of sensations which warns them by past experience that the season of discomfort or of pleasure, as their na- ture may be, is coming upon them. These natural phenomena combined with a careful attention to the indica- proaching, namely, because the moist- ^ tions of the Barometer, are much less ure in the air is more abundant, and in erring guides than tables founded upon a state of mixture with it more easily the moon's changes. It is impossible, separable. Walls that thus become | in the present imperfect state of our damp, contain chloride of calcium, or meteorological knowledge, to say that other salts which are deliquescent, that the moon has no influence upon the is, absorb moisture from the air. Ditches weather, but it is next to certain that smell in rainy weather, because all other influences are much more power- odours are conveyed with more facility ful and controlling. The same moon by damp than by dry air. Not only rises and sets and changes in Hindoo- does the pimpernell(/in(igaZ/« ari'sns/s) stan as in England, yet in that climate, close its flowers when exposed to damp its wet and hot and cold seasons, its air, but those of many other plants are , northeast and southwest monsoons ar- similarly sensitive. Co;jro/i-«/usarfens?s I rive with a changeless regularity and (field Hindweed), Anagallis arreTisiS, intensity that demonstrate the moon's Calendula pluvialis, Arenaria rubra \ influence there has no paramount con- (purple Sandwort), Stellaria media (Chickweed or Stitchwort), and many The facts established by Mr. Forster others, are well known to shut up their and other acute observers of the ba- flowers against the approach of rain ; rometer, appear to be these: — 1. Not whence the Anagallis has been called j the great height or depression of the " the Poor Man's Weather Glass." It! mercury is so much to be regarded as 40* WE A 630 WE A whether it continues to rise or decline. 2. If the mercury falls when the wind blows nearly from due south, rain is approaching. 3. If it falls in hot wea- ther, there will be thunder. 4. If it rises in winter, frost is nigh ; and if, the frost continuing, it still rises, there will be snow. 5. If it falls much during frost, a thaw will set in. 6. A change taking place immediately after the mer- cury rises or falls, rarely endures. 7. If the mercury continues to rise during wet weather, or to fall during fine wea- ther, a permanent change will come. I am indebted to Mr. W. H. White, 6. The barometer at all seasons of the year will fall very low and very ra- pidly on the approach of a storm of wind without rain ; on the approach of an earthquake too, though it be four or five hundred miles off"! 7. If the barometer fall with an easterly or northeast wind, rain will follow. 8. If the crown of the mercury in the tube be convex, it indicates a rising will take place ; if concave, it will soon fall. These are a few of the changes pecu- liar to England. The operating causes of the oscillations involve one of the one of the intelligent Secretaries of the I most interesting inquiries belonging to Meteorological Society, for the follow- | meteorology. Electricity is the grand ing observations: — i mover of the barometric column. Many other rules might be gathered from the BAROMETRIC FLUCTUATIONS. restlessness of animals, the flights of 1. The barometer in calm serene wea- birds, and the gambols of fishes; all ther generally ranges pretty high, ' indicating by their motions that there is rather above thirty inches ; if the a change taking place in the electrical fluctuations daily are very small, but still rather getting higher, a fine se- ries of days or weeks may be expect- ed. 2. When the barometer is below twen- ty-nine inches, and the clouds dis- perse with but little wind, it will be- come stationary for a day or two, till the electrical equilibrium of the air be destroyed : if it then rise, expect fair weather; if it fall, expect a storm of wind accompanied with rain or hail, according to the season. 3. When the barometer ranges between 29 and 29. CO, if the clouds hang low and float before a west or southwest wind, almost every cloud will deposit its contents, especially if passing over an elevation, a wood, and sometimes a river. In all cases the hygrometer should be considered : if the air be dry and the barometer fall, wind will follow; if the air be saturated with moisture, rain or sleet, according to season. 4. When the thermometer ranges in ! has been deduced from this, whereby condition of the atmosphere. NATURAL APPEARANCES. 1. In winter, a red sky at sunrise indi- cates the speedy approach of rain. 2. In summer, the same appearance de- notes refreshing showers. 3. Squalls of wind generally follow these appearances: — " It will be foul weather to-day, for the sky is red and lowering." Matt. xvi. 3. 4. Small patches of white clouds, like flocks of sheep at rest, indicate con- tinued fine weather. 5. Large mountainous (or Jupiterian) clouds, called cumulo stratus, pro- duce sudden showers in spring and autumn, and hail-storms in summer and winter. 6. When large clouds diminish in size, fine weather will follow ; if they in- crease, rain or snow. 7. Rainbows denote frequent showers. Spiders generally alter their webs once in twenty-four hours; and a rule summer between 70" and 80°, and the barometer falls rapidly and exten- sively, thunder will follow with hail or heavy rain. 5. In winter, when the thermometer to foretell the coming change. If they thus alter their web between six and seven in the evening, there will be a fine night; if in the morning, a fine day; if they work during rain, expect ranges below freezing, and a low j fine weather; and the more active and barometer begins to rise, expect j busy the spider is, the finer will be the snow to follow; but if the thermo- j weather. If spiders' webs (gossamer) fly meter rise and the barometer fall ' in the autumn, with a south wind, expect during frosty weather, a thaw will | an east wind and fine weather. If gar- quickly follow. i den spiders break ofi" and destroy their W E A 631 WEE webs, and creep away, expect continued rain and showery weatiier. The Leech also possesses the pecu- liar property of indicating approaching changes of the weather in a most enii- depositing the rain arc opposite to the sun, — thus in the morning the bow is in tlie west, and in the evening it is in the east; and, as the rains in this country are usually brought by westerly winds. nent degree. In fair and frosty weather a bow in that quarter indicates that the it remains motionless and rolled up in a rain is coming towards the spectator; spiral form at the bottom of the vessel ; whereas a bow in the east indicates that previously to rain or snow, it will creep rain is passing aw-ay.' " — Salmonia. to the top, where, should the rain be i fVind. — Mr. Christensen says, that heavy, or of long continuance, it will the wind changing to any point of the remain for a considerable time; if tri- I compass between e.s.e. and n.n.w. fling, it will descend. Should the rain causes the mercury to rise; and a or snow be accompanied with wind, it change to any point between w. and s. will dart about with great velocity, and ! causes it to be depressed, seldom cease its evolutions until it i WEEDS should be warred upon un- blows hard. If a storm of thunder or remittingly by the gardener, for not only lightning be approaching, it will be ex- 1 does their presence detract from that ceedingly agitated, and express its feel-! neatness which should be the all-per ings in violent convulsive starts at the top of the glass. These animal move- ments are all induced, probably, by sensations in the animal occasioned by changes in the atmospheric electricity. Rain may be Expected — When the sounds of distant waterfalls, &c., are distinctly heard — When the sun rises pale and sparkling — When the sun rises amidst ruddy clouds — When the sun sets behind a dark cloud — When there is no dew after heat in summer — When there is much hoar frost in winter — When mists rest on the mountain tops — When snails and frogs beset your evening walk — When gnats bite vigor- ously— When animals are unusually restless. Fair Weather may be Expected vading characteristic of the garden, but every weed robs the soil of a portion of the nutriment which should be devoted to the crops. To destroy them, the hoes and weed- irig irons should be unremittingly at work. Neither should weeds be al- lowed to remain where cut down, but should be gathered together, and mixed with saline matters, to convert them into most valuable fertilizers. Never burn them. No weed will endure being continually cut down, and when cut down, it should be carried to a common heap, and a peck of common salt, and a gallon of gas ammoniacal liquor, mixed with every barrow load. The whole speedily becomes a saponaceous mass ; all seeds in it are destroyed ; and it is rendered one of the best fertilizers -When none of the signs of rain just the gardener can command. given occur — When the sun sets red and cloudless — When the moon's horns are sharp — When the stars shine bright- ly— When smoke rises easily — When moths and beetles appear in numbers. Clouds. — " When it is evening, ye say. It will be fair weather, for the sky is 'red." {Matt. xvi. 2.) "And this observation of nineteen centuries past is explained by the optical fact, that dry air refracts more of the red rays of light, than when it is moist; and as dry air is not perfectly transparent, those rays are reflected in the horizon." — Dari/'s Salmon in. Rainbow. — " When this is seen in the morning, it betokens rain ; but if in the evening, fair weather; and Sir H. Davy thus explains this phenomenon : — ' The bow can be seen only when the clouds WEEDING TOOLS. Fig. 179. See Hoe. Be- WEE 632 WIR sides spuds, weeding pincers, and hoes, there are several implements invent- ed for eradicating the deeper-rooting ■weeds. Such are Hall's Land Crab (Fig. 179), Dockspuds and the Guernsey Weeding Prong (Fig. ISO). WEEVIL. See Anthonomus and Otiorhyncus. WEIGHTS. AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 16 Drachms, 1 ounce. 16 Ounces, 1 pound. 28 Pounds, 1 quarter. 4 Quarters, 1 cwt. 20 Cvvt., 1 ton. WEIGHTS AS IN ENGLAND. 14 Pounds, 1 Stone. 8 Pounds, 1 Stone butchers' meat. 56 Pounds, 1 truss of hay. 36 Pounds, 1 truss of straw. 36 Trusses, 1 load. WELCH ONION. See Cihoule. WENDLANDIA parazcu/a/a. A Stove evergreen tree ; and W. populifolia, a green-house evergreen twiner. Cut- tings. Loam, peat and sand. WESTRINGIA. Ten species. Green- house evergreen shrubs. Young cut- tings. Light rich soil. WHEELBARROWS. The greater If a wheelbarrow be made of wood, the feet and handles should be capped with iron, and its joints strengthened with bands of the same metal. Iron barrows are now made weighing no more than ninety-two pounds, and they run very light. The longer the handles of a wheel- barrow are, and the nearer the load to the wheel, the easier is that load lifted, and the easier is the barrow turned over to discharge the load. WHIRLING PLANT, Desmodium gyrans. WHITE BEAN TREE. Pyrus Avia. WHITE CEDAR. Cupressm thy- aides. WHITE SPRUCE. Pinm Alba. WHITE TREE. Melaleuca Leuca- dendron. WHITE VINE. Clematis vitalba. WHITEFIELDIA lateritia. Stove evergreen shrub. Cuttings. Leafy mould and loam. WHORTLE BERRY. Vaccinium. WIDOW WAIL. Cneorum. WIGANDIA caracasana. Stove de- ciduous shrub. Seeds. Loam and peat. WILDERNESS. See Labyrinth. WILD LIQUORICE. Abi-us. WILD SERVICE. Pyrus torminalis. WILDENOVIA. Two species. the diameter of the wheel of a barrow. Grasses. Division. Loam and peat, and the smaller the axis or spindle on I WILLEMETIA africana. Stove which it turns, the less power will be j evergreen shrub. Young cuttings. required to drive it forward ; for the Sandy loam and peat. friction is proportionately reduced. The diameter of the wheel might be increased with manifest advantage to double that now employed, for even then it would be below the point of draught or impulsion (the hand of the labourer) ; and the nearer it can be brought to a level with this, the more efficiently he exerts his power. I The breadth ofthe wheel's periphery, or felloes, might be also increased two inches advantageously; for, as it is al- ways employed upon a surface in some degrees soft, such an increased breadth would decrease the depth to which the wheel of a loaded barrow usually sinks into the soil, and would proportionately decrease the power required to over- come the augmented opposition. In a wheelbarrow so constructed, a man WILLOW. Salix. WILLUGHBEIA edulis. Stove ever- green shrub. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. WIND FLOWER. Gentiana Pneu- monanthe, and Anemone. WINGED PEA. Tetragonolobus pur- pureus. WINTER ACONITE. Eranthis. WINTER BERRY. Prinos. WINTER CHERRY. Physalis, and Cardiospermum Halicacabum. WINTER CRESS. Earbarea. WINTER MOTH. See Cheimatobia. WINTER SWEET. Origanum hera- cleoticum. WIRE -WORMS are the larva; of various species of Elater, Click Beetle, or Skip Jack. Of these there are more might move with more ease eight hun- , than fifty species; but the most common dred weight, than he now impels five are: — hundred weight, which is a full barrow load. E. segetis, of which the wire-worm is often so abundant in old pastures, and W I R 633 W OR of which the ravages are so great oc- , casionally upon our corn crops. 1 E. sputator. Spring beetle. The larva or wire-worm of this is particularly destructive to the lettuce and carrot. of which they are fonder than they are of the roots of those flowers. Potatoes, with a string tied round them to mark where they are, and to facilitate their being taken out of the soil in which The following general description of, they are buried ; and carrots siinilarly the click beetles and their larvae, is thrust into the earth where the wire- given by Mr. Cuthbert Johnson, in the I worm is ravaging, are successful lures. Farmers'' Encyclopedia : — The vermin prefers these, buries itself " Click beetles are readily known by in them, and may be easily removed, having the sternum produced behind in The roots of the white mustard also are a strong s^ine fitted to enter a groove said to drive the wire-worm away from in the abdomen, situated between the the soil on which it is grown." — Brit. intermediate pair of legs. By bringing Farm. JMag. these parts suddenly into contact, the Mr. Glenny says, " that Mr. May, insects are enabled to spring to some nurseryman, Tottenham, plants the height into the air, and thus recover common daisy round his principal beds, their natural position when they happen finding the wire-worm prefer it to the to fall on their backs, which they fre- carrot."' — Gard. Gazette. quently do when dropping from plants And Mr. Oram, Edmonton, says "that to the ground. A special provision of, the double daisy is employed by one of this kind is rendered necessary in con-; his friends, who, in one summer, from sequence of the shortness and weakness a row of daisies three hundred feet of their legs. long? I'as taken 2,000 wire-worms." — "The wire- worms have a long, Card. C/iron. slender, and cylindrical body, covered WISK MEN'S BANANA TREE, by a hard crust, which has obtained for Musa Hapientum. them the above name. They are com- 1 WISTARIA. Two species. Hardy posed of twelve segments, fitting closely j deciduous climbers. Layers, and also to each other; and are provided with | cuttings. Light rich soil. IV. sinensis six conical scaly feet, placed in pairs on j requires the shelter of a wall, and to be the three segments next the head. The latter is furnished with short antenna' palpi, and two strong mandibles or jaws. " To remove the wire-worm from a soil, no mode is known but frequently pruned about the beginning of March ; cut the leading shoots about half-way back, and spur the others in rather short. WITCH HAZEL. Hamamelis. WITHERINGIA. Seven species. Stove and green-house evergreen shrubs digging it and picking them out, as their j and herbaceous perennials. W. pur- yellow colour renders them easily de-Uiurea is tuberous rooted; IV . phyllantha , tected. To prevent their attack upon a a green-house annual. Cuttings or crop, mix a little spirit of tar, or a larger seeds. Light rich soil, quantity of gas lirne, with the soil. It has been stated that growing white \ house herbaceous perennials mustard drives them away, and it is or seeds. Sandy peat, certainly worth the trial. To entrap WITSENIA. Three species. Green- Oftseta them, and tempt them away from a crop linum. they have attacked, bury potatoes in the j " soil near the crop ; and if each potato has a stick thrust through it, this serves as a handle by which it may be taken up, and the wire worms which have penetrated it be destroyed. To decoy ; them from beds of anemones, ranuncu- luses, &c., it is said to be a successful plan to grow round the beds an edging WOLF'S BANE. Aconitum lupu- WOOD ASHES. See Ashes. WOODBINE. Caprifolium Pericly- menum. WOOD LEOPARD MOTH. See Bomhyi. WOODLICE. See Oniscus. WOODROOF. Asperula. WOOD SORREL. Oxalis. WOOLLEN RAGS. See Animal of daisies, for the roots of which they Matters. have a decided preference. WORKING is a gardener's term for " If a crop be attacked, as the pansy the practice of grafting. " To work" or carnation, our only resource is to! upon a stock is to graft or bud it. bury in the soil other vegetable matters, ' WORMS are beneficial in all the WOR 634 XIP compartments of the garden, acting as ; a kind of underdrainers, by their bur- rowings. To keep them from coming near the surface of lawns, it may be | sprinkled with salt at the rate of live ' bushels per acre, three times a year, in i ed and thinned to six inches asunder ; and those taken away pricked at a like distance ; water being given if the wea- ther is at all dry. The slips and cut- tings are planted in a shady border, about eight inches apart, and water spring, summer, and autumn. The ! given regularly every evening until they most speedy destruction is brought upon j have taken root. them by dissolving two ounces of corro- The only cultivation required is to sive sublimate in every forty gallons of, clear away the decayed stalks in au- water, and applying this profusely on I tumn, and to keep them constantly clear the grass infested. The worms come j of weeds by frequent hoeings. To to the surface and may be destroyed by i obtain seed no further care is required thousands. The sublimate is a virulent : than to gather the stems as they ripen poison. Lime-water always must be an ! in autumn. The Roman seldom per- uncertain application, because even if the lime be fresh from the kiln, there is never any certainty of its being per- fectly calcined, and every particle which remains combined with carbonic acid, is still chalk, and insoluble. The strength of lime water is consequently never uniform. Worms should not be allowed to re- main in garden pots, for they puddle the soil in so confined a space. WORMIA dentata. Stove evergreen tree. Ripe cuttings, with the leaves on. Light loam, or loam and peat. WORMWOODS. Artemisia. These are perennial rooted bitter aromatics, and cultivated solely for medicinal pur- poses. Common wormwood {Artemisia absinthium) ; Sea-wormwood (A. mari- tima) ; Roman wormwood {A. Fontica) ; Santonicum, or Tartarian wormwood {A. Santonica). Soil. — The soil best suited to them is fects its seed. WOUNDWORT. Anthyllis vulnera- ria. WOUNDS. See Extravasafed Sap. WRIGHTIA. Four species. Stove evergreen trees and shrubs. Cuttings. Sandy loam and peat. WULFENIA carinthiaca. Hardy herbaceous perennial. Division or seeds. Light rich soil. WURMBEA. Four species. Green- house and half-hardy bulbous peren- nials. Offsets. Sandy peat and loam. WYCH ELM. Ultnus montana. XANTHORIZA apiifolia. Hardy evergreen shrub. Suckers. Common soil. XANTHORRH^A. Six species. Green-house evergreen shrubs, or herb- aceous perennials. Offsets. Loam and peat. XANTHOSIA rotundifolia. Green- house evergreen shrub. Cuttings or one that is dry, light, and poor, other- I seeds. Loam, peat, and sand. wise they grow luxuriantly, and are de- j XANTHOXYLUM. Fourteen spe- fective in their medicinal qualities, as j cies. Stove and green-house evergreen well as in their power to withstand the : and hardy deciduous trees and shrubs. rigour of the winter. Any situation will i Ripe cuttings. Common soil. suit the common and sea wormwoods, ! XERANTHEMUM. Three species. that is open and unconfined, but the Hardy annuals. Seeds. Light rich soil. exotic species require to be sheltered i XEROPHYLLUM. Four species. from the severe aspects. In a severe Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division winter, the Tartarian can only be pre- j or seeds. Peaty soil. served under a frame. The sea worm- XIMENESIA. Five species. Hardy wood seldom flourishes, from the want [ annuals and biennials, and green-house of a genial soil ; the application of salt j herbaceous perennials. Seeds. Corn- would undoubtedly be beneficial. mon soil. Propagation. — They are all propa- \ XIMENIA. gated by seed, as well as slips and cut- evergreen trees tings, the first of which may be sown in I peat. March or April ; and the latter planted [ XIPHIDIUM. Two species. Stove during June, July, and beginning of ; herbaceous perennials. Division. Loam, Two species. Stove Cuttings. Loam and August. The seed is sown thinly broad- cast ; and when the plants arrive at a height of two or three inches, are weed- peat, and sand. XIPHOPTERIS. Two species. One a stove, the other a green-house peren- X YL Division or seeds. 635 Z YG Loam and ZIERIA. Ten species. Green-house evergreen shrubs. Young cuttings. San- dy loam and peat. ZIGADENLS. Five species. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Division or seeds. Peaty moist soil. ZILLA. Two species. Half-hardy evergreen shrubs. Cuttings. Light rich soil. ZIXZIBER. Ginger. Thirteen spe- cies. Stove herbaceous perennials, except Z. miega, which belongs to the green-house. Division. Loam, peat, and sand. ZINNL\. Eight species. Hardy an- nuals. Seeds. Rich mould, or common soil. ZIZIA. Three species. Hardy herb- Division or seeds. nial. peat. XYLOMELUM pyriforme. Green- liouse evergreen tree. Ripe cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. XYLOPHYLLA. Eleven species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. XYLOPLA.. Three species. Stove evergreen shrubs. Ripe cuttings. Loam and peat. YELLOW SULTAN. Centaurea sua- veolens. YELLOW-TAILED MOTH. See Bombyi. YEW TREE. Taxus. YUCCA. Adam's Needle. Thirteen species. Hardy, stove, and green-house evergreen shrubs, and a few hardy herb- aceous perennials aceous perennials. Y. pendula, a vari- ! Moist soil, ety of Y. aloifolia, is a hardy deciduous \ ZIZIPHORA. Seven species. Hardy tree. Suckers. Light rich soil. j annuals, Z. acmo/des a hardy deciduous " Cut the flower-stem off Yucca glori- trailer, and the others half-hardy ever- osa directly it has done flowering, and green shrubs. The latter increase by take away all the suckers, except two cuttings, the former by seeds. Common or three of the strongest. Then remove soil. a little of the soil round the bottom of ZIZYPHUS. Lotus. Fourteen spe- the plant, and replace it with a dressing cies. Stove, green-house, hardy, and of equal parts of sandy loam and cow- half-hardy evergreen, and a few hardy dung." — Card. Chron. ' deciduous shrubs. The stove and green- ZAMIA. Twenty-one species. Stove house kinds increase by ripe cuttings, or green-house herbaceous perennials, and succeed in loam, peat, and sand; Suckers. Light sandy soil. the hardy kinds by ripe cuttings or lay- ZEBRA PLANT. Calathea zebrina. ers, and require a rich soil. ZEPHYRANTHES. Eleven species. ZORNL\. Seven species. Stove an- Green-house and half-hardy bulbous pe- nuals and green-house herbaceous pe- rennials, and a few hardy and half-hardy rennials. Seeds. Peat and loam, herbaceous perennials. Off^sets. Turfy ZYGOPETALUM. Six species. Stove loam, peat, and sand. orchids. Division. Peat and potsherds. ZEXME^IA tagetijlora. Half-hardy ZYGOPHYLLUiAL Thirteen species, herbaceous perennial. Seeds. Com- Green-house and stove evergreen shrubs, mon soil. Cuttings. Loam, peat, and sand. Z. ZICHYA. Three species. Green- prostratum is a trailer ; Z. simplex, a house evergreen twiners. Young cut- half hardy annual ; and Z./a6ag:o is in- tings. Sandy loam and peat. creased by seeds only. THE END. LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. 1 LYNCH'S DEAD SEA. CONDENSED AND CHEAPER EDITION. NOW READY. NARRATIVE OF ThTu. S. EXPEDITION TO THE DEAD SEA AND RIVER JORDAN. BY W. F. LYNCH, U.S.N., Coinmaiider of the Expedition. New and condensed edition, with a Map, from actnal Surveys. In one neat royal 12mo. volume, extra cloth. The universal curiosity excited by the interesting narrative of this remarkable expedition, has induced the author to prepare a con- densed edition for popular use, ■which is now finished, at a very low price. In preparing the former editions, the object was to produce a work worthj^ in every respect of the national character which it assumed, and no pains or expense was spared in bringing out a vo- lume as handsome as anything of the kind as yet prepared in this country. The great demand, which has rapidly exhausted many large impressions of this edition, notwithstanding its price, is a sufficient proof of the intrinsic value and interest of the work ; and in presenting this new and cheaper edition, the publishers would merely state that it contains all the substance of the former volume, from the time the expedition reached Lake Tibei-ias till its depar- ture from Jerusalem, embracing all the explorations upon the river Jordan and the Dead Sea. Some matter in the preliminary and concluding chapters has been omitted or condensed, and the two maps of the former edition have been reduced in one, preserv- ing, however, all the more important features of the country de- scribed. In its present form, therefore, afforded at about one-third the price of the more costly issue, in a neat and handsome volume, admirably adapted for parlor or fireside reading, or for district schools, Sabbath schools, and other libraries, the publishers confi- dently anticipate a very extensive demand. Copies may still be had of the FINE EDITION, In one very large and handsome octavo volume, "With T-wenty-eight beautiful Plates, and Two Maps. This book, so long and anxiously expected, fully sustains tlie hopes of the most san- guine and fastidious. It is truly a magnificent work. The type, paper, binding, style, and execution are all of the best and highest character, as are also the maps and en- gravings. It will do more to elevate the character of our national literature than any work that has appeared for years. The intrinsic interest of the subject will give it popularity and immortality at once. It must be read to be appreciated ; and it will be read extensively, and valued, both in this and other countries.— Lod]/ '5 Book, jli/g-. 1S49. When, however, he fairly "gets under weigh," every page possesses interest, and we follow him with eagerness in his perilous and tortuous voyage down the Jordan, and his explorations of the mysterious sea, upon which the curse of the Almighty visibly rests. His privations, toils, and dangers were numerous, but were rewarded by success where all others had failed. He has contributed materially to our know- ledije of scriptural Gt-ography, particularly in his charts of the Jordan and Dead Sea, which he fully explored. If our readers ^vish to know all he has done, they must procure and read his book ; we cannot "ive even an outline of it. We can only add that the publishers have done their full duty in their department, and the maps and plates are all that could be desired. — Presbylerian. * LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. KENNEDY'S LIFE OF WIRT. CHEAPER EDITION, NOW READY. S OF THE LIFE OF WILLIAM WIRT, BY JOHN P. KENNEDY. SECOND EDITION, REVISED. In two large and handsome 12mo. volumes, with a Portrait and fac-simile of a letter from John Adams. ALSO, A handsome Library Edition, in two beautifully printed octavo volumes. The whole of Mr. Wirt's Papers, Correspoiulence. Diaries. &:c., having been placed in llie liauOs of Mr. Kennedy, to be used in this worli : il will be found lo contain much that IS new and intere.'Jiing relative lo llie political history of the limes, as well as lo the private life of Mr Wirt The exceedingly favorable manner in which this work has been everywhere received, having rapidly exhausted the first edition, the publishers have pleasure in presenting a second, revised, in a smaller form and at a lower price. In so doing, they have been desirous lo meet the wishes of many with whom its former cost was an objection. In its present neat and coii%'enienl form, the work is eminently fitted to assume the position which it merits as a book lor every parlor table and for every fire-side where there is an appreciation of the kindliness and manliness, the intellect and the affection, the wit and liveliness which rendered William Wirt at once so emi- nent in the world, so brilliant in society, and so loving and loved in tlie retirem'nlof his domestic circle. Uniting all these attractions, it cannot fail to find a place in every private and public library, and in all collections of books for the use of schools and colleges; for the young can .have before them no brighter example of what can be accomplished by industry and resolution, than the life of William Wirt, as uncon- sciously related by himself in these volumes. The approbation bestowed upon ihis work by the press has been universal. From among numerous recommendaiory notices, the publishers submit a few. One of the most valuable books of the season, and certainly one of ihe most enter- taining works ever published in this country. Mr. Kennedy is admirably qualified for the preparation of such a work, and has evidently had access to a great variety of useful material. The work is one which should be in the hands of every young man in the country. Its intrinsic interest will secure it a very general popularity. — N. Y. Courier and Enquirer. 'I'he fascinating letters of Mr. Wirt, one of the most brilliant and agreeable men of the day, in themselves furnish a rich fund of instruction and enjoyment.— Rich}n'/i Inq. This work has been looked for with much inierest by the public, and will not disap- point the high expectations justly based upon the well-known talents of the author, and the abundant materials let't by the distingui->hed orator and jurist, to which he has had free access. — Baltimore American. The style is at once vigorous and fascinating, and the interest of the most absorbing charBCier.— Philadeliihia fnquinr Mr. Kennedy is one of the very finest of American writers. He never touches a subject thai he does not adorn— and it is fortunate for the memory of Mr. Wirt that the history of his life has fallen into such hands. The publishers have performed iliejr task m excellent style. 'I he paper and the type are good, and the whole getting up is admirable. — Rich-)noHd Whi^. Mr. Kennedy has indeed given us tw'o delightful and instructive volumes. No part of what he has thus lirought together could have been omitted without detriment to the perfect picture of the great man who held for twelve years the important office ot Attorney-General of these United States. Inwoven with the biographical anec- dotes, letters, and speeches, are elucidatory threads that guide the reader to a better understanding of various matters of history, and give a general and permanent value to the work. A fine portrait is i)refixed to the first volume, and a curious fac simile of a letter from John Adams is given in the second. — N. Y. Cmnmercial Advertiser. Mr. Kennedy has made a couple of very interesting voluines. He has not disap- pointed the expeciat ons of those who know his powers, and had enjoyed the spirit, grace, and humor of his previous writings. He has properly adopted the plan of making Mr. Wirt speak for himself, wheneverthis was possible. We have accord- ingly, a large body of his letters, showing him in every possible attitude, during almost every period of his life, and always m a manner lo satisty us of the equal goodness of his heart and the clear manliness of his intellect. The lawyer, in particular will be apt lo peruse these pages with a sensible sympathy. They illustrate the progress of thousands, through a long and painful struggle— from poven> , tn rough adversity, and finally, into renown and excellence. They furnish many admirable examples, as well as interesting history.— OharUston Mercury. LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. JOHNSTON'S PHYSICAIi ATLAS. THE PHYSICAL ATLAS OF NATURAL PHENOMENA. FOK THE USE OF COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, AND FAMILIES. BY ALEXANDER KEITH JOHNSTON, F.R. G.S., F. G. S. In one large volume, imperial quarto, handsomely bound, With Twenty-six Plates, Engraved and Colored in the hest style. Together with 112 pages of Descriptive Letter-press, and a very copious Index. This splendid volume will fill a void long felt in this country, where no work has been attainable presenting the results of the important science of Physical Geography in a distinct and tangible form. The list of plates sub- joined will show both the design of the work and the manner in which its carrying out has been attempted. The reputation of the author, and the universal approbation with which his Atlas has been received, are suflicient guarantees that no care has been spared to render the book complete and trustworthy. The engraving, printing, and coloring will all be found of the best and most accurate description. As but a small edition has been prepared, the publishers request all who may desire to procure copies of the work to send orders through their book- sellers without delay. LIST OF PLATES. GKOLOGY. 1. Geological Siruelure of llie Globe. 2. Mouiiuin Chains of Europe and Asia. 3. .Mouiiiain Cluinis of America 4. Illustration of the Glacier System of the Alps. (Moat Blanc.) 5. Phenomena ol Volcanic Action. Palffioiuologieal anil Geological Map of the British Islands. (Frontispiece.) HYDROGRAPHY. 1. Physical Chart of the Atlantic Ocean, a. Physical Chan of the Indian Ocean. 3 Physical Chart of the Pacific Ocean or Great Sea. 4 Tidal Chan of the British Peas. 5 The River Systems of Europe and Afia. 6. The River Systems of America. Tidal Chart of the World. AIETEOROLOGV. 1. Humboldt's System of I^olhermal Lines. 2. Geographical Distribution of the Cur- rents of Air. 3. Hyetographic or Rain Map of the World. 4. Hyetographic or Rain Map of Europe. NATURAL HISTORY. 1. Geographical Disirihuiion of Plants. 2. Geographical Distribution of the Cuiti vaied Plants used as Food. .3. Geographical Distribution of Quadru- mana, Edentata, Marsupialia, and Pachyderinala. 4. Geographical Distribution of Carnivora. 5. Geographical Distribution of Rodenlia and Ruminantia. 6. Geographical Distribution of Birds. 7 Geographical Diplribution of Reptiles 8. Kihnographic Map o( the World. 9. Ethnographic Map of Great Britain and Ireland. The intention of this work is to exhibit, in a popular and attractive form, the results of the researches of naturalists and philosophers in all the more important branches of Natural Science. Its study requires no previous train- ing ; for while facts and deductions are stated according to the strictest rules of scientific inquiry, they are by an ingenious application of colors, signs, and diagrams, communicated in a manner so simple and striking as to render them at once intelligible and easily retained. For the first time, in this country, the principles of graphic representation are here applied to the delineation of the most itnportant facts of external phenomena. Simple but significant symbolical signs have been introduced 4 LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. JOHNSTON'S PHYSICAL ATLAS— (Continued.) to an extent, and with an effect, hitherto never contemplated. The contents of the many volumes, formerly the sole depositories of information regarding the different kingdoms of nature, have been condensed and reproduced with a conciseness, precision, completeness, and promptitude of application alto- gether unattainable by any other agency. The elegant substitute of linear delineation registers the most complicated results in the most perspicuous form, affords inexhaustible facilities for record- ing the continued advance of science, and " renders its progress visible." The Physical Atlas is the result of many years' labor, and in its construc- tion not only have the writings and researches of the philosophers and travel- ers of all nations been made use of, but many of the most eminent men of the age, in the different departments of science, have contributed directly to its pages. The letter-press gives a condensed description of each subject treated of, with constant reference to the elucidation of the maps, and the colors and signs employed are uniformly explained by notes on the plates. But while endeavoring to make available to every one the rich stores of knowledge otherwise nearly inaccessible, it has ever been borne in mind that, in such a work, accuracy and truth are the first requisites, in order that it may be a guide to the naturalist in investigating the more philosophical de- partments of science, and to the inquirer in showing what has already been done, and what remains to be accomplished, in perhaps the most universally interesting and attractive branch of human knowledge. From among a vast number of recommendatory notices, the publishers sub- mit the following : — We have thus rapidly run through the contents of the Atlas to show its compre- hensiveness and philosophic arrangement. Ot' its execution, no praise would be in excess. The maps are from the original plates, and these are beautifully finished, and the coloring has been laid on wVih the utmost nicety and care. The size is an imperial quarto, and the accompanying text embraces a vast amount of details that the imagination is called on to fasten and associate with the maps. The enterprise and fine taste of the American publishers will, we hope, be rewarded by an extensive sale of this most admirable work. No school-room and no family should be without the Physical Atlas. In the hands of a judicious teacher, or head of a family, information of the most varied nature in all deparlmeiils of science and natural history can be introduced and commented on, in reference to its geographical bearing, while the materials of the text and the Atlas may be commented on to any desired extent. Such works give attractiveness to knowledge, and stimulate to energy the mind of the young; while in the beauty, harmony, and intermediate reactions of nature thus exhibited, the facili- ties of imagination and judgment find room for equal exercise and renewed delight. It is the lively picture and representation of our planet. — New York Literary World, March 9,1850. The book before us is, in short, a graphic encyclopasdia of the sciences— an atlas of human knowledge done into maps. It exemplifies the truth which it expresses — that he who runs may read. The Thermal Laws of Leslie it enunciates by a bent line running across a map of Europe; the abstract researches of Gauss it embodies in a k\v parallel curves winding over a section of the globe; a formula of Laplace it melts down to a little path of mezzotint shadow ; a problem of the transcendental ana- lysis, which covers pages with definite integrals, it makes plain to the eye by a little stippling and hatching on a given degree "of longitude! All possible relations of time and space, heal and cold, wet and dry. frost and snow, volcano and storm, cur- rent and tide, plant and beast, race and religion, attraction and repulsion, glacier and avalanche, fossil and mammoth, river and mountain, mine and forest, air and cloud, and sea and shy — all in the earth, and under the earth, and on the earth, and above the earth, that the heart of man has conceived or his head understood — are brought to- gether by a marvellous microcosm, and planted on these little sheets of paper— thus making themselves clear to every eye. In short, we have a summary of all the cross- questions of Nature (or twenty centuries — and all the answers of Nature herself set down and speaking to us voluminous system rfans u« wioi Mr. Johnston is well known as a geographer of great accuracy and research; and it is certain that this work will add to his reputation; for it is beautifully engraved, and accompanied with explanatory and tabular letterpress of great value. — London Athenaum. LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. 6 SOMERVILLE'S PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. New Edition, much improved. Now Ready. PHYSICAL "GEOGEAPHY. BY MARY SOMERVILLE, AUTHOR OF "the CONNECTION OF THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES," ETC. ETC. SECOND AMERICAN EDITION, Prom the Second and Revised Iiondon Edition. WITH AMERICAN NOTES, GLOSSARY, &C. In one neat royal 12mo. volume, extra cloth, of over 500 pages. The great successs of this work, ami its introduction into many of the higher schools and academies, have induced the publishers to prepare a new and much improved editioii. In addition to the corrections and improvements of the author bestowed on the work in its passage through the press a second time in London, notes liave been introduced to adapt it more fully to the physical geography of this country ; and a comprehensive glossary has been added, rendering the volume more particularly suited to educational purposes. The amount of these additions inay be understood from the fact, that not only has the size of the page been increased, but the volume itself enlarged l)y over one hundred and fifty pages. At the same time, the price has not been increased. Whde reading this work, we could not help thinking how interesting, as well as useful, geography as a branch of education might be made in our schools. In many of them however, this i.« not accomplished. It is to be hoped that this defect will be remedied ; and thai in all our educational institutions Geography will soon be taught in the proper way. .Mrs. Somerville's work may, in this respect, be pointed to as a model. — Tail's Edinburgh Magazine. Our praise comes lagging in the rear, and is well-nigh superfluous. But we are anxious to recommend to our youth the enlarged method of s'udying geography which her present work demonstrates to be as captivating as it is instructive. Nowhere, except in her own previous work, "The Connection of the Physical Sciences," is there lobe found so large a store of well-selected information so lucidly set forth. In sur- veying and grouptng together whatever has been seen by the eyesof others, or detect- ed by their laborious investigations, she is not surpassed by any one. We have no obscurities other than what the imperfect slate of science iiseK involves her in ; no dissertations which are felt to interrupt or delay. She strings her beads distinct and close together. With quiet perspicacity she seizes at once whatever is most interest- ing and most captivating in her subject. Therefore it is we are for the book ; and we hold such presents as Mrs. Somerville has bestowed upon the public, to be of incalcu- lable value, disseminating more sound information than all the literary and scientific institutions will accomplish in a whole cycle of their existence. — BlacktooodCa Mag. HERVEY'S COURT OF GEORGE II. MEMOIRS OF THE REIGnIf GEORGE THE SECOND, From his Accession to the Dcatii of (liiecii Caroline. BY JOHN LORD IIERVEY. EDITED, FROM THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT, AT ICKWORTH, By the Right Hon. JOHN WILSON CROKER, LL. D., F. R. S., &c. In two handsome volumes, royal 12mo., extra cloth. PARDOE'S FRANCIS THE FIRST.— Now Ready. THE COURT AND REIGnTf FRANCIS THE FIRST, KING OF FRANCE. BY MISS rAIlHUK, author of " LOUIS THE FOURTEENTH," " CITY OF THE SULTAN," &C. &C. In two very neat volumes, royal 12mo., extra cloth. 6 LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. HERSCHEL'S OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY.— JVotc JJ ~TK AA !?iYL.\ A]\IA : WITH REMARKS ON THEIR CONDITION, SOCIAL, POLITICAL, AND KCONOMICAL. BY JOHN PAGET, ESQ. In two neat volumes, royal 12mo., extra cloth. "AVe must now luni aside lo make a short excursion inlo Hiiiigarj'. with Mr. Paeet for our guide. It would not he well possible to choose a better, for he never suffer* our interest lo Hap:, and appears to have made himself accurately acquainted, not only with the localities and traditions of ihe country, but with its whole history and instiiutions, which presents fo many points of nnaloijy to those of Kiigland. as really to invest the subject with a new and peculiar interest for an I'^nglishman."— Quarttr/y Review. B^imn'S WEST IJi^DIES.—JVow Ueadtj. IMPRESSIONS AND EXPERIENCES OFfTHE Wli!*!' 1M)IF.J< AM) XOU III A.>IERICA IX 1849. BY ROBERT BAIRD, A. M. In one neat volume, royal 12mo., e.\tra cloth. '■■We have here ;i new instalment, iioi of Hriti'-h prejudice and ujrumhling. common to iransatlaiitic tourists who pass a few months in the country, but a lair, judicious, malter-of fact book by a Scottish gentleman who makes the pilgrimage ol a consider- able poriioii 01 ihe wesiern world in pursuit o( healih, and in a frame of mind, we may add, well adapted to its recovery. There is no illness or dyspepsia in Mr Baird'8 speculailoiis. He has a eocid legal digestion of every fact or sentiment which comes before him.'— iV. Y Lit. YVorld. •■ A mo*t faiihful and allractive description of the countries which the author has visiied— formins altogether a tourist's note-book and traveler's guide of the very best class.' —John Bull. •■ riie narrative embraces topics of absorbing interest at the present day." — Liver- pool Mail. •■ .Mr Baird wields a delicate and graceful pencil, and touches lishtly and cheerily on the salient and light reflecting poinisof the varied and magnificent scenery he wanders over or floats amidst." — Gla^sow Citizen. NEW AMERICAN WORK ON SHOOTING— Nearly Ready. NOTES ON SHOOTING; OR HINTS TO SPORTSMEN. COMPULSING The Habits of the Game Birds and Wild Fowl of Norlli America; The Dog, the Gun, and the Field. BY E. J. LEWIS, M.D., Editor of ■■ Youatl on the Dog,' &o. In one handsome volume, royal 12mo. HISTORY OF THE HUGUE'MOTS— A NEW EDITION, CO.NTINUEI) TO THE PRESENT Tl.ME. }iY W. S. BROWNLXG. In one large octavo volume, extra cloth. "One of the most interesting and valuable conlribulions lo modern history."— Gen- lleman^s Magazine. RUSH'S MEMORANDA OF A RESIDENCE AT THE COURT OF LONDON. In one large and handsome octavo volume, extra cloth. THE BOY'S TRr.:\SURY OF SPORTS, PASTIMES, AND RECREATIONS. WITH rOUR HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIONS. In one very neat volume, royal ISmo., crimson extra cloth. 8 LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. MACFARLANE'S TURKEY— Now Ready. TURKEY AND~1tS DESTINY; THE RESULT OF JOURNEYS MADE IN 1P47 AND1S4S TO EXAMINE INTO THE STATE OF THAT COUNTRY. BY CHARLES MACFARLANE, ESQ., Author of "Constantinople in le2S " In two neat volumes, royal 12mo., extra cloth. "The author of this work has made valualile coiitril)uiions to the Western world's knowledge of the people and customs of the East, and none of more value than this. He is a close observer, an acute thinker, and master of a pleasant, lively style. AVe have seen no picture of Turkey, as it is, and of its future destiny, that approaches these volumes in minuteness of detail, blended with philosophical comprehensiveness. Every one interested in the present position and future destiny of the Turkish go- vernment—should read Mr. Macfarlane's volumes." — N. Y. Com. Advertiser. SIX MONTHS IN THE GOLD MINES— Now Ready. SIX MONTHS INYhE GOLD MINES. FROM A JOURNAL OF A THREE YEARS' RESIDENCE IN Ui'PER AND LOWER CALIFORNIA DURING 1S47, lfc48, AND 1&49. BY E. GOULD BUFFUM, ESQ., Lieut. First Regiment New York Volunteers. In one well printed royal 12mo. vol., paper, price 50 cents, or extra cloth. "To those who intend visiling California this book is invaluable, and the general reader will find it, in some respects, as fascinating and interesting as a work of fic- tion."—iV. r. Herald. FLETCHER'S NINE-VTIH— Now Ready. NOTES FROM NINEVEH, And Travels in Mesopotamia, Assyria, and Syria. BY THE REV. J. P. FLETCHER. In one neat royal 12mo. volume, extra cloth. "Well written, and deeply interesting." — Xortk American. "One of the best books of travels thai we have taken up for a long time." — Boston Evening Gazette. "The narratives of these excursions are deeply interesting." — N.Y. Com. Advertiser. "Full of new and stirring interest." — Saturday Post. CARPENTER ON ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS- Just Ready. A prize" ESSAY ON THE USE OF ALCOHOLIC LiaUORS IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. BY W. B. CARPENTER, M.D., F.R.S., Author of ''Principles of Human Physiology," &c. In one neat volume, royal 12mo. A prize of one hundred guineas having been ollered in London for the best essay on the above subject, that sum has been awarded to Dr. Carpenter for the present work by the adjudicators. Dr. John Forbes. Dr. G. L. Roupell, and Dr. W. A.Guy. A treatise on a subject of such universal interest by so distinguished a physiologist and teacher as Dr. Carpenter cannot fail to attract general attention, and be product- ive of much benefit. WALPOLE'S LETTERS. In six handsome octavo volumes, extra cloth. Four volumes containing the General Correspondence, and two the Suppressed Letters to Sir Horace Mann. WALPOLE'S MEMOIRS OF THE REIGN OF KING GEORGE THE THIRD. In two handsome octavo volumes. LEA & BLA^JCHAKD'S NKVV PLBLICATIONS. 9 Now Complete.— STRICKLAND'S QUEENS OF ENGLAND. NEW AND IMPROVED EDITION. LIVES OF THE @UEENS OF ENGLAND, FROM THE NORMAN CONQUEST. WITH ANECDOTES OF THEIR COURTS, Now First Published from Official Records, and other Authentic Documents, Pri- vate as well as Public. NEW EDITION, %VITH ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. BY AGNES STRICKLAND. In six volumes crown octavo, extra crimson cloth, or half morocco, printed on fine paper and large type. In this edition, Volume One contains Vols. 1, 2 and 3 of the 12mo. edition Volume Two contains Vols. 4 and 5; Volume Three contains Vols. 6 and 7 Volume Four contains Vols. 8 and 9 ; Volume Five contains Vols. 10 and 11 and Volume Six contains Vol. 12. The whole forming a very handsome se- ries, suitable for presents, prizes, &c. Tlie puljlisliers have great pleasure in presenting to the public this work in a complete Ibrm. During the long period m whieli it has lieen issuing from the press, it has assumed the character ol"a standard work ; and. as occupying ground hitherto untouched, as embodying numerous historical facts hilheno unnoticed, and as con- taining vivid sketches of the character and manners of the times, with anecdotes, documents, &c. &c., it presents numerous claims on the nltenlion of both the student of history and desultory reader. Those who have been waiting its completion can now obtain it, forming a handsome set, twelve volumes in six, in various styles of binding. A few copies still on hand of the Duodecimo Edition. Vol. I. — Contains Matilda of Flanders, Matilda of Scotland, Adelicia of Louvaine, Matilda of Boulogne, and Eleanor of A(]uitaine. Vol. II. — Berengaria of Navarre, Isa- bella of Angoiileme, Eleanor of Provence, Eleanor of Castile, Marguerite of France, Isabella of France, Philippa of Hainault, and Anne of Bohemia. Vol. III. — Isabella of Valois, Joanna of Navarre, Katharine of Valois, Marga- ret of Anjou, Elizabeth Woodville, and Ann of Warwick. Vol. IV. — Elizabeth ofYorU, Katharine of Arragon, .\nne Boleyn, Jane Seymour, Anne of Cleves, and Katharine Howard. Vol. V. — Katharine Parr and Queen Mary. Vol. VI. — Queen Elizabeth. Vol. VII. — Queen Elizabeth (continued), and Anne of Denmark. Vol. VIII. — Henrietta Maria and Catharine of Braganza. Vol. IX. — Mary of Modena. Vol. X. — Mary of Modena (continued), and Mary II. Vol. XI. — Mary II. (continued), and Queen Anno. Vol. XII. — Queen Anne (concluded). Any volume sold separately, or the whole to match in neat green cloth. These volumes have the fascination of a romance united to the integrity of history. — Times. A most valuable and entertaining work. — Chronicle. This interesting and well-wriiien work, in which the severe truth of history lakes almost llie wildness of romance, will constitute a valuable addition to our biogra- phical liieraiure. — Morning Htrabl. A valuable contribution to hisiorical knowledge, to young persons especially. It contains a mass of every kind of historical matter of interest, which industry and re source could collect. We have derived much entertainment and instruction from the work. — Athetirr.um The execution of this work is equal to the conception. Great pains have been taken lo make it both inlere^ling and valuable. — Lit- ran/ Gazelle. A cliarmiiig work— full of interest, at once st-rious ami pleasing — Monsieur Giiizot. A most charming biographical memoir. We conclude by expressing our uiuiuali- ficd opinion, that we know of no more valuable coniribulion lo modern tiisiory than this ninth volume of .Miss Strickland's Lives of the Queens. —Morning Herald. *2 10 LEA & BLANCHARD-S NEW PUBLICATIONS. NEW WORK BY MISS KAVANAGH— Now Ready. WOMAN IN FRANCS IN THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. BY JULIA KAVANAGH, Author of " Madeleine, a Tale of Auvergne." In one neat vol., royal 12mo , extra cloth. In treating other sulijeels of her gallery — as for instance those widely different per- sonages, IVIcllle. Aiss6 and Madame Roland— Miss Kavanagh puts forth a pathelic power which gives depth and repose to a book that in other hands might have become wearying from its unmitigated sparkle. The critic dealing with such an encyclopedia of coquetries, amours, vicissitudes, sflffV rings, and repentances as the history of" Woman in France" must necessarily be, is fain to content himself with offering merely a general character like the above. Such is the fascination of the subject — such is the fullness of maiter— such is iis afflu- ence of sugseslion— that every page tempts him to stop for a gossip or for speculation of modes and morals. Which among us will ever be tired of reading about the Women of France ? espe- cially when they are marshaled so agreeably and discreetly as in the pages before us. — 37ie Athenauni. ERMAN'S SIBERIA.— Now Ready. TRAVELsTn SIBERIA. INCLUDING EXOURSIONS NORTHWARD, Down the Obi to the Polar Circle, and Southward to the Chinese Frontier. BY ADOLPH ERMAN. Translated frovi the German, by WILLIAM DESBOROUGH COOLEY. In two large vols., royal 12mo., extra cloth. Much interest attaches to this work as the only complete and authentic account w-hich we possess of the vast territories extending from the Ural Mountains !o Beh- ring's Straits, of which less is known, than perhaps of any other densely inhabited portion of the globe. Dr. Erman devoted several years to these researches, and has embodied in these volumes a large amount of curious and novel information. Lately Issued — INGERSOLL'S NEW WORK. HISTORICAI. SKETCH OF THE SECO^O TTAR BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND GREAT BRITAIN. DECLARED BY ACT OF CONGRESS THE 18th OF .lUNE, 1SI2. AND CON- CLUDED BY PEACE THE 15lh OF FEBRUARY, ISio. BY CHARLES J. INGERSOLL. EMBRACING THE EVENTS OF 1814. In one well-printed Svo. vol., of 318 pages, double columns, paper covers. FRANCE UNDER LOUIS PHILIPPE. The History of Ten Years, 1830-1840; or, France nnder Lonis Philippe. BY LOUIS BLANC, Secretary of the Provisional Government of 1S4S. TRANSLATED BY WALTER K. KELLY. In two handsome crown Svo. volumes, extra cloth, or six parts, paper, at fifty cents. HISTORY OF THE FRENCH RimUTION OF 1789. BY LOUIS BLANC, Author of " France under Lonis Philippe," &c THAN'- .i"ED FROM THE FRENCH, one volume, crown octavo. LEA" & BLANCH ARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. 11 THE "WAR IN HUNGARY. Now Ready. MEMOIRS OF AN~HUNGARIAN LADY. BY THERESA rULSZKY. WITH AN HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION BY FRANCIS PULSZKY. In one neat volume, royal 13mo., extra cloth. We need hardly inform our readers that the authoress of this work is the accom- plished wife of the gentleman who was originally accredited to the Enalish Cabinet by the Provisional Government of Hungary. The private Interest attaching to the recital of events which have become so famous, would ensure a wide popularity for Madame Pulszky's book. But we should very ninch underestimate its value if we so limned our praise. The Memoirs, indeed, contain sketches of social life which are worthy of a place by the side of Madame de Slahl de Launay and Madame Campan. But lliey are also rich in political and topographical information of the first character. Madame Pulszky was in the habit of direct intercourse with the foremost and most distinguished of the Hungarian generals and statesmen, and has given a complete summary of the political events in Hungary, from the arrival of the Hungarian Depu- tation in 1S4>?, to the treason of General Georgy on the 13lh of August, 1S49 M. Puls- zky has also prefixed a valuable introduction, which gives the most complete History of Hungary that has ever issued from the English press. — Globe. TAL.es AflfD STORIES FROM HISTORY. BY AGNES STRICKLAND, Author of " Lives of the Queens of England." etc. In one handsome royal 18mo. volume, crimson extra cloth, vi-iih illustrations. THE SFGAR PLANTER'S MAIMTAE. BEING A TREATISE ON THE ART OF OBTAINING SUGAR FROM THE CANE. BY W. J. EVANS, M. D. In one neat volume, small Svo., 2CS pages, with wood-cuts and two plates, THEORY OF LIFE. BY S. T. COLERIDGE. In one sinal) volume, 12mo. POEMS, BY ELLIS, CURRER, AND ACTON BELL, Authors of "Jane Eyre." &c. In one vol., royal 18mo. EASTER]\ LIFE, PRESENT AXD PAST. BY HARRIET MARTINEAU. In one large and handsome volume, crown octavo. HOUi^EHOT^D EDIJCATIOIV. BY HARRIET MARTINEAU. In one handsome vol., royal 12mo. laiRABEAIJ, A Life History. In one neat volume, royal I'Jrno. A TREATISE ON ASTRONOI^ V. CY SIR JOHN F, W. HEPvSCIlEI.. F. R. S., &c. WITH NUMEROUS IT.ATES AND WOOD-CUTS. A NEW EDITION, WITH A PREFACE AND A SERIES OF QUESTIONS, BY S. O. WALKER. In one volume. l'.iino 12 LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. MAGNIFICENT PRESENTATION WORK. IRISH MELODIES. BY THOMAS MOORE, Esq. WITH NOTES AND BIOGRAPHICAL PREFACES. IliLUSTRATED "WITH BEAUTIFUL STEEL. PliATES, ENGRAVED UNDER THE IMMEDIATE SUPERINTENDENCE OF MR. EDWARD FINDEN. In one large imperial quarto volume of 174 pages, handsomely bound in extra cloth, with gilt edges. Beautifully printed on superior paper. LIST OF PLATKS. Nora Cretna, ... - Painted by VV. P. Frith, Engr'd by E. Finden. Rich AND Rare WERE THE Gems SHE Wore, '' W.Fisher, " W H. Mote. EvEi.EEN, " R. T. Bott, " E. Finden. Love's Young Dream, - - - - " A.Derby, " E. Finden. Lesbia, " W. P. Frith, " W. Holl. Kathleen and St. Kevin, - - - " E. Hawkes, " W. Holl. The Hamlet's Pride, - - - - " W. Room, " W.Edwards. Laughing Eyes. " W. P. Frith, " E. Finden. The Mountain Sprite, ... " F. Wood, " E. Finden. The Desmond's Love, - - - . " F. Crowley, " W. Edwards. The care which has been exercised in every portion of this volume, both as to its mechanical and anistical execuiion, renders it in all respects well worthy of the "Irish Melodies." In illustrations, type, printing, paper, and binding, it is equal to anything that has as yet appeared in this country ; and, as a work whose attraction is not confined to a single season, it should command the attention of the public. Now Ready.— MACKAY'S TRAVELS IN THE UNITED STATES. THE WESTERjV l¥OR"iLD; OR, TRAVELS IN THE UNITED STATES. EXHIBITING THEM IN THEIR LATEST DEVELOPMENT, SOCIAL, POLITICAL, AND INDUSTRIAL. INCLUDING A CHAPTER ON CALIFORNIA. BY ALEXANDER MACKAY, Esq. FROM THE SECOND AND ENLARGED LONDON EDITION. In two very neat vols., royal 12mo. READINGS FOR THE YOUNG. FROM THE WORKS OF SIR WALTER SCOTT. WITH NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL PLATES. In two very handsome vols., royal ISnio., crimson cloth DOMBEY AND SON, COMPLETE. BY CHARLES DICKENS. Ill one large octavo vol. of 320 doulile-columned pages, with 16 plates, price £0 cents. ALSO, AN EDITION ON FINE PAPER, WITH 40 PLATES, EXTRA CLOTH. DICKENS'S DAVID COPPERFIELD. PUBr,ISHL\G IN NU.MBERS, WITH PLATES, PRICE 5 CKNTS EACH. Uniform with Lea & Blanchard's complete edition of Dickens's Novels and Tales. ALSO, Part I of the Cheap Edition, TO BE COMPLETE IN TWO PARTS. Price 25 Cents each. LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS. 13 LIBRARY OF ILLUSTRATED SCIENTIFIC WORKS. UNDKR THIS TITLE LI'.A & HLANCHARD ARE PUBLISHING A SERIES OF BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED AYORKS, ON VARIOUS BRANCHES OF SCIENCE, By the most distinguished men in their respective departments. Printed in the handsomest style, and embellished in tlie most efficient manner. ICT" No expense has been or will be spared to render this series worthy of the sup- port of the scientific public, and at the same lime one of tlie handsomest specimens of typographical and artistic execution which lias appeared in tins country. Spechnens of the Engravings and style of Uievohime^ may be hail on application lo the publishers. MULLER'S PHYSIOS— LATELY ISSUED. P R I N Cl P L E S OF PHYSICS AND METEOROLOGY. BY PROFESSOR J. MULLER, M. D. EDITED, WITH ADDITIONS, BY R. EGLESFELD GRIFFITH, M. D. In one large and handsome octavo volume, with 550 wood-cuts, and two colored plates. This is a large, elegant, and most admirable volume— thefirst of a series of scien- tific books now passing throuph the press in London, and which cannot fail to com- mend themselves to the favor of all who lake any interest in the prO!43. I like the plan of your series. I feel sure it will succeed, and thus displace some of the learned lumber of our schools. The notes, short, plain, and apposite, are placed where they ought to be, and furnish the learner just about help enough. From Philip Lindslet, D. D., Pres. of the University of Nashville, Nov. 27, 1848. The classical series, edited by Drs. Sclimitz and Zumpt. has already acquired a high and well-merited repulation on both sides of the Atlantic. I have carefully ex- amined your editions of Ctesar and Virgil. I think them admirable text-books lor schools, and preferable to all others. I shall avail myself of every suitable occasion to recommend them. From B. Sanford, Esq., Bridgewnter. Mass., Jan. 17, 1849. I have examined, with considerable care, boih the Cfesar and the Virgil, and am much pleased with the plan and execution of the series thus lar. I am particularly gratified with the propriety and judgment displayed by the editors in the preparation of the notes ; avoiding, as I think, the prolixity and profuseness of some of our class- ical works, and, al the same time, the barrenness and deficiency of others ; giving a body of annotations better suited to aid the teacher in imparting a knowledge of the language, than is to be found in any edition heretofore in use. , From Prof. Sturgess, Hanover College, Indiana, Dec. 30, 184S. The mere name of the eilitors is a sufficient and most ample guarantee of the accu- racy of the text, the judicious choice of various readings, and ihe conformity of those adopted to the latest investigations of MSS., and the results of the most enlighiened criticism. The notes I have not examined very carefully, except those of the Viryil. They are admirable, extremely condensed, and conveying a great deal of most valu- able criticism in the briefest possible way. They are particularly valuable for their fEslheli"al remarks, and the frequent references to parallel passages in Ihe same au- thor. The preliminary life is excellent, and of great value to the student. The S il- lusi appears lo be of the same general character, and the noles to lurnish just such help as the diligent student really needs. I think that in bringing out such a course at a cheap rate you are conferring a great boon on the country, and additional honor on your press, already so distinguished tor the value of its issues. LEA & BLANCHARD'S NEW PUBLICATIONS, 17 SHAW'S ENGLISH LITERATURE. OUTLINES OP ENGLISH LITEUATUllE. BY THOMAS B. SHAAV, Professor of English Literature in the Imperial Alexander Lyceum of Su Petersburg. In one large and handsome royal 12mo. volume. A valuable and very interesting volume, which for various merits will gradually find its way into all libraries.— jY. Y. Knicktrborker. Supplies a want long and severely fe\l.— Southern Literary Ciazette. Traces our literary history with remarkable zest, fairness, and intelligence. — N. Y. Home Jo'trtinl. All admirable work— graphic and delightful.— PM THE SVANlsll OF MIGUEL DE CERVANTES SAAVEDRA BY CHARLES JARVIS, ESQ. CAREFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED. WITH A MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR AND NOTICE OF HIS WORKS. WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS, BY TONY JOHANNOT. Ill two beautifully printed volumes, crown octavo, rich extra crimson clotli. The publishers are happy in presenting to the admirers of Dun Quixote an edition of that work in some degree worthy of its reputation and popularity. The want of such a one has Ions hceii felt in this country, and in presenting this, they have only to express tlieir hope that it may meet the nunuTuus demands and inquiries. The tran.slation is that by Jar\is, wluch is acknowleURfid snpe- nor in both force and fidelity to all others. It has in some few instances been slightly al'crcd to adapt it better to modem readers, or occa-sionally to suit it to llio inimitable designs of Tony Joliuiinot. These latter are admitted to be the only successful pictorial exponents of the wit and humor ot Cer\'aiiles, and a choice selection of them have been engraved in the best manner. A tj tli« marvellous tricks and changes, eiperunents and wonders afforded by the magic of science and iuggkry. CHEMISTRY OF THE FOUR SEASONS, SPRINT., SUMMER, AUTUMN, AND WINTER. AN ESSAY, PRINCIPALLY CONCERNING NATURAL PHENOMENA, AD.MITTING OK INTERPRETATION BY CHEMICAL SCIENCE, AND ILLUSTRATING PASSAGES OF SCrJPTURE. BY THOMAS GRIFFITHS, rROFESSOB OP CHFMtSTBT I!» THE MEDICAL COLLF.CiE OF ST. BARTHOLOMEWS nOSrrrxU BTC. In one large royal limo. volume, with many Wood-Cuts, eitra cloth. - ChemLstry is a.ssuredly one of the most useful and intcrestin? of the natural sciences. Chemi<»l rhauses meet us at evpr>- step, and dunn? every «ea,son, the winds and the ram. tlie hea' «ml the frosts, each h.ive their ;K>culiar and appropriate phenomena. And those who have hitherto re- mained in-«-nsible to these clianjes and unmoved amid siirh remarkable, and often startling re- sults, will l.«e their apatl.v upon readin; the Chemistry uf li.e • Four :>casons. and he Pf^""' »<» enioy the hiuhest inte leetual pleasures. Conceived in a l.appv spint. and wnlten with t.uste and ele-mce the css:iv of Mr. Gnlhll.s r.iniiol fad tn receive tlic iulmiralion of cullivat.-d minds; and th.^ who have liK>keeautics. will find themselves led on step by .tetTuntil Ihev real,/,e a new mtellixtual hems. Surh works we helieve, eiert a happv mll.ience over ?ntain.s the whole routine of the 8cienr«. It is the Pnnier, tlic I.exiron, and the Homer. Everytlim? is here, from the minutest portion of a Run-lock, to a tlend Buffalo. The sportsman who reads lliis book understandinRly, may pass an examination. He will know the sricnce, and may ewe advice to others. Every sportsman, and sportsmen are plentiful, should own this work. U should be a " vade mecuni." He slioukl be examined on its contents, and estimated by bis abilities to answer. We have not been without treatises on the art, but hitherto they have not descended into all the minutiie of equipments and qiialiticatiiins to proceed to the completion. This work supplies deficiencies, and completes the sportsman's library." — U. S. Gazelle. " No man in the country that we wot of is so well calculated as our friend of the ' Spirit' for the task he has undertaken, and the result of his laboura liius been that he has turned out a work which should be in the hands of every man in the huid who owns a double-barrelled gun."— N. O. Picayune. " A volume snlendidly printed and bound, and embellished vrHh numerous beautiful engravings, which will doubtless be in KTi'at demand. No sportsman, indeed, oui;lit to be withmit it, while the general reader will find iu its pages a fund of curious and useful infurniation." — Richmond Whig. ^y^irATT~oir"TMriE"^DO^ THE DOG, BY WILLIAM YOUATT, Author of " The Horse," &c. WITH NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ILLUSTRATIONS. EDITED BY E. J. LEWIS, M. D. &c. &c. In one beautifully printed volume, crown octavo. LIST OF PLATES. Head of Bloodhound— Ancient Greyhounds- The Thibet Dos— The Dineo, or New Holland Do?— The Danish or Dalmatian Dog- The Hare Indian Dog — The Grevhound— The Grecian Greyhound — Blenheims and Cockers — The Wafer Spaniel — The Poodle — The Alpine Spaniel or Bernardme Dog — The Newfoundland Dog— The Esquimaux Dog— The English Sheep Dog— The Scotch Sheep Dog — The Beagle— The Harrier— The Foxhound— Plan of Goodwood Kennel — The Southern Hound— The Setter— The Pointer— The Bull Dog— The Jlastilf— The Terrier— Skeleton of the Dog — Teeth of the Dog at seven different ages. " Mr. Youatt's work is invaluable to the student of canine history; it is full of entertaining anJ instructive matter for the general reader. To the sportsman it coininends itself by the large amount of useful information in reference to his pecuhar pursuits wliich it embodies — information which he cannot find elsewliere in so convenient and accessible a form, and with so reUable an authority to entitle it to his consideration. The modest preface which Dr. Lewis has made to the American edition of this work scarcely does justice to the additional value he has imparted to it; and the publishers are entitled to great credit for the handsome manner in wluch tliey have got it up." — riorlh American. THE SFORTSlMi^ZT'S I.IBR.A.RV, OR HINTS ON HUNTERS, HUNTING, HOUNDS, SHOOTING, GAME, DOGS, GUNS, FISHING, COURSING, ic, &c. BY JOHN MILLS, ESQ., Author of " The Old English Gentleman," ic. In one well printed royal duodecimo volume, e.\tra cloth. STi).BZKT. THE DOG .A-ISTD THE SFORTSIO; AIT, EMBUACI.Nf; THE USES, liRKEDlNG. TRAINING, DISEASES, ETC., OF DOGS, AND AN ACinUNT OF THE IHKFEUENT KINDS oK G.VME. WITH THEIR llAlilTS. Also, Hints to SliooterSf with various useful Rcciiics, &c«j Ac< BY J. S. SKIN NCR. Wilh Plates In one very neat 12nin roliime. 'rtra rluth. LEA AND BLANCIIARD'S PUBLICATIONS. FRANCATELLI'S MODERN FRENCH COOKERY. THE MODERN COOK, A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO THE CULINARY ART, IN ALL ITS BRANCHE^S, ADAPTED AS WELL FOR -THE LARGEST ESTABLfSHMENTS AS FOR THE USE OF PRIVATE FAMILIES. BY CHARLES ELME FRANCATELLI, Pupil of tlie celebrated Careme, and late Maitre D'Hotel and Chief Cook to her Majesty the Queen. In one large octavo volume, extra cloth, with numerous illustratioiis. " It appears to he the book of books on cookery, hem? a most comprehensive treatise on that art preservative and cousen-ative. The work comprises, in one lai;;e and elegant octavo volume, 1+47 recipes for cooking dishes and desserts, with numerous dlustrations ; also bills of fare and direc- tions for dinners for every month in the year, fur companies of si.\ persons to twenty-eight. — Nat. Intelligencer. " The ladies who read our Magazine, will thank us for Calling attention to this great work on the noble science of cooking, in whicli everybody, who has any taste, feels a deep and abiding mlerest. Francatelli is the Plato, the Sliakspeare, or the Napoleon of his departnienl; or perhaps the La Place, for his performance bears the same relaiion to ordinary cook hooks that the Mecanique Celeste does to DaboU's Anthmetio. It is a large octavo, pidl'usely illustrated, and contains every- tlimg on the pliilosophy of making dinners, suppers, etc., that is worth knowing.— Gro/iam's Magazine. MISS ACTON'S CoTkTryT MODERS? COOKER'S- IN ,A.IjIi ITS BRilKCHIIS, REDUCED TO A SYSTEM OF EASY PRACTICE. FOR THE USE OF PRIVATE FAMILIES. IN A SERIES OF PRACTICAL RECEIPTS, ALL OK WHICH ARE GIVEN WITH THE MOST MINUTE EX.VCTNESS. BY ELIZA ACTON. WITH NUMEROUS WOOD-CUT ILLUSTRATIONS. TO WHICH IS ADDED, A TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. THE WHOLE REVISED AND PREPARED FOR AMERICAN HOUSEKEEPERS. BY MRS. SARAH J. HALE. From the Second London Edition. In one large I2mo. volume. "Miss Ehza Acton may congratulate herself on having composed a work of great utility, and one that is speedily finding its way to every 'dresser' in the kinsdom. Her Cookery-book is unques- tionably the most valuable compendium of the art that has yet been published. It strongly incul- cates economical principles, and points out how good tlungs may be concocted without that reck- less extravagance which good cooks have been wont to miagine the best evidence tliey caji give of skill in their profession." — London Morning Post. PLAIN AND PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR COOKING AND HOUSEKEEPING. ■WITH UPTWARDS OP SEVEN HUNDRED RECEIPTS, Consisting of DiiecUoiis for the Choice of Meat and Poultry, Prejiarations for Cooking; Maldng of Broths and Souiis ; Boiling, Roasting, Baking and Frying of .Meats, Fish, &c. ; Seasonings, Colorings, Cooking Vegetables; Pi eparin? Salads ; Clarifying; Making of Pastry, Puddings, Gruels, Gravies, Garnishes, Aic, RETH, OF PHIUVDEI.PHIA. In one large royal duodecmio volume, extra cloth, of nearly Sii Hundred and Fifty double columned Pages. This edition has been greatly altered from the onginal. Many articles of little interest to Ameri- cans h.-ive been curuiiled or wholly omitted, and much m:\\ mailer, with numerous illuslniliiins, added especially wilh respect to the variutirs of fruit wluilj .■.v|K-iifiic.> has shown to be pecuharly adapted to our climate. Still, the eilitnr admits that he has only fullcwed in the path so admirably nrirkcd out by Mr J..lms.)ii, to whorn llie rliicf iiirrit of llie wuik bilungs. It lias been an object with the editor aiul [lublislicis to iiic-rcase its popular oharacler, tberrby adapting it to the larger class of iiortirulninil nailers in this ruuiitry. and they trust it will prove what they have desired It to be ail t;ncyrloi);i'dia of tlardeiimg, if not of Rural Alfairs, so condensed and ut such a price as to be wilhin reach of nearly all whom those subjects interest. " This is a useful compendium of all that description of information which is valuable to the modem gardener. It quotes largely from the best standard authors, journals, and tran.saclions of societies- and the labours of the American editor have fitted it for the United States, by judicious additions and omissions. The volume is abundantly illustrated with hgures in the text, cmbraiaiig a judicious selection of those varieties of fruits which experience has shown to be well suited to the United Slates.— SilliTnan's Journal. " This is the most val liable work we have ever seen on the subject of gardening ; and no man of taste who can devote even a quarter of an acre to horticulture ought to be without it. Indeed la- dies who merely cultivate flowers mthin-doors, will find this book an excellent and conveuient counsellor It contains one hundred and eighty wood-cut lUustrations, which give a distinct idea of the fruits and garden-arrangements they are intended to represent. . " Johnson's Dictionan' of Gardening, edited by Landreth, is handsomely pnnted. well-bound, ami gold at a price wluch puts it witliin the reach of all who would be hkcly to buy it."— Evergreen. THE COMPLETE FLORIST. A KlANTJI^Jj OF GARlJENIWa, CONTAINING PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION FOR THE MANA.JEMENT OF GREENIIOUSE PLANTS, AND FOR THE CULTIVATION OF THE SllKUliliEKY-1 HE t LOWER GARlJEN, AND THE LAWN-WrrH DESCKIPTIO.NS OF THOSE PLANTS> AND TREES MOST WORTHV OF CULTURE IN EACH DEPARTMENT. "WITH ADDITIONS AND AKIEN D IVIE N T S, ADAPTED TO THE CLIMATE OF THE UNITED STATES. In one small volume. Price only Twenty-five Cents. THE COMPLETE KITCHEN AND FRUIT GARDENER. A SELECT MANUAL OF KITCHEN GARDENING, AND THE CULTURE OF FRUITS, CONTAINING FAMILIAR niRECTIONS FOR THE MOST APPROVED PRACTICE IN EACH DEPAR'IMENT, DESCRIPTIONS OF MANY VALUABLE FRUITS, AND A CALEND.VR OF WORK TO BE PERFOKilED EACH MONTH IN THE YEAR. THE WHOLE ADAPTED TO THE CLIMATE OF THE UNITED STATES. In one small volume, paper. Price only Twenty-five Cents. LANDRETITS RURAL REGISTER AND ALIVIANAC, FOR 1848, WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS. STILL ON HAND, A FE'W COPIES OF THE REGISTER FOR 1847, WITH OVER ONE HUNDRED WOOD-CUTS. This work has 1.W large 12mo. pages, double columns. Though published annually, and contain- ing an almanac, the principal part of the matter is of permanent iiUhty to the horticulturist and 6imier. LEA AND BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. HUMAN HEALTH: OR, THE rNFLUENCE OF ATJIOSPHERE AND LOCALITY, CHANGE OF AIR AND CLLMATE, SEASONS, FOOD, CLOTHING, BATHING, MINERAL SPRINGS, EXERCISE, SLEEP, CORPOREAL AND MENTAL PUiU SUITS, ic, Ac, ON HEALTHY MAN, CONSTITUTING ELEMENTS OF HYGIENE. BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M. D., &c., &c. In one octavo volume. *^* Persons in the pursuit of health, as well as those who desire to retain it, would do well to examine this work. The author states the work has been prepared "to enable the general reader to understand the nature of the actions of various influences on human health, and assist him in adopt- ing such means as may tend to its preservation: hence the author has avoided introducing technicalities, except where they appeared to him indis- pensable." REMARKS ON THE INFLUENCE OF MENTAL EXCITEMENT, AND MENTAL CULTIVATION UPON HEALTH. B7 A. BRXGHAIVI, IVI.D. Third edition ; one volume, 18mo. A TREATISE ON COBITS, BUITIOZTS, THZ! DISEASES OF THS XTiiII.S, AND THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF THE FEET. BY LEWIS DURLACHER, BCBOEON CHIEOPODIST TO THE a U E E IT. In one duodecimo volume, cloth. BHIDGS'WJVTSR TREATISES. The whole complete in 7 vols. 8vo., various bindings, C0PiTAi:' of all the different processes and forms of apjianiius. TliouKh strictly scientific, it is wTitten with great clearness and simplicity of style, renderins it easy to be compre- "lended bv those who are commencing the sludv. It may be hiul well bound in leather, or neatly done up in strong cloth. Its low price places it within the reach of all. BREWSTER'S OPTICS. HJaHiaiiNTS OF OPTICS, BY SIR DAVID liRKWSTER. WITH NOTES AND ADIIITIONS, BY A. D. HACHE, LL.D. Superintendent of the Coast Survey, Ac In one volume, 12iiio.. with nuiiicroiis wnoil cut* LEA AND BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. SCHOOL BOOKS. BOLMAR'S FRENCH SERIES. New editions of the following works, by A. Bolmar, forming, in con- nection with "Bolmar's Levizac," a complete series for the acquisition of the French language. A SELECTION OF ONE HUNDRED PERRIN'S FABLES, ACCOMPANIED BY A KEY, Containing the text, a literal and free translation, arranged in such a manner as to point out the difference between the French and English idiom, &;c., in 1 vol., 12mo. A COLLECTION OF COLLOQUIAL PHRASES, ON EVERY TOPIC NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN CONVERSATION, Arranged under different heads, with numerous remarks on tlie peculiar pronunciation and uses of various words; the whole so disposed as considerably to facilitate the acquisition of a correct pronunciation of the French, in 1 vol., 18mo. LES AVENTURES DE TELEMAQUE PAR FENELON, In 1 vol., 12mo., accompanied by a Key to the first eight books, in 1 vol., ]2mo., con- taining, like the Fables, the te.xt, a literal and free translation, intended as a sequel to the Fables. Either volume sold separately. ALL THE FRENCH VERBS, Both regular and irregular, in a small volume. nvTiFurRTTimTc^ NEARLY READY. PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS AND METEOROLOGY. BY J. MULLER, Professor of Physics at tlie University of Frieburg. ILLUSTRATED WITH NEAELY nVE HUNDRED AND FIFTY ENGRAVINOS ON WOOD, AND TWC COLORED PLATES. In one octavo volume. This Edition is improved by the addition of various articles, and will be found in every respect brought up to the time of publication. " The Physics of Muller is a work, superb, complete, unique : the grreatest want known to Eng- lish Science could not have boeii better supplied. The work is of surpassing interest. The value of this contribution to the scientific records of this country may be duly estimated by the fact, that the rust of the original drawing ajid en^'ravings alone has exceeded the sum of 2iJ00i!." — Lancet, March, iai7. BlmFfs7¥c^^ Am iiTI..A.S OF A.NCJ.-E-NT GSOGR AFHT, BY SAMUEL BUTLER, U.D., Late Lord Bishop of Litchfield, CONTAININO TWENTY-ONE COLOURED MAPS, AND A COMPLETE ACCENTOATED INDEX. In one octavo volume, half-bound. BUTLER'S ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. GSOGRAFHIiV CX.ASSIC.A., ©R, T''E APPLICATION OF ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY TO THE CLASSICS BY SAMUEL BUTLER, D.D., F.R.S. REVISED BY HIS SON. FIFTH AMERICAN, FKO.M TilF, LAST LONDON EDITION, WITH QUESTIONS ON THE MAPS, 3Y JOHN FROST. In one duodecimo volume, half-bound, to match the Atlas. LEA AND BLANXHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. LAW BOOKS. HILLIARD ON REAL ESTATE. NOW READY. THE AlWTERICAN LAI^ OP REAL PROPERTY. SECOND EDITION, REVISED, CORRECTED, AND ENLARGED. BY FRANCIS HILLIARD, COUNSELLOR AT LAW. In two larje octavo volumes, beautifully printed, and bound in best law sheep. This book is designed as a substitute for Cruise s Digest, occupying the bame ground in American law which that work has long covered in the hngiish law. It embraces all that portion of the English Law of Real Estlite which has any applicability in this country; and at the same time it embodies the statutory provisions and adjudged cases of all the States upon the same subject ; thereby constituting a complete elementarv treatise for American students and practitioners. The plan of the work is such as to render it equally valuable in all the States, embracing, as it does, the pecu- liar modifications of the law alike in Massachusetts and MissorKi, New York and Mississiffi. In this edition, the statutes and decisions subse- quent to the former one, which are very numerous, have all been incorpo- rated, thus making it one-third larger than the original work, and bringing the view of the law upon the subject treated quite down to the present time. The book is recommended in the highest terms by distinguished jtirists of different Stales, as will be seen by the subjoined extracts. " The work before us supplies this deficiency in a highly satisfactory manner. It is beyond all question the best work of the kind that we now hare, and although we doubt whether this or any other work will be likely to supplant Cruise's Digest, we do not hesitate to say, that of the two, this IS the more valuable to the Amencan lawyer. We congratulate the author upon the success- ftil accomplishment of the arduous task he undertook, in reducing the vast body of the Amencan Law of Real Property to ' portable size.' and we do not doubt that his labours will be duly appre- ciated by the profession." — Laa Reprnler, Aug., IStS. Judge Story sa>-s :— " I think the work a very valuable addition to our present stock of juridical Utcrature. It embraces all that part of Mr. Cruise's Digest which is most useful to Amencan law- yers. But its hieher value is, that it presents in a concise, but dear and exact form, the substanca of .American Law on the same subject, i know no work that ice possess, whose practical uttjitf is Wielf to be so extensirelr feU." " The wonder is, that the author has been able to bring so gret a mass into so condensed a text, at once comprehensive and lucid." Chancellor Kent saj-s of the work (Commentaries, vol ii, pt 635, note, 5th edition) :— " It is a work of great labour and intnnsic value." Hon. Rufus Choate savs :— " Mr. Hilliani's work has been for three or four years in use, and 1 think that Mr. Justice Story and Chancellor Kent express the general opinion of the Massachuretti Bar." Professor Grecnleaf says :— " 1 had already found the first edition a very convenient book of refe- rence, and do not doubt, from the appearance of the second, that it is greatly improved." Professor J. H Towiusi^ml. of Vale College, says :— '• I Iravi- ticrn acquainted for several years with the first edition of Mr. Hilliard's Treatise, and have formed a very favoarahle opmion »f it 1 have nodi»il>t the second e- In rpcmmend it as I may h-n-e opportunity. I know of ii.i other work on the sn'tiecl of Real Estate, so c .raprebeiisive and so wcil adapted to lh« (tale of ikc I:i« ill tlll■^ i->iuutrj-." LEA AND BLANCIIARD'S PUBLICATIONS. LAW BOOKS. ADDISON ON CONTRACTS. A TRSATISE ON TKI! ImATW OF COITTRACTS AUrH RIGHTS A2TD ZiIABIXiITISS EX COITTRACTU. BY C. G. ADDISON, ESQ., Of the Inner Temple, Barrister at I^aw. In one volume, octavo, handsomely bound in law sheep. In tliis treatise upon the most constantly and frequently administered branch of law, the author has collected, arranged and developed in an intel- ligible and popular form, the rules and principles of the Law of Contracts, and has supported, illustrated or exemplified them by references to nearly four thousand adjudged cases. It comprises the Rights and Liabilities of Seller and Purchaser ; Landlord and Tenant ; Letter and Hirer of Chattels ; Borrower and Lender ; Workman and Employer ; Master, Servant and Ap- prentice ; Principal, Agent and Surety; Husband and Wife; Partners; Joint Stock Companies ; Corporations ; Trustees ; Provisional Committee- men ; Shipowners ; Shipmasters ; Innkeepers ; Carriers ; Infants ; Luna- tics, &c. WHEATON'S INTERNATIONAL LAW. BIiEXflCSXTTS OF INTHUTT ATION JLJm I^AVV, BY HENRY WHE A T O N, LL. D., Minister of the United States at the Court of Russia, ic. TITIRD EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED. In one large and beautiful octavo volume of G50 pages, extra cloth, or fine law sheep. "Mr. Wlicaton's work is indispensable to every diplomatist, statesman and lawyer, and necessary indeed to all public men. To every philosophic and liberal mind, the study must be an attractive and in the hands of our author it is a delightful one." — North American. HILL ON TRUSTEES. A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE LAW RELATING TO TRUSTEES, THEIR POWERS, DUTIES, PRIVILEGES AND LIARILITIES. BY JAMES HILL, ESQ., Of the Inner Temple, Barrister at I^w. EDITED BY FRANCIS J. TROUBAT, Of the Philadelphia Bar. In one large octavo volume, best law sheep, raised bands. " The editor begs leave to iterate the obsen-ation made by the author that the work is intended principally for tbe instruction and guidance of lru.stees. That single feature very much enhances Its practical value." ON THE PRINCIPLES OF CRIIVIINAL LAW. In Olio 18nio. voluino, paper, price S.*! cents. BEING PART 10, OF "SMALL lUKJKS ON GRE.-VT SUBJECTS" LEA AND BLANCHAKD'S PUBLICATIONS. MEDICAL BOOKS. TO THE MEDICAL PROFESSION. The following list embraces works on Medical and other Sciences issued by the subscribers. They are to be met with at all the principal bookstores throughout the Union, and will be found as low in price as is consislent with the correctness of their printing, beauty of execulion, illustration, and durability of binding. No prices are here mentioned, there being no fixed standard, as it is evident that books cannot be retaileu h* the same rate in New Orleans or Chicago as in Philadelphia. Any information, however, relative to size, cost, &c., can be had on application, free of postage, to the subscribers, or to any of the medical booksellers throughout the country. LEA & BLANCHARD, Philadelphia. DICTIONARIES, JOURNALS. &;C. AMERICAN JOURN.\L OF THE ME- DICAL SCIENCES, quarterly, at $5 a year. AN ANALYTICAL COMPEND of the various branches of Practic.il Medicine, Surgery, Anatomy. Midwifery, Diseases of Women and Children, Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Physiolopy, Chemis- try and Pharmacy, hy John Neill, M. D., and F. Gurney ^niith, M. D., with nu- merous illustrations (nearly ready). CYCLOPiEDIA OF PRACTICAL MEDI- CINE, hy Forties, Tweedie, &.C., edited by Diinglison, in 4 super royal volumes, 31.'')4 double columned pages, strongly bound. DLINGLISONS MEDICAL DICTION- ARY, fith ed., I vol. imp. 8vo., 804 large pages, double columns. HOBLYNS DICTIONARY OP MEDI- CAL TER.M3, by Mays, 1 vol. large I'Jnio., 40J pages, double columns. MEDICAL NEWS AND LIURARY, monthly, at $1 a year. HORNER'S SPECIAL ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY. 7lh edition, 2 vols. 8vo., many cuts, 1130 pages. HORNERS UNITED STATES' DIS- SECTOR, 1 vol. large royal 12mo., many cuts, 444 pages. laUAIN'S ELEMENTS OF ANATOMY, by Sliarpcy, many cuts (preparing). WILSON'S HU.MAN ANATOMY, by Goddanl, 3d edition, 1 vol. 8vo., 235 wood- cuts, t)20 pages. : WILSONS DISSECTOR, or Practical and I Surgical Anatomy, with cuts, 1 vol. ! 12mo., 444 pages. ANATOMY, VATOMICAL ATLAS, hy Smith and Horner, large imp. 8vo., ("i60 liguron. PHYSIOLOGY. CARPENTER'S PRINCIPLES OF UU \ MAN PHYSIOLOGY, eilited hy Clymer, ] 1 vol. 8vo., over :«)0 illustrations. 3d ! edition, with many additions. ' CARPENTER'S ELEMENTS, OR MAN ' UAL OF PIlVSlOl.tJGY, 1 vol. 8vo. 561) pages, many cuts. CARPENTERS COMPARATIVE ANA TOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY, revised by the author, with beautiful engraving! (prepann:')- i CONNECTION BETWEEN PHYSI OLDGY AND INTELLECTUAL SCIENCE, 1 vol. IHmo., pap<;r. iJ cts. LEA AND BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. MEDICAL BOOKS CYCLOPAEDIA OF ANATOMY AND 5 PHYSIOLOGY, based on the large work ■ of Todd, in two vols, large 8vo., numer- ous cuts (preparing). DUNGLISON'S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY, Gtli edition, 2 vols. 8vo., 1350 pages, and 370 wood- cuts. HARRISON ON THE NERVES, 1 vol. 8vo., 292 pages. MULLER'S PHYSIOLOGY, by Bell, 1 vol. 8vo., 886 pages. ROGET'S OUTLINES OP PHYSI- OLOGY, 8vo., 516 pages. SOLLY ON THE HUMAN BRAIN, ITS STRUCTURE, PHYSIOLOGY, AND DISEASES (preparing). TODD AND BOWMAN'S PHYSIOLO- GICAL ANATOMY AND PHYSI- OLOGY OP MAN, with numerous wood- cuts (publishing in the Medical News), to be complete in one volume. PATHOLOGY. ABERCROMBIE ON THE STOMACH, new edition, 1 vol. 8vo., 320 pages. ABERCROMBIE ON THE BRAIN, new edition, 1 vol. 8vo., 324 pages. ALISON'S OUTLINES OF PATHO- LOGY, &c., 1 vol. 8vo., 420 pages. ANDRAL ON THE BLOOD, translated by Meigs and Still6, 1 vol. small 8vo., 120 pages. BERZELIUS ON THE KIDNEYS AND URINE, 8vo., 180 pages. BENNET ON THE UTERUS, 1 vol. 12mo., 146 pages. BUDD ON THE LIVER, 1 vol. Svo., 3D2 pages, plates and wood-cuts. BILLING'S PRINCIPLES, 1 vol. 8vo., 304 pages. BIRD ON URINARY DEPOSITS, 8vo., 228 pages, cuts. BASSE'S PATHOLOGICAL ANATO- MY, 8vo., 379 pages. HOPE ON THE HEART, by Pennock, a new edition, with plates, 1 vol. 8vo., 572 pages. HUGHES ON THE LUNGS AND HEART, 1 vol. 12mo., 270 pages, with a plate. FHILIP ON PROTRACTED INDIGES- TION, Svo 240 pages. PHILIP^ N SCROFULA, 1 vol. 8vo., 350 r es, plates. PROLP ON THE STOMACH AND RE- NAL DISEASES, 1 vol. 8vo., 460 pages, coloured plates. RICORU ON VENEREAL, new edition, 1 vol. 8vo., 250 pages. VOG EL'S PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY, 1 vol. 8vo., 5;!6 pair's, col()ure pagis, many plates and cuts. BRODIE ON URINARY ORGANS, 1 vol. ROBERTSON ON THE TEETH, 1 vol. 8vo., 214 jiages. < 8vo., 230 pages, plates. BRODIE ON THE JOINTS, 1 vol. 8vo. SARGENT'S MINOR SURGERY, 1 vol. 2 IG pages. j 12iuo., will) cuts (preparing). BRODIES LECTURES ON SURGERY. 1 vol. Svo., 350 pages. BRODIE'S SELECT SURGICAL WORKS 1 vol. 8vo., T.-,0 pages. CHELIUS' SYSTEM OF SURGERY, by South and Norris, in 3 large 8vo. vols., over 2000 paires, well bound. rnoPFR ON DISIOC\TIO-VS AND DUNGLISON'S M.\TER1A MEDICA CUOl'l^K U.\ IJ1SI,UU.'V11VJ.>I^ niyu , ^ vri Til PH A Pl.TTTII S! a now ed ton. FRACTURES, 1 vol. 8vo.,500 pp., many cuts. MATERIA MEDICA AND THERA- PEUTICS. COOPER ON HERNIA, 1 vol. imp. 8vo., 428 pages, plates. COOPER ON THE TESTIS AND THY- jMUS gland, 1 vol. imp. 8vo., many plates. , AND TllERAPHUTIl.S, a now edition, I with cuts, 2 vols. 8vo , 986 pages. i DUNGLISON on new REMEDIES, 5th i ed., i vol. Svo. , 053 pages. ; ELLIS' MEDICAL FORMULARY, 8th edition, much improved, 1 vol. 8vo., 272 pages. COOPER ON THE ANATOMY AND GRIFFITH'S MEDICAL BOTANY, a DISEASES OF THE BREAST, SUR- GICAL PAPERS, fccic, 1 vol. impe- rial 8vo., plates. DRUITTS PRINCIPLES AND PRAC- TICE (JF .MdDI'.KN' SURGERY, 3d ed., 1 vol. 8vo., 534 pages, many cuts. DURLACHER ON CORNS, BUNIONS, ice, 12mo., 134 pages. DISEASES AND SURGERY OF THE E.'VR, a new and complete work (pre- paring). FERGUSSON'S PRACTICAL SURGERY 1 vol. 8vo., 2d edition, G40 pages, many cuts. GUTHRIE ON THE BLADDER, 8vo., 150 pages. HARRIS ON THE MAXILLARY SI- NUS, 8vo., 16G pages JONES' (WHARTON) OPHTHALMIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY, by Hays, 1 vol. rnyal I2mo., 529 pages, many cuts, and plates, plain or coloured. LISTON'S LECTURES ON SURGERY, : by Miitter, 1 vol. 8vo., 506 pages, many cuts. LAWRENCE ON THE EYE, by Hays, new edition, much improved, 863 pages, many cuts and plates. L.\WRENCE ON RUPTURES, 1 vol. 8vo., 480 pages. MALGAIGNES OPERATIVE SUR- GERY, with illustrations (preparing). MILLER'S PRINCIPLES OF SURGERY, 1 vol. Svo., 526 pages. MILLERS PRACTICE OF SURGERY, 1 vol. 6vo., 4!I6 pages. new anil complete work, 1 large vol. evo., with over 350 illustrations, 704 pages. iGRIFFITirS tfNIVERSAL FORMU- LARY A\n PHARMACY, a new and complete work, 1 vol. large 8vo. (at press). IpEREIRA'S MATERIA MEDICA AND TIIER.'VPEIITICS, by Carson, 2d ed., 2 vols. 8vo., 1580 very large pages, nearly 3!NG DOCTItlNES OK THE COMMON LAW. AM) OF Tin-; COCRSE OF PKOCEDIiKE IN THE COIK'I'S OF COM- MON L.\W, WITH REGARD TO CIVH. RICH IS; WITH AN ATTEMPT TO TRACE THEM 10 THEIR SOURCES; AND IN WIUCH THE VARIOUS ALTERATIONS MADE liV TlUi LLGISLATLRE DOWN TO THE PRESENT DAY ARE NOTICED. BY GEORGE SPENCE, ESQ., One of her Majesty's CouiiseL IN TWO OCTAVO VOLUMES. Volume I., embracing the Principles, is now renily. Volume II. is mpidly preparinrr ami will ap|icar e:u-ly in 1S18. It is basinl ujion the work of Mr. MaiUlock, linm^'lit Jown to the present tune, and embracing so much of the practice as coimsel are called on tu advise upon. A xrnvir iiAvr DicTioxriLRV, CONTAINING E.XPLANATIONS OF SUCH TECHNICAL TER.MS AND PHRASES AS OCCUP IN THE WORKS OF LEGAL AUTHORS, IN THE PKAirrH'E OF THE COURTS, AUD IN THE PARLIAMENTARY PROCEEDINGS OF THE HOUSE OF LORDS AND COM.MONS, TO WHICH IS ADDED, AN OUTLINE OF AN ACTION AT LAW A-ND OF A SUIT IN EQUITY. BY HENRY JAWIES HOLTHOUSE, ESQ., Of the Inner Temple, Special Header. El>IT£n FROM THE SECOND AND ENLARGED LONDCiN EDITION, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS, BY HENRY PENINGTON, Of the Philadelphia Bar. In one large volume, royal 12nio., of about 500 pages, double columns, handsomely bound in law sheep. ■* This is a considerable improvement upon the former editions. Iteing bound with the usual law bindinc. and Ihe peneral excculion .idmiratilc— the paiier e.xielleiit, and the printiUK dear and beaiiliiul. Its peculiar usefulne.ss, however, consists in the valuable aildiiioiis above referred to, being intelhsnble and well denserf definitions of such phrases and terhnualitius as are pccuhar to the practice in the Courts of tins country. — While, therefore, we rcconiinend it especially to the students of law, as a safe euide IhrouKh ihe nitricncies of llieir study, it will nevertheless be found a valuable acquisition to the library of the practitioner him.self." — Alex. OazctU. "This work is intended rather for the ecncral student, than as a substitute for many abndgmenta, digests, .and diclinnanes in use by the professional man. Us object principally is to impress accu- rately and distinctly upon the mind the meaning of the teclinical terms of the law. and as such can hardly fail to be generally usefuL There is much curious information to be found in it in re- tard to the peculiarities of the ancient Saxon law. The additions of the Aincncan nlilion give mciexsod value to the work, and evmce much aci^uracy and care." — Ventisylvrinia Lnw JouniaL T/iVIaOR'S XSEDICiLI. JURXSPRUDSXTCi:. A PRACTICAL TRKATISE ON MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. BY ALFRED S. TAYLOR, Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence and Cheniistrj' at Guy's Hospital, London. With numerous Notes and Additions, and References to American Law, BY R. E. GRIFFITH, M.D. In one volume, octavo, neat law sheep. TAYLOR'S JyiANXTAIi OP TOXICOIiOGTT. IN ONE NEAT OCTAVO VOLUME. A NEW WOBK, KOVf Rr.,VPY. TRAIX.Xj'S OUTLINES OF A COURSE OF LECTURES 0\ MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. IN ONE SMALL OCTAVO VOLtJME. LEA AND BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. LAW BOOKS. E A S T'S REPORTS. aEPOSTS OP OASES ADJUDGED AND DETERMINED IN THE COURT OF KING'S BENCH. WTTH TABLES OF THE NAXfES OF TliE CASES AND PRINCIPAL MATTERS. BY ED"WARD HYDE EAST, ESQ., Of the luner Temple, Barrister at Law. EDITED, WITH NOTES AND REFERENCES, BY a. M. WHARTON, ESQ., Of the Plijladelphia Bar. In eight large royal octavo volume.s, bound in best law sheep, raiser! bands and double titles. Price, to subscribers, only twenty-five dollars. In this edition of East, the sixteen volumes of the former edition have been compressed into eight — two volumes in one throughout — but nothing has been omitted; the entire work will be found, with the notes of Mr. Wharton added to those of Mr. Day. The great reduction of price, (from $72, the price of the last edition, to $25, the subscription price of this,) together with the improvement in appearance, will, it is trusted, procure for it a ready sale. A NEW WORK ON GOURTS-MARTIAL A TREATISE ON AMERICAN MILITARY LAW, AND THE PRACTICE OF COURTS-3IARTIAL, WITH SUGGESTIONS FOR THEIR IMPROVEMENT. BY JOHN O'BRIEN, uectenant umted states artillery. In one octavo volume, extra cloth, or law sheep. "This work stands relatively to American Militaiy Law in the same position that Blackstone'i Commentaries stand to Common Law." — U. S. Gazette. CAMPBELL'S LORD CHANCELLORS. UVES OF THE LORD CHANCELLORS AND KEEPERS OP THE GREAT SEAL OF ENGLAND, FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE REIGN OF KING GEORGE IV., BY JOHN LORD CAMPBELL, A.M., F.R.S.E. FIRST SERIES, In three neat demy octavo volumes, extra cloth, BRINGING THE WORK TO THE TIME OF J.-UIES H., JUST ISSUED. PREPARING, SECOND SERIES, In four volumes, to match, CONTAINtNG FROH JAMES II. TO GEORGE IV.